OptiX OSN 2500 Alarms and Performance Events Reference (V100R010)

OptiX OSN 2500 Intelligent Optical Transmission
System
V100R010
Alarms and Performance Events
Reference
Issue 09
Date 2012-06-30
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2012. All rights reserved.
No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written
consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Trademarks and Permissions
and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.

Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the
customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the
purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,
and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representations
of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute the warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Address: Huawei Industrial Base
Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China
Website: http://www.huawei.com
Email: support@huawei.com
Issue 09 (2012-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
i
About This Document
Related Versions
The following table lists the product versions related to this document.
Product Name Version
OptiX OSN 2500 V100R010
iManager U2000 V100R010C00: V100R002C00
V100R010C01: V100R002C01
V100R010C02: V100R003C00
V100R010C03: V100R005

Intended Audience
This document describes the alarms and performance events of the OptiX OSN equipment in
terms of generation principles, classification list, and handling methods.
This document is intended for system maintenance engineers.
Symbol Conventions
The symbols that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Symbol Description
DANGER
Indicates a hazard with a high level of risk, which if not
avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING
Indicates a hazard with a medium or low level of risk, which
if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.
OptiX OSN 2500 Intelligent Optical Transmission System
Alarms and Performance Events Reference About This Document
ii
Symbol Description
CAUTION
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, which if not
avoided, could result in equipment damage, data loss,
performance degradation, or unexpected results.
TIP
Indicates a tip that may help you solve a problem or save
time.
NOTE
Provides additional information to emphasize or supplement
important points of the main text.

GUI Conventions
The GUI conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Convention Description
Boldface Buttons, menus, parameters, tabs, window, and dialog titles
are in boldface. For example, click OK.
> Multi-level menus are in boldface and separated by the ">"
signs. For example, choose File > Create > Folder.

Change History
Updates between document issues are cumulative. Therefore, the latest document issue contains
all updates made in previous issues.
Changes in Issue 09 (2012-06-30)
This document is the ninth issue for the V100R010 product version. Compared with the
document of the eighth issue, the updated contents are as follows:
l Adds the PASSWORD_NEED_CHANGE and SSL_CERT_NOENC alarms in "Other
Alarm Clearing".
l Adds the PASSWORD_NEED_CHANGE alarm in "Alarm List P" and the
SSL_CERT_NOENC alarm in "Alarm List S" in "Alarm List in Alphabetical Order".
l Adds the PASSWORD_NEED_CHANGE and SSL_CERT_NOENC alarms of GSCC in
"Board Alarm List".
This document is the eighth issue for the V100R010 product version. Compared with the
document of the seventh issue, the updated contents are as follows:
l Adds the SERVCHIP_ABN alarm to "Other Alarm Clearing" in V100R010C03 and later
versions.
iii
l Deletes the alarm list for the N2UXCSA and N2UXCSB boards in "Board Alarm List".
l Revises the alarm parameters of the MOD_TYPE_MISMATCH alarm.
This document is the seventh issue for the V100R010 product version. Compared with the
document of the sixth issue, the updated contents are as follows:
l Adds the NE_CFG_CONFLICT alarm to "Other Alarm Clearing" in V100R010C03 and
later versions.
This document is the sixth issue for the V100R010 product version. Compared with the document
of the fifth issue, the updated contents are as follows:
l Adds the description of "Example of Correlation Between SDH Alarms" to "Generating
and Detecting an SDH Alarm".
This document is the fifth issue for the V100R010 product version. Compared with the document
of the forth issue, the updated contents are as follows:
l Adds the alarm list and performance event list for the N2EFT8 and N2EFT8A boards
separately to "Board Alarm List" and "Board Performance Event List" in V100R010C02
and later versions.
l Updates the alarm list for the N1EFP0, N1EFS0A, N1EMS2, N2EGT2, N3EGS2, and
N5EFS0 boards in "Board Alarm List" in V100R010C02 and later versions.
l Adds the VCG RMON performance statistics items for the N1EFS0A, N1EMS2, N3EFS4,
N3EGS2, and N5EFS0 boards in "Board Performance Event List" in V100R010C02 and
later versions.
l Adds the relevant description of the SEC_RADIUS_FAIL alarm separately to "Alarm List
in the Alphabetical Order" and "Other Alarm Clearing" in V100R010C02 and later
versions.
l Deletes the description of "Board" in "Alarm List in the Alphabetical Order".
l Deletes the description of "Related Boards" in "Performance Event List(By Category)".
l Modifies the performance event list for the N1RPC01 and N1RPC02 boards in "Board
Performance Event List".
l Optimizes the RMON performance event list supported by the EoS/EoP data board in
"Board Performance Event List".
l Optimizes the description of "Statistics of RMON basic performance", "Statistics of RMON
extended performance", "Statistics of RMON VCG performance" and "Statistics of RPR
events of RMON VCG performance" in "Performance Event List(By Category)".
l Modifies the alarm parameters of the BIP_SD, BIP_EXC, ETH_CFM_LOC,
ETH_CFM_MISMERGE, ETH_CFM_RDI, ETH_CFM_UNEXPERI, HARD_BAD,
SLAVE_WORKING, B3_EXC_VC3, B3_SD_VC3, LOOP_ALM, LP_RDI_VC12,
LP_RDI_VC3, LP_REI_VC12, LP_REI_VC3, LP_SLM_VC12, LP_SLM_VC3,
LP_TIM_VC12, LP_TIM_VC3, LP_UNEQ_VC12, LP_UNEQ_VC3, TU_AIS_VC12,
TU_AIS_VC3, TU_LOP_VC12, and TU_LOP_VC3 alarms separately in "Common
Alarm Clearing " and "Other Alarm Clearing".
iv
l Adds the possible causes of the LCAS_FOPT alarm to "Common Alarm Clearing".
This document is the fourth issue for the V100R010 product version. Compared with the
document of the third issue, the updated contents are as follows:
l Adds the DOWN_E1_AIS, RMFA, LFA, and LMFA alarms for the N1EFP0 board from
the version V100R010C01.
l Revises the parameters of the BUS_ERR alarm.
l Revises the related information of the LCS_DAYS_OF_GRACE alarm.
This document is the third issue for the V100R010 product version. Compared with the document
of the second issue, the updated contents are as follows:
l Adds the description about the alarms of the LCS_DAYS_OF_GRACE, LCS_EXPIRED,
and LCS_FILE_NOT_EXIST.
l Revises the description about the alarm list of the GSCC board.
This document is the second issue for the V100R010 product version. Compared with the
document of the first issue, the updated contents are as follows:
l Revises the description in "Generating and Detecting an Ethernet Alarm".
l Revises the description in "RMON Event of the Ethernet Service List".
l Revises the description of the procedure of the MS_APS_INDI_EX alarm.
l Revises the implication of the parameters of the HARD_BAD alarm.
l Revises the description regarding the HPBBE, HPES, HPSES, and HPUAS performance
event handling in "Related Alarms".
l Changes the operation links in the steps of "Common Alarm Handling".
This document is the first issue for the V100R010 product version. Compared with the document
of the V100R009 issue, the updated contents are as follows:
l Revises the description about the alarm list of the N1EFS0A board.
l Adds the alarm list of the N1EFP0 board.
l Adds the performance event list of the N1EFP0 board.
l Adds the description about the performance events of the INVOLTMAX, INVOLTMIN,
and INVOLTCUR.
l Revises the description about the "Ethernet Service Threshold-Crossing Performance Event
List".
l Adds the description about the "RMON Event of the Ethernet Service List".
l Adds the description about the performance events clearing of the EDTMP, EDRPL,
EDTPL, and SUMOOP.
v
l Revises the description in "Common Alarm Clearing".
vi
Contents
About This Document.....................................................................................................................ii
1 Generating and Detecting an SDH Alarm................................................................................1
1.1 Overview............................................................................................................................................................2
1.1.1 Signal Flow Directions and Levels............................................................................................................2
1.1.2 Two Common Alarms...............................................................................................................................3
1.1.3 Alarm Management...................................................................................................................................4
1.2 Generation and Detection of Alarms and Performance Events in the SDH Higher Order Signal Flow............6
1.2.1 Downlink Signal Flow...............................................................................................................................6
1.2.2 Uplink Signal Flow..................................................................................................................................10
1.3 Generation and Detection of Alarms and Performance Events in the SDH Lower Order Signal Flow...........11
1.3.1 Downlink Signal Flow.............................................................................................................................12
1.3.2 Uplink Signal Flow..................................................................................................................................13
1.3.3 Difference Between Alarm Signals of PDH Interfaces at Various Rates................................................14
1.4 Suppression Correlation Between SDH Alarms...............................................................................................15
1.4.1 Intra-Board Alarm Suppression...............................................................................................................15
1.4.2 Inter-board Alarm Suppression...............................................................................................................16
1.4.3 Example of Correlation Between SDH Alarms.......................................................................................17
2 Generating and Detecting an Ethernet Alarm.......................................................................19
2.1 Detecting Alarms of the Ethernet Transparent Transmission Board................................................................20
2.1.1 Working Principles..................................................................................................................................20
2.1.2 Generating and Detecting Module Alarms..............................................................................................21
2.2 Detecting Alarms of the Ethernet Switching Board.........................................................................................25
2.3 Detecting Alarms of the Ethernet RPR Board..................................................................................................32
2.4 Alarm Correlation.............................................................................................................................................38
3 Generation and Detection of SDH Performance Events......................................................41
3.1 Bit Error............................................................................................................................................................42
3.2 Pointer Justification..........................................................................................................................................46
4 Detecting an Ethernet Performance Event..............................................................................49
Alarms and Performance Events Reference Contents
vii
5 Performance Threshold..............................................................................................................51
6 Alarm List......................................................................................................................................52
6.1 Alarm List in the Alphabetical Order...............................................................................................................53
6.1.1 Alarm List A............................................................................................................................................53
6.1.2 Alarm List B............................................................................................................................................54
6.1.3 Alarm List C............................................................................................................................................55
6.1.4 Alarm List D............................................................................................................................................56
6.1.5 Alarm List E............................................................................................................................................57
6.1.6 Alarm List F.............................................................................................................................................58
6.1.7 Alarm List H............................................................................................................................................59
6.1.8 Alarm List I.............................................................................................................................................59
6.1.9 Alarm List J.............................................................................................................................................60
6.1.10 Alarm List K..........................................................................................................................................60
6.1.11 Alarm List L..........................................................................................................................................60
6.1.12 Alarm List M.........................................................................................................................................63
6.1.13 Alarm List N..........................................................................................................................................64
6.1.14 Alarm List O..........................................................................................................................................65
6.1.15 Alarm List P...........................................................................................................................................66
6.1.16 Alarm List R..........................................................................................................................................67
6.1.17 Alarm List S...........................................................................................................................................69
6.1.18 Alarm List T..........................................................................................................................................71
6.1.19 Alarm List U..........................................................................................................................................72
6.1.20 Alarm List V..........................................................................................................................................73
6.1.21 Alarm List W.........................................................................................................................................74
6.2 Board Alarm List..............................................................................................................................................74
6.2.1 BA2..........................................................................................................................................................74
6.2.2 N1BPA.....................................................................................................................................................75
6.2.3 N2BPA.....................................................................................................................................................75
6.2.4 CAU.........................................................................................................................................................75
6.2.5 COA.........................................................................................................................................................75
6.2.6 N1ADL4..................................................................................................................................................76
6.2.7 N1ADQ1..................................................................................................................................................76
6.2.8 N1DX1.....................................................................................................................................................77
6.2.9 N1DXA....................................................................................................................................................78
6.2.10 N1EFS0.................................................................................................................................................79
6.2.11 N1EFS0A...............................................................................................................................................79
6.2.12 N1EFS4.................................................................................................................................................80
6.2.13 N1EFT8.................................................................................................................................................81
6.2.14 N1EFT8A..............................................................................................................................................81
6.2.15 N1EGS4.................................................................................................................................................82
6.2.16 N1EGT2.................................................................................................................................................83
6.2.17 N1EMS2................................................................................................................................................84
viii
6.2.18 N1EMS4................................................................................................................................................85
6.2.19 N1EFP0.................................................................................................................................................86
6.2.20 N1FAN..................................................................................................................................................87
6.2.21 N1IDL4..................................................................................................................................................87
6.2.22 N1IDL4A...............................................................................................................................................88
6.2.23 N1IDQ1.................................................................................................................................................89
6.2.24 N1IDQ1A..............................................................................................................................................90
6.2.25 N1IFSD1................................................................................................................................................91
6.2.26 N1LWX.................................................................................................................................................92
6.2.27 N1MST4................................................................................................................................................92
6.2.28 N1PD3...................................................................................................................................................93
6.2.29 N1PL3....................................................................................................................................................93
6.2.30 N1PL3A.................................................................................................................................................94
6.2.31 N1PQ1...................................................................................................................................................94
6.2.32 N1PQM..................................................................................................................................................95
6.2.33 N1RPC01...............................................................................................................................................95
6.2.34 N1RPC02...............................................................................................................................................96
6.2.35 N1SEP...................................................................................................................................................96
6.2.36 N1SEP1.................................................................................................................................................97
6.2.37 N1SF16..................................................................................................................................................98
6.2.38 N1SL1....................................................................................................................................................99
6.2.39 N1SL1A...............................................................................................................................................100
6.2.40 N1SL4..................................................................................................................................................101
6.2.41 N1SL4A...............................................................................................................................................102
6.2.42 N1SL16................................................................................................................................................102
6.2.43 N1SL16A.............................................................................................................................................103
6.2.44 N1SLD4...............................................................................................................................................104
6.2.45 N1SLD4A............................................................................................................................................105
6.2.46 N1SLQ1...............................................................................................................................................106
6.2.47 N1SLQ1A............................................................................................................................................107
6.2.48 N1SLQ4...............................................................................................................................................108
6.2.49 N1SLQ4A............................................................................................................................................109
6.2.50 N1SLT1...............................................................................................................................................110
6.2.51 N1SPQ4...............................................................................................................................................111
6.2.52 N2EFS0...............................................................................................................................................112
6.2.53 N2EFS4...............................................................................................................................................112
6.2.54 N2EFT8...............................................................................................................................................113
6.2.55 N2EFT8A............................................................................................................................................114
6.2.56 N2EGR2..............................................................................................................................................115
6.2.57 N2EGS2...............................................................................................................................................116
6.2.58 N2EGT2...............................................................................................................................................116
6.2.59 N2EMR0..............................................................................................................................................117
ix
6.2.60 N2PD3.................................................................................................................................................118
6.2.61 N2PL3..................................................................................................................................................119
6.2.62 N2PL3A...............................................................................................................................................119
6.2.63 N2PQ1.................................................................................................................................................120
6.2.64 N2PQ3.................................................................................................................................................120
6.2.65 N2SL1..................................................................................................................................................121
6.2.66 N2SL4..................................................................................................................................................122
6.2.67 N2SL16................................................................................................................................................123
6.2.68 N2SL16A.............................................................................................................................................124
6.2.69 N2SLD4...............................................................................................................................................126
6.2.70 N2SLO1...............................................................................................................................................127
6.2.71 N2SLQ1...............................................................................................................................................128
6.2.72 N2SLQ4...............................................................................................................................................129
6.2.73 N2SPQ4...............................................................................................................................................130
6.2.74 N3EFS4...............................................................................................................................................131
6.2.75 N3EGS2...............................................................................................................................................132
6.2.76 N3EGS4...............................................................................................................................................133
6.2.77 N3SL16................................................................................................................................................134
6.2.78 N3SL16A.............................................................................................................................................135
6.2.79 N3SLQ41.............................................................................................................................................136
6.2.80 N3SLO1...............................................................................................................................................137
6.2.81 N4EFS0...............................................................................................................................................138
6.2.82 N4EGS4...............................................................................................................................................139
6.2.83 N5EFS0...............................................................................................................................................140
6.2.84 ODU.....................................................................................................................................................141
6.2.85 Q1PIU..................................................................................................................................................142
6.2.86 Q1PIUA...............................................................................................................................................142
6.2.87 Q1SAP.................................................................................................................................................142
6.2.88 Q2CXL1..............................................................................................................................................142
6.2.89 Q2CXL4..............................................................................................................................................144
6.2.90 Q2CXL16............................................................................................................................................146
6.2.91 Q2SAP.................................................................................................................................................148
6.2.92 Q3CXL1..............................................................................................................................................149
6.2.93 Q3CXL4..............................................................................................................................................151
6.2.94 Q3CXL16............................................................................................................................................153
6.2.95 Q5CXLLN...........................................................................................................................................155
6.2.96 Q5CXLQ41.........................................................................................................................................158
6.2.97 R1EFT4...............................................................................................................................................161
6.2.98 R1PD1.................................................................................................................................................162
6.2.99 R1PL1..................................................................................................................................................162
6.2.100 R1SL1................................................................................................................................................163
6.2.101 R1SL4................................................................................................................................................164
x
6.2.102 R1SLD4.............................................................................................................................................165
6.2.103 R1SLQ1.............................................................................................................................................166
6.2.104 R2PD1...............................................................................................................................................167
6.2.105 TN11OBU1.......................................................................................................................................167
7 Common Alarm Handling.......................................................................................................168
7.1 ALM_GFP_dCSF...........................................................................................................................................172
7.2 ALM_GFP_dLFD..........................................................................................................................................176
7.3 APS_FAIL......................................................................................................................................................179
7.4 APS_INDI......................................................................................................................................................183
7.5 AU_AIS..........................................................................................................................................................187
7.6 AU_LOP.........................................................................................................................................................193
7.7 B1_SD............................................................................................................................................................197
7.8 B2_SD............................................................................................................................................................202
7.9 B3_SD............................................................................................................................................................207
7.10 B3_EXC........................................................................................................................................................213
7.11 BIP_SD.........................................................................................................................................................218
7.12 B1_EXC........................................................................................................................................................222
7.13 B2_EXC........................................................................................................................................................228
7.14 BIP_EXC......................................................................................................................................................233
7.15 BD_STATUS................................................................................................................................................237
7.16 BUS_ERR.....................................................................................................................................................241
7.17 COMMUN_FAIL.........................................................................................................................................245
7.18 DOWN_E1_AIS...........................................................................................................................................249
7.19 ETH_LOS.....................................................................................................................................................254
7.20 ETH_CFM_LOC..........................................................................................................................................257
7.21 ETH_CFM_MISMERGE.............................................................................................................................263
7.22 ETH_CFM_RDI...........................................................................................................................................267
7.23 ETH_CFM_UNEXPERI..............................................................................................................................270
7.24 EXT_SYNC_LOS........................................................................................................................................276
7.25 FAN_FAIL...................................................................................................................................................282
7.26 FCS_ERR.....................................................................................................................................................283
7.27 HARD_BAD................................................................................................................................................286
7.28 HP_LOM......................................................................................................................................................293
7.29 HP_RDI........................................................................................................................................................296
7.30 HP_SLM.......................................................................................................................................................300
7.31 HP_TIM........................................................................................................................................................304
7.32 HP_UNEQ....................................................................................................................................................308
7.33 HSC_UNAVAIL..........................................................................................................................................313
7.34 IN_PWR_ABN.............................................................................................................................................317
7.35 IN_PWR_HIGH...........................................................................................................................................319
7.36 IN_PWR_LOW............................................................................................................................................321
7.37 J0_MM..........................................................................................................................................................324
xi
7.38 LAG_FAIL...................................................................................................................................................325
7.39 LAG_PORT_FAIL.......................................................................................................................................327
7.40 LINK_ERR...................................................................................................................................................331
7.41 LP_RDI.........................................................................................................................................................333
7.42 LP_UNEQ....................................................................................................................................................336
7.43 LPT_INEFFECT..........................................................................................................................................340
7.44 LPT_RFI.......................................................................................................................................................341
7.45 LSR_WILL_DIE..........................................................................................................................................344
7.46 LTI................................................................................................................................................................345
7.47 MS_AIS........................................................................................................................................................350
7.48 MS_RDI........................................................................................................................................................354
7.49 OOL..............................................................................................................................................................357
7.50 P_LOS..........................................................................................................................................................359
7.51 POWER_ABNORMAL...............................................................................................................................363
7.52 POWER_FAIL.............................................................................................................................................374
7.53 R_LOF..........................................................................................................................................................376
7.54 R_OOF..........................................................................................................................................................380
7.55 R_LOS..........................................................................................................................................................383
7.56 SLAVE_WORKING....................................................................................................................................388
7.57 SYN_BAD....................................................................................................................................................391
7.58 SUBCARD_ABN.........................................................................................................................................395
7.59 TEMP_ALARM...........................................................................................................................................398
7.60 TEMP_OVER...............................................................................................................................................400
7.61 TF..................................................................................................................................................................403
7.62 T_LOSEX.....................................................................................................................................................404
7.63 TU_AIS........................................................................................................................................................407
7.64 TU_LOP.......................................................................................................................................................413
7.65 UP_E1_AIS..................................................................................................................................................416
7.66 W_R_FAIL...................................................................................................................................................421
8 Common Alarm Clearing (microwave).................................................................................424
8.1 CONFIG_NOSUPPORT................................................................................................................................427
8.2 IF_CABLE_OPEN.........................................................................................................................................429
8.3 IF_INPWR_ABN...........................................................................................................................................431
8.4 MW_BER_EXC.............................................................................................................................................433
8.5 MW_BER_SD................................................................................................................................................434
8.6 MW_FEC_UNCOR........................................................................................................................................436
8.7 MW_LIM........................................................................................................................................................443
8.8 MW_LOF.......................................................................................................................................................445
8.9 MW_RDI........................................................................................................................................................448
8.10 NP1_MANUAL_STOP................................................................................................................................449
8.11 NP1_SW_FAIL............................................................................................................................................451
8.12 NP1_SW_INDI.............................................................................................................................................452
xii
8.13 RADIO_MUTE............................................................................................................................................454
8.14 RADIO_RSL_HIGH....................................................................................................................................455
8.15 RADIO_RSL_LOW.....................................................................................................................................457
8.16 RADIO_TSL_HIGH....................................................................................................................................459
8.17 RADIO_TSL_LOW.....................................................................................................................................461
8.18 RPS_INDI.....................................................................................................................................................462
8.19 VOLT_LOS..................................................................................................................................................464
9 Other Alarm Clearing...............................................................................................................467
9.1 A_LOC...........................................................................................................................................................478
9.2 AD_CHECK_FAIL........................................................................................................................................479
9.3 ALM_ALS......................................................................................................................................................481
9.4 ALM_AU3AIS...............................................................................................................................................481
9.5 ALM_AU3B3OVER......................................................................................................................................483
9.6 ALM_AU3B3SD............................................................................................................................................486
9.7 ALM_AU3LOP..............................................................................................................................................488
9.8 ALM_AU3RDI...............................................................................................................................................489
9.9 ALM_AU3REI...............................................................................................................................................490
9.10 ALM_AU3SLM...........................................................................................................................................492
9.11 ALM_AU3TIM............................................................................................................................................493
9.12 ALM_AU3UNEQ........................................................................................................................................494
9.13 ALM_E1AIS................................................................................................................................................495
9.14 ALM_HANGUP...........................................................................................................................................497
9.15 ALM_IMA_LIF............................................................................................................................................498
9.16 ALM_IMA_LINK_LCD..............................................................................................................................500
9.17 ALM_IMA_LODS.......................................................................................................................................502
9.18 ALM_IMA_RE_RX_UNUSABLE..............................................................................................................504
9.19 ALM_IMA_RE_TX_UNUSABLE..............................................................................................................506
9.20 ALM_IMA_RFI...........................................................................................................................................507
9.21 APS_MANUAL_STOP................................................................................................................................509
9.22 AU_CMM.....................................................................................................................................................510
9.23 B3_EXC_VC3..............................................................................................................................................511
9.24 B3_EXC_VC4..............................................................................................................................................514
9.25 B3_SD_VC3.................................................................................................................................................515
9.26 B3_SD_VC4.................................................................................................................................................517
9.27 BD_NOT_INSTALLED..............................................................................................................................518
9.28 BD_AT_LOWPOWER................................................................................................................................519
9.29 BDID_ERROR.............................................................................................................................................520
9.30 BEFFEC_SD................................................................................................................................................521
9.31 BIP8_ECC....................................................................................................................................................523
9.32 BIOS_STATUS............................................................................................................................................524
9.33 BOOTROM_BAD........................................................................................................................................525
9.34 C2_PDI.........................................................................................................................................................526
xiii
9.35 C2_VCAIS....................................................................................................................................................529
9.36 C4_R_LAISD...............................................................................................................................................531
9.37 C4_T_LAISD...............................................................................................................................................532
9.38 CC_LOC.......................................................................................................................................................534
9.39 CFCARD_FULL..........................................................................................................................................537
9.40 CFCARD_FAILED......................................................................................................................................538
9.41 CFCARD_OFFLINE....................................................................................................................................539
9.42 CFCARD_W_R_DISABLED......................................................................................................................539
9.43 CFGBD_FAIL..............................................................................................................................................540
9.44 CHCS............................................................................................................................................................541
9.45 CHIP_ABN...................................................................................................................................................543
9.46 CHIP_FAIL..................................................................................................................................................544
9.47 CLK_NO_TRACE_MODE..........................................................................................................................547
9.48 COOL_CUR_OVER....................................................................................................................................548
9.49 CRC4_ERR_OVER......................................................................................................................................549
9.50 CRC6_ERR_OVER......................................................................................................................................551
9.51 CTS...............................................................................................................................................................552
9.52 DBMS_ERROR............................................................................................................................................553
9.53 DBMS_PROTECT_MODE.........................................................................................................................554
9.54 DCC_CHAN_LACK....................................................................................................................................555
9.55 DCD..............................................................................................................................................................557
9.56 DDN_AIS.....................................................................................................................................................558
9.57 DDN_ALOS.................................................................................................................................................559
9.58 DDN_CRC4_ERR_OVER...........................................................................................................................561
9.59 DDN_LFA....................................................................................................................................................562
9.60 DDN_LMFA................................................................................................................................................564
9.61 DDN_LOOP_ALM......................................................................................................................................566
9.62 DDN_RFA....................................................................................................................................................567
9.63 DDN_RMFA................................................................................................................................................568
9.64 DLAG_PROTECT_FAIL............................................................................................................................569
9.65 DOWN_T1_AIS...........................................................................................................................................571
9.66 DS3_IDLE....................................................................................................................................................573
9.67 DSP_LOAD_FAIL.......................................................................................................................................575
9.68 DSR..............................................................................................................................................................576
9.69 DTR..............................................................................................................................................................577
9.70 E1_LOC........................................................................................................................................................579
9.71 ETH_NO_FLOW.........................................................................................................................................580
9.72 ETHOAM_DISCOVER_FAIL....................................................................................................................581
9.73 ETHOAM_RMT_CRIT_FAULT................................................................................................................583
9.74 ETHOAM_RMT_LOOP..............................................................................................................................584
9.75 ETHOAM_RMT_SD...................................................................................................................................586
9.76 ETHOAM_SELF_LOOP.............................................................................................................................587
xiv
9.77 ETHOAM_VCG_SELF_LOOP...................................................................................................................588
9.78 EX_ETHOAM_CC_LOS.............................................................................................................................590
9.79 EX_ETHOAM_MPID_CNFLCT................................................................................................................592
9.80 EXT_LOS.....................................................................................................................................................594
9.81 EXT_TIME_LOC.........................................................................................................................................596
9.82 FEC_LOF.....................................................................................................................................................597
9.83 FEC_OOF.....................................................................................................................................................598
9.84 FLOW_OVER..............................................................................................................................................599
9.85 FPGA_ABN..................................................................................................................................................601
9.86 FSELECT_STG............................................................................................................................................602
9.87 FUSE_ALARM............................................................................................................................................603
9.88 HARD_ERR.................................................................................................................................................605
9.89 HP_CROSSTR.............................................................................................................................................606
9.90 HP_REI.........................................................................................................................................................608
9.91 IN_PWR_FAIL............................................................................................................................................609
9.92 K1_K2_M.....................................................................................................................................................610
9.93 K2_M............................................................................................................................................................611
9.94 LAN_LOC....................................................................................................................................................613
9.95 LASER_MOD_ERR....................................................................................................................................614
9.96 LASER_SHUT.............................................................................................................................................615
9.97 LCAS_BAND_DECREASED.....................................................................................................................616
9.98 LCAS_FOPR................................................................................................................................................618
9.99 LCAS_FOPT................................................................................................................................................619
9.100 LCAS_PLCR..............................................................................................................................................620
9.101 LCAS_PLCT..............................................................................................................................................622
9.102 LCAS_TLCR..............................................................................................................................................624
9.103 LCAS_TLCT..............................................................................................................................................625
9.104 LCD............................................................................................................................................................627
9.105 LCS_DAYS_OF_GRACE.........................................................................................................................629
9.106 LCS_EXPIRED..........................................................................................................................................632
9.107 LCS_FILE_NOT_EXIST...........................................................................................................................635
9.108 LFA.............................................................................................................................................................637
9.109 LMFA.........................................................................................................................................................638
9.110 LOCK_CUR_FAIL....................................................................................................................................640
9.111 LOOP_ALM...............................................................................................................................................641
9.112 LP_CROSSTR............................................................................................................................................643
9.113 LP_R_FIFO................................................................................................................................................645
9.114 LP_RDI_VC12...........................................................................................................................................646
9.115 LP_RDI_VC3.............................................................................................................................................647
9.116 LP_REI.......................................................................................................................................................649
9.117 LP_REI_VC12............................................................................................................................................650
9.118 LP_REI_VC3..............................................................................................................................................651
xv
9.119 LP_RFI.......................................................................................................................................................653
9.120 LP_SIZE_ERR...........................................................................................................................................654
9.121 LP_SLM.....................................................................................................................................................655
9.122 LP_SLM_VC12..........................................................................................................................................657
9.123 LP_SLM_VC3............................................................................................................................................658
9.124 LP_T_FIFO................................................................................................................................................659
9.125 LP_TIM......................................................................................................................................................661
9.126 LP_TIM_VC12...........................................................................................................................................662
9.127 LP_TIM_VC3.............................................................................................................................................664
9.128 LP_UNEQ_VC12.......................................................................................................................................665
9.129 LP_UNEQ_VC3.........................................................................................................................................666
9.130 LPS_UNI_BI_M.........................................................................................................................................668
9.131 LSR_COOL_ALM.....................................................................................................................................669
9.132 LSR_INVALID..........................................................................................................................................670
9.133 LSR_NO_FITED........................................................................................................................................671
9.134 LTEMP_OVER..........................................................................................................................................673
9.135 MDL_ALARM...........................................................................................................................................674
9.136 MOD_TYPE_MISMATCH.......................................................................................................................676
9.137 MS_APS_INDI_EX...................................................................................................................................677
9.138 MS_CROSSTR...........................................................................................................................................679
9.139 MSAD_CROSSTR.....................................................................................................................................681
9.140 MS_REI......................................................................................................................................................683
9.141 MSSW_DIFFERENT.................................................................................................................................684
9.142 MUT_LOS..................................................................................................................................................685
9.143 NE_CFG_CONFLICT................................................................................................................................687
9.144 NE_POWER_OVER..................................................................................................................................688
9.145 NESF_LOST..............................................................................................................................................689
9.146 NESTATE_INSTALL................................................................................................................................690
9.147 NO_BD_PARA..........................................................................................................................................691
9.148 NO_BD_SOFT...........................................................................................................................................693
9.149 NO_ELABEL.............................................................................................................................................695
9.150 NO_LSR_PARA_FILE..............................................................................................................................696
9.151 OA_LOW_GAIN.......................................................................................................................................697
9.152 OCD............................................................................................................................................................698
9.153 ODU_AIS...................................................................................................................................................700
9.154 ODU_LCK..................................................................................................................................................702
9.155 ODU_OCI...................................................................................................................................................703
9.156 OH_LOOP..................................................................................................................................................704
9.157 OTH_BD_STATUS...................................................................................................................................705
9.158 OTH_HARD_FAIL....................................................................................................................................706
9.159 OTU_AIS....................................................................................................................................................707
9.160 OTU_LOF..................................................................................................................................................708
xvi
9.161 OTU_LOM.................................................................................................................................................710
9.162 OUT_PWR_ABN.......................................................................................................................................711
9.163 OUT_PWR_HIGH.....................................................................................................................................712
9.164 OUT_PWR_LOW......................................................................................................................................713
9.165 P_AIS..........................................................................................................................................................714
9.166 P_LOF........................................................................................................................................................717
9.167 P_RAI.........................................................................................................................................................718
9.168 PASSWORD_NEED_CHANGE...............................................................................................................719
9.169 PATCH_ACT_TIMEOUT.........................................................................................................................720
9.170 PATCH_ERR.............................................................................................................................................721
9.171 PATCH_DEACT_TIMEOUT....................................................................................................................722
9.172 PATCH_PKGERR.....................................................................................................................................723
9.173 PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM.........................................................................................................................723
9.174 PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST.........................................................................................................................724
9.175 PLL_FAIL..................................................................................................................................................725
9.176 P_FFM........................................................................................................................................................726
9.177 PM_BDI......................................................................................................................................................727
9.178 PM_BEI......................................................................................................................................................729
9.179 PM_BIP8_OVER.......................................................................................................................................730
9.180 PM_BIP8_SD.............................................................................................................................................732
9.181 PM_TIM.....................................................................................................................................................734
9.182 PORT_MODULE_OFFLINE....................................................................................................................735
9.183 PORTMODE_MISMATCH.......................................................................................................................736
9.184 PRBS_TEST...............................................................................................................................................737
9.185 PROTOCOL_MM......................................................................................................................................738
9.186 PS................................................................................................................................................................739
9.187 PUM_BCM_ALM......................................................................................................................................740
9.188 PUM_TEM_ALM......................................................................................................................................742
9.189 PUMP_COOL_EXC..................................................................................................................................743
9.190 PWR_MAJ_ALM.......................................................................................................................................744
9.191 R_FIFO_E..................................................................................................................................................746
9.192 R_LOC........................................................................................................................................................747
9.193 R_LOSYNC................................................................................................................................................748
9.194 REG_MM...................................................................................................................................................749
9.195 RELAY_ALARM_CRITICAL..................................................................................................................751
9.196 RELAY_ALARM_IGNORE.....................................................................................................................752
9.197 RELAY_ALARM_MAJOR.......................................................................................................................753
9.198 RELAY_ALARM_MINOR.......................................................................................................................754
9.199 RELAY_FAIL............................................................................................................................................755
9.200 RFA............................................................................................................................................................755
9.201 RINGMAPM_MM.....................................................................................................................................756
9.202 RMFA.........................................................................................................................................................758
xvii
9.203 RPR_DUPLICATE_MAC.........................................................................................................................759
9.204 RPR_ECHO_DLOC...................................................................................................................................760
9.205 RPR_ECHO_LOC......................................................................................................................................762
9.206 RPR_MISCONFIG.....................................................................................................................................764
9.207 RPR_NB_INCONSIS.................................................................................................................................765
9.208 RPR_PM_INCONSIS................................................................................................................................766
9.209 RPR_PS_CHANGE....................................................................................................................................768
9.210 RPR_STATIONS_EXCEED......................................................................................................................770
9.211 RPR_SUM_A0_EXCEED.........................................................................................................................771
9.212 RTC_FAIL..................................................................................................................................................772
9.213 RTS.............................................................................................................................................................773
9.214 RS_CROSSTR............................................................................................................................................774
9.215 S1_SYN_CHANGE...................................................................................................................................776
9.216 SECU_ALM...............................................................................................................................................778
9.217 SEC_RADIUS_FAIL.................................................................................................................................779
9.218 SERVCHIP_ABN......................................................................................................................................780
9.219 SM_BDI......................................................................................................................................................783
9.220 SM_BEI......................................................................................................................................................784
9.221 SM_BIP8_OVER.......................................................................................................................................785
9.222 SM_BIP8_SD.............................................................................................................................................787
9.223 SM_IAE......................................................................................................................................................789
9.224 SM_TIM.....................................................................................................................................................790
9.225 SPARE_PATH_ALM................................................................................................................................791
9.226 SPEED_OVER...........................................................................................................................................793
9.227 SQUTABM_MM........................................................................................................................................794
9.228 SSL_CERT_NOENC.................................................................................................................................795
9.229 STORM_CUR_QUENUM_OVER............................................................................................................796
9.230 SUM_INPWR_HI......................................................................................................................................797
9.231 SUM_INPWR_LOW..................................................................................................................................798
9.232 SUM_OUTPWR_HI..................................................................................................................................799
9.233 SUM_OUTPWR_LOW..............................................................................................................................800
9.234 SWDL_ACTIVATED_TIMEOUT............................................................................................................801
9.235 SWDL_AUTOMATCH_INH....................................................................................................................802
9.236 SWDL_CHGMNG_NOMATCH...............................................................................................................803
9.237 SWDL_COMMIT_FAIL............................................................................................................................804
9.238 SWDL_INPROCESS.................................................................................................................................804
9.239 SWDL_NEPKGCHECK............................................................................................................................805
9.240 SWDL_PKG_NOBDSOFT........................................................................................................................806
9.241 SWITCH_DISABLE..................................................................................................................................807
9.242 SWDL_ROLLBACK_FAIL......................................................................................................................808
9.243 SYNC_C_LOS...........................................................................................................................................808
9.244 SYNC_F_M_SWITCH..............................................................................................................................811
xviii
9.245 SYNC_FAIL...............................................................................................................................................812
9.246 SYN_LOCKOFF........................................................................................................................................813
9.247 SYSLOG_COMM_FAIL...........................................................................................................................814
9.248 T_ALOS.....................................................................................................................................................815
9.249 T_FIFO_E...................................................................................................................................................817
9.250 T_LOC........................................................................................................................................................818
9.251 T_LOS........................................................................................................................................................820
9.252 TC_DEG.....................................................................................................................................................821
9.253 TC_EXC.....................................................................................................................................................823
9.254 TC_INCAIS................................................................................................................................................825
9.255 TC_LTC......................................................................................................................................................827
9.256 TC_ODI......................................................................................................................................................829
9.257 TC_OEI......................................................................................................................................................830
9.258 TC_RDI......................................................................................................................................................832
9.259 TC_REI.......................................................................................................................................................833
9.260 TC_TIM......................................................................................................................................................834
9.261 TC_UNEQ..................................................................................................................................................837
9.262 TD...............................................................................................................................................................838
9.263 TEM_HA....................................................................................................................................................839
9.264 TEM_LA....................................................................................................................................................841
9.265 TEST_STATUS..........................................................................................................................................842
9.266 TIME_LOS.................................................................................................................................................843
9.267 TIME_FORCE_SWITCH..........................................................................................................................844
9.268 TIME_NO_TRACE_MODE......................................................................................................................845
9.269 TIME_NOT_SUPPORT.............................................................................................................................847
9.270 TPS_ALM..................................................................................................................................................848
9.271 TR_LOC.....................................................................................................................................................850
9.272 TS16_AIS...................................................................................................................................................853
9.273 TU_AIS_VC12...........................................................................................................................................854
9.274 TU_AIS_VC3.............................................................................................................................................855
9.275 TU_LOP_VC12..........................................................................................................................................857
9.276 TU_LOP_VC3............................................................................................................................................859
9.277 UHCS..........................................................................................................................................................861
9.278 UP_T1AIS..................................................................................................................................................862
9.279 V5_VCAIS.................................................................................................................................................864
9.280 VC_AIS......................................................................................................................................................866
9.281 VC_RDI......................................................................................................................................................869
9.282 VC3_CROSSTR.........................................................................................................................................872
9.283 VCAT_LOA...............................................................................................................................................874
9.284 VCAT_LOM_VC12...................................................................................................................................875
9.285 VCAT_LOM_VC3.....................................................................................................................................876
9.286 VCAT_LOM_VC4.....................................................................................................................................878
xix
9.287 VCAT_SQM_VC12...................................................................................................................................879
9.288 VCAT_SQM_VC3.....................................................................................................................................880
9.289 VCAT_SQM_VC4.....................................................................................................................................882
9.290 VCTRUNK_NO_FLOW............................................................................................................................883
9.291 VCG_MM...................................................................................................................................................884
9.292 VP_AIS.......................................................................................................................................................886
9.293 VP_RDI......................................................................................................................................................889
9.294 VPG_MM...................................................................................................................................................892
9.295 W_OFFLINE..............................................................................................................................................893
9.296 WORK_CUR_OVER.................................................................................................................................894
9.297 WRG_BD_TYPE.......................................................................................................................................895
10 Performance Event List...........................................................................................................897
10.1 Performance Events by Type........................................................................................................................898
10.1.1 Pointer Justification Performance Event List......................................................................................898
10.1.2 Regenerator Section Performance Event List......................................................................................899
10.1.3 Multiplex Section Bit Error Performance Event List..........................................................................900
10.1.4 Higher Order Path Bit Error Performance Event List.........................................................................900
10.1.5 Lower Order Path Bit Error Performance Event List..........................................................................901
10.1.6 Line-Side Performance Event List......................................................................................................902
10.1.7 FEC Service Performance Event List..................................................................................................903
10.1.8 TCM Performance Event List..............................................................................................................904
10.1.9 ATM Service Performance Event List................................................................................................904
10.1.10 Laser Performance Event List...........................................................................................................905
10.1.11 Board Status Performance Event List................................................................................................908
10.1.12 Ethernet Service Threshold-Crossing Performance Event List.........................................................909
10.1.13 RMON Event of the Ethernet Service List........................................................................................911
10.1.13.1 Statistics of RMON basic performance....................................................................................912
10.1.13.2 Statistics of RMON extended performance..............................................................................914
10.1.13.3 Statistics of RMON VCG performance....................................................................................919
10.1.13.4 Statistics of RPR events of RMON VCG performance............................................................920
10.1.14 Microwave Power Performance Event List.......................................................................................925
10.2 Board Performance Event List.....................................................................................................................926
10.2.1 BA2......................................................................................................................................................926
10.2.2 N1BPA.................................................................................................................................................926
10.2.3 N2BPA.................................................................................................................................................927
10.2.4 COA.....................................................................................................................................................927
10.2.5 N1ADL4..............................................................................................................................................927
10.2.6 N1ADQ1..............................................................................................................................................928
10.2.7 N1DX1.................................................................................................................................................929
10.2.8 N1DXA................................................................................................................................................929
10.2.9 N1EFS0...............................................................................................................................................929
10.2.10 N1EFS0A...........................................................................................................................................931
xx
10.2.11 N1EFS4.............................................................................................................................................932
10.2.12 N1EFT8.............................................................................................................................................934
10.2.13 N1EFT8A..........................................................................................................................................935
10.2.14 N1EGS4.............................................................................................................................................937
10.2.15 N1EGT2.............................................................................................................................................938
10.2.16 N1EMS2............................................................................................................................................940
10.2.17 N1EMS4............................................................................................................................................941
10.2.18 N1EFP0.............................................................................................................................................943
10.2.19 N1IDL4..............................................................................................................................................944
10.2.20 N1IDL4A...........................................................................................................................................945
10.2.21 N1IDQ1.............................................................................................................................................946
10.2.22 N1IDQ1A..........................................................................................................................................947
10.2.23 N1IFSD1............................................................................................................................................948
10.2.24 N1LWX.............................................................................................................................................948
10.2.25 N1MST4............................................................................................................................................949
10.2.26 N1PD3...............................................................................................................................................949
10.2.27 N1PL3................................................................................................................................................949
10.2.28 N1PL3A.............................................................................................................................................950
10.2.29 N1PQ1...............................................................................................................................................950
10.2.30 N1PQM..............................................................................................................................................950
10.2.31 N1RPC01...........................................................................................................................................950
10.2.32 N1RPC02...........................................................................................................................................951
10.2.33 N1SEP...............................................................................................................................................951
10.2.34 N1SEP1.............................................................................................................................................952
10.2.35 N1SF16..............................................................................................................................................952
10.2.36 N1SL1................................................................................................................................................953
10.2.37 N1SL1A.............................................................................................................................................953
10.2.38 N1SL4................................................................................................................................................954
10.2.39 N1SL4A.............................................................................................................................................955
10.2.40 N1SL16..............................................................................................................................................955
10.2.41 N1SL16A...........................................................................................................................................956
10.2.42 N1SLD4.............................................................................................................................................956
10.2.43 N1SLD4A..........................................................................................................................................957
10.2.44 N1SLQ1.............................................................................................................................................958
10.2.45 N1SLQ1A..........................................................................................................................................958
10.2.46 N1SLQ4.............................................................................................................................................959
10.2.47 N1SLQ4A..........................................................................................................................................959
10.2.48 N1SLT1.............................................................................................................................................960
10.2.49 N1SPQ4.............................................................................................................................................961
10.2.50 N2EFS0.............................................................................................................................................961
10.2.51 N2EFS4.............................................................................................................................................962
10.2.52 N2EFT8.............................................................................................................................................964
xxi
10.2.53 N2EFT8A..........................................................................................................................................965
10.2.54 N2EGR2............................................................................................................................................966
10.2.55 N2EGS2.............................................................................................................................................970
10.2.56 N2EGT2.............................................................................................................................................971
10.2.57 N2EMR0............................................................................................................................................973
10.2.58 N2PD3...............................................................................................................................................976
10.2.59 N2PL3................................................................................................................................................977
10.2.60 N2PL3A.............................................................................................................................................977
10.2.61 N2PQ1...............................................................................................................................................978
10.2.62 N2PQ3...............................................................................................................................................978
10.2.63 N2SL1................................................................................................................................................978
10.2.64 N2SL4................................................................................................................................................979
10.2.65 N2SL16..............................................................................................................................................980
10.2.66 N2SL16A...........................................................................................................................................980
10.2.67 N2SLD4.............................................................................................................................................981
10.2.68 N2SLO1.............................................................................................................................................981
10.2.69 N2SLQ1.............................................................................................................................................982
10.2.70 N2SLQ4.............................................................................................................................................983
10.2.71 N2SPQ4.............................................................................................................................................983
10.2.72 N3EFS4.............................................................................................................................................984
10.2.73 N3EGS2.............................................................................................................................................985
10.2.74 N3EGS4.............................................................................................................................................987
10.2.75 N3SL16..............................................................................................................................................988
10.2.76 N3SL16A...........................................................................................................................................989
10.2.77 N3SLQ41...........................................................................................................................................989
10.2.78 N4EFS0.............................................................................................................................................990
10.2.79 N4EGS4.............................................................................................................................................991
10.2.80 N5EFS0.............................................................................................................................................993
10.2.81 ODU...................................................................................................................................................994
10.2.82 Q2CXL1............................................................................................................................................995
10.2.83 Q2CXL4............................................................................................................................................995
10.2.84 Q2CXL16..........................................................................................................................................996
10.2.85 Q3CXL1............................................................................................................................................997
10.2.86 Q3CXL4............................................................................................................................................998
10.2.87 Q3CXL16..........................................................................................................................................999
10.2.88 Q5CXLLN.........................................................................................................................................999
10.2.89 Q5CXLQ41.....................................................................................................................................1000
10.2.90 R1EFT4...........................................................................................................................................1001
10.2.91 R1PD1.............................................................................................................................................1002
10.2.92 R1PL1..............................................................................................................................................1003
10.2.93 R1SL1..............................................................................................................................................1003
10.2.94 R1SL4..............................................................................................................................................1004
xxii
10.2.95 R1SLD4...........................................................................................................................................1004
10.2.96 R1SLQ1...........................................................................................................................................1005
10.2.97 R2PD1.............................................................................................................................................1005
10.2.98 TN11OBU1.....................................................................................................................................1006
11 Performance Event Clearing................................................................................................1007
11.1 Performance Event Clearing of ATM........................................................................................................1008
11.1.1 ATM_CORRECTED_HCSERR.......................................................................................................1008
11.1.2 ATM_EGCELL.................................................................................................................................1009
11.1.3 ATM_INGCELL...............................................................................................................................1010
11.1.4 ATM_RECV_CELL..........................................................................................................................1012
11.1.5 ATM_RECV_IDLECELL.................................................................................................................1013
11.1.6 ATM_TRAN_CELL.........................................................................................................................1014
11.1.7 ATM_UNCORRECTED_HCSERR.................................................................................................1015
11.2 Performance Event Clearing of SDH.........................................................................................................1016
11.2.1 AUPJCHIGH.....................................................................................................................................1016
11.2.2 AUPJCLOW......................................................................................................................................1017
11.2.3 AUPJCNEW......................................................................................................................................1018
11.2.4 BCV...................................................................................................................................................1019
11.2.5 CCV...................................................................................................................................................1020
11.2.6 CRC4_ERR.......................................................................................................................................1021
11.2.7 DDN_CRC4_ERR.............................................................................................................................1023
11.2.8 E1_LCV_SDH...................................................................................................................................1024
11.2.9 E1_LES_SDH....................................................................................................................................1025
11.2.10 E1_LSES_SDH...............................................................................................................................1026
11.2.11 E3_LCV_SDH.................................................................................................................................1027
11.2.12 E3_LES_SDH..................................................................................................................................1028
11.2.13 E3_LSES_SDH...............................................................................................................................1029
11.2.14 EDTMP............................................................................................................................................1031
11.2.15 EDRPL.............................................................................................................................................1032
11.2.16 EDTPL.............................................................................................................................................1033
11.2.17 ENVTMP.........................................................................................................................................1034
11.2.18 FEC_AFT_COR_ER.......................................................................................................................1035
11.2.19 FEC_BEF_COR_ER.......................................................................................................................1036
11.2.20 FEC_COR_0BIT_CNT...................................................................................................................1037
11.2.21 FEC_COR_1BIT_CNT...................................................................................................................1037
11.2.22 FEC_COR_BYTE_CNT.................................................................................................................1038
11.2.23 FEC_UNCOR_BLOCK_CNT........................................................................................................1039
11.2.24 HPBBE............................................................................................................................................1040
11.2.25 HPCSES...........................................................................................................................................1041
11.2.26 HPES...............................................................................................................................................1042
11.2.27 HPFEBBE........................................................................................................................................1043
11.2.28 HPFEES...........................................................................................................................................1044
xxiii
11.2.29 HPFECSES......................................................................................................................................1045
11.2.30 HPFESES.........................................................................................................................................1046
11.2.31 HPFEUAS.......................................................................................................................................1047
11.2.32 HPSES.............................................................................................................................................1049
11.2.33 HPUAS............................................................................................................................................1050
11.2.34 LPBBE.............................................................................................................................................1051
11.2.35 LPCSES...........................................................................................................................................1053
11.2.36 LPES................................................................................................................................................1054
11.2.37 LPFEBBE........................................................................................................................................1056
11.2.38 LPFECSES......................................................................................................................................1057
11.2.39 LPFEES...........................................................................................................................................1059
11.2.40 LPFESES.........................................................................................................................................1060
11.2.41 LPFEUAS........................................................................................................................................1062
11.2.42 LPSES..............................................................................................................................................1063
11.2.43 LSBISA...........................................................................................................................................1064
11.2.44 LPUAS.............................................................................................................................................1066
11.2.45 LSCLC.............................................................................................................................................1067
11.2.46 LSIOP..............................................................................................................................................1068
11.2.47 LSOOP.............................................................................................................................................1069
11.2.48 LSTMP............................................................................................................................................1071
11.2.49 MSBBE............................................................................................................................................1072
11.2.50 MSCSES..........................................................................................................................................1073
11.2.51 MSES...............................................................................................................................................1074
11.2.52 MSFEBBE.......................................................................................................................................1075
11.2.53 MSFECSES.....................................................................................................................................1076
11.2.54 MSFEES..........................................................................................................................................1077
11.2.55 MSFESES........................................................................................................................................1078
11.2.56 MSFEUAS.......................................................................................................................................1079
11.2.57 MSSES.............................................................................................................................................1080
11.2.58 MSUAS...........................................................................................................................................1081
11.2.59 ODU2PMBIP8.................................................................................................................................1083
11.2.60 OSPITMPMIN.................................................................................................................................1084
11.2.61 OSPITMPMAX...............................................................................................................................1084
11.2.62 OSPITMPCUR................................................................................................................................1085
11.2.63 OSPICCVMIN.................................................................................................................................1086
11.2.64 OSPICCVMAX...............................................................................................................................1087
11.2.65 OSPICCVCUR................................................................................................................................1088
11.2.66 OTU2SMBIP8.................................................................................................................................1089
11.2.67 RSBBE.............................................................................................................................................1090
11.2.68 RSCSES...........................................................................................................................................1091
11.2.69 RSES................................................................................................................................................1093
11.2.70 RSOFS.............................................................................................................................................1094
xxiv
11.2.71 RSOOF............................................................................................................................................1095
11.2.72 RSSES.............................................................................................................................................1096
11.2.73 RSUAS............................................................................................................................................1097
11.2.74 RPLMIN..........................................................................................................................................1098
11.2.75 RPLMAX.........................................................................................................................................1099
11.2.76 RPLCUR..........................................................................................................................................1100
11.2.77 SUMIOP..........................................................................................................................................1101
11.2.78 SUMOOP.........................................................................................................................................1102
11.2.79 T1_LCV_SDH.................................................................................................................................1104
11.2.80 T1_LES_SDH..................................................................................................................................1105
11.2.81 T1_LSES_SDH...............................................................................................................................1106
11.2.82 T3_LCV_SDH.................................................................................................................................1107
11.2.83 T3_LES_SDH..................................................................................................................................1108
11.2.84 T3_LSES_SDH...............................................................................................................................1109
11.2.85 TPLMIN..........................................................................................................................................1110
11.2.86 TPLMAX.........................................................................................................................................1111
11.2.87 TPLCUR..........................................................................................................................................1112
11.2.88 TLBMIN..........................................................................................................................................1113
11.2.89 TLBMAX........................................................................................................................................1114
11.2.90 TLBCUR.........................................................................................................................................1115
11.2.91 TUPJCHIGH...................................................................................................................................1116
11.2.92 TUPJCLOW....................................................................................................................................1117
11.2.93 TUPJCNEW....................................................................................................................................1118
11.2.94 WCV................................................................................................................................................1120
11.2.95 XCSTMP.........................................................................................................................................1121
11.3 Performance Threshold-Crossing Event Clearing of RMON.....................................................................1122
11.3.1 AlignmentErrors................................................................................................................................1122
11.3.2 InBadOcts..........................................................................................................................................1124
11.3.3 OutBadOcts.......................................................................................................................................1125
11.3.4 Collisions...........................................................................................................................................1127
11.3.5 Deferred Transmissions.....................................................................................................................1128
11.3.6 DropEvent..........................................................................................................................................1130
11.3.7 FCSErrors..........................................................................................................................................1131
11.3.8 Fragments..........................................................................................................................................1133
11.3.9 Jabbers...............................................................................................................................................1134
11.3.10 Late Collisions.................................................................................................................................1136
11.3.11 OversizePkts....................................................................................................................................1137
11.3.12 UndersizePkts..................................................................................................................................1139
11.3.13 Sperbadaddrpkt................................................................................................................................1141
11.3.14 SperbadctlFcspkt.............................................................................................................................1142
11.3.15 SperbadDataFcspkt..........................................................................................................................1143
11.3.16 SperbadFcspkt.................................................................................................................................1144
xxv
11.3.17 SperbadHecpkt.................................................................................................................................1145
11.3.18 SperbadParitypkt.............................................................................................................................1146
11.3.19 Spercontainedpkt.............................................................................................................................1147
11.3.20 Spereredsnds....................................................................................................................................1148
11.3.21 SperPmdabortpkt.............................................................................................................................1149
11.3.22 SperScffers.......................................................................................................................................1149
11.3.23 SperSelfSrcupkt...............................................................................................................................1150
11.3.24 SperSvlrdsnds..................................................................................................................................1151
11.3.25 Spertlpkt...........................................................................................................................................1152
11.3.26 Spertspkt..........................................................................................................................................1153
11.3.27 SperTtlExppkt..................................................................................................................................1154
11.3.28 SperUasnds......................................................................................................................................1155
11.4 Performance Event Clearing of Microwave...............................................................................................1156
11.4.1 RSL....................................................................................................................................................1156
11.4.2 TSL....................................................................................................................................................1157
12 Abnormal Event List.............................................................................................................1159
13 Abnormal Event Clearing....................................................................................................1160
13.1 Linear Multiplex Section Protection Switching.........................................................................................1161
13.2 SNCP Switching.........................................................................................................................................1163
13.3 SNCMP Switching.....................................................................................................................................1166
13.4 SNCTP Switching.......................................................................................................................................1169
13.5 TPS Switching............................................................................................................................................1172
13.6 1+1 Equipment-Level Protection Switching..............................................................................................1175
A Glossary....................................................................................................................................1177
xxvi
1 Generating and Detecting an SDH Alarm
About This Chapter
This topic describes the generation principles and detection mechanism of certain signal flows
in the SDH higher-order and lower-order services. In addition, this topic describes the
suppression relations between alarm signals.
1.1 Overview
There are sufficient overhead bytes in the SDH frame, which are the regenerator section
overheads, multiplex section overheads, and path overheads. These overhead bytes carry alarm
and performance information. According to the information, the SDH system can perform in-
service monitoring of alarms and bit errors. With an understanding of the alarm generation and
detection principles, you can quickly locate faults.
1.2 Generation and Detection of Alarms and Performance Events in the SDH Higher Order
Signal Flow
The principle for locating fault is "line first, then tributary; higher order first, then lower
order".
1.3 Generation and Detection of Alarms and Performance Events in the SDH Lower Order Signal
Flow
PDH services at different rates use different path overhead bytes. Thus, the alarm signal
generation modes vary accordingly. This section describes the signal flow and the procedure for
handling each overhead byte by each module.
1.4 Suppression Correlation Between SDH Alarms
The equipment supports the alarm suppression function so that you can quickly locate the root
fault. This function involves the intra-board alarm suppression and the inter-board alarm
suppression. In terms of these two types of alarm suppressions, this section describes the
suppression relations among SDH alarms.
Alarms and Performance Events Reference 1 Generating and Detecting an SDH Alarm
1
1.1 Overview
There are sufficient overhead bytes in the SDH frame, which are the regenerator section
overheads, multiplex section overheads, and path overheads. These overhead bytes carry alarm
and performance information. According to the information, the SDH system can perform in-
service monitoring of alarms and bit errors. With an understanding of the alarm generation and
detection principles, you can quickly locate faults.
Figure 1-1 shows the SDH alarm signal flow.
Figure 1-1 SDH alarm signal flow
LOF
J0_MM
RS_BIP Err.
MS_AIS
MS_BIP Err.
MS_REI
MS_RDI
AU_AIS
AU_LOP
HP_SLM, HP_UNEQ
HP_TIM
HP_BIP Err.
HP_REI
HP_RDI
TU_AIS
TU_LOP
HP_LOM
LP_UNEQ
LP_TIM
LP_BIP Err.
LP_REI
LP_RDI
LP_SLM
"1"
AIS
"1"
AIS
"1"
"1"
AIS
"1"
"1"
AIS
"1"
AIS
(J0)
(B1)
(K2)
(B2)
(M1)
(K2)
(J1)
(B3)
(G1)
(G1)
(H4)
(C2)
(V5)
(J2)
(V5)
(V5)
(V5)
(V5)
RST HPA LPT HPT MSA MST
(A1,A2)
SPI
LOS
(H1,H2,H3)
(H1,H2)
(V1,V2,V3)
(V1,V2)
Indicates that the corresponding alarm or signal is generated
Indicates that the corresponding alarm is detected

1.1.1 Signal Flow Directions and Levels
This section describes the basic concepts, including the upstream signal flow, downstream signal
flow, higher order path, and lower order path, which are involved in the signal analysis.
2
Term Description Figure
Downlink
signal
flow
A signal direction: SDH interface
cross-connect unit PDH
interface.
SDH
interface
Crossconnect
unit
PDH interface
SDH
interface
Downlink signal flow
Uplink
signal
flow
A signal direction: PDH interface
cross-connect unit SDH
interface.
SDH
interface
Crossconnect
unit
PDHinterface
SDH
interface
Uplink
signal flow
Higher
order path
The path between the SDH
interface and the cross-connect
unit.
SDH
interface
Crossconnect
unit
PDH interface
SDH
interface
Higer order part
Lower
order path
The path between the cross-
connect unit and the PDH
interface.
SDH
interface
Crossconnect
unit
PDH interface
SDH
interface
Lower order part

1.1.2 Two Common Alarms
This section describes two types of common alarms: AIS and RDI.
Alarm Description
Alarm Indication Signal
(AIS)
The all "1"s signal that is inserted into the lower level circuit
indicates that the signal is unavailable. The common AIS alarms
include the MS_AIS alarm, the AU_AIS alarm, the TU_AIS
alarm, and the other AIS alarms that are generated in the E1/T1
signals.
3
Alarm Description
Remote Defect Indication
(RDI)
This alarm indicates that the opposite NE has detected the loss
of signal (LOS), AIS, or trace identifier mismatch (TIM) alarm.
When the opposite NE detects these alarms, an RDI alarm is
sent to the local NE.
The MS_RDI, HP_RDI and LP_RDI alarms are common RDI
alarms.

NOTE
If an alarm is generated on an NE, it may not indicate that the NE is faulty. The alarm can be generated
due to a fault at the opposite NE or due to other factors.
For example, the R_LOS alarm is generated due to a fiber cut, or the HP_LOM alarm at the local NE is
generated due to the failure of the cross-connect board at the opposite NE.
1.1.3 Alarm Management
This section describes the alarm reporting process.
Alarms can be reported in the following cases:
l A board detects and reports the alarms to the NE software.
l The NE software reports the alarms to the NMS server.
l The users query the alarms on the NMS server through the NMS client.
In the entire process, alarms are saved on the NMS after three levels of processing.
The three levels of processing are the following:
l Alarm suppression
l Alarm auto-report
l Alarm mask
l Alarm filter
In addition, alarm reversion and alarm suppression affect alarm reporting.
Alarm Suppression
In normal cases, a root alarm that is directly triggered by abnormal events or faults derives certain
lower level alarms. Thus, alarms cannot be normally located or handled.
In this case, the alarm correlation needs to be set so that non-root alarms can be suppressed.
Then, the NE reports fewer alarms to the NMS, and faults can be located and handled in the
timely manner.
Alarm Auto-Report
After this function is enabled on an NE, an alarm on the NE is reported to the OptiX iManager
NMS subnet level management system (NMS) immediately after this alarm occurs. An alarm
panel is displayed on the NMS, where users can check the information about the alarm.
4
Users can also disable this function for certain alarms. This reduces the impact of a large number
of alarms on the NMS performance.
Alarm Mask
The suppression function can be enabled for all alarms on an NE or a board of the NE.
When an alarm is suppressed, the corresponding NE or board does not monitor this alarm.
Alarm Filter
When the alarm filter function is enabled on the NMS, it does not affect the alarms on the NE.
The NMS accepts or discards the reported alarms based on the alarm filter function setting.
This function can only be enabled or disabled on an NE. If the function is enabled, the NMS
discards the alarms, and the alarms are not saved into the alarm database. If the function is
disabled, the NMS saves the alarms into the alarm database.
Alarm Reversion
In the case of a port for which services are not activated, the alarm reversion function can be
used to prevent relevant alarm information from being generated and thus to prevent
interferences from the generated alarms.
When the alarm reversion function is enabled, you can set the alarm status of this port to be
opposite to the actual status. That is, an alarm is reported when no alarm occurs and no alarm is
reported when alarms occur.
There are three modes of alarm reversion: non-revertive, auto-revertive, and manual-revertive
mode.
l Non-revertive:
This is the normal alarm monitoring state, and is the default alarm mode. In this mode, the
alarm reversion function cannot be enabled for a port.
l Auto-revertive
In this mode, the alarm reversion function can be enabled only on a port that reports alarms.
After the alarm reversion function is enabled, the port enters the alarm revertive mode, and
does not report alarms. When the current alarms are cleared, the port automatically exits
the revertive mode, and the alarm state reported by the port is restored to be the actual alarm
state.
l Manual-revertive
In this mode, the alarm reversion function can be enabled on a port, regardless of whether
any alarms exist on this port.
When the alarm reversion function is enabled on a port, the alarm state reported by the
port is inconsistent with the actual alarm state.
When the manual-revertive mode is disabled, the alarm reversion mode is restored to
be the non-revertive mode. The alarm state reported by the port is consistent with the
actual alarm state.
The precautions for setting the alarm reversion function are as follows:
l The alarm state of the board, including the state of the alarm indicators on the board, remains
unchanged, which indicates the running state of the equipment.
5
l The alarm reversion function is realized by the NE software. The alarm data on the NE and
on the NMS is the same, which indicates the alarm state after the alarms are reversed.
1.2 Generation and Detection of Alarms and Performance
Events in the SDH Higher Order Signal Flow
The principle for locating fault is "line first, then tributary; higher order first, then lower
order".
Therefore, this section focuses only on the alarms and performance events generated between
the SDH interface and the cross-connect unit during maintenance. This section describes the
signal flow and the procedure for handling each overhead byte by each module.
Figure 1-2 shows the signal flow between the SDH interface and the cross-connect unit.
Figure 1-2 Alarm signals generated between the SDH interface and the cross-connect unit
"1"
LOS
STM-N
optical
interface
B1
BI Err.
K2
AIS
MS_AIS
K2
MS_RDI
B2
M1
Frame synchronizer and
RS overhead processor
(RST)
MS overhead
processor
(MST)
C2
AU_AIS
AU_LOP
J1
HP_UNEQ
HP_TIM
B3
B3 Err.
G1
G1
HP_REI
HP_RDI
MS_REI
H4
C2
HP_LOM
HP_SLM
B2 Err.
Downlink signal flow Signal
transfer point (Insert down all "1"s
signal)
Pointer processor and
HP overhead processor
(MSA, HPT)
AIS
A1, A2 LOF
(Report to SCC unit)
H1,H2
H1,H2
"1"
"1"
Alarm report or return Alarm
termination point
Cross-
connect
unit

Based on the positions of the various overhead byte processing in the STM-N frame, the overhead
bytes are classified into four modules:
l Regenerator section overheads
l Multiplex section overheads
l Higher order path overheads
l Lower order path overheads
If a fault occurs in the first two modules, it affects all the higher order paths. If a fault occurs in
the overhead bytes of a higher order path, however, it affects only this higher order path and its
lower order paths.
The following sections describe the signal flow and the processing of each overhead byte.
1.2.1 Downlink Signal Flow
In the higher order downstream signal flow, overhead bytes are extracted and terminated.
6
Frame Synchronizer and Regenerator Section Overhead Processor
In the regenerator section (RS), the overhead bytes that are related to the alarms and performance
events are as follows:
l Framing bytes (A1, A2)
l Regenerator section trace byte (J0)
l RS bit interleaved parity (BIP8) code byte (B1)
The alarm signal flow is as follows:
l In the receive direction
When the STMN optical signal from a line enters the optical receive module of a line
board, the signal is first converted into an electrical signal through the optical/electrical (O/
E) conversion module.
The signal is then transmitted to a frame synchronizer and an unscrambler for processing.
During this process, the O/E conversion module continuously checks the signal.
An R_LOS alarm is reported if the following faults are detected:
No signal is input.
The optical power is extremely low or high.
The code type of the input signal does not match the original one.
After the R_LOS alarm is raised, the SDH equipment returns to the normal state, only when
the optical receiver at the local station has detected two consecutive correct code patterns
and no new R_LOS alarm is detected. When an R_LOS alarm occurs, the system inserts
an all "1"s signal into the lower level circuits.
l Detecting the A1, A2 and J0 bytes
After receiving an STMN signal from the O/E conversion module, the frame synchronizer
captures the frame alignment signal through the A1 and the A2 bytes in the signal.
Meanwhile, the frame synchronizer extracts the line reference synchronization clock source
from the signal and sends it to the timing board for locking the clock.
In normal cases, the value of the A1 byte is "F6H", and the value of the A2 byte is "28H".
If incorrect A1 or A2 values are detected in five consecutive frames, an R_OOF alarm
occurs.
If the R_OOF alarm lasts for more than 3 ms, an R_LOF alarm occurs, and an all "1"s
signal is inserted.
If the framing state lasts for more than 1 ms after an R_LOF alarm occurs, the equipment
is restored to normal.
The J0 byte is used to verify if both ends of the regenerator section are permanently
connected to each other. The J0 bytes at the receive end and the J0 bytes at the transmit
end should be the same. Otherwise, the equipment reports a trace identifier mismatch alarm
(J0_MM). An unscrambler is mainly used to unscramble all the bytes except the bytes A1,
A2, and J0, and the two bytes that follow the J0 bytes in the STMN signals.
l Detecting the B1 byte
The regenerator section overhead (RSOH) processor extracts and processes other RSOH
bytes in the STMN signal. Among all the bytes, the B1 byte is the most important.
If the B1 byte restored from an STMN signal is not consistent with the BIP8 computing
result of the preceding STMN frame, a B1 bit error is reported.
7
If the number of B1 bit errors exceeds the threshold 10
-3
(which is the default value), a
B1_EXC alarm occurs.
When 10 SESs appear consecutively in the RS (for example, when the errored blocks reach 30%
in one second), the RSUAT EVENT performance event occurs. At the same time, bytes such as
F1, D1D3 and E1 that are not related to the alarms and performance events are transmitted to
the SCC module and the overhead module.
Multiplex Section Overhead Processor
In the multiplex section (MS), the overhead bytes that are related to the alarms and the
performance events are as follows:
l Automatic protection switching bytes (K1, K2)
l MS bit interleaved parity code (BIP24) byte (B2)
l MS remote error indication (M1)
The signal flow is as follows:
l Detecting the K1 and the K2 bytes
The K2 byte (bits 68) is used to indicate a failure at the remote end of the MS.
If the code of the bits 68 of the K2 byte is "111", an MS_AIS alarm is generated and an
all "1"s signal is inserted.
The system control and communication board and the cross-connect board can realize the
multiplex section protection (MSP) function by using the K1 and the K2 bytes.
If the code of the bits 68 of the K2 byte is "110", an MS_RDI alarm is generated.
The bytes K1 and K2 (bits 15) are used to transmit the automatic protection switching
(APS) protocol. The bytes K1 and K2 (bits 15) can work with the system control and
communication board and the crossconnect board to realize MSP.
l Detecting the B2 byte and the M1 byte
If the B2 byte recovered from the STMN signal is not consistent with the BIP24
computing result of the preceding STMN frame (all bits expect for the RSOH), B2 bit
errors occur.
The M1 byte is used to check if an MS_REI alarm is reported. The M1 byte carries the
error count of the interleaved bit blocks that the B2 byte has detected.
If B2 bit errors exceed the threshold 10
6
(default), a B2_SD alarm is generated, and if they
exceed the threshold 10
3
(default), a B2_EXC alarm is generated. In the MSP mode, the
B2_EXC and B2_SD (if enabled) alarms can trigger the MSP switching.
If the B2 byte detects 10 consecutive MSSESs, the multiplex section unavailable event
(MSUAT) occurs.
Pointer Processor and Higher Order Path Overhead Processor
The bytes that are related to pointer justifications are H1, H2 and H3.
The bytes that are related to alarms and bit errors are as follows:
l Higher order path trace byte (J1)
l Signal label byte (C2)
l Higher order path bit interleaved parity code (path BIP8) byte (B3)
8
l Path status byte (G1)
l Multiframe indicator byte (H4)
The alarm signal flow is as follows:
l Detecting the H1 and H2 bytes
The pointer processor interprets and justifies the pointer on the basis of the H1 and H2 bytes
in each AU4. It achieves frequency and phase alignment. The pointer processor also
locates each VC4 and transmits them to the corresponding higher order path overhead
processor.
NOTE
H3 bytes tolerate phase jitter and wander in the network.
If the H1 and the H2 bytes of the AU pointer are detected to be all "1"s, an AU_AIS alarm
is reported and an all "1"s signal is inserted. If the pointer values of H1 and H2 are illegal
(beyond the normal range, which is from 0 to 782) and illegal pointers are received in eight
consecutive frames, an AU_LOP alarm is reported and an all "1"s signal is inserted.
If the AU pointer justification is positive, the number of PJCHIGHs of the multiplex section
adaptation (MSA) increases by one. If the AU pointer justification is negative, the number
of PJCLOWs of the MSA increases by one.
l Detecting the J1, C2, B3, G1 and H4 bytes
The higher order path overhead processor processes higher order path overhead (HPOH)
bytes in the received NxVC4s.
The mode for processing each byte is described as follows:
If the J1 byte value detected is not the same as the preset value, an HP_TIM alarm is reported
and an all "1"s signal is inserted.
If the C2 byte is detected as 00, an HP_UNEQ alarm is reported and an all "1"s signal is
inserted. If the C2 byte value that is detected is different from the preset value, an HP_SLM
alarm is reported and an all "1"s signal is inserted.
NOTE
In the case of the Huawei OptiX Metro and OSN series equipment, you can use the NMS to set
whether the all "1"s signal is inserted when the HP_TIM, HP_UNEQ, or HP_SLM alarm occurs. By
default, the all "1"s signal is not inserted.
Currently, the tributary unit group (TUG) is adopted as the payload structure in China. The
preset C2 value that corresponds to the TUG structure is "02".
If the B3 byte restored from the HPOH is not consistent with the BIP8 computing result
of the VC4 signal of the preceding frame, B3 bit errors are reported.
In the STMN lower order SDH interface board, the TU12 signal extracted from VC4s
requires the H4 byte to indicate the frame number of the current multiframe in which the
current TU12 is placed. If the H4 byte detected is illegal, an HP_LOM alarm is reported,
and an all "1"s signal and the normal H4 byte is inserted.
If bit 5 of the G1 byte is "1", an HP_RDI alarm is reported. The value of bits 14 of the G1
byte determines if an HP_REI alarm is reported. If the value of bits 14 of the G1 byte is
18, an HP_REI alarm is reported.
When B3 detects SES for 10 consecutive seconds, an HPUAT EVENT performance event
occurs.
Other overhead bytes such as the F3, K3 and N1 are reserved for future use.
Finally, the NxSTM1 payloads are transmitted to the crossconnect unit for the cross
connection of the higher order path and the lower order path.
9
1.2.2 Uplink Signal Flow
The overhead bytes are extracted and then terminated in the downlink signal flow of the higher
order path. Overhead bytes are generated and alarm signals are returned to the opposite NE in
the uplink signal flow of the higher order path.
Pointer Processor and Higher Order Path Overhead Processor
NxSTM-1 payload signals from the cross-connect unit are first transmitted to higher order path
overhead processor.
The higher order path overhead processor generates N higher order path overhead bytes, which
are transmitted to the pointer processor with the NxSTM-1 payloads.
The setting of higher order path overhead bytes such as the J1, C2, B3, G1, F2, F3 and N1 can
be completed along the upstream direction.
If an AU_AIS, an AU_LOP or a HP_UNEQ alarm is detected in the downstream signal flow,
bit b5 of the G1 byte is set to "1", and an HP_RDI alarm is reported to the remote end, and
returned to the transmit end. The transmit end reports an HP_RDI alarm.
If B3 bit errors are detected in the downstream signal, bits 14 of the G1 byte are set to the
number of the detected error blocks (ranging from 1 to 8), and an HP_REI alarm is reported to
the transmit end.
The H4 byte is not processed in the upstream direction.
The pointer processor generates NxAU-4 pointers, and adapts the VC-4 into an AU-4 (H1 and
H2 bytes). The NxAU-4s are then multiplexed into an STM-N signal by using the multiplexing
processor and are transmitted to the MSOH processor.
Multiplex Section Overhead Processor
The multiplex section overhead processor sets the MSOH bytes such as the K1, K2, D4D12,
S1, M1, E2 and B2 for the received STM-N signal.
If an R_LOS, an R_LOF or an MS_AIS alarm is detected in the downstream signal flow, bits
68 of the K2 byte are set to "110". An MS_RDI alarm is reported to the transmit end through
the K2 byte.
If B2 bit errors are detected in the downstream signal flow, an MS_REI alarm is reported to the
remote end through the M1 byte.
Frame Synchronizer and Regenerator Section Overhead Processor
The RSOH processor sets the overhead bytes, such as the A1, A2, J0, E1, F1, D1D3 and B1,
in the regenerator section and sends a complete STM-N electrical signal to the frame
synchronizer and scrambler.
After being scrambled by the frame synchronizer and scrambler, the STM-N electrical signal is
converted into an STM-N optical signal by the E/O module and then sent out of the optical
interface.
10
1.3 Generation and Detection of Alarms and Performance
Events in the SDH Lower Order Signal Flow
PDH services at different rates use different path overhead bytes. Thus, the alarm signal
generation modes vary accordingly. This section describes the signal flow and the procedure for
handling each overhead byte by each module.
NOTE
This topic considers the PDH digital signals based on the E1, E3, and E4 signals in the European standard
as an example in the description.
This section describes the processing of the signal flow (for E1 services) between PDH interfaces
and the cross-connect unit, and the generation of alarms.
Figure 1-3 shows the alarm signal flow.
Figure 1-3 Generation of alarms between the E1 interface and the cross-connect unit
HPA , LPT
Signal flow
Signal transfer point
Alarm termination point
(Report to the SCC unit) (Insert all "1"s signal)
V5
V5
LP_UNEQ
J2
V1, V2
V1, V2
H4
LP_TIM
TU_LOP
TU_AIS
HP_LOM
LP_RDI
V5
BIP-2
LP_REI
T_ALOS
"1''
LPA PPI
V5
V5
LP_T_FIFO
LP_R_FIFO
Alarm report or return
DOWN_E1_AIS
UP_E1_AIS
E1
interface
LP_SLM
Cross-
connect
board
"1''

As shown in Figure 1-3, the lower order part is divided into the following functional modules
based on different features of the overhead byte processing:
l Higher order path adaptation (HPA)
l Lower order path termination (LPT)
l Lower order path adaptation (LPA)
l PDH physical interface (PPI)
11
1.3.1 Downlink Signal Flow
Through the processing of lower order overhead bytes, alarms and performance events can be
detected in the lower order downstream signal flow.
HPA and LPT
The HPA and LPT modules are the core of the lower order path, because most lower order
overhead bytes are processed on the basis of these modules.
The lower order overhead bytes include the following:
l Lower order path pointer indication bytes (V1, V2 and V3)
l Path state and signal label byte (V5)
l Lower order path identifier (J2)
The VC-4 signal from the cross-connect unit is transmitted to the HPA.
The HPA demaps the VC-4 into VC-12s. The pointers of all VC-12s are decoded to provide the
frame offset information in the unit of bytes between the VC-4 and the VC-12.
When the NE clock at the TU-12 assembler differs from the local reference clock, continuous
pointer justification is required. The positive TU pointer justification (TUPJCHIGH) and the
negative TU pointer justification (TUPJCLOW) are detected in the downlink signal flow.
If wrong H4 multiframe byte sequence is detected in the downlink direction, the HP_LOM alarm
is reported.
If the lower order pointer byte V1 or V2 is all "1"s, a TU_AIS alarm is reported. If the value of
V1 or V2 is illegal, a TU_LOP alarm is reported. If either of these two alarms occur, all "1"s
signal is inserted into the next functional block.
In addition, if a TU_AIS alarm is generated, the AIS signal is inserted in the downstream data,
and at the same time an LP_RDI is reported. Set bit 8 of the V5 byte to "1" to generate an LP_RDI.
The VC-12 signal is transmitted to the LPT unit for V5 byte processing.
Figure 1-4 shows the structure of the V5 byte.
Figure 1-4 Structure of the V5 byte
b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 b8
BIP-2 error check
V5
byte
Inconsistent:LPBBE
1:LP_REI Unused
Signal label
000:LP_UNEQ
1:LP_RDI

If bits 57 of the V5 byte in the downlink signal flow are detected to be "000", the lower order
paths are not equipped (LP_UNEQ), and the AIS signal is inserted into the lower level circuit.
If a signal label mismatch occurs, an LP_SLM alarm is reported.
The path RDI information in bit 8 of the V5 byte is terminated, and an LP_RDI is reported.
Error monitoring bits 1 and 2 of the V5 byte are detected and the BIP-2 for the VC-12 is
calculated. The BIP-2 value that is calculated for the current frame is compared with bits 1 and
2 of the V5 byte recovered from the next frame.
12
An LPBBE is reported if they are not the same. Meanwhile, bit 3 of the V5 byte is restored. If
it is "1", BIP-2 errors occur at the remote end and an LPFEBBE is reported at the remote end.
NOTE
Bit 4 of the V5 byte is not used.
If 10 consecutive SESs occur during the BIP-2 monitoring, an LVCUATEVENT is reported.
At the same time, the lower order path identifier (J2) is recovered, and the value of the J2 byte
received is checked. If it is different from the expected value, an LP_TIM alarm is reported.
Lower Order Path Adaptation and PDH Physical Interface
The C-12 data that is processed in the previous procedure is transmitted to the LPA.
The subscriber data stream and the related clock reference signals are restored from the container
at the same time, and are transmitted to the PDH physical interface (PPI) as data and timing
reference.
After being processed by the LPA, the data and the clock signal are transmitted to the PPI, and
form a 2048 kbit/s signal.
1.3.2 Uplink Signal Flow
Lower order overhead bytes such as the V5 and H4 are generated in the lower order upstream
signal flow.
Lower Order Path Adaptation and PDH Physical Interface
When the E1 electrical signal enters the PPI, the signal is transmitted to the mapping and
demapping processor after clock extraction and data regeneration. At the same time, jitter
suppression is performed.
The PPI detects and terminates the T_ALOS alarm. When it detects a T_ALOS alarm, it inserts
all "1"s signals into the upper level circuit.
The LPA completes data adaptation.
If the T_ALOS alarm is detected, an UP_E1_AIS alarm is reported. The UP_E1_AIS alarm can
be suppressed by a T_ALOS alarm when the corresponding alarm correlation is set.
If the deviation of the upstream data rate is too high, FIFO overflow occurs at the transmit end
of the lower order path. As a result, an LP_T_FIFO alarm is reported.
HPA and LPT
The LPT allows the POH to be inserted into the C-12 to form the VC-12.
The LPT inserts the signal label in bits 57 of the V5 byte, calculates the BIP-2 for the previous
multiframe data and stores the result in bits 1 and 2 of the V5 byte in the frame. If the path
terminal error is detected in the downstream signal flow, bit 3 of the V5 byte is set to "1" in the
next frame and an LP_PEI alarm is generated.
The HPA adapts VC-12 into TU-12, maps it into higher order VC-4, and then sends it to the
cross-connect unit.
The frame offset in the byte between the VC-12 and the VC-4 is indicated by a TU-12 pointer.
Each frame defines one of the V1, V2, V3, and V4 bytes, and every four frames compose a
13
multiframe. The H4 byte that is used to determine the value of the V byte is also generated in
this functional module.
1.3.3 Difference Between Alarm Signals of PDH Interfaces at
Various Rates
The flow of processing E3(34 Mbit/s) or E4(140 Mbit/s) PDH services is the same as the flow
for processing E1(2 Mbit/s) PDH services. This section describes the differences between the
processing flows of E1 and E3/E4 alarm signals.
Same Type of Alarms with Different Names
The Table 1-1 lists the differences between E1 and E3/E4 alarm signals.
Table 1-1 Same type of alarms with different names
Board Condition Alarm
E1 electrical signal
interface board
External signal loss occurs. T_ALOS
interface board
P_LOS
interface board
EXT_LOS
interface board
Signals in the downstream signal flow
are all "1"s.
DOWN_E1_AIS
interface board
P_AIS
interface board
C4_R_LAISD
interface board
Signals in the upstream signal flow are
all "1"s.
UP_E1_AIS
interface board
P_AIS
interface board
C4_T_LAISD

NOTE
An EXT_LOS alarm can cause a C4_T_LAISD alarm.
Different Path Overhead Bytes for Alarm and Performance Event Monitoring
The path overhead bytes that are used in the E3 and E4 electrical signal interface boards are B3,
J1, C2 and G1.
14
The B3 byte uses the even BIP-8 code for error monitoring. The function of the B3 byte is the
same as that of bits 12 of the V5 byte.
The function of the J1 byte is the same as that of the J2 byte.
The C2 byte is the signal label byte and has the same function as bits 57 of the V5 byte. The
G1 byte is used to generate the alarm reply.
Figure 1-5 shows the structure of the G1 byte.
Figure 1-5 Structure of the G1 byte
b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 b8 G1 byte
HP_REI 1: HP_RDI Reserved

The definition of bits 14 of the G1 byte is as follows:
l 00001000: indicates that there are 0 to 8 errors respectively.
l 10011111: indicates that there are no errors.
1.4 Suppression Correlation Between SDH Alarms
The equipment supports the alarm suppression function so that you can quickly locate the root
fault. This function involves the intra-board alarm suppression and the inter-board alarm
suppression. In terms of these two types of alarm suppressions, this section describes the
suppression relations among SDH alarms.
1.4.1 Intra-Board Alarm Suppression
The intra-board alarm suppression means that, when different levels of alarms occur in a board,
a higher level alarm suppresses a lower level alarm.
Figure 1-6 shows the suppression relations among key alarms.
15
Figure 1-6 Suppression relations among key alarms
R_LOS
R_LOF
J0_MM MS_AIS B1_EXC B2_EXC
AU_AIS AU_LOP B1_SD B2_SD
B3_EXC HP_TIM HP_SLM HP_LOM HP_UNEQ
B3_SD TU_AIS TU_LOP BIP_EXC
LP_UNEQ LP_TIM LP_SLM BIP_SD
For example: A B means A suppresses B
BIP_EXC
TU_AIS TU_LOP

The higher level alarms above the arrow can suppress the lower level alarms below the arrow.
Thus, pay attention to higher level alarms when locating faults.
1.4.2 Inter-board Alarm Suppression
The inter-board alarm suppression means that, when services are configured between two boards
on the same NE, the service alarm generated by the source board suppresses the service alarm
generated by the sink board. The equipment supports the alarm suppression between a line board
and a tributary board, and between a line board and a data board.
Figure 1-7 shows the inter-board suppression relations among common alarms.
16
Figure 1-7 Inter-board alarm suppression relations
R_LOS
R_LOC
R_LOF
MS_AIS
AU_LOP
HP_LOM
AU_AIS
TU_AIS TU_AIS_VC3
A B
means A suppresses B
TU_AIS_VC12

If an alarm above the arrow is generated at the service source, and the alarm below the arrow is
generated at the service sink, the alarm above the arrow suppresses the alarm below the arrow.
In this case, you can focus on the alarms at the service source during troubleshooting.
1.4.3 Example of Correlation Between SDH Alarms
Some alarms and performance events reported on NEs are correlated. For example, a fiber cut
in the upstream direction causes a large number of lower order alarms in the downstream
direction. Some of these lower order alarms are derived from the higher order alarm (root alarm)
in the upstream direction and they impede the troubleshooting operations. Therefore, correlation
rules need to be specified to improve the efficiency of handling alarms and performance events.
As shown in Figure 1-8, a bidirectional VC-12 service is transmitted between NE A and NE B
and it is added and dropped by using tributary units. If the HP_LOM alarm is inserted on the
line side of an NE, the tributary unit of the NE reports the alarms related to the V5 byte, such as
BIP_EXC and LP_UNEQ.
17
Figure 1-8 Example of correlation between SDH alarms
X
C
S
L
U
L
U
TU
NE B
BIP_EXC/LP_UN triggered
upon detection of V5
XCS: cross-connect unit
LU: line unit
TU: tributary unit
X
C
S
L
U
L
U
TU
NE A
HP_LOM
V5 returned
LP_RFI/LP_RDI/
LP_REI

The HP_LOM alarm causes the change of the V5 byte. The changed V5 byte may trigger the
BIP_EXC and LP_UNEQ alarms after it is transmitted to NE B and then trigger the LP_RFI,
LP_RDI, and LP_REI alarms after it is returned to NE A.
To facilitate troubleshooting in this case, you need to enable the end-to-end alarm correlation
analysis function on the NMS to suppress the HP_LOM-derived alarms in line with the specified
alarm correlation rules.
18
2 Generating and Detecting an Ethernet Alarm
About This Chapter
The OptiX OSN equipment provides multiple types of Ethernet processing boards to support
different Ethernet services. For different Ethernet services, alarm detection methods are slightly
different because the processing modules are different. This topic describes the alarm detection
principle of each type of Ethernet boards.
2.1 Detecting Alarms of the Ethernet Transparent Transmission Board
This topic describes the functions and alarm detection mechanism of each module on the Ethernet
transparent transmission board.
2.2 Detecting Alarms of the Ethernet Switching Board
switching board.
2.3 Detecting Alarms of the Ethernet RPR Board
RPR board.
2.4 Alarm Correlation
Derivation and suppression exist among SDH alarms. Ethernet alarms, however, are scattered
among various functional modules. This topic describes the correlation between Ethernet alarms
and between Ethernet alarms and SDH alarms.
Alarms and Performance Events Reference 2 Generating and Detecting an Ethernet Alarm
19
2.1 Detecting Alarms of the Ethernet Transparent
Transmission Board
transparent transmission board.
2.1.1 Working Principles
The Ethernet transparent transmission board consists of the port management module, Ethernet
data processing module, encapsulation module, and mapping module.
Figure 2-1 shows the functional modules of the Ethernet transparent transmission board.
Figure 2-1 Functional modules of the Ethernet transparent transmission board
Cross-
connect
unit
Ethernet
Donwlink
Uplink
SDH
Port
management
module
Ethernet data
processing
module
Encapsu-
lation module
Mapping
module

NOTE
The functions supported by different modules may be different from each other.
Port Management Module
This module implements the serial-to-parallel conversion, code conversion, and auto-negotiation
of working modes.
Ethernet Data Processing Module
This module receives and transmits Ethernet frames, implements flow control, processes
JUMBO frames, and performs Ethernet performance statistics.
Encapsulation Module
This module supports the GFP, LAPS, and HDLC encapsulation modes. It also encapsulates
and decapsulates data.
Mapping Module
In the uplink direction, this module maps encapsulated HDLC/LAPS/GFP packets into VC-
trunks and multiplexes the VC-trunks into VC-4s to map Ethernet frames into SDH frames.
In the downlink direction, this module maps SDH frames into Ethernet frames.
20
2.1.2 Generating and Detecting Module Alarms
Ethernet service alarms are monitored at the relevant functional modules of the switching board.
The Ethernet board inspects whether a module is exceptional. If yes, the module directly reports
an exception alarm to the NE. This topic describes the principles of generating and detecting
alarms of each unit of the transparent transmission board by module.
Figure 2-2 shows the positions of alarms in the transparent transmission board.
Figure 2-2 Positions of alarms in the transparent transmission board
Board
softwar
e
TU alalrm indication at
the VC-3/VC-12 level
Port
management
module
Ethernet
LINK_ERR
ETH_LOS
LOOP_ALM
LASER_MOD_ERR
LSR_NO_FITED
Bottom-layer chip
register
Hardware
logic
Cross-
connect
unit
ETHOAM alarm
Ethernet
data
processing
module
OAM upper-layer
protocol
LPT protocol ALM_GFP_dLFD
Internal chip
of a board
FCS_ERR
Mapping
module
Encapsulation
module
SDH
Indicates that corresponding alarms are generated.
BIP BER
XXX Indicates that xxx alarm is detected and reported.
LPT_RFI
Virtual cascading
alarm
LCAS_TLCR
LCAS_TLCT
LCAS_FOPR
LCAS_FOPT
LCAS_PLCT
LCAS_TLCR
LCAS
protocol
Board
software
TU LOP at the VC-
3/VC-12 level
NOTE
For alarms supported by specific boards, see 6.2 Board Alarm List.

Detecting SDH Alarms
For the principle of detecting SDH alarms of the transparent transmission board, see 1
Generating and Detecting an SDH Alarm.
Detecting Board Alarms
This type of alarms describes the in-position status of a board, the exceptional status of a chip,
the uploading status of software, and the communication status of a board. These alarms are
independent of functional modules.
Table 2-1 lists certain board alarms.
Table 2-1 Board alarms
FPGA_ABN HARD_BAD NO_BD_SOFT
SLAVE_WORKING SUBCARD_ABN COMMUN_FAIL
21
BD_STATUS

Detecting Port Management Module Alarms
Table 2-2 lists certain alarms reported by the port management module and corresponding
detection principles.
Table 2-2 Port management module alarms
Alarm Detection Principle
ETH_LOS The bottom-layer chip register detects the signal connection
status of the Ethernet port. The board software decides whether
to report the alarm according to the value of the chip register.
LOOP_ALM The bottom-layer chip register detects the loopback status of the
Ethernet port. The board software decides whether to report the
alarm according to the value of the chip register.
LINK_ERR The bottom-layer chip register detects the negotiation status of
the Ethernet port. The board (EGT) software decides whether to
report the alarm according to the value of the chip register.
LSR_NO_FITED The hardware logic detects whether an optical module is in
position. The board software decides whether to report the alarm
according to the read hardware interface data.
NOTE
For EFT8 boards, the hardware logic checks the in-position status of the
optical module of the optical interface board.
LASER_MOD_ERR The board software detects whether the optical module type is
matched and then decides whether to report the alarm according
to the detection result.
NOTE
For EFT8 boards, the hardware logic checks the laser type of the optical
interface board.

Detecting Alarms of the Ethernet Data Processing Module
Table 2-3 lists certain alarms reported by the Ethernet data processing module and corresponding
Table 2-3 Alarms of the Ethernet data processing module
EX_ETHOAM_CC_LOS The OAM upper-layer protocol detects CC status. The alarm
is reported to the NE for display.
22
LPT_RFI The LPT protocol detectsLPT state migration. Whether to
report the alarm to the NE for display depends on the detection
result.

Detecting Encapsulation Module Alarms
Table 2-4 lists certain alarms reported by the encapsulation module and corresponding detection
principles.
Table 2-4 Encapsulation module alarms
ALM_GFP_dLFD The internal chip of the board aligns GFP frames. If an error
occurs during frame alignment, the board reports the alarm to
the NE for display.
FCS_ERR The internal chip of the board performs FCS check on GFP
frames. If an error occurs during FCS check, the board reports
the alarm to the NE for display.

Detecting Mapping Module Alarms
Table 2-5 lists certain alarms reported by the mapping module and corresponding detection
principles.
Table 2-5 Mapping module alarms (LCAS and virtual cascading)
LCAS_TLCR The LCAS protocol detects changes to the uplink bandwidth.
When the bandwidth of all members in the uplink direction is
lost, the platform reports the alarm to the NE in the peer
downlink direction.
NOTE
For concepts of the uplink and downlink, see Figure 2-3.
LCAS_TLCT The LCAS protocol detects changes to the downlink
bandwidth. When the bandwidth of all members in the
downlink direction is lost, the platform reports the alarm to
the NE in the peer uplink direction.
LCAS_FOPR The alarm is reported when the LCAS module detects that the
protocol is invalid in the receiving direction of the LCAS.
LCAS_FOPT The alarm is reported when the LCAS module detects that the
protocol is invalid in the transmitting direction of the LCAS.
23
LCAS_PLCR The LCAS protocol detects changes to the uplink bandwidth.
When the bandwidth of certain members in the uplink
direction is lost, the platform reports the alarm to the NE in
the peer downlink direction.
LCAS_PLCT The LCAS protocol detects changes to the downlink
bandwidth. When the bandwidth of certain members in the
VCAT_LOA The board software detects the delay time of passing through
the timeslot bound to the VC-trunk. If the delay time exceeds
the allowed virtual cascading delay, the alarm is reported to
the NE.
VCAT_LOM_VC12
VCAT_LOM_VC3
The board software detects the MFI in the timeslots at
different levels, and decides whether to report the alarm to the
NE according to the detection result.
VCAT_SQM_VC12
VCAT_SQM_VC3
The board software detects the sequence in the timeslots at

Figure 2-3 Concepts of the uplink and downlink
Source
port
Sink
port
Uplink
Donwlink
Uplink: services towards the source port
Donwlink: services towards the sink port

Table 2-6 lists certain SDH alarms reported by the mapping module.
Table 2-6 Mapping module alarms (SDH)
AU_AIS B3_EXC_VC3 B3_SD_VC3
BIP_EXC BIP_SD HP_LOM
LP_RDI_VC12 LP_RDI_VC3 LP_REI_VC12
LP_REI_VC3 LP_SLM_VC12 LP_SLM_VC3
LP_TIM_VC12 LP_TIM_VC3 LP_UNEQ_VC12
LP_UNEQ_VC3 TU_AIS_VC12 TU_AIS_VC3
TU_LOP_VC12 TU_LOP_VC3 T_LOS

24
2.2 Detecting Alarms of the Ethernet Switching Board
switching board.
The Ethernet switching board consists of the port management module, Ethernet data processing
module, encapsulation module, and mapping module.
Figure 2-4 shows the functional modules of the Ethernet switching board.
Figure 2-4 Functional modules of the Ethernet switching board
Cross-
connect
unit
Ethernet
Donwlink
Uplink
SDH
Port
management
module
Ethernet data
processing
module
Encapsu-
lation module
Mapping
module

NOTE
This module manages the ports for transmitting Ethernet commands between the board and the
NE. Through this module, you can set and query the following functions:
l Port enabling
l P/PE property of a port
l Port encapsulation format
l Default VLAN value of a port
l Tag-Aware/Tag-Access property of a port
l Enabling of packet entry detection
l Working mode of a port
l Flow control
l Maximum packet length on a port
l Loopback on ports
This module configures and processes Ethernet services, including:
25
l EPL, EVPL, EPLAN, and EVPLAN services
l Layer-2 switching function
l RSTP, IGMP, LAG, 802.lag, 802.3ah, OAM and LPT protocols
This module supports the GFP, LAPS, and HDLC encapsulation modes. It also encapsulates
and decapsulates data.
Mapping Module
In the uplink direction, this module maps encapsulated HDLC/LAPS/GFP packets into VC-
trunks and multiplexes the VC-trunks into VC-4s to map Ethernet frames into SDH frames.
Ethernet service alarms are monitored at the relevant functional modules of the switching board.
an exception alarm to the NE. This topic describes the principles of generating and detecting
alarms of each unit of the switching board by module.
Figure 2-5 shows the positions of alarms in the switching board.
Figure 2-5 Positions of alarms in the switching board
Board
softwar
e
Port
management
module
Ethernet
LINK_ERR
ETH_LOS
LOOP_ALM
LASER_MOD_ERR
LSR_NO_FITED
Bottom-layer chip
register
Hardware
logic
Cross-
connect
unit
ETHOAM alarm
Ethernet
data
processing
module
OAM upper-layer
protocol
LPT protocol
ALM_GFP_dLFD
Internal chip
of a board
FCS_ERR
Mapping
module
Encapsulation
module
LCAS_BAND_
DECREASED
SDH
BIP BER
Input/output optical power
alarm
Temperature alarm
Laser bias current alarm
Port traffic alarm
TF
Security
check system
of the optical
module
LPT_RFI
TPS_ALM
TPS protocol
LAG alarm
DLAG alalrm
ALM_GFP_dCSF
Virtual cascading
alarm
PORTMODE_
MISMATCH
LCAS_TLCR
LCAS_TLCT
LCAS_FOPR
LCAS_FOPT
LCAS_PLCT
LCAS_TLCR
LCAS protocol
Board
software
Board
software
Board
software
TU LOP at the VC-
3/VC-12 level
NOTE

26
For the principle of detecting SDH alarms of the switching board, see 1 Generating and
Detecting an SDH Alarm.
As shown in Table 2-1, this type of alarms describes the in-position status of a board, the
exceptional status of a chip, the uploading status of software, and the communication status of
a board. These alarms are independent of functional modules.
ETH_LOS The bottom-layer chip register detects the signal
connection status of the Ethernet port. The board software
decides whether to report the alarm according to the value
of the chip register.
LOOP_ALM The bottom-layer chip register detects the loopback status
of the Ethernet port. The board software decides whether
to report the alarm according to the value of the chip
register.
LINK_ERR
PORTMODE_MISMATCH
The bottom-layer chip register detects the negotiation
status of the Ethernet port. The board software decides
whether to report the alarm according to the value of the
chip register.
LSR_NO_FITED The hardware logic detects whether an optical module is
in position. The board software decides whether to report
the alarm according to the read hardware interface data.
LASER_MOD_ERR The board software detects whether the optical module
type is matched and then decides whether to report the
alarm according to the detection result.
IN_PWR_ABN
IN_PWR_HIGH
IN_PWR_LOW
The board software reads the input power of an optical
module. If the input power exceeds the upper threshold or
the lower threshold, the alarm is reported to the NE.
OUT_PWR_ABN
OUT_PWR_HIGH
OUT_PWR_LOW
The board software reads the output power of an optical
module. If the output power exceeds the upper threshold
or the lower threshold, the alarm is reported to the NE.
27
TD
LSR_WILL_DIE
LSR_BCM_ALM
The board software reads the bias current of an optical
module. When the bias current exceeds relevant
thresholds, the alarm is reported to the NE.
LTEMP_OVER
TEM_HA
TEM_LA
The board software reads the temperature of an optical
module. If the temperature exceeds the upper threshold or
the lower threshold, the alarm is reported to the NE.
TF The security system of an optical module detects that the
laser works abnormally and notifies the exception to the
board hardware logic. The board software reads the value
of the hardware logic and then decides whether to report
the alarm according to the judgement result.
FLOW_OVER The board software detects whether the traffic received on
a port exceeds the preset threshold and then decides
whether to report the alarm according to the judgement
result.
ETH_NO_FLOW
VCTRUNK_NO_FLOW
The board software queries the total number of packets
(including good and bad packets) transmitted and received
by a MAC or VCTRUNK port. If the total number of
packets does not increase within the specified time, the
alarm is reported to the NE.

Table 2-8 lists certain alarms reported by the Ethernet data processing module and corresponding
EX_ETHOAM_CC_LOS The OAM upper-layer protocol detects CC status. If the
periodic connectivity check packet of the 802.1ag protocol of
the board is lost, the alarm is reported to the NE for display.
EX_ETHOAM_MPID_C
ONFLICT
The OAM upper-layer protocol detects the connection status
of Ethernet links. If the 802.1ag protocol of the board receives
the protocol packet containing the same maintenance point ID
as the board, the alarm is reported to the NE for display.
ETHOAM_RMT_LOOP The OAM upper-layer protocol detects whether the local end
or peer end issues the loopback command. Whether to report
the alarm to the NE for display depends on the detection result.
28
ETHOAM_RMT_SD The OAM upper-layer protocol detects whether the Ethernet
port receives the link event notification packet from the peer
end. Whether to report the alarm to the NE for display depends
on the detection result.
ETHOAM_RMT_CRIT_
FAULT
The OAM upper-layer protocol detects whether the Ethernet
port receives the OAM packet containing major faults from
the peer end. Whether to report the alarm to the NE for display
depends on the detection result.
ETHOAM_DISCOVER_F
AIL
The alarm is reported to the NE for display when the OAM
upper-layer protocol detects the negotiation failure between
the Ethernet port and the peer equipment.
ETHOAM_SELF_LOOP
ETHOAM_VCG_SELF_L
OOP
The OAM upper-layer protocol detects the loopback status of
a MAC or VCTRUNK port. Whether to report the alarm to
the NE for display depends on the detection result.
LAG_FAIL The board software detects whether the primary port of the
aggregation group is invalid according to the configured LAG,
and decides whether to report the alarm to the NE for display
according to the detection result.
LAG_PORT_FAIL
LAG_VC_PORT_FAIL
The board software detects the Ethernet port or VCTRUNK
LAG ports, and decides whether to report the alarm to the NE
for display according to the detection result.
DLAG_PROTECT_FAIL The board software detects the configured DLAG, and decides
whether to report the alarm to the NE for display according to
the detection result.
LPT_RFI The LPT protocol detects LPT state migration. Whether to
result.
TPS_ALM The TPS protocol of the board detects the TPS switching
status. Whether to report the alarm to the NE for display
depends on the detection result.

Table 2-9 lists certain alarms reported by the encapsulation module and corresponding detection
principles.
the NE for display.
29
frames. If an exception occurs during FCS check, the board
reports the alarm to the NE for display.
ALM_GFP_dCSF l EFGS and EMS4 boards
The board software detects the ID received by the port. If
the port receives the GFP management frame containing the
correct type header error control (THEC) and with the
payload type indictor (PTI) as 100 and the user payload
identifier (UPI) as 0000 0001, the alarm is reported to the
NE for display.
l EAS2 boards
When a board is configured with EPL services, the board
software inserts the GFP management frame containing the
loss of client signal (CSF) to the corresponding VCTRUNK
port if LINK_ERR, ETH_LOS, and LSR_NO_FITED
alarms occur to the Ethernet port. After detecting the
management frame, the interconnected board reports the
alarm to the NE for display.
NOTE
For the GFP protocol, see G.7041.

Table 2-10 lists certain alarms reported by the LCAS and the virtual cascading modules, and
corresponding detection principles.
LCAS_BAND_DE-
CREASED
The board software compares the number of VCTRUNK
timeslots configured by users with that of VCTRUNK
timeslots actually carried. If the timeslots carried decrease, the
alarm is reported to the NE for display.
downlink direction.
NOTE
the NE in the peer downlink direction.
30
the NE.
VCAT_LOM_VC12
VCAT_LOM_VC3
VCAT_LOM_VC4
The board software detects the multiple frame indictor field
(MFI) in the timeslots at different levels, and decides whether
to report the alarm to the NE according to the detection result.
VCAT_SQM_VC12
VCAT_SQM_VC3
VCAT_SQM_VC4
The board software detects the sequence in the timeslots at

Source
port
Sink
port
Uplink
Donwlink

HP_UNEQ HP_TIM HP_SLM
HP_RDI HP_REI B3_EXC_VC4
31
B3_SD_VC4 AU_LOP LP_UNEQ_VC3
LP_TIM_VC3 LP_SLM_VC3 TU_AIS_VC3
TU_LOP_VC3 LP_RDI_VC3 LP_REI_VC3
T_LOS

2.3 Detecting Alarms of the Ethernet RPR Board
RPR board.
The Ethernet RPR board consists of the port management module, Ethernet data processing
module, RPR protocol module, encapsulation module, and mapping module.
Figure 2-7 shows the functional modules of the Ethernet RPR board.
Figure 2-7 Functional modules of the Ethernet RPR board
Cross-
connect
unit
Ethernet
Donwlink
Uplink
SDH
Port
management
module
Ethernet data
processing
module
Encapsu-
lation module
Mapping
module
RPR
protocol
module

NOTE
This module manages the ports for transmitting Ethernet commands between the board and the
NE. With this module, you can set and query the following functions:
l Port enabling
l P/PE property of a port
l Port encapsulation format
l Default VLAN value of a port
l Tag-Aware/Tag-Access property of a port
l Enabling of packet entry detection
l Working mode of a port
l Flow control
32
l Maximum packet length on a port
l Loopback on ports
This module configures and processes Ethernet services, including:
l EVPL, EVPLAN services
l Layer-2 switching function
l RSTP, IGMP, LAG, and LPT protocols
RPR Protocol Module
This module implements the IEEE 802.17 protocol followed by the RPR. Specific functions are
as follows:
l Configuring and processing RPR services
l Configuring and querying the services of classes A, B, and C
l Protecting the RPR topology
l Detecting RPR alarms
This module supports the GFP encapsulation mode. It also encapsulates and decapsulates data.
Mapping Module
In the uplink direction, this module maps encapsulated GFP packets into VC-trunks and
multiplexes the VC-trunks into the VC-4s to map Ethernet frames into SDH frames.
Ethernet service alarms are monitored at the relevant functional modules of the RPR board.
an exception alarm to the NE from the platform. This topic describes the principles of generating
and detecting alarms of each unit of the RPR board by module.
Figure 2-8 shows the positions of alarms in the RPR board.
33
Figure 2-8 Positions of alarms in the RPR board
LINK_ERR
ETH_LOS
LOOP_ALM
LASER_MOD_ERR
LSR_NO_FITED
LAG_FAIL
LPT_RFI
LPT protocol
ALM_GFP_dLFD
FCS_
ERR
LCAS alarm
LCAS protocol
SDH
FLOW_OVER
RPR
protocol
module
RPR alalrm
RPR protocol
LCAS_BAND_DEC
REASED
Ethernet
Port
management
module
Ethernet data
processing
module
Encapsulation
module
Mapping
module
Cross-
connect
unit
Bottom-layer chip
register
Board
softwar
e
Hardware
logic
Board software
Internal chip
of a board
Board software
TU LOP at the VC-
3/VC-12 level
BIP BER
Virtual cascading
alarm
NOTE

For the principle of detecting SDH alarms of the RPR board, see 1 Generating and Detecting
an SDH Alarm.
As shown in Table 2-1, this type of alarms describes the in-position status of a board, the
exceptional status of a chip, the uploading status of software, and the communication status of
a board. These alarms are independent of functional modules.
ETH_LOS The bottom-layer chip register detects the signal
connection status of the Ethernet port. The board software
decides whether to report the alarm according to the value
of the chip register.
LOOP_ALM The bottom-layer chip register detects the loopback status
of the Ethernet port. The board software decides whether
to report the alarm according to the value of the chip
register.
34
LINK_ERR The bottom-layer chip register detects the negotiation
status of the Ethernet port. The board software decides
whether to report the alarm according to the value of the
chip register.
LSR_NO_FITED The hardware logic detects whether an optical module is
in position. The board software decides whether to report
the alarm according to the read hardware interface data.
LASER_MOD_ERR The board software detects whether the optical module
type is matched and then decides whether to report the
alarm according to the detection result.

Table 2-13 lists certain alarms reported by the Ethernet data processing module and
LAG_FAIL The board software detects whether the primary port of the
aggregation group is invalid according to the configured LAG,
and decides whether to report the alarm to the NE for display
according to the detection result.
LPT_RFI The LPT protocol detects LPT state migration. Whether to
result.

Detecting Alarms of the RPR Protocol Module
Table 2-14 lists certain alarms reported by the RPR protocol module and corresponding
Table 2-14 Alarms of the RPR protocol module
RPR_PS_CHANGE The internal chip of the board aligns GFP frames. If an error
the NE for display.
RPR_NB_INCONSIS The internal chip of the board performs FCS check on GFP
frames. If an exception occurs during FCS check, the board
reports the alarm to the NE for display.
35
RPR_MISCONFIG The RPR protocol detects whether the control frames received
by the local station from the transmitting and receiving ring
directions are matched. Whether to report the alarm to the NE
for display depends on the detection result.
RPR_DUPLICATE_MA
C
The RPR protocol detects whether the RPR topology database
has the nodes with the same ring IDs as the local station.
Whether to report the alarm to the NE for display depends on
RPR_PM_INCONSIS The RPR protocol detects whether all stations have the same
RPR protection mode in the RPR topology database. Whether
to report the alarm to the NE for display depends on the
detection result.
RPR_SUM_A0_EX-
CEED
The RPR protocol detects whether the total reserved loop
bandwidth exceeds the total loop bandwidth. Whether to report
the alarm to the NE for display depends on the detection result.
RPR_ECHO_DLOC In the OAM module, the RPR protocol detects whether the
local node receives the corresponding response frame within
the specified time after transmitting an ECHO request frame.
RPR_ECHO_LOC The RPR protocol detects the RPR_ECHO_DLOC alarm. If
the alarm is continuously reported for two seconds, the alarm
is reported to the NE for display.
RPR_STATIONS_EX-
CEED
The RPR protocol detects whether the stations on the ring in
the RPR topology database exceed the allowed maximum.

Table 2-15 lists certain alarms reported by the encapsulation module and corresponding
the NE for display.
frames. If an error occurs during FCS check, the board reports
the alarm to the NE for display.

36
Table 2-16 lists certain alarms reported by the LCAS and virtual cascading modules, and
LCAS_BAND_DE-
CREASED
The board software compares the number of VC-trunk
timeslots configured by users with that of VC-trunk timeslots
actually carried. If the timeslots carried decrease, the alarm is
reported to the NE for display.
downlink direction.
NOTE
the NE.
VCAT_LOM_VC3
VCAT_LOM_VC4
The board software detects the MFI in the timeslots at

37
Source
port
Sink
port
Uplink
Donwlink

HP_UNEQ HP_TIM HP_SLM
HP_RDI HP_REI B3_EXC_VC4
B3_SD_VC4 AU_LOP LP_UNEQ_VC3
LP_TIM_VC3 LP_SLM_VC3 TU_AIS_VC3
TU_LOP_VC3 LP_RDI_VC3 LP_REI_VC3
T_LOS

2.4 Alarm Correlation
Derivation and suppression exist among SDH alarms. Ethernet alarms, however, are scattered
among various functional modules. This topic describes the correlation between Ethernet alarms
and between Ethernet alarms and SDH alarms.
Correlation Between Ethernet Alarms and SDH Alarms
The SDH layer carries Ethernet data services. Alarm trigger conditions on the SDH layer,
however, may cause associated Ethernet alarms.
Table 2-18 lists the correlation between Ethernet alarms and SDH alarms.
38
Table 2-18 Correlation between Ethernet alarms and SDH alarms
Ethernet Alarm SDH Alarm Correlation
ALM_GFP_dLF
D
l Bit error ratio
(BER)-related
alarms:
BIP_EXC and
BIP_SD
l Pointer-related
alarms:
TU_LOP_VC
12 and
TU_LOP_VC
3
l Path-related
AIS alarms:
TU_AIS_VC1
2 and
TU_AIS_VC3
Bit errors, losses of pointers, and AIS signals in a
path may cause BIP BER alarms, pointer-related
alarms, and TU_AIS alarms on the SDH layer. At
the same time, the generic framing procedure
(GFP) state machine may fail to locate GFP frames
correctly.
FCS_ERR l BIP_EXC
l BIP_SD
Certain bit errors produced in a path may cause BIP
BER alarms on the SDH layer and may cause an
error when the packet parameter check is
performed on the GFP module.
LCAS_BAND_D
ECREASED
l BIP BER
l UNEQ
l AIS
l LOP
The SDH BER alarm, UNEQ alarm, and pointer-
related alarm on the SDH layer may invalidate path
timeslots. Hence, the path timeslots become
unavailable. Upon the successful negotiation, the
LCAS protocol reports a bandwidth decrease
alarm.

Correlation Between Ethernet Alarms
The Ethernet over SDH (EOS) operates on the upper layer of the SDH. Suppression also exists
among Ethernet alarms.
l When specific trigger conditions are not met, relevant alarms cannot be reported.
l When the trigger conditions of multiple alarms are detected, certain alarms need to be
masked to avoid misleading the alarm handling. If certain alarms are not masked, many
similar alarms are reported at the same time.
Table 2-19 lists the correlation among certain Ethernet alarms.
39
Table 2-19 Correlation between Ethernet alarms
Ethernet Alarm Relevant
Operation or
Alarm
Correlation
ETH_LOS
LASER_MOD_
ERR
LSR_NO_FITE
D
LOOP_ALM
l The Ethernet
port is
disabled.
l The interface
board is not in
position.
l If the Ethernet port is disabled, relevant alarms
cannot be reported.
l If the interface board of an Ethernet board is not
in position, relevant alarms cannot be reported.
ETH_LOS l LSR_NO_FI
TED
l LASER_MO
D_ERR
If the port management module reports an
LSR_NO_FITED or LASER_MOD_ERR alarm,
no ETH_LOS alarm is reported.
LASER_MOD_
ERR
LSR_NO_FITE
D
If the port management module reports an
LSR_NO_FITED alarm, no LASER_MOD_ERR
alarm is reported.
LINK_ERR ETH_LOS If the port management module reports an
ETH_LOS alarm, no LINK_ERR alarm is
reported.

40
3 Generation and Detection of SDH
Performance Events
About This Chapter
The performance events of an SDH network include bit errors and jitter. Jitter can result in
pointer justification on the equipment. Thus, it is the key factor that influences the transmission
quality of the SDH network.
3.1 Bit Error
Bit errors are detected through the parity check of the B1, B2, B3 and V5 bytes.
3.2 Pointer Justification
Pointer justification is used to adjust pointers as required, so that rate asynchronization and phase
difference of payload signals can be tolerated. The rate of the information payloads is adjusted
through pointer justification. As a result, the payloads are synchronized with the STM-N frame.
Alarms and Performance Events Reference 3 Generation and Detection of SDH Performance Events
41
3.1 Bit Error
Bit errors are detected through the parity check of the B1, B2, B3 and V5 bytes.
Generation Mechanism
The SDH system adopts bit interleaved parity (BIP) to detect bit errors. The BIP is performed
on the BIP matrix of the RS, MS, higher order path, and lower order path using the B1, B2, B3
and V5 bytes respectively.
The B1 byte is used for error monitoring in the regenerator section. This function is performed
by using a bit interleaved parity 8 (BIP-8) code with even parity. The working mechanism of
the B1 byte is as follows:
1. At the transmit end, the BIP-8 is computed for all the scrambled bytes of the current frame
(frame N) and the result is placed in the B1 byte of the next frame (frame N+1) to be
scrambled.
2. At the receive end, the BIP-8 is computed for all bits of the current frame (frame N-1) to
be descrambled and the result is compared with the value of the B1 byte of the next
descrambled frame (frame N).
3. If the two values are different, exclusive-OR operation is conducted on them. The number
of "1"s in the result is the number of errored blocks in the frame during the transmission.
The B2 byte is used for error monitoring in the multiplex section, and the working mechanism
is similar to the working mechanism of the B1 byte. The B1 byte monitors the errors that occur
in the entire STM-N frame during the transmission. One STM-N frame has only one B1 byte.
The B2 byte monitors the errors that occur in every STM-1 frame of the STM-N frame. The
STM-N frame contains Nx3 B2 bytes. Every three B2 bytes correspond to one STM-1 frame.
For example, there are three B2 bytes for one STM-1 frame. The working mechanism of the B2
bytes is as follows:
1. At the transmit end, the BIP-24 is computed for all bits of the previous STM-1 frame except
the RSOH, and the result is stored in the B2 bytes of the current frame to be scrambled.
2. At the receive end, the BIP-24 is computed for all bits of the current descrambled STM-1
frame except the RSOH, and exclusive-OR operation is conducted between the parity result
and the B2 bytes in the next descrambled STM-1 frame.
3. The number of "1"s in the result of the exclusive-OR operation is the number of errored
blocks that occur in this STM-1 frame within the STM-N frame during the transmission.
A maximum of 24 errored blocks can be detected.
The B3 byte is used to monitor the bit errors of the VC-4 or the 140 Mbit/s signal within the
STM-N frame during the transmission. The monitoring mechanism of the B3 byte is similar to
that of the B1 and B2 bytes; however, it is used to perform the BIP-8 parity for the VC-4 frame.
The V5 byte performs the functions of error monitoring, signal label and VC-12 path status. Bits
12 are used to perform the BIP-2 monitoring of bit errors in the VC-12 within the STM-N
frame. If the receive end detects errored blocks, the number of such blocks are displayed in the
performance events at the local end. At the same time, bit 3 of the V5 byte reports the lower
order path remote error indication (LP_REI) to the transmit end, and the corresponding number
of errored blocks are displayed in the performance events at the transmit end.
42
Error Detection and Report
Figure 3-1 shows the error detection relation and location.
Figure 3-1 Error detection relation and location
V5
B1
B2
B3
RST MST RST MST HPT HPT LPT LPT

As shown in Figure 3-1, the modules are defined as follows:
l RST is regenerator section termination.
l MST is multiplex section termination.
l HPT is higher order path termination.
l LPT is lower order path termination.
The B1, B2, B3 and V5 bit errors are respectively monitored between these terminations. Figure
3-1 shows that bit errors that occur in the lower order path cannot be detected in the higher order
path, MS and RS. If bit errors occur in the regenerator section, the bit errors are triggered in the
MS, higher order path and lower order path.
Generally, higher order bit errors can trigger lower order bit errors. If the B1 bit error occurs,
the B2, B3 and V5 bit errors are generated. On the contrary, if the V5 bit error occurs, B3, B2
and B1 bit errors are not necessarily generated.
When the SDH system detects errors, it reports the error performance events or alarms, and
notifies the remote end of error detection through overhead bytes.
Terms
Table 3-1 lists the relevant terms.
Table 3-1 Bit error terms
Term Description
BE Block error. It indicates that one or more bits have errors.
BBE Background block error. It indicates an errored block occurring outside the period
of UAT and SES.
43
Term Description
FEBBE Far end background block error. It indicates that a BBE event is detected at the
far end.
ES Errored second. It indicates a certain second that is detected with one or more
errored blocks.
FEES Far end errored second. It indicates that an ES event is detected at the far end.
SES Severely errored second. It indicates a certain second, which contains more than
30% errored blocks or at least one serious disturbance period (SDP). The SDP is
a period of at least four consecutive blocks or 1 ms (taking the longer one) where
the error ratios of all the consecutive blocks are more than or equal to 10
-2
or a
loss of signal occurs.
FESES Far end severely errored second. It indicates an SES event that is detected at the
far end.
CSES Consecutive severely errored second. It indicates the SES events that occur
consecutively, but last less than 10 seconds.
FECSES Far end consecutive severely errored second. It indicates a CSES event that is
detected at the far end.
UAS Unavailable second. A period of 10 consecutive seconds during which the bit
error ratio per second of the digital signal in either of the transmission directions
of a transmission system is inferior to 10
-3
. These 10 seconds are considered to
be part of the unavailable time.

Relationship with Alarms
When errors are detected, the local end of the SDH system reports an alarm or performance
event, and reports the error detection information to the remote end through overhead bytes.
According to the performance events or alarms reported from the local end and remote end, you
can determine the faulty section of the path or the signal directions where errors occur. Table
3-2 lists the alarms and performance events related to bit errors.
44
Table 3-2 Alarms and performance events related to bit errors
Item Performance Event Alarm
If the bit
errors
exceed the
threshold at
the local
station, the
local station
reports the
relevant
event.
If the bit
errors exceed
the threshold
at the local
station, the
opposite
station
reports the
relevant
event.
If the bit errors
exceed the
threshold at the
local station, the
local station
reports the alarm.
If the bit errors
exceed the
threshold at the
local station, the
opposite station
reports the alarm.
Regener
ator
section
RSBBE - B1_SD/B1_EXC -
Multiple
x section
MSBBE MSFEBBE B2_SD/B2_EXC MS_REI
Higher
order
path
HPBBE HPFEBBE B3_SD/B3_EXC HP_REI
Lower
order
path
LPBBE LPFEBBE BIP_SD/BIP_EXC LP_REI

If the B1 byte recovered from the STM-N signal is not consistent with the BIP-8 computing
result of the previous STM-N frame, the B1 bit error occurs.
If the B2 byte recovered from the STM-N signal is not consistent with the BIP-24 computing
result of the previous STM-N frame (all bits expect the RSOH), the B2 bit error occurs.
If the B3 byte recovered from the HPOH is not consistent with BIP-8 computing result of the
VC-4 signal of the previous frame, the B3 bit error occurs.
If bit 1 and bit 2 of the V5 byte that is restored from the LPOH are different from the BIP-2
calculating result of the VC-12 signal in the previous frame, the BIP errors are reported.
If B1, B2 and B3 bit errors exceed the 10
-6
threshold, alarms such as the B1_SD, B2_SD, B3_SD
occur. If B1, B2 and B3 bit errors exceed the 10
-3
threshold, alarms such as the B1_EXC,
B2_EXC and B3_EXC occur.
When B1 detects 10 consecutive SESs in the RS, it indicates that an RSUAT event occurs.
When B2 detects 10 consecutive SESs in the MS, it indicates that an MSUAT event occurs.
When B3 detects 10 consecutive SESs, it indicates that an HPUAT event occurs.
When V5 detects 10 consecutive SESs, it indicates that an LPUAT event occurs.
45
3.2 Pointer Justification
Pointer justification is used to adjust pointers as required, so that rate asynchronization and phase
difference of payload signals can be tolerated. The rate of the information payloads is adjusted
through pointer justification. As a result, the payloads are synchronized with the STM-N frame.
Payload pointer in the SDH can be classified into administrative unit pointer (AU_PTR) and
tributary unit pointer (TU_PTR). Pointer justification thus involves administrative unit pointer
justification and tributary unit pointer justification.
Generation Mechanism of AU Pointer Justification
In the AU-4 frame shown in Figure 3-2, several bytes in specific locations (the first nine bytes
in the fourth row) are used to record the location of the starting point of data information (to
represent the data information phase). These bytes are called pointers. H1 and H2 are pointers,
and three H3s are negative pointer justification opportunities.
Figure 3-2 Location and content of AU_PTR
AU- 4 PTR
9 rows
Y Byte: 1001SS11 (S Unspecified )
1* Byte: 11111111
10
270columns
1 9
H1 YY H2 1* 1* H3 H3 H3
VC-4

When the network is synchronous, the pointer is used to perform phase alignment among the
synchronous signals. If the NEs work under the same clock, the signals that are transmitted from
various NEs to a certain NE have the same clock frequency. Thus, rate adaptation is not
necessary. Transiently, the rate may be either a little higher or lower. In this case, phase alignment
is required.
When the network is not synchronous, the NEs work at different frequencies, and the pointer is
used for frequency justification. Pointer justification is also required to tolerate the frequency
jitter and wander in the network.
If the frame rate of the VC is different from that of the AUG, information is stuffed in the H3
bytes of the AU pointer area. The idle bytes are stuffed with pseudo-random information and
are inserted before the VC to decrease or increase the frame rate of the VC. At the same time,
the pointer value is dropped or raised to decrease or increase the frame rate of the VC. Thus,
negative and positive pointer justifications are generated. See Table 3-3.
46
Table 3-3 Pointer justification state
State
Name
Byte Numbering and Content of the Fourth Row in the STM-1
Frame
Rate
Relatio
n
7 8 9 10 11 12
Pointer
zero
justificat
ion
H3 H3 H3 Informat
ion
Informat
ion
Informati
on
Informat
ion =
containe
r
Positive
pointer
justificat
ion
H3 H3 H3 Stuffing Stuffing Stuffing Informat
ion <
containe
r
Negative
pointer
justificat
ion
Informat
ion
Informati
on
Informat
ion
Informat
ion
Informat
ion
Informati
on
Informat
ion >
containe
r

NOTE
"Information" corresponds to the VC frame rate, and "Container" corresponds to the AU encapsulation
rate.
All the NEs in the SDH network are generally well synchronized, and pointer justification seldom
occurs. Actual performance monitoring for pointer justification of the network proves that AU
pointer justification and TU pointer justification seldom occurs.
It is difficult to guarantee that all the NEs are well synchronized all the time during long-term
network operation. If one or several NEs are not synchronized, even for a very short time, a great
amount of pointer justifications could occur. Consecutive positive or negative pointer
justification adjusts the phase forward or backward to realize the frequency justification.
Generation Mechanism of TU Pointer Justification
The causes of TU pointer justification are as follows:
l TU pointer justification is transformed from AU pointer justification.
TU pointer justification does not occur when the E1 signal is adapted into VC-12, and
multiplexed into STM-1. If there is frequency offset between the E1 signal of the switch
and the SDH clock, adapt the signal to realize synchronization. Thus, TU pointer
justification that is detected on the tributary board is generally transformed from AU pointer
justification.
l TU pointer justification occurs during demultiplexing.
If the system clock is not consistent with the received clock, TU pointer justification occurs
during demultiplexing.
l When the upstream NE that the service passes through has pointer justification, TU pointer
justification occurs at the local NE during demultiplexing.
47
Detection and Reporting of Pointer Justifications
There are two modes of detection and reporting of AU pointer justification: remote detection
and local detection.
l Remote detection
The information about AU pointer justification that is generated at the local NE is
transferred to the remote NE through the H1 and H2 bytes. The remote NE realizes the
report of the AU pointer justification by interpreting the H1 and H2 bytes. Thus, if the
remote NE reports an AU pointer justification event, the local NE has pointer justification.
The remote NE refers to the downstream NE in the service direction.
l Local detection
AU pointer justification that is generated at the local NE is detected and reported at the
local NE. Therefore, if the local NE reports an AU pointer justification event, the local NE
has pointer justification.
In the SDH system, the AU pointer justification events on a majority of optical interface boards
are detected and reported through the detection of the H1 and H2 bytes. This is also called remote
detection.
As the transformation from AU pointer justification into TU pointer justification could occur at
the upstream NE instead of the local NE, the local NE does not necessarily have pointer
justification if the tributary board reports pointer justification events.
Generally, AU pointer justification is generated at the upstream NE, but it is detected and
reported at the downstream NE. TU pointer justification is generated at the NE where AU pointer
justification is transformed into TU pointer justification. It is detected and reported at the
tributary board of the NE where the service is terminated.
48
4 Detecting an Ethernet Performance Event
An Ethernet service performance event is used to count the packets transmitted and received
and the transmission quality of Ethernet services.
The data board counts the packets transmitted and received on each Ethernet port. In the case
of certain data boards (such as the RPR board), the packets can be transmitted and received on
the VCTRUNK port. The statistical items include the times of losing packets and the number of
bytes in bad packets transmitted and received.
The board monitors the performance. For most data boards, the chip supports data statistics. For
example, in the case of the 15-minute performance, the board detects a spare performance
register and clears the data in the register at the beginning of each period, and then counts the
performance events. At the end of a period, the statistics performance data is refreshed and then
stored in the register.
Data boards read the number of packets entering a port and report it to the platform. Then the
platform detects whether the statistical value exceeds the preset performance event threshold.
l If the statistical value does not exceed the threshold within a period of time, the platform
directly reports the RMON statistical value to the NE.
l If the statistical value exceeds the threshold within a period of time, the platform reports
an RMON threshold-crossing event to the NE.
Figure 4-1 shows the performance reporting flow.
Alarms and Performance Events Reference 4 Detecting an Ethernet Performance Event
49
Figure 4-1 Performance reporting flow
Whether to
enable the performance
monitoring?
The board collects the
performance data and saves the
result in the performance register
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
The performance data is saved
to the performance register on
the system control board
Does the
current performance cross
the threshold?
The abnormal performance
event is reported to the NM
Whether to
enable the automatic
reporting?
The performance data is
reported to the NM and
saved in the database
End
End
Alarms and Performance Events Reference 4 Detecting an Ethernet Performance Event
50
5 Performance Threshold
The user can set the performance threshold to mask the performance events that vary within the
normal range. In this way, the user can focus on the performance events that are severely
degraded.
Threshold, also called tolerance, indicates the extreme performance value for the transport
network to operate normally. The performance threshold is used to determine whether the
equipment is working normally. If a performance specification crosses the expected performance
threshold, this indicates a performance degrade trend. In this case, the user should highly regard
and handle the performance.
Normally, some margin should be reserved to set the performance threshold, and thus to find
out problems beforehand.
Alarms and Performance Events Reference 5 Performance Threshold
51
6 Alarm List
About This Chapter
The chapter lists all the alarms supported by the products.
6.1 Alarm List in the Alphabetical Order
This section lists the alarms supported by the products in alphabetical order.
6.2 Board Alarm List
This section uses a table to list the alarms corresponding to the boards supported by the
equipment.
Alarms and Performance Events Reference 6 Alarm List
52
6.1 Alarm List in the Alphabetical Order
This section lists the alarms supported by the products in alphabetical order.
6.1.1 Alarm List A
This section uses a table to list the alarms starting with A.
Name Description Severity
A_LOC Adding to bus - loss of clock Major
AD_CHECK_FAIL AD chip self-test failure Major
ALM_ALS Automatic laser shutdown Minor
ALM_AU3AIS AU-3 alarm indication signal Major
ALM_AU3B3OVER AU-3 B3 excessive bit errors Major
ALM_AU3B3SD AU-3 B3 signal degrade Minor
ALM_AU3LOP AU-3 loss of pointer Major
ALM_AU3RDI AU-3 remote defect indication Minor
ALM_AU3REI AU-3 remote error indication Warning
ALM_AU3SLM AU-3 signal label mismatch Minor
ALM_AU3TIM AU-3 trace identifier mismatch Minor
ALM_AU3UNEQ AU-3 payload unequipped Minor
ALM_E1AIS E1 link alarm indication signal Major
ALM_GFP_dCSF GFP client signal fail Critical
ALM_GFP_dLFD GFP loss of frame delimitation Major
ALM_HANGUP Telephone not hung up Minor
ALM_IMA_LIF Loss of IMA frame delimitation Major
ALM_IMA_LINK_L
CD
Loss of TC cell delimitation Major
ALM_IMA_LODS Loss of IMA frame
synchronization
Major
ALM_IMA_RE_RX_
UNUSABLE
Receiving link declared
unavailable by remote end
Minor
ALM_IMA_RE_TX_
UNUSABLE
Transmitting link declared
unavailable by remote end
Minor
53
ALM_IMA_RFI IMA link remote failure
indication
Major
APS_FAIL Automatic protection switching
failure indication
Major
APS_INDI Automatic protection switching
indication
Major
APS_MANUAL_ST
OP
APS protocol manually stopped Major
AU_AIS AU alarm indication signal Major
AU_CMM AU pointer concatenation
mismatch
Major
AU_LOP AU loss of pointer Major

6.1.2 Alarm List B
This section uses a table to list the alarms starting with B.
B1_EXC B1 excessive bit errors in
regenerator section
Minor
B1_SD B1 signal degrade in regenerator
section
Minor
B2_EXC B2 excessive bit errors in
multiplex section
Major
B2_SD B2 signal degrade in multiplex
section
Minor
B3_EXC B3 excessive bit errors in higher
order path
Major
B3_EXC_VC3 B3 excessive bit errors in VC-3 Major
B3_EXC_VC4 B3 excessive bit errors in VC-4 Major
B3_SD B3 signal degrade in higher order
path
Minor
B3_SD_VC3 B3 signal degrade in VC-3 Minor
B3_SD_VC4 B3 signal degrade in VC-4 Minor
BD_AT_LOWPO
WER
Board working at low power
consumption
Major
54
BD_NOT_INSTA
LLED
Logical board not installed Minor
BD_STATUS Board not in position Major
BDID_ERROR Slot check error Major
BEFFEC_EXC Excessive bit errors before FEC Warning
BIOS_STATUS BIOS status alarm Major
BIP_EXC BIP excessive bit errors Minor
BIP_SD BIP signal degrade Minor
BIP8_ECC Bit errors found in overheads sent
from the paired board or the SCC
board
Minor
BOOTROM_BA
D
BOOTROM data check failure Major
BUS_ERR Bus error Critical

6.1.3 Alarm List C
This section uses a table to list the alarms starting with C.
C2_PDI C2 byte defect indication Minor
C2_VCAIS C2 byte alarm indication
signal
Minor
C4_R_LAISD AIS of 140 Mbit/s dropping
signals
Major
C4_T_LAISD AIS of 140 Mbit/s adding
signals
Minor
CC_LOC Loss of continuity check cell Major
CFCARD_FAILED Loss of continuity check cell Major
CFCARD_FULL All capacity of the CF card
used
Major
CFCARD_OFFLINE CF card offline Major
CFCARD_W_R_DIS
ABLED
Reading and writing of the CF
card disabled
Major
55
CFGBD_FAIL Mismatch between the
configuration and the board
type
Major
CHCS Cell header error detected Minor
CHIP_ABN Temperature chip exception Minor
CHIP_FAIL Chip failure Major
CLK_NO_TRACE_
MODE
Clock entering into non-
tracing running mode
Minor
COMMUN_FAIL Inter-board communication
failure
Major
CONFIG_NOSUPPO
RT
ODU parameter setting not
supported
Major
COOL_CUR_OVER Cooling current over the
threshold
Major
CRC4_ERR_OVER CRC4 check errors over the
threshold (at the cross-connect
side)
Minor
CRC6_ERR_OVER CRC6 check errors over the
threshold
Minor
CTS Clear-to-send status exception Major

6.1.4 Alarm List D
This section uses a table to list the alarms starting with D.
DBMS_ERROR Database error Major
DBMS_PROTEC
T_MODE
Database in protection mode Critical
DCC_CHAN_LA
CK
The DCC channel resource
insufficiency
Major
DCD Data carrier detection
exception
Major
DDN_AIS DDN port alarm indication
signal
Minor
DDN_ALOS DDN port loss of signal Minor
56
DDN_CRC4_ER
R_OVER
CRC4 check errors over the
threshold (at the cross-connect
side)
Minor
DDN_LFA Framed E1 loss of frame
alignment (at the access side)
Major
DDN_LMFA Framed E1 loss of multiframe
Major
DDN_LOOP_AL
M
DDN port loopback Minor
DDN_RFA Framed E1 remote frame
Minor
DDN_RMFA Framed E1 remote multiframe
Minor
DLAG_PROTEC
T_FAIL
DLAG protection fails Major
DOWN_E1_AIS Downstream E1 alarm
indication signal
Minor
DOWN_T1_AIS Downstream T1 alarm
indication signal
Minor
DS3_IDLE T3 signal idle Warning
DSP_LOAD_FAI
L
DSP loading failure Major
DSR DCE working abnormally Major
DTR Data terminal working
abnormally
Major

6.1.5 Alarm List E
This section uses a table to list the alarms starting with E.
E1_LOC Loss of upstream 2M clock Major
ETH_CFM_LOC Ethernet OAM connectivity
loss
Critical
ETH_CFM_MISMERGE Ethernet OAM misconnection Critical
ETH_CFM_RDI Ethernet OAM reception
failure
Minor
57
ETH_CFM_UNEXPERI Incorrect Ethernet OAM
frames
Minor
ETH_LOS Loss of Ethernet interface
connection
Critical
ETH_NO_FLOW No traffic on the ETH port Major
ETHOAM_DISCOVER_
FAIL
Discovery failure of point-to-
point Ethernet OAM
Minor
ETHOAM_RMT_CRIT_
FAULT
Remote critical fault of point-
to-point Ethernet OAM
Minor
ETHOAM_RMT_LOOP Remote loopback of point-to-
point Ethernet OAM
Minor
ETHOAM_RMT_SD Remote signal degrade of
point-to-point Ethernet OAM
Minor
ETHOAM_SELF_LOOP Loopback of the MAC port
receiving the OAM protocol
packets in a point-to-point
manner
Major
ETHOAM_VCG_SELF_
LOOP
Loopback of the VCTRUNK
port receiving the OAM
protocol packets in a point-to-
point manner
Major
EX_ETHOAM_CC_LOS Loss of periodic continuity
check message
Major
EX_ETHOAM_MPID_C
NFLCT
Maintenance point conflict Major
EXT_LOS Loss of external signal Minor
EXT_SYNC_LOS Loss of external clock source Critical
EXT_TIME_LOC External clock source loss Major

6.1.6 Alarm List F
This section uses a table to list the alarms starting with F.
FAN_FAIL Fan failure Major
FCS_ERR FCS check error Critical
FEC_LOF FEC loss of frame Critical
58
FEC_OOF FEC out of frame Critical
FLOW_OVER Port inflow over the limit Minor
FPGA_ABN FPGA reading/writing exception Major
FSELECT_STG Forced selection of clock unit Major
FUSE_ALARM Output offline Critical

6.1.7 Alarm List H
This section uses a table to list the alarms starting with H.
HARD_BAD Hardware failure Critical
HARD_ERR Hardware error with slight
impact
Minor
HP_CROSSTR Higher order path
performance crossing the
threshold
Minor
HP_LOM Higher order path loss of
multiframe
Major
HP_RDI Higher order path remote
defect indication
Minor
HP_REI Higher order path remote
error indication
Warning
HP_SLM Higher order path signal
label mismatch
Minor
HP_TIM Higher order path trace
identifier mismatch
Minor
HP_UNEQ Higher order path
unequipped
Minor
HSC_UNAVAIL Active/standby switching
function failure
Minor

6.1.8 Alarm List I
This section uses a table to list the alarms starting with I.
59
IF_CABLE_OPEN Open-circuit IF cable Major
IF_INPWR_ABN Abnormal power input from
an IF board to the ODU
Major
IN_PWR_ABN Input power abnormal Major
IN_PWR_FAIL Input power fail Critical
IN_PWR_HIGH Input power too high Critical
IN_PWR_LOW Input power too low Critical

6.1.9 Alarm List J
This section uses a table to list the alarms starting with J.
J0_MM Trace identifier mismatch Minor

6.1.10 Alarm List K
This section uses a table to list the alarms starting with K.
K1_K2_M K1 and K2 byte mismatch Minor
K2_M K2 byte mismatch Minor

6.1.11 Alarm List L
This section uses a table to list the alarms starting with L.
LAG_FAIL Link aggregation group
failure
Major
LAG_PORT_FAIL Link aggregation port
failure
Minor
LAG_VC_PORT_FAIL Link aggregation VCG
port failure
Minor
60
LAN_LOC Ethernet communication
failure
Major
LASER_MOD_ERR Wrong type of optical
module inserted
Major
LASER_SHUT Laser shut down Major
LCAS_BAND_DECREASED LCAS bandwidth decrease Minor
LCAS_FOPR Failure of LCAS protocol
in the receive direction
Major
LCAS_FOPT Failure of LCAS protocol
in the transmit direction
Major
LCAS_PLCR Bandwidth partially lost in
the LCAS receive
direction
Minor
LCAS_PLCT Bandwidth partially lost in
the LCAS transmit
direction
Minor
LCAS_TLCR Bandwidth totally lost in
the LCAS receive
direction
Major
LCAS_TLCT Bandwidth totally lost in
the LCAS transmit
direction
Major
LCD Loss of cell delimitation Major
LCS_DAYS_OF_GRACE License file in the
probation period
Major
LCS_EXPIRED License file expired Critical
LCS_FILE_NOT_EXIST License file not installed Critical
LFA Framed E1 loss of frame
alignment
Major
LINK_ERR Data link error Critical
LMFA Framed E1 loss of
multiframe alignment
Major
LOCK_CUR_FAIL Working current locking
failure
Critical
LOOP_ALM Board path in loopback
status
Minor
61
LP_CROSSTR Lower order path
performance crossing the
threshold
Minor
LP_R_FIFO FIFO overflow at the
receive side of the lower
order path
Minor
LP_RDI Lower order path remote
defect indication
Minor
LP_RDI_VC12 C-12 lower order path
remote defect indication
Minor
LP_RDI_VC3 VC-3 lower order path
remote defect indication
Minor
LP_REI Lower order path remote
error indication
Minor
LP_REI_VC12 VC-12 lower order path
remote error indication
Minor
LP_REI_VC3 VC-3 lower order path
remote error indication
Minor
LP_RFI Lower order path remote
failure indication
Minor
LP_SIZE_ERR TU size error Minor
LP_SLM Lower order path signal
label mismatch
Minor
LP_SLM_VC12 VC-12 lower order path
signal label mismatch
Minor
LP_SLM_VC3 VC-3 lower order path
signal label mismatch
Minor
LP_T_FIFO FIFO overflow at the
transmit side of the lower
order path
Minor
LP_TIM Lower order path trace
identifier mismatch
Minor
LP_TIM_VC12 VC-12 lower order path
trace identifier mismatch
Minor
LP_TIM_VC3 VC-3 lower order path
trace identifier mismatch
Minor
LP_UNEQ Lower order path
unequipped
Minor
62
LP_UNEQ_VC12 VC-12 lower order path
unequipped
Minor
LP_UNEQ_VC3 VC-3 lower order path
unequipped
Minor
LPS_UNI_BI_M Single-ended/dual-ended
mode mismatch of linear
MSP
Minor
LPT_INEFFECT LPT function failure Major
LPT_RFI Remote failure indication
of link state pass through
Critical
LSR_INVALID Invalid optical module
alarm
Critical
LSR_BCM_ALM Laser bias current crossing
the threshold
Major
LSR_COOL_ALM Laser cooling current
crossing the threshold
Major
LSR_NO_FITED Laser not installed Critical
LSR_WILL_DIE Laser going to expire Critical
LTEMP_OVER Laser temperature over the
threshold
Major
LTI Loss of timing information Major

6.1.12 Alarm List M
This section uses a table to list the alarms starting with M.
MDL_ALARM Alarm of power model Major
MOD_TYPE_MISMATCH Port module mismatch Critical
MS_AIS Multiplex section alarm
indication signal
Major
MS_APS_INDI_EX Extension of automatic
protection switching
indication in multiplex
section
Major
63
MS_CROSSTR Multiplex section
performance event cross-
threshold
Minor
MS_RDI Multiplex section remote
defect indication
Minor
MS_REI Multiplex section remote
error indication
Warning
MSAD_CROSSTR Multiplex section adaptation
threshold
Minor
MSSW_DIFFERENT Software inconsistency
between active and standby
boards
Major
MUT_LOS Loss of multiplex signal Critical
MW_BER_EXC Excessive radio link bit
errors
Minor
MW_BER_SD Radio link bit error
degradation
Minor
MW_FEC_UNCOR Microwave frame FEC
function failure
Minor
MW_LIM Radio link ID mismatch Major
MW_LOF Mirowave frame loss Critical
MW_RDI Radio link remote defect
indication
Minor

6.1.13 Alarm List N
This section uses a table to list the alarms starting with N.
NE_CFG_CONFLICT NE configuration conflict Major
NE_POWER_OVER NE power consumption over
the threshold
Major
NESF_LOST NE software lost Critical
NESTATE_INSTALL NE in installing state Critical
NO_BD_PARA Board parameters not set Critical
64
NO_BD_SOFT No board software Critical
NO_ELABEL Electronic label not loaded Warning
NO_LSR_PARA_FILE No laser parameter file Major
NP1_MANUAL_STOP Manual stop of N+1
protection protocol
Minor
NP1_SW_FAIL N+1 protection switching
failure
Major
NP1_SW_INDI N+1 protection switching
success
Major

6.1.14 Alarm List O
This section uses a table to list the alarms starting with O.
OA_LOW_GAIN Optical amplifier gain too low Critical
OCD Out-of-cell delineation Major
ODU_AIS ODU alarm indication signal Major
ODU_LCK ODU locked Major
ODU_OCI ODU open connection
indication
Major
OH_LOOP Overhead loopback Minor
OOL Out of lock Major
OTH_BD_STATUS The paired board state
variation
Warning
OTH_HARD_FAIL Failure of the paired board Warning
OTU_AIS OTU alarm indication signal Major
OTU_LOF OTU loss of FAS frame Critical
OTU_LOM OTU out of multiframe Major
OUT_PWR_ABN Output power abnormal Critical
OUT_PWR_HIGH Output power too high Major
OUT_PWR_LOW Output power too low Major

65
6.1.15 Alarm List P
This section uses a table to list the alarms starting with P.
P_AIS PDH interface alarm
indication signal
Major
P_FFM DS3 frame format mismatch Major
P_LOF PDH loss of frame Major
P_LOS PDH interface loss of signal Major
P_RAI PDH remote alarm indication Minor
PASSWORD_NEED_CHA
NGE
Default usernames and
passwords
Major
PATCH_ACT_TIMEOUT Patch package activation
timeout
Minor
PATCH_DEACT_TIME-
OUT
Patch package deactivation
timeout
Minor
PATCH_ERR Patch error Major
PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM Active patch not confirmed
in time
Major
PATCH_PKGERR Patch package file error Minor
PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST No patch file Major
PLL_FAIL Phase locked loop failure Major
PM_BDI ODU PM backward defect
indication
Major
PM_BEI ODU PM backward error
indication
Major
PM_BIP8_OVER ODU PM excessive bit errors Major
PM_BIP8_SD ODU PM signal degrade Major
PM_TIM ODU PM trace identifier
mismatch
Major
PORT_MODULE_OFF-
LINE
Optical module not in
position
Major
PORTMODE_MISMATCH Mismatch in working mode
between the opposite FE port
and the local FE port
Minor
POWER_ABNORMAL Power abnormal Major
66
POWER_FAIL Power failure Major
PRBS_TEST PRBS test in progress Major
PROTOCOL_MM Ethernet service
encapsulation protocol
mismatch
Critical
PS Protection switching
indication
Major
PUM_BCM_ALM Pump laser bias current
Major
PUM_TEM_ALM Pump laser working
temperature crossing the
threshold
Major
PUMP_COOL_EXC Pump laser cooling current
Critical
PWR_MAJ_ALM Voltage alarm Major

6.1.16 Alarm List R
This section uses a table to list the alarms starting with R.
R_FIFO_E Receive FIFO overflow Minor
R_LOC Receive loss of clock Critical
R_LOF Receive loss of frame Critical
R_LOS Receive loss of signal Critical
R_LOSYNC Receive loss of
synchronization
Critical
R_OOF Receive out of frame Critical
RADIO_MUTE Transmitter muted Warning
RADIO_RSL_HIGH Very high microwave receive
signal level
Critical
RADIO_RSL_LOW Very low microwave receive
signal level
Critical
RADIO_TSL_HIGH Very high microwave transmit
signal leve
Critical
67
RADIO_TSL_LOW Very low microwave transmit
signal level
Critical
REG_MM REG mode mismatch Minor
RELAY_ALARM_CRI
TICAL
Critical relay alarm Critical
RELAY_ALARM_IG-
NORE
Warning relay alarm Warning
RELAY_ALARM_MA-
JOR
Major relay alarm Major
RELAY_ALARM_MI-
NOR
Minor relay alarm Minor
RELAY_FAIL Relay failure alarm Major
RFA Framed E1 remote frame
alignment
Minor
RINGMAPM_MM Ring map mode mismatch Minor
RMFA Framed E1 remote multiframe
alignment
Minor
RPR_DUPLICATE_M
AC
Node ID conflict Critical
RPR_ECHO_DLOC Forecast alarm of echo request
failure
Minor
RPR_ECHO_LOC Alarm of echo request failure Major
RPR_MISCONFIG Ring ID mismatch Critical
RPR_NB_INCONSIS Adjacent node inconsistency Critical
RPR_PM_INCONSIS Protection mode inconsistency Major
RPR_PS_CHANGE Protection state change Major
RPR_STATIONS_EX-
CEED
Number of nodes exceeding
the threshold
Critical
RPR_SUM_A0_EX-
CEED
Total reserved bandwidth
greater than total ring
bandwidth
Critical
RPS_INDI 1+1 HSB protection switching Major
RS_CROSSTR Regenerator section
threshold
Minor
RTC_FAIL Real-time clock timing failure Major
68
RTS Request-to-send exception Major

6.1.17 Alarm List S
This section uses a table to list the alarms starting with S.
S1_SYN_CHANGE Clock source switching in
the S1 byte mode
Major
SEC_RADIUS_FAIL Excessive failures in
radius authentication
Major
SECU_ALM Illegal user login Major
SERVCHIP_ABN Service chip abnormal Major
SLAVE_WORKING Board selecting services
and clock signals from the
buses of the standby cross-
connect board
Warning
SM_BDI OTU SM backward defect
indication
Major
SM_BEI OTU SM backward error
indication
Major
SM_BIP8_OVER OTU SM excessive bit
errors
Major
SM_BIP8_SD OTU SM signal degrade Major
SM_IAE OTU SM import
adjustment error
Major
SM_TIM OTU SM trace identifier
mismatch
Major
SPARE_PATH_ALM Standby path alarm Major
SPEED_OVER Bearer rate over the
threshold
Minor
SQUTABM_MM Squelch table mode
mismatch
Minor
SSL_CERT_NOENC SSL certificate file is not
encrypted
Major
STORM_CUR_QUENUM_OV
ER
Storm alarm Minor
69
SUBCARD_ABN Interface board's
configuration fail
Major
SUM_INPWR_HI Total input power too high Major
SUM_INPWR_LOW Total input power too low Major
SUM_OUTPWR_HI Total output power too
high
Major
SUM_OUTPWR_LOW Total output power too
low
Major
SWDL_ACTIVATED_TIME-
OUT
Activation timeout Critical
SWDL_AUTOMATCH_INH Automatic match function
inhibited
Minor
SWDL_CHGMNG_NO-
MATCH
Mismatch between CF
card software and board
software
Critical
SWDL_COMMIT_FAIL Commit failure Minor
SWDL_INPROCESS Package loading in
progress
Minor
SWDL_NEPKGCHECK File lost Critical
SWDL_PKG_NOBDSOFT Files of some boards not
found in package
Minor
SWDL_ROLLBACK_FAIL Rollback failure Minor
SWITCH_DISABLE The protection switching
function of the board
manually disabled
Warning
SYN_BAD Synchronization source
degrade
Minor
SYNC_C_LOS Synchronization source
loss of signal
Warning
SYNC_F_M_SWITCH Manual or forced
switching of clock source
Warning
SYNC_FAIL Synchronization failure
between active and
standby databases
Minor
SYNC_LOCKOFF Clock source locked out Warning
70
SYSLOG_COMM_FAIL Communication failure
between NE and syslog
server
Major

6.1.18 Alarm List T
This section uses a table to list the alarms starting with T.
T_ALOS PDH interface loss of analog
signal
Major
T_FIFO_E Transmit FIFO overflow (at
the DDN side)
Minor
T_LOC Transmit loss of clock Major
T_LOS Transmit loss of signal Major
T_LOSEX Extended T_LOS alarm Major
TC_DEG Tandem connection signal
degrade
Minor
TC_EXC Tandem connection
excessive bit errors
Major
TC_INCAIS Tandem connection input
alarm indication signal
Major
TC_LTC Loss of tandem connection Major
TC_ODI Tandem connection output
defect indication
Minor
TC_OEI Tandem connection output
error indication
Warning
TC_RDI Tandem connection remote
defect indication
Minor
TC_REI Tandem connection remote
error indication
Warning
TC_TIM Tandem connection trace
identifier mismatch
Minor
TC_UNEQ Tandem connection
unequipped
Minor
TD Transmitter degrade Critical
71
TEM_HA Laser temperature too high Major
TEM_LA Laser temperature too low Major
TEMP_ALARM Temperature alarm Minor
TEMP_OVER Working temperature over
the threshold
Major
TEST_STATUS Board entering into the test
status
Warning
TF Laser transmission failure Critical
TIME_FORCE_SWITCH Forced switch of IEEE
1588v2 line time source
Minor
TIME_LOS IEEE 1588v2 line time
source loss
Major
TIME_NO_TRACE_MODE IEEE 1588v2 Time not in
trace mode
Minor
TIME_NOT_SUPPORT IEEE 1588v2 Time function
not supported
Warning
TPS_ALM Tributary protection
switching
Major
TR_LOC Transmit loss of clock Major
TS16_AIS Timeslot 16 alarm
indication signal
Minor
TU_AIS TU alarm indication signal Major
TU_AIS_VC12 VC-12 TU alarm indication
signal
Major
TU_AIS_VC3 VC-3 TU alarm indication
signal
Major
TU_LOP TU loss of pointer Major
TU_LOP_VC12 VC-12 TU loss of pointer Major
TU_LOP_VC3 VC-3 TU loss of pointer Major

6.1.19 Alarm List U
This section uses a table to list the alarms starting with U.
72
UHCS Uncorrectable header check
sequence error
Minor
UP_E1_AIS Upstream E1 alarm indication
signal
Minor
UP_T1AIS Upstream T1 alarm indication
signal
Minor

6.1.20 Alarm List V
This section uses a table to list the alarms starting with V.
V5_VCAIS V5 byte alarm indication
signal
Major
VC_AIS Virtual channel alarm
indication signal
Critical
VC_RDI Virtual channel remote
defect indication
Major
VC3_CROSSTR VC-3 path performance
Minor
VCAT_LOA Virtual concatenation loss
of alignment
Critical
VCAT_LOM_VC12 VC-12 virtual
concatenation loss of
multiframe
Major
VCAT_LOM_VC3 VC-3 virtual concatenation
loss of multiframe
Major
VCAT_LOM_VC4 VC-4 virtual concatenation
loss of multiframe
Major
VCAT_SQM_VC12 VC-12 virtual
concatenation sequence
mismatch
Major
VCAT_SQM_VC3 VC-3 virtual concatenation
sequence mismatch
Major
VCAT_SQM_VC4 VC-4 virtual concatenation
sequence mismatch
Major
VCG_MM VC Ring protection group
mismatching alarm
Major
73
VCTRUNK_NO_FLOW No traffic on the
VCTRUNK port
Major
VOLT_LOS IF board voltage loss Major
VP_AIS Virtual path alarm
indication signal
Critical
VP_RDI Virtual path remote defect
indication
Major
VPG_MM VP ring protection group
mismatch
Major

6.1.21 Alarm List W
This section uses a table to list the alarms starting with W.
W_OFFLINE Ejector lever out of position Minor
W_R_FAIL Reading and writing single
chip register failure
Major
WORK_CUR_OVER Working current over the
threshold
Major
WRG_BD_TYPE Wrong type of board inserted Major

6.2 Board Alarm List
This section uses a table to list the alarms corresponding to the boards supported by the
equipment.
6.2.1 BA2
BD_STATUS LOCK_CUR_FAIL PUM_BCM_ALM
FPGA_ABN NO_BD_PARA PUM_COOL_ALM
IN_PWR_FAIL NO_BD_SOFT TEMP_OVER
IN_PWR_HIGH OUT_PWR_ABN PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM
IN_PWR_LOW POWER_ABNORMAL PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST
PATCH_ERR HARD_BAD BDID_ERROR
74
TEST_STATUS COMMUN_FAIL SWDL_PKG_NOBDSOFT

6.2.2 N1BPA
FPGA_ABN NO_BD_PARA PUMP_COOL_EXC
COMMUN_FAIL TEST_STATUS SWDL_PKG_NOBDSOFT

6.2.3 N2BPA
FPGA_ABN NO_BD_PARA PUMP_COOL_EXC
COMMUN_FAIL TEST_STATUS SWDL_PKG_NOBDSOFT

6.2.4 CAU
FUSE_ALARM MDL_ALARM PWR_MAJ_ALM
TEMP_ALARM BD_STATUS

6.2.5 COA
BD_STATUS IN_PWR_FAIL OUT_PWR_ABN
COOL_CUR_OVER LOCK_CUR_FAIL TEMP_OVER
75
FPGA_ABN NO_BD_PARA W_R_FAIL
IN_PWR_ABN NO_BD_SOFT WORK_CUR_OVER

6.2.6 N1ADL4
AU_AIS AU_LOP B1_EXC
B1_SD B2_EXC B2_SD
B3_EXC B3_EXC_VC3 B3_SD
B3_SD_VC3 BD_STATUS CC_LOC
CHCS COMMUN_FAIL FPGA_ABN
HARD_BAD HP_LOM HP_RDI
HP_REI HP_SLM HP_TIM
HP_UNEQ IN_PWR_ABN J0_MM
LASER_MOD_ERR LASER_SHUT LCD
LOOP_ALM LP_RDI_VC3 LP_REI_VC3
LP_SLM_VC3 LP_TIM_VC3 LP_UNEQ_VC3
LSR_NO_FITED LSR_WILL_DIE MS_AIS
MS_RDI MS_REI NO_BD_SOFT
OCD OUT_PWR_ABN POWER_ABNORMAL
R_LOF R_LOS R_LOSYNC
R_OOF SLAVE_WORKING TEM_HA
TEM_LA TF TU_AIS_VC3
TU_LOP_VC3 UHCS VC_AIS
VC_RDI VCAT_LOA VCAT_LOM_VC4
VCAT_SQM_VC4 VP_AIS VP_RDI
W_R_FAIL PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST PATCH_ERR
PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM SWDL_PKG_NOBDSOFT

6.2.7 N1ADQ1
76
B1_SD B2_EXC B2_SD
B3_SD_VC3 BD_STATUS CC_LOC
CHCS COMMUN_FAIL FPGA_ABN
HARD_BAD HP_RDI HP_REI
HP_SLM HP_TIM HP_UNEQ
IN_PWR_ABN J0_MM LASER_MOD_ERR
LASER_SHUT LCD LOOP_ALM
LP_RDI_VC3 LP_REI_VC3 LP_SLM_VC3
LP_TIM_VC3 LP_UNEQ_VC3 LSR_NO_FITED
LSR_WILL_DIE MS_AIS MS_RDI
MS_REI NO_BD_SOFT OCD
OUT_PWR_ABN POWER_ABNORMAL R_LOF
R_LOS R_LOSYNC R_OOF
SLAVE_WORKING TEM_HA TEM_LA
TF TU_AIS_VC3 TU_LOP_VC3
UHCS VC_AIS VC_RDI
VCAT_LOA VCAT_LOM_VC4 VCAT_SQM_VC4
VP_AIS VP_RDI W_R_FAIL
PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST PATCH_ERR PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM
SWDL_PKG_NOBDSOFT

6.2.8 N1DX1
BD_STATUS BDID_ERROR BIP_EXC
BIP_SD CHIP_ABN CHIP_FAIL
COMMUN_FAIL CRC4_ERR_OVER CTS
DCD DDN_AIS DDN_ALOS
DDN_CRC4_ERR_OVER DDN_LFA DDN_LMFA
DDN_LOOP_ALM DDN_RFA DDN_RMFA
DOWN_E1_AIS DSR DTR
77
E1_LOC FPGA_ABN LFA
LMFA LOOP_ALM LP_R_FIFO
LP_RDI LP_REI LP_RFI
LP_SLM LP_T_FIFO LP_TIM
LP_UNEQ NO_BD_SOFT PLL_FAIL
POWER_ABNORMAL R_FIFO_E RFA
RMFA RTS SLAVE_WORKING
SPARE_PATH_ALM SUBCARD_ABN TEMP_OVER
T_FIFO_E T_LOSEX TR_LOC
TEST_STATUS TPS_ALM UP_E1_AIS
TU_AIS TU_LOP PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM
V5_VCAIS PATCH_ERR PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST
SWDL_PKG_NOBDSOFT SYNC_C_LOS

6.2.9 N1DXA
BIP_SD CHIP_ABN CHIP_FAIL
COMMUN_FAIL CRC4_ERR_OVER DOWN_E1_AIS
FPGA_ABN LFA LMFA
LOOP_ALM LP_R_FIFO LP_RDI
LP_REI LP_RFI LP_SLM
LP_T_FIFO LP_TIM LP_UNEQ
NO_BD_SOFT PLL_FAIL POWER_ABNORMAL
RFA RMFA SLAVE_WORKING
TEST_STATUS T_LOSEX TEMP_OVER
TU_LOP TR_LOC TU_AIS
PATCH_ERR UP_E1_AIS V5_VCAIS
SWDL_PKG_NOBDSOFT PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST
SYNC_C_LOS

78
6.2.10 N1EFS0
ALM_GFP_dLFD AU_AIS B3_EXC_VC3
B3_SD_VC3 BD_STATUS BIP_EXC
BIP_SD COMMUN_FAIL ETH_LOS
FCS_ERR FPGA_ABN HARD_BAD
LCAS_BAND_DECREASED LOOP_ALM LP_RDI_VC12
LP_RDI_VC3 LP_REI_VC12 LP_REI_VC3
LP_RFI LP_SLM_VC12 LP_SLM_VC3
LP_UNEQ_VC3 LSR_NO_FITED NO_BD_SOFT
SUBCARD_ABN TEMP_OVER T_LOS
TU_LOP_VC12 TU_AIS_VC12 TU_AIS_VC3
VCAT_LOM_VC12 TU_LOP_VC3 VCAT_LOA
VCAT_SQM_VC3 VCAT_LOM_VC3 VCAT_SQM_VC12
W_R_FAIL PROTOCOL_MM SWDL_PKG_NOBD-
SOFT

6.2.11 N1EFS0A
ALM_GFP_dLFD ALM_GFP_dCSF B3_EXC_VC3
HP_LOM LOOP_ALM LP_RDI_VC12
LPT_RFI LP_SLM_VC12 LP_SLM_VC3
TEMP_OVER TD T_LOSEX
TU_LOP_VC12 TU_AIS_VC12 TU_AIS_VC3
VCAT_LOM_VC12 TU_LOP_VC3 VCAT_LOA
79
VCAT_SQM_VC3 VCAT_LOM_VC3 VCAT_SQM_VC12
VCTRUNK_NO_FLOW ETH_CFM_LOC ETH_CFM_MISMERGE
ETH_CFM_RDI ETH_CFM_UNEXPERI ETH_NO_FLOW
ETHOAM_DISCOVER_FA
IL
ETHOAM_RMT_CRIT_FA
ULT
ETHOAM_RMT_LOOP
ETHOAM_RMT_SD ETHOAM_SELF_LOOP ETHOAM_VCG_SELF_L
OOP
EX_ETHOAM_CC_LOS EX_ETHOAM_MPID_CNF
LCT
FLOW_OVER
LASER_MOD_ERR LCAS_FOPR LCAS_FOPT
LCAS_PLCR LCAS_PLCT LCAS_TLCR
LCAS_TLCT LINK_ERR LSR_WILL_DIE
LTEMP_OVER IN_PWR_HIGH IN_PWR_LOW
OUT_PWR_HIGH OUT_PWR_LOW SUBCARD_ABN
TF TPS_ALM TR_LOC

6.2.12 N1EFS4
LCAS_BAND_DECREASED LCAS_FOPR LCAS_FOPT
LCAS_TLCT LOOP_ALM LP_RDI_VC12
LP_RFI LP_SLM_VC12 LP_SLM_VC3
LP_UNEQ_VC3 TU_AIS_VC12 NO_BD_SOFT
TU_LOP_VC12 TU_LOP_VC3 T_LOS
VCAT_LOM_VC12 VCAT_LOM_VC3 TU_AIS_VC3
VCAT_SQM_VC3 W_R_FAIL VCAT_LOA
80
PATCH_ERR PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST VCAT_SQM_VC12
PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM PROTOCOL_MM SWDL_PKG_NOBD-
SOFT

6.2.13 N1EFT8
ALM_GFP_dLFD B3_EXC_VC3 B3_SD_VC3
BIP_SD BOOTROM_BAD COMMUN_FAIL
ETH_LOS EX_ETHOAM_CC_LOS EX_ETHOAM_MPID_CNF
LCT
HP_LOM LCAS_BAND_DE-
CREASED
LASER_MOD_ERR
LCAS_PLCR LCAS_FOPR LCAS_FOPT
LCAS_TLCT LCAS_PLCT LCAS_TLCR
LP_RDI_VC3 LOOP_ALM LP_RDI_VC12
LP_SLM_VC12 LP_REI_VC12 LP_REI_VC3
LP_TIM_VC3 LP_SLM_VC3 LP_TIM_VC12
LP_UNEQ_VC12 LP_UNEQ_VC3 LPT_INEFFECT
LPT_RFI LSR_NO_FITED MSSW_DIFFERENT
NO_BD_SOFT SLAVE_WORKING SUBCARD_ABN
TEST_STATUS TU_AIS_VC12 TU_AIS_VC3
TU_LOP_VC12 TU_LOP_VC3 VCAT_LOA
VCAT_LOM_VC12 VCAT_LOM_VC3 VCAT_SQM_VC12
VCAT_SQM_VC3 W_R_FAIL TR_LOC
T_LOSEX PATCH_ERR PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM
PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST ETH_NO_FLOW SWDL_PKG_NOBDSOFT

6.2.14 N1EFT8A
81
ETH_LOS EX_ETHOAM_CC_LOS EX_ETHOAM_MPID_CNFL
CT
CREASED
LCAS_FOPR
LCAS_FOPT LCAS_PLCR LCAS_PLCT
LCAS_TLCR LCAS_TLCT LOOP_ALM
LP_UNEQ_VC3 LPT_INEFFECT LPT_RFI
NO_BD_SOFT SLAVE_WORKING TEST_STATUS
TU_AIS_VC12 TU_AIS_VC3 TU_LOP_VC12
TU_LOP_VC3 VCAT_LOA VCAT_LOM_VC12
VCAT_LOM_VC3 VCAT_SQM_VC12 VCAT_SQM_VC3
W_R_FAIL TR_LOC T_LOSEX
PATCH_ERR PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST
ETH_NO_FLOW SWDL_PKG_NOBDSOFT

6.2.15 N1EGS4
ALM_GFP_dCSF ALM_GFP_dLFD ETHOAM_RMT_SD
AU_AIS AU_LOP B3_EXC_VC3
B3_SD_VC4 B3_EXC_VC4 B3_SD_VC3
BIP_SD BD_STATUS BIP_EXC
ETH_LOS BOOTROM_BAD COMMUN_FAIL
FLOW_OVER EX_ETHOAM_CC_LOS EX_ETHOAM_MPID_CNF
LCT
HP_CROSSTR FPGA_ABN HARD_BAD
HP_REI HP_LOM HP_RDI
82
HP_UNEQ HP_SLM HP_TIM
LCAS_PLCT LASER_MOD_ERR LCAS_PLCR
LINK_ERR LCAS_TLCR LCAS_TLCT
LP_RDI LOOP_ALM LP_CROSSTR
LP_REI_VC3 LP_RDI_VC3 LP_REI
LP_TIM LP_SLM LP_SLM_VC3
LP_UNEQ_VC3 LP_TIM_VC3 LP_UNEQ
LSR_WILL_DIE LPT_RFI LSR_NO_FITED
OUT_PWR_HIGH LTEMP_OVER NO_BD_SOFT
IN_PWR_LOW OUT_PWR_LOW IN_PWR_HIGH
TD ETHOAM_DISCOVER_FAIL ETHOAM_RMT_CRIT_FA
ULT
TU_AIS TEMP_OVER TF
TU_LOP_VC3 TU_AIS_VC3 TU_LOP
VCAT_LOM_VC12 VC3_CROSSTR VCAT_LOA
VCAT_SQM_VC12 VCAT_LOM_VC3 VCAT_LOM_VC4
VCAT_SQM_VC3 VCAT_SQM_VC4 ETHOAM_RMT_LOOP
W_R_FAIL ETH_NO_FLOW VCTRUNK_NO_FLOW
TR_LOC T_LOSEX LAG_PORT_FAIL
ETHOAM_SELF_LOOP ETHOAM_VCG_SELF_LOO
P
DLAG_PROTECT_FAIL
MOD_TYPE_MIS-
MATCH
PORT_MODULE_OFFLINE SWDL_PKG_NOBDSOFT
ETH_CFM_MISMERGE ETH_CFM_UNEXPERI ETH_CFM_LOC
ETH_CFM_RDI

6.2.16 N1EGT2
ALM_GFP_dLFD AU_AIS AU_LOP
B3_EXC_VC3 B3_EXC_VC4 B3_SD_VC3
B3_SD_VC4 BD_STATUS BDID_ERROR
83
COMMUN_FAIL ETH_LOS FPGA_ABN
HARD_BAD HP_RDI HP_SLM
HP_TIM HP_UNEQ LASER_MOD_ERR
LCAS_BAND_DE-
CREASED
LCAS_FOPR LCAS_FOPT
LCAS_TLCT LINK_ERR LOOP_ALM
LP_RDI_VC3 LP_SLM_VC3 LP_TIM_VC3
LP_UNEQ_VC3 LPT_RFI LSR_NO_FITED
NO_BD_SOFT TEST_STATUS TU_AIS_VC3
TU_LOP_VC3 W_R_FAIL PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST
PATCH_ERR PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM T_LOSEX
TR_LOC ETH_NO_FLOW SWDL_PKG_NOBD-
SOFT

6.2.17 N1EMS2
ALM_GFP_dCSF ALM_GFP_dLFD B3_EXC_VC3
ETH_NO_FLOW ETH_CFM_LOC ETH_CFM_MISMERGE
ETH_CFM_RDI ETH_CFM_UNEXPERI ETHOAM_RMT_LOOP
ETHOAM_DISCOVER_FA
IL
ETHOAM_RMT_CRIT_FA
ULT
EX_ETHOAM_CC_LOS
EX_ETHOAM_MPID_CNF
LCT
ETHOAM_RMT_SD FPGA_ABN
HARD_BAD FLOW_OVER HP_LOM
84
LTEMP_OVER MOD_TYPE_MISMATCH NO_BD_SOFT
PORT_MODULE_OFF-
LINE
SUBCARD_ABN IN_PWR_HIGH
IN_PWR_LOW OUT_PWR_HIGH OUT_PWR_LOW
T_LOSEX TD TEMP_OVER
TF TR_LOC TU_AIS_VC12
TU_AIS_VC3 TU_LOP_VC12 TU_LOP_VC3
LSR_WILL_DIE VCAT_LOM_VC12 VCAT_LOM_VC3
VCAT_LOA VCAT_SQM_VC12 VCAT_SQM_VC3
VCTRUNK_NO_FLOW FCS_ERR ETHOAM_SELF_LOOP
ETHOAM_VCG_SELF_LO
OP
AU_AIS AU_LOP
B3_EXC_VC4 B3_SD_VC4 HP_RDI
HP_UNEQ VCAT_LOM_VC4 VCAT_SQM_VC4

6.2.18 N1EMS4
B3_SD_VC4 ALM_GFP_dCSF ALM_GFP_dLFD
B3_EXC_VC4 B3_SD_VC3 BD_STATUS
BIP_EXC BIP_SD BOOTROM_BAD
COMMUN_FAIL ETH_LOS ETHOAM_RMT_LOOP
ETHOAM_DISCOVER_FA
IL
ETHOAM_RMT_CRIT_FA
ULT
EX_ETHOAM_CC_LOS
EX_ETHOAM_MPID_CNF
LCT
ETHOAM_RMT_SD FPGA_ABN
HARD_BAD FLOW_OVER HP_LOM
HP_RDI HP_CROSSTR HP_SLM
HP_TIM HP_REI LASER_MOD_ERR
LCAS_PLCR HP_UNEQ LCAS_TLCR
LCAS_TLCT LCAS_PLCT LOOP_ALM
85
LP_CROSSTR LINK_ERR LP_RDI_VC3
LP_REI LP_RDI LP_SLM
LP_SLM_VC3 LP_REI_VC3 LP_TIM_VC3
LP_UNEQ LP_TIM LPT_RFI
LSR_NO_FITED LP_UNEQ_VC3 LTEMP_OVER
NO_BD_SOFT LSR_WILL_DIE SUBCARD_ABN
LAG_PORT_FAIL PATCH_ERR PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM
PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST TD TEMP_OVER
TF TU_AIS TU_AIS_VC3
TU_LOP TU_LOP_VC3 VC3_CROSSTR
VCAT_LOA VCAT_LOM_VC12 VCAT_LOM_VC3
VCAT_SQM_VC4 ETH_NO_FLOW VCTRUNK_NO_FLOW
W_R_FAIL TR_LOC T_LOSEX
PORTMODE_MISMATCH ETHOAM_VCG_SELF_LO
OP
DLAG_PROTECT_FAIL
ETHOAM_SELF_LOOP MOD_TYPE_MISMATCH PORT_MODULE_OFF-
LINE
IN_PWR_HIGH IN_PWR_LOW OUT_PWR_HIGH
OUT_PWR_LOW SWDL_PKG_NOBDSOFT ETH_CFM_MISMERGE
ETH_CFM_UNEXPERI ETH_CFM_LOC ETH_CFM_RDI

6.2.19 N1EFP0
ALM_GFP_dCSF ALM_GFP_dLFD BD_STATUS
BIP_SD DLAG_PROTECT_FAIL ETH_CFM_LOC
ETH_CFM_MACSTATUS ETH_CFM_MISMERGE ETH_CFM_RDI
ETH_CFM_UNEXPERI ETH_LOS ETHOAM_DISCOVER_F
AIL
ETHOAM_RMT_CRIT_FA
ULT
ETHOAM_RMT_LOOP ETHOAM_RMT_SD
ETHOAM_SELF_LOOP ETHOAM_VCG_SELF_LO
OP
EX_ETHOAM_CC_LOS
86
EX_ETHOAM_MPID_CNF
LCT
FCS_ERR HARD_BAD
LAG_PORT_FAIL LAG_VC_PORT_FAIL LASER_MOD_ERR
LCAS_FOPR LCAS_FOPT LCAS_PLCR
LCAS_PLCT LCAS_TLCR LCAS_TLCT
LP_SLM_VC12 LP_TIM_VC12 LP_UNEQ_VC12
LPT_RFI LSR_NO_FITED LSR_WILL_DIE
LTEMP_OVER NO_BD_SOFT SUM_INPWR_HI
SUM_INPWR_LOW SUM_OUTPWR_HI SUM_OUTPWR_LOW
TD TEMP_ALARM TF
TU_AIS_VC12 TU_LOP_VC12 VCAT_LOA
VCAT_LOM_VC12 VCAT_SQM_VC12 BIOS_STATUS
BIP_EXC COMMUN_FAIL T_LOSEX
TR_LOC LINK_ERR SUBCARD_ABN
DOWN_E1_AIS LFA LMFA
RMFA FLOW_OVER

6.2.20 N1FAN
BD_STATUS FAN_FAIL

6.2.21 N1IDL4
ALM_E1AIS ALM_IMA_LIF ALM_IMA_LINK_LCD
ALM_IMA_LODS ALM_IMA_RE_RX_UNUSA-
BLE
ALM_IMA_RE_TX_UNUSA-
BLE
ALM_IMA_RFI AU_AIS AU_LOP
B1_EXC B1_SD B2_EXC
B2_SD B3_EXC B3_SD
BD_STATUS BIP_EXC BIP_SD
CC_LOC CHCS COMMUN_FAIL
87
FPGA_ABN HARD_BAD HP_RDI
LASER_MOD_ER
R
LASER_SHUT LCD
LFA LMFA LOOP_ALM
LP_RDI LP_REI LP_SLM
LP_TIM LP_UNEQ LSR_NO_FITED
SLAVE_WORKIN
G
TEM_HA TEM_LA
TF TU_AIS TU_LOP
UHCS VC_AIS VC_RDI
VCG_MM VP_AIS VP_RDI
VPG_MM W_R_FAIL WRG_BD_TYPE
SWDL_PKG_NOB
DSOFT

6.2.22 N1IDL4A
BLE
BLE
B1_EXC B1_SD B2_EXC
B2_SD B3_EXC B3_SD
88
LASER_MOD_ER
R
LASER_SHUT LCD
LFA LMFA LOOP_ALM
SLAVE_WORKIN
G
TEM_HA TEM_LA
TF TU_AIS TU_LOP
UHCS VC_AIS VC_RDI
T_LOSEX

6.2.23 N1IDQ1
BLE
BLE
B1_EXC B1_SD B2_EXC
B2_SD B3_EXC B3_SD
89
LASER_MOD_ER
R
LASER_SHUT LCD
LFA LMFA LOOP_ALM
SLAVE_WORKIN
G
TEM_HA TEM_LA
TF TU_AIS TU_LOP
UHCS VC_AIS VC_RDI
SWDL_PKG_NOB
DSOFT

6.2.24 N1IDQ1A
BLE
BLE
B1_EXC B1_SD B2_EXC
B2_SD B3_EXC B3_SD
90
LASER_MOD_ER
R
LASER_SHUT LCD
LFA LMFA LOOP_ALM
SLAVE_WORKIN
G
TEM_HA TEM_LA
TF TU_AIS TU_LOP
UHCS VC_AIS VC_RDI
T_LOSEX

6.2.25 N1IFSD1
B1_SD B2_EXC B2_SD
B3_EXC B3_SD BDID_ERROR
BD_STATUS CHIP_ABN COMMUN_FAIL
FSELECT_STG HARD_BAD HP_CROSSTR
HP_LOM HP_RDI HP_REI
IF_CABLE_OPEN LOOP_ALM MS_AIS
91
MS_CROSSTR MS_RDI MS_REI
MSAD_CROSSTR MW_BER_EXC MW_BER_SD
MW_FEC_UNCOR MW_LIM MW_LOF
MW_RDI NO_BD_SOFT PLL_FAIL
R_LOC R_LOF R_LOS
RS_CROSSTR SLAVE_WORKING TEMP_ALARM
TR_LOC VOLT_LOS POWER_ABNORMAL
SWDL_PKG_NOBD-
SOFT

6.2.26 N1LWX
BD_STATUS BDID_ERROR CFGBD_FAIL
COMMUN_FAIL FPGA_ABN IN_PWR_HIGH
IN_PWR_LOW LASER_SHUT LOOP_ALM
LSR_COOL_ALM LSR_WILL_DIE NO_BD_PARA
NO_BD_SOFT OUT_PWR_HIGH OUT_PWR_LOW
PS PORT_MODULE_OFF-
LINE
POWER_ABNORMAL
R_LOC R_LOS SLAVE_WORKING
SPEED_OVER T_LOC TD
TF TEMP_ALARM TEST_STATUS
W_R_FAIL

6.2.27 N1MST4
AU_AIS AU_CMM AU_LOP
B3_EXC B3_SD BD_STATUS
BDID_ERROR COMMUN_FAIL HARD_BAD
HP_RDI HP_REI HP_SLM
HP_TIM HP_UNEQ IN_PWR_ABN
92
LASER_MOD_ERR LOOP_ALM LSR_COOL_ALM
LSR_NO_FITED LSR_WILL_DIE NO_BD_SOFT
NO_LSR_PARA_FILE PLL_FAIL POWER_ABNORMAL
R_LOC R_LOS TEM_LA
T_LOSEX TEM_HA PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST
TF TR_LOC PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM
PATCH_ERR SPARE_PATH_ALM SWDL_PKG_NOBDSOFT

6.2.28 N1PD3
A_LOC B3_EXC B3_SD
BD_STATUS BDID_ERROR C2_VCAIS
CHIP_FAIL COMMUN_FAIL FPGA_ABN
LP_REI LP_SLM LP_T_FIFO
LP_TIM LP_UNEQ NO_BD_SOFT
P_AIS P_LOS PLL_FAIL
POWER_ABNORMAL SLAVE_WORKING SPARE_PATH_ALM
SUBCARD_ABN T_LOSEX TEST_STATUS
TPS_ALM TR_LOC TU_AIS
TU_LOP W_R_FAIL PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST
PATCH_ERR PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM

6.2.29 N1PL3
A_LOC B3_EXC B3_SD
93
POWER_ABNORMAL SLAVE_WORKING SPARE_PATH_ALM
TU_LOP W_R_FAIL PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST
PATCH_ERR PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM SWDL_PKG_NOBDSOFT

6.2.30 N1PL3A
A_LOC B3_EXC B3_SD
POWER_ABNORMAL SLAVE_WORKING T_LOSEX
TEST_STATUS TR_LOC TU_AIS
TU_LOP W_R_FAIL PATCH_ERR
PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST SWDL_PKG_NOBD-
SOFT

6.2.31 N1PQ1
CHIP_FAIL COMMUN_FAIL DOWN_E1_AIS
E1_LOC LOOP_ALM LP_RDI
LP_REI LP_RFI LP_SIZE_ERR
LP_SLM LP_TIM LP_UNEQ
NO_BD_SOFT SWDL_PKG_NOBDSOFT POWER_ABNORMAL
SLAVE_WORKING SPARE_PATH_ALM SUBCARD_ABN
94
T_ALOS T_LOSEX TEST_STATUS
TU_LOP UP_E1_AIS V5_VCAIS

6.2.32 N1PQM
BIP_EXC BD_STATUS BIP_SD
CHIP_FAIL COMMUN_FAIL CRC4_ERR_OVER
CRC6_ERR_OVER DOWN_E1_AIS DOWN_T1_AIS
E1_LOC LFA LMFA
LOOP_ALM LP_RDI LP_REI
LP_SIZE_ERR LP_SLM LP_RFI
RMFA SLAVE_WORKING SPARE_PATH_ALM
SUBCARD_ABN T_ALOS T_LOSEX
TEST_STATUS TPS_ALM TR_LOC
TS16_AIS TU_AIS TU_LOP
UP_E1_AIS UP_T1AIS V5_VCAIS
RFA SWDL_PKG_NOBDSOFT POWER_ABNORMAL

6.2.33 N1RPC01
AD_CHECK_FAIL BD_STATUS FAN_FAIL
FPGA_ABN LOCK_CUR_FAIL LSR_WILL_DIE
NO_BD_PARA NO_BD_SOFT OUT_PWR_HIGH
OUT_PWR_LOW POWER_FAIL PUM_BCM_ALM
PUMP_COOL_EXC TEMP_ALARM W_R_FAIL

95
6.2.34 N1RPC02
AD_CHECK_FAIL BD_STATUS FAN_FAIL
FPGA_ABN LOCK_CUR_FAIL LSR_WILL_DIE
NO_BD_PARA NO_BD_SOFT OUT_PWR_HIGH
OUT_PWR_LOW POWER_FAIL PUM_BCM_ALM
PUMP_COOL_EXC TEMP_ALARM W_R_FAIL

6.2.35 N1SEP
B1_EXC B1_SD B2_EXC
B2_SD B3_EXC B3_EXC_VC3
B3_SD B3_SD_VC3 BD_STATUS
BIP8_ECC BIP_EXC BIP_SD
CHIP_FAIL C2_PDI C2_VCAIS
FSELECT_STG COMMUN_FAIL FPGA_ABN
LASER_MOD_ERR IN_PWR_ABN J0_MM
LP_RDI_VC12 LASER_SHUT LOOP_ALM
LP_REI_VC3 LP_RDI_VC3 LP_REI_VC12
LP_TIM_VC12 LP_SLM_VC12 LP_SLM_VC3
LP_UNEQ_VC3 LP_TIM_VC3 LP_UNEQ_VC12
LSR_WILL_DIE LSR_COOL_ALM LSR_NO_FITED
MS_REI MS_AIS MS_RDI
OH_LOOP NO_BD_SOFT R_LOF
POWER_ABNORMAL OUT_PWR_ABN RELAY_FAIL
R_LOS R_LOC SUBCARD_ABN
SLAVE_WORKING R_OOF TEM_LA
T_LOSEX SPARE_PATH_ALM TPS_ALM
TEST_STATUS TEM_HA TU_AIS_VC3
96
TR_LOC TF W_R_FAIL
TU_LOP_VC12 TU_AIS_VC12 PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM
PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST TU_LOP_VC3 SWDL_PKG_NOBDSOFT
PS PATCH_ERR ALM_ALS
MOD_TYPE_MISMATCH TIME_NOT_SUPPORT

6.2.36 N1SEP1
B1_EXC B1_SD B2_EXC
BIP8_ECC BIP_EXC BIP_SD
CHIP_FAIL C2_PDI C2_VCAIS
FSELECT_STG COMMUN_FAIL FPGA_ABN
LP_RDI_VC12 J0_MM LOOP_ALM
LP_REI_VC3 LP_RDI_VC3 LP_REI_VC12
LP_TIM_VC12 LP_SLM_VC12 LP_SLM_VC3
LP_UNEQ_VC3 LP_TIM_VC3 LP_UNEQ_VC12
MS_REI MS_AIS MS_RDI
OH_LOOP NO_BD_SOFT POWER_ABNORMAL
R_LOC R_LOF R_LOS
R_OOF SLAVE_WORKING SPARE_PATH_ALM
T_LOSEX TEST_STATUS TR_LOC
TU_AIS_VC12 TU_AIS_VC3 TU_LOP_VC12
TU_LOP_VC3 W_R_FAIL PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST
PATCH_ERR PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM PS
SWDL_PKG_NOBD-
SOFT
MOD_TYPE_MISMATCH TIME_NOT_SUPPORT

97
6.2.37 N1SF16
ALM_ALS AU_AIS AU_CMM
AU_LOP B1_EXC B1_SD
B2_EXC B2_SD B3_EXC
B3_EXC_VC3 B3_SD B3_SD_VC3
BD_STATUS BIP_SD BEFFEC_EXC
BIP_EXC C2_VCAIS BIP8_ECC
C2_PDI FEC_LOF CHIP_FAIL
COMMUN_FAIL FSELECT_STG FEC_OOF
FPGA_ABN HP_REI HP_LOM
HP_RDI HP_UNEQ HP_SLM
HP_TIM LASER_MOD_ERR IN_PWR_ABN
J0_MM LP_RDI_VC12 LASER_SHUT
LOOP_ALM LP_REI_VC3 LP_RDI_VC3
LP_REI_VC12 LP_TIM_VC12 LP_SLM_VC12
LP_SLM_VC3 LP_UNEQ_VC3 LP_TIM_VC3
LP_UNEQ_VC12 LSR_WILL_DIE LSR_COOL_ALM
LSR_NO_FITED MS_REI MS_AIS
MS_RDI ODU_AIS NO_BD_SOFT
ODU_OCI OH_LOOP ODU_LCK
OTU_LOF OTU_LOM OTU_AIS
PM_BIP8_OVER PM_BDI OUT_PWR_ABN
POWER_ABNORMAL PM_BIP8_SD PM_BEI
R_LOS R_LOC PM_TIM
SM_BDI R_OOF R_LOF
SM_BIP8_SD SM_BEI SLAVE_WORKING
SPARE_PATH_ALM SM_IAE SM_BIP8_OVER
TC_EXC T_LOSEX SM_TIM
TC_ODI TC_INCAIS TC_DEG
TC_REI TC_OEI TC_LTC
TEM_HA TC_TIM TC_RDI
98
TF TEM_LA TC_UNEQ
TU_AIS_VC3 TR_LOC TEST_STATUS
W_R_FAIL TU_LOP_VC12 TU_AIS_VC12
PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST PATCH_ERR TU_LOP_VC3
SWDL_PKG_NOBDSOFT PS PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM

6.2.38 N1SL1
AU_LOP B1_EXC B1_SD
B2_EXC B2_SD B3_EXC
BD_STATUS BIP8_ECC BIP_EXC
BIP_SD CHIP_FAIL C2_PDI
C2_VCAIS FSELECT_STG COMMUN_FAIL
MS_RDI OH_LOOP NO_BD_SOFT
R_LOF POWER_ABNORMAL OUT_PWR_ABN
SLAVE_WORKING R_LOS R_LOC
TEM_HA SPARE_PATH_ALM R_OOF
TF TEM_LA T_LOSEX
99
PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST TU_LOP_VC3
TIME_NOT_SUPPORT PS PATCH_ERR
SWDL_PKG_NOBDSOFT

6.2.39 N1SL1A
AU_LOP B1_EXC B1_SD
B2_EXC B2_SD B3_EXC
TF TEM_LA T_LOSEX
100
SWDL_PKG_NOBDSOFT

6.2.40 N1SL4
AU_LOP B1_EXC B1_SD
B2_EXC B2_SD B3_EXC
TF TEM_LA T_LOSEX
MOD_TYPE_MISMATCH SWDL_PKG_NOBDSOFT

101
6.2.41 N1SL4A
AU_LOP B1_EXC B1_SD
B2_EXC B2_SD B3_EXC
TF TEM_LA T_LOSEX

6.2.42 N1SL16
102
AU_LOP B1_EXC B1_SD
B2_EXC B2_SD B3_EXC
TF TEM_LA T_LOSEX
MOD_TYPE_MISMATCH PS PATCH_ERR
SWDL_PKG_NOBDSOFT

6.2.43 N1SL16A
AU_LOP B1_EXC B1_SD
B2_EXC B2_SD B3_EXC
103
TF TEM_LA T_LOSEX
MOD_TYPE_MISMATCH PS PATCH_ERR
SWDL_PKG_NOBDSOFT

6.2.44 N1SLD4
AU_LOP B1_EXC B1_SD
B2_EXC B2_SD B3_EXC
104
TF TEM_LA T_LOSEX

6.2.45 N1SLD4A
AU_LOP B1_EXC B1_SD
B2_EXC B2_SD B3_EXC
105
TF TEM_LA T_LOSEX

6.2.46 N1SLQ1
AU_LOP B1_EXC B1_SD
B2_EXC B2_SD B3_EXC
106
TF TEM_LA T_LOSEX

6.2.47 N1SLQ1A
AU_LOP B1_EXC B1_SD
B2_EXC B2_SD B3_EXC
107
TF TEM_LA T_LOSEX

6.2.48 N1SLQ4
AU_LOP B1_EXC B1_SD
B2_EXC B2_SD B3_EXC
108
TF TEM_LA T_LOSEX
PATCH_ERR PS TU_LOP_VC3
MOD_TYPE_MISMATCH PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST
TIME_NOT_SUPPORT SWDL_PKG_NOBDSOFT

6.2.49 N1SLQ4A
AU_LOP B1_EXC B1_SD
B2_EXC B2_SD B3_EXC
109
TF TEM_LA T_LOSEX
PATCH_ERR PS TU_LOP_VC3
MOD_TYPE_MISMATCH PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST
TIME_NOT_SUPPORT SWDL_PKG_NOBDSOFT

6.2.50 N1SLT1
AU_LOP B1_EXC B1_SD
B2_EXC B2_SD B3_EXC
110
TF TEM_LA T_LOSEX
PATCH_ERR RELAY_FAIL TU_LOP_VC3
SWDL_PKG_NOBDSOFT PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM PS
MOD_TYPE_MISMATCH PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST TIME_NOT_SUPPORT

6.2.51 N1SPQ4
B1_SD B2_EXC B2_SD
BIP_EXC BIP_SD BIP8_ECC
C4_R_LAISD C4_T_LAISD CHIP_FAIL
COMMUN_FAIL EXT_LOS FPGA_ABN
FSELECT_STG HP_LOM HP_RDI
HP_UNEQ J0_MM LOOP_ALM
LP_UNEQ_VC3 MS_AIS MS_RDI
MS_REI NO_BD_SOFT OH_LOOP
PLL_FAIL POWER_ABNORMAL R_LOC
R_LOF R_LOS R_OOF
RELAY_FAIL SLAVE_WORKING SPARE_PATH_ALM
111
TPS_ALM TR_LOC TU_AIS_VC12

6.2.52 N2EFS0
LAG_FAIL LCAS_BAND_DECREASED LCAS_FOPR
SLAVE_WORKING SUBCARD_ABN T_LOS
TPS_ALM TU_AIS_VC12 TU_AIS_VC3
VCAT_LOM_VC12 VCAT_LOM_VC3 PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST
PATCH_ERR PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM SWDL_PKG_NOBDSOFT

6.2.53 N2EFS4
ETHOAM_DISCOVER_F
AIL
112
ETHOAM_RMT_CRIT_F
AULT
ETHOAM_SELF_LOOP ETHOAM_VCG_SELF_L
OOP
EX_ETHOAM_CC_LOS EX_ETHOAM_MPID_CNFL
CT
FCS_ERR
FLOW_OVER FPGA_ABN HARD_BAD
HP_LOM LAG_FAIL LCAS_FOPT
LCAS_PLCR LCAS_FOPR LCAS_TLCR
LCAS_TLCT LCAS_PLCT LP_RDI_VC12
LP_RDI_VC3 LOOP_ALM LP_REI_VC3
LP_SLM_VC12 LP_REI_VC12 LP_TIM_VC12
LP_TIM_VC3 LP_SLM_VC3 LP_UNEQ_VC3
LPT_RFI LP_UNEQ_VC12 NO_BD_SOFT
SLAVE_WORKING TU_AIS_VC3 T_LOS
TU_AIS_VC12 VCAT_LOA TU_LOP_VC12
TU_LOP_VC3 VCAT_LOM_VC3 VCAT_LOM_VC12
TR_LOC T_LOSEX ALM_GFP_dCSF
SWDL_PKG_NOBD-
SOFT

6.2.54 N2EFT8
ETH_LOS EX_ETHOAM_CC_LOS EX_ETHOAM_MPID_CNF
LCT
HP_LOM ETH_NO_FLOW LASER_MOD_ERR
LCAS_PLCR LCAS_FOPR LCAS_FOPT
LCAS_TLCT LCAS_PLCT LCAS_TLCR
113
LP_UNEQ_VC12 LP_UNEQ_VC3 LPT_INEFFECT
LPT_RFI LSR_NO_FITED MSSW_DIFFERENT
NO_BD_SOFT SLAVE_WORKING SUBCARD_ABN
VCAT_SQM_VC3 W_R_FAIL TR_LOC
T_LOSEX PATCH_ERR PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM
PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST FLOW_OVER ETH_CFM_MISMERGE
ETH_CFM_RDI ETH_CFM_UNEXPERI ETHOAM_RMT_LOOP
ETHOAM_RMT_SD ETHOAM_SELF_LOOP EX_ETHOAM_CC_LOS
EX_ETHOAM_MPID_CNF
LCT
VCTRUNK_NO_FLOW ETH_CFM_LOC

6.2.55 N2EFT8A
LP_RDI_VC12 LP_RDI_VC3 LP_REI_VC12 C3
LP_UNEQ_VC3 TU_AIS_VC12 TU_AIS_VC3
TU_LOP_VC12 TU_LOP_VC3 B3_EXC_VC3
B3_SD_VC3 BIP_EXC BIP_SD
VCAT_SQM_VC12 VCAT_SQM_VC3 VCAT_LOM_VC12
VCAT_LOM_VC3 LOOP_ALM FLOW_OVER
ETH_LOS FCS_ERR VCAT_LOA
W_R_FAIL HARD_BAD BDID_ERROR
FPGA_ABN TEST_STATUS BD_STATUS
NO_BD_SOFT BOOTROM_BAD COMMUN_FAIL
SLAVE_WORKING ALM_GFP_dLFD LCAS_PLCT
LCAS_TLCT LCAS_PLCR LCAS_TLCR
114
LCAS_FOPT LCAS_FOPR HP_LOM
LPT_INEFFECT LPT_RFI EX_ETHOAM_CC_LOS
EX_ETHOAM_MPID_CNF
LCT
TR_LOC T_LOSEX
ETH_NO_FLOW VCTRUNK_NO_FLOW ETH_CFM_MISMERGE
ETH_CFM_UNEXPERI ETH_CFM_LOC ETH_CFM_RDI
ETHOAM_RMT_LOOP ETHOAM_RMT_SD ETHOAM_RMT_CRIT_FA
ULT
ETHOAM_DISCOVER_FAI
L
ETHOAM_SELF_LOOP

6.2.56 N2EGR2
B3_EXC_VC4 B3_SD_VC3 B3_SD_VC4
BD_STATUS COMMUN_FAIL ETH_LOS
HP_TIM HP_UNEQ LAG_FAIL
LCAS_BAND_DE-
CREASED
LCAS_FOPR LCAS_FOPT
LP_REI_VC3 LP_SLM_VC3 LP_TIM_VC3
RPR_DUPLICATE_MAC RPR_ECHO_DLOC RPR_ECHO_LOC
RPR_MISCONFIG RPR_NB_INCONSIS RPR_PM_INCONSIS
RPR_PS_CHANGE RPR_STATIONS_EXCEED RPR_SUM_A0_EXCEED
SLAVE_WORKING T_LOS TU_AIS_VC3
TU_LOP_VC3 VCAT_LOA VCAT_LOM_VC3
VCAT_LOM_VC4 LASER_MOD_ERR PATCH_ERR
PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST LINK_ERR
115
LPT_RFI SWDL_PKG_NOBDSOFT

6.2.57 N2EGS2
HP_LOM LAG_FAIL LASER_MOD_ERR
LCAS_FOPR LCAS_PLCT LCAS_FOPT
LCAS_PLCR LCAS_TLCR LCAS_TLCT
LP_RDI_VC12 LP_SLM_VC12 LP_SLM_VC3
LP_REI_VC3 LP_TIM_VC3 LP_UNEQ_VC12
LP_TIM_VC12 LSR_NO_FITED NO_BD_SOFT
LP_UNEQ_VC3 SUBCARD_ABN T_LOS
SLAVE_WORKING TU_AIS_VC12 TU_AIS_VC3
TPS_ALM TU_LOP_VC3 VCAT_LOA
TU_LOP_VC12 VCAT_LOM_VC3 PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST
VCAT_LOM_VC12 PATCH_NOT_CON-
FIRM
TR_LOC
PATCH_ERR T_LOSEX ETH_NO_FLOW
SWDL_PKG_NOBD-
SOFT

6.2.58 N2EGT2
ALM_GFP_dLFD AU_AIS AU_LOP
B3_SD_VC3 B3_EXC_VC3 B3_EXC_VC4
B3_SD_VC4 BD_STATUS COMMUN_FAIL
ETH_CFM_RDI ETH_CFM_LOC ETH_CFM_MISMERGE
ETH_CFM_UNEXPERI ETH_LOS ETH_NO_FLOW
116
LCT
FCS_ERR
FLOW_OVER FPGA_ABN HARD_BAD
HP_RDI HP_SLM HP_TIM
HP_UNEQ LASER_MOD_ERR LCAS_FOPR
LCAS_TLCR LCAS_TLCT LINK_ERR
LOOP_ALM LP_RDI_VC3 LP_SLM_VC3
LP_TIM_VC3 LP_UNEQ_VC3 LPT_RFI
LSR_NO_FITED LSR_WILL_DIE LTEMP_OVER
MOD_TYPE_MIS-
MATCH
NO_BD_SOFT PORT_MODULE_OFFLINE
IN_PWR_HIGH IN_PWR_LOW OUT_PWR_HIGH
OUT_PWR_LOW T_LOSEX TD
TEMP_OVER TF TR_LOC
VCAT_SQM_VC4 VCTRUNK_NO_FLOW SWDL_PKG_NOBDSOFT

6.2.59 N2EMR0
B3_EXC_VC4 B3_SD_VC3 B3_SD_VC4
BD_STATUS COMMUN_FAIL ETH_LOS
HP_TIM HP_UNEQ LAG_FAIL
LCAS_BAND_DE-
CREASED
LCAS_FOPR LCAS_FOPT
LP_REI_VC3 LP_SLM_VC3 LP_TIM_VC3
117
RPR_DUPLICATE_MAC RPR_ECHO_DLOC RPR_ECHO_LOC
RPR_MISCONFIG RPR_NB_INCONSIS RPR_PM_INCONSIS
RPR_PS_CHANGE RPR_STATIONS_EX-
CEED
RPR_SUM_A0_EXCEED
SLAVE_WORKING SUBCARD_ABN T_LOS
VCAT_LOM_VC3 VCAT_LOM_VC4 LASER_MOD_ERR
ETH_NO_FLOW SWDL_PKG_NOBDSOFT

6.2.60 N2PD3
BD_STATUS B3_EXC B3_SD
BIP_SD C2_VCAIS BIP_EXC
CHIP_FAIL COMMUN_FAIL CHIP_ABN
CRC6_ERR_OVER DOWN_E1_AIS CRC4_ERR_OVER
DS3_IDLE LOOP_ALM DOWN_T1_AIS
LMFA LP_REI LFA
LP_RDI NO_BD_SOFT LP_RFI
LP_SLM P_LOF LP_TIM
LP_UNEQ SUBCARD_ABN P_AIS
P_RAI TEST_STATUS P_LOS
SLAVE_WORKING TU_AIS POWER_ABNORMAL
TEMP_OVER UP_T1AIS T_LOSEX
TR_LOC PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM TPS_ALM
UP_E1_AIS SWDL_PKG_NOBD-
SOFT
TU_LOP
P_FFM

118
6.2.61 N2PL3
BIP_EXC BIP_SD C2_VCAIS
CHIP_ABN CHIP_FAIL COMMUN_FAIL
CRC6_ERR_OVER DOWN_E1_AIS DOWN_T1_AIS
DS3_IDLE CRC4_ERR_OVER LFA
LMFA LOOP_ALM LP_RFI
LP_RDI LP_REI LP_TIM
LP_SLM NO_BD_SOFT P_AIS
LP_UNEQ P_LOF P_LOS
P_RAI SUBCARD_ABN POWER_ABNORMAL
SLAVE_WORKING TEST_STATUS T_LOSEX
TEMP_OVER TU_AIS TPS_ALM
TR_LOC UP_T1AIS TU_LOP
UP_E1_AIS PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM V5_VCAIS
PATCH_ERR SWDL_PKG_NOBD-
SOFT
PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST
P_FFM

6.2.62 N2PL3A
LMFA LP_REI LFA
LP_SLM P_LOF LP_TIM
LP_UNEQ P_AIS P_FFM
P_RAI TPS_ALM UP_E1_AIS
119
SLAVE_WORKING SUBCARD_ABN P_LOS
TEMP_OVER TEST_STATUS POWER_ABNORMAL
TU_AIS TU_LOP T_LOSEX
V5_VCAIS PATCH_ERR TR_LOC
PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST SWDL_PKG_NOBDSOFT UP_T1AIS
PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM

6.2.63 N2PQ1
BIP_EXC BIP_SD C2_VCAIS
CHIP_ABN CHIP_FAIL COMMUN_FAIL
CRC4_ERR_OVER DOWN_E1_AIS LFA
LMFA LOOP_ALM LP_RDI
LP_REI LP_RFI LP_SLM
LP_UNEQ NO_BD_SOFT P_AIS
P_LOF P_RAI LP_TIM
POWER_ABNORMAL SLAVE_WORKING SUBCARD_ABN
T_ALOS T_LOSEX TEMP_OVER
TU_AIS TU_LOP UP_E1_AIS
V5_VCAIS PATCH_ERR SWDL_PKG_NOBDSOFT
PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST

6.2.64 N2PQ3
120
LMFA LP_REI LFA
LP_SLM P_LOF LP_TIM
LP_UNEQ SUBCARD_ABN P_AIS
P_RAI TEST_STATUS P_LOS
SLAVE_WORKING TU_AIS POWER_ABNORMAL
TEMP_OVER UP_T1AIS T_LOSEX
TR_LOC PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM TPS_ALM
UP_E1_AIS SWDL_PKG_NOBD-
SOFT
TU_LOP
PATCH_ERR PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST V5_VCAIS
P_FFM

6.2.65 N2SL1
ALM_ALS ALM_AU3AIS ALM_AU3B3OVER
ALM_AU3B3SD ALM_AU3LOP ALM_AU3RDI
ALM_AU3REI ALM_AU3SLM ALM_AU3TIM
ALM_AU3UNEQ AU_AIS AU_CMM
AU_LOP B1_EXC B1_SD
B2_EXC B2_SD B3_EXC
121
TC_DEG SPARE_PATH_ALM R_OOF
TC_LTC TC_EXC T_LOSEX
TC_RDI TC_ODI TC_INCAIS
TC_UNEQ TC_REI TC_OEI
TEST_STATUS TEM_HA TC_TIM
TU_AIS_VC12 TF TEM_LA
TU_LOP_VC3 TU_AIS_VC3 TR_LOC
PATCH_ERR W_R_FAIL TU_LOP_VC12
PS

6.2.66 N2SL4
AU_LOP B1_EXC B1_SD
B2_EXC B2_SD B3_EXC
122
MOD_TYPE_MISMATCH PS

6.2.67 N2SL16
AU_LOP B1_EXC B1_SD
B2_EXC B2_SD B3_EXC
123

6.2.68 N2SL16A
124
AU_LOP B1_EXC B1_SD
B2_EXC B2_SD B3_EXC

125
6.2.69 N2SLD4
AU_LOP B1_EXC B1_SD
B2_EXC B2_SD B3_EXC
126

6.2.70 N2SLO1
ALM_AU3UNEQ AU_LOP AU_AIS
AU_CMM B2_EXC B1_EXC
B1_SD B3_EXC_VC3 B2_SD
B3_EXC BD_STATUS B3_SD
B3_SD_VC3 BIP_SD BIP8_ECC
BIP_EXC C2_VCAIS CHIP_ABN
C2_PDI COMMUN_FAIL FSELECT_STG
CHIP_FAIL HP_RDI HP_REI
HP_LOM HP_TIM HP_UNEQ
HP_SLM J0_MM LASER_MOD_ERR
IN_PWR_ABN LOOP_ALM LP_RDI_VC12
LASER_SHUT LP_REI_VC12 LP_REI_VC3
LP_RDI_VC3 LP_SLM_VC3 LP_TIM_VC12
LP_SLM_VC12 LP_UNEQ_VC12 LP_UNEQ_VC3
LP_TIM_VC3 LSR_NO_FITED LSR_WILL_DIE
LSR_COOL_ALM MS_RDI NO_BD_SOFT
MS_AIS MS_REI OUT_PWR_ABN
R_LOS OH_LOOP R_LOF
SLAVE_WORKING POWER_ABNORMAL R_LOC
TC_DEG R_OOF T_LOSEX
TC_LTC SPARE_PATH_ALM TC_INCAIS
TC_RDI TC_EXC TC_OEI
TC_UNEQ TC_ODI TC_TIM
127
TEMP_OVER TC_REI TEM_LA
TR_LOC TEM_HA TF
TU_LOP_VC12 TEST_STATUS TU_AIS_VC3
PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST TU_AIS_VC12 W_R_FAIL
PS TU_LOP_VC3 PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM
SWDL_PKG_NOBDSOFT PATCH_ERR MOD_TYPE_MISMATCH

6.2.71 N2SLQ1
AU_LOP B1_EXC B1_SD
B2_EXC B2_SD B3_EXC
128

6.2.72 N2SLQ4
AU_LOP B1_EXC B1_SD
B2_EXC B2_SD B3_EXC
129

6.2.73 N2SPQ4
B1_SD B2_EXC B2_SD
BIP_EXC BIP_SD BIP8_ECC
C4_R_LAISD C4_T_LAISD CHIP_FAIL
COMMUN_FAIL EXT_LOS FPGA_ABN
FSELECT_STG HP_LOM HP_RDI
HP_UNEQ J0_MM LOOP_ALM
130
MS_REI NO_BD_SOFT OH_LOOP
PLL_FAIL POWER_ABNORMAL R_LOC
R_LOF R_LOS R_OOF
RELAY_FAIL SLAVE_WORKING SPARE_PATH_ALM
PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM PS SWDL_PKG_NOBDSOFT

6.2.74 N3EFS4
BIP_SD COMMUN_FAIL ETH_CFM_LOC
ETH_CFM_MISMERGE ETH_CFM_RDI ETH_CFM_UNEXPERI
ETH_LOS ETH_NO_FLOW ETHOAM_DISCOVER_F
AIL
ETHOAM_RMT_CRIT_FA
ULT
OOP
EX_ETHOAM_CC_LOS
EX_ETHOAM_MPID_CNF
LCT
FCS_ERR FLOW_OVER
FPGA_ABN HARD_BAD HP_LOM
LOOP_ALM LP_RDI_VC12 LP_RDI_VC3
LP_REI_VC12 LP_REI_VC3 LP_SLM_VC12
LP_SLM_VC3 LP_TIM_VC12 LP_TIM_VC3
LP_UNEQ_VC12 LP_UNEQ_VC3 LPT_RFI
NO_BD_SOFT T_LOSEX TEMP_OVER
TR_LOC TU_AIS_VC12 TU_AIS_VC3
131
VCAT_SQM_VC3 VCTRUNK_NO_FLOW

6.2.75 N3EGS2
COMMUN_FAIL ETH_CFM_LOC ETH_CFM_MISMERGE
ETH_CFM_RDI ETH_CFM_UNEXPERI ETH_LOS
ETH_NO_FLOW ETHOAM_DISCOVER_F
AIL
ETHOAM_RMT_CRIT_FA
ULT
ETHOAM_RMT_LOOP ETHOAM_RMT_SD ETHOAM_SELF_LOOP
ETHOAM_VCG_SELF_L
OOP
LCT
FCS_ERR FLOW_OVER FPGA_ABN
HARD_BAD HP_LOM LASER_MOD_ERR
LINK_ERR LOOP_ALM LP_RDI_VC12
LP_SLM_VC12 LP_SLM_VC3 LP_TIM_VC12
LP_TIM_VC3 LP_UNEQ_VC12 LP_UNEQ_VC3
LPT_RFI LSR_NO_FITED LSR_WILL_DIE
LTEMP_OVER MOD_TYPE_MISMATCH NO_BD_SOFT
PORT_MODULE_OFF-
LINE
IN_PWR_HIGH IN_PWR_LOW
OUT_PWR_HIGH OUT_PWR_LOW T_LOSEX
TD TEMP_OVER TF
132
VCAT_SQM_VC3 VCTRUNK_NO_FLOW

6.2.76 N3EGS4
ALM_GFP_dCSF ALM_GFP_dLFD ETHOAM_RMT_SD
B3_SD_VC4 B3_EXC_VC4 B3_SD_VC3
BIP_SD BD_STATUS BIP_EXC
ETH_LOS BOOTROM_BAD COMMUN_FAIL
FLOW_OVER EX_ETHOAM_CC_LOS EX_ETHOAM_MPID_CNFL
CT
HP_CROSSTR FPGA_ABN HARD_BAD
LCAS_PLCT LASER_MOD_ERR LCAS_PLCR
LINK_ERR LCAS_TLCR LCAS_TLCT
LP_RDI LOOP_ALM LP_CROSSTR
LP_REI_VC3 LP_RDI_VC3 LP_REI
LP_TIM LP_SLM LP_SLM_VC3
LP_UNEQ_VC3 LP_TIM_VC3 LP_UNEQ
LSR_WILL_DIE LPT_RFI LSR_NO_FITED
OUT_PWR_HIGH LTEMP_OVER NO_BD_SOFT
IN_PWR_LOW OUT_PWR_LOW IN_PWR_HIGH
TD ETHOAM_DISCOVER_F
AIL
ETHOAM_RMT_CRIT_FAU
LT
TU_AIS TEMP_OVER TF
TU_LOP_VC3 TU_AIS_VC3 TU_LOP
VCAT_LOM_VC12 VC3_CROSSTR VCAT_LOA
VCAT_SQM_VC12 VCAT_LOM_VC3 VCAT_LOM_VC4
VCAT_SQM_VC3 VCAT_SQM_VC4 ETHOAM_RMT_LOOP
W_R_FAIL DLAG_PROTECT_FAIL VCTRUNK_NO_FLOW
133
OOP
ETH_NO_FLOW
LAG_PORT_FAIL T_LOSEX TR_LOC
SWDL_PKG_NOBD-
SOFT

6.2.77 N3SL16
C2_PDI COMMUN_FAIL FPGA_ABN
CHIP_FAIL HP_LOM HP_RDI
FSELECT_STG HP_SLM HP_TIM
HP_REI IN_PWR_ABN J0_MM
HP_UNEQ LASER_SHUT LOOP_ALM
LASER_MOD_ERR LP_RDI_VC3 LP_REI_VC12
LP_TIM_VC12 LSR_COOL_ALM LSR_NO_FITED
LSR_WILL_DIE NO_BD_SOFT OH_LOOP
MS_REI R_LOS POWER_ABNORMAL
OUT_PWR_ABN SPARE_PATH_ALM R_LOC
R_LOF TC_EXC T_LOSEX
SLAVE_WORKING TC_ODI TC_INCAIS
134
TC_DEG TC_REI TC_OEI
TC_LTC TEM_HA TC_TIM
TC_RDI TEST_STATUS TEM_LA
TC_UNEQ TU_AIS_VC12 TF
TEMP_OVER TU_LOP_VC3 TU_AIS_VC3
TR_LOC PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM W_R_FAIL
TU_LOP_VC12 SWDL_PKG_NOBDSOFT PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST
PATCH_ERR TIME_NOT_SUPPORT PS

6.2.78 N3SL16A
C2_PDI COMMUN_FAIL FPGA_ABN
CHIP_FAIL HP_LOM HP_RDI
FSELECT_STG HP_SLM HP_TIM
HP_REI IN_PWR_ABN J0_MM
HP_UNEQ LASER_SHUT LOOP_ALM
LASER_MOD_ERR LP_RDI_VC3 LP_REI_VC12
LP_TIM_VC12 LSR_COOL_ALM LSR_NO_FITED
LSR_WILL_DIE NO_BD_SOFT OH_LOOP
135
MS_REI R_LOS POWER_ABNORMAL
OUT_PWR_ABN SPARE_PATH_ALM R_LOC
R_LOF TC_EXC T_LOSEX
SLAVE_WORKING TC_ODI TC_INCAIS
TC_DEG TC_REI TC_OEI
TC_LTC TEM_HA TC_TIM
TC_RDI TEST_STATUS TEM_LA
TC_UNEQ TU_AIS_VC12 TF
TEMP_OVER TU_LOP_VC3 TU_AIS_VC3
TR_LOC PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM W_R_FAIL
TU_LOP_VC12 SWDL_PKG_NOBDSOFT PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST
PATCH_ERR TIME_NOT_SUPPORT PS

6.2.79 N3SLQ41
ALM_AU3UNEQ AU_AIS AU_LOP
B1_EXC B1_SD B2_EXC
C2_PDI BIP_EXC BIP_SD
COMMUN_FAIL C2_VCAIS CHIP_ABN
HP_LOM FPGA_ABN FSELECT_STG
HP_SLM HP_RDI HP_REI
IN_PWR_ABN HP_TIM HP_UNEQ
LASER_SHUT J0_MM LASER_MOD_ERR
LP_SLM_VC3 LOOP_ALM LP_SLM_VC12
LP_UNEQ_VC12 LP_TIM_VC12 LP_TIM_VC3
LSR_NO_FITED LP_UNEQ_VC3 LSR_COOL_ALM
136
MS_RDI LSR_WILL_DIE MS_AIS
PATCH_ERR MS_REI NO_BD_SOFT
R_LOF OH_LOOP OUT_PWR_ABN
T_LOSEX PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST
TC_INCAIS POWER_ABNORMAL PS
TC_OEI R_LOS SLAVE_WORKING
TC_TIM TC_DEG TC_EXC
TEM_LA TC_LTC TC_ODI
TF TC_RDI TC_REI
TU_AIS_VC12 TC_UNEQ TEM_HA
TU_LOP_VC3 TEMP_OVER TEST_STATUS
LP_RDI_VC3 SPARE_PATH_ALM TR_LOC
SWDL_PKG_NOBD-
SOFT
TU_AIS_VC3 TU_LOP_VC12
R_OOF R_LOC LP_RDI_VC12
BIP8_ECC LP_REI_VC12 LP_REI_VC3
AU_CMM MOD_TYPE_MISMATCH LSR_INVALID
CHIP_FAIL W_R_FAIL TIME_NOT_SUPPORT

6.2.80 N3SLO1
ALM_AU3UNEQ AU_AIS AU_LOP
B1_EXC B1_SD B2_EXC
C2_PDI BIP_EXC BIP_SD
COMMUN_FAIL C2_VCAIS CHIP_ABN
HP_LOM FPGA_ABN FSELECT_STG
137
HP_SLM HP_RDI HP_REI
IN_PWR_ABN HP_TIM HP_UNEQ
LASER_SHUT J0_MM LASER_MOD_ERR
LSR_COOL_ALM LP_UNEQ_VC12 LP_UNEQ_VC3
MS_AIS LSR_NO_FITED LSR_WILL_DIE
NO_BD_SOFT MS_RDI MS_REI
OUT_PWR_ABN PATCH_ERR OH_LOOP
PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST R_LOC PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM
PS SLAVE_WORKING POWER_ABNORMAL
R_LOS TC_EXC R_LOF
TC_DEG TC_ODI T_LOSEX
TC_LTC TC_REI TC_INCAIS
TC_RDI TEM_HA TC_OEI
TC_UNEQ TEST_STATUS TC_TIM
TEMP_OVER TU_AIS_VC12 TEM_LA
TR_LOC TU_LOP_VC3 TF
TU_LOP_VC12 LSR_INVALID TU_AIS_VC3
MOD_TYPE_MIS-
MATCH
AU_CMM SWDL_PKG_NOBDSOFT
R_OOF W_R_FAIL SPARE_PATH_ALM
BIP8_ECC CHIP_FAIL TIME_NOT_SUPPORT

6.2.81 N4EFS0
ETHOAM_DISCOVER_FAI
L
138
ETHOAM_RMT_CRIT_FA
ULT
ETHOAM_SELF_LOOP ETHOAM_VCG_SELF_LOO
P
FLOW_OVER FPGA_ABN FCS_ERR
HP_LOM LAG_FAIL HARD_BAD
LCAS_PLCR LASER_MOD_ERR LCAS_FOPT
LCAS_TLCT LCAS_FOPR LCAS_TLCR
LP_REI_VC12 LCAS_PLCT LOOP_ALM
LP_SLM_VC3 LP_RDI_VC12 LINK_ERR
LP_UNEQ_VC12 LP_REI_VC3 LP_RDI_VC3
LSR_NO_FITED LP_TIM_VC12 LP_SLM_VC12
NO_BD_SOFT LP_UNEQ_VC3 LP_TIM_VC3
SUM_INPWR_HI LSR_WILL_DIE LPT_RFI
SUM_OUTPWR_LOW SLAVE_WORKING LTEMP_OVER
TF SUM_INPWR_LOW SUBCARD_ABN
TU_AIS_VC3 T_LOS SUM_OUTPWR_HI
VCAT_LOA TPS_ALM TD
VCAT_LOM_VC3 TU_LOP_VC12 TU_AIS_VC12
TR_LOC VCAT_LOM_VC12 TU_LOP_VC3
T_LOSEX EX_ETHOAM_CC_LO
S
EX_ETHOAM_MPID_CNFL
CT
PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM ALM_GFP_dCSF PATCH_ERR
PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST SWDL_PKG_NOBD-
SOFT

6.2.82 N4EGS4
ALM_GFP_dCSF ALM_GFP_dLFD AU_AIS
AU_LOP B3_EXC_VC3 B3_EXC_VC4
B3_SD_VC3 B3_SD_VC4 BD_STATUS
BIP_EXC BIP_SD BOOTROM_BAD
COMMUN_FAIL DLAG_PROTECT_FAIL ETH_CFM_LOC
139
ETH_LOS ETH_NO_FLOW ETHOAM_DISCOVER_FA
IL
ETHOAM_RMT_CRIT_FA
ULT
OOP
EX_ETHOAM_CC_LOS
EX_ETHOAM_MPID_CNF
LCT
FCS_ERR FLOW_OVER
FPGA_ABN HARD_BAD HP_CROSSTR
HP_LOM HP_RDI HP_REI
IN_PWR_HIGH IN_PWR_LOW LAG_PORT_FAIL
LP_CROSSTR LP_RDI LP_RDI_VC3
LP_REI LP_REI_VC3 LP_SLM
LP_SLM_VC3 LP_TIM LP_TIM_VC3
LP_UNEQ LP_UNEQ_VC3 LPT_RFI
LSR_NO_FITED LSR_WILL_DIE LTEMP_OVER
MOD_TYPE_MISMATCH NO_BD_SOFT OUT_PWR_HIGH
OUT_PWR_LOW PORT_MODULE_OFF-
LINE
T_LOSEX
TD TEMP_OVER TF
TR_LOC TU_AIS TU_AIS_VC3
TU_LOP TU_LOP_VC3 VC3_CROSSTR
VCAT_SQM_VC4 VCTRUNK_NO_FLOW W_R_FAIL

6.2.83 N5EFS0
140
BIP_SD COMMUN_FAIL ETH_CFM_LOC
ETH_LOS ETH_NO_FLOW ETHOAM_DISCOVER_FA
IL
ETHOAM_RMT_CRIT_FA
ULT
OOP
EX_ETHOAM_CC_LOS
EX_ETHOAM_MPID_CNF
LCT
FCS_ERR FLOW_OVER
FPGA_ABN HARD_BAD HP_LOM
LSR_WILL_DIE LTEMP_OVER NO_BD_SOFT
SUBCARD_ABN IN_PWR_HIGH IN_PWR_LOW
OUT_PWR_HIGH OUT_PWR_LOW T_LOSEX
TD TEMP_OVER TF
VCAT_SQM_VC12 VCAT_SQM_VC3 VCTRUNK_NO_FLOW

6.2.84 ODU
BD_STATUS CONFIG_NOSUPPORT HARD_BAD
IF_INPWR_ABN LOOP_ALM
POWER_ABNORMA
L
141
RADIO_MUTE RADIO_RSL_HIGH RADIO_RSL_LOW
RADIO_TSL_HIGH RADIO_TSL_LOW TEMP_ALARM

6.2.85 Q1PIU
BD_STATUS POWER_ABNORMAL

6.2.86 Q1PIUA
BD_STATUS POWER_ABNORMAL

6.2.87 Q1SAP
ALM_HANGUP BD_STATUS CHIP_ABN
COMMUN_FAIL FPGA_ABN HARD_BAD
NO_BD_SOFT POWER_ABNORMAL RELAY_ALARM_MA-
JOR
RELAY_ALARM_CRITI-
CAL
RELAY_ALARM_IG-
NORE
TEST_STATUS
RELAY_ALARM_MINOR TEMP_OVER TR_LOC
SWDL_PKG_NOBDSOFT

6.2.88 Q2CXL1
ECXL
APS_FAIL APS_INDI BD_STATUS
CHIP_FAIL BUS_ERR CHIP_ABN
EXT_SYNC_LOS CLK_NO_TRACE_MODE COMMUN_FAIL
HSC_UNAVAIL FPGA_ABN HARD_BAD
LPS_UNI_BI_M K1_K2_M K2_M
NO_BD_SOFT LTI MS_APS_INDI_EX
142
OTH_HARD_FAIL OOL OTH_BD_STATUS
SWITCH_DISABLE POWER_ABNORMAL S1_SYN_CHANGE
SYNC_F_M_SWITCH SYN_BAD SYNC_C_LOS
TEST_STATUS SYNC_LOCKOFF TEMP_OVER
W_OFFLINE W_R_FAIL TIME_NOT_SUPPORT
TIME_NO_TRACE_MOD
E
TIME_LOS TIME_FORCE_SWITCH
EXT_TIME_LOC NP1_SW_INDI NP1_SW_FAIL
RPS_INDI SERVCHIP_ABN

GSCC
APS_MANUAL_STOP BD_AT_LOWPOWER BD_NOT_INSTALLED
BD_STATUS BOOTROM_BAD CFCARD_FAILED
CFCARD_OFFLINE CFCARD_W_R_DISABLED COMMUN_FAIL
DBMS_ERROR DBMS_PROTECT_MODE DCC_CHAN_LACK
FPGA_ABN HARD_BAD HSC_UNAVAIL
MSSW_DIFFERENT NE_POWER_OVER NESF_LOST
NESTATE_INSTALL LAN_LOC PATCH_ERR
PATCH_PKGERR PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST
POWER_ABNORMAL POWER_FAIL REG_MM
RINGMAPM_MM RTC_FAIL SECU_ALM
SQUTABM_MM SWDL_ACTIVATED_TIME-
OUT
SWDL_AUTOMATCH_IN
H
SWDL_INPROCESS SWDL_CHGMNG_NO-
MATCH
SWDL_COMMIT_FAIL
SWDL_NEPKGCHECK TEMP_OVER SWDL_ROLLBACK_FAIL
SYNC_FAIL BIOS_STATUS WRG_BD_TYPE
CFCARD_FULL PATCH_DEACT_TIMEOUT NP1_MANUAL_STOP
PATCH_ACT_TIME-
OUT
STORM_CUR_QUENUM_O
VER
LCS_DAYS_OF_GRACE
LCS_EXPIRED LCS_FILE_NOT_EXIST SYSLOG_COMM_FAIL
143
SEC_RADIUS_FAIL NE_CFG_CONFLICT PASSWORD_NEED_CHA
NGE
SSL_CERT_NOENC

Q1SL1
AU_LOP B1_EXC B1_SD
B2_EXC B2_SD B3_EXC
B3_SD BD_STATUS C2_VCAIS
BIP8_ECC C2_PDI FPGA_ABN
CHIP_FAIL COMMUN_FAIL HP_RDI
FSELECT_STG HP_LOM HP_TIM
HP_REI HP_SLM J0_MM
HP_UNEQ IN_PWR_ABN LOOP_ALM
LASER_MOD_ERR LASER_SHUT LSR_WILL_DIE
LSR_COOL_ALM LSR_NO_FITED MS_REI
MS_AIS MS_RDI OH_LOOP
NO_BD_SOFT R_LOF POWER_ABNORMAL
OUT_PWR_ABN SLAVE_WORKING R_LOS
R_LOC TEM_HA SPARE_PATH_ALM
R_OOF TF TEM_LA
T_LOSEX PS TR_LOC
TEST_STATUS W_R_FAIL MOD_TYPE_MISMATCH

6.2.89 Q2CXL4
ECXL
144
TIME_NO_TRACE_MOD
E

GSCC
OUT
SWDL_AUTOMATCH_IN
H
MATCH
SWDL_COMMIT_FAIL
PATCH_ACT_TIME-
OUT
STORM_CUR_QUENUM_O
VER
LCS_DAYS_OF_GRACE
145
NGE
SSL_CERT_NOENC

Q1SL4
AU_LOP B1_EXC B1_SD
B2_EXC B2_SD B3_EXC
HP_REI HP_SLM J0_MM
R_OOF TF TEM_LA
T_LOSEX PS TR_LOC

6.2.90 Q2CXL16
ECXL
146
TIME_NO_TRACE_MOD
E

GSCC
OUT
SWDL_AUTOMATCH_IN
H
MATCH
SWDL_COMMIT_FAIL
147
PATCH_ACT_TIME-
OUT
STORM_CUR_QUENUM_O
VER
LCS_DAYS_OF_GRACE
NGE
SSL_CERT_NOENC

Q1SL16
AU_LOP B1_EXC B1_SD
B2_EXC B2_SD B3_EXC
HP_REI HP_SLM J0_MM
R_OOF TF TEM_LA
T_LOSEX PS TR_LOC

6.2.91 Q2SAP
ALM_HANGUP BD_STATUS CHIP_ABN
COMMUN_FAIL FPGA_ABN HARD_BAD
148
NO_BD_SOFT POWER_ABNORMAL RELAY_ALARM_MA-
JOR
RELAY_ALARM_CRITI-
CAL
RELAY_ALARM_IG-
NORE
TEST_STATUS
RELAY_ALARM_MINOR TEMP_OVER TR_LOC
PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST PATCH_ERR
SWDL_PKG_NOBDSOFT

6.2.92 Q3CXL1
ECXL
TIME_NO_TRACE_MOD
E

GSCC
149
OUT
SWDL_AUTOMATCH_IN
H
MATCH
SWDL_COMMIT_FAIL
PATCH_ACT_TIME-
OUT
STORM_CUR_QUENUM_O
VER
LCS_DAYS_OF_GRACE
NGE
SSL_CERT_NOENC

Q1SL1
AU_LOP B1_EXC B1_SD
B2_EXC B2_SD B3_EXC
HP_REI HP_SLM J0_MM
150
R_OOF TF TEM_LA
T_LOSEX PS TR_LOC

6.2.93 Q3CXL4
ECXL
TIME_NO_TRACE_MOD
E

GSCC
151
OUT
SWDL_AUTOMATCH_IN
H
MATCH
SWDL_COMMIT_FAIL
PATCH_ACT_TIME-
OUT
STORM_CUR_QUENUM_O
VER
LCS_DAYS_OF_GRACE
NGE
SSL_CERT_NOENC

Q1SL4
AU_LOP B1_EXC B1_SD
B2_EXC B2_SD B3_EXC
HP_REI HP_SLM J0_MM
152
R_OOF TF TEM_LA
T_LOSEX PS TR_LOC

6.2.94 Q3CXL16
ECXL
TIME_NO_TRACE_MOD
E

GSCC
153
OUT
SWDL_AUTOMATCH_IN
H
MATCH
SWDL_COMMIT_FAIL
PATCH_ACT_TIME-
OUT
STORM_CUR_QUENUM_O
VER
LCS_DAYS_OF_GRACE
NGE
SSL_CERT_NOENC

Q1SL16
AU_LOP B1_EXC B1_SD
B2_EXC B2_SD B3_EXC
HP_REI HP_SLM J0_MM
154
R_OOF TF TEM_LA
T_LOSEX PS TR_LOC

6.2.95 Q5CXLLN
ECXL (a backplane of the previous version)
TIME_NO_TRACE_MOD
E

155
UCXL (a backplane of the later version)
HARD_BAD EXT_TIME_LOC FPGA_ABN
K2_M HSC_UNAVAIL K1_K2_M
MS_APS_INDI_EX LPS_UNI_BI_M LTI
NP1_SW_INDI NO_BD_SOFT NP1_SW_FAIL
PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM OOL PATCH_ERR
PRBS_TEST PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST POWER_ABNORMAL
SYN_BAD RPS_INDI S1_SYN_CHANGE
SYNC_LOCKOFF SYNC_C_LOS SYNC_F_M_SWITCH
TIME_FORCE_SWITCH TEMP_OVER TEST_STATUS
W_OFFLINE TIME_LOS TIME_NO_TRACE_MOD
E
TIME_NOT_SUPPORT SERVCHIP_ABN

GSCC
OUT
SWDL_AUTOMATCH_IN
H
MATCH
SWDL_COMMIT_FAIL
156
PATCH_ACT_TIME-
OUT
STORM_CUR_QUENUM_O
VER
LCS_DAYS_OF_GRACE
NGE
SSL_CERT_NOENC

Q2SLN
R_LOS R_LOF R_LOF
R_LOC B1_EXC B1_SD
J0_MM B2_EXC B2_SD
MS_AIS MS_RDI MS_REI TF
IN_PWR_ABN OUT_PWR_ABN LSR_WILL_DIE
LSR_COOL_ALM TEM_HA TEM_LA
LASER_MOD_ERR LASER_SHUT LSR_NO_FITED
TEST_STATUS ALM_ALS TC_DEG
FSELECT_STG OH_LOOP TC_EXC
TC_LTC NO_BD_SOFT TC_INCAIS
TC_RDI TC_ODI TC_OEI
TC_UNEQ TC_REI TC_TIM
TR_LOC ALM_AU3AIS ALM_AU3B3OVER
BD_STATUS T_LOSEX COMMUN_FAIL
ALM_AU3RDI ALM_AU3B3SD POWER_ABNORMAL
ALM_AU3TIM ALM_AU3REI ALM_AU3LOP
AU_LOP ALM_AU3UNEQ ALM_AU3SLM
HP_UNEQ HP_TIM AU_AIS
B3_EXC HP_RDI HP_SLM
C2_PDI B3_SD HP_REI
157
HP_LOM FPGA_ABN C2_VCAIS
LP_REI_VC12 LOOP_ALM SLAVE_WORKING
LP_UNEQ_VC12 LP_SLM_VC12 LP_RDI_VC12
BIP_SD TU_AIS_VC12 LP_TIM_VC12
LP_RDI_VC3 BIP_EXC TU_LOP_VC12
LP_TIM_VC3 LP_REI_VC3 TEMP_OVER
TU_LOP_VC3 LP_UNEQ_VC3 LP_SLM_VC3
PS B3_EXC_VC3 TU_AIS_VC3
R_OOF MOD_TYPE_MISMATCH B3_SD_VC3
BIP8_ECC AU_CMM LSR_INVALID
SPARE_PATH_ALM W_R_FAIL CHIP_FAIL
TIME_NOT_SUPPORT

6.2.96 Q5CXLQ41
ECXL (a backplane of the previous version)
TIME_NO_TRACE_MOD
E

158
UCXL (a backplane of the later version)
HARD_BAD EXT_TIME_LOC FPGA_ABN
K2_M HSC_UNAVAIL K1_K2_M
MS_APS_INDI_EX LPS_UNI_BI_M LTI
NP1_SW_INDI NO_BD_SOFT NP1_SW_FAIL
PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM OOL PATCH_ERR
PRBS_TEST PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST POWER_ABNORMAL
SYN_BAD RPS_INDI S1_SYN_CHANGE
SYNC_LOCKOFF SYNC_C_LOS SYNC_F_M_SWITCH
TIME_FORCE_SWITCH TEMP_OVER TEST_STATUS
W_OFFLINE TIME_LOS TIME_NO_TRACE_MOD
E
TIME_NOT_SUPPORT SERVCHIP_ABN

GSCC
OUT
SWDL_AUTOMATCH_IN
H
MATCH
SWDL_COMMIT_FAIL
159
PATCH_ACT_TIME-
OUT
STORM_CUR_QUENUM_O
VER
LCS_DAYS_OF_GRACE
NGE
SSL_CERT_NOENC

Q2SLQ41
R_LOS R_LOF R_LOF
R_LOC B1_EXC B1_SD
J0_MM B2_EXC B2_SD
MS_AIS MS_RDI MS_REI TF
IN_PWR_ABN OUT_PWR_ABN LSR_WILL_DIE
LSR_COOL_ALM TEM_HA TEM_LA
LASER_MOD_ERR LASER_SHUT LSR_NO_FITED
TEST_STATUS ALM_ALS TC_DEG
FSELECT_STG OH_LOOP TC_EXC
TC_LTC NO_BD_SOFT TC_INCAIS
TC_RDI TC_ODI TC_OEI
TC_UNEQ TC_REI TC_TIM
TR_LOC ALM_AU3AIS ALM_AU3B3OVER
BD_STATUS T_LOSEX COMMUN_FAIL
ALM_AU3RDI ALM_AU3B3SD POWER_ABNORMAL
ALM_AU3TIM ALM_AU3REI ALM_AU3LOP
AU_LOP ALM_AU3UNEQ ALM_AU3SLM
HP_UNEQ HP_TIM AU_AIS
B3_EXC HP_RDI HP_SLM
C2_PDI B3_SD HP_REI
160
HP_LOM FPGA_ABN C2_VCAIS
LP_REI_VC12 LOOP_ALM SLAVE_WORKING
LP_UNEQ_VC12 LP_SLM_VC12 LP_RDI_VC12
BIP_SD TU_AIS_VC12 LP_TIM_VC12
LP_RDI_VC3 BIP_EXC TU_LOP_VC12
LP_TIM_VC3 LP_REI_VC3 TEMP_OVER
TU_LOP_VC3 LP_UNEQ_VC3 LP_SLM_VC3
PS B3_EXC_VC3 TU_AIS_VC3
R_OOF MOD_TYPE_MISMATCH B3_SD_VC3
BIP8_ECC AU_CMM LSR_INVALID
SPARE_PATH_ALM W_R_FAIL CHIP_FAIL
TIME_NOT_SUPPORT

6.2.97 R1EFT4
ETH_LOS EX_ETHOAM_CC_LO
S
EX_ETHOAM_MPID_CNF
LCT
CREASED
LCAS_FOPR
LP_UNEQ_VC3 LPT_INEFFECT LPT_RFI
PATCH_ERR PATCH_NOT_CON-
FIRM
PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST
MSSW_DIFFERENT NO_BD_SOFT SLAVE_WORKING
161
TU_LOP_VC12 TU_LOP_VC3 T_LOSEX
TR_LOC VCAT_LOA VCAT_LOM_VC12
W_R_FAIL ETH_NO_FLOW SWDL_PKG_NOBDSOFT

6.2.98 R1PD1
E1_LOC LP_RDI LOOP_ALM
NO_BD_SOFT SLAVE_WORKING POWER_ABNORMAL
PS T_ALOS SPARE_PATH_ALM
SUBCARD_ABN TPS_ALM T_LOSEX
TEST_STATUS TU_LOP TR_LOC
TU_AIS PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM UP_E1_AIS
SWDL_PKG_NOBD-
SOFT

6.2.99 R1PL1
BIP_EXC BD_STATUS BIP_SD
E1_LOC LOOP_ALM LP_RDI
NO_BD_SOFT PLL_FAIL POWER_ABNORMAL
PS SLAVE_WORKING SPARE_PATH_ALM
162
T_ALOS T_LOSEX TEST_STATUS
TR_LOC TU_AIS TU_LOP
UP_E1_AIS V5_VCAIS PATCH_ERR
PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST SWDL_PKG_NOBDSOFT

6.2.100 R1SL1
AU_LOP B1_EXC B1_SD
B2_EXC B2_SD B3_EXC
B3_SD BD_STATUS BDID_ERROR
BIP8_ECC B3_EXC_VC3 B3_SD_VC3
BIP_EXC BIP_SD C2_PDI
C2_VCAIS CHIP_FAIL COMMUN_FAIL
FPGA_ABN FSELECT_STG HP_LOM
HP_TIM HP_UNEQ IN_PWR_ABN
J0_MM LASER_MOD_ERR LASER_SHUT
LP_UNEQ_VC3 LSR_COOL_ALM LSR_NO_FITED
MS_REI NO_BD_SOFT NO_LSR_PARA_FILE
OH_LOOP OUT_PWR_ABN PATCH_ERR
PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST PLL_FAIL
POWER_ABNORMAL R_LOC R_LOF
R_LOS R_OOF SLAVE_WORKING
SPARE_PATH_ALM T_LOSEX TEM_HA
TEM_LA TEST_STATUS TF
163
TU_LOP_VC12 TU_LOP_VC3 W_R_FAIL
LP_RDI_VC3 PS SWDL_PKG_NOBDSOFT
MOD_TYPE_MIS-
MATCH

6.2.101 R1SL4
AU_LOP B1_EXC B1_SD
B2_EXC B2_SD B3_EXC
B3_SD BD_STATUS B3_SD_VC3
BIP8_ECC B3_EXC_VC3 C2_PDI
BIP_EXC BIP_SD COMMUN_FAIL
C2_VCAIS CHIP_FAIL HP_LOM
FPGA_ABN FSELECT_STG HP_SLM
HP_RDI HP_REI IN_PWR_ABN
HP_TIM HP_UNEQ LASER_SHUT
J0_MM LASER_MOD_ERR LP_REI_VC12
LP_REI_VC3 LP_SLM_VC12 LP_UNEQ_VC12
LP_TIM_VC12 LP_TIM_VC3 LSR_NO_FITED
LP_UNEQ_VC3 LSR_COOL_ALM MS_RDI
LSR_WILL_DIE MS_AIS PATCH_ERR
MS_REI NO_BD_SOFT R_LOF
OH_LOOP OUT_PWR_ABN SLAVE_WORKING
PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST TEM_HA
POWER_ABNORMAL R_LOC TF
R_LOS R_OOF TU_AIS_VC3
SPARE_PATH_ALM T_LOSEX W_R_FAIL
TEM_LA TEST_STATUS LP_RDI_VC3
TR_LOC TU_AIS_VC12 PS
164
TU_LOP_VC12 TU_LOP_VC3 SWDL_PKG_NOBDSOFT
MOD_TYPE_MIS-
MATCH

6.2.102 R1SLD4
AU_LOP B1_EXC B1_SD
B2_EXC B2_SD B3_EXC
165
MOD_TYPE_MIS-
MATCH

6.2.103 R1SLQ1
AU_LOP B1_EXC B1_SD
B2_EXC B2_SD B3_EXC
MOD_TYPE_MIS-
MATCH

166
6.2.104 R2PD1
CHIP_FAIL BIP_EXC BIP_SD
DOWN_E1_AIS C2_VCAIS CHIP_ABN
LMFA COMMUN_FAIL CRC4_ERR_OVER
LP_RDI LOOP_ALM LFA
LP_SLM LP_REI LP_RFI
LP_UNEQ NO_BD_SOFT LP_TIM
P_LOF P_RAI P_AIS
POWER_ABNORMAL SLAVE_WORKING SUBCARD_ABN
T_ALOS T_LOSEX TEMP_OVER
TU_AIS TU_LOP UP_E1_AIS
V5_VCAIS PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST PATCH_ERR

6.2.105 TN11OBU1
BD_STATUS COMMUN_FAIL DSP_LOAD_FAIL
HARD_BAD HARD_ERR IN_PWR_HIGH
IN_PWR_LOW MUT_LOS NO_BD_PARA
NO_BD_SOFT NO_ELABEL OA_LOW_GAIN
PUM_BCM_ALM PUM_TEM_ALM PUMP_COOL_EXC
TEMP_OVER PATCH_ERR PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM
PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST SWDL_PKG_NOBDSOFT
167
7 Common Alarm Handling
About This Chapter
This topic introduces the common methods used for handling alarms.
Common Alarm Handling Process
Abide by the following principles when handling alarms:
l Handle the root alarms first and then the non-root alarms.
According to the relation of common alarms, handle the root alarms caused by a fault or
an abnormal event first. Then, handle the non-root alarms caused by the root alarms.
l Check the NMS first and then the NE; check the external factors and then the internal
factors.
On the NMS, remotely check and analyze the alarms and performance events on the
equipment. Then, check the configuration and operations on the NE. Afterwards, check the
links between NEs. Finally, check the hardware of the NE on site.
l Check the common causes and then the special causes.
According to the experience in handling alarms and the information about other alarms,
check the common causes of the alarms, and then the special causes.
l Check the software first and then the hardware.
If the alarm is caused by the fault of the equipment, reset the board to rectify the software
fault and then replace the board to rectify the hardware fault.
Common Causes of Alarms
The external factors, such as the operation environment, voltage of power supply, grounding of
the equipment, and heat dissipation, may cause various alarms that are reported transiently,
occasionally, and even regularly. The alarms include HARD_BAD, COMMUN_FAIL,
BD_STATUS, R_LOS, POWER_ABNORMAL, and error alarms. These factors should be
considered as common causes when you handle alarms.
l Operation environment
Alarms and Performance Events Reference 7 Common Alarm Handling
168
In the telecommunications room, the temperature and humidity do not meet the
requirements for long-time and short-time operations. For example, the environment is not
clean or the ventilation is poor.
l Voltage of power supply
The voltage of power supply is not the DC that supports the normal operation of the
equipment. The voltage fluctuates sharply and is more than 20% of the normal value.
l Grounding
The grounding resistance of the equipment is higher than 1 ohm. Hence, the equipment can
be easily damaged by lightening.
l Heat dissipation
The heat dissipation of the equipment is poor. For example, the exhaust vents are blocked,
the air filter is dirty, and the fans work abnormally.
For specific requirements on the operation environment, see "Operation Environment
Requirements" in the Installation Guide.
Precautions
CAUTION
The operations of reseating a board and performing a cold reset mentioned in this document
cause service interruptions. If the services are not protected, implement the operations with
caution.
CAUTION
Performing a self-loop for the first VC-4 path may affect the ECC communication. Thus, try to
avoid looping back the service of the first VC-4 path. If the loopback method cannot be used to
locate the fault, modify the configuration or use the substitution method to locate the fault.
All the fault locating methods have advantages and disadvantages. The maintenance personnel
should use various methods to handle the alarm. For common fault handling methods, see
"Common Methods of Locating Faults" in the Troubleshooting.
NOTE
l The alarm parameters listed in this document are those displayed on the NMS. When you browse an
alarm on the NMS, select the alarm. In the Alarm Details field, the related parameters of the alarm
are displayed.
l If the methods provided in this document cannot clear the alarm, contact Huawei technical support
engineers to handle the alarm.
7.1 ALM_GFP_dCSF
7.2 ALM_GFP_dLFD
7.3 APS_FAIL
7.4 APS_INDI
169
7.5 AU_AIS
7.6 AU_LOP
7.7 B1_SD
7.8 B2_SD
7.9 B3_SD
7.10 B3_EXC
7.11 BIP_SD
7.12 B1_EXC
7.13 B2_EXC
7.14 BIP_EXC
7.15 BD_STATUS
7.16 BUS_ERR
7.17 COMMUN_FAIL
7.18 DOWN_E1_AIS
7.19 ETH_LOS
7.20 ETH_CFM_LOC
7.21 ETH_CFM_MISMERGE
7.22 ETH_CFM_RDI
7.23 ETH_CFM_UNEXPERI
7.24 EXT_SYNC_LOS
7.25 FAN_FAIL
7.26 FCS_ERR
7.27 HARD_BAD
7.28 HP_LOM
7.29 HP_RDI
7.30 HP_SLM
7.31 HP_TIM
7.32 HP_UNEQ
7.33 HSC_UNAVAIL
7.34 IN_PWR_ABN
7.35 IN_PWR_HIGH
7.36 IN_PWR_LOW
7.37 J0_MM
170
7.38 LAG_FAIL
7.39 LAG_PORT_FAIL
7.40 LINK_ERR
7.41 LP_RDI
7.42 LP_UNEQ
7.43 LPT_INEFFECT
7.44 LPT_RFI
7.45 LSR_WILL_DIE
7.46 LTI
7.47 MS_AIS
7.48 MS_RDI
7.49 OOL
7.50 P_LOS
7.51 POWER_ABNORMAL
7.52 POWER_FAIL
7.53 R_LOF
7.54 R_OOF
7.55 R_LOS
7.56 SLAVE_WORKING
7.57 SYN_BAD
7.58 SUBCARD_ABN
7.59 TEMP_ALARM
7.60 TEMP_OVER
7.61 TF
7.62 T_LOSEX
7.63 TU_AIS
7.64 TU_LOP
7.65 UP_E1_AIS
7.66 W_R_FAIL
171
7.1 ALM_GFP_dCSF
Description
The ALM_GFP_dCSF is an alarm indicating the loss of GFP client signal. When the source end
cannot receive the client signal, it sends the management frame to the sink end. When the sink
end receives the management frame, the ALM_GFP_dCSF alarm is reported.
Attribute
Alarm Severity Alarm Type
Critical Communication alarm
Parameters
When you view an alarm on the network management system, select the alarm. In the Alarm
Details field display the related parameters of the alarm. The alarm parameters are in the
following format: Alarm Parameters (hex): parameter1 parameter2...parameterN. For details
about each parameter, refer to the following table.
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the logical port.The value is always 0x01.
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates the number of the VCTRUNK where the alarm occurs.
Parameter 2: 0x00
Parameter 3: 0x01-0x40 (1-64)
Impact on the System
During data transmission, the source end cannot receive the client signal. The services lose
packets or are interrupted.
Common Fault Symptom
NOTE
If this section does not describe the common fault symptom or if the actual fault symptom is not contained
in the description of the common fault symptom, handle the ALM_GFP_dCSF alarm by following the
steps provided in Handling Procedure.
Table 7-1 lists the common fault symptoms of the ALM_GFP_dLFD alarm.
172
Table 7-1 Common fault symptoms of the ALM_GFP_dCSF alarm
Common Fault Symptom Possible Cause
A board at the source end reports an alarm (such
as ETH_LOS or LINK_ERR) indicating the
signals are lost.
Cause 1: The physical link at the source
end is faulty, or the optical/electrical
signals are lost.
A board at the source end reports an alarm (such
as the LSR_NO_FITED alarm) associated with
an optical module.
Cause 2: The interface module at the
source end is incorrect. For example, the
optical module is absent or does not
match, the interface is faulty, or the board
is faulty.

Possible Causes
The possible causes of the ALM_GFP_dCSF alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: The physical link at the source end is faulty, or the optical/electrical signals are
lost.
Figure 7-1 ALM_GFP_dCSF alarm detection 1
NE2 (Sink end)
ALM_GFP_dCSF
E
U
X
C
S
L
U
E
U
X
C
S
L
U
NE1 (Source end)
Failed to receive signals due to
the failure of the physical link
Transmission of
management frames
SDH
network
Ethernet
network
Ethernet
network
Inter-
connected
equipment
LU: Line unit
EU: Ethernet unit
XCS: Cross-connect unit
Direction of the Signal
Inter-
connected
equipment

l Cause 2: The interface module at the source end is incorrect. For example, the optical
module is absent or does not match, the interface is faulty, or the board is faulty.
NE2 (Sink end)
ALM_GFP_dCSF
E
U
X
C
S
L
U
E
U
X
C
S
L
U
NE1 (Source end)
Failed to receive signals due to
the incorrect interface module
Transmission of
management frames
SDH
network
Ethernet
network
Ethernet
network
Inter-
connected
equipment
LU: Line unit
EU: Ethernet unit
Inter-
connected
equipment
173

l Cause 2: The board that reports the alarm is faulty.
Inter-
connected
equipment
NE2 (Sink end)
ALM_GFP_dCSF
E
U
X
C
S
L
U
E
U
X
C
S
L
U
NE1 (Source end)
SDH
network
Ethernet
network
Ethernet
network
LU: Line unit
EU: Ethernet unit
Inter-
connected
equipment

Procedure
Step 1 Check the alarm on the NMS. Determine the board and port that report the alarm according to
the alarm parameters. For details, see Viewing the Current Alarms in the Supporting Tasks.
Step 2 Cause 1: The physical link at the source end is faulty, or the optical/electrical signals are lost.
1. Check whether the physical link at the source end of the VCTRUNK where the uplink
service is configured is normal. As shown in Figure 7-1, perform the following operations
according to the port type of the Ethernet unit on NE1.
If... Then...
The port of the Ethernet unit is an optical port Go to the next step.
The port of the Ethernet unit is an electrical port Go to Step Step 2.7.
2. Check whether the bending radius of the fiber jumper is within the specified range. If the
bending radius is less than 6 cm, spool the fiber jumper again. Check whether the alarm is
cleared.
3. Check the fiber between the optical port on the Etherenet board at the source end is
connected correctly to the interconnected equipment. If the connection is incorrect, connect
the optical port on the Etherenet board at the source end to the corresponding port of the
interconnected equipment according to the actual network.
4. Check whether the fiber connector is connected properly.
If... Then...
The fiber connector is loose Connect the fiber connector properly.
Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the
alarm persists, go to the next step.
174
If... Then...
The fiber connector is connected properly Go to the next step.
5. Check whether the fiber connector is dirty. For details, see Checking the Optical Fiber
Connector in the Supporting Tasks.
If... Then...
The fiber connector is dirty Clean the optical connector immediately. For details on
how to clean the fiber connectors, see the Supporting
Task.
l Using the Fiber Cleaner to Clean the Optical Fiber
Connector
l Using the Lens Tissue to Clean the Optical Fiber
Connector
l Using the Dust-Free Cotton Bar to Clean the Optical
Fiber Adapter
Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists,
go to the next step.
The fiber connector is clean Go to the next step.
6. Check whether the cable is pressed, damaged, peeled off, aged, or cut. If the fiber is faulty,
replace the fiber. Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, go to Step Step
3.
7. Check the fiber between the electrical port on the Ethernet board at the source end is
connected correctly to the interconnected equipment. If the connection is incorrect, connect
the electrical port on the Ethernet board at the source end to the corresponding port of the
interconnected equipment according to the actual network. Check whether the alarm is
cleared.
8. If the alarm persists, check whether the cable is grounded properly, and check whether the
cable and its connector are damaged. If the cable is faulty, replace the cable. Check whether
the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, go to Step Step 3.2.
Step 3 Cause 2: The interface module at the source end is incorrect. For example, the optical module
is absent or does not match, the interface is faulty, or the board is faulty.
1. As shown in Figure 7-2, check whether the interface module at the source end works
normally.
If... Then...
A board at the source end reports an alarm
(such as LASER_MOD_ERR alarm)
associated with an optical module
Clear the alarm immediately. Check
whether the ALM_GFP_dCSF alarm is
cleared. If the alarm persists, go to the
next step.
No alarm is reported Go to the next step.
2. Replace the corresponding board at the source end. If the board supports the pluggable
optical module, replace the pluggable optical module. For details, see Replacing a
175
Pluggable Optical Module in the Parts Replacement. Otherwise, replace the faulty board.
For details, see Replacing Boards Onsite in the Supporting Tasks.
3. Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, go to Step Step 4.
Step 4 Cause 2: The board that reports the alarm is faulty.
1. Replace the board that reports the alarm. For details, see Replacing an Ethernet Board in
the Parts Replacement.
2. Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, contact Huawei technical support
----End
Related Information
None.
7.2 ALM_GFP_dLFD
Description
The ALM_GFP_dLFD is an alarm indicating that the generic framing procedure (GFP) frame
is out of frame. This alarm occurs when the GFP state machine escapes from the SYNC state,
and is cleared when the state machine enters the SYNC state again.
Attribute
Major Communication alarm
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the ID of the logical port, and the value is always 0.
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicate the VCTRUNK number where the alarm occurs. Parameter
2 indicates the most significant byte (MSB) and Parameter 3
indicates the least significant byte (LSB).
During data transmission, if the board fails to align the GFP frame, the services are interrupted.
The services are interrupted unidirectionally on certain boards such as the N2EFS4 and N4EFS0.
176
l If the number of uplink timeslots at the local end is more than the number of downlink
timeslots at the opposite end, the services that are transmitted from the local end to the
opposite end are interrupted.
l If the number of uplink timeslots at the local end is less than the number of downlink
timeslots at the opposite end, the services that are transmitted from the local end to the
opposite end are not interrupted.
NOTE
If the possible causes do not correspond to any symptoms, or the symptoms are not listed in this topic,
handle the alarm according to the handling procedures.
Table 7-2 lists the common fault symptoms of the ALM_GFP_dLFD alarm.
Table 7-2 Common fault symptoms of the ALM_GFP_dLFD alarm
The alarms related to errors and optical power and
the performance events related to errors occur in
the service transmission line.
Cause 2: The performance of the service
transmission line degrades.

Possible Causes
The possible causes of the ALM_GFP_dLFD alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: The settings of timeslots and other parameters of the VCTRUNKs at both ends
are inconsistent.
l Cause 2: The performance of the service transmission line degrades.
l Cause 3: A certain board is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 Check the alarm on the NMS. Determine the VCTRUNK ID according to the alarm parameter.
For details, see Viewing the Current Alarms in the Supporting Tasks.
Step 2 Cause 1: The settings of timeslots and other parameters of the VCTRUNKs at both ends are
inconsistent.
1. Check whether the number of uplink (or downlink) timeslots bound with the VCTRUNK
at the local end is consistent with the number of downlink (or uplink) timeslots bound with
the VCTRUNK at the opposite end.
177
If... Then...
The number of timeslots at the local end is
inconsistent with the number of
corresponding timeslots at the opposite
end
Increase or decrease Number of Bound
Paths as required to ensure the
consistency. For details, see Configuring
the Internal Port on an Ethernet Board in
the Feature Description. Check whether
the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists,
The number of timeslots at the local end is
consistent with the number of
corresponding timeslots at the opposite
end
Go to the next step.
2. Select the relevant NE. Choose Configuration > SDH Service Configuration from the
Function Tree.
3. Check whether the number of timeslots bound with the VCTRUNK is consistent with the
settings of the cross-connections.
If... Then...
The number of timeslots bound with the
VCTRUNK is inconsistent with the
settings of the cross-connections
Reset the number of timeslots bound with
the VCTRUNK or cross-connections.
The number of timeslots bound with the
VCTRUNK is consistent with the settings
of the cross-connections
4. Check whether the service levels of the SDH cross-connections are the same at both ends.
If the service level of the SDH cross-connections at the local end is VC-3 and the service
level of the SDH cross-connections at the opposite end is VC-4, the ALM_GFP_dLFD
alarm is reported. Thus, you need to reconfigure the cross-connect service level in the case
of the inconsistency.
Step 3 Cause 2: The performance of the service transmission line degrades.
1. The performance of the transmission line degrades if the fiber connector is loose or dirty,
the fiber or cable is faulty, or the components for the transmission are not in good contact.
Check whether the alarms related to errors and optical power and the performance events
related to errors occur in the service transmission line.
If... Then...
The BIP_EXC, BIP_SD, B3_EXC, B3_SD,
HPBBE, LPBBE, or IN_PWR_ABN
occurs
Take priority to clear the preceding alarms
or performance events. Check whether the
alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, go
to Step Step 4.
178
If... Then...
The preceding alarms or performance
events do not occur
Go to Step Step 4.
Step 4 Cause 3: A certain board is faulty.
1. If the Ethernet board works with an interface board, replace the interface board first. If the
board does not work with an interface board, replace the board directly. For details, see
Replacing an Ethernet Board in the Parts Replacement.
----End
Related Information
Cell Delimitation State Machine
The cell delimitation state machine is available in three states: HUNT, PRESYNC, and SYNC.
In the HUNT state, the state machine hunts the position of delimitating cells in the BYTE BY
BYTE manner. After finding a correct HCS, the state machine changes to the PRESYNC state.
In the PRESYNC state, the state machine locks the position of delimitating cells. After
consecutively receiving DELTA correct HCS cells, the state machine changes to the SYNC state.
In this case, the cell boundary is found. In the PRESYNC state, after receiving an incorrect HCS
cell, the state machine returns to the HUNT state. In the SYNC state, after consecutively
receiving ALPHA incorrect HCS cells, the state machine changes to the HUNT state. Otherwise,
it keeps in the SYNC state, as shown in the following figure.
7.3 APS_FAIL
179
Description
The APS_FAIL is an alarm indicating the APS protection switching failure. This alarm is
reported when the MSP switching fails.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the type of the MSP group in which protection switching occurs.
l 0x01: Linear MSP group
l 0x02: Ring MSP group
Parameter 2 Indicates the MSP group ID.
The services cannot be switched. If the current paths are not available, the services are
interrupted.
NOTE
in the description of this section, handle the APS_FAIL alarm by following the steps provided in Handling
Procedure.
None.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the APS_FAIL alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: The MSP configuration is incorrect.
l Cause 2: The MSP node configuration is lost.
l Cause 3: The service board is faulty.
l Cause 4: The configuration data of the SCC board is different from the configuration data
of the cross-connect board.
180
l Cause 5: The MSP protocol types are different from each other.
Procedure
Step 1 Check the alarm on the NMS, and then determine the type and ID of the protection group where
the alarm is generated according to the alarm parameters. For details, see Viewing the Current
Alarms in the Supporting Tasks.
Step 2 Cause 1: The MSP configuration is incorrect.
1. Choose Service > SDH Protection Subnet > Verify Networkwide MS Parameters from
the Main Menu.
2. If the check of the MSP parameters fails, check whether the MSP parameters on the SCC
board of each NE are set correctly. In the case of linear MSP, check the parameters such
as the protection group ID, protection scheme, and revertive mode. In the case of ring MSP,
check the parameters such as the protection group ID, local node ID, east adjacent node
ID, and west adjacent node ID.
If... Then...
The parameters are set incorrectly Set the parameters correctly. For details, see
Setting Protection Subnet Parameters in the
Configuration Guide.
Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm
persists, go to the next step.
The parameters are set correctly Go to the next step.
3. Check whether the MSP configuration of each NE on the ring and physical connections are
correct. In the case of ring MSP, check the connection of the east and west fibers. In the
case of linear MSP, check the connections of the working and protection fibers.
If... Then...
The fiber is connected incorrectly Reconnect the fiber according to the actual
networking mode and configuration. Check
whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists,
go to Step Step 3.
The MSP configuration is incorrect Delete the protection subnetwork that is
configured incorrectly. For details, see
Modifying the Protection Subnet in the
After deleting the protection subnetwork that is
configured incorrectly, go to the next step.
4. Deliver the correct MSP configuration. Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm
persists, go to Step Step 3.
l For details on the ring MSP configuration, see Creating an MS Ring Protection Subnet
in the Configuration Guide.
181
l For details on the ring MSP configuration, see Creating a Linear MS Protection Subnet
in the Configuration Guide.
Step 3 Cause 2: The MSP node configuration is lost.
1. Check whether the contents of the network-wide MSP protocol are normal, such as the APS
parameter and status.
If... Then...
The switching protocol is abnormal.
For example, the switching protocol
cannot be normally started or
stopped, the switching cannot be
initiated, or the switching state is
incorrect.
Stop the switching protocol and then restart it.
l Restart the APS protocol for the ring MSP.
For details, see Creating an MS Ring
Protection Subnet in the Configuration
Guide.
l Restart the APS protocol for the linear MSP.
For details, see Creating a Linear MS
Protection Subnet in the Configuration
Guide.
The switching protocol is normal Go to Step Step 4.
Step 4 Cause 3: The service board is faulty.
1. Check whether the K byte pass-through function and automatic K byte reporting function
of each NE are normal. You can contact Huawei technical support engineers to test the K
byte and to analyze the MSP switching events.
NOTE
For the definition of the K byte in the case of linear MSP, see Basic Concepts in the Feature
Description. For the meanings of the K byte in the case of ring MSP, see Basic Concepts in the
Feature Description.
If... Then...
The service board is faulty Replace the service board. For details, see
Replacing an SDH Board in the Parts
Replacement.
The service board works normally Go to Step Step 5.
Step 5 Cause 4: The configuration data of the SCC board is different from the configuration data of the
cross-connect board.
1. In the case of the OptiX OSN equipment, the MSP protocol is implemented by the cross-
connect board. If the data on the SCC board is different from the data on the cross-connect
board, the MSP switching becomes abnormal. In this case, contact Huawei technical
support engineers to check whether the MSP node parameters of the cross-connect board
where the alarm is reported are the same as the parameters of the SCC board.
182
If... Then...
The MSP node parameters of the cross-connect board are
different from the parameters of the SCC board.
The MSP node parameters of the cross-connect board are the
same as the parameters of the SCC board
Go to Step Step 6.
2. Perform a warm reset on the cross-connect board. For details on how to perform a reset
operation, see Resetting Boards in the Supporting Tasks. Check whether the alarm is
cleared. If the alarm persists, go to Step Step 6.
Step 6 Cause 5: The MSP protocol types are different from each other.
1. In the Main Topology, select the NE. Right-click the NE and choose SDH Protection
Subnet > SDH Protection Subnet Management from the shortcut menu. On the SDH
Protection Subnet Management tab, query the parameters such as Consistent Status and
Protocol Type.
2. Check whether the protocol types specified for the nodes are consistent with each other. If
a new protocol is set for the active cross-connect board and an old protocol is set for the
standby cross-connect board, the MSP switching may be abnormal.
If... Then...
The protocol types are specified
incorrectly
Contact Huawei technical support
engineers to specify the protocol types again
to ensure consistency of all the nodes on the
same MSP ring network.
The protocol types are specified correctly Contact Huawei technical support
----End
Related Information
None.
7.4 APS_INDI
Description
The APS_INDI is an alarm indicating the APS state. This alarm is reported when the MSP is in
the switching state.
Attribute
183
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the type of the MSP group in which protection switching occurs.
l The APS_INDI alarm indicates the occurrence of a fiber cut or a terminal node failure,
which triggers the MSP switching.
l For a two-fiber ring MSP or a linear MSP, if a fiber cut or another fault occurs after the
occurrence of this alarm, the services are interrupted.
l During the switching time ( 50 ms), the services are interrupted. After the switching is
completed, the services are recovered.
NOTE
in the description of this section, handle the APS_INDI alarm by following the steps provided in Handling
Procedure.
None.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the APS_INDI alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: An external command is issued to initiate a switching (such as manual switching,
forced switching, exercise switching, and lockout of switching).
l Cause 2: There is an alarm (such as the R_LOS, R_LOF, MS_AIS, B2_EXC, or B2_SD
alarm) that triggers an automatic MSP switching.
l Cause 4: The cross-connect board is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 Check the alarm on the NMS, and then determine the type and ID of the protection group where
the alarm is generated according to the alarm parameters. For details, see Viewing the Current
Alarms in the Supporting Tasks.
Step 2 Cause 1: An external command is issued to initiate a switching (such as manual switching, forced
switching, exercise switching, and lockout of switching).
184
1. Check the switching state of the protection group. For details, see Querying and Clearing
the Switching Status in the Supporting Tasks.
If... Then...
The MSP is in a state of manual switching,
forced switching, exercise switching, or
lockout of switching
Clear the switching state. Check whether
the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists,
go to Step Step 3.
The MSP is not in any of the preceding
switching states
Go to Step Step 3.
Step 3 Cause 2: There is an alarm (such as the R_LOS, R_LOF, MS_AIS, B2_EXC, or B2_SD alarm)
that triggers an automatic MSP switching.
1. Check whether the protection group is in the automatic switching state.
If... Then...
The equipment reports the R_LOS,
R_LOF, MS_AIS or B2_EXC alarm
The MSP protection group changes to the
switching state and reports the APS_INDI
alarm. Clear the alarm immediately, and then
check whether the APS_INDI alarm is cleared.
If the APS_INDI alarm persists, go to the next
step.
The equipment reports the B2_SD
alarm
NOTE
The automatic MSP switching conditions
include the SF condition and SD condition.
By default, the B2_SD alarm is not a
trigger condition of MSP switchings, but
you can set the alarm to SD Condition.
After you enable the SD switching condition,
the SD alarm can trigger the MSP switching.
You can use any of the following methods to
clear the APS_INDI alarm.
l Disable the SD switching condition. For
details, see Setting Protection Subnet
Parameters in the Configuration Guide.
l Clear the B2_SD alarm immediately.
Check whether the APS_INDI alarm is
cleared. If the APS_INDI alarm persists, go to
the next step.
The MSP is not in any of the preceding
switching states
2. Check the method for setting the revertive mode of the protection group.
185
If... Then...
Revertive Mode is set to Revertive After the working path recovers, the services
can be switched automatically from the
protection path to the working path only when
the preset wait to restore (WTR) time expires.
After the switching is successful, the
APS_INDI alarm is cleared.
Wait for the MSP switching to be restored
automatically to the normal state, and then
check whether the APS_INDI alarm is
cleared. If the APS_INDI alarm persists, go
to Step Step 4.
Revertive Mode is set to Non-Revertive After the working path recovers, the services
are not switched automatically from the
protection path to the working path, and the
APS_INDI alarm persists.
To clear the APS_INDI alarm, switch the
services manually from the working path to
the protection path. Go to the next step.
3. In the NE Explorer, select the NE, and then choose Configuration > Linear MS or
Configuration > Ring MS from the Function Tree. In Slot Mapping Relation, select the
working unit or protection unit of a protection group. Right-click the working unit or
protection unit, and then choose the required switching from the short-cut menu.
4. After successful manual switching, check whether the APS_INDI alarm is cleared. If the
alarm persists, go to Step Step 4.
1. Check the service board of the MSP is faulty.
If... Then...
A service board reports an alarm
indicating that the board is faulty, for
example, the HARD_BAD alarm
Replace the corresponding service board.
For details, see Replacing Boards Onsite in
the Supporting Tasks.
A service board does not report an alarm
indicating that the board is faulty
Go to Step Step 5.
Step 5 Cause 4: The cross-connect board is faulty.
1. Check whether the cross-connect board where the alarm is reported is faulty.
186
If... Then...
A cross-connect board reports an alarm
indicating that the board is faulty, for
example, the CHIP_FAIL or HARD_BAD
alarm
Perform a warm reset on the cross-connect
board. For details on how to perform a
warm reset, see Resetting Boards in the
Supporting Tasks.
A cross-connect board does not report an
alarm indicating that its software or
hardware is faulty
2. Replace the corresponding cross-connect board. For details, see Replacing a CXL Board
in the Parts Replacement. Then, check whether alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists,
contact Huawei technical support engineers to handle the alarm.
----End
Related Information
Revertive Mode
The Revertive Mode field can be set to Revertive or Non-Revertive. Generally, it is
recommended that you set Revertive Mode to Revertive.
l If you set Revertive Mode to Revertive, the services are switched automatically from the
protection path to the working path after the working path recovers.
l If you set Revertive Mode to Non-Revertive, the services are not switched automatically
from the protection path to the working path after the working path recovers, and the
services are still transmitted over the protection path.
7.5 AU_AIS
Description
The AU_AIS is an alarm indication of the administrative unit (AU). This alarm occurs when the
optical interface on the local NE receives the AU pointer of all 1s.
Attribute
Parameters
187
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the actual ID of the port on the board.
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates the ID of the AU-4 path. Parameter 2 indicates the most
significant byte (MSB) and Parameter 3 indicates the least
significant byte (LSB).
For example, Parameter 1 = 0x01, Parameter 2 = 0x00, Parameter
3 = 0x01. The parameters indicate that the alarm is reported by
AU-4 path 1 at port 1 on the relevant board.
l Without the network protection, the services in the VC-4 path that reports the alarm are
interrupted.
l The AU_AIS alarm is reported on the downstream NEs.
NOTE
If this section does not describe the common fault symptom or the actual fault symptom is not contained
in the description of this section, handle the AU_AIS alarm by following the steps provided in Handling
Procedure.
Table 7-3 lists the common fault symptoms of the AU_AIS alarm.
Table 7-3 Symptoms of the AU_AIS alarm
The higher level alarms occur on the NE, such as
R_LOS, R_LOF, R_OOF, B1_EXC, and
B2_EXC.
Cause 1: The local NE inserts the AIS
alarm to the lower level circuit.
The higher level alarms listed in Table 7-4 occur
on the upstream NE.
Cause 2: The upstream NE inserts the AIS
alarm to the downstream NE.
The AU_AIS alarm is reported by all the VC-4
paths on multiple boards of the NE. The alarm
may be caused by the fault of the clock unit.
Cause 3: The transmit boards (including
the cross-connect and timing board) on
the upstream NE are faulty.

Possible Causes
The possible causes of the AU_AIS alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: The local NE inserts the AIS alarm to the lower level circuit.
l Cause 2: The upstream NE inserts the AIS alarm to the downstream NE.
188
Figure 7-4 Transparent transmission of the AU_AIS alarm
NE2
LU ...
NE1
(Source end of the VC4)
... LU LU
XCS
NE3
LU LU LU
Fiber
cut
R_LOS
Inserting
AIS to the
downstream
NEs
AU_AIS
The AU_AIS
alarm is
transparently
transmitted
along the VC-4
path to the
terminal of the
VC-4
AU_AIS
Direction of the VC-4 traffic
...
West East East West
NE(n)
(Sink end of the VC4)
LU: Line unit
XCS

l Cause 3: The transmit boards (including the cross-connect and timing board) on the
upstream NE are faulty.
l Cause 4: The receive boards on the local NE are faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 Cause 1: The local NE inserts the AIS alarm to the lower level circuit.
1. On the NMS, check whether any higher level alarm occurs on the local NE. As shown in
Figure 7-4, the east line board on NE2 reports the AU_AIS alarm. Thus, check whether
the west line board on NE2 reports a higher level alarm such as R_LOS. For details, see
Viewing the Current Alarms in the Supporting Tasks.
If... Then...
If the R_LOS, R_LOF, R_OOF,
B1_EXC, or B2_EXC alarm is reported
Clear the alarm immediately, and then check
whether the AU_AIS alarm is cleared. If the
AU_AIS alarm persists, go to Step Step 2.
None of the preceding alarms is
reported
Go to Step Step 2.
Step 2 Cause 2: The upstream NE inserts the AIS alarm to the downstream NE.
1. Check whether any higher level alarm occurs on the upstream NE according to the VC-4
service signal flow. As shown in Figure 7-4, if NEn reports the AU_AIS alarm, check
whether any higher level alarm occurs on the upstream NEs (NE
n-1
, ... NE2).
If... Then...
Any of the alarms listed in Table 7-4
occurs
whether the AU_AIS alarm is cleared. If the
AU_AIS alarm persists, go to Step Step 3.
189
If... Then...
None of the alarms listed in Table 7-4
occurs
Go to Step Step 3.
Step 3 Use the loopback method to locate the NE that first reports the AU_AIS alarm according to the
VC-4 service signal flow. For the loopback capabilities of the boards, see Loopback Capability
of the Boards in the Hardware Description.
CAUTION
A loopback causes service interruptions.
Figure 7-5 Locating the alarm by performing a loopback
Direction of the VC-4 traffic
NE4
LU LU XCS
...
LU
AU_AIS
1
NE5
(Sink end of the VC4)
1'
NE1
(Source end of the VC4)
LU
TU
East West
LU
3
NE3
Line
unit
XCS
2
LU
2'
NE2
LU XCS LU
West West West
West
East East East
LU: Line unit

1. As shown in Figure 7-5, if the local NE (NE5) reports the AU_AIS alarm, perform an
inloop for the relevant VC-4 path or optical interface on the transmit board (east line board)
of the opposite NE (NE4). For details on how to loop back a board, see the Supporting
Tasks.
l Setting a Loopback on an SDH Optical Interface Board
l Setting a Loopback on a PDH Electrical Interface Board
l Setting a Loopback on an Ethernet Port
l Setting a Loopback on an ATM Board Port
l Setting Loopback on the IF Board
2. Check whether the AU_AIS alarm is reported by the opposite NE after the loopback is
performed.
If... Then...
The AU_AIS alarm is reported by the
opposite NE
The alarm reported by the local NE is
inserted by the upstream NEs, such as NE1,
NE2, and NE3. Release the inloop, and go
to the next step.
190
If... Then...
The AU_AIS alarm is not reported by the
opposite NE
The fault is located on the receive board of
the local NE (for example, the west line
board on NE5) or the transmit board of the
opposite NE (for example, the east line
board on NE4). Release the inloop, and go
to Step Step 3.4.
3. According to the VC-4 service signal flow, perform an inloop for the relevant VC-4 path
on the east line board of the upstream NE. Then, check whether the upstream NE reports
the AU_AIS alarm.
If... Then...
The upstream NE reports the AU_AIS
alarm
The upstream NE and all the other upstream
NEs may be faulty.
Release the inloop and repeat the loopback
method to locate the NE that first reports the
AU_AIS alarm. Go to Step Step 4.
The upstream NE does not report the
AU_AIS alarm
The AU_AIS alarm is first reported by the
lower level NE of the upstream NE.
If NE2 does not report the AU_AIS alarm
after the inloop is performed, NE3 first
reports the AU_AIS alarm.
Release the inloop, and go to Step Step 4.
4. Perform a hardware inloop for the optical interface on the transmit board of the opposite
NE. For details, see Hardware Loopback in the Supporting Tasks. Check whether the
AU_AIS alarm is reported by the opposite NE after the loopback is performed.
CAUTION
A loopback causes service interruptions. In the case of a hardware inloop, the optical power
should not exceed the threshold. Add an optical attenuator to the optical interface according
to the optical power specifications of the board.
If... Then...
The AU_AIS alarm is reported by the
opposite NE
The east line board of the opposite NE is
faulty. The board first reports the AU_AIS
alarm.
191
If... Then...
The AU_AIS alarm is not reported by the
opposite NE
The west line board of the local NE is faulty.
Step 4 Locate the board that first reports the AU_AIS alarm.
If... Then...
The NE that first reports the AU_AIS alarm
is the source of SDH services. As shown in
Figure 7-5, NE1 is the source of SDH services
The west line board, east line board, and
cross-connect board of the NE may be faulty.
Go to Step Step 5.
is the sink of SDH services. As shown in
Figure 7-5, NE5 is the source of SDH services
The west line board of the NE is faulty. Go to
Step Step 6.
is not the source or sink of SDH services, for
example, NE2, NE3, or NE4
1. Perform an outloop for the west line board of the NE. Then, check whether the AU_AIS
alarm occurs on the NE.
If... Then...
The AU_AIS alarm occurs on the NE The west line board of the NE is faulty.
Release the outloop, and go to Step Step
5.
The AU_AIS alarm does not occur on the
NE
The east line board or cross-connect unit of
the NE is faulty.
Release the outloop, and go to Step Step
5.
Step 5 Cause 3: The transmit boards (including the cross-connect and timing board) on the upstream
NE are faulty.
1. Replace the transmit board that first reports the AU_AIS alarm on the NE. For details, see
Replacing Boards Onsite in the Supporting Tasks.
2. Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, replace the cross-connect and
timing board of the NE. For details, see Replacing a CXL Board in the Parts
Replacement.
Step 6 Cause 4: The receive boards on the local NE are faulty.
192
1. Replace the receive board that reports the alarm on the local NE. For details, see Replacing
Boards Onsite in the Supporting Tasks.
----End
Related Information
Table 7-4 Alarms that may cause the AU_AIS alarm
R_LOS R_LOF R_OOF
MS_AIS B1_EXC B1_SD
B2_EXC B2_SD AU_LOP
B3_EXC B3_SD HP_TIM
HP_LOM HP_SLM HP_UNEQ

7.6 AU_LOP
Description
The AU_LOP is an alarm indicating the loss of the AU pointer. This alarm occurs when the
optical interface of the local NE receives the AU pointers with NDF or of invalid values for eight
consecutive frames.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
193
Name Meaning
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates the ID of the AU-4 path. Parameter 2 indicates the most
significant byte (MSB) and Parameter 3 indicates the least
significant byte (LSB).
For example, Parameter 1 = 0x01, Parameter 2 = 0x00, and
Parameter 3 = 0x01. The parameters indicate that the AU_LOP
alarm is reported by optical interface 1 in path 1 of the relevant
board.
l When this alarm occurs, the services in the VC-4 path that reports the alarm are interrupted
if the services are not configured with network protection.
l After this alarm occurs, the system automatically returns the HP_RDI alarm to the opposite
NE by using the G1 byte, and the opposite NE reports the HP_RDI alarm.
NOTE
in the description of this section, handle the AU_LOP alarm by following the steps provided in Handling
Procedure.
Table 7-5 provides the details about the common fault symptom when the AU_LOP alarm
occurs.
Table 7-5 Symptoms of the AU_LOP alarm
The NE reports the AU_LOP alarm and the
multiplex section (MS) or regenerator section
(RS) alarms, such as B1_EXC, B1_SD,
B2_EXC, and B2_SD.
Cause 1: The local NE receives too many
errors.

Possible Causes
The possible causes of the AU_LOP alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: The local NE receives too many errors.
l Cause 2: The concatenation level of the service transmitted at the opposite end is different
from the concatenation level of the service to be received at the local end.
l Cause 3: The transmit boards (including the cross-connect and timing board) on the local
NE are faulty.
opposite NE are faulty.
194
Procedure
Step 1 Cause 1: The local NE receives too many errors.
1. Check whether the following error alarms are reported by the local NE:
l B1_EXC
l B1_SD
l B2_EXC
l B2_SD
2. If yes, clear these alarms before you proceed. Then check whether the AU_LOP alarm is
cleared. If the AU_LOP alarm persists or no error alarms are reported, go to Step Step 2.
Step 2 Cause 2: The concatenation level of the service transmitted at the opposite end is different from
the concatenation level of the service to be received at the local end.
1. Check whether the concatenation level of the service transmitted by the opposite NE is
consistent with the concatenation level of the receivable service at the local NE.
If... Then...
The service levels are inconsistent Reconfigure the service levels at both ends. Check
whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists,
go to Step Step 3.
The service levels are consistent Go to Step Step 3.
Step 3 Cause 3: The transmit boards (including the cross-connect and timing board) on the local NE
are faulty.
1. Perform loopbacks to locate the faulty board. For details, see the handling method of the
TU_AIS alarm.
2. If the receive board at the local end is faulty, perform a cold reset on the board by using
the NMS or reseat the board. For details on how to perform a cold reset on the board, see
Resetting Boards in the Supporting Tasks. For details on how to reseat the board, see
Removing the Boards in the Installation Guide and Installing the Boards in the Installation
Guide.
CAUTION
If the service on the board is not protected, a cold reset on the board causes service
interruptions.
3. Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, replace the receive board at the
local NE. For details, see Replacing Boards Onsite in the Supporting Tasks.
4. Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, perform a cold reset by using the
NMS or reinstall the cross-connect and timing board. For the operations on the NMS, see
Guide.
195
CAUTION
If there is no protection cross-connect board, performing a cold reset on the cross-connect
and timing board may cause service interruptions.
timing board on the local NE. For details, see Replacing a CXL Board in the Parts
Replacement.
Step 4 Cause 4: The transmit boards (including the cross-connect and timing board) on the opposite
NE are faulty.
TU_AIS alarm.
2. If the transmit board at the opposite end is faulty, perform a cold reset on the board by using
the NMS or reseat the board. For details on how to perform a cold reset on the board, see
Guide.
CAUTION
interruptions.
3. Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, replace the transmit board on the
opposite NE. For details, see Replacing Boards Onsite in the Supporting Tasks.
4. Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, perform a cold reset by using the
NMS or reseat the cross-connect and timing board on the opposite NE. For the operations
on the NMS, see Resetting Boards in the Supporting Tasks. For details on how to reseat
the board, see Removing the Boards in the Installation Guide and Installing the Boards in
the Installation Guide.
CAUTION
If there is no protection cross-connect board, performing a cold reset on the cross-connect
and timing board may cause service interruptions.
timing board on the opposite NE. For details, see Replacing a CXL Board in the Parts
Replacement.
6. Check whether the alarm is cleared. If not, contact Huawei technical support engineers to
handle the alarm.
----End
196
Related Information
The concatenation service levels include AU-3, VC-4, VC4-4c, VC4-8c, VC4-16c and VC4-64c.
NOTE
If the alarm is reported by an NE on the existing network, inform Huawei technical support engineers of
the alarm even if the alarm is cleared by using the previous methods.
7.7 B1_SD
Description
The B1_SD is an alarm indicating that the received signal degrades due to the excessive B1
errors (in the regenerator section). This alarm occurs when the board detects that the B1 errors
exceed the preset B1_SD alarm threshold (10
-6
by default) but do not reach the preset B1_EXC
alarm threshold (10
-3
by default).
NOTE
The alarm may be reported by the IF that works in PDH mode. This alarm is detected by using the self-
defined overhead byte B1 in PDH microwave frames.
Attribute
Minor Service alarm
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the ID of the port on the board. For example, 0x01
indicates that the alarm is reported by port 1 of the related board.
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicate the path ID. For example, in the case of Parameter 2 = 0x00
and Parameter 3 = 0x01, the alarm is reported by path 1 of the board.
The transmitted service degrades.
197
NOTE
in the description of this section, handle the B1_EXC alarm by following the steps provided in Handling
Procedure.
Table 7-6 lists the common faulty symptoms of the alarms related to B1, B2, and B3 errors.
Table 7-6 Symptoms of the alarms related to B1, B2, and B3 errors
Multiple NEs reports error alarms. In a period of
time, the NEs also report the alarms related to
temperature or fan failure, such as TEMP_OVER
and FAN_FAIL.
Cause 2: The external environment is
abnormal.
1. In a period of time, the NEs that report error
alarms and the downstream NEs report a large
number of performance events or alarms related
to pointer justifications, such as AUPJCHIGH
and SYN_BAD.
2. The boards on the local NE and the boards on
the opposite NE report B1 and B2 errors.
3. Multiple VC-4 paths on multiple boards report
the higher order error alarms.
Cause 7: The clock configuration is
incorrect or the performance of the
cross-connect and timing unit
deteriorates.
The error alarms are reported by certain VC-4 paths
on certain boards.
The board is faulty.

Possible Causes
The possible causes of the B1_SD alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: The error threshold is set incorrectly.
l Cause 2: The external environment is abnormal.
l Cause 3: The line performance deteriorates.
l Cause 4: The grounding is improper.
l Cause 5: The receive board on the local NE is faulty.
l Cause 6: The transmit board on the opposite NE is faulty.
l Cause 7: The clock configuration is incorrect or the performance of the cross-connect and
timing unit deteriorates.
Procedure
Step 1 Cause 1: The error threshold is set incorrectly.
1. Query the error threshold set on the board that reports the alarm. Increase the error threshold
according to the actual situation. For details, see Setting the Threshold for the Bit Error
Alarm in the Supporting Tasks.
198
Step 2 Cause 2: The external environment is abnormal.
1. Check the temperature in the telecommunications room, the air filter, and the fans. For
details, see the handling procedures of TEMP_OVER.
2. Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, check whether there is any
electromagnetic interference. For example, the electromagnetic interference may be caused
by electronic devices, unstable power supply, lightening, and high voltage transmission
lines. If any, take proper anti-interference measures and then check whether the alarm is
cleared.
3. If the alarm persists, handle the alarm according to the type of the board that reports the
alarm.
If... Then...
The alarm is reported by an SDH optical interface board
Go to Step Step 3.
The alarm is reported by an SDH electrical interface board
Go to Step Step 4.
The alarm is reported by an IF board
Go to Step Step 5.
Step 3 Cause 3: The line performance deteriorates. (SDH optical interface board)
1. On the NMS, check whether the transmit optical power of the opposite NE is within the
normal range. For details on the optical power of the board, see Specifications of the Boards
in the Technical Specifications Reference. For the operations on the NMS, see Querying
the Optical Power in the Supporting Tasks.
NOTE
You can obtain the manufacturer information about the optical module by referring to Querying the
Board Manufacturer Information Report in the Supporting Tasks or Bar Code in the Hardware
Description.
If... Then...
The transmit optical power is close to an abnormal value Go to Step Step 8.
The transmit optical power is normal Go to the next step.
2. On the NMS, check whether the transmit optical power of the local NE is within the normal
range.
If... Then...
The transmit optical power is beyond the normal range Go to Step Step 7.
The transmit optical power is within the normal range Go to the next step.
3. On the NMS, check whether the receive optical power of the local NE is within the normal
range.
199
If... Then...
The receive optical power is beyond the
normal range
Check the fiber connector and optical fiber
as follows
The receive optical power is within the
normal range
Go to Step Step 7.
4. Check whether the fiber connector is properly connected.
If... Then...
The fiber connector is loose Properly connect the fiber connector. Check
whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm
The fiber connector is properly
connected
5. Check whether the fiber connector is damaged. For details, see Checking the Optical Fiber
If... Then...
The fiber connector is dirty Clean the optical connector immediately. For details, see
Connector
Connector
Fiber Adapter
6. Check whether the bend radius of the fiber jumper is within the normal range and whether
the optical fiber is pressed or damaged, or peels off. If the bend radius is less than 6 cm,
roll the fiber jumper again. If the fiber is faulty, replace the fiber. Check whether the alarm
is cleared.
7. If the alarm persists, check whether the optical interface board matches the type of the
optical fiber. If yes, the over low sensitivity, over high dispersion, or distortion may cause
errors.
If... Then...
The optical interface board does not
match the type of the optical fiber
Replace the fiber or line board as required.
Check whether the alarm is cleared.
200
If... Then...
The optical interface board matches the
type of the optical fiber
8. If the alarm persists, go to Step Step 6.
Step 4 Cause 3: The line performance deteriorates. (SDH electrical interface board)
1. Exchange the cables that are possibly faulty in the receive and transmit directions to locate
the fault.
If... Then...
The errors vary with the change of the cable Go to the next step.
The errors do not vary with the change of the cable Go to Step Step 6.
2. Check whether the cable is grounded properly and whether the cable connector and cable
are damaged. If the cable is faulty, replace the cable. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
If not, go to Step Step 6.
Step 5 Cause 3: The line performance deteriorates. (IF board)
1. On the NMS, check whether the MW_FEC_UNCOR or RPS_INDI alarm occurs. If the
alarm occurs, clear the alarm first.
2. Check whether the alarm is cleared. If not, go to Step Step 6.
Step 6 Cause 4: The grounding is improper.
1. Check whether the equipment is properly grounded. For example, check whether the
protection grounding cable is loose and whether the cabinet is properly connected to the
grounding bar in the telecommunications room. In the case of any fault, improve the
grounding solution and ensure that the equipment is properly grounded.
Step 7 Cause 5: The receive board on the local NE is faulty.
1. Replace the optical module or board on the local NE. If the board supports the pluggable
timing board on the local NE. For details, see Step Step 9.
Step 8 Cause 6: The transmit board on the opposite NE is faulty.
1. Replace the optical module or board on the opposite NE. If the board supports the pluggable
timing board on the opposite NE. For details, see Step Step 9.
201
Step 9 Cause 7: The clock configuration is incorrect or the performance of the cross-connect and timing
unit deteriorates.
1. The clock sources of the local NE and opposite NE are asynchronous or interlocked, causing
errors and even service interruptions. If the NEs also report the performance events or
alarms related to pointer justifications, such as AUPJCHIGH, TUPJCHIGH, and
SYN_BAD, rectify the fault caused by clock configuration accordingly.
Replacement.
Replacement.
----End
Related Information
None.
7.8 B2_SD
Description
The B2_SD is an alarm indicating that the received signal degrades due to the excessive B2
errors (in the multiplex section). This alarm occurs when the board detects that the B2 errors
exceed the preset B2_SD alarm threshold (10
-6
by default) but do not reach the preset B2_EXC
alarm threshold (10
-3
by default).
Attribute
Minor Service alarm
Parameters
Name Meaning
202
Name Meaning
l The transmitted service degrades.
l After this alarm occurs, the system automatically returns the MS_REI alarm to the opposite
NE by using the M1 byte, and the opposite NE reports the MS_REI alarm.
NOTE
Procedure.
and FAN_FAIL.
abnormal.
and SYN_BAD.
deteriorates.
on certain boards.

Possible Causes
203
Procedure
cleared.
alarm.
If... Then...
Go to Step Step 3.
Go to Step Step 4.
Go to Step Step 5.
NOTE
Description.
If... Then...
range.
204
If... Then...
range.
If... Then...
normal range
as follows
normal range
Go to Step Step 7.
If... Then...
connected
If... Then...
Connector
Connector
Fiber Adapter
is cleared.
205
errors.
If... Then...
the fault.
If... Then...
206
unit deteriorates.
Replacement.
Replacement.
----End
Related Information
None.
7.9 B3_SD
Description
The B3_SD is an alarm indicating that the receive signal degrades due to the excessive B3 errors
(in the higher order path). This alarm occurs when the board detects that the B3 errors exceed
the preset B3_SD alarm threshold (10
-6
by default) but do not reach the preset B3_EXC alarm
threshold (10
-3
by default).
Attribute
Minor Service alarm
Parameters
207
Name Meaning
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates the ID of the AU-4 path.
For example, in the case of Parameter 2 = 0x00 and Parameter 3 =
0x01, the alarm is reported by AU-4 path 1 of the board.
l The services at the path level have errors.
l After this alarm occurs, the system automatically returns the HP_REI alarm to the opposite
NE by using the G1 byte, and the opposite NE reports the HP_REI alarm. If the system is
so configured that the AU_AIS alarm is inserted at the B3_SD alarm, the system
automatically returns the HP_RDI alarm to the opposite NE by using the G1 byte, and the
opposite NE reports the HP_RDI alarm.
NOTE
Procedure.
and FAN_FAIL.
abnormal.
and SYN_BAD.
deteriorates.
on certain boards.

208
Possible Causes
Procedure
cleared.
alarm.
If... Then...
Go to Step Step 3.
Go to Step Step 4.
Go to Step Step 5.
NOTE
Description.
209
If... Then...
range.
If... Then...
range.
If... Then...
normal range
as follows
normal range
Go to Step Step 7.
If... Then...
connected
210
If... Then...
Connector
Connector
Fiber Adapter
is cleared.
errors.
If... Then...
the fault.
If... Then...
211
unit deteriorates.
Replacement.
Replacement.
----End
Related Information
None.
212
7.10 B3_EXC
Description
The B3_EXC is an alarm indicating that the B3 errors in the signals received by the line crosses
the threshold. This alarm occurs when the line board detects that the error rate of the higher order
path (B3 errors) exceeds the threshold preset for the B3_EXC alarm (10
-3
by default).
Attribute
Major Service alarm
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates the ID of the AU-4 path.
For example, in the case of Parameter 2 = 0x00 and Parameter 3 =
0x01, the alarm is reported by AU-4 path 1 of the board.
l The services at the path level have errors.
l After this alarm occurs, the system automatically returns the HP_REI alarm to the opposite
NE by using the G1 byte, and the opposite NE reports the HP_REI alarm. If the system is
so configured that the AU_AIS alarm is inserted at the B3_EXC alarm, the system
automatically returns the HP_RDI alarm to the opposite NE by using the G1 byte, and the
opposite NE reports the HP_RDI alarm.
NOTE
Procedure.
213
and FAN_FAIL.
abnormal.
and SYN_BAD.
deteriorates.
on certain boards.

Possible Causes
The possible causes of the B3_EXC alarm are as follows:
Procedure
214
cleared.
alarm.
If... Then...
Go to Step Step 3.
Go to Step Step 4.
Go to Step Step 5.
NOTE
Description.
If... Then...
range.
If... Then...
range.
If... Then...
normal range
as follows
normal range
Go to Step Step 7.
215
If... Then...
connected
If... Then...
Connector
Connector
Fiber Adapter
is cleared.
errors.
If... Then...
the fault.
216
If... Then...
unit deteriorates.
Replacement.
217
Replacement.
----End
Related Information
None.
7.11 BIP_SD
Description
The BIP_SD is an alarm indicating that the signal degrades due to the excessive BIP errors. This
alarm is reported when the board detects that the BIP-2 errors (in byte V5) exceed the BIP_SD
alarm threshold (10
-6
by default) but does not reach the BIP_EXC alarm threshold (10
-3
by
default).
Attribute
Minor Service alarm
Parameters
218
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 In the case of the line board, indicates the ID of the optical interface
on the board.
l 0x40: The N2PQ1 board works in MUX/SERVER mode (E13/
M13 Function).
l 0x21: The R2PD1 board works in MUX/SERVER mode (E13/
M13 Function).
l 0x0d: The N2PQ3 board works in DEMUX/SERVER mode
(E13/M13 Function).
l 0x07: The N2PD3 board works in DEMUX/SERVER mode
(E13/M13 Function).
l 0x04: The N2PL3 or N2PL3A board works in DEMUX/
SERVER mode (E13/M13 Function).
For other tributary boards, the value is always 0x01.
For the Ethernet boards, the value is always 0x01.
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicate the path ID.
l In the case of the line board, indicates the ID of the AU-4 path.
l In the case of the tributary board, indicates the ID of the VC-12
path. For example, when Parameter 2 = 0x00 and Parameter 3
= 0x01, the BIP_SD alarm is reported by path 1 of the board.
Exception:
When the N2PQ1/R2PD1 board works in MUX mode, the ID of
the path is indicated from the value of 0x40. That is, 0x40 indicates
that the BIP_SD alarm occurs in VC-3 path 1.
For the Ethernet boards, indicates the number of the VC-12 order
path.
Parameter 4 Indicates the ID of the lower order path.
l In the case of the line board, Parameter 4 indicates the ID of the
VC-12 path. For example, Parameter 1 = 0x01, Parameter 2 =
0x00, Parameter 3 = 0x01. The parameters indicate that the
alarm is reported by VC-12 path 1 of the AU-4 path at port 1 on
the relevant board.
l In the case of the tributary board, Parameter 4 is meaningless.
l The services on the path that reports the alarm degrade.
l The system returns the LP_REI alarm to the opposite NE.
219
NOTE
in the description of this section, handle the BIP_EXC alarm by following the steps provided in Handling
Procedure.
Table 7-10 lists the common fault symptoms of the BIP_EXC alarm.
Table 7-10 Symptoms of the BIP_EXC alarm
The board reports the BIP_EXC and higher level
alarms including the alarms related to B1, B2,
and B3 errors.
Cause 1: The higher level error alarms are
reported by the system.
l In a period of time, the NEs that report error
alarms and the downstream NEs report a
large number of performance events or
alarms related to pointer justifications, such
as TUPJCHIGH and SYN_BAD.
l The tributary board on the local NE and the
tributary board of the downstream NE report
the path errors.
l Certain VC-12 paths on the local NE report
the lower path errors.
Cause 4: The performance of the cross-
connect unit degrades.
The error alarms are reported by certain VC-12
paths on certain boards.

Possible Causes
The possible causes of the BIP_SD alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: The higher level error alarms are reported by the system.
l Cause 4: The performance of the cross-connect unit degrades.
Procedure
Step 1 Cause 1: The higher level error alarms are reported by the system.
1. On the NMS, check whether any higher level error alarm occurs on the local NE. If the
l B1_EXC
l B1_SD
l B2_EXC
l B2_SD
220
l B3_EXC
l B3_SD
NOTE
Description.
If... Then...
If the transmit optical power on the opposite NE is abnormal
Go to Step Step 3.
The transmit optical power on the opposite NE is normal Go to the next step.
range.
If... Then...
The transmit optical power of is beyond the normal range Go to the next step.
The transmit optical power of is within the normal range Go to Step Step 3.
3. Perform a cold reset by using the NMS, or directly reseat the transmit board of the local
NE. For details on how to perform the cold reset, see Resetting Boards in the Supporting
Tasks. For details on how to reseat the board, see Removing the Boards in the Installation
Guide and Installing the Boards in the Installation Guide.
CAUTION
interruptions.
4. Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, replace the optical module or
board. If the board supports the pluggable optical module, replace the pluggable optical
module. For details, see Replacing a Pluggable Optical Module in the Parts
Replacement. Otherwise, replace the faulty board. For details, see Replacing Boards Onsite
in the Supporting Tasks.
1. Perform a cold reset by using the NMS, or directly reseat the transmit board of the opposite
NE. For the operations on the NMS, see Resetting Boards in the Supporting Tasks. For
221
details on how to reseat the board, see Removing the Boards in the Installation Guide and
Installing the Boards in the Installation Guide.
CAUTION
interruptions.
Step 4 Cause 4: The performance of the cross-connect unit degrades.
1. If the NEs report the performance events or alarms related to pointer justifications, such as
TUPJCHIGH and SYN_BAD, rectify the fault caused by clock configuration accordingly.
2. If the alarm persists, replace the cross-connect and timing board on the local NE. For details,
see Replacing a CXL Board in the Parts Replacement. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
3. If the alarm persists, replace the cross-connect and timing board on the opposite NE. For
details, see Replacing a CXL Board in the Parts Replacement. Check whether the alarm is
cleared.
4. If the alarm persists, contact Huawei technical support engineers to handle the alarm.
----End
Related Information
None.
7.12 B1_EXC
Description
The B1_EXC is an alarm indicating that the B1 errors in the signals received by the line crosses
the threshold. This alarm occurs when the line board detects that the error rate of the regenerator
section (B1 errors) exceeds the threshold preset for the B1_EXC alarm (10
-3
by default).
Attribute
Minor Service alarm
222
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the actual number of the optical interface on the board of
the local NE. For example, 0x01 indicates that the alarm is reported
by port 1 of the related board.
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicate the path ID. For example, Parameter 2 = 0x00 and
Parameter 3 = 0x01. The parameters indicate that the alarm is
reported by path 1 of the board.
l The transmitted service degrades seriously.
l The system automatically inserts the AU_AIS alarm in the cross-connection direction.
NOTE
Procedure.
and FAN_FAIL.
abnormal.
and SYN_BAD.
deteriorates.
on certain boards.

223
Possible Causes
Procedure
cleared.
alarm.
If... Then...
Go to Step Step 3.
Go to Step Step 4.
Go to Step Step 5.
NOTE
Description.
224
If... Then...
range.
If... Then...
range.
If... Then...
normal range
as follows
normal range
Go to Step Step 7.
If... Then...
connected
225
If... Then...
Connector
Connector
Fiber Adapter
is cleared.
errors.
If... Then...
the fault.
If... Then...
226
unit deteriorates.
Replacement.
Replacement.
----End
Related Information
None.
227
7.13 B2_EXC
Description
The B2_EXC is an alarm indicating that the multiplex section B2 bit errors in the signals received
by the line crosses the threshold. This alarm occurs when the line board detects that the error
rate of the multiplex section (B2 errors) exceeds the threshold preset for the B2_EXC alarm
(10
-3
by default).
Attribute
Major Service alarm
Parameters
Name Meaning
l The transmitted service degrades seriously.
l After this alarm occurs, the system automatically returns the MS_REI alarm to the opposite
NE by using the M1 byte, and the opposite NE reports the MS_REI alarm.
NOTE
Procedure.
228
and FAN_FAIL.
abnormal.
and SYN_BAD.
deteriorates.
on certain boards.

Possible Causes
Procedure
229
cleared.
alarm.
If... Then...
Go to Step Step 3.
Go to Step Step 4.
Go to Step Step 5.
NOTE
Description.
If... Then...
range.
If... Then...
range.
If... Then...
normal range
as follows
normal range
Go to Step Step 7.
230
If... Then...
connected
If... Then...
Connector
Connector
Fiber Adapter
is cleared.
errors.
If... Then...
the fault.
231
If... Then...
unit deteriorates.
Replacement.
232
Replacement.
----End
Related Information
None.
7.14 BIP_EXC
Description
The BIP_EXC is an alarm indicating that the BIP errors exceed the threshold. This alarm occurs
when the board detects that the number of BIP-2 errors (in byte V5) exceeds the preset BIP_EXC
alarm threshold (10
-3
by default).
Attribute
Minor Service alarm
Parameters
233
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the service mode of the board.
l 0x01: The transmitted services are conventional PDH services.
M13 Function).
M13 Function).
(E13/M13 Function).
(E13/M13 Function).
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicate the ID of the path that reports the alarm. Parameter 2
indicates the most significant byte (MSB) and Parameter 3 indicates
the least significant byte (LSB).
For example, when Parameter 2 = 0x00 and Parameter 3 = 0x01,
the BIP_EXC alarm is reported by path 1 of the board.
Exception:
that the BIP_EXC alarm occurs in VC-3 path 1.
path.
Parameter 4 Indicates the ID of the lower order path.
l In the case of the line board, Parameter 4 indicates the ID of the
VC-12 path. For example, Parameter 1 = 0x01, Parameter 2 =
0x00, Parameter 3 = 0x01. The parameters indicate that the
alarm is reported by VC-12 path 1 at port 1 on the relevant board.
l In the case of the tributary board, Parameter 4 is meaningless.
The VC-12 service degrades.
NOTE
in the description of this section, handle the BIP_EXC alarm by following the steps provided in Handling
Procedure.
234
Table 7-13 lists the common fault symptoms of the BIP_EXC alarm.
Table 7-13 Symptoms of the BIP_EXC alarm
The board reports the BIP_EXC and higher level
alarms including the alarms related to B1, B2,
and B3 errors.
Cause 1: The higher level error alarms are
reported by the system.
l In a period of time, the NEs that report error
alarms and the downstream NEs report a
large number of performance events or
alarms related to pointer justifications, such
as TUPJCHIGH and SYN_BAD.
l The tributary board on the local NE and the
tributary board of the downstream NE report
the path errors.
l Certain VC-12 paths on the local NE report
the lower path errors.
Cause 4: The performance of the cross-
connect unit degrades.
The error alarms are reported by certain VC-12
paths on certain boards.

Possible Causes
The possible causes of the BIP_EXC alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: The higher level error alarms are reported by the system.
l Cause 4: The performance of the cross-connect unit degrades.
Procedure
Step 1 Cause 1: The higher level error alarms are reported by the system.
1. On the NMS, check whether any higher level error alarm occurs on the local NE. If the
l B1_EXC
l B1_SD
l B2_EXC
l B2_SD
l B3_EXC
l B3_SD
235
NOTE
Description.
If... Then...
If the transmit optical power on the opposite NE is abnormal
Go to Step Step 3.
The transmit optical power on the opposite NE is normal Go to the next step.
range.
If... Then...
The transmit optical power of is beyond the normal range Go to the next step.
The transmit optical power of is within the normal range Go to Step Step 3.
3. Perform a cold reset by using the NMS, or directly reseat the transmit board of the local
NE. For details on how to perform the cold reset, see Resetting Boards in the Supporting
Tasks. For details on how to reseat the board, see Removing the Boards in the Installation
CAUTION
interruptions.
1. Perform a cold reset by using the NMS, or directly reseat the transmit board of the opposite
NE. For the operations on the NMS, see Resetting Boards in the Supporting Tasks. For
details on how to reseat the board, see Removing the Boards in the Installation Guide and
236
CAUTION
interruptions.
Step 4 Cause 4: The performance of the cross-connect unit degrades.
1. If the NEs report the performance events or alarms related to pointer justifications, such as
TUPJCHIGH and SYN_BAD, rectify the fault caused by clock configuration accordingly.
2. If the alarm persists, replace the cross-connect and timing board on the local NE. For details,
see Replacing a CXL Board in the Parts Replacement. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
3. If the alarm persists, replace the cross-connect and timing board on the opposite NE. For
cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
7.15 BD_STATUS
Description
The BD_STATUS is an alarm indicating that the physical board is not inserted into the relevant
slot. This alarm occurs when the user adds a board on the NMS, but the physical board is not
inserted into the relevant slot.
Attribute
Major Equipment alarm
Parameters
None.
237
The NE configuration cannot be delivered to the board. Thus, the services cannot be configured
successfully.
NOTE
in the description of this section, handle the BD_STATUS alarm by following the steps provided in
Handling Procedure.
Table 7-14 provides the details about the common fault symptom when the BD_STATUS alarm
occurs.
Table 7-14 Symptoms of the BD_STATUS alarm
l When the equipment is configured with an
extended subrack, the equipment reports the
Ext_COMM_FAIL alarm and multiple
processing boards on the extended subrack
reports the BD_STATUS alarm.
l When the equipment is configured with an
extended subrack, multiple processing
boards on the master and slave subracks
report the BD_STATUS and
COMMUN_FAIL alarms.
l Multiple boards (including the line boards,
data boards, and auxiliary boards) on the NE
report the BD_STATUS and
COMMUN_FAIL alarms.
Cause 1 (board): Other alarms trigger the
BD_STATUS alarm.
The PROG indicator on the board that reports
the alarm blinks green with a period of 600 ms
(300 ms off and 300 ms on) and then blinks green
with a period of 200 ms (100 ms off and 100 ms
on).
Cause 2: The board is in the reset state.
The IF board reports hardware alarms such as
HARD_BAD, IF_CABLE_OPEN, and
VOLT_LOS.
Cause 5 (ODU): Other alarms trigger the
BD_STATUS alarm.

Possible Causes
If the BD_STATUS alarm is reported on the board, the possible causes are as follows:
l Cause 1 (board): Other alarms trigger the BD_STATUS alarm.
1. When the equipment is configured with an extended subrack, there are bent pins on
the backplane in the AUX slot, XCE slot, and SCC slot of the extended subrack. The
fault of the XCE board causes the Ext_COMM_FAIL alarm.
238
2. When the equipment is configured with an extended subrack, the misconnection on
the master subrack and master subrack causes the COMMUN_FAIL alarm.
3. The COMMUN_FAIL occurs when the port on the SAP board that communicates
with the processing board becomes faulty.
l Cause 2: The board is in the reset state.
l Cause 3: The board is not inserted in the corresponding slot or the board and the backplane
is connected improperly.
l Cause 4: The board is faulty or the backplane has bent pins.
If the alarm is reported on the ODU, the possible causes are as follows:
l Cause 5 (ODU): Other alarms trigger the BD_STATUS alarm.
l Cause 6 (ODU): The ODU is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 Cause 1 (board): Other alarms trigger the BD_STATUS alarm.
1. On the NMS, check whether the relevant NE reports the COMMUN_FAIL or
Ext_COMM_FAIL alarm.
2. If yes, clear the alarm immediately. Then, check whether the BD_STATUS alarm is cleared.
If the BD_STATUS alarm persists or none of the preceding alarms is reported, go to Step
Step 2.
Step 2 Cause 2: The board is in the reset state.
1. Observe the indicator on the board or query the reset record of the board. Check whether
the board is in the reset state. For details about the meanings of board indicators, see Alarm
Indicators on the Boards in the Hardware Description. For details on how to query the reset
record, see Querying the Operation Log of the NMS in Supporting Tasks.
If... Then...
The board is in the reset state The reset is complete five minutes later. Check
whether the alarm is cleared.
The board is not in the reset state Go to Step Step 3.
Step 3 Cause 3: The board is not inserted in the corresponding slot or the board and the backplane is
connected improperly.
1. In the Main Topology, double-click the NE that reports the alarm. Then, the front panel is
displayed. Record the logical board type of the slot that reports the BD_STATUS alarm.
2. Check whether the physical board is inserted in the corresponding slot.
239
If... Then...
The physical board is not inserted Properly insert the physical board that corresponds
to the logical board type. For details, see Installing
the Boards in the Installation Guide.
The physical board is inserted Go to the next step.
3. Check whether the board is properly connected to the backplane.
If... Then...
The board is improperly connected to the
backplane
Reseat the board. For details, see Removing
the Boards in the Installation Guide and
Installing the Boards in the Installation
Guide.
The board is properly connected to the
backplane
Go to Step Step 4.
Step 4 Cause 4: The board is faulty or the backplane has bent pins.
1. Replace the board that reports the BD_STATUS alarm. For details, see Replacing Boards
Onsite in the Supporting Tasks. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
2. If the alarm persists, check whether the backplane has bent pins.
If... Then...
The backplane has bent pins Contact Huawei technical support engineers to repair the
bent pins. Then, reseat the board.
The backplane is normal Contact Huawei technical support engineers to handle
the alarm.
Step 5 Cause 5 (ODU): Other alarms trigger the BD_STATUS alarm.
1. On the NMS, check whether the HARD_BAD, IF_CABLE_OPEN, or VOLT_LOS alarm
is reported on the IF board.
2. If yes, clear the alarm immediately. Then, check whether the BD_STATUS alarm is cleared.
If the BD_STATUS alarm persists or none of the preceding alarms is reported, go to Step
Step 6.
Step 6 Cause 6 (ODU): The ODU is faulty.
1. Replace the ODU that reports the alarm. For details, see Replacing the ODU in the
Microwave User Guide.
240
----End
Related Information
None.
7.16 BUS_ERR
Description
The BUS_ERR is an alarm of bus errors. This alarm occurs when the cross-connect board detects
that the bus from the service board to the cross-connect board becomes abnormal.
Attribute
Critical Equipment alarm
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 By default, this parameter indicates the logical slot ID of the cross-connect boards
(including the extended slot).
If the value of Parameter 4 is 0x03, Parameter 1 indicates the ID of the higher
order cross-connect chip where the internal bus resides.
If the value of Parameter 1 is 0x12, Parameter 1 indicates the sequence number
of the cross-connect bus on the extended subrack.
Parameter 2 By default, this parameter indicates the sequence number of the faulty bus.
If the value of Parameter 4 is 0x03, Parameter 2 indicates the physical sequence
number of the internal bus in the chip.
241
Name Meaning
Parameter 3 In the case of cross-connect boards, different bits indicate different states that
the bus detects. If the bit corresponding to the parameter is 1, the state exists. If
the bit corresponding to the parameter is 0, the state does not exist.
The parameter indicates the following faults:
l Bit[0]: BUS_OOA.
l Bit[1]: BUS_OOF.
l Bit[2]: B1 errors.
l Bit[3]: FIFO overflow.
l Bit[4]: BUS_LOS.
Parameter 4 In the case of cross-connect boards, this parameter indicates the type of the
BUS_ERR alarm.
l 0x01: Type I BUS_ERR alarm, detected by one cross-connect board.
l 0x02: Type II BUS_ERR alarm, detected by active/standby cross-connect
boards through the handshake.
l 0x03: Type III BUS_ERR alarm, detected through the internal bus of the
Parameter 5 In the case of cross-connect boards, this parameter is meaningless.
l The services that travel along the faulty bus are interrupted or have errors.
l When BUS_ERR type III occurs, the relevant board is considered faulty.
l When BUS_ERR type II occurs, the working/protection switching is triggered.
NOTE
in the description of this section, handle the BUS_ERR alarm by following the steps provided in Handling
Procedure.
Table 7-15 lists the common fault symptoms of the BUS_ERR alarm.
242
Table 7-15 Symptoms of the BUS_ERR alarm
1. The cross-connect board reports the
BUS_ERR alarm. Parameter 1 indicates that
multiple service boards detect the fault of the
bus from the service boards to the cross-
connect board. The probability is low that all
the service boards are faulty. Thus, the cross-
connect may be faulty.
2. In this case, if Parameter 4 is 0x02, the
working and protection cross-connect boards
may be both faulty.
Cause 4: The cross-connect board is
faulty.
1. The cross-connect the BUS_ERR alarm
(Parameter 1 = 0x12, Parameter 3 = 0x04 or
0x06).
2. Generally, the HSC_UNAVAIL alarm is also
reported and Parameter 1 of the alarm is 0x04.
Cause 5: The electrical cable between the
extended subrack and master subrack is
faulty.

Possible Causes
The possible causes of the BUS_ERR alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: The software version of the service board does not match the software version of
the cross-connect board.
l Cause 2: The software version of the cross-connect board does not match the logical
version.
l Cause 4: The cross-connect board is faulty.
l Cause 5: The electrical cable between the extended subrack and master subrack is faulty.
l Cause 6: The backplane bus from the service board to the cross-connect board is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 On the NMS, query the current alarms and determine the cross-connect board that reports the
BUS_ERR alarm. Determine the service board corresponding to the cross-connect board
according Parameter 1. Determine the type of the BUS_ERR alarm according to Parameter 4.
For the operations on the NMS, see Viewing the Current Alarms in the Supporting Tasks.
Step 2 Cause 1: The software version of the service board does not match the software version of the
l If Parameter 4 is 0x01 or 0x02, go to the next step.
l If Parameter 4 is 0x03, go to Step Step 3.
1. Query the software version of the cross-connect board that reports the alarm, and the
software version of the service board indicated by Parameter 1. For details, see Querying
the Board Information Report in the Supporting Tasks. Determine whether the software
versions match according to the software version mapping table.
243
If... Then...
The software versions match Go to Step Step 3.
The software versions do not match Upgrade the earlier version to a mapping version.
For details, see the product software upgrade
guide.
Step 3 Cause 2: The software version of the cross-connect board does not match the logical version.
1. Query the logical version and software version of the cross-connect board. For details, see
Querying the Board Information Report in the Supporting Tasks. Determine whether the
software versions match according to the software version mapping table.
If... Then...
The software versions match Go to Step Step 4.
The software versions do not match Upgrade the earlier version to a mapping version.
For details, see the product software upgrade
guide.
1. Check whether the service board indicated by Parameter 1 and the cross-connect board that
reports the alarm are properly inserted. Ensure that the boards are properly inserted. Then,
check whether the BUS-ERR alarm is cleared.
2. If the alarm persists, reset the service board. For details, see Resetting Boards in the
Supporting Tasks. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
NOTE
A warm reset can be performed first. If the alarm persists after the warm reset, perform a cold reset.
3. If the alarm persists, replace the service board. For details, see Replacing Boards Onsite in
the Supporting Tasks. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
CAUTION
If the services on the board are not protected, do not perform any cold reset or replace the
board. Otherwise, the services may be interrupted.
Step 5 Cause 4: The cross-connect board is faulty.
1. Reset the cross-connect board that reports the alarm. For details, see Resetting Boards in
244
NOTE
A warm reset can be performed first. If the alarm persists after the warm reset, perform a cold reset.
2. If the alarm persists, replace the board that reports the alarm. For details, see Replacing a
CXL Board in the Parts Replacement. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
CAUTION
If no protection cross-connect board that working normally, do not perform the operations.
Otherwise, the services may be interrupted.
3. If the alarm persists, reset or replace the cross-connect board that does not report the alarm.
Step 6 Cause 5: The electrical cable between the extended subrack and master subrack is faulty.
1. Check whether the communication electrical cable between the master subrack and
extended subrack is loose. If yes, properly connect the cable. Check whether the alarm is
cleared.
2. If the alarm persists, contact Huawei technical support engineers to collect the data of the
bus fault, locate the fault among the four buses between the master subrack and extended
subrack, and replace the faulty electrical cable.
Step 7 Cause 6: The backplane bus from the service board to the cross-connect board is faulty.
1. Contact Huawei technical support engineers to check whether the fault is caused by the
bent pins of the backplane. If the backplane is faulty, replace the backplane.
----End
Related Information
None.
7.17 COMMUN_FAIL
Description
The COMMUN_FAIL is an alarm indicating the inter-board communication failure. This alarm
occurs when the communication between the SCC board and the other boards is interrupted.
Attribute
245
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the ID of the port and the value is always 0x01.
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicate the ID of the path that reports the alarm. Parameter 2 is
always 0x00. Parameter 3 has the following meanings:
l 0x01: RS485 path 1.
l 0x02: RS485 path 2.
l 0x03: Inter-board Ethernet communication.
l 0x04: Inter-subrack Ethernet emergency path.
The NE configuration cannot be delivered to the board or the board cannot work. Thus, the
services cannot be configured or the protection switching function is unavailable. In addition,
the newly configured services are abnormal.
NOTE
in the description of this section, handle the COMMUN_FAIL alarm by following the steps provided in
Handling Procedure.
Table 7-16 lists the common fault symptoms of the COMMUN_FAIL alarm.
Table 7-16 Symptoms of the COMMUN_FAIL alarm
A single board
reports the
COMMUN_FA
IL alarm.
l The PROG indicator on the board that reports
the alarm blinks green with a period of 600
ms (300 ms off and 300 ms on) and then blinks
green with a period of 200 ms (100 ms off and
100 ms on).
l The board reports the COMMUN_FAIL and
BD_STATUS alarms.
Cause 1 (single board):
The board is in the
reset state.
246
No other symptoms. l Cause 2 (single
board): The
versions do not
match.
l Cause 3 (single
board): The service
board is faulty.
Multiple
service boards
report the
COMMUN_FA
IL alarm.
l The protection SCC board does not report the
alarm.
l The SAP board reports the BD_STATUS.
Cause 1 (multiple
boards): The SAP
board is faulty.
l The working and protection SCC boards
report the COMMUN_FAIL alarm. This
indicates that the working SCC board is
faulty.
l The working SCC board reports the alarms
related to abnormal states such as
HARD_BAD and BD_STATUS. This
indicates that the working SCC board is
faulty.
l The cross-connect board reports the alarm
(Parameter 3 = 0x01 or 0x02). This indicates
that the cross-connect board is faulty.
l The cross-connect board reports the alarms
related to abnormal states such as
HARD_BAD and BD_STATUS. This
indicates that the cross-connect board is
faulty.
Cause 2 (multiple
boards): The CXL
board is faulty.
No other symptoms. Cause 3 (multiple
boards): On the SAP
board, the COM port is
directly connected to
the HUB or exchange.

Possible Causes
A single board may report the COMMUN_FAIL alarm due to the following causes:
l Cause 1 (single board): The board is in the reset state.
l Cause 2 (single board): The versions do not match.
l Cause 3 (single board): The service board is faulty.
Multiple boards may report the COMMUN_FAIL alarm due to the following causes:
l Cause 1 (multiple boards): The SAP board is faulty.
l Cause 2 (multiple boards): The CXL board is faulty.
247
l Cause 3 (multiple boards): On the SAP board, the COM port is directly connected to the
HUB or exchange.
Procedure
Step 1 Cause 1 (single board): The board is in the reset state.
1. Observe the indicator on the board or query the reset record of the board. Check whether
the board is in the reset state. For details about the meanings of board indicators, see Alarm
Indicators on the Boards in the Hardware Description. For details on how to query the reset
record, see Querying the Operation Log of the NMS in Supporting Tasks.
If... Then...
The board is in the reset state The reset is complete five minutes later. Check
The board is not in the reset state Go to Step Step 2.
Step 2 Cause 2 (single board): The versions do not match.
1. Query the version of the board software and the version of the NE software, and check
whether the versions match. For details, see Querying the Board Information Report in the
Supporting Tasks.
If... Then...
The version does not match Contact Huawei technical support engineers to upgrade
the relevant software. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
If the alarm persists, go to Step Step 3.
The versions match Go to Step Step 3.
Step 3 Cause 3 (single board): The service board is faulty.
1. Replace the board that reports the alarm. For details, see Replacing Boards Onsite in the
Supporting Tasks. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
2. If not, contact Huawei technical support engineers to handle the alarm.
Step 4 Cause 1 (multiple boards): The SAP board is faulty.
1. Reseat the auxiliary board. For details on how to reseat a board, see Removing the Boards
in the Installation Guide and Installing the Boards in the Installation Guide. Check whether
the alarm is cleared.
2. If the alarm persists, replace the auxiliary board. For details, see Replacing an SAP Board
in the Parts Replacement. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Step 5 Cause 2 (multiple boards): The CXL board is faulty.
1. Reseat the working SCC board or the working cross-connect board. For details on how to
reseat a board, see Removing the Boards in the Installation Guide and Installing the Boards
in the Installation Guide. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
2. If the alarm persists, replace the relevant board. For details, see Replacing a CXL Board in
the Parts Replacement. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
248
Step 6 Cause 3 (multiple boards): On the SAP board, the COM port is directly connected to the HUB
or exchange.
1. Check whether the COM ports of the NEs are connected through the switch or HUB. If
yes, the VLAN of the equipment may fail. That is, the COM ports of the local NE are
interconnected with the ETH ports of other NEs and thus the IP addresses of the boards on
different NEs are in conflict.
NOTE
The VLAN of the equipment is used to isolate different NEs on the network and ensure that the intra-
NE communication is not affected.
2. If the COM port is required for debugging, directly connect the port to the computer where
the NMS is running.
CAUTION
The COM port is used for internal testing only. Thus, the port can be connected to the
computer for debugging only, rather than a hub or switch.
----End
Related Information
None.
7.18 DOWN_E1_AIS
Description
The DOWN_E1_AIS is an alarm indicating the downstream 2 Mbit/s signals. If a tributary board
has detected that the value of the downstream E1 signals is all "1"s, the DOWN_E1_AIS alarm
is reported.
Attribute
Minor Communication alarm
Parameters
249
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 The value is always 0x01, and this parameter is meaningless.
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates the path number. Parameter 2 is the higher byte, and
Parameter 3 is the lower byte.
For example, Parameter 2 = 0x00, Parameter 3 = 0x01. In this case,
the DOWN_E1_AIS alarm is reported from path 1 of the board.
When the DOWN_E1_AIS alarm occurs, the E1 signals on the board path are unavailable.
NOTE
in the description of the common fault symptom, handle the DOWN_E1_AIS alarm by following the steps
provided in Handling Procedure.
Table 7-17 lists the common fault symptoms of the DOWN_E1_AIS alarm.
Table 7-17 Symptoms of the DOWN_E1_AIS alarm
In the service direction, the line unit at the local
end reports a high-level alarm such as the R_LOS,
R_LOC, R_LOF, or MS_AIS alarm.
Cause 1: The local end reports a high-
level alarm such as the R_LOS, R_LOC,
R_LOF, or MS_AIS alarm.
In the service direction, the tributary unit at the
opposite end reports an alarm (such as the
UP_E1_AIS and T_ALOS alarm) indicating that
the accessed signals are lost.
Cause 2: The tributary unit at the opposite
end reports an alarm such as the
UP_E1_AIS or T_ALOS alarm.

Possible Causes
The possible causes of the DOWN_E1_AIS alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: The local end reports a high-level alarm such as the R_LOS, R_LOC, R_LOF, or
MS_AIS alarm.
250
Figure 7-6 DOWN_E1_AIS alarm detection 1
DOWN_E1_AIS High-level alarm
T
U
L
U
T
U
L
U
X
C
S
X
C
S
LU: Line unit
TU: Tributary unit
Adding
lower
order
services
Dropping
lower
order
services
NE1
(Opposite end)
NE2
(Local end)

l Cause 2: The tributary unit at the opposite end reports an alarm such as the UP_E1_AIS or
T_ALOS alarm.
DOWN_E1_AIS
T
U
L
U
T
U
L
U
Access signal loss alarm
X
C
S
X
C
S
LU: Line unit
TU: Tributary unit
Adding
lower
order
services
Dropping
lower
order
services
NE1
(Opposite end)
NE2
(Local end)

l Cause 3: The tributary board at the local end is faulty.
251
DOWN_E1_AIS
T
U
L
U
T
U
L
U
X
C
S
X
C
S
LU: Line unit
TU: Tributary unit
NE1
(Opposite end)
NE2
(Local end)
Adding
lower
order
services
Dropping
lower
order
services

l Cause 4: The cross-connect and timing board at the local end is faulty.
DOWN_E1_AIS
T
U
L
U
T
U
L
U
X
C
S
X
C
S
LU: Line unit
TU: Tributary unit
Adding
lower
order
services
Dropping
lower
order
services
NE1
(Opposite end)
NE2
(Local end)

Procedure
Step 1 Check the alarm on the NMS, and then determine the board where the alarm is generated. For
details, see Viewing the Current Alarms in the Supporting Tasks.
Step 2 Cause 1: The local end reports a high-level alarm such as the R_LOS, R_LOC, R_LOF, or
MS_AIS alarm.
1. As shown in Figure 7-6, check whether the line unit at the local end reports a high-level
alarm in the service direction.
252
If... Then...
The R_LOS, R_LOC, R_LOF, or
MS_AIS alarm occurs
Clear the high-level alarm immediately because
a high-level alarm causes insertion of the AIS.
Then, check whether the DOWN_E1_AIS
alarm is cleared. If the DOWN_E1_AIS alarm
No high-level alarm occurs Go to Step Step 3.
Step 3 Cause 2: The tributary unit at the opposite end reports an alarm such as the UP_E1_AIS or
T_ALOS alarm.
1. As shown in Figure 7-7, check whether the tributary unit at the opposite end reports an
alarm indicating that the accessed signals are lost in the service direction.
If... Then...
The tributary unit at the opposite end
reports an alarm such as the
UP_E1_AIS or T_ALOS alarm
whether the DOWN_E1_AIS alarm is
cleared. If the DOWN_E1_AIS alarm
does not report an alarm indicating
that the accessed signals are lost
Go to Step Step 4.
Step 4 Cause 3: The tributary board at the local end is faulty.
1. As shown in Figure 7-8, if the tributary unit at the local end works abnormally, the
DOWN_E1_AIS alarm is reported. Perform a cold reset on the tributary board that reports
the alarm by using the NMS, or directly reseat the tributary board. For details on how to
perform a cold reset, see Resetting Boards in the Supporting Tasks. For details on how to
reseat a board, see Removing the Boards in the Installation Guide and Installing the Boards
in the Installation Guide.
CAUTION
interruption.
2. Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, replace the tributary board that
reports the alarm. For details, see in the Parts Replacement.
Step 5 Cause 4: The cross-connect and timing board at the local end is faulty.
1. As shown in Figure 7-9, if the cross-connect unit at the local end works abnormally, the
DOWN_E1_AIS alarm is reported. Perform a cold reset on the cross-connect and timing
board by using the NMS, or directly reseat the cross-connect and timing board. For details
on how to perform a cold reset, see Resetting Boards in the Supporting Tasks. For details
on how to reseat a board, see Removing the Boards in the Installation Guide and Installing
the Boards in the Installation Guide.
253
CAUTION
If there is no protection cross-connect and timing board, performing a cold reset on the
working cross-connect and timing board may cause service interruption.
2. Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, replace the relevant cross-connect
and timing board. For details, see Replacing a CXL Board in the Parts Replacement.
----End
Related Information
None.
7.19 ETH_LOS
Description
The ETH_LOS is an alarm indicating the loss of network connection. This alarm occurs when
the Ethernet port fails to receive any Ethernet signal.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the ID of the port that reports the alarm. The value
ranges are different for different boards.
Parameter 2 and Parameter 3 Parameter 2 is always 0x00, and Parameter 3 is always 0x01.
These parameters are meaningless.
The network port fails to receive data and the services are interrupted.
254
l In the case of an electrical port, the bidirectional services are interrupted.
l In the case of an optical port, the services of certain working modes are interrupted.
If the working mode is set to auto-negotiation, the bidirectional services are interrupted.
If the working mode is set to full duplex, the services in the receive direction are
interrupted.
NOTE
in the description of the common fault symptom, handle the ETH_LOS alarm by following the steps
None.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the ETH_LOS alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: The port is enabled, but no signal is accessed from the client side.
l Cause 2: The working mode of the local port does not match the working mode of the
opposite port.
l Cause 3: The port is enabled, but the network cable or fiber is connected incorrectly or
faulty.
l Cause 4: The opposite board is faulty.
l Cause 5: The local board is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 On the NMS, check the alarms. Determine the port that reports the alarm according to the alarm
parameters. For details, see Viewing the Current Alarms in the Supporting Tasks.
Step 2 Cause 1: The port is enabled, but no signal is accessed from the client side.
1. If the services on the Ethernet port are deleted but the Ethernet port is still Enabled, the
ETH_LOS alarm may be reported. Check whether the port accesses signals from the client
side and whether the port is enabled.
2. If the services at the port are deleted, configure services properly. If the port is no longer
required, disable the port. For details on configuring services, see the Configuration
Guide. For details on how to set the attribute of the port, see Configuring the External Port
on an Ethernet Board in the Feature Description.
Step 3 Cause 2: The working mode of the local port does not match the working mode of the opposite
port.
1. Query the working modes of the interconnected ports. Determine whether the ports support
the auto-negotiation mode, and then select a proper working mode. For details, see
Configuring the External Port on an Ethernet Board in the Feature Description.
2. Ensure that the working modes of the interconnected ports are consistent. Then, check
whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, go to Step Step 4.
Step 4 Cause 3: The port is enabled, but the network cable or fiber is connected incorrectly or faulty.
255
1. Check whether the port where the alarm is reported is connected correctly to the network
cable or fiber. If the port is connected incorrectly to the network cable or fiber, connect the
port to the network cable or fiber correctly according to the requirements of the actual
network. Then, check whether the alarm is cleared.
2. Check whether the network cable or fiber jumper at the port is loose. If yes, install the
network cable or fiber jumper correctly. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
3. In the case of an optical interface, check whether the fiber connector is dirty. For details,
see Checking the Optical Fiber Connector in the Supporting Tasks. If the fiber connector
is dirty, clean it immediately. Check whether the alarm is cleared. For details on how to
clean the fiber connector, see the Supporting Task.
l Using the Fiber Cleaner to Clean the Optical Fiber Connector
l Using the Lens Tissue to Clean the Optical Fiber Connector
l Using the Dust-Free Cotton Bar to Clean the Optical Fiber Adapter
4. If the alarm persists, exchange the cables or fibers to locate the fault. If the cable or fiber
is faulty, the Ethernet services may be interrupted. Replace the cable or fiber which may
be faulty with a good one. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Step 5 Cause 4: The opposite board is faulty.
If... Then...
The processing board is an optical interface board Go to Step Step 5.1.
The processing board is an electrical interface board Go to Step Step 5.3.
1. In the case of an optical interface board, check whether the transmit optical power of the
opposite board is within the normal range on the NMS. For details on the optical power of
the board, see Specifications of the Boards in the Technical Specifications Reference. For
the operations on the NMS, see Querying the Optical Power in the Supporting Tasks.
NOTE
Description.
If... Then...
The transmit optical power on the
opposite NE is abnormal
Replace the relevant board. For details, see
Replacing an Ethernet Board in the Parts
Replacement. Check whether the alarm is
cleared. If the alarm persists, go to Step Step
6.
The transmit optical power on the
opposite NE is normal
2. In the case of an electrical interface board, check whether the transmit optical power of the
local board is within the normal range on the NMS.
256
If... Then...
The transmit optical power on the local NE is abnormal Go to Step Step 6.
The transmit optical power on the local NE is normal Go to Step Step 5.4.
3. In the case of an electrical interface board, check whether the board reports the alarms
indicating the fault of the board or chip, such as HARD_BAD.
If... Then...
One of the preceding alarms is reported Replace the board.
None of the preceding alarms is reported Exchange the boards to locate the fault.
Ethernet board does not work with any interface board, replace the processing board. For
details, see Replacing an Ethernet Board in the Parts Replacement. Check whether the
alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, go to Step Step 6.
Step 6 Cause 5: The local board is faulty.
Ethernet board does not work with an interface board, replace the processing board. For
details, see Replacing an Ethernet Board in the Parts Replacement.
----End
Related Information
If the negotiated mode of the Ethernet ports is half duplex, signals are transmitted in one direction
at the same time. As a result, the data transmission performance degrades greatly. When the
service traffic is low, packet loss occurs at the interconnected ports. When the service traffic is
high, services are interrupted.
7.20 ETH_CFM_LOC
Description
The ETH_CFM_LOC is an alarm indicating the loss of connectivity. This alarm is reported
when the system does not receive CCM packets from the remote MEP in the 3.5xCC period.
Attribute
257
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameters 1 (4 byte)
Indicates the number of the Ethernet port where the ETH_CFM_RDI
alarm is reported.
l MAC port number: 0x0001-0x0000 plus MAX_ETH_PORT.
l VCTRUNK port number: 0x8001-0x8000 plus
MAX_ETH_VCTRUNK.
NOTE
l MAX_ETH_PORT indicates the maximum MAC port number supported by
the board.
l MAX_ETH_VCTRUNK indicates the maximum VCTRUNK port number
supported by the board.
Indicates the service VLAN ID.
Indicates the direction of the local MEP.
l 0x00: The port is direction insensitive.
l 0x01: The port is in the ingress direction.
l 0x02: The port is in the egress direction.
Indicates the maintenance domain level.
l 0x00: Consumer MP level (high).
l 0x01: Consumer MP level (middle).
l 0x02: Consumer MP level (low).
l 0x03: Provider MP level (high).
l 0x04: Provider MP level (low).
l 0x05: Operator MP level (high).
l 0x06: Operator MP level (middle).
l 0x07: Operator MP level (low).
NOTE
Consumers refer to end users, service providers, and service carriers.
Indicates the ID of the remote MEP.
l The LB and LT detection functions of IEEE 802.1ag ETH-OAM are unavailable.
l The services between relevant standard MEPs may be interrupted.
258
NOTE
in the description of the common fault symptom, handle the ETH_CFM_LOC alarm by following the steps
None.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the ETH_CFM_LOC alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: The corresponding MEP at the opposite end is not configured correctly.
Figure 7-10 ETH_CFM_LOC alarm detection 1
CC frame MEP 1 MIP 1 MEP 2 MIP 2 MIP 3 MIP 4
PE2
ETH_CFM_LOC
RMEP: MEP 2 RMEP: MEP 1
MA
MD
PE1
MIP: Maintenance
association intermediate
point
MEP: Maintenance
association end point
Transmission path of
the CC frames
MD: Maintenance
domain
MA: Maintenance
association
RMEP: Remote maintenance
Incorrect configuration

l Cause 2: The configuration of the Ethernet services that correspond to the MAs of the MEPs
at both ends is incorrect.
259
PE2
ETH_CFM_LOC
MA
MD
PE1
MIP: Maintenance
point
MEP: Maintenance
Configuration path of
the Ethernet service
MD: Maintenance
domain
MA: Maintenance
association
Incorrect
configuration of the
Ethernet service

l Cause 3: The service transmission line between the MEPs at both ends is interrupted.
CC frame MEP 1
MIP 1
MEP 2
MIP 2 MIP 3 MIP 4
PE2
ETH_CFM_LOC
MA
MD
PE1
Interrupted
transmission
MIP: Maintenance
point
MEP: Maintenance
Transmission path
MD: Maintenance
domain
MA: Maintenance
association
260

l Cause 4: The network is congested seriously.
CC frame
MEP 1
MIP 1
MEP 2
MIP 2 MIP 3 MIP 4
PE2
ETH_CFM_LOC
MA
MD
PE1
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Congested
network
MIP: Maintenance
point
MEP: Maintenance
Transmission service
MD: Maintenance
domain
MA: Maintenance
association

Procedure
Step 1 Check the alarm on the NMS, and then determine the board where the alarm is generated and
the MEP where the alarm is reported. For details, see Viewing the Current Alarms in the
Supporting Tasks.
Step 2 Cause 1: The corresponding MEP at the opposite end is not configured correctly.
1. As shown in Figure 7-10, if PE2 reports the ETH_CFM_LOC alarm, check whether the
MEP of PE1 is configured correctly.
If... Then...
The MEP is not configured Go to the next step.
The MEP is configured Go to Step Step 3.
2. Modify the configuration of the MEP to ensure consistency at both ends. For details, see
Creating an MD in the Feature Description.
Step 3 Cause 2: The configuration of the Ethernet services that correspond to the MAs of the MEPs at
both ends is incorrect.
1. As shown in Figure 7-10, if PE2 reports the ETH_CFM_LOC alarm, it indicates that the
PE1-PE2 connectivity of the service configuration is abnormal. Check whether the
261
configuration of the Ethernet services from PE1 to PE2 is correct, such as the cross-
connection of PE1, whether the port is enabled, and port attribute.
If... Then...
The configuration is incorrect Modify the configuration of the Ethernet services to
ensure consistency at both ends.
The configuration is correct Go to Step Step 4.
Step 4 Cause 3: The service transmission line between the MEPs at both ends is interrupted.
1. As shown Figure 7-11, if PE2 reports the ETH_CFM_LOC alarm, it indicates that the path
connectivity from PE1 to PE2 is abnormal. Check whether the physical links (such as cables
or fibers) between the MEPs at both ends are correct.
If... Then...
The connection is incorrect Connect the cable properly. Check whether the alarm is
cleared. If the alarm persists, go to the next step.
The connection is correct Go to the next step.
2. Check whether the cable connector is connected properly.
If... Then...
The cable connector is loose Connect the cable connector properly.
The cable connector is connected
properly
3. Check whether the cable is pressed, damaged, peeled off, aged, or cut. If the cable is faulty,
replace the cable. Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, go to Step Step
5.
Step 5 Cause 4: The network is congested seriously.
1. If you activate the CC test, certain bandwidth is required. When congestion occurs on the
network, the remote MEP fails to receive the CCM packets. Check the bandwidth utilization
of the MEPs at both ends. For example, check whether the FLOW_OVER alarm is
reported.
If... Then...
The bandwidth is exhausted Increase the bandwidth or eliminate the root causes
of illegal data transmission. Check whether the alarm
is cleared. If the alarm persists, contact Huawei
technical support engineers to handle the alarm.
262
If... Then...
The bandwidth is not exhausted Contact Huawei technical support engineers to
handle the alarm.
----End
Related Information
Standard MEPs refer to the MEPs that comply with IEEE802.1ag standard.
7.21 ETH_CFM_MISMERGE
Description
The ETH_CFM_MISMERGE is an alarm indicating that the connection is incorrect. This alarm
is reported when the system receives the continuity check message (CCM) packets with
mismatched maintenance association (MA) ID or the CCM packets of a lower level.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Indicates the number of the Ethernet port where the
ETH_CFM_MISMERGE alarm is reported.
MAX_ETH_VCTRUNK.
NOTE
the board.
263
Name Meaning
NOTE
l The services between relevant standard MEPs may be interrupted or the data flow may be
incorrectly routed.
NOTE
in the description of the common fault symptom, handle the ETH_CFM_MISMERGE alarm by following
the steps provided in Handling Procedure.
None.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the ETH_CFM_MISMERGE alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: The MD levels of the MEPs at both ends are different from each other.
264
Figure 7-14 ETH_CFM_MISMERGE alarm detection 1
PE2
ETH_CFM_MISMERGE
MA
MD
PE1
MD level: 1
MIP: Maintenance
point
MEP: Maintenance
the CC frames
MD: Maintenance
domain
MA: Maintenance
association
MD level: 3

l Cause 2: The MD names or MA names of MEPs at both ends are different from each other.
PE2
ETH_CFM_MISMERGE
MA
MD
PE1
MD/MA name:
MD1/MA1
MD/MA name:
MD2/MA2
MIP: Maintenance
point
MEP: Maintenance
the CC frames
MD: Maintenance
domain
MA: Maintenance
association

265
l Cause 3: The physical links between different services are connected incorrectly.
PE2
ETH_CFM_MISMERGE
MA
MD
PE1
Incorrect
path
MIP: Maintenance
point
MEP: Maintenance
the CC frames
MD: Maintenance
domain
MA: Maintenance
association
Correct
path

Procedure
Supporting Tasks.
Step 2 Cause 1: The MD levels of the MEPs at both ends are different from each other.
1. Check whether the MD levels of the MEPs at both ends are set to the same value.
If... Then...
The MD levels are different from each
other
Set the MD levels again to ensure consistency
at both ends. For details, see Creating an MD
in the Feature Description.
The MD levels are the same Go to the next step.
Step 3 Cause 2: The MD names or MA names of MEPs at both ends are different from each other.
1. Check whether the MD names or MA names of the MEPs at both ends are the same.
266
If... Then...
The MD names or MA names are
different from each other
Set the MD names or MA names again to
ensure consistency at both ends.
l For details on how to set an MD name, see
Creating an MD in the Feature
Description.
l For details on how to set an MA name, see
Creating an MA in the Feature
Description.
The MD names and MA names are the
same
Step 4 Cause 3: The physical links between different services are connected incorrectly.
1. According to the Ethernet service routes, check whether the physical links that correspond
to the service routes are connected incorrectly.
If... Then...
Certain physical links are connected
incorrectly
Reconnect the fibers or reconfigure the
service routes. Check whether the alarm is
cleared. If the alarm persists, contact
Huawei technical support engineers to
handle the alarm.
No physical links are connected
incorrectly
----End
Related Information
7.22 ETH_CFM_RDI
Description
The ETH_CFM_RDI is an alarm indicating that the function of receiving the CCM packets of
the remote MEP fails. This alarm is reported when the system receives the CCM packets with
RDI transmitted from the remote end.
267
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Indicates the number of the Ethernet port where the ETH_CFM_RDI
alarm is reported.
MAX_ETH_VCTRUNK.
NOTE
the board.
NOTE
268
Name Meaning
Indicates the ID of the remote MEP.
l The LoopBack (LB) and LinkTrace (LT) detection functions of IEEE 802.1ag ETH-OAM
are unavailable.
l The services between relevant standard MEPs may be interrupted.
NOTE
in the description of the common fault symptom, handle the ETH_CFM_RDI alarm by following the steps
None.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the ETH_CFM_RDI alarm is as follows:
Cause 1: The equipment of the remote MEP is faulty.
Figure 7-17 ETH_CFM_RDI alarm detection
PE2
ETH_CFM_RDI
MA
MD
PE1
Fault detected at the port
MIP: Maintenance
point
MEP: Maintenance
the CC frames
MD: Maintenance
domain
MA: Maintenance
association

269
Procedure
Step 1 Check the alarm on the NMS, and then determines the board where the alarm is generated and
Supporting Tasks.
Step 2 Cause 1: The equipment of the remote MEP is faulty.
1. Check whether the remote MEP that is connected to the port where the ETH_CFM_RDI
alarm is reported is faulty. As shown in Figure 7-17, if PE2 reports the ETH_CFM_RDI
alarm, check whether port 1 of the MEP at PE1 reports an Ethernet alarm.
If... Then...
An Ethernet alarm is reported, such as the
ETH_CFM_LOC, ETH_CFM_UNEXPERI,
or ETH_CFM_MISMERGE alarm
Clear the Ethernet alarm immediately,
and then check whether the
ETH_CFM_RDI alarm is cleared. If
the alarm persists, contact Huawei
technical support engineers to handle
the alarm.
The equipment of the remote MEP is faulty Contact Huawei technical support
----End
Related Information
7.23 ETH_CFM_UNEXPERI
Description
The ETH_CFM_UNEXPERI is an alarm indicating the errored frame. This alarm is reported
when the system receives invalid CCM packets.
Attribute
Parameters
270
Name Meaning
Indicates the number of the Ethernet port where the
ETH_CFM_UNEXPERI alarm is reported.
MAX_ETH_VCTRUNK.
NOTE
the board.
NOTE
l The services may become abnormal owing to the loop.
NOTE
in the description of the common fault symptom, handle the ETH_CFM_UNEXPERI alarm by following
the steps provided in Handling Procedure.
None.
271
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the ETH_CFM_UNEXPERI alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: The cycles of the continuity check (CC) of the MEPs at both ends are different
from each other.
Figure 7-18 ETH_CFM_UNEXPERI alarm detection 1
MIP 1
ETH_CFM_UNEXPERI
PE1
CC
frame
MEP 1 (CC Test Transmit Period: T1)
PE3
MEP 3
MEP 4
MIP 2
MIP 3
MIP 4
MIP 5
MIP 6
PE2
MEP 2 (CC Test Transmit Period: T2)
MIP: Maintenance
point
MEP: Maintenance
the CC frames

l Cause 2: The IDs of the MEPs at both ends conflict with each other.
272
MIP 1
ETH_CFM_UNEXPERI
PE1
CC
frame
MEP 1
PE3
MEP 1
MEP 3
MEP 4
MIP 2
MIP 3
MIP 4
MIP 5
MIP 6
PE2
MIP: Maintenance
point
MEP: Maintenance
the CC frames

l Cause 3: Loopback occurs in the service, and loopback packets are received.
273
MIP 1
ETH_CFM_UNEXPERI
PE1
CC
frame
MEP 1
PE3
MEP 2
MEP 3
MEP 4
MIP 2
MIP 3
MIP 4
MIP 5
MIP 6
PE2
ETH_CFM_UNEXPERI
Self-loop of the
external port
ETH_CFM_UNEXPERI
Self-loop of the
VCTRUNK port
MIP: Maintenance
point
MEP: Maintenance
the CC frames

l Cause 4: A board of the MEP at the source end works abnormally.
274
MIP 1
ETH_CFM_UNEXPERI
PE1
CC
frame
MEP 1 (Source port)
PE3
MEP 2
MEP 3
MEP 4
MIP 2
MIP 3
MIP 4
MIP 5
MIP 6
PE2
ETH_CFM_UNEXPERI
ETH_CFM_UNEXPERI
MIP: Maintenance
point
MEP: Maintenance
the CC frames

Procedure
Supporting Tasks.
Step 2 Cause 1: The cycles of the continuity check (CC) of the MEPs at both ends are different from
each other.
1. As shown in Figure 7-18, if MEP 1 of PE2 reports the ETH_CFM_LOC alarm, check
whether the cycles of the CC test of the MEPs at both ends are the same
If... Then...
The cycles of the CC test are different
from each other
Modify CCM Sending Period to ensure
consistency at both ends. For details, see
Creating an MD in the Feature Description.
The cycles of the CC test are the same Go to the next step.
Step 3 Cause 2: The IDs of the MEPs at both ends conflict with each other.
1. The maintenance point (MP) IDs in the maintenance domain must be unique. As shown in
Figure 7-19, if the MP IDs in the maintenance domain are duplicate, the system receives
275
invalid CCM packets. Check whether the MP IDs in the maintenance domain conflict with
each other.
If... Then...
The MP IDs conflict with each other Change the settings of the MP IDs. For details,
see Creating an MD in the Feature
Description.
The MP IDs do not conflict with each
other
Step 4 Cause 3: Loopback occurs in the service, and loopback packets are received.
1. Enable the Self-Loop Test function of IEEE 802.3ah OAM to determine whether a loop is
generated in the service. Check whether a loop is generated on the MP ports of the service
path. For details, see Enabling Self-Loop Detection in the Feature Description.
If... Then...
A loop is generated See the handling procedure of the ETHOAM_SELF_LOOP or
ETHOAM_VCG_SELF_LOOP alarm to release the loop.
No loop is generated Go to the next step.
Step 5 Cause 4: A board of the MEP at the source end works abnormally.
1. Perform a warm reset on the Ethernet board where the source MEP is located. For details,
see Resetting Boards in the Supporting Tasks.
----End
Related Information
7.24 EXT_SYNC_LOS
Description
The EXT_SYNC_LOS is an alarm of the loss of the external clock source. This alarm occurs
when the system detects that the external clock source traced by the equipment is lost.
276
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the ID of the lost external clock source.
l 0x01: the first channel of external clock source.
l 0x02: the second channel of external clock source.
Parameter 2 The value of this parameter is always 0x01.
Parameter 3
l bit[0] = 1: There are LOS signals.
l bit[1] = 1: There are AIS signals.
l bit[2] = 1: There are LOF signals.
One channel of external clock source is lost. Thus, the equipment cannot trace this channel of
external clock source. Affected by the clock quality degradation, the service may have pointer
justifications and even errors.
NOTE
in the description of the common fault symptom, handle the EXT_SYNC_LOS alarm by following the
steps provided in Handling Procedure.
Table 7-18 lists the common fault symptoms of the EXT_SYNC_LOS alarm.
Table 7-18 Symptoms of the EXT_SYNC_LOS alarm
Only one cross-connect and timing board reports
the EXT_SYNC_LOS alarm.
Cause 7: The cross-connect and timing
board is abnormal.

277
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the EXT_SYNC_LOS alarm are as follows:
Configuration
l Cause 1: The configured input/output mode of the external clock does not match the actual
type of the external clock.
l Cause 2: The NE clock is in free-run state due to inappropriate allocation of the IDs of
clock sources.
l Cause 3: The synchronization status message byte (SSMB) timeslot of the external clock
mismatches.
l Cause 4: The equipment fails to identify the quality of the external source.
l Cause 5: The external source signal is interrupted.
Hardware
l Cause 6: The cable that connects the external clock is incorrectly connected or damaged.
l Cause 7: The cross-connect and timing board is abnormal.
l Cause 8: The external clock equipment is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 Check the alarm on the NMS. Then, determine which channel of external clock source is lost
according to Parameter 1. For details, see Viewing the Current Alarms in the Supporting
Tasks.
Step 2 Cause 1: The configured input/output mode of the external clock does not match the actual type
of the external clock.
1. Check the configured input mode of the external clock.
If... Then...
The configured input/output mode of the
external clock does not match the actual
type of the external clock
According to the actual type of external
clock, set External Clock Source Mode to
2 MHz or 2 Mbit/s. For details, see
Configuring NE Clock Sources in the
The configured input/output mode of the
external clock matches the actual type of
the external clock
2. If the external clock is the external synchronous output signal of 2M phase-locked source,
check the output mode of 2M phase-locked source.
278
If... Then...
The output mode of 2M phase-locked
source does not match the actual type of
external synchronous clock
According to the actual type of the external
synchronous clock, set Output Mode of
External Clock Source in External Clock
Output Phase-Locked Source to 2 MHz
or 2 Mbit/s. For details, see Configuring the
Phase-Locked Source for External Clock
Output in the Feature Description.
The output mode of 2M phase-locked
source matches the actual type of external
synchronous clock
3. If the external clock is the external synchronous output signal of 2M phase-locked source,
check the output impedance of 2M phase-locked source.
If... Then...
The output impedance of 2M phase-
locked source does not match the
impedance of the external synchronous
clock source
According to the actual impedance of the
external synchronous clock, set Output
Impedance of External Clock Source in
External Clock Output Phase-Locked
Source to 75 ohms or 120 ohms. For
details, see Configuring the Phase-Locked
Source for External Clock Output in the
The output impedance of 2M phase-
locked source matches the impedance of
the external synchronous clock source
Go to Step Step 3.
Step 3 Cause 2: The NE clock is in free-run state due to inappropriate allocation of the IDs of clock
sources.
1. If the extended SSM protocol is enabled on the entire network, set the IDs of clock sources
according to the clock ID planning principle. If no ID is allocated for the external clock
source, or if the clock IDs set on the NE are in conflict, the NE clock is in the free-run state.
Check the clock IDs set on the NE. For details, see Configuring the Clock Source Protection
2. If no ID is allocated for the external clock source, or if the clock IDs set on the NE are in
conflict, modify the IDs according to the requirements of the network. Check whether the
Step 4 Cause 3: The synchronization status message byte (SSMB) timeslot of the external clock
mismatches.
1. If the SSM protocol is enabled on the NE and the input external clock is 2 Mbit/s, check
in which timeslot the SSMB set on the NE is located.
279
If... Then...
The timeslot set on the NE is different
from the actual timeslot of the external
clock
According to the actual timeslot of the
external clock, reset the SSMB. For details,
see Configuring NE Clock Sources in the
The timeslot set on the NE is the same
as the actual timeslot of the external
clock
Go to Step Step 5.
Step 5 Cause 4: The equipment fails to identify the quality of the external source.
1. If the SSM protocol is enabled on the NE, query the information about the clock
synchronization quality on the NMS. For details, see Viewing Clock Synchronization
Status in the Feature Description.
If... Then...
The information is Unknown
Synchronization Quality
According to the precision of the external
clock, manually set the quality of the
external clock. For details, see Setting
the Clock Source Quality in the Feature
Description.
The normal information is obtained
Go to Step Step 6.
Step 6 Cause 5: The external source signal is interrupted.
1. Detect the external clock source configured in the priority list. If the external clock source
does not exist, the validity status is indicated as Invalid. For details, see Checking the Clock
Switching Status in the Feature Description.
2. Check whether the output of the external clock equipment is enabled. In the case of the
external synchronous clock output of 2M phase-locked source, check whether External
Clock Output Switch in 2M Phase-Locked Source External Clock Attributes is
enabled. For details, see Configuring the Phase-Locked Source for External Clock Output
3. If External Clock Output Switch is disabled, enable External Clock Output Switch.
Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, go to Step Step 7.
Step 7 Cause 6: The cable that connects the external clock is incorrectly connected or damaged.
1. Check whether the clock input cable is connected to the external clock interface, or whether
the impedance of the clock input cable matches the impedance of the external clock
interface.
280
If... Then...
The clock input cable is not connected to
the external clock interface, or the
impedance of the clock input cable does
not match the impedance of the external
clock interface
Properly connect clock cable. Check
The clock input cable is properly
connected to the external clock interface
2. If the possible cause is the faulty electrical cable and only one channel of external clock
cable reports the EXT_SYNC_LOS alarm, locate the fault by exchanging the two channels
of external clock cables. If both channels of external clock cables report the
EXT_SYNC_LOS alarm, go to the next step.
If... Then...
The EXT_SYNC_LOS alarm changes with the change of cables Go to the next step.
The EXT_SYNC_LOS alarm does not change with the change
of cables
Go to Step Step 8.
3. Check whether the channel of external clock cable that reports the alarm is loose, pressed,
or damaged. If yes, reinstall the connector of the cable or replace the faulty cable. Check
whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, go to Step Step 8.
Step 8 Cause 7: The cross-connect and timing board is abnormal.
If... Then...
The working cross-connect and timing board
reports the EXT_SYNC_LOS alarm
The protection cross-connect and timing board
reports the EXT_SYNC_LOS alarm
The protection board may be faulty. Reset
or reinstall the protection board. Go to
Step Step 8.2.
1. Perform the working/protection switching of the cross-connect and timing boards. For
details, see Replacing a CXL Board in the Parts Replacement.
If... Then...
After the switching is performed, the original
protection board does not report the
EXT_SYNC_LOS alarm
The original working board may be
faulty. Reset or reinstall the original
working board. Go to the next step.
After the switching is performed, the original
protection board reports the
EXT_SYNC_LOS alarm
Go to Step Step 9.
281
2. Perform a cold reset by using the NMS or reinstall the cross-connect and timing board. For
details on how to perform the cold reset, see Resetting Boards in the Supporting Tasks. For
details on how to reinstall the board, see Removing the Boards in the Installation Guide
and Installing the Boards in the Installation Guide.
Step 9 Cause 8: The external clock equipment is faulty.
1. Check whether the external clock is usable. Contact Huawei technical support engineers
to check the DA value of the external clock. If the external clock is unusable, replace the
external clock source equipment.
----End
Related Information
None.
7.25 FAN_FAIL
Description
The FAN_FAIL is an alarm indicating that a fan is faulty. This alarm occurs when a fan is faulty.
Attribute
Parameters
None.
If the FAN_FAIL alarm is not cleared in a timely manner, the NE may be damaged due to
overheat. Then, all the services on the equipment are interrupted.
NOTE
in the description of this section, handle the FAN_FAIL alarm by following the steps provided in Handling
Procedure.
None.
282
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the FAN_FAIL alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: The fan tray assembly is not tightly inserted.
l Cause 2: The fan is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 Cause 1: The fan tray assembly is not tightly inserted.
1. Check whether the fan tray assembly is tightly inserted. If not, reseat the fan tray assembly.
Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, go to Step Step 2.
Step 2 Cause 2: The fan is faulty.
1. Check whether the fan runs normally. For details, see Observing the Fan Running Status
in the Installation Guide. If the fan does not run normally, replace the fan. For details, see
Replacing a Fan Board in the Parts Replacement.
If... Then...
The fan does not run normally
The fan runs normally
Contact Huawei technical support engineers to handle
the alarm.
2. Replace the faulty board. For details, see Replacing a Fan Board in the Parts
Replacement.
----End
Related Information
None.
7.26 FCS_ERR
Description
The FCS_ERR is an alarm indicating that errors occur in the verification of the frame check
sequence (FCS). This alarm occurs if errors occur when a board performs FCS verification of
the received GFP frames.
NOTE
This alarm is reported when the local end receives the GFP service.
If an idle frame encapsulated in the GFP format is detected, errors occur in the verification of the FCS
because the idle frame does not contain the FCS field.
283
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicate the VCTRUNK number where the alarm occurs. Parameter
2 indicates the most significant byte (MSB) and Parameter 3
indicates the least significant byte (LSB).
l If the FCS_ERR alarm occurs due to inconsistent encapsulation protocols, the services are
interrupted.
l If the FCS_ERR alarm occurs due to bit errors present in the system, packet loss occurs in
the services or the services are interrupted.
NOTE
Table 7-19 lists the common fault symptoms of the FCS_ERR alarm.
Table 7-19 Symptoms of the FCS_ERR alarm
The alarms related to errors and optical power and
the performance events related to errors occur in
the service transmission line.
Cause 2: The performance of the service
transmission line degrades.

Possible Causes
The possible causes of the FCS_ERR alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: The data parameters at both ends are inconsistent.
284
l Cause 2: The performance of the service transmission line degrades.
Procedure
Step 1 Check the alarm on the NMS. Determine the VCTRUNK ID according to the alarm parameter.
Step 2 Cause 1: The data parameters at both ends are inconsistent.
1. The mapping protocols at both ends are different. For instance, the local end adopts the
GFP encapsulation protocol, whereas the opposite end adopts the LAPS encapsulation
protocol. Or, the settings of the protocol parameters at both ends are inconsistent. For
instance, the mapping protocols at both ends are GFP, but Extension Header Option at
the local end is set to Yes and Extension Header Option at the opposite end is set to No.
2. Query the encapsulation protocol and the settings of the protocol parameters of the
VCTRUNK port that reports the FCS_ERR alarm at both ends, such as Scramble and Set
Inverse Value for CRC. For details, see Configuring the Internal Port on an Ethernet Board
Step 3 Cause 2: The performance of the service transmission line degrades.
1. The performance of the transmission line degrades if the fiber connector is loose or dirty,
the fiber or cable is faulty, or the components for the transmission are not in good contact.
Check whether the alarms related to errors and optical power and the performance events
related to errors occur in the service transmission line.
If... Then...
The BIP_EXC, BIP_SD, B3_EXC, B3_SD,
IN_PWR_ABN, RSBBE, MSBBE,
HPBBE, or LPBBE occurs
Take priority to clear the preceding alarms
or performance events. Check whether the
alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, go
to Step Step 4.
The preceding alarms or performance
events do not occur
Go to Step Step 4.
board does not work with an interface board, replace the board directly. For details, see
Replacing an Ethernet Board in the Parts Replacement.
----End
Related Information
None.
285
7.27 HARD_BAD
Description
The HARD_BAD is an alarm indicating that the hardware is faulty. This alarm occurs when the
board detects a hardware fault.
Attribute
Parameters
286
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the cause of the hardware error if the board is a cross-connect and timing
board.
l Bit[0]: The board is considered faulty because the hardware automatically
detects an error.
l Bit[1]: The board is considered faulty because the software detects an error
during the routine inspection.
Indicates the slot ID of the board that reports the alarm if the board is an SCC
board.
In the case of the ATM, data switching board (excluding the N3EAS2 board),
and RPR boards, the value is always 0x01.
Indicates the cause of the fault in the case of the transparent data transmission
board, the 10G data switching board (the N3EAS2 board), OBU1 board, IF board,
and ODU.
l 0x01: The power module is working abnormally.
l 0x02: The board is installed incorrectly. (The contact between the board and
the backplane is poor. For example, the board is not inserted firmly.)
l 0x03: 38 Mbit/s system clock 1 is abnormal.
l 0x05: 2 Mbit/s clock source is abnormal.
l 0x06: The digital phase-locked loop is abnormal.
l 0x07: The 38 Mbit/s service clock is lost.
l 0x08: The bus is abnormal.
l 0x09: The board configured with the TPS protection is abnormal.
l 0x0A: The primary crystal oscillator stops oscillating.
l 0x0B: The frequency offset of the primary crystal oscillator is excessive.
l 0x0C: The secondary crystal oscillator stops oscillating.
l 0x0D: The processor (CPU/DSP/coprocessor) is faulty.
l 0x0E: The storage components are faulty.
l 0x0F: The programmable logic device is faulty.
l 0x10: The SDH components are faulty.
l 0x11: The data communication components are faulty.
l 0x12: The clock components are faulty.
l 0x13: The interface components are faulty.
l 0x14: The power components are faulty.
l 0x15: Another fault occurs.
l 0x16: The analog phase-locked loop is abnormal.
l 0x17: The 32 Mbit/s clock is unavailable.
287
Name Meaning
l 0x1A: The loop of the cross-connect chip is faulty.
l 0x1B: The 8K in-service line of the board is at low level.
For the SAN board, Parameter 1 indicates the type of hardware failure. Bit[0]:
The oscillator fails.
For the BPA/BA2 board, the alarm has no parameter.
288
Name Meaning
Parameter 2 Indicates the specific cause of the hardware failure detected during a hardware
check if the board is a cross-connect and timing board.
In the case of an ATM board, Parameters 2 and 3 indicate the fault type of the
board. The value 0x01 indicates that the board clock is faulty. Other values
indicate that the RAM of the service chip is faulty (in the case of only the
N1IDQ1A and N1IDL4A boards).
In the case of the transparent data transmission board, the 10G data switching
board (the N3EAS2 board), OBU1 board, IF board, and ODU, Parameter 2 has
different meanings, depending on the value of Parameter 1.
Indicates the following meanings when Parameter 1 is 0x08.
l 0x01: Bus A is abnormal.
l 0x02: Bus B is abnormal.
Parameter 2 is always 0xFF when Parameter 1 is not 0x08.
Parameters 2 and 3 indicate the cause of the fault in the case of the 10G data
switching board (the N1EAS2 board).
l 0x04: The FPGA chip is faulty.
l 0x06: The PLL is out of lock.
l 0x07: The read and write operations on a chip of the board fail.
l 0x0E: The memory is faulty.
l 0x0F: The logical component is faulty.
l 0x12: The clock is faulty.
l 0x13: The interface component is faulty.
l 0x14: The voltage is abnormal.
l 0x05, 0x08, 0x15 to 0x19: Respectively indicates that the chip on the board
is faulty.
Parameters 2 and 3 indicate the cause of the fault in the case of other data
switching boards and RPR boards.
l 0x01: The power module is working abnormally.
l 0x02: The board is installed incorrectly. (The contact between the board and
the backplane is poor. For example, the board is not inserted firmly.)
l 0x05: 2 Mbit/s clock source is abnormal.
l 0x06: The digital phase-locked loop is abnormal.
l 0x07: The 38 Mbit/s service clock is lost.
l 0x08: The bus is abnormal.
l 0x09: The board configured with the TPS protection is abnormal.
l 0x0A: The primary crystal oscillator stops oscillating.
l 0x0B: The frequency offset of the primary crystal oscillator is excessive.
289
Name Meaning
l 0x0C: The secondary crystal oscillator stops oscillating.
l 0x0D: The processor (CPU/DSP/coprocessor) is faulty.
l 0x0E: The storage components are faulty.
l 0x0F: The programmable logic device is faulty.
l 0x10: The SDH components are faulty.
l 0x11: The data communication components are faulty.
l 0x12: The clock components are faulty.
l 0x13: The interface components are faulty.
l 0x14: The power components are faulty.
l 0x15: Another fault occurs.
l 0x16: The analog phase-locked loop is abnormal.
l 0x1A: The loop of the cross-connect chip is faulty.
l 0x1B: The 8K in-service line of the board is at low level.
Parameter 3 Indicates the specific cause of the hardware failure detected during a software
check if the board is a cross-connect and timing board.
For the SAN board, Parameter 2 indicates the type of the failed oscillator.
l 0x01: The 212M oscillator fails.
Parameter 4 If the board is an SCC board, the meanings of the parameters are as follows:
l 0x01: The software detects that the hardware is considered faulty.
l 0x08: The internal chip is considered faulty.
l 0x10: The 20 Mbit/s crystal oscillator is faulty.
l 0x20: The 25 Mbit/s crystal oscillator is faulty.
l 0x40: The first channel of 38 Mbit/s clocks is faulty.
l 0x80: The second channel of 38 Mbit/s clocks is faulty.
Parameter 5 If the board is an SCC board, the meanings of the parameters are as follows:
l 0x01: The 3.3 V power module of the board is faulty.
l 0x02: The external Ethernet port is faulty.
l 0x04: The internal Ethernet port is faulty.
l 0x08: The working/protection Ethernet port is faulty.
l 0x10: The 1.8432 Mbit/s oscillator is faulty.
290
When the HARD_BAD alarm occurs, a working/protection switching is not available if the
board is a protection board, and then the services may be interrupted.
NOTE
in the description of this section, handle the HARD_BAD alarm by following the steps provided in Handling
Procedure.
Table 7-20 lists the common fault symptoms of the HARD_BAD alarm.
Table 7-20 Common fault symptoms when the HARD_BAD alarm occurs
The SCC board reports the alarm. The slot ID in
the reported alarm is the slot ID of the service
board that generates the alarm. Parameter 2 -
Parameter 4 of the alarm are 0xFF.
Cause 1: The service board is not in good
contact with the backplane, the version of
the board is mismatched with the version
of the NE, or the service board is faulty.
The following causes are mutually exclusive.
l The SCC board reports the alarm. The slot ID
in the reported alarm is the slot ID of the cross-
connect and timing board.
in the reported alarm is the slot ID of the SCC
board. Parameter 4 of the alarm is 0x40.
in the reported alarm is the slot ID of the SCC
board. Parameter 4 of the alarm is 0x80.
l The cross-connect and timing board reports
the HARD_BAD alarm.
Cause 2: The cross-connect board is not
in good contact with the backplane, or is
faulty.
The SCC board reports the alarm. Parameters 1-3
of the alarm are 0xFF, whereas parameters 4 and
5 are not 0xFF.
Cause 3: The SCC board is not in good
contact with the backplane, or is faulty.
l The service board (such as a data board)
reports the HARD_BAD alarm for tens of
seconds each time, and reports the alarm
frequently. The services are not affected
during the report of the alarm.
l The HARD_BAD alarm is reported with the
POWER_ABNORMAL alarm by the SCC
board.
Cause 4: The power supply of the NE is
abnormal.

Possible Causes
If the HARD_BAD alarm is reported by a board, the possible causes are as follows:
291
l Cause 1: The service board is not in good contact with the backplane, the version of the
board is mismatched with the version of the NE, or the service board is faulty.
l Cause 2: The cross-connect board is not in good contact with the backplane, or is faulty.
l Cause 3: The SCC board is not in good contact with the backplane, or is faulty.
l Cause 4: The power supply of the NE is abnormal.
If the alarm is reported by the ODU, the possible cause is as follows:
Cause 5: The ODU is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 Check the alarm on the NMS. Determine the slot ID of the board that reports the alarm, and the
meanings of the parameters. For details, see Viewing the Current Alarms in the Supporting
Tasks.
Step 2 Cause 1: The service board is not in good contact with the backplane, the version of the board
is mismatched with the version of the NE, or the service board is faulty.
1. Query the version of the board software and the version of the NE software, and check
whether they are matched. For details, see Querying the Board Information Report in the
Supporting Tasks.
If... Then...
They are not matched Contact Huawei technical support engineers to upgrade the
relevant software. Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the
They are matched Go to the next step.
2. Reseat the service board indicated by Parameter 1 of the alarm. For details on how to reseat
a board, see Removing the Boards in the Installation Guide and Installing the Boards in
the Installation Guide. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
3. If the alarm persists, replace the service board. For details, see Replacing Boards Onsite in
Step 3 Cause 2: The cross-connect board is not in good contact with the backplane, or is faulty.
1. Reseat the cross-connect board. For details on how to reseat a board, see Removing the
Boards in the Installation Guide and Installing the Boards in the Installation Guide. Check
2. If the alarm persists, replace the cross-connect board. For details, see Replacing a CXL
Board in the Parts Replacement.
Step 4 Cause 3: The SCC board is not in good contact with the backplane, or is faulty.
1. Reseat the SCC board. For details on how to reseat a board, see Removing the Boards in
the Installation Guide and Installing the Boards in the Installation Guide. Check whether
2. If the alarm persists, replace the SCC board. For details, see Replacing a CXL Board in the
Parts Replacement.
292
Step 5 Cause 4: The power supply of the NE is abnormal.
1. If the voltage of the power is not stable (for example, the NE is immediately powered on
after being powered off), the board detects the abnormal voltage and reports the alarm.
Check whether the power supply of the NE is normal. For details, see
POWER_ABNORMAL. If the power supply of the NE is abnormal, reconnect the power
supply or use a device that provides a stable power supply. For details, see Powering on a
Subrack in the Installation Guide.
Step 6 Cause 5: The ODU is faulty.
----End
Related Information
None.
7.28 HP_LOM
Description
The HP_LOM is an alarm indicating loss of multiframe in the higher order path.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
293
Name Meaning
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicate the ID of the AU-4 path.
3 = 0x01. These parameters indicate that the alarm is reported by
AU-4 path 1 at port 1 on the corresponding board.
When the HP_LOM alarm occurs, the services in the path are interrupted.
NOTE
in the description of this section, handle the HP_LOM alarm by following the steps provided in Handling
Procedure.
None.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the HP_LOM alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: The settings of the service levels are different at both ends.
Figure 7-22 HP_LOM detection signal flow 1
NE1(Source end)
LU LU XCS
NE2(Sink end)
LU LU XCS
HP_LOM
...
Level of the transmitted
serviceLevel of the
received service
...
LU: Line unit

l Cause 2: The board (such as a cross-connect and timing board or a line board) is faulty,
resulting in the lost or incorrect H4 bytes.
Procedure
Step 1 Check the alarm on the NMS. Determine the ID of the path that reports the alarm according to
the alarm Parameter 1. For details, see Viewing the Current Alarms in the Supporting Tasks.
Step 2 Cause 1: The settings of the service levels are different at both ends.
294
1. Check the service configurations of the path that reports the alarm. As shown in Figure
7-22, if the settings of the service levels are different at both ends, reset the service levels
as required.
Step 3 Cause 2: The board (such as a cross-connect and timing board or a line board) is faulty, resulting
in the lost or incorrect H4 bytes.
1. Perform loopbacks to locate the hardware fault on the local end or the opposite end. For
example, perform a loopback on the optical port (on a local line board) that report the alarm.
If... Then...
The local end reports the alarm Reset or replace the local line board. Go to
the next step.
The local end does not report the alarm The receive direction at the local end is
running properly, and the transmit direction
at the opposite end may be faulty. Go to step
Step 3.4.
2. Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, reset or replace the local cross-
connect and timing board.
CAUTION
If there is no protection cross-connect and timing board, services are interrupted if you
perform a cold reset on the working cross-connect and timing board.
3. Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, go to the next step.
4. Reset or replace the line board at the opposite end. Check whether the alarm is cleared. If
the alarm persists, go to the next step.
5. Reset or replace the cross-connect and timing board at the opposite end.
CAUTION
If there is no protection cross-connect and timing board, services are interrupted if you
perform a cold reset on the working cross-connect and timing board.
----End
Related Information
None.
295
7.29 HP_RDI
Description
The HP_RDI is an alarm indicating a remote defect in the higher order path.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
The HP_RDI alarm is an accompanying alarm. When the alarm is reported, the local station is
not affected. When the path-level services at the remote station are interrupted, the remote station
returns the HP_RDI alarm to the local station.
NOTE
Table 7-21 lists the common fault symptoms of the HP_RDI alarm.
296
Table 7-21 Symptoms of the HP_RDI alarm
l The service receive end (opposite end)
terminates the higher order path overhead
(HPOH), and the opposite end reports the SF
alarms of the server, multiplex section, or
regenerator section, such as the R_LOS,
R_LOF, and MS_AIS alarms.
l The service receive end (opposite end)
terminates the HPOH, and the opposite end
reports the alarms of the higher order path,
such as the AU_AIS, AU_LOP, and
HP_UNEQ alarms.
Cause 1: The service receive end
(opposite end) terminates the HPOH, the
section-level or higher order alarm exists.
The receive end (opposite end) is configured with
lower order services, the opposite end reports the
HP_TIM, HP_SLM, and HP_LOM alarms, and
the insertion function is enabled.
Cause 2: The receive end (opposite end)
is configured with lower order services,
and the HP_SLM, HP_TIM, HP_LOM
alarms are reported.
The service receive end (opposite end) terminates
the HPOH, and the insertion function is enabled
for the alarms (such as the R_OOF or B1 alarm)
reported by the opposite end. As a result, the
AU_AIS alarm signal is inserted and the HP_RDI
alarm is transmitted to the local end.
Cause 3: The service receive end
(opposite end) terminates the HPOH, and
the alarms that insert the AIS signal exist.

Possible Causes
The possible causes of the HP_RDI alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: The service receive end (opposite end) terminates the HPOH, the section-level or
higher order alarm exists.
Figure 7-23 HP_RDI alarm detection
Returned byte G1
(b5) HP_RDI
The AIS
signal in the
overhead is
detected.
Indicates
termination
Indicates
regeneration
Line unit West
East
West East Line unit
Highorder
path overhead
Highorder
path overhead
297

l Cause 2: The receive end (opposite end) is configured with lower order services, and the
HP_SLM, HP_TIM, HP_LOM alarms are reported.
l Cause 3: The service receive end (opposite end) terminates the HPOH, and the alarms that
insert the AIS signal exist.
Procedure
the alarm parameter. For details, see Viewing the Current Alarms in the Supporting Tasks.
Step 2 Check whether the east line unit is set to terminate the HPOH. The HP_RDI alarm is transmitted
to the local end only when the HPOH termination mode is adopted.
If... Then...
The opposite end is configured with lower
order services
The HPOH is terminated automatically. Go to
Step Step 3.
The opposite end is configured with higher
order services
The HPOH termination mode is adopted. Go to
the next step, and set the overhead mode to pass-
through.
1. Choose Service > SDH Circuit > SDH Trail Management from the main menu. In the
Set Trail Browse Filter Condition dialog box, set the filter condition, and then click Filter
All. The trails are displayed in the list.
2. Select a trail to be viewed, click Maintenance, and then select Overhead Termination.
The Set Overhead dialog box is displayed.
3. Browse Overhead Status of the higher order path. Set Overhead Status to
Termination or Pass-Through as required.
4. Check whether the HP_RDI alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, go to Step Step 3.
Step 3 Cause 1: The service receive end (opposite end) terminates the HPOH, the section-level or higher
order alarm exists.
1. Check whether the section-level or higher order alarm exists, such as the R_LOS,
R_LOF, MS_AIS, AU_AIS, AU_LOP, or HP_UNEQ.
If... Then...
The preceding alarms occur Take priority to handle these alarms.
None of the preceding alarms occurs Go to Step Step 4.
2. Check whether the HP_RDI alarm is cleared.
l If the HP_RDI alarm persists and the opposite end is configured with lower order
services, go to Step Step 4.
l If the HP_RDI alarm persists and the opposite end is configured with higher order
services, go to Step Step 5.
Step 4 Cause 2: The receive end (opposite end) is configured with lower order services, and the
HP_SLM, HP_TIM, HP_LOM alarms are reported.
298
1. The opposite end forcibly inserts the AIS signal, which results in the transmission of the
RDI signal to the local end. Check whether the HP_SLM, HP_TIM, or HP_LOM alarm
occurs on the opposite end, and whether the AIS insertion function is enabled.
If... Then...
The AIS insertion function is enabled Go to the next step.
The AIS insertion function is not enabled Go to Step Step 5.
2. Disable the AIS insertion function, or take priority to handle the HP_SLM, HP_TIM, or
HP_LOM alarm. For details on how to disable the AIS insertion function, see Setting the
AIS Insertion Switch in the Supporting Tasks.
3. Check whether the HP_RDI alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, go to Step Step 5.
Step 5 Cause 3: The service receive end (opposite end) terminates the HPOH, and the alarms that insert
the AIS signal exist.
1. The opposite end forcibly inserts the AIS signal, which results in the return of the RDI
signal to the local end. Check whether the R_OOF or B1 alarm occurs on the opposite end,
and whether the AIS insertion function is enabled.
If... Then...
The AIS insertion function is enabled Go to the next step.
The AIS insertion function is not enabled Contact Huawei technical support engineers
to handle the alarm.
2. Disable the AIS insertion function, or take priority to handle the R_OOF or B1 alarm. For
details on how to disable the AIS insertion function, see Setting the AIS Insertion Switch
3. Check whether the HP_RDI alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, contact Huawei technical
support engineers to handle the alarm.
----End
Related Information
Higher order path overheads are processed in three modes: overhead pass-through, overhead
termination, and overhead detection.
Overhead pass-through
The transmission equipment (local NE) performs the overhead detection on the higher order
path overhead that is sent by the upstream NE, and does not regenerate the higher order path
overhead but directly forwards the received higher order path overhead to the downstream NE.
Generally, the higher order path overhead of the higher order service at the VC-4 level or higher
is transparently transmitted.
Overhead termination
path overhead that is sent by the upstream NE, regenerates the higher order path overhead, and
forwards the higher order path overhead to the downstream NE. The value of the overhead byte
299
that is sent to the downstream NE is determined by the service condition of the local NE. The
higher order path overhead must be terminated at the sink that receives the lower order service
(such as the VC-3 or VC-12 service).
Overhead detection
The transmission equipment (local NE) extracts the higher order path overhead that is sent by
the upstream NE, and processes or reports alarms according to the extracted value. During the
overhead detection, the value of the higher order path overhead is not changed.
The overhead pass-through and overhead termination are as shown in Figure 7-24.
Figure 7-24 Overhead pass-through and overhead termination
Overhead
detection
A Overhead pass-through B
West
West
East East
Line unit
Line unit
Indicates
termination
Indicates
regeneration
Highorder
path overhead
Highorder
path overhead
Highorder
path overhead
Highorder
path overhead
Overhead
detection

l If the corresponding higher order path overhead of the east line board is set to pass-through,
the received overhead directly passes through the west line board and arrives at the east
line board.
l If the corresponding higher order path overhead of the east line board is set to termination,
the received overhead is terminated on the west line board and is regenerated on the east
line board.
7.30 HP_SLM
Description
The HP_SLM is an alarm indicating signal label mismatch in the higher order path. This alarm
occurs when a board detects that the actually received C2 byte is inconsistent with the C2 byte
to be received (in terms of the byte format and value) and that the actually received C2 byte is
not 0x00.
NOTE
The C2 byte is used to indicate the structures of the higher order virtual containers (VC-3, VC-4, and VC-4-
Xc) and the payload property.
300
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
If the AU-AIS alarm is inserted when the HP_SLM alarm occurs, the path services are
interrupted. In addition, the HP_RDI alarm is returned to the opposite station.
NOTE
in the description of the common fault symptom, handle the HP_SLM alarm by following the steps provided
in Handling Procedure.
None.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the HP_SLM alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: The overhead pass-through function is enabled on the pass-through NEs. The
service type of this NE or the C2 byte to be received is set incorrectly.
l Cause 2: The overhead pass-through function is enabled on the pass-through NEs. The
service type or the C2 byte to be transmitted at the termination station is set incorrectly.
301
Figure 7-25 HP_SLM alarm detection 1 (Cause 1 and Cause 2)
A D C
HP_SLM
B
(Adding lower order
services)
Overhead
pass-through
Overhead
pass-through
(Dropping lower order
services)

l Cause 3: The overhead pass-through function is enabled on the pass-through NEs. The C2
byte to be transmitted on the pass-through NE is set incorrectly.
Figure 7-26 HP_SLM alarm detection 2
A D C
HP_SLM
B
(Adding lower order
services)
Overhead
termination
Overhead
pass-through
services)

Procedure
Step 2 Cause 1: The overhead pass-through function is enabled on the pass-through NEs. The service
type of this NE or the C2 byte to be received is set incorrectly.
1. Check whether the service type configured at the local NE matches with the value of the
C2 byte to be received. If not, reset the C2 byte to be received or change the service type.
Step 3 Cause 2: The overhead pass-through function is enabled on the pass-through NEs. The service
type or the C2 byte to be transmitted at the termination station is set incorrectly.
1. According to the signal flow, query the upstream NE about the NE that transmits the lower
order service. The source board on the NE is the source end that sends the C2 byte. In this
manner, you can obtain which NE transmits the regenerated C2 byte to the local NE after
terminating the higher order path overhead. If the overhead pass-through function is enabled
on the intermediate NEs, the intermediate NEs transparently transmit the C2 byte. As shown
302
in Figure 7-25, NE A terminates the overhead, and NE B and NE C transparently transmit
the C2 byte.
2. Check whether the service type configured at the termination station matches with the value
of the C2 byte to be transmitted on the NE. If not, reset the C2 byte to be transmitted or
change the service type. For details of resetting the C2 byte, see Configuring C2 Byte in
Step 4 Cause 3: The overhead pass-through function is enabled on the pass-through NEs. The C2 byte
to be transmitted on the pass-through NE is set incorrectly.
1. According to the signal flow, check whether the pass-through NEs on the service path are
set to terminate the overhead. As shown in Figure 7-26, NE A transmits the lower order
service, and thus is the termination station. NE B and NE C pass through the service that
is transmitted from NE A to NE D, and thus are pass-through NEs.
2. According to the actual service type, reset the C2 byte that passes through the NE, or set
the overhead mode to pass-through. For details of resetting the C2 byte, see Configuring
C2 Byte in the Supporting Tasks. For details of setting the overhead mode, see the following
steps.
a. Choose Service > SDH Circuit > SDH Trail Management from the main menu. In
the Set Trail Browse Filter Condition dialog box, set the filter condition, and then
click Filter All. The trails are displayed in the list.
b. Select a trail to be viewed, click Maintenance, and then select Overhead
Termination. The Set Overhead dialog box is displayed.
c. Browse Overhead Status of the higher order path. Set Overhead Status to
----End
Related Information
Overhead detection
303
Overhead
detection
West
West
East East
Line unit
Line unit
Indicates
termination
Indicates
regeneration
Highorder
path overhead
Highorder
path overhead
Highorder
path overhead
Highorder
path overhead
Overhead
detection

line board.
line board.
7.31 HP_TIM
Description
The HP_TIM is an alarm indicating that the higher order path trace identifier is mismatched.
This alarm occurs when the actually received J1 byte is different from the J1 byte to be received
(in terms of the byte format and value).
NOTE
This byte is used to repetitively transmit a path access point identifier (APID) so that the receive end can
check whether the channel is correctly connected to the specified transmit end.
Attribute
Parameters
304
Name Meaning
If the AU-AIS alarm is inserted when the HP_TIM alarm occurs, the path services are interrupted.
In addition, the HP_RDI alarm is transmitted to the opposite station.
NOTE
None.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the HP_TIM alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: The overhead pass-through function is enabled on the pass-through NEs. The J1
byte to be received on the local NE is set incorrectly.
l Cause 2: The overhead pass-through function is enabled on the pass-through NEs. The J1
byte to be transmitted or service cross-connection on the termination station is set
incorrectly.
Figure 7-28 HP_TIM alarm detection 1 (Cause1 and Cause 2)
A D C
HP_TIM
B
(Adding lower order
services)
Overhead
pass-through
Overhead
pass-through
services)

l Cause 3: The overhead termination function is enabled on the pass-through NEs. The J1
byte to be transmitted on the pass-through NE is set incorrectly.
305
Figure 7-29 HP_TIM alarm detection 2
A D C
HP_TIM
B
(Adding lower order
services)
Overhead
termination
Overhead
pass-through
services)

Procedure
Step 2 Cause 1: The overhead pass-through function is enabled on the pass-through NEs. The J1 byte
to be received on the local NE is set incorrectly.
1. Check whether the J1 byte to be received on the local NE meets the actual requirement. If
not, reset the J1 byte according to the related recommendation. For details, see Configuring
Trace Byte in the Supporting Tasks.
NOTE
If the Ethernet boards are connected with each other, you need to correctly set the J1 byte to be
received and the J1 byte to be transmitted on the SDH path.
Step 3 Cause 2: The overhead pass-through function is enabled on the pass-through NEs. The J1 byte
to be transmitted or service cross-connection on the termination station is set incorrectly.
1. Query the upstream NE about the NE that transmits the lower order service. The source
board on the NE is the source end that sends the J1 byte. In this manner, you can obtain
which NE transmits the regenerated J1 byte to the local NE after terminating the higher
order path overhead. As shown in Figure 7-28, NE A terminates the overhead, and NE B
and NE C transparently transmit the J1 byte.
2. Check whether the J1 byte to be transmitted at the termination station meets the actual
requirement. If not, reset the J1 byte according to the related recommendation.
3. Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, check whether the service cross-
connection on the termination station is set correctly. If not, reset the service cross-
connection.
Step 4 Cause 3: The overhead termination function is enabled on the pass-through NEs. The J1 byte to
be transmitted on the pass-through NE is set incorrectly.
1. Check whether the pass-through NE on the service path is set to terminate the overhead.
As shown in Figure 7-29, NE A transmits the lower order service, and thus is a termination
station. NE B and NE C pass through the service that is transmitted from NE A to NE D,
and thus are pass-through NEs.
306
2. According to the actual service type, reset the J1 byte that passes through the NE, or set
the overhead mode to pass-through. For details of resetting the J1 byte, see Configuring
steps.
----End
Related Information
Overhead detection
307
Overhead
detection
West
West
East East
Line unit
Line unit
Indicates
termination
Indicates
regeneration
Highorder
path overhead
Highorder
path overhead
Highorder
path overhead
Highorder
path overhead
Overhead
detection

line board.
line board.
7.32 HP_UNEQ
Description
The HP_UNEQ is an alarm indicating that the higher order path is unequipped. The actually
received C2 byte is 0x00.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
308
Name Meaning
If the AU-AIS alarm signal is inserted when the HP_UNEQ alarm occurs, the path services are
interrupted. In addition, the HP_RDI alarm is transmitted to the opposite station.
NOTE
Table 7-22 lists the common fault symptoms of the HP_UNEQ alarm.
Table 7-22 Symptoms of the HP_UNEQ alarm
The corresponding channels on the upstream NEs
report the HP_UNEQ alarm.
Cause 1: The upstream NEs are not
configured with services.

Possible Causes
The possible causes of the HP_UNEQ alarms are as follows:
l Cause 1: The upstream NEs are not configured with services.
Figure 7-31 HP_UNEQ alarm detection 1
A D C
HP_UNEQ HP_UNEQ
Unequipped
services
B
HP_UNEQ
Overhead
pass-through
Overhead
pass-through
Overhead
termination
Overhead
termination

309
l Cause 2: The C2 byte to be transmitted on the termination station is 0x00, and the pass-
through NEs are set to pass through the overhead.
A D C
HP_UNEQ C2=0X00
B
Overhead
termination
Overhead
termination
Overhead
pass-through
Overhead
pass-through

l Cause 3: The C2 to be transmitted at the termination station is not 0x00, the pass-through
NE is set to terminate the overhead, and the C2 byte to be transmitted is set to 0x00.
A D C
HP_UNEQ C2=0X00
B
(Adding lower order
services)
Overhead
termination
Overhead
pass-through
services)

Procedure
Step 2 Cause 1: The upstream NEs are not configured with services.
1. Check whether the corresponding channel on the opposite NE is configured with services.
As shown in Figure 7-31, if the corresponding channel of NE B reports the HP_UNEQ
alarm, the opposite end is NE A.
310
If... Then...
The NE at the opposite end is not
configured with services
The NE at the opposite end transmits the
unequipped service, the NE at the local end
reports the HP_UNEQ alarm. After the NE at
the opposite end is configured with services
correctly, check whether the alarm is cleared.
For details, see the Configuration Guide. If
The NE at the opposite end is configured
services
2. Check whether the corresponding channel of the upstream NEs reports the HP_UNEQ
alarm.
If... Then...
The HP_UNEQ alarm is reported The upstream NE transparently transmits the
unequipped service to the NE at the local
end. As shown in Figure 7-31, NE B and NE
C transparently transmit the unequipped
service that is transmitted from NE A to NE
D. As a result, the NEs on the service trail
report the HP_UNEQ alarm.
If the HP_UNEQ alarm is not reported, Go to Step Step 3.
3. Query the source end that is not configured with services. After the NE is configured with
services correctly, check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, go to Step Step
3.
Step 3 Cause 2: The C2 byte to be transmitted on the termination station is 0x00, and the pass-through
NEs are set to pass through the overhead.
order service. The source board on the NE is the source end that sends the C2 byte. In this
manner, you can obtain which NE transmits the C2 byte to the local NE after terminating
the higher order path overhead. If the overhead pass-through function is enabled on the
intermediate NEs, the intermediate NEs transparently transmits the C2 byte. As shown in
Figure 7-32, NE A terminates the overhead, and NE B and NE C transparently transmit
the C2 byte.
2. Check whether the C2 byte to be transmitted at the termination station is 0x00.
If... Then...
The C2 byte to be transmitted is 0x00 Reset the C2 byte according to the actual
service type. For details, see Configuring
C2 Byte in the Supporting Tasks. Check
311
If... Then...
The C2 byte to be transmitted is not 0x00 Go to Step Step 4.
Step 4 Cause 3: The C2 to be transmitted at the termination station is not 0x00, the pass-through NE is
set to terminate the overhead, and the C2 byte to be transmitted is set to 0x00.
1. According to the signal flow, check whether the pass-through NE on the service path is set
to terminate the overhead, and the C2 byte to be transmitted is 0x00. As shown in Figure
7-33, NE A transmits the lower order service, and thus is a termination station. NE B and
NE C pass through the service that is transmitted from NE A to NE D, and thus are pass-
through NEs.
2. According to the actual service type, reset the C2 byte that passes through the NE, or set
the overhead mode to pass-through. For details of resetting the C2 byte, see Configuring
steps.
----End
Related Information
Overhead detection
312
Overhead
detection
West
West
East East
Line unit
Line unit
Indicates
termination
Indicates
regeneration
Highorder
path overhead
Highorder
path overhead
Highorder
path overhead
Highorder
path overhead
Overhead
detection

line board.
line board.
7.33 HSC_UNAVAIL
Description
The HSC_UNAVAIL is an alarm indicating that the active/standby switching function failure.
This alarm is reported by the protection board when the active/standby switching function cannot
be performed if the protection board is configured.
Attribute
Minor Equipment alarm
Parameters
313
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the alarm type.
l 0x01: The protection cross-connect board is in the bad
status.
l 0x02: A service board detects the bad state of the protection
l 0x04: The protection cross-connect board detects a type II
BUS_ERR alarm.
l BIT[3-6]: Reserved.
l 0x80: The time, which elapsed after a successful cold reset
on the protection cross-connect board, is less than five
minutes.
Parameter 2 Indicates the working/protection status of the available board.
l 0x00: Working
l 0x01: Protection
Parameter 3 Indicates the slot number of the unavailable board.
Parameter 4 and Parameter 5 The values are always 0xFF.
When the HSC_UNAVAIL alarm occurs, the services may be interrupted when the working/
protection boards are switched.
NOTE
in the description of this section, handle the HSC_UNAVAIL alarm by following the steps provided in
Handling Procedure.
Table 7-23 lists the common fault symptoms of the HSC_UNAVAIL alarm.
Table 7-23 Symptoms of the HSC_UNAVAIL alarm
Parameter 1 = 0x80: If no other alarm is
generated, the SRV indicator on the protection
cross-connect board is in yellow.
Cause 1: After a successful cold reset on
the protection cross-connect board, the
elapsed time is less than five minutes.
314
Parameter 1 = 0x02: Only certain service boards
or no service boards report the TR_LOC or
T_LOSEX alarm.
If the equipment contains an extended subrack,
the XCE board does not report the BUS_ERR
alarm.
Cause 5: The service board is faulty.
The SCC board resets frequently, and the cross-
connect board reports the HSC_UNAVAIL alarm
frequently.
Cause 3: The NE software version of a
board does not match the hardware
version.
l Parameter 1 = 0x01: The protection cross-
connect board reports an alarm (such as the
HARD_BAD, CHIP_FAIL, or
POWER_ABNORMAL alarm) indicating
that the protection cross-connect board is
faulty.
l Parameter 1 = 0x02: All the service boards
report the TR_LOC or T_LOSEX alarm. If the
equipment contains an extended subrack, the
XCE board may report the BUS_ERR alarm.
l Parameter 1 = 0x04: The BUS_ERR alarm is
reported.
Cause 4 The cross-connect board is
faulty.

Possible Causes
The possible causes of the HSC_UNAVAIL alarms are as follows:
l Cause 1: After a successful cold reset on the protection cross-connect board, the elapsed
time is less than five minutes.
l Cause 2: The versions of the working and protection cross-connect boards are different
from each other.
l Cause 3: The NE software version of a board does not match the hardware version.
l Cause 4 The cross-connect board is faulty.
l Cause 6: The backplane of the subrack is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 Check the alarm on the NMS, and then determine the cause of the alarm according to the alarm
parameters. For details, see Viewing the Current Alarms in the Supporting Tasks.
Step 2 Cause 1: After a successful cold reset on the protection cross-connect board, the elapsed time is
less than five minutes.
1. The alarm need not be handled. The alarm reminds you not to perform a cold reset on the
working board or not to reseat the working board at this time so that the services are not
affected. After being powered on and started, the protection board needs to maintain
315
synchronization with the working board. If no exception occurs, wait five to eight minutes
until the board is reset successfully.
Step 3 Cause 2: The versions of the working and protection cross-connect boards are different from
each other. Cause 3: The NE software version of a board does not match the hardware version.
l Check whether the software versions of the working and protection cross-connect boards
match each other. If the software versions do not match each other, the HSC_UNAVAIL
alarm is reported.
l Check whether the NE software version of the cross-connect board that reports the alarm
matches the hardware version. For example, if the NE software is of the Q1 version and
the hardware is of the Q2 version, the HSC_UNAVAIL alarm is reported.
1. According to the alarm parameters, if a service board detects the bad state of the protection
cross-connect board, query the alarms of each service board on the NE.
If... Then...
All the service boards report the TR_LOC or T_LOSEX
alarm
Proceed to the next step.
Only certain service boards report the TR_LOC or
T_LOSEX alarm
Go to Step Step 5.
2. For details on how to check a software version, see Querying the Board Information Report
in the Supporting Tasks. If the versions are different from each other, contact Huawei
technical support engineers to update the corresponding software.
Step 4 Cause 4 The cross-connect board is faulty.
1. Replace the cross-connect board that reports the alarm. For details, see Replacing a CXL
Board in the Parts Replacement. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
1. Replace the service board that reports the TR_LOC or T_LOSEX alarm. For details, see
Replacing Boards Onsite in the Supporting Tasks. Check whether the TR_LOC or
T_LOSEX alarm is cleared.
2. If the TR_LOC or T_LOSEX alarm persists, go to Step 6.
Step 6 Cause 6: The backplane of the subrack is faulty.
1. Check whether certain pins on the backplane of the subrack are bent. If certain pins on the
backplane of the subrack are bent, replace the backplane of the subrack, and then check
----End
Related Information
None.
316
7.34 IN_PWR_ABN
Description
The IN_PWR_LOW is an alarm indicating that the input optical power is abnormal.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
The IN_PWR_ABN alarm affects the transmission performance of the service, and may result
in the service interruption.
NOTE
None.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the IN_PWR_ABN alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: The threshold of the optical power is not set properly.
l Cause 2: The fiber connector is loose or dirty.
l Cause 3: The board at the local end is faulty.
l Cause 4: The board at the opposite end is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 Cause 1: The threshold of the optical power is not set properly.
317
1. Query the type of the optical module that reports the alarm. You can obtain the manufacturer
information about the optical module by referring to Querying the Board Manufacturer
Information Report in the Supporting Tasks or Bar Code in the Hardware Description.
2. Check whether the optical power threshold is set properly. For details, see the Querying
the Optical Power in the Supporting Tasks. If the threshold is set improperly, change Input
Power Reference Lower Threshold and Input Power Reference Upper Threshold
according to the receiver sensitivity or overload threshold of the board. For details on the
optical power of the board, see the Specifications of the Boards in the Technical
Specifications Reference.
Step 2 Cause 2: The fiber connector is loose or dirty.
1. Check whether the output optical power of the board that is connected to the board that
reports the alarm is within the normal range. For details on the optical power of the board,
see Specifications of the Boards in the Technical Specifications Reference. For details of
the operation, see Querying the Optical Power in the Supporting Tasks.
If... Then...
The output optical power is abnormal Go to Step Step 4.
The output optical power is normal Go to the next step.
2. Query whether the output optical power of the board that reports the alarm on the local end
is within the normal range.
If... Then...
The output optical power is abnormal Go to Step Step 3.
The output optical power is normal Go to the next step.
3. Query whether the input optical power of the board that reports the alarm on the local end
If... Then...
The input optical power is abnormal Repeat the following step to check the fiber
jumpers and fiber connectors at both ends in
order.
The input optical power is normal Go to Step Step 3.
4. Check whether the bend radius of the fiber jumper is within the normal range. If the bend
radius is less than 6 cm, roll the fiber jumper again. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
5. If the alarm persists, check whether the fiber connector is loose. Ensure that the fiber
connector is firmly connected. Then, check whether the alarm is cleared.
6. If the alarm persists, check whether the fiber connector is dirty. For details on how to check
the fiber connector, see Checking the Optical Fiber Connector in the Supporting Tasks. For
details on how to clean the fiber connectors, see the Supporting Tasks.
318
Step 3 Cause 3: The board at the local end is faulty.
1. If the board supports the pluggable optical module, replace the pluggable optical module.
For details, see Replacing a Pluggable Optical Module in the Parts Replacement.
Otherwise, replace the faulty board. For details, see Replacing Boards Onsite in the
Supporting Tasks.
Step 4 Cause 4: The board at the opposite end is faulty.
1. Handle the fault in the transmit unit at the opposite end. For details, see Step Step 3. Check
whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, contact Huawei technical support
----End
Related Information
None.
7.35 IN_PWR_HIGH
Description
The IN_PWR_HIGH is an alarm indicating that the input optical power is very high. This alarm
occurs when a board detects that the actual input optical power is higher than the upper threshold
of the input power reference value.
Attribute
Parameters
319
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the actual number of the optical interface on the board
that reports the alarm.
For example, Parameter 1 = 0x01. This parameter indicates that the
alarm is reported by port 1 of the related board.
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Parameter 2 is always 0x00, and Parameter 3 is always 0x01. These
parameters are meaningless.
After the IN_PWR_HIGH alarm occurs, bit errors occur in the services at the optical interface.
Very high input power also causes damages to the laser.
NOTE
None.
Possible Causes
l Cause 2: The transmit power of the opposite station is very high.
l Cause 3: The model of the selected optical module is incorrect.
Procedure
Step 2 Cause 2: The transmit power of the opposite station is very high.
1. Check whether the output optical power of the opposite board that is connected to the board
that reports the alarm is very high, or whether the opposite board reports the
OUT_PWR_HIGH alarm. For details on the optical power of the board, see Specifications
of the Boards in the Technical Specifications Reference. For details of the operation, see
Querying the Optical Power in the Supporting Tasks.
320
If... Then...
The input optical power is very high Go to the next step.
The output optical power is normal Go to Step Step 3.
Supporting Tasks.
Step 3 Cause 3: The model of the selected optical module is incorrect.
1. Check whether the type of the optical module on the board is proper according to the
transmission distance. For details on the mapping relationship between the optical module
type and the transmission distance, refer to Pluggable Optical Module in the Hardware
Descripition.
2. If the type is incorrect, replace the optical module or board. If the board supports the
pluggable optical module, replace the pluggable optical module. For details, see the
Replacing a Pluggable Optical Module in the Parts Replacement. Otherwise, replace the
faulty board. For details, see the Replacing Boards Onsite in the Supporting Tasks.
----End
Related Information
None.
7.36 IN_PWR_LOW
Description
The IN_PWR_LOW is an alarm indicating that the input optical power is very low. This alarm
occurs when a board detects that the actual input optical power is lower than the lower threshold
of the input power reference value.
Attribute
Parameters
321
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the actual number of the optical interface on the board
that reports the alarm.
For example, Parameter 1 = 0x01. This parameter indicates that the
alarm is reported by port 1 of the related board.
After the IN_PWR_LOW alarm occurs, bit errors occur in the service at the optical interface.
NOTE
None.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the IN_PWR_LOW alarm are as follows:
l Cause 2: The fiber connector is loose or dirty.
l Cause 3: The transmit power of the opposite station is very low.
l Cause 4: The model of the selected optical module is incorrect.
Procedure
Step 2 Cause 2: The fiber connector is loose or dirty.
1. Check whether the output optical power of the opposite board that is connected to the board
that reports the alarm is very low, or whether the opposite board reports the
OUT_PWR_LOW alarm. For details on the optical power of the board, see Specifications
322
of the Boards in the Technical Specifications Reference. For details of the operation, see
If... Then...
The output optical power is very low Go to Step Step 3.
The output optical power is normal Repeat the following steps to check the fiber
jumpers and fiber connectors at both ends.
radius is less than 6 cm, roll the fiber jumper again. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
3. If the alarm persists, check whether the fiber connector is loose. Ensure that the fiber
connector is firmly connected. Then, check whether the alarm is cleared.
4. If the alarm persists, check whether the fiber connector is dirty. For details on how to check
the fiber connector, see Checking the Optical Fiber Connector in the Supporting Tasks. For
details on how to clean the fiber connectors, see the Supporting Tasks.
Step 3 Cause 3: The transmit power of the opposite station is very low.
Supporting Tasks.
Step 4 Cause 4: The model of the selected optical module is incorrect.
1. Check whether the type of the optical module on the board is proper according to the
transmission distance. For details on the mapping relationship between the optical module
type and the transmission distance, refer to Pluggable Optical Module in the Hardware
Descripition.
2. If the type is incorrect, replace the optical module or board. If the board supports the
pluggable optical module, replace the pluggable optical module. For details, see the
faulty board. For details, see the Replacing Boards Onsite in the Supporting Tasks.
----End
Related Information
None.
323
7.37 J0_MM
Description
The J0_MM is an alarm indicating that the trace identifier is mismatched. This alarm occurs
when a line board detects that the received J0 byte at the corresponding optical interface is
different from the J0 byte to be received (in terms of the byte format and value).
NOTE
The J0 byte is used to repeatedly transmit the section access point identifiers. In this manner, the receive
end can check whether it is continuously connected to the specified transmit end.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the ID of the port on the board.
When the J0_MM occurs, the service is not affected.
NOTE
None.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the J0_MM alarm are as follows:
Cause 1: The J0 byte to be transmitted at the opposite end is different from the J0 byte to be
received at the local end.
324
Figure 7-35 J0_MM alarm detection
NE2
M
S
T
S
P
I
...
R
S
T
NE1
M
S
T
S
P
I
...
R
S
T
J0_MM (overhead termination
of the multiplex section)
Multiplex section
SPI: SDH Physical Interface
RST: Multiplex Section Termination
MST: Regenerator Section Termination

Procedure
Step 1 Cause 1: The J0 byte to be transmitted at the opposite end is different from the J0 byte to be
received at the local end.
1. Query whether the J0 byte to be received at the local end is the same as the J0 byte to be
transmitted at the opposite end. As shown in Figure 7-35, the opposite NE is NE1. If not,
reset the J0 byte. For details, see Configuring Trace Byte in the Supporting Tasks.
----End
Related Information
None.
7.38 LAG_FAIL
Description
The LAG_FAIL is an alarm indicating the failure of a link aggregation group (LAG). This alarm
is reported when all the ports in the LAG are faulty.
Attribute
Parameters
325
Name Meaning
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates the number of the main port in the faulty LAG.
Parameter 2 is the higher byte, and Parameter 3 is the lower byte.
During data transmission, when the LAG fails, data packets cannot be received and the services
are interrupted.
NOTE
in the description of this section, handle the LAG_FAIL alarm by following the steps provided in Handling
Procedure.
None.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the LAG_FAIL alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: All the ports in a LAG are disabled.
l Cause 2: All the fibers or cables in a LAG are faulty.
l Cause 3: The cross-connection service configuration is abnormal.
l Cause 4: A board is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 Check the alarm on the NMS, determine the board that reports the alarm, and then determine
the number of the port on the board according to the alarm parameter. For details, see Viewing
the Current Alarms in the Supporting Tasks.
Step 2 Cause 1: All the ports in a LAG are disabled.
1. Check whether all the ports in the LAG are enabled. If these ports are disabled, set them
to be enabled. For details, see Configuring the External Port on an Ethernet Board in the
Step 3 Cause 2: All the fibers or cables in a LAG are faulty.
1. Check whether the fibers or cables on all the ports in the LAG are connected properly. If
the fibers or cables are connected incorrectly or faulty, reconnect or replace the fibers or
cables.
326
Step 4 Cause 3: The cross-connection service configuration is abnormal.
1. Check whether the cross-connections on the VCG port side are normal.
If... Then...
The cross-connections on all the ports are
configured incorrectly or deleted
Configure the cross-connections correctly
according to the actual network. Then,
check whether the alarm is cleared. If the
The cross-connections operate properly Go to Step Step 5.
Step 5 Cause 4: A board is faulty.
1. Replace the board that reports the alarm. For details, see Replacing an Ethernet Board in
the Parts Replacement.
----End
Related Information
None.
7.39 LAG_PORT_FAIL
Description
The LAG_PORT_FAIL is an alarm indicating that a port in a LAG is unavailable. This alarm
is reported if a port in the LAG is unavailable.
Attribute
Minor Processing alarm
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the MAC port number.
327
Name Meaning
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 The values are always 0x01, and the two parameters are
meaningless.
Parameter 4 Indicates the cause of the protection failure.
l 0x01: The link that is connected to the port is faulty.
l 0x02: The port is in half-duplex mode.
l 0x03: The port fails to receive LACP packets.
l 0x04: The port detects a self-loop.
l 0x05: Other unknown cause.
Parameter 5 The value is always 0xFF, and this parameter is meaningless.
The port in the LAG cannot balance the service load, and the port does not transmit or receive
any services.
NOTE
in the description of this section, handle the LAG_PORT_FAIL alarm by following the steps provided in
Handling Procedure.
Table 7-24 lists the common fault symptoms of the LAG_PORT_FAIL alarm.
Table 7-24 Symptoms of the LAG_PORT_FAIL alarm
Parameter 4 = 0x01 l Cause 1: The port is not enabled.
l Cause 2: The link connected to the
port is faulty.
Parameter 4 = 0x02 Cause 3: The port is in half-duplex mode.
Parameter 4 = 0x03 Cause 4: The port fails to receive LCAP
packets.
Parameter 4 = 0x04 Cause 5: The port detects a self-loop.

Possible Causes
The possible causes of the LAG_PORT_FAIL alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: The port is not enabled.
l Cause 2: The link connected to the port is faulty.
328
l Cause 3: The port is in half-duplex mode.
l Cause 4: The port fails to receive LCAP packets.
l Cause 5: The port detects a self-loop.
Procedure
Step 1 Check the alarm on the NMS, and determine the board and port where the alarm is generated.
Then, select the corresponding handling procedure according to the cause presented by the alarm
parameter. For details, see Viewing the Current Alarms in the Supporting Tasks.
If... Then...
Parameter 4 = 0x01 Go to Step Step 2.
Parameter 4 = 0x05 Contact Huawei technical support engineers to determine the cause and
handle the alarm according to the networking environment.
Step 2 Cause 1: The port is not enabled. Cause 2: The link connected to the port is faulty.
1. Check whether the port in the LAG is enabled. If the port is disabled, set it to be enabled.
For details, see Configuring the External Port on an Ethernet Board in the Feature
Description.
2. Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, check the link state of the port.
For example, check whether the fiber or cable is connected properly. If the fiber or cable
connection is loose or faulty, reconnect or replace the fiber or cable.
Step 3 Cause 3: The port is in half-duplex mode.
1. Check the working mode of the port in the LAG. If the negotiation result of the Ethernet
port is the half-duplex mode, certain packets are discarded in the case of light traffic between
the ports of the interconnected equipment, and the services are interrupted in the case of
heavy traffic. If the port is in half-duplex mode, change the working mode of the port to
the auto-negotiation or full-duplex mode. For details, see Configuring the External Port on
an Ethernet Board in the Feature Description.
Step 4 Cause 4: The port fails to receive LCAP packets.
1. Check whether the LAG is configured at the opposite end, and check whether the port that
is connected to the faulty port is added to the LAG at the opposite end.
l If the port is configured into an LAG protection group, see Configuring an Ethernet
LAG in the Feature Description for details.
329
l If the port is configured into a DLAG protection group, see Configuring an Ethernet
DLAG in the Feature Description for details.
Step 5 Cause 5: The port detects a self-loop.
1. As shown in Figure 7-36, check the cause of the self-loop on the port.
Figure 7-36 Self-loop on the port
1
2
3
4
5
6

2. Perform appropriate operations based on the self-loop mode on the port.
If... Then...
The loopback at the PHY/MAC layer is
set for the port (port 1)
Cancel the setting of the loopback at the PHY/
MAC layer manually. For details, see the
Setting a loopback on an Ethernet port part
l Setting a Loopback on an SDH Optical
Interface Board
l Setting a Loopback on a PDH Electrical
Interface Board
l Setting a Loopback on an ATM Board
Port
A cable self-loop is generated on the
ports (ports 2 and 3)
Connect the cable correctly.
A loopback network is generated on the
ports (ports 5 and 6)
Release the loop of the LAN, or disconnect
the ports from the LAN.
----End
330
Related Information
None.
7.40 LINK_ERR
Description
The LINK_ERR is an alarm indicating an incorrect data link. This alarm is reported when an
Ethernet connection is incorrect and the port negotiation fails.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the number of an optical port on the board.
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates the number of the port on the board. Parameter 2 is higher
byte, and Parameter 3 is the lower byte.
When the LINK_ERR alarm occurs during data transmission, the network port negotiation fails.
The services cannot be received and thus the services are interrupted.
NOTE
in the description of this section, handle the LINK_ERR alarm by following the steps provided in Handling
Procedure.
None.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the LINK_ERR alarm are as follows:
331
l Cause 1: The negotiation fails because the transmit port and receive port work in different
modes.
l Cause 2: The optical modules on the Ethernet boards at both ends are of different types.
The types of these optical modules do not match the types of the connected fibers.
l Cause 3: The fibers or cables that are connected to the Ethernet ports are faulty.
l Cause 4: A board is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 Check the alarm on the NMS, and determine the board where the alarm is generated. Then,
determine the number of the port on the board according to Parameter 1. For details, see Viewing
the Current Alarms in the Supporting Tasks.
Step 2 Cause 1: The negotiation fails because the transmit port and receive port work in different modes.
1. Check whether the working mode of the port at the local end is different from the working
mode of the port at the opposite end. For example, the working mode at one end is set to
the auto-negotiation mode, and the working mode at the other end is set to the non-auto-
negotiation mode. If the working modes of the ports at both ends are different from each
other, set them to be the same. For details, see Configuring the External Port on an Ethernet
Board in the Feature Description.
Step 3 Cause 2: The optical modules on the Ethernet boards at both ends are of different types. The
types of these optical modules do not match the types of the connected fibers.
1. Check whether the optical modules on the Ethernet boards at both ends are of the same
type. Generally, a single-mode optical module is not interconnected with a multi-mode
optical module. Otherwise, the services may be unavailable. If the optical modules on the
Ethernet boards at both ends are of different types, replace the Ethernet boards and ensure
that the types of the optical modules at both ends match each other. If the board supports
the pluggable optical module, replace the optical module. For details, see Replacing a
Pluggable Optical Module in the Parts Replacement.
2. Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, check whether the optical module
type matches the fiber type. If a multi-mode optical module is connected to a single-mode
fiber, the services may be unavailable. If the optical module type is different from the fiber
type, replace the board, optical module, or fiber. Ensure that the optical module type
matches the fiber type.
Step 4 Cause 3: The fibers or cables that are connected to the Ethernet ports are faulty.
1. Check whether the fibers or cables are connected properly to the Ethernet ports. If the fibers
or cables are connected incorrectly or faulty, reconnect or replace the fibers or cables.
Step 5 Cause 4: A board is faulty.
1. Use a loopback Ethernet cable to loop back the signals that are transmitted or received by
the Ethernet port where the alarm is reported. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
332
If... Then...
The alarm is cleared Replace the board at the opposite end. For details, see Replacing
The alarm persists Replace the board at the local end. For details, see Replacing
----End
Related Information
None.
7.41 LP_RDI
Description
The LP_RDI is an alarm indicating a remote defect in the lower order path. This alarm occurs
when a board detects that the value of bit 8 of the V5 byte in the VC-12 path is 1 or the value
of bit 5 of the G1 byte in the VC-3 path is 1.
Attribute
Parameters
333
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the number of the optical interface that reports the alarm,
in the case of the PQM board or data board.
Indicates the service mode in the case of the other tributary boards.
M13 Function).
M13 Function).
(E13/M13 Function).
(E13/M13 Function).
the LP_RDI alarm is reported by path 1 of the board.
Exception:
that the LP_RDI alarm occurs in VC-3 path 1.
When the LP_RDI alarm occurs, the system is not affected. This alarm only shows that the
opposite station fails to receive signals.
NOTE
Table 7-25 lists the common fault symptoms of the LP_RDI alarm.
Table 7-25 Symptoms of the LP_RDI alarm
The service receiving end (opposite end) reports
the TU_AIS and TU_LOP alarms.
Cause 2: The service receiving end
(opposite end) receives the alarms such as
TU_AIS and TU_LOP.
334
The service receiving end (opposite end) reports
the LP_TIM and LP_SLM alarms, and enables
the AIS insertion function.
Cause 3: The opposite station detects the
LP_TIM or LP_SLM alarm, and enables
the AIS insertion function and the RDI
returning function.

Possible Causes
The possible causes of the LP_RDI alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: The overhead mode is set incorrectly.
l Cause 2: The service receiving end (opposite end) receives the alarms such as TU_AIS and
TU_LOP.
Figure 7-37 LP_RDI alarm detection
LP_RDI
Returned byte V5
(b8)
The AIS signal in
the overhead is
detected.
TU LU LU TU
LU: Line unit
TU: Tributary unit

l Cause 3: The opposite station detects the LP_TIM or LP_SLM alarm, and enables the AIS
insertion function and the RDI returning function.
Procedure
Step 1 Cause 1: The overhead mode is set incorrectly.
1. Check whether the line unit at the opposite end is set to terminate the higher order path
overhead. To configure the lower order service, the line unit must be set to terminate the
higher order path overhead. Otherwise, the services are interrupted, and thus the RDI alarm
signal is returned.
2. Choose Service > SDH Circuit > SDH Trail Management from the main menu. In the
Set Trail Browse Filter Condition dialog box, set the filter condition, and then click Filter
All. The trails are displayed in the list.
335
3. Select a trail to be viewed, click Maintenance, and then select Overhead Termination.
The Set Overhead dialog box is displayed.
4. Browse Overhead Status of the higher order path. Set Overhead Status to
Step 2 Cause 2: The service receiving end (opposite end) receives the alarms such as TU_AIS and
TU_LOP.
1. Query whether the TU_AIS or TU_LOP alarm occurs at the opposite end. If yes, take
priority to clear the alarm.
If... Then...
The preceding alarms occur Take priority to handle these alarms.
None of the preceding alarms occurs Go to Step Step 2.
2. Check whether the LP_RDI alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, go to Step Step 3.
Step 3 Cause 3: The opposite station detects the LP_TIM or LP_SLM alarm, and enables the AIS
insertion function and the RDI returning function.
1. Check whether the LP_TIM or LP_SLM alarm occurs at the opposite station, and whether
the AIS insertion function and the RDI returning function are enabled. .
2. If the LP_TIM or LP_SLM alarm occurs, clear the alarm first or disable the AIS insertion
switch. For details on how to disable the AIS insertion function, see Setting the AIS
Insertion Switch in the Supporting Tasks.
3. Check whether the LP_RDI alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, contact Huawei technical
----End
Related Information
None.
7.42 LP_UNEQ
Description
The LP_UNEQ is an alarm indicating that no payload is equipped in the lower order path. This
alarm occurs when the board detects that the signal label in the V5 byte or C2 byte is 0.
NOTE
The C2 byte is used to indicate the structures of the higher order virtual containers (VC-3, VC-4, and VC-4-
Xc) and the payload property.
The V5 byte is used to detect bit errors, to indicate the remote error and failure in the lower order path.
336
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
M13 Function).
M13 Function).
(E13/M13 Function).
(E13/M13 Function).
the LP_UNEQ alarm is reported by path 1 of the board.
Exception:
that the LP_UNEQ alarm occurs in VC-3 path 1.
When the LP_UNEQ alarm occurs, no services are loaded in the payload of the lower order path
(VC12: V5 [b5-b7], VC3:C2) that is received by the tributary board.
337
NOTE
None.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the LP_UNEQ alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: The service is not incorrectly accessed to the PDH side.
Figure 7-38 LP_UNEQ alarm detection
LU TU LU
Unequipped
services
LP_UNEQ
NE1 NE2 NE3
LU: Line unit
TU: Tributary unit
TU TU TU

l Cause 2: The V5 or C2 byte to be transmitted is set to 0x00.
Procedure
Step 2 Cause 1: The service is not incorrectly accessed to the PDH side.
1. According to the signal flow, query the upstream NE of the service about the NE that
transmits the lower order service, and check whether the PDH side of this NE is configured
with services. As shown in Figure 7-38, the tributary unit of NE1 transmits the lower order
service.
If... Then...
The PDH side of this NE is not
configured with services
Configure services for the PDH side. For
detailed procedures, see the Configuration
Guide.
The PDH side of this NE is configured
with services
338
2. Check whether the service type of the corresponding channel is set correctly.
If... Then...
The service type is set incorrectly Reset the service type. Check whether the alarm is
The service type is set correctly Go to the next step.
3. Check whether the parameters of the tributary board that is related to the service (such as
the service type and the path impedance ) are set correctly. If the parameters are set
incorrectly, reset the parameters according to the service type or the path impedance. For
details, see Checking Board Parameters in the Configuration Guide. Check whether the
Step 3 Cause 2: The V5 or C2 byte to be transmitted is set to 0x00.
order service. The source board on the NE is the source end that sends the V5 and C2 bytes.
2. Check the corresponding overhead byte according to the rate level of the configured service.
If... Then...
The lower order service is at the VC-3 level Go to the next step.
The lower order service is at the VC-12 level Go to Step Step 3.5.
The lower order service is at the VC-3 or VC-12 level Go to the next step.
3. Check whether the C2 byte to be transmitted on the NE is 0x00.
If... Then...
The C2 byte to be transmitted is 0x00 Reset the C2 byte according to the actual
service type. For details, see Configuring
C2 Byte in the Supporting Tasks.
The C2 byte to be transmitted is not 0x00 Go to the next step.
4. Check whether the NE is configured with VC-12 services.
If... Then...
The VC-12 service is configured Go to the next step.
The VC-12 service is not configured Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm
persists, contact Huawei technical support
5. Check whether the V5 byte to be transmitted on the NE is 0x00.
339
If... Then...
The V5 byte to be transmitted is 0x00 Go to the next step.
The V5 byte to be transmitted is not 0x00 Contact Huawei technical support
6. In the NE Explorer, select the relevant board. In the Function Tree, choose
Configuration > Overhead Management > VC12 Path Overhead.
7. Click Signal Flag. Set the value of transmittable V5 byte according to the actual services.
8. Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm still persists, contact Huawei technical
----End
Related Information
None.
7.43 LPT_INEFFECT
Description
The LPT_INEFFECT is an alarm indicating that the LPT function fails. The LPT_INEFFECT
alarm is reported if a user configures the LPT function that is not supported by the board.
Attribute
Major Processing alarm
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 The value is always 0x01.
340
In the case of the LPT_INEFFECT alarm, services are not affected. If the board hardware is of
a too early version, the board software automatically stops the state machine of the LPT protocol,
but reserves the LPT configuration.
NOTE
in the description of the common fault symptom, handle the LPT_INEFFECT alarm by following the steps
None.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the LPT_INEFFECT alarm is as follows:
Cause 1: The board hardware is of an early version, and the user configures the LPT function.
Procedure
Step 1 Cause 1: The board hardware is of an early version, and the user configures the LPT function.
l If the LPT function is required, replace the board with one of a proper version. For
information about the boards that support the LPT function, see Availability in the Feature
Description. For details, see Replacing Boards Onsite in the Supporting Tasks. Check
whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, contact Huawei technical support
l If the LPT function is not required, delete the LPT configuration. For details, see
Configuring LPT in the Feature Description. Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the
alarm persists, contact Huawei technical support engineers to handle the alarm.
----End
7.44 LPT_RFI
Description
The LPT_RFI is an alarm indicating the remote failure of the link state pass through (LPT). This
alarm is reported when the LPT detects the failure of the remote port or the LPT service network.
Attribute
Parameters
341
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the port number.
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates the path number.
During data transmission, when the LPT detects the failure of the remote port or the service
network, the link is unavailable and the services are interrupted. Moreover, enabling the link
backup is triggered.
NOTE
in the description of the common fault symptom, handle the LPT_RFI alarm by following the steps provided
Table 7-26 lists the common fault symptoms of the LPT_RFI alarm.
Table 7-26 Symptoms of the LPT_RFI alarm
An alarm (such as the ETH_LOS, LINK_ERR,
or LSR_NO_FITED alarm) is generated on the
remote port.
Cause 1: The remote port is faulty.
An alarm (such as the R_LOS, BIP_EXC,
B3_EXC, TU_LOP, TU_AIS, VCAT_LOA,
VCAT_LOM_VC12, VCAT_LOM_VC3,
VCAT_LOM_VC4, LP_UNEQ_VC12, or
LP_UNEQ_VC3 alarm) is generated on the LPT
service network.
Cause 2: The LPT service network is
faulty.

Possible Causes
The possible causes of the LPT_RFI alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: The remote port is faulty.
Figure 7-39 LPT_RFI alarm detection 1
Service
Network
SDH Link
IP_A VC_A IP_B VC_B
Failed port LPT_RFI
NE1
(Local end)
NE2
(Opposite end)
342

l Cause 2: The LPT service network is faulty.
Figure 7-40 LPT_RFI alarm detection 2
Service
Network
SDH link failure
IP_A VC_A IP_B VC_B
LPT_RFI
LPT_RFI
NE1
(Local end)
NE2
(Opposite end)

Procedure
Step 1 Check the alarm on the NMS, determine the board that reports the alarm, and then determine
the number of the port on the board according to according to Parameter 1. For details, see
Step 2 Cause 1: The remote port is faulty.
1. Check whether the ETH_LOS, LINK_ERR, or LSR_NO_FITED alarm is generated at
the remote end.
2. If an alarm is generated, clear the alarm immediately. Then, check whether the LPT_RFI
Step 3 Cause 2: The LPT service network is faulty.
1. Check whether the LPT service network is faulty. The LPT_RFI alarm is triggered in the
following cases: a fiber is cut; the number of bit errors crosses the specified threshold; the
virtual concatenation delays. Check whether the following alarms are generated in the
system.
l R_LOS
l BIP_EXC, B3_EXC
l TU_AIS, TU_LOP
l VCAT_LOA, VCAT_LOM_VC12, VCAT_LOM_VC3, VCAT_LOM_VC4
l LP_UNEQ_VC12, LP_UNEQ_VC3
2. If an alarm is generated, clear the alarm immediately. Then, check whether the LPT_RFI
alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, contact Huawei technical support engineers to handle
the alarm.
----End
Related Information
None.
343
7.45 LSR_WILL_DIE
Description
The LSR_WILL_DIE is an alarm indicating that the laser is to stop working. This alarm occurs
when the laser is unavailable.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the number of the optical interface on the board that
reports the alarm.
After the LSR_WILL_DIE alarm occurs, bit errors occur in the service at the optical interface.
If the board is not replaced in a timely manner, the services are interrupted after the laser is
damaged.
NOTE
in the description of this section, handle the alarm by following the steps provided in Handling Procedure.
None.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the LSR_WILL_DIE alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: The laser is aged.
l Cause 2: The detection circuit of the board is faulty.
344
Procedure
Step 1 Cause 1: The laser is aged.
If... Then...
The board supports the pluggable optical
module
Replace the pluggable optical module. For
details, see Replacing a Pluggable Optical
Module in the Parts Replacement.
The board does not support the pluggable
optical module
Go to Step Step 2.
Step 2 Cause 2: The detection circuit of the board is faulty.
1. Replace the faulty board. For details, see Replacing Boards Onsite in the Supporting
Tasks.
----End
Related Information
None.
7.46 LTI
Description
The LTI is an alarm indicating the loss of synchronization source. This alarm occurs when the
NE clock is in an abnormal state.
Attribute
Parameters
345
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the loss type of synchronization source.
l 0x01: Indicates that all the synchronization sources of the system clock are
lost.
l 0x02: Indicates that all the synchronization sources of the first 2 Mbit/s phase-
locked source are lost.
l 0x02: Indicates that all the synchronization sources of the second 2 Mbit/s
phase-locked source are lost.
When the LTI alarm occurs, the clock of the current NE is abnormal. If the abnormal state lasts
for a long time, the bit error rate and the pointer justifications may increase due to the poorer
quality of the clock.
NOTE
handle the alarm according to Handling Procedure.
Table 7-27 lists the common fault symptoms of the LTI alarm.
Table 7-27 Symptoms of the LTI alarm
the LTI alarm.
unit is abnormal.

Possible Causes
The possible causes of the LTI alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: The external synchronization source is lost.
l Cause 2: The line synchronization source is lost.
l Cause 3: The tributary synchronization source is lost.
l Cause 4: The synchronization source is set to the non-revertive or lockout mode.
l Cause 5: The cross-connect and timing unit is abnormal.
Procedure
Step 1 Check the alarm on the NMS. Determine the loss type of the synchronization source.
1. According to the alarm parameter, determine whether the lost synchronization source on
the NE is the synchronization source of the system clock or of the 2 Mbit/s phase-locked
source. For details, see Viewing the Current Alarms in the Supporting Tasks.
346
2. Query the type of the synchronization source traced by the NE. The synchronization sources
include the external clock source, line clock source, and tributary clock source. For details,
see Configuring NE Clock Sources in the Feature Description.
l If all the synchronization sources of the system are lost, query the types of the lost
synchronization sources in System Clock Source Priority Table.
l If the synchronization source of the 2 Mbit/s phase-locked source is lost, query the
types of the lost synchronization sources in Phase-Locked Source Output by
External Clock.
3. Perform the following steps according to the type of the lost synchronization source.
If... Then...
The external clock source traced by the NE is lost Go to Step Step 2.
The line clock source traced by the NE is lost Go to Step Step 3.
The tributary clock source traced by the NE is lost Go to Step Step 4.
Step 2 Cause 1: The external synchronization source is lost.
1. Check the configuration of the external clock, input cable, and output signal of the external
clock equipment in order. For details, see the handling procedures of the
EXT_SYNC_LOS alarm.
2. Check whether the LTI alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, go to Step Step 5.
Step 3 Cause 2: The line synchronization source is lost.
1. Service interruption or excessive bit errors occur in the traced line clock source. As a result,
the output clock signal is lost. Query the switching condition of the clock source on the
NMS. For details, see Configuring Switching Conditions for Clock Sources in the Feature
Description.
2. Query whether the line board where the clock source is located reports high level alarms.
If... Then...
The alarms that can trigger the switching
of the clock source occur, such as the
R_LOS, R_LOF, B2_EXC, and AIS
alarms.
Clear these alarms first. Check whether the
alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, go to
the next step.
None of the alarms that can trigger the
switching of the clock source occurs
3. Check whether the SSM protocol is started on the NE. For details, see Configuring the
Clock Source Protection in the Feature Description. If the standard SSM protocol is started
on the NE at one end and the extended SSM protocol is started on the NE at the other end,
the traced clock source may be lost due to inconsistency of the SSM protocols.
347
If... Then...
The SSM protocols on the NEs are set
to be different from each other
Set the SSM protocols on the networkwide
NEs to be the same.
NOTE
If the extended SSM protocol is started, you need
to set the ID of the traced clock source.
Check whether the LTI alarm is cleared. If the
The SSM protocols on the NEs are set
to be the same
4. Perform a cold reset on the line board by using the NMS, or directly reseat this board. For
details on how to perform a cold reset, see Resetting Boards in the Supporting Tasks. For
details on how to reseat a board, see Removing the Boards in the Installation Guide and
CAUTION
interruption.
5. After five minutes, check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, replace the
line board. For details, see Replacing an SDH Board in the Parts Replacement.
Step 4 Cause 3: The tributary synchronization source is lost.
1. Service interruption occurs in the traced tributary clock source. As a result, the output clock
signal is lost. On the NMS, query whether the corresponding tributary board reports the
alarms related to the loss of analog signals, such as the T_ALOS and P_LOS alarms.
If... Then...
The preceding alarms occur Take priority to clear the T_ALOS and
P_LOS alarms.
Check whether the is cleared. If the alarm
None of the preceding alarms occurs Go to the next step.
2. Perform a cold reset on the tributary board by using the NMS, or directly reseat this board.
For details on how to perform a cold reset, see Resetting Boards in the Supporting Tasks.
For details on how to reseat a board, see Removing the Boards in the Installation Guide
348
CAUTION
interruptions.
3. After five minutes, check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, replace the
tributary board. For details, see in the Parts Replacement.
Step 5 Cause 4: The synchronization source is set to the non-revertive or lockout mode.
1. On the NMS, check whether the synchronization source is set to the Non-revertive mode.
If... Then...
The synchronization source is set to Non-
revertive
Set the synchronization source to Auto-
revertive. For details, see Configuring the
Clock Source Reversion in the Feature
Description.
alarm persists, proceed to the next step.
The synchronization source is not set to
Non-revertive
2. On the NMS, check whether the synchronization source is set to the Lockout.
If... Then...
The synchronization source is set to
Lockout
Set the synchronization source to
Unlock.Switching a Clock Source in the
The synchronization source is not set to
Lockout
Go to Step Step 6.
Step 6 Cause 5: The cross-connect and timing unit is abnormal.
If... Then...
The working cross-connect and timing
board reports the LTI alarm
The alarm is reported on the protection
cross-connect and timing board
The protection board may be faulty. Reset or
re-install the protection board. Go to Step Step
6.2.
349
1. Perform the working/protection switching of the cross-connect and timing boards. For
If... Then...
After the switching is performed, the
original protection board does not report
the LTI alarm
The original working board may be faulty.
Reset or re-install the original working
board. Go to the next step.
After the switching is performed, the
original protection board reports the LTI
alarm
2. Perform a cold reset by using the NMS or re-install the cross-connect and timing board.
----End
Related Information
None.
7.47 MS_AIS
Description
The MS_AIS is an alarm indicating a remote defect in the multiplex section. This alarm occurs
when the last three bits of the K2 byte are 111 in five consecutive frames received at the receive
optical interface of the local station. This alarm shows that the signals in the multiplex section
corresponding to the optical interface that reports the alarm are useless.
Attribute
Parameters
350
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the ID of the optical interface that reports the alarm.
l When this alarm occurs, the services may be interrupted.
l When the MS_AIS alarm occurs, the system automatically returns the RDI alarm signal to
the opposite station. Then, the opposite station reports the MS_RDI alarm signal.
NOTE
Table 7-28 lists the common fault symptoms of the MS_AIS alarm.
Table 7-28 Symptoms of the MS_AIS alarm
The higher level alarms occur on the
upstream NE, such as R_LOS and R_LOF.
Causes 1: The upstream station inserts the
AIS alarm signal into the downstream station.

Possible Causes
The possible causes of the MS_AIS alarm are as follows:
l Causes 1: The upstream station inserts the AIS alarm signal into the downstream station.
As shown in Figure 7-41, if NE3 reports the MS_AIS alarm, query whether the upstream
station (NE2) reports a higher level alarm, according to the signal flow of the service.
Figure 7-41 MS_AIS detection signal flow
NE2
LU
...
NE1 NE3
Fiber
cut
R_LOS MS_AIS
...
East West
LU: Line unit
LU LU LU XCS
East West
351

l Cause 2: The receive unit at the local station is faulty.
l Cause 3: The working and protection cross-connect and timing boards at the upstream
station are offline.
upstream station are faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 Causes 1: The upstream station inserts the AIS alarm signal into the downstream station.
1. On the NMS, query the service configuration signal flow related to the alarms. Query
whether higher level alarms, such as R_LOS and R_LOF, occur at the upstream station
according to the signal flow.
If... Then...
Higher level alarms occur Clear the alarm immediately, and then check whether the
MS_AIS alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, go to Step
Step 2.
No higher level alarms occur Go to Step Step 2.
Step 2 Cause 2: The receive unit at the local station is faulty.
1. Perform a cold reset by using the NMS, or directly reseat the receive board of the local
station. For details on how to perform a cold reset, see Resetting Boards in the Supporting
Tasks. For details on how to reseat a board, see Removing the Boards in the Installation
CAUTION
interruption.
2. Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, use the loopback function to check
whether the receive board at the local station is faulty. As shown in Figure 7-42, if NE3
reports the MS_AIS alarm, perform an inloop on the optical interface of the transmit board
(east line board) of the upstream station (NE2).
352
Figure 7-42 Locating the faulty board by performing a loopback
NE2
...
NE1 NE3
MS_AIS
...
West
West East East
LU
LU
LU
LU
XCS
LU: Line unit

3. For details on how to loop back a board, see the Supporting Tasks.
CAUTION
A loopback causes service interruption.
4. Query whether the MS_AIS alarm occurs at the upstream station after the loopback.
If... Then...
The MS_AIS alarm occurs at the
upstream station
It indicates that the MS_AIS alarm signal of
the local station is transmitted by the
upstream station. In this case, go to Step
Step 3.
The MS_AIS alarm does not occur at the
upstream station
It indicates that the receive board at the local
station is faulty. In this case, go to the next
step.
5. Replace the receive board of the local station. For details, see Replacing Boards Onsite in
Step 3 Cause 3: The working and protection cross-connect and timing boards at the upstream station
are offline.
1. Check whether the working and protection cross-connect and timing boards at the local
station are loose. If yes, insert the working and protection cross-connect and timing boards
353
firmly. For details, see Installing the Boards in the Installation Guide. Check whether the
alarm is cleared.
2. If the alarm persists, perform a cold reset on the cross-connect and timing board. For details
on how to perform a cold reset, see Resetting Boards in the Supporting Tasks. Check
CAUTION
working cross-connect and timing board may cause service interruption.
Step 4 Cause 4: The transmit boards (including the cross-connect and timing board) on the upstream
station are faulty.
1. Replace the transmit board at the upstream station. For details, see Replacing Boards Onsite
in the Supporting Tasks. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
2. If the alarm persists, replace the relevant cross-connect and timing board of the upstream
station. For details, see Replacing a CXL Board in the Parts Replacement. Check whether
----End
Related Information
None.
7.48 MS_RDI
Description
The MS_RDI is a remote defect indication in the multiplex section. When the last three bits of
the K2 byte are 110 in five consecutive frames received at the receive optical interface of the
local station, the MS_RDI alarm is reported. When the MS_AIS alarm is reported on the opposite
station, the MS_RDI alarm is returned to the local station.
Attribute
Parameters
354
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the actual number of the interface on the board at the local station.
When the MS_RDI alarm occurs, the local station is not affected. This alarm indicates only that
the received service at the opposite station is interrupted.
NOTE
in the description of the common fault symptom, handle the MS_RDI alarm by following the steps provided
None.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the MS_RDI alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: The R_LOS or MS_AIS alarm is received at the opposite station.
Figure 7-43 MS_RDI detection
NE2
LU ...
NE1
NE3
XCS
R_LOS
...
NE4
Returned byte
K2 ( b6-b8 )
MS_RDI
Fiber cut
LU: Line unit
LU LU
LU LU LU
XCS

l Cause 2: The transmit board at the local station is faulty.
l Cause 3: The receive board at the opposite station is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 Cause 1: The R_LOS or MS_AIS alarm is received at the opposite station.
1. See Figure 7-43. On the NMS, check whether the alarm indicating service interruptions or
bit errors is reported on the opposite station (NE3).
355
If... Then...
The R_LOS, R_LOF, MS_AIS, B2_EXC,
or B2_SD alarm is reported on the
opposite station
MS_RDI alarm is cleared. If the alarm
None of the preceding alarms is reported
Go to Step Step 2.
Step 2 Cause 2: The transmit board at the local station is faulty.
1. Perform a cold reset on the transmit board at the local station (NE2) by using the NMS, or
directly reseat this board. For details on how to perform a cold reset, see Resetting Boards
in the Supporting Tasks. For details on how to reseat a board, see Removing the Boards in
the Installation Guide and Installing the Boards in the Installation Guide.
CAUTION
interruptions.
2. Check whether the MS_RDI alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, replace the transmit
board at the local station. For details, see Replacing Boards Onsite in the Supporting
Tasks.
3. Check whether the MS_RDI alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, go to Step Step 3.
Step 3 Cause 3: The receive board at the opposite station is faulty.
1. Perform a cold reset on the receive board at the opposite station (NE3) by using the NMS,
or directly reseat this board. For details on how to perform a cold reset, see Resetting Boards
CAUTION
interruptions.
2. Check whether the MS_RDI alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, replace receive board
at the opposite station. For details, see Replacing Boards Onsite in the Supporting Tasks.
3. Check whether the MS_RDI alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, contact Huawei technical
----End
Related Information
None.
356
7.49 OOL
Description
The OOL is an alarm indicating that the phase-locked loop is out of lock. This alarm is reported
when the phase-locked loop on the cross-connect and timing board becomes faulty.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the failed phase-locked loop.
l 0x01: first 2M phase-locked loop
l 0x02: second 2M phase-locked loop
l 0x03: 155M system phase-locked loop
When the OOL alarm occurs, the phase-locked loop cannot lock on the input signals, and thus
the output clock signals is affected. This alarm may lower the quality of the service or interrupt
the service.
NOTE
in the description of this section, handle the OOL alarm by following the steps provided in Handling
Procedure.
None.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the OOL alarm are as follows:
Cause 1: The hardware of the phase-locked loop is damaged.
357
Procedure
Step 1 Check the alarm on the NMS. Determine the board that reports the alarm. For details, see
Step 2 Cause 1: The hardware of the phase-locked loop is damaged.
If... Then...
The OOL alarm is reported on the working
cross-connect and timing board
The OOL alarm is reported on the
protection cross-connect and timing board
The protection cross-connect and timing
board may be faulty. Perform a cold reset on
or reseat this board. For details, see Step Step
2.2.
1. Switch the working and protection cross-connect and timing boards. For details on how to
perform a working/protection switching, see Replacing a CXL Board in the Parts
Replacement.
If... Then...
The OOL is no longer reported on the
original protection cross-connect and
timing board
The original working cross-connect and
timing board may be faulty. Perform a cold
reset on or reseat this board. For details, see
Step Step 2.2.
The OOL alarm is reported on the
original protection cross-connect and
timing board
2. Perform a cold reset on the cross-connect and timing board by using the NMS, or directly
reseat this board. For details on how to perform a cold reset, see Resetting Boards in the
Supporting Tasks. For details on how to reseat a board, see Removing the Boards in the
Installation Guide and Installing the Boards in the Installation Guide.
3. Check whether the OOL alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, replace the cross-connect
4. Check whether the OOL alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, contact Huawei technical
----End
Related Information
None.
358
7.50 P_LOS
Description
The P_LOS is an alarm indicating the loss of analog signals at the 34 Mbit/s or 45 Mbit/s
interface.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicate the path number. Parameter 2 indicates the most significant
byte, and Parameter 3 indicates the least significant byte.
When the P_LOS alarm occurs, the PDH service of the board becomes unavailable.
NOTE
in the description of this section, handle the P_LOS alarm by following the steps provided in Handling
Procedure.
None.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the P_LOS alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: The service is not accessed at the 34 Mbit/s or 45 Mbit/s electrical interface.
359
Figure 7-44 P_LOS detection
NE1(Local end)
NE2
T
U
L
U
T
U
L
U
O
D
F
P_LOS
O
D
F
IB IB
D
D
F
D
D
F
Electrical
signal input
Electrical
signal output
LU: Line unit
TU: Tributary unit
IB: Interface board

l Cause 2: The board is faulty.
l Cause 3: The cable connecting the DDF and equipment is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 On the NMS, query the alarms. Based on the alarm parameters, locate the board and path that
report this alarm. For details, see Viewing the Current Alarms in the Supporting Tasks.
Step 2 Cause 1: The service is not accessed at the 34 Mbit/s or 45 Mbit/s electrical interface.
1. Check whether the type of the tributary board that reports the alarm matches with the type
of the interface board.
If... Then...
Their types do not match See SUBCARD_ABN to handle the alarm. Check whether
the P_LOS alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, go to the
next step.
Their types match Go to the next step.
2. Check whether the parameters of the tributary board that are related to the service (such as
the type of the service in the path and path impedance) are correctly set. If the parameters
are incorrectly set, reset the parameters according to the type of the service in the path or
the actual impedance of the board. For details, see Checking Board Parameters in the
Configuration Guide. Check whether the P_LOS alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, go
to the next step.
3. As shown in Figure 7-44, check whether the output connector of the 34 Mbit/s or 45 Mbit/
s interface on the local DDF and the input connector of the 34 Mbit/s or 45 Mbit/s interface
at the local station are loose or disconnected. If yes, reconnect or fix the connectors. Check
whether the P_LOS alarm is cleared.
Step 3 Cause 2: The board is faulty.
1. As shown in Figure 7-45, perform a selfloop (hardware inloop) for the service in the alarm
path at the DDF. For details, see Hardware Loopback in the Supporting Tasks.
360
CAUTION
A loopback causes service interruptions.
Figure 7-45 Locating the fault that causes the P_LOS alarm by performing a loopback (1)
NE1(Local end)
NE2
T
U
L
U
T
U
L
U
O
D
F
P_LOS
O
D
F
IB IB
D
D
F
D
D
F
Electrical
signal input
Electrical
signal output
LU: Line unit
TU: Tributary unit
IB: Interface board

If... Then...
The P_LOS alarm is cleared after the
selfloop is performed
The upstream equipment is faulty. Rectify
the fault on the upstream equipment.
The P_LOS alarm persists after the
selfloop is performed
Release the selfloop at the DDF. Go to the
next step.
2. As shown in Figure 7-45, perform a hardware inloop for the service in the alarm path at
the interface board.
If... Then...
inloop is performed
The signal cable fails to be properly
connected. Go to Step Step 4.
inloop is performed
Release the inloop at the interface board.
3. As shown in Figure 7-46, perform a software inloop for the service in the alarm path at the
interface board.
361
Figure 7-46 Locating the fault that causes the P_LOS alarm by performing a loopback (2)
NE1(Local end)
NE2
T
U
L
U
T
U
L
U
O
D
F
P_LOS
O
D
F
IB IB
D
D
F
D
D
F
Electrical
signal input
Electrical
signal output
LU: Line unit
TU: Tributary unit
IB: Interface board

4. For the operations of looping back a board, see the Supporting Tasks.
If... Then...
inloop is performed
The interface board is faulty. Reseat or
replace the interface board. For details on
how to reseat a board, see Removing the
Boards in the Installation Guide and
Guide. For details on how to replace a board,
see Replacing Boards Onsite in the
Supporting Tasks.
Check whether the P_LOS alarm is cleared.
If the alarm persists, contact Huawei
technical support engineers to handle the
alarm.
inloop is performed
Release the software inloop at the interface
board. Go to the next step.
5. As shown in Figure 7-46, perform a software inloop for the service in the alarm path at the
tributary processing unit.
If... Then...
inloop is performed
Contact Huawei technical support engineers
362
If... Then...
inloop is performed
The tributary board is faulty. Reseat or
replace the tributary board. For details on
how to reseat a board, see Removing the
Boards in the Installation Guide and
Guide. For details on how to replace a board,
see in the Parts Replacement.
Check whether the P_LOS alarm is cleared.
If the alarm persists, contact Huawei
technical support engineers to handle the
alarm.
Step 4 Cause 3: The cable connecting the DDF and equipment is faulty.
1. As shown in Figure 7-44, check the length of the cable that connects the local DDF and
the equipment.
If... Then...
The length is more than 70 m Adjust the location of the equipment, so that the
cable length can be shortened to less than 50 m.
Check whether the P_LOS alarm is cleared. If the
The length is not more than 50 m Go to the next step.
2. In the case of the cable that connects the DDF and the equipment, check whether it is aged,
peels off, is improperly grounded. If the cable is faulty, replace the cable. Then, check
whether the P_LOS alarm is cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
7.51 POWER_ABNORMAL
Description
The POWER_ABNORMAL alarm is an alarm indicating a power supply failure. The alarm
occurs when the power supply of a board becomes abnormal.
363
Attribute
Parameters
364
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 In the case of a tributary board, line board, or optical amplifier
board, the value is always 0x01 and this parameter is meaningless.
In the case of a cross-connect board, this parameter indicates the
number of the faulty power supply. If a bit is 1, it indicates an alarm.
If a bit is 0, it indicates no alarms.
In the case of the PIU board, the meanings of the parameters are as
follows:
l 0x01: -48 V channel A (by default, the PIU in the slot with a
smaller ID) voltage
l 0x0D: failed lightning protection voltage for channel A
l 0x11: -48 V channel B (by default, the PIU in the slot with a
larger ID) voltage
l 0x12: failed lightning protection voltage for channel B
In the case of the GSCC board, the meanings of the parameters are
as follows:
l 0x01: -48 V channel A voltage
l 0x02: 5 V voltage
l 0x03: 3.6 V voltage
l 0x05: 3.3 V backup voltage of the system (AUX/SAP)
l 0x06: 3 V voltage of the auxiliary board (AUX/EOW/SAP)
l 0x0A: 1.5 V voltage
l 0x0b: 1.2 V voltage
l 0x0C: -5 V voltage
l 0x0D: failed lightning protection voltage for channel A
l 0x0E: V3.3 Bakin voltage
l 0x11: -48 V channel B voltage
l 0x12: failed lightning protection voltage for channel B
365
Name Meaning
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 In the case of a tributary board, these parameters indicate the path
number. For example, when Parameter 2 = 0x00 and Parameter 3
= 0x01, the POWER_ABNORMAL alarm is reported by path 1 of
the board.
In the case of a line board, the value is always 0x01. Parameter 2
indicates the most significant byte and Parameter 3 indicates the
least significant byte.
In the case of a cross-connect board, this parameter indicates the
number of the faulty power supply. If a bit is 1, there is an alarm.
If a bit is 0, there is no alarm.
In the case of the PIU and GSCC boards, Parameter 2 is always
0x00 and Parameter 3 is always 0x01. In this case, the two
Parameter 4, Parameter 5 In the case of the N1DX1/N1DXA boards:
l If Parameter 4 = 0x01 and Parameter 5 = 0x01, the 3.6 V active
power supply becomes faulty.
l If Parameter 4 = 0x01 and Parameter 5 = 0x02, the 3.6 V standby
l If Parameter 4 = 0x01 and Parameter 5 = 0x04, the active and
standby power supplies are switched.
l If Parameter 4 = 0x01 and Parameter 5 = 0x08, the alarm
indicating overvoltage of the power supply occurs.
l If Parameter 4 = 0x02 and Parameter 5 = 0x00, the 1.8 V power
supply becomes faulty.
l If Parameter 4 = 0x08 and Parameter 5 = 0x00, the 5 V power
366
Name Meaning
Parameter 4, Parameter 5 In the case of the N2PQ1, R2PD1, N1PD3, N1PL3, N1PL3A,
N1PQM, N1PQ1, R1PL1, and R1PD1 boards:
l If Parameter 4 = 0x01 and Parameter 5 = 0x04, the active and
standby power supplies are switched.
Parameter 4, Parameter 5 In the case of the N2SPQ4 and N1SPQ4 boards:
l If Parameter 4 = 0x20 and Parameter 5 = 0x00, the -5.0 V power
367
Name Meaning
Parameter 4, Parameter 5 In the case of the N1LWX board:
l If Parameter 4 = 0x20 and Parameter 5 = 0x00, the -5.0 V power
In the case of 40 Gbit/s higher order cross-connect boards,
Parameter 4 is valid for the 3.3 V combining power supply of cross-
connect boards.
l 0x00: output of the power supply module
l 0x01: output of the standby power supply
In the case of other cross-connect boards, if the value of Parameter
4 is not 0xFF, it indicates the faulty power ID. When a bit of the
parameter is 1, an alarm of corresponding power is reported. When
a bit of the parameter is 0, no alarm of corresponding power is
reported.
368
Name Meaning
Parameter 4, Parameter 5 In the case of the other line boards and tributary boards and optical
amplifier boards:
l If the bit corresponding to Parameter 4 is 1, the
POWER_ABNORMAL alarm occurs. If the bit corresponding
to Parameter 4 is 0, the POWER_ABNORMAL alarm does not
occur.
bit[0]: 3.3 V
bit[1]: 1.8 V
bit[2]: 5 V
bit[3]: 2.5 V
bit[4]: 1.5 V
bit[5]: -5 V
NOTE
In the case of the N1SF64 board, bit[5] of Parameter 4 indicates -5.2
V.
l Parameter 5 is meaningful only for the bit[0] of Parameter 4,
that is, the 3.3 V power supply.
bit[0]: output of the power supply module
bit[1]: output of the standby power supply
bit[2]: 3.3 V standby power supply being used
Parameter 4, Parameter 5 In the case of the PIU and GSCC boards, Parameter 4 indicates the
working state of the power supply.
l 0x00: undervoltage
l 0x01: overvoltage
l 0xFF: default value; meaningless
In the case of the PIU and GSCC boards, Parameter 5 is reserved
for future use.
369
Name Meaning
Parameter 4, Parameter 5 In the case of the ODU:
l If the bit corresponding to Parameter 4 is 1, the
POWER_ABNORMAL alarm occurs. If the bit corresponding
to Parameter 4 is 0, the POWER_ABNORMAL alarm does not
occur.
bit[0]: 3.3 V
bit[1]: 1.2 V
bit[2]: 1.0 V
bit[3]: 2.5 V
bit[4]: 1.5 V
bit[5]: 5 V
bit[6]: 8 V
l Parameter 5 is meaningful only for bit[0] of Parameter 4, that
is, the 3.3 V power supply.
bit[0]: output of the power supply module
bit[1]: forcibly using of the standby power supply
When the POWER_ABNORMAL alarm occurs, the power supply is abnormal, and thus the
board may fail to work normally.
NOTE
in the description of this section, handle the POWER_ABNORMAL alarm by following the steps provided
Table 7-29 lists the common fault symptoms of the POWER_ABNORMAL alarm.
Table 7-29 Symptoms of the POWER_ABNORMAL alarm
Common Fault Symptom Cause
l The POWER_ABNORMAL alarm is
reported on the PIU board, and Parameter 1 =
0x01/0x11.
l The power indicator (PWRA/PWRB) is on
and red.
NOTE
For details about the meanings of board indicators, see
Alarm Indicators on the Boards in the Hardware
Description.
l Cause 1 (board): The jumper on the
SCC board is incorrectly set.
l Cause 2 (board): The external power
supply is abnormal. For example, the
external power supply may has the
undervoltage problem or fluctuates
sharply.
370
Common Fault Symptom Cause
No alarms are reported on the PIU board in the
main subrack. The POWER_ABNORMAL
alarm is reported on the PIU board in the extended
subrack, and Parameter 1 = 0x0F/0x10.
Generally, this situation occurs if the jumper on
the XCE board in the extended subrack is
incorrectly set.
Cause 2 (board): The external power
supply is abnormal. For example, the
external power supply may has the
undervoltage problem or fluctuates
sharply.
1. The POWER_ABNORMAL alarm is
reported on the service board, Parameter 4 =
0x00, and Parameter 5 = 0x05. Generally, this
situation occurs if the power module on a
service board that provides the power supply
for the local board fails.
reported on the GSCC board, and Parameter
1 = 0x06. Generally, this situation occurs if
the power module on an auxiliary board that
provides the power supply for the local board
fails.
1 indicates that the voltage on the local board
is detected faulty (for example, the 3.6 V or
1.2 V power supply fails). Generally, this
situation occurs if the power module on the
SCC unit that provides the power supply for
the local board fails.
reported on the PIU board, and Parameter 1 =
0x0D/0x12. Generally, this situation occurs
when the fuse on the lightning protection
circuit is blown. In addition, the power
indicator is on and red.
Cause 3 (board): The power module on
the local board is faulty.
reported on several service boards, Parameter
4 = 0x00, and bit[1] of Parameter 5 = 1.
1 = 0x05.
l The power indicator (PWRC) is on and red.
l The STAT indicator on the auxiliary board is
on and red.
Cause 4 (board): The system backup
power module on the auxiliary board is
faulty.

Possible Causes
If the POWER_ABNORMAL alarm is reported on the board, the possible causes are as follows:
371
l Cause 1 (board): The jumper on the SCC board is incorrectly set.
l Cause 2 (board): The external power supply is abnormal. For example, the external power
supply may has the undervoltage problem or fluctuates sharply.
l Cause 3 (board): The power module on the local board is faulty.
l Cause 4 (board): The system backup power module on the auxiliary board is faulty.
If the POWER_ABNORMAL alarm is reported on the ODU, the possible cause is as follows:
Cause 5 (ODU): The power module of the ODU is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 On the NMS, query the current alarms and determine the board that reports the
POWER_ABNORMAL alarm. For details, see Viewing the Current Alarms in the Supporting
Tasks.
Step 2 Cause 1 (board): The jumper on the SCC board is incorrectly set.
1. If the jumper on the SCC board that specifies the input voltage is incorrectly set, the
POWER_ABNORMAL alarm is reported. Check whether the jumper of the SCC board is
correctly set. If not, modify the jumper setting according to the input voltage. For details
on the jumper setting of the SCC board, see the Hardware Description.
l Jumper of the CXL1
l Jumper of the CXLLN
l Jumper of the CXLD41
l Jumper of the CXLQ41
2. Check whether the POWER_ABNORMAL alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, go to
Step Step 3.
Step 3 Cause 2 (board): The external power supply is abnormal. For example, the external power supply
may has the undervoltage problem or fluctuates sharply.
1. Check the number of PIU boards that are installed on the equipment.
If... Then...
Two PIU boards are installed,
whereas only one power supply is
accessed
Access the power supply to the other PIU board.
For details, see Powering on a Subrack in the
Installation Guide. Check whether the
POWER_ABNORMAL alarm is cleared. If the
Two PIU boards are installed and
powered on
2. If the air circuit breaker for the input power supply of the subrack is turned off, the power
cables on the subrack are incorrectly connected, or the connector of the power cable is loose
or firmly inserted, the NE detects that the voltage is abnormal and thus reports the
POWER_ABNORMAL alarm. Check in order whether the air circuit breaker on the
subrack is turned on, whether the power cables are properly connected to the external power
supply device, DC power distribution unit, and power board on the equipment, and whether
372
the connector of the power cable is firmly inserted. For details, see Powering on a Subrack
in the Installation Guide.
3. Check whether the POWER_ABNORMAL alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, measure
the input voltage of the power cable.
4. Switch off the DC power distribution unit. Connect the positive terminal of the multimeter
to NEG (-) of the DC power distribution unit, and connect the negative terminal of the
multimeter to RTN (+) of the DC power distribution unit. Then, measure the voltage
between RTN (+) and NEG (-).
If... Then...
The standard voltage of the input power supply is -48 V, and the
measured value is not in the range of -41 V to -60 V
The standard voltage of the input power supply is -60 V, and the
measured value is not in the range of -51 V to -72 V
The measured voltage is within the normal range Go to Step Step 4.
5. Replace the UPM that provides the stable DC power supply or DC PDU. Check whether
the POWER_ABNORMAL alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, contact power engineers
to rectify the external power fault.
Step 4 Cause 3 (board): The power module on the local board is faulty.
1. Perform a cold reset on the board that reports the POWER_ABNORMAL alarm by using
the NMS, or directly reseat this board. For details on how to perform a cold reset, see
Resetting Boards in the Supporting Tasks. For details on how to reseat a board, see
Guide.
CAUTION
interruptions.
The PIU board does not support hot-swapping. Hence, ensure that the air circuit breaker
for the power distribution unit is turned off before you remove or insert a PIU board.
2. Check whether the POWER_ABNORMAL alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, replace
the board that reports the alarm. For details, see the Parts Replacement.
3. Check whether the POWER_ABNORMAL alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, go to
Step Step 5.
Step 5 Cause 4 (board): The system backup power module on the auxiliary board is faulty.
1. Check whether the auxiliary board is properly connected to the backplane.
373
If... Then...
The board is not firmly inserted Reseat the board. For details on how to reseat a board,
see Removing the Boards in the Installation Guide
Check whether POWER_ABNORMAL alarm is
cleared. If the alarm persists, go to Step Step 5.3.
The board is firmly inserted Go to the next step.
2. Perform a cold reset on the auxiliary board by using the NMS, or directly reseat this board.
For the operations on the NMS, see Resetting Boards in the Supporting Tasks. For details
on how to reseat a board, see Removing the Boards in the Installation Guide and Installing
the Boards in the Installation Guide. Check whether the POWER_ABNORMAL alarm is
cleared.
CAUTION
If the overvoltage or undervoltage alarm occurs on the 3.3 V active power supply, do not
reseat any auxiliary boards.
3. If the alarm persists, replace the faulty auxiliary board. For details, see Replacing an SAP
4. Check whether the POWER_ABNORMAL alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, contact
Huawei technical support engineers to handle the alarm.
Step 6 Cause 5 (ODU): The power module of the ODU is faulty.
2. Check whether the POWER_ABNORMAL alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, contact
Huawei technical support engineers to handle the alarm.
----End
Related Information
None.
7.52 POWER_FAIL
Description
The POWER_FAIL is an alarm indicating that the status of the power supply on the SCC board
is abnormal (for example, the battery on the SCC board has no charge).
374
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the status of power supply.
l 0x05: The battery on the SCC has no charge.
l 0x06: The active power supply fails.
l 0x07: The standby power supply fails.
l 0x12: The 12 V active power supply is over-voltage.
l 0x13: The 12 V active power supply is under-voltage.
l 0x14: The 12 V standby power supply is over-voltage.
l 0x15: The 12 V standby power supply is under-voltage.
l 0x41: The 3.3 V active power supply is over-voltage.
l 0x42: The 3.3 V active power supply is under-voltage.
l 0x4F: The 48 V active power supply is over-voltage.
l 0x50: The 48 V active power supply is under-voltage.
l 0x51: The 48 V standby power supply is over-voltage.
l 0x52: The 48 V standby power supply is under-voltage.
l 0x53: The -48 V fan power supply is under-voltage.
l 0x54: The -48 V fan power supply is over-voltage.
When the POWER_FAIL alarm occurs, the system time is lost if the system is powered off.
NOTE
in the description of this section, handle the POWER_FAIL alarm by following the steps provided in
Handling Procedure.
None.
375
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the POWER_FAIL alarm is follows:
l Cause 1: The jumper on the SCC board is incorrectly set.
l Cause 2: The battery on the SCC board has no charge.
Procedure
Step 1 Cause 1: The jumper on the SCC board is incorrectly set.
1. The POWER_FAIL alarm is reported if the jumper on the SCC board that specifies whether
the battery is enabled is incorrectly set. Contact the local representative office of Huawei
and check whether the jumper on the SCC board is correctly set.
2. If the jumper is incorrectly set, modify the setting. For details on the jumper setting of the
SCC board, see the Hardware Description.
l Jumper of the CXLLN
l Jumper of the CXLD41
l Jumper of the CXLQ41
3. Check whether the POWER_FAIL alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, go to Step Step
2.
Step 2 Cause 2: The battery on the SCC board has no charge.
1. Replace the SCC board. For details, see Replacing a CXL Board in the Parts
Replacement.
2. Check whether the POWER_FAIL alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, contact Huawei
----End
Related Information
None.
7.53 R_LOF
Description
The R_LOF is an alarm indicating loss of frames on the receive side of the line. When the correct
A1 and A2 bytes are not contained in five consecutive frames received at the receive optical
interface of the local station, the R_LOF alarm is reported.
376
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the actual number of the interface on the board that reports the alarm.
l When the R_LOF alarm occurs, the service is interrupted, and the AIS signal is inserted at
the downstream station.
l When the R_LOF alarm occurs, the system automatically returns the MS_RDI alarm to the
upstream station. Then, the upstream station reports the MS_RDI alarm.
NOTE
in the description of this section, handle the R_LOF alarm by following the steps provided in Handling
Procedure.
None.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the R_LOF alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: Two boards at different rates are interconnected (in the case of the optical interface
board).
l Cause 2: The transmit cable is faulty, and the fiber connector is loose or contaminated (in
the case of the optical interface board).
l Cause 3: Other alarms trigger the R_LOF alarm (in the case of the IF board).
l Cause 4: The receive board at the local station is faulty, and thus the frame structure is lost.
l Cause 4: The transmit board (including the cross-connect board) at the opposite station is
faulty, and thus the frame structure is lost.
377
Procedure
Step 1 On the NMS, query the alarms. Based on the alarm parameters, determine the port that reports
the alarm. For details, see Viewing the Current Alarms in the Supporting Tasks.
Step 2 Cause 1: Two boards at different rates are interconnected (in the case of the optical interface
board).
1. The improper fiber connection may cause that two boards at different rates are
interconnected. In this case, the R_LOF alarm is reported. Check whether the fiber is
improperly connected. If yes, modify the improper fiber connection. For details, see
Checking the Fiber Connection of the SDH Network in the Commissioning Guide. Check
whether the R_LOF alarm is cleared.
2. If the alarm persists, check whether the types of the two interconnected boards are the same.
For example, when the board that supports the FEC function is interconnected with the
board that does not support the FEC function, the two boards are at different rates and the
interconnection fails. In this case, the R_LOF alarm is reported. The FEC function of the
two boards should be both enabled or disabled according to the actual situation. For details,
see Configuring the FEC Function in the Supporting Tasks.
NOTE
For details on the board that supports the FEC function, see "Function and Feature" of each board in
the Hardware Description.
3. Check whether the R_LOF alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, go to Step Step 3.
Step 3 Cause 2: The transmit cable is faulty, and the fiber connector is loose or contaminated (in the
case of the optical interface board).
1. Check whether the transmit optical power of the board connected to the board that reports
the alarm is within the normal range. For details on the optical power of the board, see
Specifications of the Boards in the Technical Specifications Reference. For details, see
NOTE
For details on the manufacturer information about the optical module, see Querying the Board
Manufacturer Information Report in the Supporting Tasks or Bar Code in the Hardware
Description.
If... Then...
The transmit optical power of the opposite board is abnormal Go to Step Step 6.
The transmit optical power of the opposite board is normal Go to the next step.
2. On the NMS, check whether the receive optical power of the local board is within the normal
range.
If... Then...
The receive optical power of the local board is very low Go to the next step.
The receive optical power of the local board is very high Go to Step Step 5.
378
radius is less than 6 cm, roll the fiber jumper again. Check whether the R_LOF alarm is
cleared.
4. If the alarm persists, check whether the optical interface on the board is firmly connected
to the fiber jumper. Ensure that the fiber connector is firmly connected. Then, check whether
the R_LOF alarm is cleared.
5. If the alarm persists, check whether the fiber connector is contaminated. For details on how
to check the fiber connector, see Checking the Optical Fiber Connector in the Supporting
Tasks. For details on how to clean the fiber connectors, see the Supporting Tasks.
6. Check whether the optical cable is aged, damaged, or pressed. If yes, replace the optical
cable. Check whether the R_LOF alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, go to Step Step
5.
Step 4 Cause 3: Other alarms trigger the R_LOF alarm (in the case of the IF board).
1. On the NMS, check whether the MW_FEC_UNCOR alarm occurs. If yes, clear the alarm
first.
Step 5 Cause 4: The receive board at the local station is faulty, and thus the frame structure is lost.
1. Perform a hardware inloop for the transmit and receive interfaces of the port that reports
the alarm at the local station. For details, see Hardware Loopback in the Supporting
Tasks.
CAUTION
If... Then...
The R_LOF alarm persists The local board is faulty. Go to the next step.
The R_LOF alarm is cleared Go to Step Step 6.
2. Replace the board that reports the R_LOF alarm at the local station. If the board supports
the pluggable optical module, replace the pluggable optical module. For details, see
faulty board. For details, see Replacing Boards Onsite in the Supporting Tasks.
Step 6 Cause 4: The transmit board (including the cross-connect board) at the opposite station is faulty,
and thus the frame structure is lost.
1. Replace the opposite board connected to the board that reports the R_LOF alarm. If the
board supports the pluggable optical module, replace the pluggable optical module. For
379
details, see Replacing a Pluggable Optical Module in the Parts Replacement. Otherwise,
replace the faulty board. For details, see Replacing Boards Onsite in the Supporting
Tasks. Check whether the R_LOF alarm is cleared.
2. If the alarm persists, replace the cross-connect and timing board at the opposite station. For
3. Check whether the R_LOF alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, contact Huawei technical
----End
Related Information
None.
7.54 R_OOF
Description
The R_OOF is an alarm indicating the out-of-frame event on the receive side of the line.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the actual number of the optical interface on the board that reports the
alarm.
l When the R_OOF alarm occurs, the service is interrupted, and the AIS signal is inserted at
l When the R_OOF alarm occurs, the system automatically returns the MS_RDI alarm to
the upstream station. Then, the upstream station reports the MS_RDI alarm.
380
NOTE
in the description of this section, handle the R_OOF alarm by following the steps provided in Handling
Procedure.
None.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the R_OOF alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: The transmit cable is faulty, and the fiber connector is loose or contaminated.
l Cause 2: The receive board at the local station is faulty.
l Cause 3: The transmit board (including the cross-connect and timing board) at the opposite
station is faulty.
Procedure
Step 2 Cause 1: The transmit cable is faulty, and the fiber connector is loose or contaminated.
Specifications of the Boards in the Technical Specifications Reference. For details, see
NOTE
Description.
If... Then...
2. On the NMS, check whether the receive optical power of the local board is within the normal
range.
If... Then...
The receive optical power of the local board is very low Go to the next step.
The receive optical power of the local board is very high Go to Step Step 3.
radius is less than 6 cm, roll the fiber jumper again. Check whether the R_OOF alarm is
cleared.
381
4. If the alarm persists, check whether the optical interface on the board is firmly connected
to the fiber jumper. Ensure that the fiber connector is firmly connected. Then, check whether
the R_LOS alarm is cleared.
6. Check whether the optical cable is aged, damaged, or pressed. If yes, replace the optical
cable. Check whether the R_OOF alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, go to Step Step
3.
Step 3 Cause 2: The receive board at the local station is faulty.
1. Perform a hardware inloop for the transmit and receive interfaces of the port that reports
the alarm at the local station. For details, see Hardware Loopback in the Supporting
Tasks.
CAUTION
If... Then...
The R_OOF alarm persists The local board is faulty. Go to the next step.
The R_OOF alarm is cleared Go to Step Step 4.
2. Replace the board that reports the R_OOF alarm at the local station. If the board supports
3. Check whether the R_OOF alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, go to Step Step 4.
Step 4 Cause 3: The transmit board (including the cross-connect and timing board) at the opposite
station is faulty.
1. Replace the opposite board connected to the board that reports the R_OOF alarm. If the
Tasks. Check whether the R_OOF alarm is cleared.
3. Check whether the R_OOF alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, contact Huawei technical
----End
382
Related Information
None.
7.55 R_LOS
Description
The R_LOS is an alarm indicating loss of signals on the receive side of the line.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the actual number of the interface on the board that reports the alarm.
When the R_LOS alarm occurs, the service on the receive side of the line is interrupted.
l The system automatically inserts the AIS signal at the downstream station.
l The system automatically returns the MS_RDI alarm to the upstream station. Then, the
upstream station reports the MS_RDI alarm.
NOTE
in the description of this section, handle the R_LOS alarm by following the steps provided in Handling
Procedure.
None.
383
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the R_LOS alarm are as follows:
Optical Interface Board
l Cause 1: The local optical interface is not in use (in the case of the optical interface board).
l Cause 2: The opposite laser is shut down, and thus no optical signals are accessed (in the
case of the optical interface board).
Electrical Interface Board
l Cause 4: The signal modes of both ends are different (in the case of the STM-1 electrical
interface board).
IF Board
l Cause 5: Other alarms trigger the R_LOS alarm (in the case of the IF board).
Common Cause
l Cause 3: A fiber cut occurs or the performance of the line declines.
l Cause 6: The receive board at the local station is faulty, and thus the signal fails to be
received on the line.
station is faulty, and thus the signal fails to be transmitted on the line.
Procedure
Step 2 Cause 1: The local optical interface is not in use (in the case of the optical interface board).
1. Check whether the port that reports the R_LOS alarm is in use or whether the optical
interface of this port is connected to the fiber that is not in use. If the fiber is not in use,
perform a selfloop for the transmit and receive optical interfaces by using fibers.
If... Then...
The port is not in use or connected to
fibers
You need not handle the R_LOS alarm. To
clear the R_LOS alarm, suppress it on the
NMS or perform a selfloop for the transmit
and receive interfaces of the port by using
fibers.
NOTE
Suppression of the R_LOS alarm may trigger the
reporting of other alarms.
CAUTION
In the case of a hardware loopback at the optical
interface, the optical power should not exceed the
threshold.
The port is in use and connected to fibers Go to Step Step 3.
384
Step 3 Cause 2: The opposite laser is shut down, and thus no optical signals are accessed (in the case
of the optical interface board).
1. Check whether the laser of the opposite port connected to the port that reports the R_LOS
alarm is shut down.
If... Then...
The laser is shut down Start up the laser. For details, see Enabling/Disabling Lasers in
the Supporting Tasks. Check whether the R_LOS alarm is
The laser is started up Go to Step Step 6.
Step 4 Cause 4: The signal modes of both ends are different (in the case of the STM-1 electrical interface
board).
1. Check whether the signal mode of the opposite board connected to the board that reports
the R_LOS alarm is correctly set. If the board supports both the optical interface and
electrical interface, the actual signal mode of a port should be the same as the preset
Working Mode. If they are not the same, modify the setting of Working Mode. For details
on the setting of the SDH board series, see Checking Board Parameters in the Configuration
Guide.
2. Check whether the R_LOS alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, go to Step Step 7.
Step 5 Cause 5: Other alarms trigger the R_LOS alarm (in the case of the IF board).
1. On the NMS, check whether the MW_FEC_UNCOR alarm is reported on the IF board.
If yes, clear the alarm first.
Step 6 Cause 3: A fiber cut occurs or the performance of the line declines. (in the case of the optical
interface board)
Specifications of the Boards in the Technical Specifications Reference. For details on how
to query the transmit optical power of a board, see Querying the Optical Power in the
Supporting Tasks.
NOTE
Description.
If... Then...
2. Perform a hardware inloop for the transmit and receive interfaces on the local receive board.
For details, see Hardware Loopback in the Supporting Tasks.
385
CAUTION
A loopback causes service interruptions. In the case of a hardware loopback at the optical
interface, the optical power should not exceed the threshold. In the case of a hardware
inloop, the optical power should not exceed the threshold. Add an optical attenuator to the
optical interface according to the optical power specifications of the board.
If... Then...
The R_LOS alarm persists Go to Step Step 8.
The R_LOS alarm is cleared Repeat Steps Step 6.3 to Step 6.6 to check the fiber
jumpers and fiber connectors at the local and opposite
stations.
radius is less than 6 cm, roll the fiber jumper again. Check whether the R_LOS alarm is
cleared.
4. If the alarm persists, check whether the fiber jumper is properly connected to the optical
interface. For details, see the Installation Guide.
l Using External and Stable Optical Source for the Check
l Using the Optical Interface Board for the Check
If... Then...
The fiber jumper is improperly
connected
Reconnect the fiber jumpers between the
optical boards in the subrack according to
the actual networking. Check whether the
R_LOS alarm is cleared. If the alarm
The fiber jumper is properly connected Go to the next step.
5. Check whether the optical interface on the board is firmly connected to the fiber jumper.
Ensure that the fiber connector is firmly connected. Then, check whether the R_LOS alarm
is cleared.
Check whether the R_LOS alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, go to the next step.
7. Use the optical time-domain reflectometer (OTDR) to check whether a fiber cut occurs and
locate the fiber cut if any according to the displayed attenuation curve of the line. For details
on the usage of the OTDR, see the operation instructions.
386
If... Then...
A fiber cut occurs on the line Replace the fiber. Then, check whether the R_LOS
alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, go to Step Step
8.
No fiber cuts occur on the line Go to Step Step 8.
Step 7 Cause 3: A fiber cut occurs or the performance of the line declines. (in the case of the STM-1
electrical interface board)
the fault.
If... Then...
The R_LOS alarm changes after the cables are exchanged Go to the next step.
The R_LOS alarm does not change after the cables are
exchanged
Go to other causes.
are damaged. If the cable is faulty, replace the cable. Check whether the R_LOS alarm is
Step 8 Cause 6: The receive board at the local station is faulty, and thus the signal fails to be received
on the line.
1. Replace the board that reports the R_LOS alarm at the local station. If the board supports
station is faulty, and thus the signal fails to be transmitted on the line.
1. Replace the opposite board connected to the board that reports the R_LOS alarm. If the
Tasks. Check whether the R_LOS alarm is cleared.
3. Check whether the R_LOS alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, contact Huawei technical
----End
Related Information
None.
387
7.56 SLAVE_WORKING
Description
The SLAVE_WORKING is an alarm indicating that the protection board is working. This alarm
occurs when the service bus of the service board selects the protection cross-connect board and
the slave clock is selected as the system clock.
Attribute
Warning Equipment alarm
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 For the cross-connect, SDH, PDH (including DDN), ATM, RPR, and IF boards,
the value of Parameter 1 is always 0x01.
For the WDM boards, Parameter 1 indicates the port ID and the value is always
0x01.
For the EFT8 and EFT8A boards, Parameter 1 indicates the working mode of the
standby board.
l 0x00: cross-connect bus.
l 0x01: clock board.
l 0x02: SCC board.
l 0x03: service chip bus.
For the EoS board, Parameter 1 indicates the port ID and the value is always
0x01.
388
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 indicates the switching mode of the active and standby cross-connect
boards and the value is always 0x00.
For the WDM boards, Parameter 2 and Parameter 3 indicate the path ID and the
value is always 0x01.
For the EFT8 and EFT8A boards, Parameter 2 has different meanings when
Parameter 1 takes different values.
l If Parameter 1 is 0x00 or 0x03, Parameter 2 indicates the bus number.
l If Parameter 1 is 0x01 or 0x02, Parameter 2 is always 0x01.
For the EGS2, EFS0, and EFS4 boards, Parameter 2 indicates the path ID and
the value is 0x0E. That is, the programmable logic component is faulty.
For the EMS4, EGS4, and EAS2 boards, Parameter 2 and Parameter 3 are
meaningless and the value is always 0x01.
Parameter 3 indicates the slot ID of the cross-connect board and the value is
always 0x01.
For the EFT8 and EFT8A boards, Parameter 3 indicates the slot ID of the standby
board.
When the SLAVE_WORKING alarm occurs, the system is not affected. This alarm just shows
that the service bus of the service board selects the protection cross-connect board and the slave
clock is selected as the system clock.
NOTE
in the description of this section, handle the SLAVE_WORKING alarm by following the steps provided
None.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the SLAVE_WORKING alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: The working cross-connect and timing board is not in position.
l Cause 2: The working cross-connect and timing board is faulty.
l Cause 3: A certain service board is faulty.
389
Procedure
Step 1 Cause 1: The working cross-connect and timing board is not in position.
1. Check whether the working cross-connect and timing board is firmly inserted. If not, re-
insert the working cross-connect and timing board. For details, see Installing the Boards in
the Installation Guide.
2. Check whether the SLAVE_WORKING alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, go to Step
Step 2.
Step 2 Cause 2: The working cross-connect and timing board is faulty.
1. Perform a cold reset on the working cross-connect and timing board by using the NMS, or
CAUTION
working cross-connect and timing board may cause service interruptions.
2. Check whether the SLAVE_WORKING alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, replace the
working cross-connect and timing board. For details, see Replacing a CXL Board in the
Parts Replacement.
3. Check whether the SLAVE_WORKING alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, go to Step
Step 3.
Step 3 Cause 3: A certain service board is faulty.
1. Perform a cold reset on the service board that reports the SLAVE_WORKING alarm by
using the NMS, or directly reseat this board. For details on how to perform a cold reset,
see Resetting Boards in the Supporting Tasks. For details on how to reseat a board, see
Guide.
CAUTION
interruptions.
2. Check whether the SLAVE_WORKING alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, replace the
board that reports the alarm. For details, see Replacing Boards Onsite in the Supporting
Tasks.
Check whether the SLAVE_WORKING alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, contact Huawei
----End
390
Related Information
The working cross-connect board refers to the cross-connect board installed in the slot with a
smaller ID.
The protection cross-connect board refers to the cross-connect board installed in the slot with a
larger ID.
7.57 SYN_BAD
Description
The SYN_BAD indicates that the quality of the synchronization source declines. This alarm
occurs when the quality of the clock synchronization source traced by the equipment declines.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the slot ID where the line board is housed.
Parameter 2 Indicates the optical port ID.
l If Parameter 1 = 0xF0 and Parameter 2 = 0x01, the parameters indicate the
first external clock source.
l If Parameter 1 = 0xF0 and Parameter 2 = 0x02, the parameters indicate the
second external clock source.
When the SYN_BAD alarm occurs, the quality of the clock source indicated by the alarm
parameter declines. Tracing the clock source may cause bit errors in the service.
NOTE
in the description of the common fault symptom, handle the SYN_BAD alarm by following the steps
391
Table 7-30 lists the common fault symptoms of the SYN_BAD alarm.
Table 7-30 Symptoms of the SYN_BAD alarm
the SYN_BAD alarm.
board works abnormally.

Possible Causes
The possible causes of the SYN_BAD alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: The quality of the traced external clock source declines.
l Cause 2: The quality of the traced line clock source declines.
l Cause 3: The quality of the traced tributary clock source declines.
l Cause 4: The cross-connect and timing board works abnormally.
Procedure
Step 1 Query the clock source that the equipment currently traces. For details, see Viewing Clock
Synchronization Status in the Feature Description.
If... Then...
The external clock source reports the alarm, as indicated by the ID Go to Step Step 2.
The line clock source reports the alarm, as indicated by the ID Go to Step Step 3.
The tributary clock source reports the alarm, as indicated by the ID Go to Step Step 4.
Step 2 Cause 1: The quality of the traced external clock source declines.
1. According to the clock signal flow, check whether the SYN_BAD alarm is reported on the
upstream station.
If... Then...
The SYN_BAD alarm occurs Locate the station where the SYN_BAD alarm
first occurs.
The SYN_BAD alarm does not occur Go to the next step.
2. Check whether the input mode of the external clock signal matches the type of the external
clock signal. For details, see the handling procedures of the EXT_SYNC_LOS alarm.
Check whether the SYN_BAD alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, go to the next step.
3. Check whether the external clock cable is loose, pressed, or damaged. If yes, reinstall the
connector of the cable or replace the faulty cable. Check whether the SYN_BAD alarm is
4. Check whether the external clock is usable. Contact Huawei technical support engineers
to check the DA value of the external clock. If the external clock is unusable, replace the
external clock source equipment.
392
5. Check whether the SYN_BAD alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, go to Step Step 5.
Step 3 Cause 2: The quality of the traced line clock source declines.
upstream station.
If... Then...
first occurs.
2. If the line performance of the traced clock source declines, the precision of the clock source
decreases and the quality of the output clock signal becomes poor. On the NMS, check
whether any higher-level bit error alarms or performance events are reported on the line
board where the clock source resides.
If... Then...
The B1_EXC or B1_SD alarm, or the
RSBBE performance event is reported
See the handling procedures of these alarms
and performance events to clear the clock
alarm caused by bit errors.
Check whether the SYN_BAD alarm is
cleared. If the alarm persists, go to the next
step.
None of higher-level bit error alarms or
performance events is reported
3. Perform a cold reset on the line board by using the NMS, or directly reseat this board. For
details on how to perform a cold reset, see Resetting Boards in the Supporting Tasks. For
details on how to reseat a board, see Removing the Boards in the Installation Guide and
CAUTION
interruptions.
4. After five minutes, check whether the SYN_BAD alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists,
replace the line board. For details, see Replacing an SDH Board in the Parts
Replacement.
Step 4 Cause 3: The quality of the traced tributary clock source declines.
upstream station.
393
If... Then...
first occurs.
2. Check whether the cable connected to the tributary board where the clock source resides
is loose, pressed, or damaged. If yes, reinstall the connector of the cable or replace the faulty
cable. Then, check whether the SYN_BAD alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, go to the
next step.
3. Perform a cold reset on the tributary board by using the NMS, or directly reseat this board.
CAUTION
interruptions.
4. After five minutes, check whether the SYN_BAD alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists,
replace the tributary board. For details, see in the Parts Replacement.
Step 5 Cause 4: The cross-connect and timing board works abnormally.
If... Then...
The SYN_BAD alarm is reported on the
working cross-connect and timing board
The SYN_BAD alarm is reported on the
protection cross-connect and timing board
The protection board may be faulty. Perform
a cold reset on or reseat this board. Go to Step
Step 5.2.
1. Switch the working and protection cross-connect and timing boards. For details, see
Replacing a CXL Board in the Parts Replacement.
If... Then...
After the switching is complete, the
original protection board does not report
the SYN_BAD alarm
The original working cross-connect and
timing board may be faulty. Perform a cold
reset on or reseat this board. Go to the next
step.
394
If... Then...
The original protection cross-connect and
timing board reports the SYN_BAD
alarm
3. Check whether the SYN_BAD alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, replace the relevant
cross-connect and timing board. For details, see Replacing a CXL Board in the Parts
Replacement.
4. Check whether the SYN_BAD alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, contact Huawei
----End
Related Information
None.
7.58 SUBCARD_ABN
Description
The SUBCARD_ABN alarm indicates that the type of the subcard configured for the SCC board
does not match the type of the installed interface board. In the case of an interface board, if the
type of the physical board does not match the type of the logical board, or if the interface board
cannot be detected, the SUBCARD_ABN alarm is reported.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Has a fixed value of 0x01. This parameter is meaningless.
395
Name Meaning
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicate the slot number of the interface board. Parameter 2 has a
fixed value of 0x00.
For Parameter 3:
l 0x01: interface board in the slot with a smaller ID
l 0x02: interface board in the slot with a larger ID
Parameter 4 Indicates the alarm cause.
l 0x01: The type of the subcard configured for the SCC board
does not match the type of the installed interface board.
l 0x02: The board is offline.
When the SUBCARD_ABN alarm occurs, the service processing board fails to transmit or
receive services through the interface board.
NOTE
If there is no fault symptom or the actual fault symptom is not included in this section, handle the alarm
by following the steps provided in Handling Procedure.
Table 7-31 lists the common fault symptoms of the SUBCARD_ABN alarm.
Table 7-31 Symptoms of the SUBCARD_ABN alarm
Parameter 4 = 0x01 l Cause 1: In the case of an interface
board, the type of the logical board
does not match the type of the physical
board.
l Cause 2: The type of the interface
board does not match the type of the
processing board.
Parameter 4 = 0x02 Cause 3: The interface board cannot be
detected.

Possible Causes
The possible causes of the SUBCARD_ABN alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: In the case of an interface board, the type of the logical board does not match the
type of the physical board.
l Cause 2: The type of the interface board does not match the type of the processing board.
396
l Cause 3: The interface board cannot be detected.
l Cause 4: The board is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 Cause 1: In the case of an interface board, the type of the logical board does not match the type
of the physical board.
1. According to the actual networking, check the type of the physical interface board.
2. On the NMS, check the type of the logical interface board. In the Main Topology, double-
click the SDH NE icon. Then, the NE panel is displayed.
If... Then...
The physical interface board is of the
correct type
On the NMS, delete the original logical
interface board and then add a new logical
board. For details, see Adding Boards in the
The logical interface board is of the
correct type
Replace the corresponding physical interface
board. For details, see Replacing Boards
Onsite in the Supporting Tasks.
3. Check whether the SUBCARD_ABN alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, go to step Step
2.
Step 2 Cause 2: The type of the interface board does not match the type of the processing board.
1. Check whether the type of the interface board matches the type of the processing board.
For details about the mapping relationship between the processing board and the interface
board, see "Interface Boards and Switching and Bridging Boards" in the Hardware
Description.
2. If the type of the interface board does not match the type of the processing board, use the
proper interface board according to the type of the processing board. For details, see
Replacing Boards Onsite in the Supporting Tasks.
3. Check whether the SUBCARD_ABN alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, go to step Step
4.
Step 3 Cause 3: The interface board cannot be detected.
1. Check whether the interface board is installed in the subrack.
If... Then...
The interface board is not installed In the Main Topology, double-click the SDH NE
icon. Then, the NE panel is displayed. On the
NMS, check the type of the logical interface
board.
According to the type of the logical board, see
Step Step 3.2 to insert the proper interface board.
397
If... Then...
The interface board is installed Check the status of the board. If the board is not
firmly inserted, see Step Step 3.2 to re-insert the
interface board.
2. For details about how to insert a board, see Installing the Boards in the Installation
Guide. Check whether the SUBCARD_ABN alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, go to
step Step 4.
Step 4 Cause 4: The board is faulty.
1. Replace the interface board. For details, see Replacing Boards Onsite in the Supporting
Tasks.
2. Check whether the SUBCARD_ABN alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, the processing
board may be faulty. Replace the faulty processing board. For details, see Replacing Boards
Onsite in the Supporting Tasks.
3. Check whether the SUBCARD_ABN alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, contact Huawei
----End
Related Information
A physical board refers to the board that is actually installed in the current subrack. A logical
board refers to the board that is created on the NMS and is stored on the SCC board. When the
equipment works normally, the physical board and the logical board need to be consistent with
each other.
7.59 TEMP_ALARM
Description
The TEMP_ALARM is an alarm indicating that the ambient temperature of a board crosses the
threshold. This alarm occurs when a board detects that the ambient temperature crosses the
specified threshold.
Attribute
Minor Environment alarm
Parameters
398
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the threshold crossing type.
l 0x01: The ambient temperature is higher than the upper threshold.
l 0x02: The ambient temperature is lower than the lower threshold.
When the TEMP_ALARM alarm occurs, the optical module is damaged if the temperature is
very high or very low. As a result, the service is interrupted.
NOTE
in the description of this section, handle the TEMP_ALARM alarm by following the steps provided in
Handling Procedure.
Table 7-32 lists the common fault symptoms of the TEMP_ALARM alarm.
Table 7-32 Symptoms of the TEMP_ALARM alarm
Parameter 1 = 0x01 Cause 1: The ambient temperature of the
board is very high.
Parameter 1 = 0x02 Cause 2: The ambient temperature of the
board is very low.

Possible Causes
The possible causes of the TEMP_ALARM alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: The ambient temperature of the board is very high.
l Cause 2: The ambient temperature of the board is very low.
Procedure
Step 1 On the NMS, query the alarms and determine the board that reports the TEMP_ALARM alarm.
Step 2 Cause 1: The ambient temperature of the board is very high.
If... Then...
The alarm is reported on the ODU Take appropriate measures (for example,
installing a sunshade) to control the temperature.
Check whether the TEMP_ALARM alarm is
The alarm is reported on the service
board
Go to Step Step 2.2.
399
1. Replace the ODU. For details, see Replacing the ODU in the Microwave User Guide. Then,
check whether TEMP_ALARM alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, contact Huawei
2. Check the operation status of the fan in the subrack. For details, see the handling procedure
of the FAN_FAIL alarm.
3. Check whether the TEMP_ALARM alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, replace the faulty
board. For details, see Replacing Boards Onsite in the Supporting Tasks.
4. Check whether the TEMP_ALARM alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, contact Huawei
Step 3 Cause 2: The ambient temperature of the board is very low.
1. The problem may be caused by the faulty temperature detection circuit of board.
If... Then...
The alarm is reported on the ODU Replace the ODU. For details, see Replacing the
ODU in the Microwave User Guide.
cleared. If the alarm persists, contact Huawei
The alarm is reported on the service
board
Replace the faulty board. For details, see
Replacing Boards Onsite in the Supporting
Tasks.
cleared. If the alarm persists, contact Huawei
----End
Related Information
None.
7.60 TEMP_OVER
Description
The TEMP_OVER is an alarm indicating that the operating temperature of the board crosses
the threshold. This alarm occurs when the system detects that the operating temperature of the
board is higher than the upper threshold or lower than the lower threshold.
Attribute
400
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 In the case of cross-connect and timing boards, the value of this
parameter is always 0x01.
In the case of other boards, this parameter indicates the threshold-
crossing type of the board working temperature.
l 0x01: The operating temperature of the board is higher than the
upper threshold.
l 0x02: The operating temperature of the board is lower than the
lower threshold.
Parameter 2, parameter 3 In the case of cross-connect and timing boards, the value of this
parameter is always 0x01.
Parameter 4 In the case of cross-connect and timing boards, this parameter
indicates the threshold-crossing type.
l bit[0] = 1: The board operating temperature exceeds the upper
threshold.
l bit[1] = 1: The board operating temperature exceeds the lower
threshold.
When the bit is 0, the temperature is in the permitted range.
When the operating temperature of the board is very high or very low, the system is in a highly
dangerous state. If the system runs in this state for a long time, bit errors may occur and the
service may be interrupted. Hence, the TEMP_OVER alarm should be handled in a timely
manner.
NOTE
in the description of this section, handle the TEMP_OVER alarm by following the steps provided in
Handling Procedure.
None.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the TEMP_OVER alarm are as follows:
401
l Cause 1: The air filter is covered with dust.
l Cause 2: The fan stops working.
l Cause 3: The ambient temperature is very high or very low due to a fault on the cooler or
heater equipment.
Procedure
Step 1 Cause 1: The air filter is covered with dust.
1. Check whether the air filter is covered with dust, which causes the problem of heat
dissipation. You can feel the wind and the temperature of the wind at the air exhaust vent.
2. If heat dissipation is impeded due to the dusty air filter, remove the air filter and clean it.
For details, see Cleaning the Air Filter in the Routine Maintenance.
3. Check whether the TEMP_OVER alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, go to Step Step
2.
Step 2 Cause 2: The fan stops working.
1. Check the operation status of the fan in the subrack. For details, see the handling procedure
of the FAN_FAIL alarm.
3.
Step 3 Cause 3: The ambient temperature is very high or very low due to a fault on the cooler or heater
equipment.
1. Check the ambient temperature of the telecommunications room. If the temperature is
higher than 45C or lower than 0C, use a cooler or heater to decrease or increase the
ambient temperature.
NOTE
The TEMP_OVER alarm is cleared when the temperature of the board is 5C lower than the upper
threshold or 5C higher than the lower threshold. This can prevent jitters caused by transient alarms.
4.
1. Check whether the temperature chip of the board is damaged by checking whether the
CHIP_ABN alarm is reported. If the CHIP_ABN alarm occurs, replace the board that
reports the alarm. For details, see Replacing Boards Onsite in the Supporting Tasks.
2. Check whether the TEMP_OVER alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, contact Huawei
----End
Related Information
None.
402
7.61 TF
Description
The TF is an alarm of laser transmission failure. This alarm occurs when a board detects that
the output optical power of the laser exceeds the preset failure alarm threshold.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the actual number of the optical interface on a board where
the alarm occurs.
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates the causes of the alarm. Parameter 2 is always 0x00, and
Parameter 3 is always 0x01. The values indicate that the alarm is
caused by the output optical power.
l 0x01: The upper threshold is exceeded.
l 0x02: The lower threshold is exceeded.
When the TF alarm occurs, the laser transmission fails, which causes service interruptions.
NOTE
in the description of this section, handle the TF alarm by following the steps provided in Handling
Procedure.
None.
403
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the TF alarm are as follows:
Cause 1: The laser is aged.
Procedure
Step 1 On the NMS, query the alarms and determine the board that reports the TF alarm. For details,
see Viewing the Current Alarms in the Supporting Tasks.
Step 2 Cause 1: The laser is aged.
Supporting Tasks.
2. Check whether the TF alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, contact Huawei technical
----End
Related Information
None.
7.62 T_LOSEX
Description
The T_LOSEX is an alarm indicating that a board has detected the loss of signal in the service
bus of the backplane. The T_LOSEX alarm is reported if a board has detected that the service
bus of the backplane is in the LOS status.
Attribute
Parameters
404
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 In the case of SDH boards and Ethernet boards, the value is always
0x01 and this parameter is meaningless.
In the case of N1 and R1 series PDH boards, this parameter
indicates the serial number of the input on the backplane bus. Each
bit indicates a backplane bus.
In the case of N1, R2, and R3 series PDH boards, this parameter
indicates the ID of the optical interface. The value is always 0x01.
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 In the case of PDH boards, this parameter indicates the path
number. The value of Parameter 2 is always 0x00 and the value of
Parameter 3 is always 0x01.
Parameter 4 In the case of PDH boards, this parameter indicates the slot ID of
the cross-connect board of the bus.
l bit[0]: The bus on the cross-connect board that has a smaller slot
ID is faulty.
l bit[1]: The bus on the cross-connect board that has a larger slot
ID is faulty.
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 In the case of SDH boards and Ethernet boards, the value of
Parameter 2 is always 0x00, and Parameter 3 indicates the slot ID
of the cross-connect board of the service bus.
l 0x01: The cross-connect board has a smaller slot ID.
l 0x02: The cross-connect board has a larger slot ID.
Parameter 4, Parameter 5 In the case of SDH boards and Ethernet boards, each bit indicates
a backplane bus that is damaged. Parameter 4 indicates the least
significant byte, and Parameter 5 indicates the most significant
byte.
l If bit[0] of Parameter 4 is in value 1, the first bus is damaged.
l If bit[0] of Parameter 5 is in value 1, the ninth bus is damaged.
When the T_LOSEX alarm occurs, the services of a board are interrupted. Consequently, the
board fails to work normally.
NOTE
in the description of this section, handle the T_LOSEX alarm by following the steps provided in Handling
Procedure.
None.
405
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the T_LOSEX alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: The service board and the corresponding cross-connect board are inserted
improperly.
l Cause 2: The board hardware is faulty.
l Cause 3: Certain pins on the backplane are bent.
Procedure
Step 1 Check the alarm on the NMS, determine the service board that reports the alarm, and then confirm
the corresponding cross-connect board according to the alarm parameters. For details, see
Step 2 Cause 1: The service board and the corresponding cross-connect board are inserted improperly.
1. Check whether the service board that reports the alarm and the corresponding cross-connect
board are inserted firmly to the backplane.
If... Then...
The boards are not inserted firmly Reseat the boards. For details on how to reseat a
board, see Removing the Boards in the Installation
Guide and Installing the Boards in the Installation
Guide.
The boards are inserted firmly Go to Step Step 3.
Step 3 Cause 2: The board hardware is faulty.
1. Replace the corresponding cross-connect board indicated by the alarm parameter. For
cleared.
2. If the alarm persists, replace the board that reports the alarm. For details, see Replacing
Step 4 Cause 3: Certain pins on the backplane are bent.
1. Check whether certain pins on the backplane are bent.
If... Then...
Certain pins on the backplane are bent Contact Huawei technical support engineers
to repair the bent pins. Then, reseat the board.
The backplane is normal Contact Huawei technical support engineers
----End
406
Related Information
None.
7.63 TU_AIS
Description
The TU_AIS is a TU alarm indication signal. If a board detects that the signals in the TU path
are all "1"s, the TU_AIS alarm is reported.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the number of the optical interface that reports the
alarm, in the case of the PQM board or data board.
Indicates the service mode in the case of the other tributary
boards.
l 0x01: The transmitted service is a traditional PDH service.
l 0x40: The N2PQ1 board works in MUX/SERVER mode
(E13/M13 Function).
l 0x21: The R2PD1 board works in MUX/SERVER mode
(E13/M13 Function).
(E13/M13 Function).
(E13/M13 Function).
407
Name Meaning
Parameter 2 and Parameter 3 Indicate the number of the path that reports the alarm. Parameter
2 indicates the most significant byte and Parameter 3 indicates
the least significant byte.
the TU_AIS alarm is reported by path 1 of the board.
When the N2PQ1 or R2PD1 board works in MUX mode, the
path number is indicated from the value of 0x40. That is, the
TU_AIS alarm occurs in the first VC-3 path.
The TU_AIS alarm causes service interruptions in the path of the relevant board.
NOTE
in the description of this section, handle the TU_AIS alarm by following the steps provided in Handling
Procedure.
Table 7-33 lists the common fault symptoms of the TU_AIS alarm.
Table 7-33 Common fault symptoms of the TU_AIS alarm
The higher level alarms listed in Table 7-34 occur
on the upstream NE.
Cause 1: The alarm that occurs on the
upstream NE causes AIS insertion at the
downstream NE.
The TU_AIS alarm is reported by all lower paths
on multiple boards of the NE. The alarm may be
caused by the fault of the clock unit.
Cause 3: The transmit board (including
the cross-connect and timing board) at the
opposite NE is faulty.

Possible Causes
The possible causes of the TU_AIS alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: The alarm that occurs on the upstream NE causes AIS insertion at the downstream
NE.
408
Figure 7-47 TU_AIS alarm detection 1
...
NE1
Fiber
cut
R_LOS
NE4
AU_AIS
...
TU_AIS
NE2
NE3
AU_AIS
XCS
Adding
lower order
services
Dropping
lower order
services
LU: Line unit
TU: Tributary unit
XCS
XCS XCS
TU
TU
LU
LU
LU
LU
LU
LU

l Cause 2: The cross-connect configuration of the service is incorrect.
Figure 7-48 TU_AIS alarm detection 2
LU: Line unit
TU: Tributary unit
...
NE1
XCS
Adding lower order services
[VC4-1:48(VC12)]
TU
LU
NE2
...
TU_AIS
Dropping lower order services
[VC4-1:49(VC12)]
XCS
TU
LU

NE is faulty.
l Cause 4: The receive board (including the cross-connect and timing board) at the local NE
is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 On the NMS, query the alarms and determine the board that reports the alarm. Then, determine
the path that reports the alarm according to alarm parameters. For details, see Viewing the
Current Alarms in the Supporting Tasks.
Step 2 Cause 1: The alarm that occurs on the upstream NE causes AIS insertion at the downstream NE.
1. According to the signal flow, check whether any higher level alarms that can cause TU_AIS
insertion occur on the local NE and upstream NE.
409
If... Then...
Any of the alarms listed in Table 7-34
occurs
TU_AIS alarm is cleared. If the alarm
None of the alarms listed in Table 7-34
occurs
Go to Step Step 3.
Step 3 Cause 2: The cross-connect configuration of the service is incorrect.
1. According to the signal flow, check whether the cross-connect configuration of the service
is correct. As shown in Figure 7-48, check the configuration of the services between NE1
and NE2. If NE1 and NE2 transmits the same 2 Mbit/s service, NE1 multiplexes the 2 Mbit/
s service to VC-12 timeslot 48 on the line, and NE2 configures the downloaded service to
VC-12 timeslot 49 on the line. If VC-12 timeslot 49 of NE2 is not configured with the 2
Mbit/s service, the TU_AIS alarm is generated on the path of NE2. If VC-12 timeslot 49
of NE2 is configured with other 2 Mbit/s services, a cross-line problem occurs on NE2.
If... Then...
The service is not configured, improperly
deleted, or incorrectly configured
Correctly configure the cross-connection
according to the actual networking. Then,
check whether the TU_AIS alarm is cleared.
If the alarm persists, go to Step Step 4.
The uplink service is correctly configured Go to Step Step 4.
Step 4 Perform loopbacks to locate the NE that first reports the TU_AIS alarm according to the signal
flow. For the loopback capabilities of the boards, see Loopback Capability of the Boards in the
Hardware Description.
CAUTION
A loopback causes service interruptions. If the other services on the upstream NE use the same
VC-4 path as the path that reports the alarm on the local NE, do not perform a loopback at the
upstream NE.
Figure 7-49 Locating the alarm by performing a loopback
...
NE1
Fiber
cut
R_LOS
NE4
AU_AIS
...
TU_AIS
NE2
NE3
AU_AIS
XCS
Adding
lower order
services
Dropping
lower order
services
LU: Line unit
TU: Tributary unit
XCS
XCS XCS
TU
TU
LU
LU
LU
LU
LU
LU
BER
Tester
1
2
3
410

1. As shown in Figure 7-49, if the local NE (NE4) reports the TU_AIS alarm, perform an
inloop at the VC-4 path that corresponds to the east line board of NE1. For details on how
to loop back a board, see the Supporting Tasks.
2. Check whether the bit errors occur in the signal received at the BER tester.
If... Then...
Bit errors occur The fault occurs on the NE that is looped back, such as NE1.
Release the loopback, and then go to Step Step 5.
No bit errors occur The fault occurs on the upstream NE, such as NE2, NE3, or NE4.
Release the loopback, and then go to the next step.
3. According to the signal flow, perform inloops in turn at the VC-4 paths that correspond to
the east line boards of the downstream NEs until the NE that first reports the TU_AIS alarm
is located. Then, release the loopback, and go to Step Step 5.
4. When performing an inloop at the VC-4 path that corresponds to the east line board of NE3,
check whether the bit errors occur in the signal received at the BER tester.
If... Then...
Bit errors occur The fault occurs on NE3. Release the loopback, and then go to Step
Step 5.
No bit errors occur The fault occurs on the east line board of NE3 or NE4. Release the
loopback, and then go to the next step.
5. Perform a hardware inloop at the optical interface on the east line board of NE3. For details,
see Hardware Loopback in the Supporting Tasks. Check whether the bit errors occur in the
signal received at the BER tester.
CAUTION
411
If... Then...
Bit errors occur The fault occurs on the east line board of NE3. Release the
loopback, and then go to Step Step 6.
No bit errors occur The fault occurs on NE4. Release the loopback, and then go to Step
Step 5.
Step 5 Locate the board that first reports the TU_AIS alarm.
If... Then...
The NE that first reports the TU_AIS alarm
is the source of the PDH service. As shown
in Figure 7-49, NE1 is the source of the PDH
service.
Perform an outloop at the PDH electrical
interface of the tributary board on NE1, and
then go to Step Step 5.1.
is the sink of the PDH service. As shown in
Figure 7-49, NE4 is the sink of the PDH
service.
Perform an outloop at the west line board of
NE4, and then go to Step Step 5.2.
is not the source or sink of the SDH service,
for example, NE2 or NE3
Perform an outloop at the west line board of
the NE. Go to Step Step 5.3.
1. Check whether the bit errors occur in the signal received at the BER tester (source of the
PDH service).
If... Then...
Bit errors occur The fault occurs on the tributary unit of this NE. Release the
No bit errors occur The fault occurs on the SDH unit or cross-connect unit of this NE.
2. Check whether the bit errors occur in the signal received at the BER tester (sink of the PDH
service).
If... Then...
Bit errors occur The fault occurs on the west line board of this NE. Release the
No bit errors occur The fault occurs on the PDH unit or cross-connect unit of this NE.
3. Check whether the bit errors occur in the signal received at the BER tester (source and sink
of the non-PDH service).
412
If... Then...
Bit errors occur The fault occurs on the west line board of this NE. Release the
No bit errors occur The fault occurs on the east line board or cross-connect unit of this
NE. Release the loopback, and then go to Step Step 6.
Step 6 Cause 3: The transmit board (including the cross-connect and timing board) at the opposite NE
is faulty.
1. Replace the transmit board on the NE that first reports the TU_AIS alarm. For details on
how to replace a tributary unit, see in the Parts Replacement. For details on how to replace
a line unit, see Replacing an SDH Board in the Parts Replacement.
2. Check whether the TU_AIS alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, replace the cross-connect
and timing board of this NE. For details, see Replacing a CXL Board in the Parts
Replacement.
3. Check whether the TU_AIS alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, go to Step Step 7.
Step 7 Cause 4: The receive board (including the cross-connect and timing board) at the local NE is
faulty.
1. Replace the tributary unit on the NE that reports the TU_AIS alarm. For details, see in the
Parts Replacement.
2. Check whether the TU_AIS alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, replace the line unit of
this NE. For details, see Replacing an SDH Board in the Parts Replacement.
3. Check whether the TU_AIS alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, replace the cross-connect
and timing board of this NE. For details, see Replacing a CXL Board in the Parts
Replacement.
4. Check whether the TU_AIS alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, contact Huawei technical
----End
Related Information
Table 7-34 Alarms that may cause the TU_AIS alarm
R_LOS R_LOF AU_AIS
AU_LOP HP_LOM

7.64 TU_LOP
Description
The TU_LOP is an alarm of TU pointer loss. This alarm occurs if a board detects that the TU-
PTR value is an invalid pointer or NDF reversion in eight consecutive frames.
413
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
M13 Function).
M13 Function).
(E13/M13 Function).
(E13/M13 Function).
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicate the number of the path that reports the alarm. Parameter 2
indicates the most significant byte and Parameter 3 indicates the
least significant byte.
the TU_LOP alarm is reported by path 1 of the board.
Remarks:
When the N2PQ1 or R2PD1 board works in MUX mode, the path
number is indicated from the value of 0x40. That is, the TU_LOP
alarm occurs in the first VC-3 path.
The TU_LOP alarm causes service interruptions in the TU path of the relevant board.
414
NOTE
in the description of this section, handle the TU_LOP alarm by following the steps provided in Handling
Procedure.
None.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the TU_LOP alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: Excessive bit errors are received at the local station.
l Cause 2: The cross-connect configuration of the service at the local station is incorrect.
station is faulty.
l Cause 4: The receive board (including the cross-connect and timing board) at the local
station is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 On the NMS, query the alarms and determine the board and path that report the alarm. For details,
see Viewing the Current Alarms in the Supporting Tasks.
Step 2 Cause 1: Excessive bit errors are received at the local station.
1. Along the signal flow, check whether any higher level alarms occur on the local station and
upstream station.
If... Then...
The R_LOS, R_LOF, AU_AIS, or bit
error alarm occurs
TU_LOP alarm is cleared. If the alarm
No higher level alarms occur Go to Step Step 3.
Step 3 Cause 2: The cross-connect configuration of the service at the local station is incorrect.
1. Along the signal flow, check whether the cross-connect configuration of the service is
correct.
If... Then...
The service is not configured, improperly
deleted, or incorrectly configured
Correctly configure the cross-connection
according to the actual networking. Check
whether the TU_LOP alarm is cleared. If the
The uplink service is correctly configured Go to Step Step 4.
station is faulty. Cause 4: The receive board (including the cross-connect and timing board) at
the local station is faulty.
415
TU_AIS alarm.
2. Perform a cold reset on the faulty board by using the NMS, or directly reseat this board.
CAUTION
interruptions.
3. Check whether the TU_LOP alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, replace the faulty board.
l For details on how to replace a tributary unit, see in the Parts Replacement.
l For details on how to replace a line unit, see Replacing an SDH Board in the Parts
Replacement.
l For details on how to replace a cross-connect and timing unit, see Replacing a CXL
4. Check whether the TU_LOP alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, contact Huawei technical
----End
Related Information
None.
7.65 UP_E1_AIS
Description
The UP_E1_AIS is an alarm indicating the upstream 2 Mbit/s signals. This alarm is reported if
a tributary board has detected that the upstream E1 signals are all "1"s.
Attribute
Parameters
416
Name Meaning
l 0x0d: The N2PQ3 board is in DEMUX or SERVER mode (E13/
M13 function).
l 0x07: The N2PD3 board is in DEMUX or SERVER mode (E13/
M13 function).
l 0x04: The N2PL3 or N2PL3A board is in DEMUX or SERVER
mode (E13/M13 function).
the UP_E1_AIS alarm is reported from Path 1 of the board.
When the UP_E1_AIS alarm occurs, the E1 signals are unavailable.
NOTE
in the description of the common fault symptom, handle the UP_E1_AIS alarm by following the steps
Table 7-35 lists the common fault symptoms of the UP_E1_AIS alarm.
Table 7-35 Fault symptoms of the UP_E1_AIS alarm
In the service direction, the tributary unit at the
opposite end reports an alarm (such as the
TU_AIS, TU_LOP, or DOWN_E1_AIS alarm)
indicating lower order signals.
Cause 1: The TU_LOP, TU_AIS, or
DOWN_E1_AIS alarm is generated on
the tributary board that interconnects with
the tributary board at the local end.
In the service direction, the tributary board that is
located at the interconnected NE and accesses the
2 Mbit/s signals reports an alarm (such as the
T_ALOS alarm) indicating that the accessed
signals are lost.
Cause 2: The T_ALOS alarm is generated
on the tributary board that is located at the
interconnected NE and accesses the 2
Mbit/s signals.
In the service direction, a hardware fault alarm,
such as the PLL_FAIL or CHIP_FAIL alarm, is
generated on the board that is located at the
interconnected tributary unit.
Cause 3: A hardware fault alarm, such as
the PLL_FAIL or CHIP_FAIL alarm, is
generated on the tributary board that
interconnects with the tributary board at
the local end.

417
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the UP_E1_AIS alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: The TU_LOP, TU_AIS, or DOWN_E1_AIS alarm is generated on the tributary
board that interconnects with the tributary board at the local end.
As shown in Figure 7-50, tributary unit 2 of NE1 interconnects with tributary unit 3 of
NE2. Tributary unit 2 detects the TU_LOP alarm and inserts all "1"s to a lower-level trail.
Tributary unit 3 accesses the PDH service over the transmission network. Tributary unit 3
also detects and reports the UP_E1_AIS alarm.
Figure 7-50 UP_E1_AIS alarm detection 1
NE2
(Local end)
UP_E1_AIS
NE1
(Interconnected
end)
T
U
(1)
T
U
(2)
T
U
(4)
T
U
(3)
X
C
S
X
C
S
Adding
lower
order
services
Dropping
lower
order
services
TU: Tributary unit
Network
... ...
TU_LOP

l Cause 2: The T_ALOS alarm is generated on the tributary board that is located at the
interconnected NE and accesses the 2 Mbit/s signals.
As shown in Figure 7-50, tributary unit 1 of NE1 accesses the 2 Mbit/s signals. Tributary
unit 1 detects the T_ALOS alarm and inserts all "1"s to a lower-level trail. Tributary unit
3 accesses the PDH service over the transmission network. Tributary unit 3 also detects
and reports the UP_E1_AIS alarm.
NE2
(Local end)
UP_E1_AIS
NE1
(Interconnected
end)
T
U
(1)
T
U
(2)
T
U
(4)
T
U
(3)
X
C
S
X
C
S
Adding
lower
order
services
Dropping
lower
order
services
TU: Tributary unit
Network
... ...
T_ALOS
418

l Cause 3: A hardware fault alarm, such as the PLL_FAIL or CHIP_FAIL alarm, is generated
on the tributary board that interconnects with the tributary board at the local end.
NE2
(Local end)
UP_E1_AIS
NE1
(Interconnected
end)
T
U
(1)
T
U
(2)
T
U
(4)
T
U
(3)
X
C
S
X
C
S
Adding
lower
order
services
PLL_FAIL
Dropping
lower
order
services
TU: Tributary unit
Network
... ...

l Cause 4: The board that reports the alarm is faulty.
NE2
(Local end)
UP_E1_AIS
NE1
(Interconnected
end)
T
U
(1)
T
U
(2)
T
U
(4)
T
U
(3)
X
C
S
X
C
S
Adding
lower
order
services
Dropping
lower
order
services
TU: Tributary unit
Network
... ...

Procedure
Step 1 Check the alarm on the NMS, and then determine the board where the alarm is generated. For
Step 2 Cause 1: The TU_LOP, TU_AIS, or DOWN_E1_AIS alarm is generated on the tributary board
that interconnects with the tributary board at the local end.
419
1. Check whether a lower order alarm is generated on the tributary board that interconnects
with the tributary board at the local end.
If... Then...
An alarm such as the TU_LOP, TU_AIS, or
DOWN_E1_AIS alarm is generated
Clear the alarm immediately, and then
check whether the UP_E1_AIS alarm is
cleared. If the UP_E1_AIS alarm persists,
go to Step Step 3.
No lower order alarm is generated Go to Step Step 3.
Step 3 Cause 2: The T_ALOS alarm is generated on the tributary board that is located at the
interconnected NE and accesses the 2 Mbit/s signals.
1. Check whether the tributary unit that is located at the interconnected NE and accesses the
2 Mbit/s signals reports an alarm indicating that the accessed signals are lost.
If... Then...
An alarm such as the T_ALOS alarm is
generated
whether the UP_E1_AIS alarm is cleared. If
the UP_E1_AIS alarm persists, go to Step
Step 4.
does not report an alarm indicating that
the accessed signals are lost
Go to Step Step 4.
Step 4 Cause 3: A hardware fault alarm, such as the PLL_FAIL or CHIP_FAIL alarm, is generated on
the tributary board that interconnects with the tributary board at the local end.
1. Check whether a hardware fault alarm is generated on the tributary board that interconnects
with the tributary board at the local end.
If... Then...
An alarm such as the PLL_FAIL or
CHIP_FAIL alarm is generated
Clear the alarm immediately, and then
check whether the UP_E1_AIS alarm is
cleared. If the UP_E1_AIS alarm persists,
go to Step Step 5.
The hardware is not faulty Go to Step Step 5.
Step 5 Cause 4: The board that reports the alarm is faulty.
1. As shown in Figure 7-53, if the board works abnormally, the UP_E1_AIS alarm is reported.
Perform a cold reset on the board that reports the alarm by using the NMS, or directly reseat
this board. For details on how to perform a cold reset, see Resetting Boards in the Supporting
Tasks. For details on how to reseat a board, see Removing the Boards in the Installation
420
CAUTION
interruption.
2. Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, replace the tributary board that
reports the alarm. For details, see in the Parts Replacement.
----End
Related Information
None.
7.66 W_R_FAIL
Description
The W_R_FAIL is an alarm indicating the failure of reading and writing the chip register.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the number of the chip.
When the W_R_FAIL alarm occurs, the board fails to write data into the chip register and to
read data from the chip register. As a result, the board fails to work.
421
NOTE
in the description of this section, handle the W_R_FAIL alarm by following the steps provided in Handling
Procedure.
None.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the W_R_FAIL alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: A certain service board is faulty.
l Cause 2: The cross-connect and timing board is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 On the NMS, query the alarms and determine the board that reports the W_R_FAIL alarm. For
Step 2 Cause 1: A certain service board is faulty.
1. Perform a cold reset on the board that reports the W_R_FAIL alarm by using the NMS, or
CAUTION
interruptions.
2. Check whether the W_R_FAIL alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, replace the board
that reports the alarm. For details, see Replacing Boards Onsite in the Supporting Tasks.
3. Check whether the W_R_FAIL alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, go to Step Step 3.
Step 3 Cause 2: The cross-connect and timing board is faulty.
CAUTION
working cross-connect and timing board may cause service interruptions.
422
2. Check whether the W_R_FAIL alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, replace the cross-
connect and timing board. For details, see Replacing a CXL Board in the Parts
Replacement.
3. Check whether the W_R_FAIL alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, contact Huawei
----End
Related Information
None.
423
8 Common Alarm Clearing (microwave)
About This Chapter
This chapter describes how to clear common alarms that have microwave features.
factors.
Alarms and Performance Events Reference 8 Common Alarm Clearing (microwave)
424
l Grounding
l Heat dissipation
Precautions
CAUTION
caution.
CAUTION
NOTE
are displayed.
8.1 CONFIG_NOSUPPORT
8.2 IF_CABLE_OPEN
8.3 IF_INPWR_ABN
8.4 MW_BER_EXC
425
8.5 MW_BER_SD
8.6 MW_FEC_UNCOR
8.7 MW_LIM
8.8 MW_LOF
8.9 MW_RDI
8.10 NP1_MANUAL_STOP
8.11 NP1_SW_FAIL
8.12 NP1_SW_INDI
8.13 RADIO_MUTE
8.14 RADIO_RSL_HIGH
8.15 RADIO_RSL_LOW
8.16 RADIO_TSL_HIGH
8.17 RADIO_TSL_LOW
8.18 RPS_INDI
8.19 VOLT_LOS
426
8.1 CONFIG_NOSUPPORT
Description
The CONFIG_NOSUPPORT alarm indicates that the parameter settings of the ODU are not
supported. This alarm is reported when the ODU detects that the parameter settings do not match
the specifications of the ODU.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1
Indicates the parameter setting that does not meet the specified requirement.
l 0x01: The frequency is set incorrectly.
l 0x02: The T/R spacing is set incorrectly.
l 0x03: The transmit power is set incorrectly.
l 0x04: The ATPC threshold is set incorrectly.
l 0x05: The bandwidth is set incorrectly.
l 0x06: The modulation mode is set incorrectly.
l 0x07: Tx high/low station is configured incorrectly.
l 0x08: Equipment type is configured incorrectly.
l The ODU may fail to be enabled, causing the RADIO_MUTE alarm.
l If the main ODU generates the CONFIG_NOSUPPORT alarm when the equipment is
configured with 1+1 FD protection, the 1+1 FD HSB protection switching occurs.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the CONFIG_NOSUPPORT alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: The parameters of the ODU are set incorrectly.
427
Determination method: Check the parameter settings on the OptiX iManager network
management system (NMS).
l Cause 2: The type of the ODU is incorrect.
Determination method: Check the type of the ODU, or eliminate the possible causes one
by one.
Procedure
l Query the alarms on the NMS, and then determine the ODU that reports the alarm. For
l Cause 1: The parameters of the ODU are set incorrectly.
1. Determine the configuration data of the ODU interface or IF interface, which does not
meet the specified requirements, according to the values of the alarm parameters.
NOTE
If the equipment is configured with 1+1 HSB/SD protection, you need to check only the
parameters of the ODU interface on the main ODU and the parameters of the IF interface on
the main IF board. Otherwise, you need to check the parameters of the ODU interface on the
ODU that reports the alarm and the parameters of the IF interface on the corresponding IF
board.
If... Then...
Parameter 1 = 0x01 - 0x03 Proceed to the next step.
Parameter 1 = 0x04 - 0x06 Proceed to step 3 of cause 1.
Parameter 1 = 0x07-0x08
The values 0x07 and 0x08 are reserved currently. If
this parameter is used, configure Tx high/low stations
and ODU types (SDH or PDH) as required.
2. Check whether the parameters of the ODU interface shown in parameter 1 meet the
requirements specified in the network planning and design document.
If... Then...
Yes Perform the operations required when the alarm is generated due to cause 2.
No
Modify the parameters of the ODU interface. For details, see Configuring
Parameters of ODU Interfaces in the Microwave User Guide.
Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, perform the operations
that are required for clearing the alarm generated due to cause 2.
3. Check whether the parameters of the IF interface shown in parameter 1 meet the
requirements specified in the network planning and design document.
If... Then...
Yes
Replace the IF board.
Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, go to cause 2.
428
If... Then...
No
Modify the parameters of the IF interface. For details, see Configuring
Parameters of IF Ports in Microwave User Guide.
Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, go to cause 2.
l Cause 2: The type of the ODU is incorrect.
1. Replace the ODU with a correct one. For details, see Replacing the ODU in the
----End
Related Information
None.
8.2 IF_CABLE_OPEN
Description
The IF_CABLE_OPEN alarm indicates that the IF cable is disconnected.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the ID of the IF port that reports the alarm. For example, 0x01 indicates
that the alarm is reported by IF port 1 of the related board.
The services on the IF port are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the IF_CABLE_OPEN alarm are as follows:
429
l Cause 1: The IF cable is loose or faulty.
Determination method: Check whether the IF cable by checking whether the surface of the
IF cable is broken or damaged, or by using a tester.
l Cause 2: The IF port on the IF board is damaged.
Determination method: Check the IF port by using the fault exclusion method or by
referring to the record of previous similar cases.
l Cause 3: The power module of the ODU is faulty.
Determination method: Check the power module by using the fault exclusion method or
by referring to the record of previous similar cases.
Procedure
l Check the IF_CABLE_OPEN alarm on the U2000 to determine the board that reports the
alarm. For details, see Viewing the Current Alarms in the Supporting Tasks.
l Cause 1: The IF cable is loose or faulty.
1. Check whether the connector of the IF cable is loose or whether the connector is not
prepared according to the requirement.
The connectors to be checked refer to the connector between the IF fiber jumper and
the IF board, the connector between the IF fiber jumper and the IF cable, and the
connector between the IF cable and the ODU.
If... Then...
The connector is loose
Switch off the ODU of the IF board. Tighten
or reconnect the connector. Switch on the
ODU and then check whether the alarm is
cleared. If the alarm persists, proceed to the
next step.
The connector is not made properly Make a new IF cable connector. For details,
see "Terminating the IF Cable with
Connectors" in the ODU Installation
Guide. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
If the alarm persists, proceed to the next
step.
None of the preceding occur Proceed to the next step.
2. Check whether the surface of the IF cable is soggy, damaged, or pressed. Test the
connectivity of the IF cable by using a multimeter. For details, see "Testing the
Connectivity of the IF Cable" in the ODU Installation Guide.
If... Then...
The cable does not meet the specified
requirement
Replace the cable. Check whether the
alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists,
perform the operations that are required
for clearing the alarm generated due to
cause 2.
The cable meets the specified
requirement
Perform the operations required when
the alarm is generated due to cause 2.
430
l Cause 2: The IF port on the IF board is damaged.
1. Replace the board that reports the IF_CABLE_OPEN alarm.
2. Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, perform the operations that
are required for clearing the alarm generated due to cause 3.
1. Replace the faulty ODU. For details, see Replacing the ODU in the Microwave User
Guide.
----End
Related Information
None.
8.3 IF_INPWR_ABN
Description
The IF_INPWR_ABN alarm indicates that the input IF power of the ODU is abnormal.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the type of the input power abnormality.
l 0x01: The input IF power of the ODU is very high.
l 0x01: The input IF power of the ODU is very low.
The services on the ODU are interrupted. If 1+1 protection is configured, 1+1 HSB switching
may be triggered.
Possible Causes
431
l Cause 1: The IF cable is faulty.
Determination method: Check the IF cable using the fault exclusion method or by referring
to the record of previous similar cases.
l Cause 2: The IF board is faulty.
Determination method: Check the IF board by using the fault exclusion method or by
referring to the record of previous similar cases.
Determination method: Check the power module by using the fault exclusion method or
by referring to the record of previous similar cases.
Procedure
l Check the IF_INPWR_ABN alarm on the U2000 to determine the board that reports the
l Cause 1: The IF cable is faulty.
1. Check whether the connector of the IF cable is loose or whether the connector is not
made properly.
The connectors to be checked are the connector between the IF fiber jumper and the
IF board, the connector between the IF fiber jumper and the IF cable, and the connector
between the IF cable and the ODU.
If... Then...
The connector is loose Turn off the ODU switch on the IF board.
Tighten or reconnect the connector. Turn on
the power switch of the ODU and then
check whether the alarm is cleared. If not,
proceed to the next step.
The connector is not made properly Obtain a new IF cable connector. For
details, see "Terminating the IF Cable with
Guide. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
If not, proceed to the next step.
None of the above Proceed to the next step.
2. Check whether the surface of the IF cable is damaged. Test the connectivity of the IF
cable by using a multimeter. For details, see "Testing the Connectivity of the IF Cable"
in the ODU Installation Guide.
If... Then...
requirement
Replace the cable. Check whether the
alarm is cleared. If not, perform the
operations that are required for clearing
the alarm generated due to cause 2.
requirement
Perform the operations required when
l Cause 2: The IF board is faulty.
1. Replace the IF board connected to the ODU that reports the alarm.
432
2. Check whether the alarm is cleared. If not, perform the operations that are required
for clearing the alarm generated due to cause 4.
----End
Related Information
Generally, the input IF power of the ODU should range from -22 dB to 5 dB.
8.4 MW_BER_EXC
Description
The MW_BER_EXC alarm indicates that there are excessive bit errors on the radio link. This
alarm is reported if the BER on the radio link exceeds the specified threshold (10
-3
by default).
Attribute
Minor Service Quality
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the ID of the line port that reports the alarm. For example,
0x01 indicates that the alarm is reported by port 1 of the related
board.
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicate the ID of the path that reports the alarm. For example, in
the case of Parameter 2 = 0x00 and Parameter 3 = 0x01, the alarm
is reported from path 1 of the board.
l The services carried by the alarmed port have bit errors.
l If the equipment is configured with 1+1 FD/SD protection, HSM protection switching may
be triggered.
433
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the MW_BER_EXC alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: Signal attenuation on the radio link is too heavy.
Determination method: Query the alarms on the NMS.
l Cause 2: There is link interference.
Determination method: Query the alarms on the NMS or measure the interference with
instruments.
l Cause 3: The local IF board is faulty.
Determination method: Check the local IF board by using exclusion method or empirical
method.
l Cause 4: The transmit unit on the opposite site is faulty.
Determination method: Check the transmit unit by using exclusion method or empirical
method.
Procedure
l Cause 1: Signal attenuation on the radio link is too heavy. Cause 2: There is link
interference.
1. Check whether the local site reports the MW_FEC_UNCOR alarm. The
MW_FEC_UNCOR alarm may be caused by signal attenuation on the radio link, co-
channel interference, and adjacent channel interference. Handle the problem
according to the handling procedure of the MW_FEC_UNCOR alarm.
2. Then, check whether the MW_BER_EXC alarm is cleared. If the MW_BER_EXC
alarm persists, proceed to cause 3.
1. Replace the local IF board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists,
replace the opposite IF board.
1. Rectify the fault of the transmit unit on the opposite site.
----End
Related Information
None.
8.5 MW_BER_SD
Description
The MW_BER_SD alarm indicates that signals deteriorate on the radio link. This alarm is
reported if the BER on the radio link exceeds the specified threshold (10
-6
by default) but does
not reach the MW_BER_EXC alarm threshold (10
-3
by default).
434
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
board.
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicate the ID of the path that reports the alarm. For example, in
the case of Parameter 2 = 0x00 and Parameter 3 = 0x01, the alarm
is reported from path 1 of the board.
The service performance on the port degrades. If the equipment is configured with 1+1 FD/SD
protection, HSM protection switching may be triggered.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the MW_BER_SD alarm is as follows:
l Cause 1: Signal attenuation on the radio link is too heavy.
l Cause 2: There is link interference.
Determination method: Query the alarms on the NMS or measure the interference with
instruments.
Determination method: Check the local IF board by using exclusion method or empirical
method.
Determination method: Check the transmit unit by using exclusion method or empirical
method.
Procedure
l Cause 1: Signal attenuation on the radio link is too heavy. Cause 2: There is link
interference.
435
1. Check whether the local site reports the MW_FEC_UNCOR alarm. The
MW_FEC_UNCOR alarm may be caused by signal attenuation on the radio link, co-
channel interference, and adjacent channel interference. Handle the problem
according to the handling procedure of the MW_FEC_UNCOR alarm.
1. Replace the local IF board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists,
replace the opposite IF board.
1. Rectify the fault of the transmit unit on the opposite site.
----End
Related Information
None.
8.6 MW_FEC_UNCOR
Description
The MW_FECUNCOR alarm indicates that the microwave frame forward error correction
(FEC) function cannot correct the incorrect codes. This alarm is reported when uncorrectable
bit errors occur in the FEC code at the local station.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
that the alarm is reported by port 1 of the related board.
436
The services carried by the alarmed port have bit errors.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the MW_FEC_UNCOR alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: The receive power of the ODU is abnormal.
Determination method: Query the performance events about the receive power on the NMS.
l Cause 2: Interference occurs on the frequency channel.
Determination method: Query the parameters such as the receive power on the NMS.
l Cause 3: The transmit unit of the opposite station is faulty.
Determination method: Perform the loopback operation.
l Cause 4: The receive unit of the local station is faulty.
Determination method: Perform the loopback operation.
Procedure
l Query the MW_FEC_UNCOR alarm on the NMS and determine the board that reports the
1. Check whether the history performance data of the RSL of the ODU at the local end
is abnormal.
437
If... Then...
The RSL is lower than the receiver
sensitivity
Check whether the direction of the antenna is
proper and check whether any obstacle (for
example, a building) exists. Follow the steps:
1. Check whether the azimuth angle of the
antenna meets the requirement of the
network planning. If the azimuth angle of
the antenna does not meet the requirement,
adjust the azimuth angle of the antenna
properly.
2. Check the direction of the antenna. Check
whether the received signal is transmitted
from the main lobe. If the direction of the
antenna does not meet the requirement,
adjust the antenna in a wide range.
3. Check whether the setting of the
polarization direction of the antenna is
correct. If the polarization direction of the
antenna is set incorrectly, adjust the
incorrect polarization direction. For
details, see "Setting the Antenna
Polarization" in the ODU Installation
Guide.
4. Check whether the antenna gain at both the
transmit and receive stations meets the
specifications. If the antenna gain at both
the transmit and receive stations does not
meet the specifications, replace the
antennas that do not meet the requirement.
5. Check whether any obstacle (for example,
a building or a mountain) exists in the
transmit direction. If any obstacle exists in
the transmit direction, contact the network
planning department for proper
modification of the planning design, hence
preventing the block of the mountain or
building obstacle.
alarm persists, perform the operations that are
required for clearing the alarm generated due
to the other causes.
The RSL is higher than the specified
RSL of the network. The offset value is
more than decibels, and the duration is
from more than ten seconds to several
hours
Slow up fading occurs. Check whether any co-
channel interference occurs. Perform the
operations required when the alarm is
generated due to cause 2.
438
If... Then...
The RSL is lower than the specified
RSL of the network. The offset value is
more than decibels, and the duration is
from more than ten seconds to several
hours
Slow down fading occurs. Generally, the
microwave link may be faulty at both sides,
because slow fading is imposed by the
transmission path. Contact the network
planning department to modify the
networking planning and design. For
example, increase the antenna gain, or reduce
the transmission distance.
l Increase the installation height of the
antenna.
l Reduce the transmission distance.
l Increase the antenna gain.
l Increase the transmit power.
The RSL is lower than or higher than
the specified RSL of the network, and
the duration is from several
milliseconds to more than ten seconds
Fast fading occurs. Generally, the microwave
link may be faulty in both directions, because
fast fading is imposed by the transmission
path. Contact the network planning
department to modify the networking
planning and design. For example, adjust the
position of the antenna, or reconfigure the
link.
l Adjust the position of the antenna to block
the reflected wave or make the reflection
point fall on the ground that has a small
reflection coefficient, thus reducing the
multipath fading.
l If the links are not in the 1+1 SD
configuration, adjust the RF configuration
to make the links in the 1+1 SD
configuration.
l If the links are in the 1+1 SD configuration,
adjust the height offset between two
antennas to make the receive power of one
antenna much stronger than the receive
power of the other antenna.
l Increase the fading margin.
439
l Cause 2: Interference occurs on the frequency channel.
1. Check whether any co-channel interference occurs. Mute the opposite ODU. For
details, see Setting the Transmit Status of the ODU in the Microwave User Guide.
2. Query the receive power of the local station. For details, see Configuring the IF/ODU
Information of a Radio Link in the Microwave User Guide.
If... Then...
The receive power exceeds -90 dBm You can infer that there is co-channel
interference that may affect the long-term
availability and errored-second
performance of the system. Go to Step 8.
The receive power is a bit higher
than -90 dBm
Check whether any adjacent channel
interference occurs. Record the receive
frequency and the value of channel spacing
in Work Mode. Then, proceed to the next
step.
3. Set Work Mode and change the value of the radio work mode of the local station to
the minimum value of channel spacing.
4. Decrease the received frequency at the local location by half of channel spacing.
5. Query and record the RSL.
6. Increase the received frequency at the local end, with a step length of 0.5 MHz or 1
MHz, and record the RSL accordingly until the received frequency is equal to the
original received frequency plus a half of the channel spacing.
7. Compare the recorded RSLs. If the RSL in a certain spectrum is abnormal if the
received frequency is within the permitted range.
8. Use a spectrum analyzer to analyze the interference source.
9. Contact the spectrum management department to clear the interference spectrum or
change plans to minimize the interference.
are required for clearing the alarm generated due to the other causes.
1. Perform inloop on the IF port on the IF board at the opposite station. For details, see
Setting Loopback on the IF Board in the Microwave User Guide.
If... Then...
The MW_FEC_UNCOR is reported after
the loopback is performed on the opposite
station.
Replace the IF board of the
opposite station. Then, check
whether the alarm is cleared. If the
alarm persists, proceed to the next
step.
The MW_FEC_UNCOR is not reported
after the loopback is performed on the
opposite station.
2. Check whether the connector of the IF cable is loose or whether the connector is
prepared according to the requirement at the opposite station.
440
If... Then...
The connector is loose Switch off the ODU on the IF board of
the opposite station. Tighten or
reconnect the connector. Switch on the
ODU and then check whether the alarm
is cleared. If the alarm persists, proceed
to the next step.
The connector is not prepared
according to the requirement
Obtain a new IF cable connector of the
opposite station. For details, see
"Terminating the IF Cable with
Guide. Then, check whether the alarm is
cleared. If the alarm persists, proceed to
the next step.
3. Check whether the IF cables are wet, broken, or pressed at the opposite station. Test
the connectivity of the IF cable by using a multimeter. For details, see "Testing the
If... Then...
requirement
Replace the cable of the opposite
station. Then, check whether the alarm
is cleared. If the alarm persists, proceed
to the next step.
requirement
4. Replace the ODU of the opposite station. For details, see Replacing the ODU in the
1. Perform inloop on the IF port of the IF board at the local station. For details, see
Setting Loopback on the IF Board in the Microwave User Guide.
If... Then...
The MW_FEC_UNCOR alarm persists after
the loopback
Replace the IF board of the local
station. Check whether the alarm
is cleared. If the alarm persists,
The MW_FEC_UNCOR is not reported after
the loopback
2. Check whether the connector of the IF cable is loose or whether the connector is
prepared according to the requirement.
441
If... Then...
The connector is loose Switch off the ODU on the IF board of
the local station. Tighten or reconnect the
connector. Switch on the ODU and then
check whether the alarm is cleared. If the
alarm persists, proceed to the next step.
The connector is not prepared
according to the requirement
Obtain a new IF cable connector of the
local station. For details, see
"Terminating the IF Cable with
Guide. Check whether the alarm is
cleared. If the alarm persists, proceed to
the next step.
3. Check whether the IF cable of the local station is wet, broken, or pressed. Test the
connectivity of the IF cable by using a multimeter. For details, see "Testing the
If... Then...
requirement
Replace the cable of the local station.
Check whether the alarm is cleared. If
the alarm persists, proceed to the next
step.
requirement
4. Replace the ODU of the local station. For details, see Replacing the ODU in the
----End
Related Information
The fading mode is categorized into the following types according to the RSL.
l An up fading situation
In the case of up fading situation, the fading of the RSL is higher than the fading of the
RSL in an empty space and the offset value is more than ten decibels.
l A down fading situation
In the case of down fading situation, the fading of the RSL is lower than the fading of the
RSL in an empty space and the offset value is more than ten decibels.
The fading mode is categorized into the following types according to the fading duration.
442
l A slow fading situation
The fading duration ranges from more than ten seconds to several hours.
l A fast fading situation
The fading duration ranges from several milliseconds to more than ten seconds.
External interference is classified into co-channel interference and adjacent channel.
l Co-channel interference
Co-channel interference is crosstalk from two different radio transmitters that use the same
frequency channel. Therefore, the entire spectrum may be impaired.
l Adjacent channel interference
Adjacent channel interference is signal impairment to one frequency due to presence of
another signal on a nearby frequency. Therefore, a part of the spectrum is impaired.
Main lobe and side lobe
For information about main lobe and side lobe, see Microwave User GuideMain Lobe and Side
Lobe.
8.7 MW_LIM
Description
The MW_LIM alarm indicates that a mismatched radio link identifier is detected. This alarm is
reported if an IF board detects that the link ID in the microwave frame overheads is inconsistent
with the specified link ID.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
After an IF board reports the MW_LIM alarm, it inserts the AIS alarm. Then, the services on
the radio link are interrupted.
443
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the MW_LIM alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: The link ID of the local station does not match the link ID of the opposite station.
Determination method: Check the configuration on the NMS.
l Cause 2: The receive frequency of the radio link at the local station does not match the
transmit frequency of the radio link at the opposite station.
l Cause 3: The antenna receives the microwave from the other stations, because the direction
of the antenna is set incorrectly.
Determination method: Check the azimuth of the antenna.
Procedure
l Check the MW_LIM alarm on the NMS to determine the board that reports the alarm. For
l Causes 1 and 2: The link ID of the local station does not match the link ID of the opposite
station. The receive frequency of the radio link at the local station does not match the
transmit frequency of the radio link at the opposite station.
1. Check whether the link ID in the microwave information of the local station is
consistent with the link ID in the microwave information of the opposite station. For
details, see Configuring the IF/ODU Information of a Radio Link in the Microwave
User Guide.
If... Then...
No Set the link ID of the local station and opposite station to the same value
according to the requirements of the network planning and design. Then, check
whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, proceed to the next step.
Yes Proceed to the next step.
2. Check whether the receive/transmit frequencies of the radio link at the local station
match the receive/transmit frequencies of the radio link at the opposite station. For
details, see Configuring the IF/ODU Information of a Radio Link in the Microwave
User Guide.
If... Then...
No Set the transmit frequency and T/R spacing of the local station and opposite
station to the other values according to the requirements of the network
planning and design. Ensure that the transmit frequency of the local station is
the same as the receive frequency of the opposite station, and ensure that the
receive frequency of the local station is the same as the transmit frequency of
the opposite station. Then, check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm
persists, perform the operations that are required for clearing the alarm
Yes Perform the operations required when the alarm is generated due to cause 3.
l Cause 3: The antenna receives the microwave from the other stations, because the direction
of the antenna is set incorrectly.
444
1. Adjust the direction of the antenna and ensure that the direction is aligned properly
with the antenna of the opposite station. See the MicroWave User Guide. In the case
of different types of antenna, the operations are as follows:
Aligning the Single-Polarized Antennas
Aligning the Dual-Polarized Antennas
----End
Related Information
Link ID
Link ID is the identifier of a radio link. The transmit station transmits the link ID continuously.
The receive station checks whether it is in the sustained connection status with the specified
transmit station according to the received link ID. If the receive station detects that the received
link ID does not match, the relevant IF port generates the MW_LIM alarm.
When the MW_LOF alarm is generated on the radio link, the received link ID is a random value.
In this case, the link ID is invalid, and the MW_LIM alarm is suppressed by the MW_LOF alarm.
8.8 MW_LOF
Description
The MW_LOF alarm indicates that the microwave frames are lost.
Attribute
Urgent Communication alarm
Parameters
Name Meaning
The services on the corresponding radio link are interrupted. If the services are configured with
a protection, protection switching may be triggered.
445
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the MW_LOF alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: The working mode of the IF board at the local station is inconsistent with the
working mode of the IF board at the opposite station, or the working frequency of the ODU
at the local station is inconsistent with the working frequency of the ODU at the opposite
station.
Determination method: Check the alarm and configuration on the NMS.
l Cause 2: The ODU of the opposite station is muted.
Determination method: Query the performance events about the receive power on the NMS.
l Cause: Interference occurs on the frequency channel.
Determination method: Query the parameters such as the receive power on the NMS.
Determination method: Query the alarms on the NMS and perform loopbacks.
Determination method: Query the alarms on the NMS and perform loopbacks.
Procedure
l Check the MW_LOF alarm on the NMS to determine the board that reports the alarm. For
l Cause 1: The working mode of the IF board at the local station is inconsistent with the
working mode of the IF board at the opposite station, or the working frequency of the ODU
at the local station is inconsistent with the working frequency of the ODU at the opposite
station.
1. Check whether the working mode of the IF board at the local station is consistent with
the working mode of the IF board at the opposite station. If the working mode of the
IF board at the local station is not consistent with the working mode of the IF board
at the opposite station, set the parameters of the IF interface to the other values
according to the requirements of the network planning. Ensure that the working mode
of the IF board at the local station is not consistent with the working mode of the IF
board at the opposite station. See the CONFIG_NOSUPPORT alarm and perform
the operations. Then, check whether the MW_LOF alarm is cleared.
2. If the alarm persists, check whether the ODUs of the local station and opposite station
are of the same type.
If... Then...
No
Replace the ODU. For details, see Replacing the ODU in the Microwave User
Guide. Then, check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, proceed
to the next step.
3. Set the parameters of the ODU interface to the other values according to the
requirements of the network planning. Ensure that the transmit frequency of the local
station is the same as the receive frequency of the opposite station, and ensure that the
446
receive frequency of the local station is the same as the transmit frequency of the
opposite station. See the CONFIG_NOSUPPORT alarm and perform the operations.
Then, check whether the MW_LOF alarm is cleared.
4. If the alarm persists, perform the operations that are required for clearing the alarm
generated due to the other causes.
l Cause 2: The ODU of the opposite station is muted.
1. Check whether the transmitter at the opposite station is set to "Mute". See the
RADIO_MUTE alarm and perform the operations. Then, check whether the
MW_LOF alarm is cleared.
generated due to the other causes.
l Causes 3 and 4: The receive power of the ODU is abnormal. Interference occurs on the
frequency channel.
1. See the MW_FEC_UNCOR alarm to clear the MW_LOF alarm.
2. Check whether the MW_LOF alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, perform the
operations that are required for clearing the alarm generated due to the other causes.
1. Check whether any board at the opposite station is faulty or the voltage is abnormal.
Clear the alarm by using the method of clearing the following alarms:
HARD_BAD
VOLT_LOS
BD_STATUS
RADIO_TSL_HIGH or RADIO_TSL_LOW
TEMP_ALARM
2. After the preceding alarms are cleared, check whether the MW_LOF alarm is cleared.
If the MW_LOF alarm persists, locate the fault by performing loopbacks. To be
specific, perform an inloop on the opposite IF port. For details, see Setting Loopback
on the IF Board in the Microwave User Guide. Check whether the MW_LOF alarm
persists on the opposite IF port after it is looped back.
If... Then...
The opposite end reports the MW_LOF
alarm
Replace the opposite IF board. Check
whether the alarm is cleared. If the
The opposite end does not report the
MW_LOF alarm
Release the loop and go to the next step.
3. Check whether any IF cable or IF interface at the opposite station is faulty. See the
IF_CABLE_OPEN alarm and perform the operations.
1. Check whether any board is faulty or the voltage is abnormal at the local station. Clear
the alarm by using the method of clearing the following alarms:
HARD_BAD
VOLT_LOS
447
BD_STATUS
RADIO_RSL_LOW
TEMP_ALARM
2. After the preceding alarms are cleared, check whether the MW_LOF alarm is cleared.
If the MW_LOF alarm persists, locate the fault by performing loopbacks. Perform an
inloop on the local IF port and then check whether the fault is rectified.
If... Then...
The MW_LOF alarm persists Replace the local IF board. Check whether the
alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, go to the
next step.
The MW_LOF alarm is cleared Release the loop and go to the next step.
3. Check whether any IF cable or IF interface at the local station is faulty. See the
----End
Related Information
None.
8.9 MW_RDI
Description
The MW_RDI alarm indicates that there are defects at the remote end of a radio link. When the
sink end (the receiver) detects that an alarm is generated in the service due to the fault of the
radio link, the sink end returns the RDI message to the source end (the transmitter). This alarm
is reported if an IF board detects an RDI in the microwave frame overheads.
Attribute
Parameters
448
Name Meaning
If the source end is configured with the reverse switching function, 1+1 SD HSB switching or
1+1 HSB switching may be triggered when the working and protection IF boards receive the
MW_RDI alarm simultaneously. This alarm also indicates that the services received at the sink
end are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the MW_RDI alarm is as follows:
Cause 1: The sink end detects that an alarm is generated in the service due to the fault of the
radio link.
Procedure
l Check the MW_RDI alarm on the NMS to determine the board that reports the alarm. For
l Cause 1: The sink end detects that an alarm is generated in the service due to the fault of
the radio link.
1. Check whether any of the following alarms are generated at the sink end. If any alarms
are generated, ensure that they are cleared immediately.
R_LOC
R_LOF
R_LOS
MW_LOF
----End
Related Information
Reverse switching
When any alarm is generated in the service of the active and standby microwave IF boards at
the sink end, the alarm is reported to the source end by sending the MW_RDI alarm in the
microwave frames. If the source end is in the locked or forced switching state, or if the current
standby equipment is faulty, the reverse switching is not performed. Otherwise, when the reverse
switching function is enabled at the source end, the HSB switching is performed after the timer
for the reverse switching at the source end times out. The HSB switching is not, however,
performed at the sink end.
8.10 NP1_MANUAL_STOP
449
Description
The NP1_MANUAL_STOP alarm indicates that the N+1 protection protocol is stopped
manually.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the ID of the protection group that reports the alarm. For example, 0x01
indicates that the alarm is reported by protection group 1.
After the N+1 protection protocol is stopped, the services on the working path cannot be
protected. In this case, the N+1 protection or the protection switching may fail if any switching
occurs at an NE.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the NP1_MANUAL_STOP alarm is as follows:
Cause 1: The N+1 protection protocol is stopped manually.
Procedure
l Query the NP1_MANUAL_STOP alarm on the NMS, and determine the ID of the
protection group according to parameter 1. For details, see Viewing the Current Alarms in
l Cause 1: The N+1 protection protocol is stopped manually.
1. Restart the N+1 protection protocol. For details, see Starting/Stopping the N+1
Protection Protocol in the Microwave User Guide.
----End
Related Information
None.
450
8.11 NP1_SW_FAIL
Description
The NP1_SW_FAIL alarm indicates that the N+1 protection switching fails.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
The services cannot be switched. If the current paths are not available, the services are
interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the NP1_SW_FAIL alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: The parameters of the N+1 protection are set incorrectly.
Determination method: Query the configuration parameters on the NMS.
l Cause 2: The protection protocol works abnormally.
Determination method: Identify the fault by using the exclusion method.
Procedure
l Query the NP1_SW_FAIL alarm on the NMS, and determine the ID of the protection group
according to parameter 1. For details, see Viewing the Current Alarms in the Supporting
Tasks.
l Cause 1: The parameters of the N+1 protection are set incorrectly.
451
1. Check whether the parameters of the N+1 protection are set correctly according to the
requirements of the network protection planning. For details, see Checking the IF N
+1 Protection Group Information in the Microwave User Guide.
2. If the parameters are set incorrectly, set the parameters to the correct values. For
details, see Creating an N+1 Protection Group in the Microwave User Guide.
NOTE
When modifying the current parameters, delete the current protection group before adding a
protection group.
l Cause 2: The protection protocol works abnormally.
1. Check whether the N+1 protection protocol works normally on the entire network.
Then, disable and restart the N+1 protection protocol manually. For details, see
Starting/Stopping the N+1 Protection Protocol in the Microwave User Guide.
2. Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, contact Huawei technical
support engineers for the solution.
----End
Related Information
None.
8.12 NP1_SW_INDI
Description
The NP1_SW_INDI alarm indicates that the N+1 protection switching is detected.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
452
During the switching (not more than 50 ms), the services are interrupted. After the switching is
complete, the services are recovered.
In the case of the extra services on the protection path:
l When the services are switched from the working path to the protection path, the extra
services on the protection path are interrupted.
l When the services are switched from the protection path to the working path, the extra
services on the protection path are recovered.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the NP1_SW_INDI alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: External switching occurs.
Determination method: Query the switching command on the NMS.
l Cause 2: Automatic switching occurs.
Procedure
l Query the NP1_SW_INDI alarm on the NMS, and determine the ID of the protection group
Tasks.
1. Query whether an external switching command is run to trigger the protection
switching on the NMS. Select the NE in the NE Explorer. Choose Configuration >
Link Configuration from the Function Tree.
2. Click the N+1 Protection tab, and then click Query.
3. Query Switching Status of Device in Protection Group. If the switching status is
Force Switching or Manual Switching, you can infer that an external switching
command is issued on the NMS.
1. Automatic switching may be triggered, because the hardware of the ODU or IF
equipment is faulty, or because certain problems occur in the services. Query whether
any of the following faults or alarms are reported by an NE. If any faults or alarms
are reported, ensure that they are cleared immediately.
The hardware of the IF equipment is faulty, or the hardware of the ODU is faulty.
For example, the HARD_BAD alarm is reported.
R_LOC, R_LOF, R_LOS, or MW_LOF
MS_AIS, B2_EXC or B2_SD
NOTE
If an NE is in the switching status and if the working path recovers, the services can be automatically
switched from the protection path to the working path only when the preset wait to restore (WTR)
time is reached. In this case, the alarm can be cleared only when the NE releases the switching and
changes to the idle status.
----End
453
Related Information
None.
8.13 RADIO_MUTE
Description
The RADIO_MUTE alarm indicates that radio transmitter is muted. This alarm is reported when
the output of the transmitter is shut down.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the RF port that reports the alarm.
The radio transmitter is muted and services may be interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the RADIO_MUTE alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: The transmitter of the local station is muted manually.
l Cause 2: The data configuration of the ODU is incorrect.
Determination method: Check the alarm and configuration on the NMS.
l Cause 3: The output of the transmitter is abnormal, because the IF unit or the ODU is faulty.
Determination method: Query the alarm on the NMS or identify the cause by using the
exclusion method.
Procedure
l Check the RADIO_MUTE alarm on the NMS and determine the board that reports the
454
l Cause 1: The transmitter of the local station is muted manually.
1. Check whether the ODU that reports the alarm at the local station mutes the
transmitter.
If... Then...
Yes Unmute the transmitter. Set TX Status of the ODU to "mute". For details, see
Setting the Transmit Status of the ODU in the Microwave User Guide. Then,
check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, perform the operations
that are required for clearing the alarm generated due to cause 2.
No Perform the operations required when the alarm is generated due to cause 2.
l Cause 2: The data configuration of the ODU is incorrect.
1. Check whether the data configuration of the ODU meets the requirements of the
networking planning and design. See the CONFIG_NOSUPPORT alarm and
perform the operations.
l Cause 3: The output of the transmitter is abnormal, because the IF unit or the ODU is faulty.
1. The IF unit consists of the IF interface, IF cable, and IF board. Check in succession
whether the IF cable (IF interface), IF board, and ODU are faulty. See the
----End
Related Information
None.
8.14 RADIO_RSL_HIGH
Description
The RADIO_RSL_HIGH alarm indicates that the radio receive power is very high. This alarm
is reported if the detected receive power is equal to or higher than the upper threshold of the
ODU (-20 dBm).
Attribute
Urgent Equipment alarm
Parameters
455
Name Meaning
The service transmission is affected. If the system is configured with 1+1 protection, protection
switching may be triggered.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the RADIO_RSL_HIGH alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: The transmit power of the opposite ODU is very high.
Determination method: Check the alarm or configuration on the NMS.
l Cause 2: The local ODU is faulty.
Determination method: Identify the fault by using the fault exclusion method or by referring
l Cause 3: There is a strong interference source nearby.
Determination method: Measure the interference by using a tester.
Procedure
l Query the RADIO_RSL_HIGH alarm on the NMS and determine the board that reports
l Cause 1: The transmit power of the opposite ODU is very high.
1. Query whether the RADIO_TSL_HIGH alarm is generated at the opposite station.
If... Then...
Yes See RADIO_TSL_HIGH and perform the operations. Check whether the
RADIO_RSL_HIGH alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, perform the
operations that are required for clearing the alarm generated due to cause 2.
No Proceed to the next step.
2. According to the networking requirements, check whether the transmit power of the
ODU at the opposite station is set to a high value. If the value does not meet the
specified requirement, set the transmit power of the ODU at the opposite station to a
proper value. For details, see Configuring the IF/ODU Information of a Radio Link
in the Microwave User Guide.
l Cause 3: There is a strong interference source nearby.
456
1. Check whether there is co-channel interference or adjacent channel interference. Use
a spectrum analyzer to check whether any nearby signal source transmits signals
whose frequency is close to the specified range. For details, see the handling procedure
of MW_FEC_UNCOR.
2. If a station is found, determine whether it needs to be shut down or removed according
to the situation. If the station cannot be shut down or removed, contact the network
planning department for replanning the frequency.
----End
Related Information
None
8.15 RADIO_RSL_LOW
Description
The RADIO_RSL_HIGH alarm indicates that the radio receive power is very low. This alarm
is reported if the detected receive power is equal to or less than the lower threshold of the ODU
(-90 dBm).
Attribute
Urgent Equipment alarm
Parameters
Name Meaning
If no MW_LOF or MW_FEC_UNCOR alarm is generated, the services are not affected.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the RADIO_RSL_LOW alarm are as follows:
457
Determination method: Identify the fault by using the fault exclusion method or by referring
l Cause 3: Signal attenuation on the radio link is very high.
Determination method: Check the frequency when the alarm is generated and check the
outdoor components.
Procedure
l Query the RADIO_RSL_LOW alarm on the NMS and determine the board that reports the
1. Check whether the transmitter at the opposite station is set to "Mute". See
RADIO_MUTE to clear the alarm.
2. Check whether the transmit power is abnormal due to incorrect settings of the
parameters of the ODU interfaces at the opposite station. See the
CONFIG_NOSUPPORT alarm and perform the operations.
3. Check whether the RADIO_TSL_LOW or BD_STATUS alarm is generated by the
ODU at the opposite station. If the RADIO_TSL_LOW or BD_STATUS alarm is
generated, replace the ODU at the opposite station. For details, see Replacing the ODU
in the Microwave User Guide.
4. Check whether the RADIO_RSL_LOW alarm is cleared at the local station. If the
RADIO_RSL_LOW alarm persists, perform the operations that are required for
clearing the alarm generated due to cause 2.
2. Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the RADIO_RSL_LOW alarm persists, perform
the operations that are required for clearing the alarm generated due to cause 3.
l Cause 3: Signal attenuation on the radio link is very high.
1. Query the history alarms on the NMS. For details, see Viewing the History Alarms in
the Supporting Tasks. Check the frequency of the signals when the alarm is generated.
If... Then...
The RADIO_RSL_LOW alarm persists Proceed to the next step.
The RADIO_RSL_LOW alarm is
generated occasionally
Contact the network planning
department to change the design to
increase the anti-fading
performance.
2. Check whether the antennas at both the local and opposite stations are adjusted
properly.
458
If... Then...
No
Correct the polarization direction of the antennas. See the MicroWave User
Guide. In the case of different types of antennas, the operations are as follows:
l Aligning the Single-Polarized Antennas
l Aligning the Dual-Polarized Antennas
Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, proceed to the next
step.
3. Check whether the polarization direction of the antenna, ODU, and hybrid coupler is
set correctly.
If... Then...
No
Correct the polarization direction. For details, see "Setting the Antenna
Polarization" in the ODU Installation Guide.
Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, proceed to the next
step.
4. Check whether the outdoor units such as antennas, hybrid coupler, ODU, and flexible
waveguide are wet, damp, or damaged.
If... Then...
Yes
Replace the unit that is wet, damp, or damaged. Then, check whether the alarm
is cleared. If the alarm persists, proceed to the next step.
No Proceed to the next step.
5. Check whether the antenna gain at both the transmit and receive stations meets the
specified requirements. If the antenna gain at both the transmit and receive stations
does not meet the specified requirements, replace the antenna that does not meet the
requirement.
6. Check whether any obstacle (for example, a mountain or a building) exists in the
transmit direction. If any obstacle exists in the transmit direction, contact the network
planning department to change the design of the network planning. Ensure that no
interference is caused by mountains or tall buildings.
----End
Related Information
Main lobe and side lobe
For the information about the main lobe and side lobe, see the MicroWave User GuideMain
Lobe and Side Lobe.
8.16 RADIO_TSL_HIGH
459
Description
The RADIO_TSL_HIGH alarm indicates that the radio transmit power is very high. This alarm
is reported if the detected transmit power is higher than the upper power threshold of the ODU.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the RADIO_TSL_HIGH alarm is as follows:
Cause 1: The local ODU is faulty.
Procedure
l Query the RADIO_TSL_HIGH alarm on the NMS and determine the board that reports
----End
Related Information
For the transmit power of the ODU, see the "Transceiver Performance" part in the MicroWave
User Guide.
The transmit power is normal when the offset value between the transmit power and the specified
power is within the range of 1 dB.
460
8.17 RADIO_TSL_LOW
Description
The RADIO_TSL_LOW alarm indicates that the radio transmit power is very low. This alarm
is reported if the detected transmit power is less than the lower power threshold of the ODU.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the RADIO_TSL_LOW alarm are as follows:
Cause 1: The local ODU is faulty.
Procedure
l Query the RADIO_TSL_LOW alarm on the NMS and determine the board that reports the
----End
461
Related Information
For the transmit power of the ODU, see the "Transceiver Performance" part in the MicroWave
User Guide.
The transmit power is normal when the offset value between the transmit power and the specified
power is within the range of 1 dB.
8.18 RPS_INDI
Description
The RPS_INDI alarm indicates that the 1+1 HSB microwave protection switching is detected.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the ID of the protection group.
Parameter 2 Indicates the mode of HSB protection switching. The value is always 0x01.
The services are interrupted during the HSB protection switching (less than 500 ms). After the
switching is complete, the services are recovered.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the RPS_INDI alarm are as follows:
Determination method: Query the switching command on the NMS.
l Cause 3: Reverse switching occurs.
462
Procedure
l Query the RPS_INDI alarm on the NMS, and determine the ID of the protection group
Tasks.
1. Query whether the external switching command is run to trigger the protection
switching on the NMS. Select the NE in the NE Explorer and open the IF 1+1
protection group dialog box. Choose Configuration > Link Configuration from the
Function Tree. Then, click the IF 1+1 Protection tab.
2. Click Query. Query Switching Status of Device in Protection Group. If the
switching status is Force Switching or Manual Switching, you can infer that the
NMS issues the external switching command.
3. In Slot Mapping Relation, right-click the working or protection unit in the protection
group that reports the alarm. Choose Clear from the shortcut menu.
1. Automatic switching may be triggered due to the hardware fault of the ODU or IF
equipment or due to the service defects. Query whether any of the following faults or
alarms are reported by an NE. If any faults or alarms are reported, ensure that they are
cleared immediately.
The hardware of the IF equipment or ODU is faulty. For example, the
HARD_BAD alarm is reported.
The voltage is abnormal. For example, the POWER_ABNORMAL (ODU) or
VOLT_LOS (IF board) is reported.
The power is abnormal. For example, the RADIO_TSL_HIGH,
RADIO_TSL_LOW, RADIO_RSL_HIGH, or IF_INPWR_ABN alarm is
reported.
CONFIG_NOSUPPORT
R_LOC, R_LOF, R_LOS, or MW_LOF
2. Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, query the Revertive mode
parameter of the IF protection. For details, see Performing the IF 1+1 Switching in
the Microwave User Guide.
If... Then...
Revertive Mode is set to Revertive If the working path recovers, the services
can be automatically switched from the
protection path to the working path only
when the preset wait to restore (WTR) time
is reached. After the switching is
successful, the RPS_INDI alarm is cleared.
Revertive Mode is set to Non-
Revertive
When the working path recovers, the
services are not automatically switched to
the working path, and the RPS_INDI alarm
persists. To clear the RPS_INDI alarm,
463
3. Switch the services from the protection path to the working path manually. For details,
see Performing the IF 1+1 Switching in the Microwave User Guide. After the manual
switching is successful, the RPS_INDI alarm is cleared.
l Cause 3: Reverse switching occurs.
1. If the reverse switching function of the HSB protection group is enabled, the HSB
switching is triggered when the MW_RDI alarm is reported by the working and
protection IF boards. After the MW_RDI alarm is cleared, the RPS_INDI alarm is
cleared accordingly.
----End
Related Information
Reverse switching
When any alarm is generated in the service of the active and standby microwave IF boards at
the sink end, the alarm is reported to the source end by sending the MW_RDI alarm in the
microwave frames. If the source end is in the locked or forced switching state, or if the current
standby equipment is faulty, the reverse switching is not performed. Otherwise, when the reverse
switching function is enabled at the source end, the HSB switching is performed after the timer
for the reverse switching at the source end times out. The HSB switching is not, however,
performed at the sink end.
8.19 VOLT_LOS
Description
The VOLT_LOS alarm indicates that the voltage signals of the IF board are lost.
Attribute
Parameters
464
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the type of the power that reports the alarm.
l 0x01: -48 V/+24 V power output
l 0x01: -48 V/+24 V power output
l 0x03: +5 V power output
l 0x03: +3.3V power output
l 0x05: lightning
Parameter 2 Indicates the ID of the port that reports the alarm.
If the alarm is reported by the IF board, the ODU connected to the IF board does not work.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the VOLT_LOS alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: The output power is abnormal.
Determination method: Query the value of parameter 1 on the NMS.
l Cause 2: The input power is abnormal.
l Cause 3: A lightning event occurs.
Procedure
l Query the alarms on the NMS. Determine the type of the power that reports the alarm
according to the value of parameter 1, and then determine the board that reports the alarm.
In the case of parameter 1=0x01, 0x03, or 0x04, perform the operations that are
required for clearing the alarm generated due to cause 1.
In the case of parameter 1=0x02, perform the operations that are required for clearing
In the case of parameter 1=0x05, perform the operations that are required for clearing
l Cause 1: The output power is abnormal.
1. Check whether the power switch of the ODU is on.
If... Then...
The power switch is off Switch on the ODU. Then, check whether the alarm is
cleared. If the alarm persists, proceed to the next step.
The power switch is on Proceed to the next step.
465
2. Check the IF fiber jumper, IF Cable, and ODU section by section to see whether any
short circuit exists. For details, see "Testing the Connectivity of the IF Cable" in the
ODU Installation Guide.
If... Then...
A short circuit exists
No short circuit exists
Replace the board that reports the alarm.
3. Replace the short-circuit components and the IF board that is damaged due to the short
circuit. For the method of replacing the ODU, see Replacing the ODU in the
CAUTION
If the alarm is generated due to a short circuit, replace the short-circuited cable or
ODU, and then replace the IF board. Otherwise, the new IF board may be damaged
again.
l Cause 2: The input power is abnormal.
1. Replace the IF board that reports the alarm.
l Cause 3: Lightning occurs.
1. Contact the engineers to provide power supply and to check whether lightning
protection is provided.
----End
Related Information
Protection area of a lightning arrestor
The ODU should be located in the protection area of a lightning arrestor.
l In a plain area, the protection area of a lightning arrestor is within the range of 45 downward
tilt from the top of the lightning arrestor.
l In the mountainous and lightning areas, the protection area of a lightning arrestor is within
the range of 30 downward tilt from the top of the lightning arrestor.
466
9 Other Alarm Clearing
About This Chapter
This chapter describes the other alarm clearing.
factors.
Alarms and Performance Events Reference 9 Other Alarm Clearing
467
l Grounding
l Heat dissipation
Precautions
CAUTION
caution.
CAUTION
NOTE
are displayed.
9.1 A_LOC
9.2 AD_CHECK_FAIL
9.3 ALM_ALS
9.4 ALM_AU3AIS
468
9.5 ALM_AU3B3OVER
9.6 ALM_AU3B3SD
9.7 ALM_AU3LOP
9.8 ALM_AU3RDI
9.9 ALM_AU3REI
9.10 ALM_AU3SLM
9.11 ALM_AU3TIM
9.12 ALM_AU3UNEQ
9.13 ALM_E1AIS
9.14 ALM_HANGUP
9.15 ALM_IMA_LIF
9.16 ALM_IMA_LINK_LCD
9.17 ALM_IMA_LODS
9.18 ALM_IMA_RE_RX_UNUSABLE
9.19 ALM_IMA_RE_TX_UNUSABLE
9.20 ALM_IMA_RFI
9.21 APS_MANUAL_STOP
9.22 AU_CMM
9.23 B3_EXC_VC3
9.24 B3_EXC_VC4
9.25 B3_SD_VC3
9.26 B3_SD_VC4
9.27 BD_NOT_INSTALLED
9.28 BD_AT_LOWPOWER
9.29 BDID_ERROR
9.30 BEFFEC_SD
9.31 BIP8_ECC
9.32 BIOS_STATUS
9.33 BOOTROM_BAD
9.34 C2_PDI
9.35 C2_VCAIS
9.36 C4_R_LAISD
9.37 C4_T_LAISD
469
9.38 CC_LOC
9.39 CFCARD_FULL
9.40 CFCARD_FAILED
9.41 CFCARD_OFFLINE
9.42 CFCARD_W_R_DISABLED
9.43 CFGBD_FAIL
9.44 CHCS
9.45 CHIP_ABN
9.46 CHIP_FAIL
9.47 CLK_NO_TRACE_MODE
9.48 COOL_CUR_OVER
9.49 CRC4_ERR_OVER
9.50 CRC6_ERR_OVER
9.51 CTS
9.52 DBMS_ERROR
9.53 DBMS_PROTECT_MODE
9.54 DCC_CHAN_LACK
9.55 DCD
9.56 DDN_AIS
9.57 DDN_ALOS
9.58 DDN_CRC4_ERR_OVER
9.59 DDN_LFA
9.60 DDN_LMFA
9.61 DDN_LOOP_ALM
9.62 DDN_RFA
9.63 DDN_RMFA
9.64 DLAG_PROTECT_FAIL
9.65 DOWN_T1_AIS
9.66 DS3_IDLE
9.67 DSP_LOAD_FAIL
9.68 DSR
9.69 DTR
9.70 E1_LOC
470
9.71 ETH_NO_FLOW
9.72 ETHOAM_DISCOVER_FAIL
9.73 ETHOAM_RMT_CRIT_FAULT
9.74 ETHOAM_RMT_LOOP
9.75 ETHOAM_RMT_SD
9.76 ETHOAM_SELF_LOOP
9.77 ETHOAM_VCG_SELF_LOOP
9.78 EX_ETHOAM_CC_LOS
9.79 EX_ETHOAM_MPID_CNFLCT
9.80 EXT_LOS
9.81 EXT_TIME_LOC
9.82 FEC_LOF
9.83 FEC_OOF
9.84 FLOW_OVER
9.85 FPGA_ABN
9.86 FSELECT_STG
9.87 FUSE_ALARM
9.88 HARD_ERR
9.89 HP_CROSSTR
9.90 HP_REI
9.91 IN_PWR_FAIL
9.92 K1_K2_M
9.93 K2_M
9.94 LAN_LOC
9.95 LASER_MOD_ERR
9.96 LASER_SHUT
9.97 LCAS_BAND_DECREASED
9.98 LCAS_FOPR
9.99 LCAS_FOPT
9.100 LCAS_PLCR
9.101 LCAS_PLCT
9.102 LCAS_TLCR
9.103 LCAS_TLCT
471
9.104 LCD
9.105 LCS_DAYS_OF_GRACE
9.106 LCS_EXPIRED
9.107 LCS_FILE_NOT_EXIST
9.108 LFA
9.109 LMFA
9.110 LOCK_CUR_FAIL
9.111 LOOP_ALM
9.112 LP_CROSSTR
9.113 LP_R_FIFO
9.114 LP_RDI_VC12
9.115 LP_RDI_VC3
9.116 LP_REI
9.117 LP_REI_VC12
9.118 LP_REI_VC3
9.119 LP_RFI
9.120 LP_SIZE_ERR
9.121 LP_SLM
9.122 LP_SLM_VC12
9.123 LP_SLM_VC3
9.124 LP_T_FIFO
9.125 LP_TIM
9.126 LP_TIM_VC12
9.127 LP_TIM_VC3
9.128 LP_UNEQ_VC12
9.129 LP_UNEQ_VC3
9.130 LPS_UNI_BI_M
9.131 LSR_COOL_ALM
9.132 LSR_INVALID
9.133 LSR_NO_FITED
9.134 LTEMP_OVER
9.135 MDL_ALARM
9.136 MOD_TYPE_MISMATCH
472
9.137 MS_APS_INDI_EX
9.138 MS_CROSSTR
9.139 MSAD_CROSSTR
9.140 MS_REI
9.141 MSSW_DIFFERENT
9.142 MUT_LOS
9.143 NE_CFG_CONFLICT
9.144 NE_POWER_OVER
9.145 NESF_LOST
9.146 NESTATE_INSTALL
9.147 NO_BD_PARA
9.148 NO_BD_SOFT
9.149 NO_ELABEL
9.150 NO_LSR_PARA_FILE
9.151 OA_LOW_GAIN
9.152 OCD
9.153 ODU_AIS
9.154 ODU_LCK
9.155 ODU_OCI
9.156 OH_LOOP
9.157 OTH_BD_STATUS
9.158 OTH_HARD_FAIL
9.159 OTU_AIS
9.160 OTU_LOF
9.161 OTU_LOM
9.162 OUT_PWR_ABN
9.163 OUT_PWR_HIGH
9.164 OUT_PWR_LOW
9.165 P_AIS
9.166 P_LOF
9.167 P_RAI
9.168 PASSWORD_NEED_CHANGE
9.169 PATCH_ACT_TIMEOUT
473
9.170 PATCH_ERR
9.171 PATCH_DEACT_TIMEOUT
9.172 PATCH_PKGERR
9.173 PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM
9.174 PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST
9.175 PLL_FAIL
9.176 P_FFM
9.177 PM_BDI
9.178 PM_BEI
9.179 PM_BIP8_OVER
9.180 PM_BIP8_SD
9.181 PM_TIM
9.182 PORT_MODULE_OFFLINE
9.183 PORTMODE_MISMATCH
9.184 PRBS_TEST
9.185 PROTOCOL_MM
9.186 PS
9.187 PUM_BCM_ALM
9.188 PUM_TEM_ALM
9.189 PUMP_COOL_EXC
9.190 PWR_MAJ_ALM
9.191 R_FIFO_E
9.192 R_LOC
9.193 R_LOSYNC
9.194 REG_MM
9.195 RELAY_ALARM_CRITICAL
9.196 RELAY_ALARM_IGNORE
9.197 RELAY_ALARM_MAJOR
9.198 RELAY_ALARM_MINOR
9.199 RELAY_FAIL
9.200 RFA
9.201 RINGMAPM_MM
9.202 RMFA
474
9.203 RPR_DUPLICATE_MAC
9.204 RPR_ECHO_DLOC
9.205 RPR_ECHO_LOC
9.206 RPR_MISCONFIG
9.207 RPR_NB_INCONSIS
9.208 RPR_PM_INCONSIS
9.209 RPR_PS_CHANGE
9.210 RPR_STATIONS_EXCEED
9.211 RPR_SUM_A0_EXCEED
9.212 RTC_FAIL
9.213 RTS
9.214 RS_CROSSTR
9.215 S1_SYN_CHANGE
9.216 SECU_ALM
9.217 SEC_RADIUS_FAIL
9.218 SERVCHIP_ABN
9.219 SM_BDI
9.220 SM_BEI
9.221 SM_BIP8_OVER
9.222 SM_BIP8_SD
9.223 SM_IAE
9.224 SM_TIM
9.225 SPARE_PATH_ALM
9.226 SPEED_OVER
9.227 SQUTABM_MM
9.228 SSL_CERT_NOENC
9.229 STORM_CUR_QUENUM_OVER
9.230 SUM_INPWR_HI
9.231 SUM_INPWR_LOW
9.232 SUM_OUTPWR_HI
9.233 SUM_OUTPWR_LOW
9.234 SWDL_ACTIVATED_TIMEOUT
9.235 SWDL_AUTOMATCH_INH
475
9.236 SWDL_CHGMNG_NOMATCH
9.237 SWDL_COMMIT_FAIL
9.238 SWDL_INPROCESS
9.239 SWDL_NEPKGCHECK
9.240 SWDL_PKG_NOBDSOFT
9.241 SWITCH_DISABLE
9.242 SWDL_ROLLBACK_FAIL
9.243 SYNC_C_LOS
9.244 SYNC_F_M_SWITCH
9.245 SYNC_FAIL
9.246 SYN_LOCKOFF
9.247 SYSLOG_COMM_FAIL
9.248 T_ALOS
9.249 T_FIFO_E
9.250 T_LOC
9.251 T_LOS
9.252 TC_DEG
9.253 TC_EXC
9.254 TC_INCAIS
9.255 TC_LTC
9.256 TC_ODI
9.257 TC_OEI
9.258 TC_RDI
9.259 TC_REI
9.260 TC_TIM
9.261 TC_UNEQ
9.262 TD
9.263 TEM_HA
9.264 TEM_LA
9.265 TEST_STATUS
9.266 TIME_LOS
9.267 TIME_FORCE_SWITCH
9.268 TIME_NO_TRACE_MODE
476
9.269 TIME_NOT_SUPPORT
9.270 TPS_ALM
9.271 TR_LOC
9.272 TS16_AIS
9.273 TU_AIS_VC12
9.274 TU_AIS_VC3
9.275 TU_LOP_VC12
9.276 TU_LOP_VC3
9.277 UHCS
9.278 UP_T1AIS
9.279 V5_VCAIS
9.280 VC_AIS
9.281 VC_RDI
9.282 VC3_CROSSTR
9.283 VCAT_LOA
9.284 VCAT_LOM_VC12
9.285 VCAT_LOM_VC3
9.286 VCAT_LOM_VC4
9.287 VCAT_SQM_VC12
9.288 VCAT_SQM_VC3
9.289 VCAT_SQM_VC4
9.290 VCTRUNK_NO_FLOW
9.291 VCG_MM
9.292 VP_AIS
9.293 VP_RDI
9.294 VPG_MM
9.295 W_OFFLINE
9.296 WORK_CUR_OVER
9.297 WRG_BD_TYPE
477
9.1 A_LOC
Description
The A_LOC is an alarm indicating the loss of clock in the upstream direction of the bus.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the optical interface number. The value is always 0x01.
the A_LOC alarm is reported from path 1 of the board.
When the A_LOC alarm occurs, the services carried by the board path are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the A_LOC alarm are as follows:
l The PDH equipment interconnected to the service path is faulty.
l The service type is incorrectly configured.
l The service cross-connection is incorrectly configured.
l The board hardware is faulty.
l The cross-connect and timing board is faulty.
478
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the PDH equipment interconnected to the service path is faulty. If yes, take
priority to remove the fault, and then check whether the A_LOC alarm is cleared.
Step 2 View the A_LOC alarm on the U2000, and then confirm the path number according to the alarm
parameters.
Step 3 Check whether the service configuration of the path is correct. Make sure that the service type
at the local end is consistent with that at the remote end, and the cross-connection is correctly
configured. Then check whether the A_LOC alarm is cleared.
Step 4 If the alarm persists, check whether any hardware of the board that reports the A_LOC alarm is
faulty on the U2000. If yes, perform a cold reset on the board. Then check whether the A_LOC
alarm is cleared.
CAUTION
If the services travel through the board are not configured with protection, the services are
interrupted after the cold reset of the board.
Step 5 If the alarm persists, replace the board.
Step 6 If the alarm persists, perform a cold reset on the cross-connect and timing board. Then check
whether the A_LOC alarm is cleared.
CAUTION
If there is not a standby cross-connect board that properly functions for protection, cold reset of
a cross-connect board may entirely interrupt the services.
Step 7 If the alarm persists, check whether the cross-connect and timing board is faulty. If yes, replace
the cross-connect and timing board. Then the A_LOC alarm is automatically cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.2 AD_CHECK_FAIL
Description
The AD_CHECK_FAIL alarm indicates that the self-check of the AD chip fails. This alarm is
reported when the AD chip on the board is faulty.
479
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the serial number of the AD chip. For example, 0x01
indicates the first chip.
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Parameters 2 - 3 are invalid. Parameter 2 is always 0x00, and
Parameter 3 is always 0x01.
l When the AD_CHECK_FAIL alarm is generated, the services may be interrupted, or the
system may be faulty.
l When the AD_CHECK_FAIL alarm is generated, the maintenance personnel cannot check
the parameters related to the AD chip on the NMS, for example, the input/output optical
power, the back facet current, and the cooling current of a board. Hence, the maintenance
personnel cannot immediately learn about the operating performance and potential
operating risks of the network. The AD_CHECK_FAIL alarm should be cleared
immediately.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the AD_CHECK_FAIL alarm is as follows:
Cause 1: The board hardware is faulty.
Procedure
l Query the AD_CHECK_FAIL alarm on the NMS and determine the board that reports the
1. Replace the board that reports the AD_CHECK_FAIL alarm. For details, see
Replacing a Raman Amplifier Board in the Parts Replacement.
----End
Related Information
None.
480
9.3 ALM_ALS
Description
The ALM_ALS is an automatic laser shutdown (ALS) alarm. When a board enables the ALS
function and the R_LOS alarm occurs at the optical interface, the laser is shut down
automatically. In this case, the board reports the ALM_ALS alarm.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the actual optical interface number of the board.
When the ALM_ALS alarm occurs, the system is not affected. This alarm just shows that the
ALS function of the laser is enabled.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the ALM_ALS alarm is as follows:
The ALS function is enabled on the U2000 or the Navigator.
Procedure
Step 1 When the ALS function is disabled, the alarm is cleared automatically.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.4 ALM_AU3AIS
481
Description
The ALM_AU3AIS is an AU-3 AIS alarm. When the received AU-3 pointer value is all "1"s
on the receive side of the local optical interface, the ALM_AU3AIS alarm is reported.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates the AU-3 path number. Parameter 2 is the higher byte,
and Parameter 3 is the lower byte.
3 = 0x01. In this case, the ALM_AU3AIS alarm is reported from
AU-3 path 1 of optical interface 1 on the board.
When the ALM_AU3AIS alarm occurs, the AU-3 services are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the ALM_AU3ALS alarm are as follows:
l An upstream station receives the MS_AIS, R_LOS, R_LOF, B2_EXC, AU_AIS or
B3_EXC alarm.
l The transmit unit at the opposite station is faulty.
l The receive unit at the local station is faulty.
l The cross-connect board at the opposite station is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 Based on the service configuration, trace back to the upstream station, and find the position
where the MS_AIS, R_LOS, R_LOF, B2_EXC, B3_EXC, AU_AIS or ALM_AU3AIS alarm
occurs. When any alarm occurs, take priority to clear it, and then check whether the
ALM_AU3AIS alarm at the local station is cleared.
482
Step 2 If the alarm at the local station persists, check whether the transmit board at the opposite station
is faulty. If yes, perform a cold reset on the relevant line board at the opposite station, and then
check whether the alarm is cleared.
CAUTION
Step 3 If the alarm persists, replace the relevant line board at the opposite station, and then check
Step 4 If the alarm persists, check whether the cross-connect board at the opposite station is faulty. If
yes, perform a cold reset on the cross-connect board, and then check whether the alarm is cleared.
CAUTION
Step 5 If the alarm persists, replace the cross-connect board at the opposite station, and then check
Step 6 If the alarm persists, check whether the receive board at the local station is faulty. If yes, perform
a cold reset on the relevant line board. Then check whether the alarm is cleared.
CAUTION
Step 7 If the alarm persists, replace the relevant line board at the local station, and then check whether
----End
Related Information
None.
9.5 ALM_AU3B3OVER
483
Description
The ALM_AU3B3OVER indicates the alarm that the number of AU-3 B3 bit errors crosses the
threshold. If a board has detected that the number of B3 bit errors in the AU-3 path exceeds the
specified threshold value, the ALM_AU3B3OVER alarm is reported.
Attribute
Major Service alarm
Parameters
Name Meaning
3 = 0x01. In this case, the ALM_AU3B3OVER alarm is reported
from AU-3 path 1 of optical interface 1 on the board.
When the ALM_AU3B3OVER alarm occurs, a great number of bit errors occur in the AU-3
path. Consequently, the service quality is degraded.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the ALM_AU3B3OVER alarm are as follows:
l A higher-level bit error alarm, such as the B1_EXC, B2_EXC, B3_EXC, B1_SD, B2_SD
or B3_SD, occurs in the system.
l The received signals are heavily attenuated.
l The fiber connector is dirty.
l The fiber connector is loose.
484
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether any higher-level bit error alarm, such as the B1_EXC, B2_EXC, B3_EXC,
B1_SD, B2_SD or B3_SD alarm, is detected at the local station and the upstream station. If yes,
take priority to clear it, and then check whether the ALM_AU3B3OVER alarm is cleared.
Step 2 If the alarm persists, check whether the received optical power of the alarm board is within the
specified value range.
l If yes, go to Step 3.
l If not, follow the steps:
1. Insert the fiber connector firmly, and then check whether the alarm is cleared.
2. Check whether the attenuation value specified in the fiber attenuator is proper. If not, adjust
it to a proper value, and then check whether the alarm is cleared.
3. Clean the fiber connector at the local station and the receive optical interface on the line
board, and then check whether the alarm is cleared.
4. Check whether the flange is correctly connected to the optical attenuator at the local station,
and whether the attenuation value specified in the optical attenuator is proper. After making
sure that the flange and optical attenuator are used properly, check whether the alarm is
cleared.
5. Check whether the launched optical power at the opposite station is within the specified
value range.
l If not, replace the optical module, and then check whether the alarm is cleared. If not,
replace the line board at the opposite station, and then check whether the alarm is cleared.
l If the launched optical power is within the specified value range, clean the fiber
connector at the opposite station, and then check whether the alarm is cleared.
6. Check whether the flange is correctly connected to the optical attenuator at the opposite
station, and whether the attenuation value specified in the optical attenuator is proper. After
making sure the flange and optical attenuator are used properly, check whether the alarm
is cleared.
Step 3 If the alarm persists, check whether the transmit board at the opposite station is faulty. If yes,
perform a cold reset on the transmit board, and then check whether the alarm is cleared.
CAUTION
Step 4 If the alarm persists, replace the transmit board at the opposite station, and then check whether
a cold reset on the receive board, and then check whether the alarm is cleared.
485
CAUTION
Step 6 If the alarm persists, replace the receive board at the local station, and then check whether the
alarm is cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.6 ALM_AU3B3SD
Description
The ALM_AU3B3SD indicates the alarm that the AU-3 B3 signals are degraded. If a board has
detected that the number of B3 bit errors in the AU-3 path exceeds the specified threshold value,
the ALM_AU3B3SD alarm is reported.
Attribute
Minor Service alarm
Parameters
Name Meaning
3 = 0x01. In this case, the ALM_AU3B3SD alarm is reported from
486
When the ALM_AU3B3SD alarm occurs, the service quality in the AU-3 path is degraded.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the ALM_AU3B3SD alarm are as follows:
l A higher-level bit error alarm, such as the B1_EXC, B2_EXC, B3_EXC, B1_SD, B2_SD
or B3_SD, occurs in the system.
Procedure
B1_SD, B2_SD or B3_SD alarm, is detected at the local station and the upstream station. If yes,
take priority to clear it. Moreover, clean the fiber connector, and make sure the fiber connector
is inserted firmly. Then check whether the ALM_AU3B3SD alarm at the local station is cleared.
a cold reset on the receive board. Then check whether the alarm is cleared.
CAUTION
alarm is cleared.
CAUTION
----End
487
Related Information
None.
9.7 ALM_AU3LOP
Description
The ALM_AU3LOP is an alarm indicating the loss of AU-3 pointer. When eight NDF frames
or invalid pointer values are consecutively received in the AU-3 path on the receive side of the
local optical interface, the ALM_AU3LOP alarm is reported.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 2, parameter 3 Indicates the AU-3 path number. Parameter 2 is the higher byte, and
3 = 0x01. In this case, the ALM_AU3LOP alarm is reported from
When the ALM_AU3LOP alarm occurs, the AU-3 services are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the ALM_AU3LOP alarm are as follows:
l The local station is configured with the AU-3 services. The opposite station is, however,
not configured with the AU-3 services or is configured with other services rather than the
AU-3 services.
l The number of bit errors received at the local station exceeds the specified value.
488
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the opposite station is correctly configured with the AU-3 services. If not,
configure it with the proper AU-3 services, and then check whether the ALM_AU3LOP alarm
is cleared.
Step 2 If the alarm persists, check whether any bit error alarm, such as the B1_EXC, B2_EXC,
B3_EXC, B1_SD, B2_SD or B3_SD alarm, is detected at the local station. If yes, clear it, and
then check whether the ALM_AU3LOP alarm is cleared.
CAUTION
Step 5 If the alarm persists, perform a cold reset on the line board that generates the alarm at the local
station, and then check whether the alarm is cleared.
CAUTION
alarm is cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.8 ALM_AU3RDI
Description
The ALM_AU3RDI is a remote defect indication in the AU-3 path.
489
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
3 = 0x01. In this case, the ALM_AU3RDI alarm is reported from
When the ALM_AU3RDI alarm occurs, the local station is not affected. This alarm just shows
that the AU-3 services at the opposite station are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the ALM_AU3RDI alarm is as follows:
When a board at the opposite station receives the ALM_AU3AIS or ALM_AU3LOP alarm in
the AU-3 path, it returns the G1 byte to the local station, showing the ALM_AU3RDI alarm.
Procedure
Step 1 Clear the ALM_AU3AIS or ALM_AU3LOP alarm at the opposite end. Then the
ALM_AU3RDI is cleared automatically.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.9 ALM_AU3REI
490
Description
The ALM_AU3REI is a remote error indication in the AU-3 path.
Attribute
Warning Communication alarm
Parameters
Name Meaning
3 = 0x01. In this case, the ALM_AU3REI alarm is reported from
When the ALM_AU3REI alarm occurs, the local station is not affected. This alarm just shows
that bit errors occur in the AU-3 services at the opposite station. Consequently, the service quality
is degraded.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the ALM_AU3REI alarm is as follows:
When a board at the opposite station has detected any B3 bit error, it returns the G1 byte to the
local station, showing the FEBBE performance event. Consequently, the ALM_AU3REI alarm
occurs on the board.
Procedure
Step 1 Clear the ALM_AU3B3SD and ALM_AU3B3OVER alarm at the opposite station. Then the
ALM_AU3REI is cleared automatically.
----End
Related Information
None.
491
9.10 ALM_AU3SLM
Description
The ALM_AU3SLM is a signal label mismatch alarm in the AU-3 path. This alarm shows that
the service type is incorrectly configured or the C2 byte is incorrectly configured.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 2, Parameter 3
Indicates the AU-3 path number. Parameter 2 is the higher byte,
3 = 0x01. In this case, the ALM_AU3SLM alarm is reported from
If the services are correctly configured, they are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the ALM_AU3SLM alarm are as follows:
l The type of services in the path is inconsistent with that shown by the value of the C2 byte.
l The value of the C2 byte to be transmitted in the services configured at the opposite station
is inconsistent with that of the C2 byte to be received at the local station. Moreover, the
value of the C2 byte to be transmitted and that of the expected C2 value are neither 0xFF
or 0x00.
Procedure
Step 1 Refer to Table 9-1, and make sure that the service types map the value of the C2 byte to be
transmitted.
492
Step 2 Check the value of the C2 byte to be received at the local station. Configure the services at the
opposite station, and make sure that the service types are consistent with those mapping the value
of the C2 byte to be received at the local station. Then check whether the ALM_AU3SLM alarm
is cleared.
----End
Related Information
Table 9-1 C2 byte coding rule
C2 Value (in Hex) Meaning
00 Signals are not loaded.
01 Unspecific payload is loaded.
02 TUG structure.
03 Locked TU.
04 34.368 Mbit/s and 44.736 Mbit/s signals are
asynchronously mapped into C-3 signals.
12 139.264 Mbit/s signals are asynchronously mapped
into C-4 signals.
13 ATM mapping.
14 MAN (DQD) mapping.
15 FDDI.
FE 0.181 test signal mapping.
FF VC-AIS (for serial connection only).

9.11 ALM_AU3TIM
Description
The ALM_AU3TIM is a trace identifier mismatch alarm in the AU-3 path. This alarm shows
that the AU-3 services are incorrectly configured or the J1 byte is incorrectly configured.
Attribute
493
Parameters
Name Meaning
3 = 0x01. In this case, the ALM_AU3TIM alarm is reported from
The system is not affected.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the ALM_AU3TIM alarm are as follows:
l The service cross-connections are incorrectly configured.
l The tracing byte J1 to be received in the higher order path at the local station is inconsistent
with the received J1 byte.
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the service cross-connections are correctly configured. If not, configure the
correct service cross-connections, and then check whether the ALM_AU3TIM alarm is cleared.
Step 2 Check whether the J1 byte to be transmitted at the remote end is consistent with the J1 byte to
be received at the local end. If not, configure the correct J1 byte.
Step 3 Check whether the J1 byte to be received at the local end is consistent with the received J1 byte.
If not, configure the correct J1 byte.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.12 ALM_AU3UNEQ
494
Description
The ALM_AU3UNEQ is an alarm indicating that no services are loaded in the AU-3 path. In
this case, the received C2 byte is 0x00.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
3 = 0x01. In this case, the ALM_AU3UNEQ alarm is reported from
When the ALM_AU3UNEQ alarm occurs, the services are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the ALM_AU3UNEQ alarm is as follows:
The non-loaded AU-3 services are accessed, and the C3 byte is 0x00.
Procedure
Step 1 Access the loaded AU-3 services. Then the ALM_AU3UNEQ alarm is automatically cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.13 ALM_E1AIS
495
Description
The ALM_E1AIS is an alarm indication signal in the E1 link. This alarm shows that the payload
in the E1 link is all "1"s.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the optical interface number.
l For the N1IDQ1 board, the value is 0x05.
l For the N1IDL4 board, the value is 0x02.
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates the VC-12 path number. The value range is 163. That is,
Parameter 2 is always in value 0x00, and Parameter 3 is in the value
range of 0x010x3F.
Parameter 4, Parameter 5 Indicates the number of the VCTRUNK port of the VC-12 path.
Parameter 4 is always 0x80, and Parameter 5 is in the value range
of 0x010x42.
l When the ALM_E1AIS alarm occurs, the relevant E1 link in the IMA group is deactivated,
and then the activated E1 links in the IMA group are reduced. If the service bandwidth
configured for the IMA group is greater than that of the activated E1 links in the IMA group,
a congestion event occurs at the IMA port. Consequently, the user cells are lost.
l For the VCTRUNK link that is bound with one VC-12 path, if the ALM_E1AIS alarm
occurs, the services are interrupted.
l After the ALM_E1AIS alarm is cleared, the relevant E1 link in the IMA group is
automatically activated.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the ALM_E1AIS alarm are as follows:
l The VC-12 path ring of the E1 link fails to work. For example, the cross-connection is not
configured or incorrectly configured.
496
l The TU_AIS or TU_LOP alarm occurs in the relevant VC-12 path.
l The VC-12 processing chip of the ATM board is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the cross-connection is correctly configured on the U2000. If not, configure the
correct service cross-connection, and then check whether the ALM_E1AIS alarm is cleared.
Step 2 If the alarm persists, check whether the TU_AIS or TU_LOP alarm occurs on the U2000. If yes,
take priority to clear it, and then check whether the ALM_E1AIS alarm is cleared.
Step 3 If the alarm persists, the VC-12 processing chip of the board may be faulty. In this case, perform
a cold reset on the board. Then check whether the ALM_E1AIS alarm is cleared.
CAUTION
Step 4 If the alarm persists, replace the board that generates the ALM_E1AIS alarm.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.14 ALM_HANGUP
Description
The ALM_HANGUP is an alarm indicating that the orderwire phone is in the off-hook state for
a long time. This alarm occurs when the orderwire phone is in the off-hook state for a long time.
Attribute
Parameters
497
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 The value is always 0x00, and this parameter is
meaningless.
Parameter 2 The value is always 0x01, and this parameter is
meaningless.
Parameter 3, Parameter 4, Parameter 5 The value is always 0xFF, and these parameters are
meaningless.
l The ALM_HANGUP alarm does not affect the services or communication of the NE.
l The ALM_HANGUP alarm indicates that the orderwire phone of the NE is in the off-hook
state for a long time. When the alarm occurs, hang up.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the ALM_HANGUP alarm are as follows:
l The orderwire phone is in the off-hook state for a long time.
l The hardware is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the orderwire phone is hung up. If not, hang up the phone. Then, check whether
the ALM_HANGUP alarm is cleared.
Step 2 If the ALM_HANGUP alarm persists, the board hardware may be faulty. Replace the SAP
board. For details, refer to "Replacing a Board."
----End
Related Information
None.
9.15 ALM_IMA_LIF
Description
The ALM_IMA_LIF is an out-of-frame alarm in the IMA link. This alarm shows the failure of
delimitating the frames received in the local IMA link.
498
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates the VC-12 path number. The value range is 1-63. That is,
range of 0x01-0x3F.
of 0x01-0x42.
l When the ALM_IMA_LIF alarm occurs, the relevant E1 link in the IMA group is
deactivated, and then the activated E1 links in the IMA group are reduced. If the service
bandwidth configured for the IMA group is greater than that of the activated E1 links in
the IMA group, a congestion event occurs at the IMA port. Consequently, the user cells are
lost.
l After the ALM_IMA_LIF alarm is cleared, the relevant E1 link in the IMA group is
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the ALM_IMA_LIF alarm are as follows:
l Some other SDH alarms occur in the path of the IMA link.
l The VC-12 path of the IMA link is damaged.
l The inconsistent configuration for the IMA protocol results in the failure of receiving
signals in the remote IMA link.
l The inconsistent configuration for the IMA protocol results in the failure of transmitting
signals from the local IMA link.
499
Procedure
Step 1 View the ALM_IMA_LIF alarm on the U2000, and then confirm the path number according to
the alarm parameters.
Step 2 Check whether any other SDH alarm, such as the HP_AIS, HP_LOP, TU_LOP, TU_AIS,
LP_SLM, LFA or ALM_E1AIS, occurs in the path of the IMA link. If yes, clear it, and then
check whether the ALM_IMA_LIF alarm is cleared.
Step 3 If the alarm persists, check the property of the IMA group at the two ends on the U2000. Make
sure that the property of the IMA group is in a correct value, and then check whether the
ALM_IMA_LIF alarm is cleared.
l Version of the IMA protocol: Make sure that the version of the IMA protocol at the local
end is consistent with that at the remote end.
l Length of the frames transmitted from the IMA group: Make sure that the length of the frames
transmitted from the IMA group at the local end is consistent with that at the remote end.
l Configuration mode of the IMA group: Make sure that the symmetry mode of the IMA group
at the local end is consistent with that at the remote end.
Step 4 If the alarm persists, check the status of the IMA group at the two ends on the U2000. Then
check whether the negotiation is successful in the IMA group. If the IMA group at the local or
remote end is not in the Operable status, the negotiation is successful. In this case, deactivate
the IMA group, and then activate it again. Then check whether the ALM_IMA_LIF alarm is
cleared.
Step 5 If the alarm persists, check whether the configuration is correct for the cross-connection and line
path of the IMA link on the U2000. If not, configure the correct cross-connection, and then check
whether the ALM_IMA_LIF alarm is cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.16 ALM_IMA_LINK_LCD
Description
The ALM_IMA_LINK_LCD is an alarm indicating the loss of cell delimitation in the IMA link.
This alarm shows the failure of delimitating the cells received in the local IMA link.
Attribute
Parameters
500
Name Meaning
range of 0x01-0x3F.
of 0x01-0x42.
l When the ALM_IMA_LINK_LCD alarm occurs, the relevant E1 link in the IMA group is
lost.
l After the ALM_IMA_LINK_LCD alarm is cleared, the relevant E1 link in the IMA group
is automatically activated.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the ALM_IMA_LINK_LCD alarm are as follows:
Procedure
Step 1 View the ALM_IMA_LINK_LCD alarm on the U2000, and then confirm the path number
according to the alarm parameters.
Step 2 Check whether any other SDH alarm, such as HP_AIS, HP_LOP, TU_LOP, TU_AIS, LP_SLM,
LFA or ALM_E1AIS, occurs in the path of the IMA link. If yes, clear it, and then check whether
the ALM_IMA_LINK_LCD alarm is cleared.
ALM_IMA_LINK_LCD alarm is cleared.
501
the IMA group, and then activate it again. Then check whether the ALM_IMA_LINK_LCD
alarm is cleared.
whether the ALM_IMA_LINK_LCD alarm is cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.17 ALM_IMA_LODS
Description
The ALM_IMA_LODS is an alarm indicating that the differential delay in the IMA link crosses
the threshold. This alarm shows that the maximum differential delay between the receive links
in the local IMA group crosses the threshold.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
range of 0x01-0x3F.
502
Name Meaning
of 0x01-0x42.
l When the ALM_IMA_LODS alarm occurs, the relevant E1 link in the IMA group is
lost.
l After the ALM_IMA_LODS alarm is cleared, the relevant E1 link in the IMA group is
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the ALM_IMA_LODS alarm are as follows:
Procedure
Step 1 View the ALM_IMA_LODS alarm on the U2000, and then confirm the path number according
to the alarm parameters.
check whether the ALM_IMA_LODS alarm is cleared.
ALM_IMA_LODS alarm is cleared.
the IMA group, and then activate it again. Then check whether the ALM_IMA_LODS alarm is
cleared.
503
whether the ALM_IMA_LODS alarm is cleared.
----End
Related Information
Differential Delay
Differential delay indicates the delay difference of the services among the E1 links. A buffer of
1024 cells is provided for delay in each E1 link. The maximum differential delay is 256 ms.
9.18 ALM_IMA_RE_RX_UNUSABLE
Description
The ALM_IMA_RE_RX_UNUSABLE is an alarm indicating the failure of receiving signals in
the remote IMA link. This alarm shows that the remote IMA link fails to receive signals and is
unavailable.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
range of 0x01-0x3F.
of 0x01-0x42.
l When the ALM_IMA_RE_RX_UNUSABLE alarm occurs, the relevant E1 link in the IMA
group is deactivated, and then the activated E1 links in the IMA group are reduced. If the
504
service bandwidth configured for the IMA group is greater than that of the activated E1
links in the IMA group, a congestion event occurs at the IMA port. Consequently, the user
cells are lost.
l After the ALM_IMA_RE_RX_UNUSABLE alarm is cleared, the relevant E1 link in the
IMA group is automatically activated.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the ALM_IMA_RE_RX_UNUSABLE alarm are as follows:
Procedure
Step 1 View the ALM_IMA_RE_RX_UNUSABLE alarm on the U2000, and then confirm the path
number according to the alarm parameters.
check whether the ALM_IMA_RE_RX_UNUSABLE alarm is cleared.
ALM_IMA_RE_RX_UNUSABLE alarm is cleared.
the IMA group, and then activate it again. Then check whether the
ALM_IMA_RE_RX_UNUSABLE alarm is cleared.
whether the ALM_IMA_RE_RX_UNUSABLE alarm is cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
505
9.19 ALM_IMA_RE_TX_UNUSABLE
Description
The ALM_IMA_RE_TX_UNUSABLE is an alarm indicating the failure of transmitting signals
in the remote IMA link. This alarm shows that the remote IMA link fails to transmit signals and
is unavailable.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
range of 0x01-0x3F.
of 0x01-0x42.
l When the ALM_IMA_RE_TX_UNUSABLE alarm occurs, the relevant E1 link in the IMA
group is deactivated, and then the activated E1 links in the IMA group are reduced. If the
service bandwidth configured for the IMA group is greater than that of the activated E1
links in the IMA group, a congestion event occurs at the IMA port. Consequently, the user
cells are lost.
l After the ALM_IMA_RE_TX_UNUSABLE alarm is cleared, the relevant E1 link in the
IMA group is automatically activated.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the ALM_IMA_RE_TX_UNUSABLE alarm are as follows:
506
Procedure
Step 1 View the ALM_IMA_RE_TX_UNUSABLE alarm on the U2000, and then confirm the path
number according to the alarm parameters.
check whether the ALM_IMA_RE_TX_UNUSABLE alarm is cleared.
ALM_IMA_RE_TX_UNUSABLE alarm is cleared.
the IMA group, and then activate it again. Then check whether the
ALM_IMA_RE_TX_UNUSABLE alarm is cleared.
whether the ALM_IMA_RE_TX_UNUSABLE alarm is cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.20 ALM_IMA_RFI
Description
The ALM_IMA_RFI is an out-of-frame alarm in the remote IMA link. This alarm shows the
failure of delimitating the frames received in the remote IMA link.
507
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
range of 0x01-0x3F.
of 0x01-0x42.
l When the ALM_IMA_RFI alarm occurs, the relevant E1 link in the IMA group is
lost.
l After the ALM_IMA_RFI alarm is cleared, the relevant E1 link in the IMA group is
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the ALM_IMA_RFI alarm are as follows:
508
Procedure
Step 1 View the ALM_IMA_RFI alarm on the U2000, and then confirm the path number according to
check whether the ALM_IMA_RFI alarm is cleared.
ALM_IMA_RFI alarm is cleared.
the IMA group, and then activate it again. Then check whether the ALM_IMA_RFI alarm is
cleared.
whether the ALM_IMA_RFI alarm is cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.21 APS_MANUAL_STOP
Description
The APS_MANUAL_STOP is an alarm indicating that the MSP protocol is manually stopped.
Attribute
Parameters
509
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the MSP group type.
The MSP switching protocol of the corresponding MSP group fails to function. Accordingly,
the MSP fails.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the APS_MANUAL_STOP alarm is as follows:
The MSP protocol of the corresponding MSP group is manually stopped.
Procedure
Step 1 View on the U2000 and confirm the MSP subnet where the protocol is stopped.
Step 2 Restart the MSP protocol of the protection group, and the APS_MANUAL_STOP alarm is
cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.22 AU_CMM
Description
The AU_CMM is an alarm of pointer concatenation mismatch. This alarm indicates that the
rates of the configured services and the actual services are the same, but the service types are
different.
Attribute
510
Parameters
Name Meaning
l If the configured services are concatenation services and the actually transmitted services
are non-concatenation services, performance of paths except path 1 cannot be monitored.
The services, however, are not affected.
l If the configured services are non-concatenation services and the actually transmitted
services are concatenation services, the services are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the AU_CMM alarm are as follows:
l The type of services transmitted from the opposite station is incorrect.
l The service type configured at the local station is incorrect.
l Fibers are incorrectly connected.
Procedure
Step 1 According to the alarm parameters, confirm the optical interface that reports the AU_ALM alarm
and the corresponding AU-4 path.
Step 2 Check whether the service type configured in the AU-4 path is consistent with the planned one.
If not, configure the services at the local station again.
Step 3 Modify the service type transmitted from the upstream, and then check whether the AU_CMM
alarm is cleared.
Step 4 If the alarm persists, check whether the corresponding fibers are incorrectly connected.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.23 B3_EXC_VC3
511
Description
The B3_EXC_VC3 is an alarm indicating that the number of B3 bit errors in the lower order
path VC-3 crosses the threshold. If a board has detected that the number of B3 bit errors exceeds
the specified threshold value (default value: 10
-3
), the B3_EXC_VC3 alarm is reported.
Attribute
Major Service alarm
Parameters
Name Meaning
l 0x40: The N2PQ1 board is in the MUX or SERVER mode (E13/
M13 Function).
l 0x21: The R2PD1 board is in the MUX or SERVER mode (E13/
M13 Function).
l 0x0d: The N2PQ3 board is in the DEMUX or SERVER mode
(E13/M13 Function).
l 0x07: The N2PD3 board is in the DEMUX or SERVER mode
(E13/M13 Function).
l 0x04: The N2PL3 or N2PL3A board is in the DEMUX or
Parameter 2, parameter 3 Indicates the number of the path in which the alarm occurs.
For example, Parameter 2 = 0x00, Parameter 3= 0x01. In this case,
the B3_EXC_VC3 alarm is reported from path 1 of the board.
Note:
For the N2PQ1 or R2PD1 board in the MUX mode, the path number
is reported from 0x40, which indicates the first VC3 path.
path.
512
Name Meaning
Parameter 4 Indicates the number of the lower order path.
l For a line board, it indicates the number of the VC-3 lower order
path. For example, Parameter 1 = 0x01, Parameter 2 = 0x00,
Parameter 3 = 0x01, Parameter 4 = 0x01. In this case, the
B3_EXC_VC3 alarm is reported from VC-3 lower order path 1
of AU-4 path 1 for optical interface 1 on the board.
l For a tributary board, this parameter is meaningless.
When the B3_EXC_VC3 alarm occurs, a great number of bit errors occur in the VC-3 service.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the B3_EXC_VC3 alarm are as follows:
l A higher-level bit error alarm occurs in the system.
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether any higher-level alarm, such as the B1_EXC, B1_SD, B2_EXC, B2_SD,
B3_EXC or B3_SD, is detected at the local station and at the upstream station. If yes, take priority
to clear it, and then check whether the B3_EXC_VC3 alarm is cleared.
cleared.
value range.
513
6. If the launched optical power is beyond the specified value range, replace the optical
module, and then check whether the alarm is cleared. If not, replace the line board at the
opposite end, and then check whether the alarm is cleared.
7. If the launched optical power is within the specified value range, clean the fiber connector
at the remote station, and then check whether the alarm is cleared.
making sure that the flange and optical attenuator are used properly, check whether the
alarm is cleared.
Step 3 If the alarm persists, replace the board that generates the B3_EXC_VC3 alarm.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.24 B3_EXC_VC4
Description
The B3_EXC_VC4 is an alarm indicating that the number of B3 bit errors in the VC-4 path
crosses the threshold. If a board has detected that the number of B3 bit errors in the VC-4 path
exceeds the specified threshold value, the B3_EXC_VC4 alarm is reported.
Attribute
Major Service alarm
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates the VC-4 path number.
When the B3_EXC_VC4 alarm occurs, bit errors occur in the path-level services.
514
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the B3_EXC_VC4 alarm are the same as those of the B3_EXC alarm.
Procedure
Step 1 Refer to the procedure for handling the B3_EXC alarm.
----End
9.25 B3_SD_VC3
Description
The B3_SD_VC3 is an alarm indicating that the number of VC-3 B3 bit errors crosses the
threshold. If a board has detected that the number of VC-3 B3 bit errors exceeds the specified
B3_SD alarm threshold value (default value: 10
-6
), the B3_SD_VC3 alarm is reported.
Attribute
Minor Service alarm
Parameters
Name Meaning
M13 Function).
M13 Function).
(E13/M13 Function).
(E13/M13 Function).
515
Name Meaning
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates the number of the path in which the alarm occurs.
the B3_SD_VC3 alarm is reported from path 1 of the board.
Note:
path.
Parameter 4 Indicates the number of the lower order path.
l For a line board, it indicates the number of the VC-3 lower order
path. Parameter 1 = 0x01, Parameter 2 = 0x00, Parameter 3 =
0x01, Parameter 4 = 0x01. In this case, the B3_SD_VC3 alarm
is reported from VC-3 lower order path 1 of AU-4 path 1 for
optical interface 1 on the board.
l For a tributary board, this parameter is meaningless.
When the B3_SD_VC3 alarm occurs, the service transmission quality in the VC-3 service
channel is degraded.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the B3_SD_VC3 alarm are as follows:
l Higher-level bit alarms occur in the system.
l The receive unit at the opposite station is faulty.
l The transmit unit at the local station is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether any higher-level alarm, such as the B1_EXC, B1_SD, B2_EXC, B2_SD,
B3_EXC or B3_SD, is detected at the local station and at the upstream station. If yes, take priority
to clear it, and then check whether the B3_SD_VC3 alarm is cleared.
516
cleared.
value range.
6. If the launched optical power is beyond the specified value range, replace the optical
module, and then check whether the alarm is cleared. If not, replace the line board at the
opposite end, and then check whether the alarm is cleared.
7. If the launched optical power is within the specified value range, clean the fiber connector
at the opposite station, and then check whether the alarm is cleared.
making sure that the flange and optical attenuator are used properly, check whether the
alarm is cleared.
Step 3 If the alarm persists, replace the board that generates the B3_SD_VC3 alarm.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.26 B3_SD_VC4
Description
The B3_SD_VC4 is an alarm indicating that the number of B3 bit errors in the VC-4 path crosses
the threshold. If a board has detected that the number of B3 bit errors in the VC-4 path exceeds
the specified threshold value, the B3_SD_VC4 alarm is reported.
Attribute
Minor Service alarm
Parameters
517
Name Meaning
When the B3_SD_VC4 alarm occurs, bit errors occur in the path-level services.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the B3_SD_VC4 alarm are the same as those of the B3-SD alarm.
Procedure
Step 1 Refer to the procedure for handling the B3_SD alarm.
----End
9.27 BD_NOT_INSTALLED
Description
The BD_NOT_INSTALLED is an alarm indicating that the logical board is not installed in the
corresponding slot. This alarm occurs when a physical board is installed but no logical board is
created on the U2000.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the number of the slot that generates this alarm.
518
When the BD_NOT_INSTALLED alarm occurs, the corresponding slot cannot be configured
with services. This alarm, however, does not affect the operation of the system.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the BD_NOT_INSTALLED is as follows:
A physical board is installed in the slot, but the corresponding logical board is not created on
the U2000.
Procedure
Step 1 View the BD_NOT_INSTALLED alarm on the U2000, and then confirm the slot number
according to Parameter 1.
Step 2 This alarm is cleared when the logical board is added to the corresponding slot on the U2000.
If the physical board is not in use, remove the board from the equipment to clear this alarm.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.28 BD_AT_LOWPOWER
Description
The BD_LOWPOWER is an alarm indicating that the board works in the low power
consumption state. This alarm occurs when the board works in the low power consumption state.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the slot number that generates the alarm.
519
When the BD_AT_LOWPOWER occurs, the board cannot work normally.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the BD_AT_LOWPOWER alarm are as follows:
l The logical board corresponding to the physical board of high power consumption is not
installed.
l The slot that houses the physical board of high power consumption is inconsistent with the
slot that houses the corresponding logical board.
l The software versions do not match.
l The board is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 View the BD_AT_LOWPOWER alarm on the NMS. According to the alarm parameters,
confirm the slot number.
Step 2 Check whether the BD_NOT_INSTALLED alarm is reported. If the logical board is not added,
handle the problem by referring to the BD_NOT_INSTALLED alarm. After the
BD_NOT_INSTALLED alarm is cleared, check whether the BD_AT_LOWPOWER alarm is
cleared.
Step 3 If the alarm persists, check whether the NE also reports the WRG_BD_TYPE alarm. If the
physical board type does not match the logical board type, handle the problem by referring to
the WRG_BD_TYPE alarm. After the WRG_BD_TYPE alarm is cleared, check whether the
BD_AT_LOWPOWER alarm is cleared.
Step 4 If the alarm persists, check whether the software version of the alarmed board is the same as the
NE software version. If not, upgrade the earlier version to an appropriate version. Check whether
Step 5 If the alarm persists, perform a cold reset on the board or remove the board.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.29 BDID_ERROR
Description
The BDID_ERROR is an alarm of slot verification error. This alarm occurs when the board
parity check fails or when the board is not properly secured in its slot.
520
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the ID of the optical interface. The value is always 0x01.
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates the path number. The values are always 0x01.
l When the BDID_ERROR alarm occurs, the board may fail to get online and as a result the
services are interrupted.
l In this case, you cannot configure and monitor the services for the board.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the BDID_ERROR alarm are as follows:
l The board is not properly secured in the slot.
l The board hardware fails.
l Pins on the backplane are twisted.
Procedure
Step 1 View the BDID_ERROR alarm on the U2000 to confirm the relevant board.
Step 2 Remove the board to check whether there are any twisted pins on the backplane. If any pins are
twisted, fix them and then insert the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.30 BEFFEC_SD
521
Description
The BEFFEC_SD is an alarm that forward error correction (FEC) signals are degraded.
Attribute
Warning Service alarm
Parameters
Name Meaning
When the BEFFEC_SD alarm occurs, the service transmission performance is affected.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the BEFFEC_SD alarm are as follows:
l A higher-level alarm, such as the R_LOS or FEC_LOF, occurs in the system.
l The optical power is improper.
l The transmission fiber is faulty.
l The board at the local station is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether any higher-level alarm, such as the R_LOS or FEC_LOF, occurs on the board.
If yes, take priority to clear it, and then check whether the BEFFEC_SD alarm is cleared.
Step 2 If the alarm persists, clean the fiber connector, and then check whether the BEFFEC_SD alarm
is cleared.
Step 3 If the alarm persists, check the input optical power. Moreover, you can add or remove some
optical attenuators so that the optical power is proper.
Step 4 If the alarm persists, check the launched optical power at the opposite end. If the optical power
is extremely low, replace the optical module on the board or the line board at the opposite end.
Step 5 If the alarm persists, check whether the fiber is damaged. If yes, replace the fiber, and then check
whether the BEFFEC_SD alarm is cleared.
522
Step 6 If bit errors still occur, replace the line board that reports bit errors at the local station.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.31 BIP8_ECC
Description
The BIP8_ECC is an alarm indicating that BIP8 bit errors occur in the overhead line. When the
BIP8_ECC alarm occurs, the communication over the DCC channel fails.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 4 Bit[0]: The overhead comes from a board at the opposite end. 1:
Some errors are detected. 0: No errors are detected.
Bit[1]: The overhead is received from the working system control
and communication (SCC) board. 1: Some errors are detected. 0:
No errors are detected.
Bit[2]: The overhead comes received from the protection SCC
board. 1: Some errors are detected. 0: No errors are detected.
When the BIP8_ECC alarm occurs, two NEs fail to communicate with each other over the DCC
channel.
523
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the BIP8_ECC alarm are as follows:
l The clock quality is poor.
l The SCC board is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the clock is in a ring state. If yes, remove the ring, and then check whether the
BIP8_ECC alarm is cleared.
Step 2 If the alarm persists, check whether the SCC board is faulty. If yes, perform the switching
operation on the working and protection SCC boards, and then check whether the BIP8_ECC
alarm is cleared.
Step 3 If the alarm persists, check whether any board is faulty, and replace the line board that reports
the alarm at the local station. Then check whether the BIP8_ECC alarm is cleared.
Step 4 If the alarm persists, replace the SCC board at the local station, and then check whether the
BIP8_ECC alarm is cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.32 BIOS_STATUS
Description
The BIOS_STATUS is an alarm indicating the BIOS status. By default, if loading of the board
software fails for three consecutive times within five minutes, the board enters the BIOS status
and the BIOS_STATUS alarm is reported.
Attribute
Major Environment alarm
Parameters
524
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the slot number of the board where the BIOS_STATUS alarm is
generated.
When an anomaly occurs in the board software or hardware, the BIOS_STATUS alarm is
generated and related services are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the BIOS_STATUS alarm are as follows:
l The software is lost.
l Incorrect software is loaded.
l Writing or reading the software becomes abnormal.
Procedure
Step 1 View the BIOS_STATUS alarm on the NMS, and then confirm the board where the
BIOS_STATUS alarm is generated.
Step 2 Perform warm reset for the board and then check whether the BIOS_STATUS alarm is cleared.
Step 3 If the BIOS_STATUS alarm persists, perform cold reset for the board. Then check whether the
BIOS_STATUS alarm is cleared.
Step 4 If the BIOS_STATUS alarm persists, contact Huawei technical support engineers and ask them
to replace the board software. After the board software is replaced, check whether the
BIOS_STATUS alarm is cleared.
Step 5 If the alarm persists, replace the board and check whether the BIOS_STATUS alarm is cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.33 BOOTROM_BAD
Description
The BOOTROM_BAD is an alarm indicating the BOOTROM data check failure. During the
running of board software, the system periodically checks whether the BOOTROM data is
damaged. This alarm occurs when the BOOTROM data is detected damaged.
525
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the type of the BIOS damage.
l 0x01: Basic BIOS damaged
l 0x02: Extended BIOS damaged
l If the board has been started, the BOOTROM_BAD alarm does not affect the system or
the services.
l If you perform a cold reset for the board when there is the BOOTROM_BAD alarm, the
board fails to load BIOS and cannot be started.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the BOOTROM_BAD alarm are as follows:
l The basic BIOS is damaged.
l The extended BIOS is damaged.
l The BOOTROM data area is damaged.
Procedure
Step 1 View the BOOTROM_BAD alarm on the U2000 and confirm the relevant board.
Step 2 Replace the board. If the board has been started, do not replace the board. Replacing the board
can interrupt services, whereas the BOOTROM_BAD alarm does not affect the system or the
services.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.34 C2_PDI
526
Description
The C2_PDI is a C2 byte defect indication alarm. When the value of the C2 byte is 0xE1-0xFC
in five frames consecutively received on the receive side of the local optical station, the C2_PDI
alarm is reported.
Attribute
Minor Service alarm
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates the AU-4 path number.
3 = 0x01. In this case, the C2_PDI alarm is reported from AU-4
path 1 of optical interface 1 on the board.
None.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the C2_PDI alarm are as follows:
l The service types are incorrectly configured.
l The value of the C2 bytes to be transmitted at the C2 byte overhead termination station are
incorrectly configured.
l The C2 byte overhead termination station transmits incorrect C2 bytes.
Procedure
Step 1 Trace back to the upstream station, and find the station at which lower order services are
provided. The source board at the station is the source of transmitting the C2 byte, and all the
intermediate nodes transmit the C2 byte transparently. In this way, you can find the station from
which the value of the C2 byte is received at the local station, and this station is regarded as the
termination station.
527
Step 2 Refer to Table 9-2, and check whether the service types configured at the termination station
map the value of the C2 byte to be transmitted. If not, modify the value of the C2 byte to be
transmitted, and then check whether the C2_PDI alarm is cleared.
Step 3 Refer to Table 9-2, and check whether the service types configured at the local station map the
value of the C2 byte to be received. If not, modify the value of the C2 byte to be received, and
then check whether the C2_PDI alarm is cleared.
Step 4 If the alarm persists, check whether the service types configured at the termination station are
consistent with those at the local station. If not, modify the configured services as required, and
then check whether the C2_PDI alarm is cleared.
Step 5 If the alarm persists, the termination station may fail to transmit the C2 byte. In this case, perform
a cold reset on the board at the termination station, and then check whether the C2_PDI alarm
is cleared.
CAUTION
----End
Related Information
Transparent transmission and termination
Transparent transmission means that a service board directly transmits the higher order overhead
received from the transmit direction without processing it. The value of the transmitted higher
order overhead is the same as that transmitted from the cross-connect board to the service board.
Normally, higher order overhead is transparently transmitted in the higher order services. For
example, higher order overhead is transparently transmitted in the VC-4 service.
Termination means that higher order overhead from the cross-connect board to the service board
is processed and transmitted to the transmit side of the optical interface. Then higher order
overhead is assigned a value to be transmitted. Higher order overhead needs to be terminated in
services (such as the VC-3 service and the VC-12 service) transmitted from the lower order
service sink.
C2 byte coding rule
Table 9-2 C2 byte coding rule
00 Signals are not loaded.
01 Unspecific payload is loaded.
02 TUG structure.
03 Locked TU.
528
04 34.368 Mbit/s and 44.736 Mbit/s signals are
asynchronously mapped into C-3 signals.
12 139.264 Mbit/s signals are asynchronously mapped
into C-4 signals.
13 ATM mapping.
14 MAN (DQD) mapping.
15 FDDI.
FE 0.181 test signal mapping.
FF VC-AIS (for serial connection only).

9.35 C2_VCAIS
Description
The C2_VCAIS is a C2 byte alarm indication. If a board has detected that the value of the
received C2 byte is all "1"s, the C2_VCAIS alarm is reported.
Attribute
Minor Service alarm
Parameters
529
Name Meaning
Parameter 1
l Indicates the actual optical interface number of the linear board.
M13 Function).
M13 Function).
(E13/M13 Function).
(E13/M13 Function).
l For other tributary boards, the value is always 0x01.
Parameter 2 indicates the higher byte, and Parameter 3 indicates the
lower byte.
l For a tributary board, it indicates the VC-3 path number. For
example, Parameter 2 = 0x00, Parameter 3 = 0x01. In this case,
the C2_VCAIS alarm is reported from path 1 of the board.
l For a linear board, it indicates the AU-4 path number. For
example, Parameter 1 = 0x01, Parameter 2 = 0x00, Parameter 3
= 0x01. In this case, the C2_VCAIS alarm is reported from path
1 of optical interface 1 on the board.
The services are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the C2_VCAIS alarm are as follows:
The value of the C2 byte to be transmitted is incorrectly configured at the remote end.
Procedure
Step 1 Confirm the VC path that reports the alarm according to the alarm parameters.
Step 2 Check whether the value of the C2 byte to be transmitted is correctly configured at the remote
end. If not, modify it, and then check whether the C2_VCAIS alarm is cleared.
Step 3 If the alarm persists, replace the transmit board at the remote end.
----End
Related Information
None.
530
9.36 C4_R_LAISD
Description
C4_R_LAISD (Dropping 140 Mbit/s signal AIS) is an alarm indicating that the downstream 140
Mbit/s signals are all "1"s. When the downstream 140 Mbit/s signals are all "1"s, the
C4_R_LAISD alarm is reported.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
3 = 0x01. In this case, the C4_R_LAISD alarm is reported from
path 1 of the board.
When the C4_R_LAISD alarm occurs, the services are interrupted. Consequently, the 140 Mbit/
s services are unavailable.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the C4_R_LAISD alarm are as follows:
l The C4_T_LAISD or EXT_LOS alarm occurs on the local board.
l The pointer is lost or the transmitted clock signals are lost.
l The local board is faulty.
531
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the C4_T_LAISD or EXT_LOS alarm occurs on the board that reports the
C4_R_LAISD alarm on the U2000. If yes, take priority to clear it, and then check whether the
C4_R_LAISD alarm is cleared.
Step 2 If the alarm persists, check whether the board at the local station is faulty. If yes, perform a cold
reset on the board that reports the alarm, and then check whether the C4_R_LAISD alarm is
cleared.
CAUTION
Step 3 If the alarm persists, replace the board that reports the alarm, and then check whether the
C4_R_LAISD alarm is cleared.
Step 4 If the alarm persists, check whether the cross-connect and timing board is faulty. If yes, perform
a cold reset on the cross-connect and timing board, and then check whether the C4_R_LAISD
alarm is cleared.
CAUTION
Step 5 If the alarm persists, remove the cross-connect and timing board and insert it again, and then
check whether the C4_R_LAISD alarm is cleared.
Step 6 If the alarm persists, replace the cross-connect and timing board at the local station, and then
check whether the C4_R_LAISD alarm is cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.37 C4_T_LAISD
Description
C4_T_LAISD (Dropping 140 Mbit/s signal AIS) is an alarm indicating that the upstream 140
Mbit/s signals are all "1"s. When the upstream 140 Mbit/s signals are all "1"s, the C4_T_LAISD
alarm is reported.
532
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 2, parameter 3 Indicates the path number.
3 = 0x01. In this case, the C4_T_LAISD alarm is reported from
When the C4_T_LAISD alarm occurs, the services are interrupted. Consequently, the 140 Mbit/
s services are unavailable.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the C4_T_LAISD alarm are as follows:
l The AIS alarm occurs at the input port of the 140 Mbit/s signals.
l The cable is faulty.
l The board at the local station is faulty.
l The board at the opposite end is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 Query the C4_T_LAISD alarm on the U2000. Check whether the 140 Mbit/s service signals
accessed by the board that reports the alarm are correct, and whether the AIS alarm occurs. After
making sure that the accessed 140 Mbit/s service signals are correct, check whether the
C4_T_LAISD alarm is cleared.
Step 2 At the digital distribution frame (DDF), perform service self-loop to the relevant path (namely,
performing hardware inloop).
533
CAUTION
The loopback causes service interruption.
l If the alarm is cleared, the equipment at the opposite end is faulty. After removing the fault
of the equipment, check whether the C4_T_LAISD alarm is cleared.
l If the alarm persists, the trunk cable is faulty, or the board is faulty. Go to the next step.
Step 3 If the alarm persists, perform self-loop to the path (namely, performing hardware inloop) at the
interface board.
CAUTION
l If the alarm is cleared, the signal cable connection is faulty. After removing the faulty
connection, check whether the C4_T_LAISD alarm is cleared.
l If the alarm persists, the interface board is faulty, or the tributary board is faulty. Go to the
next step.
Step 4 If the alarm persists, perform inloop to the path on the U2000.
CAUTION
l If the alarm is cleared, the interface board is faulty. In this case, remove the interface board
and insert it again, or replace the interface board.
l If the alarm persists, the alarm board is faulty. Go to the next step.
Step 5 If the alarm persists, replace the relevant board that generates the alarm, and then check whether
the C4_T_LAISD alarm is cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.38 CC_LOC
Description
The CC_LOC is an alarm indicating the loss of continuity check (CC) cells. After the CC sink
of a connection is activated, and if no user cells and CC cells are received within 3.5 seconds,
the CC_LOC alarm is reported, showing that the connection is not continuously successful.
534
NOTE
If user cells rather than CC cells are received at this time, the CC_LOC alarm is not reported.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates the connection ID and the connection direction. The value
is the remainder derived from the formula [(ConnID - 1) x 2 +
ConnDir]/2048. ConnDir indicates the connection direction. The
value 1 refers to the forward direction, and the value 2 refers to the
backward direction. ConnId indicates the connection ID. An odd
value means that ConnDir is 1. An even value means that ConnDir
is 2.
Parameter 4 Indicates the group number. The connection ID and connection
direction are derived from a round-up-to integer value based on the
formula ((ConnId - 1) x 2 + ConnDir)/2048. That is, the relevant
unidirectional connections are divided into different groups.
Parameter 5 Indicates the source ATM port of the unidirectional connection
based on the connection ID and the connection direction.
l For the N1IDQ1 and N1IDL4 boards, the value range is 0x01 -
0x4A (1 - 74). 0x01 - 0x04 (1 - 4) is the number of an external
optical interface, and 0x05 - 0x4A (5 - 74) is the number of an
internal VCTRUNK port.
l For the N1ADQ1 and N1ADL4 boards, the value range is 0x01
- 0x14. 0x01 - 0x04 (1 - 4) is the number of an external optical
interface, and 0x05 - 0x14 (5 - 20) is the number of an internal
VCTRUNK port.
Note: The number of an external VCTRUNK port is the actual ID
of the VCTRUNK port, and is derived from the formula
(VCTRUNK port ID - 0x8001 + 0x0005).
535
l The CC sink of the connection is activated, but the relevant CC source of an upstream
connection is not activated, and no user cells are received in the connection. In this case,
the CC_LOC alarm is reported from the connection. The services are not interrupted, but
are unavailable in the connection.
l In other cases, the services have been interrupted when the CC_LOC alarm occurs.
l When the CC_LOC alarm occurs, the AIS cells are automatically inserted at the
downstream station.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the CC_LOC alarm are as follows:
l An NE of the upstream connection fails to receive signals at the SDH layer. For example,
an SDH alarm, such as the R_LOS, R_LOF, MS_AIS, AU_AIS, AU_LOP, TU_AIS or
TU_LOP, occurs at the NE.
l The LCD alarm occurs at an ATM port of the upstream connection.
l The CC source test is not activated in the upstream connection, and no user cells are received
because the current bandwidth is 0.
l The ATM processing chip of the board is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 View the CC_LOC alarm on the U2000, and then confirm the relevant connection according to
Parameters 2 and 3.
Step 2 Check whether any alarm, such as the R_LOS, R_LOF, MS_AIS, AU_AIS, AU_LOP, TU_AIS
or TU_LOP, occurs in the relevant SDH path of an upstream NE, which connects to the ATM
port. If yes, clear it, and then check whether the CC_LOC alarm is cleared.
Step 3 If the alarm persists, check whether the LCD alarm occurs at the ATM port on the ATM board
of the upstream NE. If yes, clear it, and then check whether the CC_LOC alarm is cleared.
Step 4 If the alarm persists, check whether the relevant CC source is activated in an upstream
connection. If not, activate it, and then check whether the CC_LOC alarm is cleared.
Step 5 If the alarm persists, the ATM processing chip of the board may be faulty. In this case, perform
a cold reset on the board. Then check whether the CC_LOC alarm is cleared.
CAUTION
Step 6 If the alarm persists, replace the board that generates the CC_LOC alarm.
----End
Related Information
None.
536
9.39 CFCARD_FULL
Description
The CFCARD_FULL is an alarm indicating that all capacity of the CF card is used.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the slot number of the board where the CFCARD_FULL
alarm is generated.
Parameter 2 Indicates the CF card number.
Parameter 3 Indicates the partition number of the CF card. If the bit is 1, it
indicates that this alarm is generated in this partition. If the bit is 0,
it indicates that this alarm is not generated in this partition.
l Bit (0) corresponds to SFS1.
NOTE
Bit (0) is the least significant bit.
Parameter 4, Parameter 5 Reserved.
In the case of the CFCARD_FULL alarm, services are not affected. The CFCARD_FULL alarm
is generated to indicate the CF card has no spare capacity.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the CFCARD_FULL alarm is as follows:
537
Used capacity of partitions of the CF card crosses the threshold, which is 80% of the capacity.
Procedure
----End
Related Information
None.
9.40 CFCARD_FAILED
Description
The CFCARD_FAILED is an alarm of CF card operation failure.
Attribute
Parameters
None.
When the CFCARD_FAILED alarm occurs, the system is not affected. The alarm only indicates
that the operations related to the CF card fail.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the CFCARD_FAILED alarm are as follows:
l Creating the file system of the CF card fails.
l The file system of the CF card does not match.
l The hardware initialization of the CF card fails.
Procedure
Step 1 Replace the CF card and then check whether the CFCARD_FAILED alarm is cleared.
Step 2 If the alarm persists, replace the SCC board.
----End
Related Information
None.
538
9.41 CFCARD_OFFLINE
Description
The CFCARD_OFFLINE is an alarm of CF card offline.
Attribute
Parameters
None.
When the CFCARD_OFFLINE alarm occurs, the system is not affected. The alarm only
indicates that the CF card is not installed.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the CFCARD_OFFLINE alarm is as follows:
l The CF card is not installed.
l The CF card is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the CF card is installed.
l If not, install the CF card. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
l If yes, replace the CF card. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Step 2 If the CFCARD_OFFLINE alarm persists, replace the SCC board.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.42 CFCARD_W_R_DISABLED
539
Description
The CFCARD_W_R_DISABLED is an alarm indicating that reading and writing the CF card
are disabled.
Attribute
Parameters
None.
When the CFCARD_R_R_DISABLED alarm occurs, the system is not affected. The alarm only
indicates that reading and writing the CF card are disabled.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the CFCARD_W_R_DISABLED alarm is as follows:
Keep pressing the button on the CF card for more than five seconds.
Procedure
Step 1 Press the button on the CF card again.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.43 CFGBD_FAIL
Description
The CFGBD_FAIL is an alarm indicating that the board protection attributes are not in
accordance with the board mode. This alarm occurs if inner board protection is configured for
a board that is in the single fed and single receiving mode.
Attribute
540
Parameters
Name Meaning
After the CFGBD_FAIL alarm occurs, the services and system are not affected. If a service is
interrupted at the same time, however, service protection cannot be realized.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the CFGBD_FAIL alarm is as follows:
The board protection attributes are not in accordance with the board type.
Procedure
Step 1 View the CFGBD_FAIL alarm on the U2000 to confirm the relevant board.
Step 2 Check whether the protection attributes set for the board is in accordance with the protection
type that the board actually supports. If not, change the protection settings or replace the board
with the one that supports the protection. If the protection attributes of the board is in accordance
with the board type, the alarm is automatically cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.44 CHCS
Description
The CHCS is an alarm indicating the correctable cell error. This alarm shows that a correctable
bit error occurs in the cell header.
NOTE
The CHCS alarm cannot be detected at the VC-12 VCTRUNK port.
541
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the ATM port number.
For an internal port, the number is filled in according to the value
derived from the formula (VCTRUNK port ID - 0x8001 + 0x05).
Parameter 4, Parameter 5 Indicates the VCTRUNK port ID. The value range is 0x8001 -
0x8046. That is, Parameter 4 is always in value 0x80, and Parameter
5 is in the value range of 0x01 - 0x46.
When the CHCS alarm occurs, the services are not affected. This alarm just shows that some
cells with a bit error are detected during port cell delimitation.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the CHCS alarm are as follows:
l Some bit errors occur in the relevant SDH receive path of the ATM port. That is, some bit
error alarms, such as the B1_SD, B2_ SD or B3_ SD, occur in the relevant SDH path of
the port.
Procedure
Step 1 View the CHCS alarm on the U2000, and then confirm the port number according to the alarm
parameters.
Step 2 On the U2000, check whether any bit error alarm, such as the B1_SD, B2_ SD or B3_ SD, occurs
in the relevant SDH path of the port. If yes, clear it, and then check whether the CHCS alarm is
cleared.
a cold reset on the board, or replace the board. This operation is not suggested, however, because
542
the services may be interrupted. Moreover, the services are not affected when the CHCS alarm
occurs.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.45 CHIP_ABN
Description
The CHIP_ABN is an alarm of temperature chip failure. This alarm occurs when the temperature
chip fails.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the failed chip number. The 0x01 value indicates the temperature chip.
When the CHIP_ABN alarm occurs, the board temperature cannot be correctly detected.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the CHIP_ABN alarm is as follows:
The temperature chip on the board fails.
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the equipment has another cross-connect board that is functioning properly. If
yes, perform a cold reset for the board that reports the CHIP_ABN alarm. After a successful
cold reset, check whether the alarm is cleared.
543
----End
Related Information
None.
9.46 CHIP_FAIL
Description
The CHIP_FAIL is a failure alarm of a key chip. This alarm occurs when a key chip of the
equipment fails.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Parameters 1 and 2 indicate the number of the failed chip in the case of cross-
connect and timing boards.
Indicates the optical interface number in the case of line boards.
The value is always 0x01 in the case of digital data network (DDN) boards and
tributary boards.
544
Name Meaning
Parameter 2 Parameters 2 and 3 indicate the path number in the case of line boards.
Parameters 2 and 3 indicate the type of the failed chip in the case of DDN boards.
In the case of N1 or R1 series 2 Mbit/s tributary boards (for example, N1PQ1,
N1PQM, R1PL1, and R1PD1), the value of Parameter 2 is always 0x00, and
certain meanings of Parameter 3 are as follows:
l 0x10: An error occurs in slot check.
l 0x11: The phase-locked loop fails.
l 0x12: The board chip register fails.
l 0x13: Reading and writing the FPGA fails.
l 0x14: The bus clock in the downstream service direction is lost.
l 0x15: The bus clock in the upstream service direction is lost.
Indicates the path number in the case of N1 or R2/R3 series 2 Mbit/s tributary
boards (for example, N2PQ1, R2PD1, and R3PD1). The value of Parameter 2 is
always 0x00, and certain meanings of Parameter 3 are as follows:
l 0x0F: An error occurs in slot check.
l 0x10: The phase-locked loop fails.
l 0x11: The board chip register fails.
l 0x12: Reading and writing the FPGA fails.
l 0x13: The bus clock in the downstream service direction is lost.
In the case of N2 series 34 Mbit/s tributary boards (for example, N2PL3,
N2PL3A, N2PQ3, and N2PD3), the value of Parameter 2 is always 0x00, and
certain meanings of Parameter 3 are as follows:
l 0x0A: An error occurs in slot check.
l 0x0B: The phase-locked loop fails.
l 0x0C: The board chip register fails.
l 0x0D: Reading and writing the FPGA fails.
l 0x0E: The bus clock in the upstream service direction is lost.
Parameters 2 and 3 indicate the path number in the case of the other tributary
boards.
Parameter 3 Parameters 3 and 4 indicate the clock fault number in the case of cross-connect
and timing boards.
545
Name Meaning
Parameter 4 Indicates the extended parameter bit in the case of DDN boards.
l 0x00: No alarm is generated.
l 0x01: Certain alarms are generated.
In the case of DDN boards, the value of Parameter 4 is always 0xFF if no extended
parameter bit exists.
Indicates the alarm type in the case of line boards.
l bit[1]: An error occurs in the slot check.
l bit[2]: The phase-locked loop fails.
l bit[3]: The chip fails.
Indicates the path number in the case of N1 or R1 series 2 Mbit/s tributary boards.
The values of Parameters 4 and 5 correspond to the values of Parameters 2 and
3, but the meanings are different from each other. Certain meanings of Parameters
4 and 5 are as follows:
l If the value of Parameter 3 is 0x13, Parameters 4 and 5 indicate the FPGA
number.
l If the value of Parameter 3 ranges from 0x14 to 0x15, Parameters 4 and 5
indicate the chip number.
Indicates the path number in the case of N1 or R2/R3 series 2 Mbit/s tributary
boards. The values of Parameters 4 and 5 correspond to the values of Parameters
2 and 3, but the meanings are different from each other. Certain meanings of
Parameters 4 and 5 are as follows:
l If the value of Parameter 3 ranges from 0x0E to 0x12, Parameters 4 and 5 are
meaningless.
l If the value of Parameter 3 is 0x13, Parameters 4 and 5 indicate the chip
number.
Indicates the path number in the case of N2 series 34 Mbit/s tributary boards.
The values of Parameters 4 and 5 correspond to the values of Parameters 2 and
3, but the meanings are different from each other. Certain meanings of Parameters
4 and 5 are as follows:
l If the value of Parameter 3 ranges from 0x0A to 0x0C, Parameters 4 and 5
are meaningless.
l If the value of Parameter 3 is 0x0E, Parameters 4 and 5 indicate the chip
number.
In the case of other tributary boards, the values of Parameters 4 and 5 are always
0xFF, which are meaningless.
Parameter 5 In the case of DDN boards and line boards, the value of Parameters 5 is always
0xFF, which is meaningless.
In the case of cross-connect and timing boards, if the value of Parameter 5 is not
0xFF, it indicates the clock fault number.
546
When the CHIP_FAIL alarm occurs, the board is indicated as bad or performs an automatic cold
reset. If there is a protection board, the protection switching occurs. If there is not a protection
board, the services are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the APS_FAIL alarm is as follows:
The key chip of the board has a hardware failure.
Procedure
Step 1 View the CHIP_FAIL alarm on the U2000 to confirm the relevant board.
Step 2 Perform a cold reset for the board. After a successful cold reset, check whether the alarm is
cleared.
CAUTION
Step 3 If the alarm persists, replace the faulty board.
----End
Related Information
Bad Indication
The meaning of a bad indication (that is, the board is indicated as bad) is that, internally, the
board detects and reports an alarm through software to indicate a board failure.
9.47 CLK_NO_TRACE_MODE
Description
The CLK_NO_TRACE_MODE is an alarm indicating that the clock enters into a non-tracing
running mode. This alarm occurs when the current clock does not trace any line clock source,
tributary clock source, or external clock source.
Attribute
547
Parameters
None.
When the CLK_NO_TRACE_MODE alarm occurs, the clock is in a non-tracing running mode.
In this case, the system clock is of a low quality. When the low quality clock results in the out-
of-synchronization status among NEs, the bit error rate of services increases.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the CLK_NO_TRACE_MODE alarm are as follows:
l A priority table is not manually set for the system, and NEs use their own default priority
tables.
l A priority table is set, but only the internal clock source in the priority table can be traced.
Procedure
Step 1 Query the current priority table of the system. If there is only the internal clock source in the
priority table, set the clock source priority table to include other available clock sources. After
the setting, the alarm is automatically cleared.
Step 2 In the current priority table, if the internal clock source is not the only available source, find out
why other clock sources cannot be traced. Common causes are as follows:
l The existence status of the clock source is lost. In this case, the system generates a
SYNC_C_LOS alarm. After the SYNC_C_LOS alarm is cleared, the system clock traces
any one clock source other than the internal clock source, and then the
CLK_NO_TRACE_MODE alarm is automatically cleared.
l The local station enables the SSM protocol, while the upstream station does not enable the
SSM protocol. In this case, enable the SSM protocol at the upstream station. When the
system clock traces any one clock source other than the internal clock source, the
CLK_NO_TRACE_MODE alarm is automatically cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.48 COOL_CUR_OVER
Description
The COOL_CUR_OVER is an alarm indicating that the cooling current is over the threshold.
The COA board reports this alarm when the cooling current crosses the threshold.
548
Attribute
Parameters
None.
The COOL_CUR_OVER alarm affects the services on the COA board.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the COOL_CUR_OVER alarm are as follows:
l The driver current of the external bias circuit is faulty.
l The working ambient temperature is too high.
l The EDFA module is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the external power supply of the equipment is normal. Make sure that the external
power supply is normal. Then, check whether the COOL_CUR_OVER alarm is cleared.
Step 2 If the COOL_CUR_OVER alarm persists, check whether the working temperature of the
equipment is too high. If yes, lower the temperature until it is proper for the operation of the
equipment. Then, check whether the alarm is cleared.
Step 3 If the alarm still persists, the EDFA may be faulty. In this case, replace the COA board.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.49 CRC4_ERR_OVER
Description
The CRC4_ERR_OVER is an alarm indicating that the errors of CRC4 check for the E1 services
cross the threshold. This alarm occurs when the accumulated number of CRC4 check errors for
the E1 services reaches or exceeds 12000 per minute.
549
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
For example, Parameter 2 = 0x00 and Parameter 3 = 0x01. In this
case, the alarm is reported from path 1 of the board.
When the CRC4_ERR_OVER alarm occurs, the transmission quality of the E1 services is
downgraded.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the CRC4_ERR_OVER alarm are as follows:
l The transmit unit of the opposite station is faulty. Accordingly, errors occur in the CRC4
check for the E1 services accessed to the local end.
l The hardware fault of the board causes errors to occur in the CRC4 check for the E1 services.
Procedure
Step 1 View the CRC4_ERR_OVER alarm on the U2000, and then confirm the path number according
Step 2 Make sure that the accessed E1 services in the path are correct and no CRC4 check errors occur.
Then check whether the CRC4_ERR_OVER alarm is cleared.
Step 3 If the alarm persists, replace the board that generates the alarm.
----End
Related Information
None.
550
9.50 CRC6_ERR_OVER
Description
The CRC4_ERR_OVER is an alarm indicating that the errors of CRC6 check for the T1 services
cross the threshold. This alarm occurs when the accumulated number of CRC6 check errors for
the T1 services reaches or exceeds 12000 per minute.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Indicates the path number.
case, the alarm is reported from path 1 of the board.
When the CRC6_ERR_OVER alarm occurs, the transmission quality of the T1 services is
downgraded.
Possible Causes
l The transmit unit of the opposite station is faulty. Accordingly, errors occur in the CRC6
check for the T1 services accessed to the local end.
l The hardware fault of the board causes errors to occur in the CRC6 check for the T1 services.
Procedure
Step 1 View the CRC6_ERR_OVER alarm on the U2000, and then confirm the path number according
Step 2 Make sure that the accessed T1 services in the path are correct and no CRC6 check errors occur.
Then check whether the CRC6_ERR_OVER alarm is cleared.
551
Step 3 If the alarm persists, replace the board that generates the alarm.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.51 CTS
Description
The CTS is an alarm indicating that the data terminal equipment (DTE, namely, the DDN service
board) at the local station has detected the abnormal Clear To Send status.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
the CTS alarm is reported from path 1 of the board.
When the CTS alarm occurs, the DTE at the local station does not work. Consequently, the
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the CTS alarm is as follows:
The data circuit-terminal equipment (DCE) at the opposite station works abnormally. For this
reason, the DTE at the local station is not in the Clear To Send status.
552
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the DCE at the opposite station works well by following the actions:
1. Check whether the cable is faulty. If yes, remove the fault.
2. Check whether the service configuration is correct, including the settings of DTE and DCE,
inter, slave or exter. Make sure that the service configuration is correct.
After making sure that the DCE at the opposite station works well, the CTS alarm is
automatically cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.52 DBMS_ERROR
Description
The DBMS_ERROR is an alarm of database file check failure.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the alarm type. The value is the error code that causes the
DBMS_ERROR alarm.
Parameter 2 Indicates the database storage area that has errors.
l 0: FDB0
l 1: FDB1
l 2: DRDB
553
Name Meaning
Parameter 3 Indicates the ID of the database that has errors. Currently, the value
can only be 0 - 255 (0x00 - 0xFF).
l 0: Entire storage area
l 1 - 255: Specific database
Parameter 4, Parameter 5 0xFF
The impacts of the DBMS_ERROR alarm on the system are as follows:
l The backup of the active and standby databases fails.
l The database cannot be restored by itself.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the DBMS_ERROR alarm are as follows:
l The software is abnormal.
l The hardware medium is abnormal.
Procedure
Step 1 When the DBMS_ERR alarm occurs, contact the engineers of Huawei.
----End
Related Information
The DBMS_ERR alarm is used for the R&D personnel to locate the system abnormality. When
the DBMS_ERR alarm occurs, contact the engineers of Huawei.
9.53 DBMS_PROTECT_MODE
Description
The DBMS_PROTECT_MODE is an alarm indicating that the NE database enters the protection
mode.
Attribute
Critical Processing alarm
554
Parameters
None.
The impact of the DBMS_PROTECT_MODE alarm on the system is as follows:
When the NE database is in the protection mode, the database cannot be performed the backup.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the DBMS_PROTECT_MODE alarm is as follows:
The NE software is repeatedly reset in a certain period.
Procedure
Step 1 Find out the cause for the repeated resetting of the NE software and handle it.
Step 2 After the fault is removed, reset the NE software. Accordingly, the database exits the protection
mode.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.54 DCC_CHAN_LACK
Description
The DCC_CHAN_LACK is an alarm indicating that the DCC channel resource is insufficient.
Attribute
Parameters
555
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the slot number of the board where the DCC_CHAN_LACK alarm is
reported.
Parameter 2 Indicates the number of the optical interface where the DCC_CHAN_LACK
alarm is reported.
Parameter 3 Indicates the DCC channel mode in which the CPU resource fails to be obtained.
l 0x01: One byte of the DCC channel resources fail to be obtained.
l 0x03: Three bytes of the DCC channel resources fail to be obtained.
l 0x09: Nine bytes of the DCC channel resources fail to be obtained.
l 0x0C: Twelve bytes of the DCC channel resources fail to be obtained.
l 0x20: Thirty-two bytes of the DCC channel resources fail to be obtained.
l 0x60: Ninety-six bytes of the DCC channel resources fail to be obtained.
If the optical interface is not allocated with CPU resources, the corresponding ECC channel
cannot be used for communication.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the DCC_CHAN_LACK alarm are as follows:
The CPU does not have enough resources to be allocated to the optical channel of the
corresponding type.
For example, if the channel type of optical interface 1 is D1 - D3, the CPU cannot allocate three
bytes of the channel resources to this optical interface.
Procedure
Step 1 View the DCC_CHAN_LACK alarm on the U2000 to determine the board where the alarm is
generated. According to Parameter 2, determine the number of the optical interface where the
alarm is generated.
Step 2 Delete the channel of the optical interface that cannot obtain the CPU resources, or set the
enabling state of the DCC communication of the optical interface to be disabled. Then, check
556
CAUTION
Do not delete the optical inteface that is being used. For the DCC channel of the D1 - D3 or D4
- D12 type, the DCC communication of the optical interface should be disabled or enabled at
the same time. If the optical interface is incorrectly shut down, the NE may be out of the control
of the U2000, or the ASON TE link may be downgraded.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.55 DCD
Description
The DCD is an alarm indicating that the data terminal equipment (DTE, namely, the DDN service
board) at the local station has detected the abnormal Digital Carrier Detector status.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
the DCD alarm is reported from path 1 of the board.
When the DCD alarm occurs, the DTE at the local station does not work. Consequently, the
557
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the DCD alarm are as follows:
l The communication line is faulty.
l The DCE at the opposite station work abnormally, causing abnormal carrier at the DTE at
the local station.
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the DCE at the opposite station works well by following the actions:
After making sure that the DCE at the opposite station works well, the DCD alarm is
----End
Related Information
None.
9.56 DDN_AIS
Description
The DDN_AIS is an alarm indication signal at the DDN port. If a board has detected that the
signals at the DDN port are all "1"s, the DDN_AIS alarm is reported.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
558
Name Meaning
Indicates the path number. Parameter 2 is the higher byte, and
the DDN_AIS alarm is reported from path 1 of the board.
When the DDN_AIS alarm occurs, the accessed signals at the DDN port are useless.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the DDN_AIS alarm are as follows:
l The AIS alarm is inserted in the services in the upstream DDN equipment connected to the
electrical interface on the DDN board.
l The receive unit of the board at the local station is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 View the DDN_AIS alarm on the U2000 to confirm the relevant board.
Step 2 Check whether the accessed E1 signals of the board are reported normally. After making sure
that the accessed E1 service signals are correct, check whether the DDN_AIS alarm is cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.57 DDN_ALOS
Description
The DDN_ALOS is an alarm indicating the loss of signal at the DDN port. If no service is input
at the DDN port, the DDN_ALOS alarm is reported.
Attribute
Parameters
559
Name Meaning
the DDN_ALOS alarm is reported from path 1 of the board.
When the DDN_ALOS alarm occurs, the services transmitted in the path are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the DDN_ALOS alarm are as follows:
l The DDN service is not accessed.
l The DDN equipment interconnected to the path is faulty.
l The output port of the DDN interface on the DDF side is disconnected or loose.
l The input port of the DDN interface at the local station is disconnected or loose.
Procedure
Step 1 View the DDN_ALOS alarm on the U2000 to confirm the relevant board. According to the alarm
parameters, confirm the path number.
Step 2 Check whether the board is properly connected to the cable of the interconnected equipment,
and whether the cable is faulty. If no fault is found, check whether the interconnected equipment
works well by performing loopback to the equipment cable. If any fault is found, take priority
to remove it, and then check whether the DDN_ALOS alarm is cleared.
Step 3 Check whether the DDN service in the path of the board is accessed. If not, access the DDN
service, and then check whether the DDN_ALOS alarm is cleared.
Step 4 If the alarm persists, perform service self-loop (namely, hardware inloop) to the path at the DDF.
CAUTION
l If the alarm is cleared, the equipment at the opposite station is faulty. After removing the
fault, check whether the DDN_ALOS alarm is cleared.
560
l If the alarm persists, go to the next step.
Step 5 Perform self-loop (namely, hardware inloop) to the path at the interface board.
CAUTION
connection, check whether the DDN_ALOS alarm is cleared.
Step 6 Set self-loop for the path on the U2000.
CAUTION
l If the alarm persists, the board is faulty. After replacing the board that reports the alarm,
check whether the DDN_ALOS alarm is cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.58 DDN_CRC4_ERR_OVER
Description
The DDN_CRC4_ERR_OVER is an alarm indicating that the number of CRC4 check errors in
the 2 Mbit/s services on the electrical interface side crosses the threshold. For the 2 Mbit/s
services, if the accumulated number of CRC check errors per second reaches or exceeds 12000,
the DDN_CRC4_ERR_OVER is reported.
Attribute
Minor Service alarm
561
Parameters
Name Meaning
Indicates the path number. Parameter 2 is the higher byte, and
the DDN_CRC4_ERR_OVER alarm is reported from path 1 of the
board.
When the DDN_CRC4_ERR_OVER alarm occurs, the system is not affected. This alarm just
shows that the quality of the transmitted E1 services is degraded.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the DDN_CRC4_ERR_OVER alarm are as follows:
l CRC4 check errors occur in the accessed E1 services.
Procedure
Step 1 View the DDN_CRC4_ERR_OVER alarm on the U2000, and then confirm the path number
Step 2 Make sure that the accessed E1 services in the path are correct and no CRC4 check errors occur.
Then check whether the DDN_CRC4_ERR_OVER alarm is cleared.
Step 3 If the alarm persists, replace the board that generates the DDN_CRC4_ERR_OVER alarm.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.59 DDN_LFA
562
Description
The DDN_LFA is an alarm indicating the loss of frame alignment in the PDH framed E1 services
on the electrical interface side. When the electrical interface side fails to receive the frame
alignment signals in the framed E1 services, the DDN_LFA alarm is reported.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
the DDN_LFA alarm is reported from path 1 of the board.
l When the DDN_LFA alarm occurs, the E1 services of the board are unavailable.
l The DDN_RFA alarm is returned to the opposite end.
Clear
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the DDN_LFA alarm are as follows:
l The service frame format is incorrectly configured.
Procedure
Step 1 View the DDN_LFA alarm on the U2000 to confirm the relevant board.
Step 2 Check whether the interconnected DDN equipment works well by performing loopback to the
equipment cable. If any fault is found, take priority to remove it, and then check whether the
DDN_LFA alarm is cleared.
563
Step 3 Check whether the frame format of the E1 signals transmitted from the opposite end is consistent
with that specified at the local end. Make sure that the service configuration is correct, and that
the frame format of the E1 signals matches each other at the two ends. Then check whether the
Step 4 If the alarm persists, perform a cold reset on the board. Then check whether the DDN_LFA
alarm is cleared.
CAUTION
Step 5 If the alarm persists, the board is faulty. Replace the board. Then the DDN_LFA alarm is
----End
Related Information
None.
9.60 DDN_LMFA
Description
The DDN_LMFA is an alarm indicating the loss of mulitframe alignment in the PDH framed
E1 services on the DDN side. When the DNN side fails to receive the multiframe alignment
signals in the framed E1 services, the DDN_LMFA alarm is reported.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
564
Name Meaning
the DDN_LMFA alarm is reported from path 1 of the board.
l When the DDN_LMFA alarm occurs, the E1 services of the board are unavailable.
l The DDN_LMFA alarm is returned to the opposite end.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the DDN_LMFA alarm are as follows:
Procedure
Step 1 View the DDN_LMFA alarm on the U2000 to confirm the relevant board.
Step 2 Check whether the interconnected DDN equipment works well by performing loopback to the
equipment cable. If any fault is found, take priority to remove it, and then check whether the
Step 3 Check whether the frame format of the E1 signals transmitted from the opposite end is consistent
with that specified at the local end. Make sure that the service configuration is correct, and that
the frame format of the E1 signals matches each other at the two ends. Then check whether the
DDN_LMFA alarm is cleared.
Step 4 If the alarm persists, perform a cold reset on the board. Then check whether the DDN_LMFA
alarm is cleared.
CAUTION
Step 5 If the alarm persists, the board is faulty. Replace the board. Then the DDN_LMFA alarm is
----End
Related Information
None.
565
9.61 DDN_LOOP_ALM
Description
The DDN_LOOP_ALM is an alarm indicating that a loopback event occur at the DDN port. If
the port on the DDN side of a board is in the loopback status, the DDN_LOOP_ALM alarm is
reported.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
the DDN_LOOP_ALM alarm is reported from path 1 of the board.
Parameter 4 Indicates the loopback type.
l 0x00: Inloop
l 0x01: Outloop
When the DDN_LOOP_ALM alarm occurs, some DDN port service loopback events occur in
the system. Consequently, the services at the port are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the DDN_LOOP_ALM alarm is as follows:
The inloop or outloop at the DDN port is set manually.
566
Procedure
Step 1 View the DDN_LOOP_ALM alarm on the U2000 to confirm the relevant board.
Step 2 After you cancel the loopback settings of the board that reports the alarm, the DDN_LOOP_ALM
alarm is automatically cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.62 DDN_RFA
Description
The DDN_RFA is a remote frame alignment alarm of the framed E1 services on the DDN side
of a board. When the RDI bit is set to 1 for the E1 signals received on the DDN side of a board
from the opposite end, the DDN_RFA alarm is reported.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
the DDN_RFA alarm is reported from path 1 of the board.
When the DDN_RFA alarm occurs, the services at the local station are not affected. This alarm
just shows that the DDN_LFA alarm is received at the opposite end.
567
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the DDN_RFA alarm is as follows:
The DDN_LFA alarm is received at the opposite end.
Procedure
Step 1 After you clear the DDN_LFA alarm received at the opposite end, the DDN_RFA alarm is
----End
Related Information
None.
9.63 DDN_RMFA
Description
The DDN_RMFA is a remote alarm of the framed E1 multiframe on the DDN side of a board.
If the E1 signals received on the DDN side occur in Z (Z is from two through five) consecutive
CAS multiframe cycles, the DDN_RMFA alarm is reported when all the CAS multiframe remote
alarm bits of the input signals are set to 1.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates the DDN port number.
the DDN_RMFA alarm is reported from DDN port 1 on the board.
568
When the DDN_RMFA alarm occurs, the services at the local station are not affected. This alarm
just shows that the DDN_LMFA alarm is received at the opposite station.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the DDN_RMFA alarm is as follows:
The DDN_LMFA alarm is received at the opposite end.
Procedure
Step 1 After you clear the DDN_LMFA alarm received at the opposite end, the DDN_RMFA alarm is
----End
Related Information
None.
9.64 DLAG_PROTECT_FAIL
Description
The DLAG_PROTECT_FAIL is an alarm indicating that the DLAG protection fails. If
negotiation fails or any anomaly occurs during the DLAG protection, the
DLAG_PROTECT_FAIL alarm is reported.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicate the ID of the LAG for which the protection fails. Parameter
2 is the higher byte, and Parameter 3 is the lower byte.
569
Name Meaning
Parameter 4 Indicates the cause of the DLAG protection failure.
l 0x01: Both the working and protection links fail.
l 0x02: The active and standby ports fail to receive the LACP
packets.
l 0x03: The equipment at the opposite end does not enter the
LACP synchronization status.
l 0x04: The active or standby port detects the self-loop.
Alternatively, the active or standby port may form a loop with
other ports on the board.
l 0x05: The communication between the active and standby
boards times out.
l 0x06: The communication between the board and cross-connect
board times out.
l 0x07: The active port selected by LACP is inconsistent with the
one selected by cross-connect board.
Parameter 5 The values are always 0xFF, and the two parameters are
meaningless.
When all the protocols at the DLAG port fails, or when the board fails to normally communicate
with other boards, the DLAG_PROTECT_FAIL alarm is reported. In the case of the
DLAG_PROTECT_FAIL alarm, services cannot be received or transmitted in the LAG, or the
user cannot check whether services are normally working.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the DLAG_PROTECT_FAIL alarm are as follows:
l Both the active and standby links fail.
l The active and standby ports fail to receive the LACP packets.
l The equipment at the opposite end does not enter the LACP synchronization status.
l The active or standby port detects the self-loop. Alternatively, the active or standby port
may form a loop with other ports on the board.
l The communication between the active and standby boards times out.
l The communication between the board and the cross-connect board or SCC board times
out.
l The active port selected by LACP is inconsistent with the one selected by cross-connect
board.
Procedure
Step 1 View the DLAG_PROTECT_FAIL alarm on the U2000, and confirm the board where the
DLAG_PROTECT_FAIL alarm is generated. Confirm the ID of the LAG where the
570
DLAG_PROTECT_FAIL alarm is generated according to Parameter 1, and confirm the cause
of the DLAG_PROTECT_FAIL alarm at the port according to Parameter 4.
Step 2 If the value of Parameter 4 is 0x01, it indicates that the link becomes faulty or fails.
1. On the U2000, check whether the port in the LAG is enabled. If not enabled, enable the
port and then check whether the DLAG_PROTECT_FAIL alarm is cleared.
2. If the DLAG_PROTECT_FAIL alarm persists, check the link state of all the ports. Rectify
the fault of the port link, then check whether the DLAG_PROTECT_FAIL alarm is cleared.
Step 3 If the value of Parameter 4 is 0x02, it indicates that the port fails to receive the LACP packets.
1. On the U2000, check whether the LAG is configured at the opposite end, and check whether
the port connected to the faulty port is added to the LAG at the opposite end. Make sure
the LAG is correctly configured, and then check whether the DLAG_PROTECT_FAIL
alarm is cleared.
2. If the DLAG_PROTECT_FAIL alarm persists, check whether the local port transmits
packets. If both ends can normally transmit and receive packets, check whether the
DLAG_PROTECT_FAIL alarm is cleared.
Step 4 If the value of Parameter 4 is 0x03, it indicates that the opposite equipment fails to enter the
LACP protocol synchronization status. Check the connection of the port, and LAG configuration
at the opposite equipment, and then check whether the DLAG_PROTECT_FAIL alarm is
cleared.
Step 5 If the value of Parameter 4 is 0x04, it indicates the port is in the self-loop status. Release the
loop and then check whether the DLAG_PROTECT_FAIL alarm is cleared.
Step 6 If the value of Parameter 4 is 0x05, it indicates that the communication between the active and
standby boards times out. Make sure the active and standby boards are in position, and the
communication between them is normal. Then check whether the DLAG_PROTECT_FAIL
alarm is cleared.
Step 7 If the value of Parameter 4 is 0x06, it indicates that the communication between the board and
the cross-connect board, or SCC board, times out. Make sure the software of the cross-connect
board and the SCC is normal. If the board normally communicates with the cross-connect board
or SCC board, check whether the DLAG_PROTECT_FAIL alarm is cleared.
Step 8 If the value of Parameter 4 is 0x07, it indicates that the active port selected by LACP is
inconsistent with the one selected by cross-connect board. Make sure the active port selected by
LACP is consistent with the one selected by cross-connect board, and then check whether the
DLAG_PROTECT_FAIL alarm is cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.65 DOWN_T1_AIS
571
Description
The DOWN_T1_AIS is an indication alarm of the downstream 1.5 Mbit/s signals. If a tributary
board has detected that the value of the downstream T1 signals is all "1"s, the DOWN_T1_AIS
alarm is reported.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
the DOWN_T1_AIS alarm is reported from path 1 of the board.
When the DOWN_T1_AIS alarm occurs, the T1 signals in the board path are unavailable.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the DOWN_T1_AIS alarm are as follows:
l A higher-level alarm, such as R_LOS, R_LOC, R_LOF or MS_AIS, occurs at the local
station.
l The UP_T1AIS or T_ALOS alarm occurs on the tributary board at the opposite station.
l The tributary board of the local station is faulty.
l The cross-connect and timing board of the local station is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 View the DOWN_T1_AIS alarm on the U2000 to confirm the relevant board.
Step 2 Check whether any higher-level alarm, such as R_LOS, R_LOC, R_LOF or MS_AIS, occurs at
the local station. If yes, take priority to clear it, and then check whether the DOWN_T1_AIS
alarm is cleared.
572
Step 3 On the U2000, check whether the UP_T1AIS or T_ALOS alarm is reported from the tributary
board of the opposite station. If yes, take priority to clear it, and then check whether the
DOWN_T1_AIS alarm is cleared.
Step 4 If the alarm persists, perform a cold reset on the tributary board that reports the alarm at the
opposite station. Then check whether the DOWN_T1_AIS alarm is cleared.
CAUTION
Step 5 If the alarm persists, replace the tributary board that reports the alarm at the local station. Then,
check whether the DOWN_T1_AIS alarm is cleared.
Step 6 If the alarm persists, perform a cold reset on the cross-connect and timing board of the local
station. Then, check whether the DOWN_T1_AIS alarm is cleared.
CAUTION
Step 7 If the alarm persists, replace the cross-connect and timing board of the local station. Then, check
whether the DOWN_T1_AIS alarm is cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.66 DS3_IDLE
Description
The DS3_IDLE is an alarm indicating that the DS3 (that is, T3) payload signal is idle. In PDH
services, when the PATTERN signal is contained in DS3 framing signal, the DS3_IDLE alarm
is reported.
Attribute
573
Parameters
Name Meaning
3 = 0x01. In this case, the DS3_IDLE alarm is reported from path
1 of the board.
Parameter 5 Indicates the upstream/downstream direction.
l 0x01: The IDLE alarm occurs in the downstream payload.
l 0x02: The IDLE alarm occurs in the upstream payload.
l 0x03: The IDLE alarm occurs in both the downstream payload
and the upstream payload.
When the DS3_IDLE alarm occurs, the services are interrupted. Consequently, the DS3 signals
are unavailable in PDH services.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the DS3_IDLE alarm are as follows:
l The transmission line is faulty.
l The IDLE signal is output from the PDH equipment at the opposite station.
Procedure
Step 1 At the digital distribution frame (DDF), perform service self-loop to the relevant path (namely,
performing hardware inloop). If the alarm is cleared, the equipment at the opposite station is
faulty. After removing the fault of the equipment, check whether the DS3_IDLE alarm is cleared.
CAUTION
574
Step 2 If the alarm persists, perform self-loop to the path (namely, performing hardware inloop) at the
interface board. If the alarm is cleared, the signal cable connection is faulty. After removing the
faulty connection, check whether the DS3_IDLE alarm is cleared.
CAUTION
Step 3 If the alarm persists, perform inloop to the path on the U2000. If the alarm is cleared, the interface
board is faulty. In this case, remove the interface board and insert it again, or replace the interface
board.
CAUTION
Step 4 If the alarm persists, replace the board that reports the alarm at the local station, and then check
whether the DS3_IDLE alarm is cleared.
----End
Related Information
PATTERN Signal
The PATTERN signal means that the sequence received in the framing signal is 11001100.
9.67 DSP_LOAD_FAIL
Description
The DSP_LOAD_FAIL is an alarm indicating the failure of loading the DSP program. This
alarm occurs when the DSP program fails to be load.
Attribute
Major Equipment
Parameters
575
Name Meaning
When the DSP program for a board fails to be loaded, the board cannot work normally.
Consequently, the services are affected.
Possible Causes
The board hardware is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 Warm reset the faulty board through the NMS.
Step 2 If the alarm is not cleared, replace the faulty board.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.68 DSR
Description
The DSR is an alarm indicating that the DTE at the local end has detected the DCE at the opposite
station works abnormally. This is, the Data Set Ready status at the DCE is abnormal.
Attribute
Parameters
576
Name Meaning
the DSR alarm is reported from path 1 of the board.
When the DSR alarm occurs, the DTE at the local end does not work. Consequently, the services
are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the DSR alarm is as follows:
The DCE at the opposite end works abnormally because the cable is improperly connected, or
the service configuration is incorrect.
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the DCE at the opposite end works well by following the actions:
After making sure that the DCE at the opposite end works well, the DSR alarm is
----End
Related Information
None.
9.69 DTR
Description
The DTR is an alarm indicating that the DCE at the local end has detected the DTE at the opposite
end works abnormally. That is, the Data Terminal Ready status at the DTE is abnormal.
577
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
the DTR alarm is reported from path 1 of the board.
When the DTR alarm occurs, the DCE at the local end does not work. Consequently, the services
are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the DTR alarm is as follows:
The DTE at the opposite end works abnormally because the cable is improperly connected, or
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the DTE at the opposite end works well by following the actions:
After making sure that the DTE at the opposite end works well, the DTR alarm is
----End
Related Information
None.
578
9.70 E1_LOC
Description
The E1_LOC is an alarm indicating the loss of the upstream 2M clock. This alarm occurs when
the line board cannot extract the clock from the input E1 signal.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
case, the E1_LOC alarm is reported from path 1 of the board.
When the E1_LOC alarm occurs, the services carried over the path of the board are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the E1_LOC alarm are as follows:
l The waveform of the input E1 signal is abnormal.
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether there is any external interference that causes the abnormal waveform of the E1
signal. If yes, remove the external interference and check whether the E1_LOC alarm is cleared.
579
Step 2 If the alarm persists, check whether the trunk cable is connected properly and whether the trunk
cable is damaged. After rectifying the problem of the trunk cable, check the E1_LOC alarm is
cleared.
Step 3 If the alarm persists, check whether the equipment at the opposite station is faulty. If yes, replace
the faulty board at the opposite station.
Step 4 If the alarm persists, replace the tributary board that reports the alarm at the local station.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.71 ETH_NO_FLOW
Description
The ETH_NO_FLOW is an alarm indicating that the ETH port has no traffic. When the ETH
port is enabled and in the Link Up state, this alarm is reported if the ETH port has no traffic.
Attribute
Major Service alarm
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 2 is the higher byte, whose value is always 0x00.
Parameter 3 is the lower byte, whose value is always 0x01.
Parameter 4 Indicates the direction in which the traffic stops.
l 0x00: the RX direction.
l 0x01: the TX direction.
580
This alarm indicates that the port has no traffic and the configured services are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the ETH_NO_FLOW alarm are as follows:
l No services are configured when the ETH port is enabled and in the Link Up state.
l The services at the local end become abnormal or no packets are transmitted at the local
end when the ETH port is enabled and in the Link Up state.
l Services at the opposite end become abnormal or no packets are transmitted to the local
end when the ETH port is enabled and in the Link Up state.
Procedure
Step 1 View the ETH_NO_FLOW alarm on the U2000 to confirm the board where the
ETH_NO_FLOW alarm is generated. Confirm the specific MAC port number of the board
according to Parameter 1.
Step 2 Check whether any service is configured at the port. If not, check whether carelessness causes
the missing of service configuration.
Step 3 If yes, confirm the direction in which the traffic stops according to Parameter 4.
l If the traffic stops in the TX direction, check whether the local equipment works normally.
l If the traffic stops in the RX direction, check whether the opposite equipment works
normally.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.72 ETHOAM_DISCOVER_FAIL
Description
The ETHOAM_DISCOVER_FAIL is an alarm indicating the point-to-point Ethernet OAM
discovery failure. When the OAM protocol is enabled at the port of a board and the negotiation
with the opposite equipment fails, this alarm occurs.
Attribute
581
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the number of the Ethernet port where the alarm occurs.
Parameter 4 Indicates the reason why the negotiation fails.
l 0x01: LinkFault occurs to the local end.
l 0x02: The local end fails to transmit the OAM message.
l 0x03: The local end fails to receive the OAM message.
l 0x04: The OAM configurations of the opposite end do not meet
the requirements of the local end.
l 0x05: The OAM configurations of the local end do not meet the
requirements of the opposite end.
l 0x06-0xFF: Other unknown reasons.
The ETHOAM_DISCOVER_FAIL alarm is generated when the system runs the IEEE 802.3ah
OAM protocol. IEEE 802.3ah OAM is a link management protocol and is irrelevant to services.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the ETHOAM_DISCOVER_FAIL alarm are as follows:
l LinkFault occurs to the local end.
l The local end fails to transmit the OAM message.
l The local end fails to receive the OAM message in a specified time.
l The OAM configurations of the opposite end do not meet the requirements of the local end.
l The OAM configurations of the local end do not meet the requirements of the opposite end.
Procedure
Step 1 View the ETHOAM_DISCOVER_FAIL alarm on the U2000 and confirm the possible causes
of the alarm according to Parameter 3.
Step 2 When Parameter 4 is 0x01, it indicates that LinkFault occurs to the local end. Query board level
alarms on the U2000. Then remove the fault according to the specific link alarms such as the
ETH_LOS and LINK_ERR.
582
Step 3 When Parameter 4 is 0x02, it indicates that the local end fails to transmit the OAM message.
View the printed information of the serial port. The internal components are involved in the
problem. The fault location needs the assistance of the engineers on the related project teams.
Step 4 When Parameter 4 is 0x03, it indicates that the local end fails to receive the 3ahOAM message
sent by the opposite end in a user-defined time.
1. Check whether the MAC addresses of the interconnected ports are the same. If yes, set
different MAC addresses for the interconnected ports. Then check whether the alarm is
cleared.
2. Check whether the 3ahOAM protocol is enabled at the opposite end. If not, enable the
protocol at the opposite end. Then check whether the alarm is cleared.
3. If the alarm persists, the local end fails to receive the OAM message. Replace the board.
Step 5 When Parameter 4 is 0x04, it indicates that the OAM configurations of the opposite end,
including link event reporting ability and unidirectional operation ability, do not meet the
requirements of the local end. Query and modify the configurations of the opposite port on the
U2000. When the configurations meet the requirements of the local end, the alarm is
Step 6 When Parameter 4 is 0x05,it indicates that the OAM configurations of the local end do not meet
the requirements of the opposite end. Query and modify the configurations of the local port on
the U2000. When the configurations meet the requirements of the opposite end, the alarm is
----End
Related Information
None.
9.73 ETHOAM_RMT_CRIT_FAULT
Description
The ETHOAM_RMT_CRIT_FAULT is an alarm indicating that a critical fault occurs to the
remote end of point-to-point Ethernet OAM. When the port with the OAM protocol enabled
receives the OAM message that contains critical fault information from the opposite end, this
alarm occurs.
Attribute
Parameters
583
Name Meaning
Parameter 4 Indicates the type of the fault.
l 0x01: LinkFault occurs to the opposite port.
l 0x02: Irrecoverable problems such as power failure occur to the
opposite end.
l 0x03: Other unknown faults.
The ETHOAM_RMT_CRIT_FAULT alarm is generated when the system runs the IEEE
802.3ah OAM protocol. IEEE 802.3ah OAM is a link management protocol and is irrelevant to
services. This alarm indicates that the signal loss alarm occurs to the receive end of the opposite
port.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the ETHOAM_RMT_CRIT_FAULT alarm is as follows:
The port with the OAM protocol enabled receives the OAM message that contains critical fault
information from the opposite end, such as LinkFault and power failure.
Procedure
Step 1 If LinkFault occurs to the opposite port, query board level alarms on the U2000. Remove the
fault according to the specific link alarms such as the ETH_LOS and LINK_ERR. Check whether
Step 2 If irrecoverable problems such as power failure occur to the opposite end, remove the fault. The
Step 3 If other unknown faults occur, contact Huawei engineers.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.74 ETHOAM_RMT_LOOP
Description
The ETHOAM_RMT_LOOP is an alarm indicating the remote loopback of point-to-point
Ethernet OAM. This alarm only occurs to the port with the point-to-point OAM protocol enabled.
584
If the port is able to respond to loopback, it enters the loopback response state and reports the
loopback response alarm after it receives the remote loopback enabling command sent by the
opposite OAM port. The loopback initiator reports the loopback initiating alarm. If the port
receives the loopback disabling command, it exits the loopback response state and ends the
loopback response alarm. The loopback initiator end also ends the loopback initiating alarm.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 4
l 0x01: The loopback is initiated.
l 0x02: The loopback is responded.
The ETHOAM_RMT_LOOP alarm is generated when the system runs the IEEE 802.3ah OAM
protocol. When this alarm occurs, it indicates that the services are loopbacked from the loopback
initiator to the loopback responder. The services and other packets are all interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the ETHOAM_RMT_LOOP alarm are as follows:
l A command is issued to enable the loopback at the local port, and the opposite end is the
loopback responder.
l A command is issued to enable the loopback at the opposite port, and the local end is the
loopback responder.
Procedure
Step 1 Disable the loopback. The ETHOAM_RMT_LOOP alarm is automatically cleared.
----End
585
Related Information
None.
9.75 ETHOAM_RMT_SD
Description
The ETHOAM_RMT_SD is an alarm indicating the remote SD of point-to-point Ethernet OAM.
When the port with the OAM protocol enabled receives the link event message from the opposite
end which indicates that the remote Ethernet performance degraded, this alarm occurs.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Parameter 2: 0x00, extendable
Parameter 3: 0x01, extendable
Parameter 4 Indicates the type of the received link event:
l 0x01: Errored frame event
l 0x02: Errored frame period event
l 0x03: Errored frame second event
The ETHOAM_RMT_SD alarm is generated when the system runs the IEEE 802.3ah OAM
protocol. IEEE 802.3ah OAM is a link management protocol and is irrelevant to services. When
this alarm occurs, it indicates that the errored frame over threshold alarm occurs at the receive
end of the local port. The service performance degrades.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the ETHOAM_RMT_SD alarm is as follows:
586
The port with the OAM protocol enabled receives the link event message from the opposite end.
Procedure
Step 1 Improve the link performance at the opposite end until the opposite end does not send link event
message to the local end, the ETHOAM_RMT_SD alarm at the local end is automatically
cleared.
Step 2 Modify the value of the link performance monitoring threshold at the opposite end. Then the
ETHOAM_RMT_SD alarm at the local end is automatically cleared.
Step 3 Disable the link event reporting at the opposite end. Then the ETHOAM_RMT_SD alarm at the
local end is automatically cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.76 ETHOAM_SELF_LOOP
Description
The ETHOAM_SELF_LOOP is an alarm indicating loopback of the MAC port that receives the
OAM protocol packets in a point-to-point manner. If the MAC port of a board receives the OAM
protocol packets sent by itself or the board after detection of the loop is enabled, the
ETHOAM_SELF_LOOP alarm is reported.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 2 The values is always 0x00, and the parameter is meaningless.
Parameter 3 The values is always 0x01, and the parameter is meaningless.
587
Name Meaning
l 0x01: self-loop of the port.
l 0x02: self-loop of the board.
l 0x03 - 0xFF: types for expansion.
In the case of the ETHOAM_SELF_LOOP alarm, the port is in the self-loop state. The U2000
provides a function of automatically shutting down the port in the case of the
ETHOAM_SELF_LOOP alarm. If the user enables this function in advance, services of this
port are interrupted. Otherwise, a broadcast storm may occur.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the ETHOAM_SELF_LOOP alarm are as follows:
l Self-loop is performed for the port with a cable.
l Loopback is set among ports of the board.
l The PHY/MAC loopback of the port is manually set.
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the transmit and receive ends of the port are connected with a cable. If yes,
connect the cable correctly, and then check whether the ETHOAM_SELF_LOOP alarm is
cleared.
Step 2 If the ETHOAM_SELF_LOOP alarm persists, check whether the transmit and receive ends of
the port are connected to those of other ports with cables. If yes, connect the cables correctly,
and then check whether the ETHOAM_SELF_LOOP alarm is cleared.
Step 3 If the ETHOAM_SELF_LOOP alarm persists, check whether any PHY/MAC layer loopback
is set for the port. If yes, release the loopback, or wait five minutes when the U2000 automatically
releases the loopback. Then check whether the ETHOAM_SELF_LOOP alarm is cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.77 ETHOAM_VCG_SELF_LOOP
Description
The ETHOAM_VCG_SELF_LOOP is an alarm indicating loopback of the VCTRUNK port
that receives the OAM protocol packets in a point-to-point manner. If the VCTRUNK port of a
board receives the OAM protocol packets sent by itself or the board after detection of the loop
is enabled, the ETHOAM_VCG_SELF_LOOP alarm is reported.
588
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicate the VCG port number. Parameter 2 is the higher byte, and
l 0x01: The link of the VCG port is configured into a loop.
l 0x02: The link between VCG ports is configured into a loop.
l 0x03 - 0xFF: types for expansion.
In the case of the ETHOAM_VCG_SELF_LOOP alarm, the link of the VCG port or between
VCG ports is configured into a loop. The U2000 provides a function of automatically shutting
down the port in the case of the ETHOAM_VCG_SELF_LOOP alarm. If the user enables this
function in advance, services of this port are interrupted. If the user does not enable this function,
a broadcast storm may occur.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the ETHOAM_VCG_SELF_LOOP alarm are as follows:
l The links of the VCG port is configured into a loop.
l The links between VCG ports of the board is configured into a loop.
Procedure
Step 1 Check the ETHOAM_VCG_SELF_LOOP alarm on the U2000, and determine the VCG port
number according to Parameter 2.
Step 2 Check the link configuration of the VCG port to see whether the transmit and receive directions
of the port are connected. Make sure the link configuration is correct, and then check if the
ETHOAM_VCG_SELF_LOOP alarm is cleared.
Step 3 If the ETHOAM_VCG_SELF_LOOP alarm persists, check the link configuration of the VCG
port to see whether this VCG port is connected to another VCG port on the board in the transmit
589
and receive directions. Make sure the link configuration is correct. Then, the
ETHOAM_VCG_SELF_LOOP alarm is cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.78 EX_ETHOAM_CC_LOS
Description
The EX_ETHOAM_CC_LOS is an alarm indicating the loss of the periodic continuity check
message. When the sink maintenance point receives the continuity check (CC) message from
the source maintenance point, the timer is started to periodically check the link between the
source and sink maintenance points. If the sink maintenance point does not receive the CC
message from the source maintenance point in one period (3.5 times of the time during which
the CC message is transmitted from the source maintenance point to the sink maintenance point),
this alarm occurs.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the ID of maintenance point (MP) where the EX_ETHOAM_CC_LOS
alarm is reported. The MP ID should be unique in the entire network.
Parameter 2 Indicates the number of the Ethernet port where the EX_ETHOAM_CC_LOS
alarm is reported.
l VCTRUNK port number: 0x8001-0x8000 plus MAX_ETH_VCTRUNK.
NOTE
l MAX_ETH_PORT indicates the maximum MAC port number supported by the board.
l MAX_ETH_VCTRUNK indicates the maximum VCTRUNK port number supported
by the board.
590
Name Meaning
Parameter 3 Indicates the service VLAN ID.
l For a service with the VLAN tag, the VLAN ID ranges from 0x0000 to
0x0FFF.
l For a service without the VLAN tag, the VLAN ID is 0xFFFF.
Parameter 4 Indicates the maintenance domain level.
NOTE
Consumer indicates the customer, Provider the supplier and Operator the carrier.
Parameter 5 Indicates the ID of the MP at the CC source. The MP ID should be unique in the
entire network.
Parameter 6 Indicates the ID of the MP at the CC sink. The MP ID should be unique in the
entire network.
NOTE
The ID of the MP at the CC sink is the ID of the MP where the EX_ETHOAM_CC_LOS
alarm is reported. Parameter 1 and Parameter 6 carry the same information.
When the EX_ETHOAM_CC_LOS alarm occurs, it indicates that a unidirectional connectivity
failure is detected on the link between the source and the sink maintenance points.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the EX_ETHOAM_CC_LOS alarm are as follows:
l A software or hardware failure occurs to the services from the source maintenance point
to the sink maintenance point.
l Service congestion or service interruption occurs between the source maintenance point
and the sink maintenance point.
Procedure
Step 1 View the EX_ETHOAM_CC_LOS alarm on the U2000 and confirm the ID of the relevant
maintenance point according to the alarm parameter 1.
591
Step 2 Query the information of the maintenance point.
Step 3 Perform loopback (LB) and link trace (LT) test for the source and sink maintenance points, to
locate the fault in the services between the source maintenance point and the sink maintenance
point.
Step 4 Perform checks for the problem services, including software check, hardware check, and traffic
check. After the services restore, the alarm is automatically cleared. You may also perform LB
to confirm that the alarm is cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.79 EX_ETHOAM_MPID_CNFLCT
Description
The EX_ETHOAM_MPID_CNFLCT is an alarm indicating the maintenance point ID conflict.
When a maintenance point receives the message sent by another maintenance point with the
same MPID in a maintenance domain, this alarm occurs.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the ID of the MP where the EX_ETHOAM_MPID_CNFLCT alarm is
reported. The MP ID should be unique in the entire network.
592
Name Meaning
Parameter 2 Indicates the number of the Ethernet port where the
EX_ETHOAM_MPID_CNFLCT alarm is reported.
l VCTRUNK port number: 0x8001-0x8000 plus MAX_ETH_VCTRUNK.
NOTE
l MAX_ETH_PORT indicates the maximum MAC port number supported by the board.
l MAX_ETH_VCTRUNK indicates the maximum VCTRUNK port number supported
by the board.
Parameter 3 Indicates the service VLAN ID.
l For a service with the VLAN tag, the VLAN ID ranges from 0x0000 to
0x0FFF.
l For a service without the VLAN tag, the VLAN ID is 0xFFFF.
Parameter 4 Indicates the maintenance domain level.
NOTE
Consumer indicates the customer, Provider the supplier and Operator the carrier.
Parameter 5 Indicates the ID of the local MP. The MP ID should be unique in the entire
network.
NOTE
The ID of the local MP is the ID of the MP where the EX_ETHOAM_MPID_CNFLCT
alarm is reported. Parameter 1 and Parameter 5 carry the same information.
The maintenance point should be unique networkwide. The maintenance point conflict can affect
the protocol and cause the LB and LT tests to become abnormal. The services may be wrongly
received.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the EX_ETHOAM_MPID_CNFLCT alarm is as follows:
Multiple maintenance points with the same MPID are created in a maintenance domain.
593
Procedure
Step 1 View the EX_ETHOAM_MPID_CNFLCT alarm on the U2000 and confirm the ID of the
relevant maintenance point according to the alarm parameter 1.
Step 2 Query the information of the maintenance point. Delete all the maintenance points with the same
MPID, then the alarm is automatically cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.80 EXT_LOS
Description
The EXT_LOS is an alarm indicating loss of signal. When the 140 Mbit/s signals fail to be
detected, the EXT_LOS alarm is reported.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
3 = 0x01. In this case, the EXT_LOS alarm is reported from path
1 of the board.
When the EXT_LOS alarm occurs, the services are interrupted.
594
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the EXT_LOS alarm are as follows:
l No input signals.
l The input signals are not the 140 Mbit/s signals.
Procedure
Step 1 At the digital distribution frame (DDF), perform hardware inloop to the path.
CAUTION
l If the alarm is cleared, the accessed signals may be incorrect. In this case, check whether
the accessed signals are the 140 Mbit/s service signals.
l If the alarm persists, the trunk cable is faulty, or the board is faulty. Go to the next step.
Step 2 At the interface board, perform hardware inloop to the path.
CAUTION
l If the alarm is cleared, the signal trunk cable is faulty. Check whether the trunk cable
contacts the connector firmly, and whether the trunk cable is cut. After removing these
problems, remove the inloop, and then check whether the EXT_LOS alarm is cleared.
l If the alarm persists, the interface board is faulty, or the tributary board is faulty. Go to the
next step.
Step 3 Perform inloop to the path on the U2000.
CAUTION
l If the alarm persists, the alarm board is faulty. Go to the next step.
Step 4 Replace the board that reports the alarm, and then check whether the EXT_LOS alarm is cleared.
----End
595
Related Information
None.
9.81 EXT_TIME_LOC
Description
The EXT_TIME_LOC alarm indicates that the external time source is lost. This alarm is reported
when the input function of the external time port is enabled but no board receives the input
signals of the external time.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1, Parameter 2 Indicates the ID of the time source.
The IDs of the two external time sources are always 0xF001 and
0xF002.
If the EXT_TIME_LOC alarm is reported, the time of the local station cannot be synchronized
to the external time equipment that is connected to the enabled external time port.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the EXT_TIME_LOC alarm is as follows:
The input function of the external time port is enabled, but no external time signals are input.
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the cable is connected properly. If any abnormalities occur, ensure that they are
be cleared. For example, the abnormality may be that the cable is not connected to the
corresponding external time interface, or the cable is disconnected because it is damaged.
596
Step 2 Check the status of the external time equipment, and clear the abnormalities.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.82 FEC_LOF
Description
The FEC_LOF is an alarm indicating loss of FEC frame.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
When the FEC_LOF alarm occurs, the FEC function is disabled. Consequently, the services are
interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the FEC_LOF alarm are as follows:
l The cable is faulty, or the optical power is improper.
l The service rate is incorrect.
l The clocks in the NEs are out of synchronization.
l Some problems are found in the services coming from the opposite end.
597
Procedure
Step 1 View the FEC_LOF alarm on the U2000 to confirm the relevant board.
Step 2 View the received optical power of the board on the U2000. If the received optical power is
extremely low, clean the fiber head and the connector. If the received optical power is extremely
high, provide more optical attenuators. After making sure that the received optical power is
proper, check whether the FEC_LOF alarm is cleared.
Step 3 If the alarm persists, check whether the upstream service is the FEC service at the same rate. If
not, configure the FEC service at a correct rate, and then check whether the FEC_LOF alarm is
cleared.
Step 4 If the alarm persists, check whether the upstream service is supported by the board. If not,
configure a correct service, and then check whether the FEC_LOF alarm is cleared.
Step 5 If the alarm persists, check whether the clocks in the local NE and the opposite NE are
synchronous with those in the network. If not, set the clock tracing function, and then check
whether the FEC_LOF alarm is cleared.
Step 6 If the alarm persists, the board hardware may be faulty. In this case, replace the board that reports
the alarm at the local station.
Step 7 If the alarm persists, the board at the opposite station may be faulty. In this case, replace the
board.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.83 FEC_OOF
Description
The FEC_OOF is an alarm indicating that the FEC frame is out of frame.
Attribute
Parameters
598
Name Meaning
When the FEC_OOF alarm occurs, the FEC function is disabled. Consequently, the services are
interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the FEC_OOF alarm are as follows:
l The fiber is faulty, or the optical power is improper.
l Excessive bit errors occur during transmission.
l The clocks in the NEs are out of synchronization.
l The transmit unit at the opposite end is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 View the FEC_OOF alarm on the U2000 to confirm the relevant board.
proper, check whether the FEC_OOF alarm is cleared.
Step 3 If the alarm persists, check the launched optical power at the opposite end. If the launched optical
power is extremely low, replace the board at the opposite end.
whether the FEC_OOF alarm is cleared.
Step 5 If the alarm persists, check whether the fiber works well. If yes, replace the board that generates
the alarm.
Step 6 If the alarm persists, replace the cross-connect and timing board at the local station.
Step 7 If the alarm persists, replace the line board at the opposite end.
Step 8 If the alarm persists, replace the cross-connect and timing board at the opposite end.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.84 FLOW_OVER
599
Description
The FLOW_OVER alarm indicates that the inflow at the Ethernet port crosses the threshold.
This alarm is reported when the received traffic at the Ethernet port exceeds the expected traffic.
Attribute
Minor Service alarm
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the number of the port. The value ranges are different from
board to board.
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates the number of the optical interface number. Parameter 2
is always 0x00, and Parameter 3 is always 0x01.
Parameter 4, Parameter 5 Indicates the excess traffic. The unit is Mbit/s.
In the process of data transmission, the impact on the system varies according to the traffic
tolerance of the port and the actual traffic of the port.
l If the actual traffic of the port is higher than the traffic tolerance of the port, and the flow
control function is not enabled at the port, packets will be discarded if the alarm is generated.
l If the actual traffic of the port is lower than the traffic tolerance of the port, the alarm does
not affect the services and the system. The system only prompts the user that the actual
traffic of the port exceeds the configured bandwidth.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the FLOW_OVER alarm is as follows:
The traffic received by the port is larger than the preset traffic of the port.
Procedure
Step 1 View the FLOW_OVER alarm on the U2000, and confirm the relevant board and port according
to Parameter 1.
600
Step 2 View the parameters of the configured bandwidth, the actual traffic of the port, and the traffic
tolerance of the port.
l If the actual traffic of the port is higher than the traffic tolerance of the port, proceed to the
next step.
l If the actual traffic of the port is lower than the traffic tolerance of the port, go to step 5.
Step 3 Check whether the traffic tolerance of the port can be increased.
l If the traffic tolerance of the port can be increased, increase the bandwidth.
l If the traffic tolerance of the port cannot be increased, enable the flow control function, or
decrease the data traffic that is transmitted by the opposite station.
Step 4 If the actual traffic of the port is lower than the traffic tolerance of the port, the packets are
transmitted normally. Query whether the FLOW_OVER alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists,
Step 5 Check whether the expected traffic of the port can be increased.
l If the expected traffic of the port can be increased, increase the threshold traffic to clear
the alarm.
NOTE
The channel numbers to be added should have the same rate as the original channel members.
The expected traffic of the port should be lower than the traffic tolerance of the port.
l If the expected traffic of the port cannot be increased, decrease the data traffic that is
transmitted by the opposite station to clear the alarm.
Step 6 If the actual traffic of the port is lower than the bandwidth threshold of the port, the alarm is
cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.85 FPGA_ABN
Description
The FPGA_ABN is an alarm indicating the failure of reading and writing the FPGA.
Attribute
Parameters
601
Name Meaning
If the value of this parameter is 0xFF, this parameter is meaningless.
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 The value is always 0x01. Parameter 2 is the higher byte, and
Parameter 4, Parameter 5 The value is 0xFF. Currently, these parameters are not used.
The impact of the FPGA_ABN alarm on the system is as follows:
When the alarm occurs, the board fails to function. If the board is reset, the services may be
interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the FPGA_ABN alarm is as follows:
The FPGA of the board is lost or damaged.
Procedure
Step 1 Download the FPGA of the board again and then check whether the FPGA_ABN alarm is
cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.86 FSELECT_STG
Description
The FSELECT_STG is an alarm indicating that the clock board is forcibly selected.
602
Attribute
Major Security alarm
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the cross-connect and timing board.
l 0x01: The board whose ID is smaller.
l 0x02: The board whose ID is greater.
If the forcibly selected clock board works well, transient interruption occurs when the services
are switched. Otherwise, the services are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the FSELECT_STG alarm is as follows:
The command of forcibly selecting the clock board is issued.
Procedure
Step 1 After the command of forcibly selecting the clock board is cancelled, the FSELECT_STG alarm
is automatically cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.87 FUSE_ALARM
Description
The FUSE_ALARM is an alarm indicating output offline. This alarm occurs when the fuse of
the CAU board is faulty.
603
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 The value is always 0x01, and indicates path 1.
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates the type of the faulty fuse. Parameter 2 is the higher byte,
The value of Parameter 2 is always 0x00. The values of Parameter
3 are as follows:
l 0x01: Battery fuse
l 0x02: Battery discharge
l 0x03: Load fuse 1
l 0x04: Load fuse 2
Parameter 4, Parameter 5 Parameter 4 is the higher byte, and Parameter 5 is the lower byte.
The value of Parameter 4 is always 0x00. The value of Parameter
5 is always 0x01, and indicates open circuits.
The FUSE_ALARM alarm affects the power supply of the system. It may cause power failure
to the NE.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the FUSE_ALARM alarm are as follows:
The UPM is not in position.
The fuse of the UPM is faulty.
The load fuse is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 View the FUSE_ALARM alarm on the U2000. Confirm the type of the faulty load fuse according
to Parameter 3.
604
l If the battery fuse is faulty, replace the fuse. Then, check whether the FUSE_ALARM alarm
is cleared.
l If the load fuse 1 is faulty, replace the fuse. Then, check whether the FUSE_ALARM alarm
is cleared.
l If the load fuse 2 is faulty, replace the fuse. Then, check whether the FUSE_ALARM alarm
is cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.88 HARD_ERR
Description
The HARD_ERR is a hardware error alarm. This alarm occurs when some minor faults occur
to the hardware.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the type of the fault that causes the alarm.
l 0x01: Clock chip fault
l 0x02: Self-check fault of a certain component
l 0x03: Self-check fault of the chip
l 0x04: Port fault
l 0x06: Digital phase locked loop abnormality
l 0x0F: Chip fault
l 0x12: Clock component fault
l 0x14: Power component fault
l 0x15: Other equipment alarm
605
Name Meaning
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicate the name of the component that has the fault indicated by
Parameter 1. For example, when Parameter = 0x14, 0x0200
indicates the -5.2 V power.
When the HARD_ERR alarm occurs, the system is usually not affected.
Possible Causes
The board hardware is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 Replace the faulty board.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.89 HP_CROSSTR
Description
The HP_CROSSTR is an alarm indicating that the number of the higher order path bit errors
crosses the threshold.
Attribute
Minor Service alarm
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the optical interface number where the excessive higher
order path bit errors occur.
606
Name Meaning
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates the path number where the excessive higher order path bit
errors occur.
Parameter 4 The higher two bits indicate the performance monitoring period.
l 01: 15-minute performance monitoring
l 02: 24-hour performance monitoring
The lower six bits together with Parameter 5 indicate the
performance event ID.
Parameter 5 Indicates the performance event ID.
The impacts of the HP_CROSSTR alarm on the system are as follows:
l The service quality of the board that reports the alarm is lowered.
l The services of the board that reports the alarm are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the HP_CROSSTR alarm are as follows:
l The laser performance at the opposite station is degraded.
l The received optical power at the local station is too high or too low.
l The clock performance at the local station or the opposite station is degraded.
l The fiber performance is degraded.
Procedure
Step 1 Perform an inloop on the board that reports the HP_CROSSTR alarm at the local station.
CAUTION
1. If the alarm is cleared, go to Step 2.
2. If the alarm persists, it indicates that the fault occurs to the local station. Go to Step 4.
Step 2 Perform an outloop at the opposite station.
CAUTION
607
1. If the alarm is cleared, it indicates that the fault occurs to the local station. Go to Step 3.
2. If the alarm persists, it indicates that the fiber performance is degraded or the fiber jumper
connector is dirty. Go to Step 5.
Step 3 Replace the line board at the opposite station.
1. If the alarm is cleared, the fault is removed. The alarm handling ends.
2. If the alarm persists, replace the cross-connect and timing board at the opposite station. The
alarm handling ends.
Step 4 Replace the board that reports the HP_CROSSTR alarm at the local station.
2. If the alarm persists, replace the cross-connect and timing board at the local station. The
Step 5 Clean the fiber jumper connectors at both the local and opposite stations.
2. If the alarm persists, it indicates that the fault occurs to the fiber cables. Remove the fault,
and the alarm handling ends.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.90 HP_REI
Description
The HP_REI is a remote error indication in the higher order path.
Attribute
Warning Service alarm
Parameters
Name Meaning
608
Name Meaning
3 = 0x01. In this case, the HP_REI alarm is reported from AU-4
When the HP_REI alarm occurs, the local station is not affected. This alarm just shows that bit
errors are received at an intermediate station, and the quality of the transmitted higher order
services is degraded.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the HP_REI alarm is as follows:
The HP_REI alarm is an accompanying alarm. When an intermediate station has detected an
alarm (such as the B3_EXC or B3_SD) of B3 bit errors, it returns an HP_REI alarm to the local
station.
Procedure
Step 1 After you clear the B3_EXC or B3_SD alarm that occurs at an intermediate station, the HP_REI
----End
Related Information
None.
9.91 IN_PWR_FAIL
Description
The IN_PWR_FAIL is an alarm indicating that the optical amplifier board detects no input power
at its input optical interface.
Attribute
Parameters
609
Name Meaning
If any optical signals that carry services must be amplified through this optical interface, and
the service path is protected by MSP or SNCP, the MSP or SNCP switching is triggered.
If any optical signals that carry services must be amplified through this optical interface, and
the service path is not protected by MSP or SNCP, the relevant services are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the IN_PWR_FAIL alarm are as follows:
l There is a fiber cut.
l The optical module is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 Use the OTDR to test whether the optical cable is cut.
Step 2 Clean the fiber jumper connector at the local station and the receive optical interface on the line
board, and then check whether the IN_PWR_FAIL alarm is cleared.
Step 3 Make sure that the flange of the local station is correctly connected, and then check whether the
alarm is cleared.
Step 4 Check whether the optical power transmitted by the opposite station is normal. If the optical
power transmitted by the opposite station is normal, the receive module of the board at the local
station is faulty. Replace the board of the local station.
Step 5 If the optical power transmitted by the opposite station is abnormal, clean the fiber jumper
connector at the opposite station, and then check whether the alarm is cleared.
Step 6 Make sure that the flange of the opposite station is correctly connected, and then check whether
Step 7 If the optical power transmitted by the opposite station is still abnormal, the transmit optical
module of the board at the opposite station is faulty. Replace the board of the opposite station.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.92 K1_K2_M
610
Description
The K1_K2_M is an alarm indicating the mismatch between the K1 and K2 bytes. This alarm
occurs, when the path numbers indicated in the transmitted K1 byte and the received K2 byte
are inconsistent and the inconsistency lasts for a time period (160 ms by default).
Attribute
Parameters
None.
When the K1_K2_M alarm occurs, the MSP becomes unavailable. If a fiber cut or another fault
occurs at this time, the services are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the K1_K2_M alarm are as follows:
l Fibers are misconnected.
l The service board is faulty.
l The cross-connect board is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 View the K1_K2_M alarm on the NMS, and then confirm the linear MSP group ID.
Step 2 Make sure that the fibers of the MSP are correctly connected, and that the logical and physical
configurations of fibers are consistent. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Step 3 If the alarm persists, check whether the service boards configured with the MSP at the local and
opposite ends are faulty. After replacing faulty service boards, check whether the alarm is
cleared.
Step 4 If the alarm persists, check whether the cross-connect boards at the local and opposite ends are
faulty. After replacing faulty cross-connect boards, check whether the alarm is cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.93 K2_M
611
Description
The K2_M is an alarm of K2 byte mismatch. This alarm occurs, when the opposite end protection
mode indicated by the fifth bit (counted from the highest bit to the lowest bit) of the K2 byte is
inconsistent with the local end protection mode, and when the inconsistency lasts for a time
period (2s by default).
Attribute
Parameters
None.
When the K2_M alarm occurs, the MSP becomes unavailable. If a fiber cut or another fault
occurs at this time, the services are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the K2_M alarm are as follows:
l The MSP configuration is incorrect.
Procedure
Step 1 Make sure that the local and opposite NEs have consistent MSP configurations. After updating
the MSP configurations, check whether the K2_M alarm is cleared.
cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
612
9.94 LAN_LOC
Description
The LAN_LOC is an alarm indicating the Ethernet communication failure.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the network port ID. For example, 0x01 indicates network
port 1 and 0x02 indicates network port 2.
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates the number of the path on which the alarm is reported.
Parameter 2 is the higher byte, and the value is always 0x00.
Parameter 3 is the lower byte, and the value is always 0x01.
When the alarm is reported, the communication of the network port is interrupted. As a result,
the NE is out of control. The existing services of the NE, however, are not affected.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the LAN_LOC alarm are as follows:
l The cable is not connected to the ETH port of the AUX/SAP/EOW board.
l The ETH port of the AUX/SAP/EOW board is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 View the alarm on the NMS. Determine the network port ID according to the alarm parameter
1.
613
Step 2 Check whether the cable of the network port is loose or no cable is connected. Properly connect
the NMS to the ETH port. The LINK indicator is in green. Then, check whether the alarm is
cleared.
Step 3 If the alarm persists, the cable may be faulty. Replace the faulty cable, and then check whether
Step 4 If the fault persists, check whether the network port is faulty. Replace the AUX/SAP/EOW board.
Then, check whether the alarm is cleared.
Step 5 If the alarm persists, replace the SCC board.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.95 LASER_MOD_ERR
Description
The LASER_MOD_ERR is an alarm indicating mismatch of optical modules. When the type
of the optical module inserted does not match the type supported by the board, this alarm occurs.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the number of the optical interface of the board.
When the installed optical module is incorrect, the performance of the optical interface is
degraded. In severe cases, the services are interrupted.
614
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the LASER_MOD_ERR alarm are as follows:
l The rate of the optical module inserted does not match the rate of the optical interface of
the board.
l The type of the inserted optical module and the type of the port on the actual board
mismatch.
Procedure
Step 1 View the LASER_MOD_ERR alarm on the U2000 and confirm the relevant board.
Step 2 Replace the optical module. The alarm is automatically cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.96 LASER_SHUT
Description
The LASER_SHUT is an alarm indicating that the laser of the board is shut down.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
When the LASER_SHUT alarm occurs, the services are interrupted.
615
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the LASER_SHUT alarm is as follows:
The user uses the U2000 or Navigator and performs the operation to shut down the laser.
Procedure
Step 1 If the user cancels the setting of laser shutdown, the LASER_SHUT alarm is automatically
cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.97 LCAS_BAND_DECREASED
Description
The LCAS_BAND_DECREASED is an alarm indicating that the LCAS service bandwidth has
decreased. This alarm occurs when the LCAS function is enabled, part or all of the physical
paths that are bound with the VCTRUNK are in the idle state and carry no payload, because the
path are not successfully added or the paths fail after being added.
Attribute
Minor Service alarm
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the optical port, and the value is always 0x01.
616
Name Meaning
Parameter 4 Indicates the direction of the services:
l 0x00: Bidirectional
l 0x01: Uplink
l 0x02: Downlink
Parameter 5 Indication the degree of the bandwidth failure:
l 0x00: All bandwidth failed
l 0x01: Part bandwidth failed
When the LCAS_BAND_DECREASED alarm occurs, it indicates that the service bandwidth
has decreased. If the bandwidth available for carrying services is lower than the configured
bandwidth, the services will lose packets. If the bandwidth all fails, the services on the
VCTRUNK will be interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the LCAS_BAND_DECREASED alarm are as follows:
l The failure in the physical paths bound with the VCTRUNK causes the alarms such as the
AIS, LOP, UNEQ, LOM, and SD.
l The number of the upstream or downstream timeslots bound with the VCTRUNK is
inconsistent with the number of the downstream or upstream timeslots bound with the
corresponding opposite VCTRUNK.
l The cross-connection is incorrectly bound.
Procedure
Step 1 View the LCAS_BAND_DECREASED alarm on the U2000 and confirm the relevant
VCTRUNK according to the alarm parameters.
Step 2 Check whether there are the alarms such as the AIS, LOP, UNEQ, and LOM that enable the
LCAS operation of protecting members. If yes, clear these alarms. Check whether the alarm is
cleared.
Step 3 Check whether the number of the upstream or downstream timeslots bound with the VCTRUNK
is consistent with the number of the downstream or upstream timeslots bound with the
corresponding opposite VCTRUNK. If not, increase or reduce the timeslots to make the number
of the timeslots at both ends consistent. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Step 4 If the alarm persists, check whether the cross-connection is bound correctly. If not, re-bind the
cross-connection. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Step 5 If the alarm persists, maybe the wait-to-restore (WTR) time is too long and the members are still
not restored. Check the WTR time. Wait for a period, and then check whether the alarm is cleared.
Step 6 If the alarm persists, disable and then enable the LCAS function of the VCTRUNK. Check
617
Step 7 If the alarm persists, delete and then re-bind all the physical paths of the VCTRUNK. Check
Step 8 If the alarm persists, perform a cold reset for the board.
CAUTION
----End
Related Information
None.
9.98 LCAS_FOPR
Description
The LCAS_FOPR is an alarm indicating the failure of the LCAS protocol in the receive direction.
When the sink end of the LCAS module detects abnormalities, the LCAS negotiation is
unavailable or incorrect and this alarm occurs.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
618
When the LCAS_FOPR alarm occurs, it indicates that the protocol state machine in the receive
direction is in confusion. The negotiation may be abnormal.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the LCAS_FOPR alarm are as follows:
l The downstream VCG receives repeated sequence numbers due to wrong configurations
or link bit errors.
l The LCAS function of the opposite VCG is disabled.
l The downstream VCG simultaneously receives the FIXED and other LCAS control bytes
due to wrong configurations or link bit errors.
l The cross-connection is incorrectly bound.
Procedure
Step 1 View the LCAS_FOPR alarm on the U2000 and confirm the relevant VCTRUNK according to
Step 2 Check whether the LCAS protocol is enabled at the opposite end. If not, enable the LCAS
protocol at the opposite end. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Step 3 If the alarm persists, check whether the configurations are correct. Especially, check whether
the cross-connection is bound correctly. If not, modify the wrong configurations. Check whether
Step 4 If the alarm persists, disable and then enable the LCAS function at both ends. Check whether
----End
Related Information
None.
9.99 LCAS_FOPT
Description
The LCAS_FOPT is an alarm indicating the failure of the LCAS protocol in the transmit
direction. When the source end of the LCAS module detects abnormalities, the LCAS negotiation
is unavailable or incorrect and this alarm occurs.
Attribute
619
Parameters
Name Meaning
When the LCAS_FOPT alarm occurs, it indicates that the protocol state machine in the transmit
direction is in confusion. The negotiation may be abnormal.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the LCAS_FOPT alarm is as follows:
l There is the persistent and unexpected MST due to wrong configurations or link bit errors.
For example, the member that transmits IDLE always receives MST=OK.
l The downstream VCG simultaneously receives the FIXED and other LCAS control bytes
due to wrong configurations or link bit errors.
Procedure
Step 1 View the LCAS_FOPT alarm on the U2000 and confirm the relevant VCTRUNK according to
Step 2 Check whether the service cross-connection of the VCTRUNK is bound correctly. If not, modify
the wrong configurations. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.100 LCAS_PLCR
Description
The LCAS_PLCR is an alarm indicating partial loss of capacity in the LCAS receive direction.
When the LCAS function of the VCTRUNK is enabled, in the receive direction, the number of
paths that carry load is less than the number of paths configured and is not zero.
620
Attribute
Minor Service alarm
Parameters
Name Meaning
When the LCAS_PLCR alarm occurs, it indicates that the available bandwidth in the receive
direction is reduced. The services are not interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the LCAS_PLCR alarm are as follows:
l Bidirectional services are not configured.
l The number of members in the upstream of the opposite end is less than that in the
downstream of the local end.
l The path communication fails because the cross-connection is wrong or the physical link
is improperly connected.
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether there are other alarms such as the AIS, LOP, UNEQ, and LOM. If yes, clear
these alarms first. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Step 2 Ensure that the physical link is available. Check whether bidirectional services are configured.
If not, configure bidirectional services.
Step 3 If the alarm persists, check on the U2000 whether the number of downstream timeslots bound
with the VCTRUNK at the local end is consistent with that of upstream timeslots bound with
the VCTRUNK at the opposite end. If not, increase or reduce the timeslots to make the number
of the timeslots at both ends consistent. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Step 4 Check whether the cross-connection is bound from the transmit direction to the opposite end. If
not, re-bind the cross-connection. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
621
Step 8 If the alarm persists, perform a cold reset for the board, or remove and insert the board.
CAUTION
----End
Related Information
None.
9.101 LCAS_PLCT
Description
The LCAS_PLCT is an alarm indicating partial loss of capacity in the LCAS transmit direction.
When the LCAS function of the VCTRUNK is enabled, in the transmit direction, the number
of paths that carry load is less than the number of paths configured and is not zero.
Attribute
Minor Service alarm
Parameters
Name Meaning
622
Name Meaning
When the LCAS_PLCT alarm occurs, it indicates that the available bandwidth in the transmit
direction is reduced. The services will lose packets when the actual service traffic is larger than
the available bandwidth in the transmit direction.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the LCAS_PLCT alarm are as follows:
l The number of members in the downstream of the opposite end is less than that in the
upstream of the local end.
l The path communication fails because the cross-connection is wrong or the physical link
is improperly connected.
Procedure
Step 1 View the LCAS_PLCT alarm on the U2000 and confirm the relevant VCTRUNK according to
Step 2 Check whether the LCAS_PLCR alarm is present at the opposite station. If yes, clear the
LCAS_PLCR alarm first. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Step 3 If the alarm persists, check whether bidirectional services are configured. If not, configure
bidirectional services. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Step 4 If the alarm persists, check on the U2000 whether the number of upstream timeslots bound with
the VCTRUNK at the local end is consistent with that of downstream timeslots bound with the
VCTRUNK at the opposite end. If not, increase or reduce the timeslots to make the number of
the timeslots at both ends consistent. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Step 5 If the alarm persists, the cross-connection is not bound from the transmit direction to the opposite
end. Re-bind the cross-connection. The alarm is automatically cleared.
623
CAUTION
----End
Related Information
None.
9.102 LCAS_TLCR
Description
The LCAS_TLCR is an alarm indicating the total loss of capacity in the LCAS receive direction.
When the LCAS function of the VCTRUNK is enabled, in the receive direction, the number of
paths that carry load is zero, whereas the number of paths configured is not zero.
Attribute
Major Service alarm
Parameters
Name Meaning
When the LCAS_TLCR alarm occurs, it indicates that the available bandwidth in the receive
direction is reduced to zero. The services in the receive direction are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the LCAS_TLCR alarm are as follows:
624
l The upstream of the opposite end is not bound with members.
l The path communication fails because the cross-connection is wrong or other alarms are
present.
Procedure
Step 1 View the LCAS_TLCR alarm on the U2000 and confirm the relevant VCTRUNK according to
Step 3 Check whether bidirectional services are configured. If not, configure bidirectional services.
Step 4 If the alarm persists, check whether the upstream of the opposite end is bound with timeslots. If
not, bind the timeslots in the corresponding direction. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Step 5 If the alarm persists, the cross-connection is not bound from the transmit direction to the local
end. Re-bind the cross-connection. The alarm is automatically cleared.
Step 8 If the alarm persists, perform a cold reset for the board, or remove and insert the board.
CAUTION
----End
Related Information
None.
9.103 LCAS_TLCT
Description
The LCAS_TLCT is an alarm indicating total loss of capacity in the LCAS transmit direction.
When the LCAS function of the VCTRUNK is enabled, in the transmit direction, the number
of paths that carry load is zero, whereas the number of paths configured is not zero.
625
Attribute
Major Service alarm
Parameters
Name Meaning
When the LCAS_TLCT alarm occurs, it indicates that the available bandwidth in the transmit
direction is reduced to zero. The services in the transmit direction are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the LCAS_TLCT alarm are as follows:
l The downstream of the opposite end is not bound with members.
l The path communication fails because the cross-connection is wrong or other alarms are
present.
Procedure
Step 1 View the LCAS_TLCT alarm on the U2000 and confirm the relevant VCTRUNK according to
Step 2 Check whether the LCAS_TLCR alarm is present at the opposite station. If yes, clear the
LCAS_TLCR alarm first. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Step 4 If the alarm persists, check whether the downstream of the opposite end is bound with timeslots.
If not, bind the timeslots in the corresponding direction. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
Step 5 If the alarm persists, check whether the cross-connection is correctly bound from the transmit
direction to the opposite end. If not, re-bind the cross-connection. Check whether the alarm is
cleared.
626
CAUTION
----End
Related Information
None.
9.104 LCD
Description
The LCD is an alarm indicating the loss of cell delimitation. If the OCD alarm continuously
occurs within the transmission period of n cells, the LCD alarm is reported. The letter n indicates
the LCD alarm threshold value, and it varies with the port. For details, refer to Related
Information.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
627
Name Meaning
l When the LCD alarm occurs, all the services in the receive direction of the port are
interrupted.
l When the LCD alarm occurs, all the connections at the port insert the AIS cells in the
segment or end point at the downstream station.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the LCD alarm are as follows:
l The SDH path connected to the ATM port fails to receive signals. For example, an SDH
alarm, such as the R_LOS, R_LOF, MS_AIS, AU_AIS, AU_LOP, TU_AIS or TU_LOP,
occurs.
l A great number of bit errors occur in the relevant SDH receive path of the ATM port. That
is, some bit error alarms, such as the B1_SD, B2_ SD or B3_ SD, occur in the relevant
SDH path of the port.
Procedure
Step 1 View the LCD alarm on the U2000, and then confirm the relevant optical interface according
port. If yes, clear it, and then check whether the LCD alarm is cleared.
Step 3 If the alarm persists, check whether any bit error alarm, such as the B1_EXC, B2_EXC or
B3_EXC, is detected at the local station on the U2000. If yes, clear it, and then check whether
the LCD alarm is cleared.
a cold reset on the board. Then check whether the LCD alarm is cleared.
CAUTION
628
Step 5 If the alarm persists, replace the board that generates the LCD alarm.
----End
Related Information
End and Segment
As shown in Figure 9-1, the end point refers to the termination point in the chain network, and
it is used to monitor the whole virtual connection. The segment point is, generally, used to
monitor a segment of the whole link.
Figure 9-1 Schematic diagram of the end and segment
A B C D E
Segment Segment
End
point
Segment and end
point

LCD alarm threshold value at different ports
l For an external ATM port, the threshold of generating the LCD alarm is seven cells.
l For a VC-4 VCTRUNK port, the threshold of generating the LCD alarm is 360 cells.
l For a VC-12 VCTRUNK port, the threshold of generating the LCD alarm in the bound E1
link is 104 cells. If only one E1 link is bound with the VCTRUNK, the LCD alarm is
reported when the ALM_IMA_LINK_LCD alarm occurs. If the VCTRUNK is bound with
multiple E1 links in the IMA group, and if the number of E1 links in which the
ALM_IMA_LINK_LCD alarm occurs is greater than the value derived from the total
number of bound E1 links subtracted by the minimum number of activated links in the
receive direction of the IMA group, the LCD alarm is reported at the VCTRUNK port.
Otherwise, the LCD alarm is not reported.
9.105 LCS_DAYS_OF_GRACE
Description
The LCS_DAYS_OF_GRACE is an alarm indicating that a license file remains in the grace
period. This alarm is reported when the license file is ineffective, the version does not match,
or a feature expires but remains in the grace period of the license file.
Attribute
629
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1, Parameter 2 Indicates the ID of the feature.
Parameter 3, Parameter 4 Indicates the number of remaining days in the grace period of the
license file.
Parameter 5 Indicates the failure type.
l 0x01: The license file is ineffective.
l 0x02: The Equipment Serial Number (ESN) specified in the
license file does not match the ESN of the equipment.
l 0x03: The V/R version of the license file does not match the
software version of the equipment.
l 0x04: Both the ESN and V/R version do not match.
NOTE
If the values of Parameters 1 and 2 are not zero, the value of Parameter 5 is
always zero.
If a license file is not replaced in the grace period, the system or feature changes to the default
state when the license file expires.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the LCS_DAYS_OF_GRACE alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: The license file is ineffective, and the NE remains in the grace period of 60 days.
l Cause 2: The license file, ESN, or V/R version does not match, and the NE remains in the
grace period of 60 days.
l Cause 3: The feature expires but remains in the grace period of 60 days.
Procedure
Step 1 Cause 1: The license file is ineffective, and the NE remains in the grace period of 60 days.
Cause 2: The license file, ESN, or V/R version does not match, and the NE remains in the grace
period of 60 days.
Cause 3: The feature expires but remains in the grace period of 60 days.
1. Contact Huawei engineers to install a correct license file on the NE.
----End
630
Related Information
Definitions of States
Normal state
In normal state, all the check items of the license file pass the check, and the equipment can
properly implement all the functions specified in the license file.
Trial state
In trial state, the equipment can still properly implement all the functions specified in the license
file.
License grace period
The license grace period refers to the number of days reserved for a license file. By default, the
license grace period lasts for 60 days.
Default state
In default state, the services whose functions are added can run continuously, but cannot be
configured any more. For example, a service cannot be added or modified.
Transition of States
The following figure shows the transition of the basic states of a license file on an NE.
Normal
State
Trial
State
Default
State
LCS_DAYS_OF_GRACE LCS_EXPIRED
Table 9-3 provides the major trigger conditions of state transition of a license file.
Table 9-3 State transition of a license file
Original State Final State Trigger Condition
Normal state Trial state l The equipment serial number (ESN) or V/R
version number specified in the license file does
not match the ESN or V/R version number of
the equipment, but the license file remains in the
grace period.
l The installation of the license file is later than
the end date, but the license file remains in the
grace period.
631
Default state The installation of the license file is later than the
end date and the grace period of the license file
expires.
Trial state Normal state The license file is installed normally.
expires.
Default state Trial state l The equipment serial number (ESN) or V/R
grace period.
grace period.
Normal state The license file is installed normally.

9.106 LCS_EXPIRED
Description
The LCS_EXPIRED is an alarm indicating that a license file expires. This alarm is reported
when a license file is beyond its probation period.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1, Parameter 2 Indicates the number of days after the license file expires.
632
Name Meaning
Parameter 3 Indicates the failure type.
l 0x01: The license file is ineffective.
l 0x02: The Equipment Serial Number (ESN) specified in the
license file does not match the ESN of the equipment.
l 0x03: The V/R version of the license file does not match the
software version of the equipment.
l 0x04: Both the ESN and V/R version do not match.
If the license file is beyond the probation period, the equipment changes to the default state.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the LCS_EXPIRED alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: The license file is ineffective, and the NE operates continuously beyond the
probation period of the license file.
l Cause 2: The license file, ESN, or V/R version does not match, and the NE operates
continuously beyond the probation period of the license file.
Procedure
Step 1 Cause 1: The license file is ineffective, and the NE operates continuously beyond the probation
period of the license file.Cause 2: The license file, ESN, or V/R version does not match, and the
NE operates continuously beyond the probation period of the license file.
----End
Related Information
Normal state
Trial state
file.
Default state
633
Normal
State
Trial
State
Default
State
grace period.
grace period.
expires.
expires.
grace period.
grace period.

634
9.107 LCS_FILE_NOT_EXIST
Description
The LCS_FILE_NOT_EXIST is an alarm indicating that the license file is not installed on the
NE. This alarm is reported when the equipment is under control of a license file but is not installed
with the relevant license file.
Attribute
Parameters
None.
If the equipment is not installed with the relevant license file, the equipment may change to the
default state.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the LCS_FILE_NOT_EXIST alarm is as follows:
Cause 1: The equipment is started up, but the relevant license file does not exist in the system.
Procedure
Step 1 Cause 1: The equipment is started up, but the relevant license file does not exist in the system.
----End
Related Information
Normal state
Trial state
file.
635
Default state
Normal
State
Trial
State
Default
State
grace period.
grace period.
expires.
expires.
636
grace period.
grace period.

9.108 LFA
Description
The LFA is an alarm indicating the loss of E1 basic frame alignment. This alarm shows the
failure of delimitating the frames received in the local IMA link.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
l When the LFA alarm occurs, the relevant E1 link in the IMA group is deactivated, and then
the activated E1 links in the IMA group are reduced. If the service bandwidth configured
637
for the IMA group is greater than that of the activated E1 links in the IMA group, a
congestion event occurs at the IMA port. Consequently, the user cells are lost.
l For the VCTRUNK link that is bound with one VC-12 path, if the LFA alarm occurs, the
l After the LFA alarm is cleared, the relevant E1 link in the IMA group is automatically
activated.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the LFA alarm are as follows:
l Abnormal service traffic from the cross-connection side causes the failure for the E1 de-
frame functional block of the IMA board to delimitate the frames. Consequently, the loss
of cell delimitation alarm is reported. For example, the cross-connections are not
configured, or some alarms, such as the ALM_E1AIS, TU_LOP or TU_AIS, occur.
l The E1 mapping chip of the ATM board is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 If the alarm persists, check whether the ALM_E1AIS, TU_LOP or TU_AIS alarm occurs on the
U2000. If yes, take priority to clear it, and then check whether the LFA alarm is cleared.
Step 2 If the alarm persists, check whether the VC-12 cross-connections are correctly configured on
the U2000. If not, configure the correct service VC-12 cross-connections, and then check
whether the LFA alarm is cleared.
Step 3 If the alarm persists, the E1 mapping chip of the board may be faulty. In this case, perform a
cold reset on the board. Then check whether the LFA alarm is cleared.
CAUTION
Step 4 If the alarm persists, replace the board that generates the LFA alarm.
----End
Related Information
Internal Optical Interface
The internal optical interface is a logical interface, which contains eight internal VC-4 paths.
9.109 LMFA
Description
The LMFA is an alarm indicating the loss of multiframe alignment. This alarm shows the failure
of delimitating the CRC-4 multiframes received in the local IMA link. The local end expects to
638
receive the CRC-4 multiframes, but it actually receives the basic frames. In this case, the LMFA
alarm is reported.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the number of the internal optical interface.
When the LMFA alarm occurs, the services are not affected.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the LMFA alarm are as follows:
l The E1 frame format at the E1 service processing board (namely, the PQ1 board) is
inconsistent with that at the IMA board. The frame format at the E1 service processing
board is of the basic frame format, and that at the IMA board is of the multiframe format.
l The E1 mapping chip of the ATM board is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 On the U2000, check whether the E1 frame format at the tributary board interconnected with
the local IMA board is for base frames. If yes, modify it as required so that it is consistent at the
two boards. Then check whether the LMFA alarm is cleared.
Step 2 If the alarm persists, the E1 mapping chip of the board may be faulty. In this case, perform a
cold reset on the board, or replace the board. This operation is not suggested, however, because
services may be interrupted. Moreover, the services are not affected when the LMFA alarm
occurs.
----End
639
Related Information
Basic Frame
According to ITU-T G.704 Recommendation, a basic frame shows the format in which the frame
synchronization sequence (FAS) is carried in the even frames, and the non frame synchronization
sequence (NFAS) is carried in the odd frames.
Multiframe
A multiframe contains 16 basic frames, and it can be checked in the cyclic redundancy check
(CRC) mode.
9.110 LOCK_CUR_FAIL
Description
The LOCK_CUR_FAIL is an alarm of working current locking failure. This alarm occurs when
the working current is abnormal.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the optical interface number that generates the alarm. For
example, 0x01 indicates optical interface 1.
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates the pump laser number that generates the alarm, which is
of two bytes. For example, 0x00 0x01 indicates the pump laser 1.
When the LOCK_CUR_FAIL alarm occurs, locking the output optical power of the board fails.
Accordingly, the services of the entire optical line are affected.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the LOCK_CUR_FAIL alarm are as follows:
640
l The control circuit of the driver current is abnormal.
l The D/A conversion circuit of the driver current is abnormal.
l The A/D conversion circuit of the driver current is abnormal.
Procedure
Step 1 Perform the warm reset on the faulty board on the U2000.
Step 2 If the LOCK_CUR_FAIL alarm persists, replace the faulty board.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.111 LOOP_ALM
Description
The LOOP_ALM is a loopback alarm. This alarm occurs when service loopback is set.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 For the SDH, PDH, EoS/EoP, ODU, ATM, SAN, and RPR boards,
Parameter 1 indicates the port ID.
For a board that does not provide any optical port, the value is
always 0x01. For example, if the N1EFT8 board (an EoS board)
reports the alarm, the value of Parameter 1 is 0x01.
641
Name Meaning
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 For the SDH, PDH, EoS/EoP, ODU, ATM, SAN, and RPR boards:
l These parameters indicate the path ID if the board provides
optical ports. 0x1: The optical port is looped.
l These parameters indicate the path ID or port ID if the board
does not provide any optical port.
For example, if the N1EFT8 board (an EoS board) reports the alarm
and the value of Parameter 4 is 0x00 or 0x01, Parameter 2 and
Parameter 3 indicate the ID of the alarmed Ethernet port. If the value
of Parameter 4 is 0x02 or 0x03, Parameter 2 and Parameter 3
indicate the ID of the alarmed Ethernet path.
Parameter 4 For the SDH, PDH, EoS/EoP, ODU, ATM, SAN, and RPR board,
Parameter 4 indicates the loop type.
For the line boards, the values are as follows:
l 0x00: Optical/electrical port inloop.
l 0x01: Optical/electrical port outloop.
l 0x02: Path inloop.
l 0x03: Path outloop.
l 0x04: Loopback on the user side.
l 0x05: Loopback on the combination wave side.
l 0x06: SPI inloop.
l 0x07: SPI outloop.
l 0x08: ATM layer inloop.
l 0x09: ATM layer outloop.
l 0x0A: PHY layer inloop.
l 0x0B: PHY layer outloop.
l 0x0C: MAC layer inloop.
l 0x0D: MAC layer outloop.
l 0x0E: VC-4 timeslot inloop.
l 0x0F: VC-4 timeslot outloop.
l 0x10: VC-3 timeslot inloop.
l 0x11: VC-3 timeslot outloop.
l 0x12: VC-12 timeslot inloop.
l 0x13: VC-12 timeslot outloop.
l 0x14: IF outloop.
l 0x15: IF inloop.
l 0x16: RF inloop.
l 0xFF: Any of the preceding loopback modes.
642
When the LOOP_ALM alarm occurs, it indicates that the system loopback is performed. In this
case, if services are running in the optical interface or channel, the services are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the LOOP_ALM alarm is as follows:
The board loopback is manually configured.
Procedure
Step 1 After you manually cancel the loopback configuration, the LOOP_ALM alarm is automatically
cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.112 LP_CROSSTR
Description
The LP_CROSSTR is an alarm indicating that the number of the lower order path bit errors
Attribute
Minor Service alarm
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the optical interface number where the excessive lower
order path bit errors occur.
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates the path number where the excessive lower order path bit
errors occur.
643
Name Meaning
The impacts of the LP_CROSSTR alarm on the system are as follows:
l The service quality of the services of the board that reports the alarm is downgraded.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the LP_CROSSTR alarm are as follows:
l the received optical power at the local station is over high or over low.
Procedure
Step 1 Perform an inloop on the board that reports the LP_CROSSTR alarm at the local station.
CAUTION
CAUTION
644
1. If the alarm is cleared, it indicates that the fault occurs to the opposite station. Go to Step
3.
Step 4 Replace the board that reports the LP_CROSSTR alarm at the local station.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.113 LP_R_FIFO
Description
The LP_R_FIFO is an alarm indicating that the FIFO messages on the receive side of the lower
order path overflow.
Attribute
Parameters
645
Name Meaning
the LP_R_FIFO alarm is reported from path 1 of the board.
When the LP_R_FIFO alarm occurs, bit errors may occur in the path services of the board.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the LP_R_FIFO alarm are as follows:
Procedure
Step 1 View the LP_R_FIFO alarm on the U2000, and then confirm the path number according to the
alarm parameters.
Step 2 Check whether the service configuration of the path is correct. Make sure that the service type
at the local end is consistent with that at the opposite end, and that the cross-connection is
correctly configured. Then the LP_R_FIFO alarm is automatically cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.114 LP_RDI_VC12
Description
The LP_RDI_VC12 is a remote defect indication alarm in the lower order path. If a board has
detected that bit 8 of the V5 byte in the VC-12 lower order path is 1, the LP_RDI_VC12 alarm
is reported.
Attribute
646
Parameters
Name Meaning
the alarm occurs.
path.
Parameter 4 Indicates the number of the VC-12 lower order path.
3 = 0x01, Parameter 4 = 0x01. In this case, the LP_RDI_VC12
alarm is reported from VC-12 lower order path 1 of AU-4 path 1
for optical interface 1 on the board.
When the LP_RDI_VC12 alarm occurs, the services at the local station are not affected. This
alarm just shows that the opposite station fails to receive signals.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the LP_RDI_VC12 alarm is as follows:
The LP_RDI_VC12 alarm is an accompanying alarm. When the relevant path of a tributary
board at the opposite station reports the TU_AIS_VC12 or TU_LOP_VC12 alarm, it returns the
LP_RDI_VC12 alarm to the local station.
Procedure
Step 1 After you clear the TU_AIS_VC12 or TU_LOP_VC12 alarm reported from the relevant path
of a tributary board at the opposite station, the LP_RDI_VC12 alarm is automatically cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.115 LP_RDI_VC3
647
Description
The LP_RDI_VC3 is a remote defect indication in the VC-3 lower order path. If a board has
detected that bit 5 of the G1 byte in the VC-3 lower order path is 1, the LP_RDI_VC3 alarm is
reported.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the actual optical interface number of the board that
generates the alarm.
path.
3 = 0x01, Parameter 4 = 0x01. In this case, the LP_RDI_VC3 alarm
is reported from VC-3 lower order path 1 of AU-4 path 1 for optical
interface 1 on the board.
When the LP_RDI_VC3 alarm occurs, the services at the local station are not affected. This
alarm just shows that the services at the opposite end are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the LP_RDI_VC3 alarm is as follows:
The LP_RDI_VC3 alarm is an accompanying alarm. When the relevant path of a tributary board
at the opposite station reports TU_AIS_VC3 or TU_LOP_VC3 alarm, it returns the
LP_RDI_VC3 alarm to the local station, showing the TU_AIS_VC3 or TU_LOP_VC3 alarm is
received at the opposite station.
648
Procedure
Step 1 After you clear the TU_AIS_VC3 or TU_LOP_VC3 alarm reported from the relevant path of a
tributary board at the opposite station, the LP_RDI_VC3 alarm is automatically cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.116 LP_REI
Description
The LP_REI is a remote error indication alarm in the lower order path. When a board has detected
that bit 3 of the V5 byte is 1 or any of bits 1 - 4 of the G1 byte is 1, the LP_REI alarm is reported.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
M13 Function).
M13 Function).
(E13/M13 Function).
(E13/M13 Function).
For the EoS and ATM boards, the value is always 0x01.
649
Name Meaning
Note:
is reported from 0x40, which indicates the first VC-3 path.
When the LP_REI alarm occurs, the services at the local station are not affected. This alarm just
shows that some bit errors occur in the signals received in the lower order path at the opposite
station.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the LP_REI alarm is as follows:
The LP_REI alarm is an accompanying alarm. When an tributary board at the opposite station
has detected a bit error alarm, such as the BIP_SD, BIP_EXC, B3_SD or B3_EXC, it returns an
LP_REI alarm to the local station.
Procedure
Step 1 According to the procedure of handling the BIP_SD, BIP_EXC, B3_SD or B3_EXC alarm, clear
the bit error alarm at the opposite station. Then the LP_REI alarm is automatically cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.117 LP_REI_VC12
Description
The LP_REI_VC12 is a remote error indication alarm in the lower order path. If a board has
detected that bit 3 of the V5 byte is 1, the LP_REI_VC12 alarm is reported.
Attribute
650
Parameters
Name Meaning
the alarm occurs.
path.
3 = 0x01, Parameter 4 = 0x01. In this case, the LP_REI_VC12 alarm
is reported from VC-12 lower order path 1 of AU-4 path 1 for
When the LP_REI_VC12 alarm occurs, the services at the local station are not affected. This
alarm just shows that some bit errors occur in the services of the VC-12 path at the opposite end.
Consequently, the quality of the transmitted services is degraded.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the LP_REI_VC12 alarm is as follows:
The LP_REI_VC12 alarm is an accompanying alarm. When a tributary board at the opposite
station has detected the BIP_SD or BIP_EXC alarm, it returns an LP_REI_VC12 alarm to the
local station.
Procedure
Step 1 After you clear the BIP_SD or BIP_EXC alarm that occurs at the opposite end, the
LP_REI_VC12 alarm is automatically cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.118 LP_REI_VC3
651
Description
The LP_REI_VC3 is a remote error indication alarm in the lower order path. When a board has
detected that any of bits 1-4 in the G1 byte is 1, the LP_REI_VC3 alarm is reported.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
the alarm occurs.
path.
3 = 0x01, Parameter 4 = 0x01. In this case, the LP_REI_VC3 alarm
When the LP_REI_VC3 alarm occurs, the services at the local station are not affected. This
alarm just shows that some bit errors occur in the signals received in the lower order path at the
opposite end. Consequently, the quality of the transmitted services is degraded.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the LP_REI_VC3 alarm is as follows:
The LP_REI_VC3 alarm is an accompanying alarm. When a tributary board at the opposite
station has detected the B3_SD_VC3 or B3_EXC_VC3 alarm, it returns an LP_REI_VC3 alarm
to the local station.
652
Procedure
Step 1 After you clear the B3_SD_VC3 or B3_EXC_VC3 alarm that occurs at the opposite end, the
LP_REI_VC3 alarm is automatically cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.119 LP_RFI
Description
The LP_RFI is a remote failure indication alarm in the lower order path. If a board has detected
that bit 4 of the V5 byte is 1, the LP_RFI alarm is reported.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
l 0x40: The N2PQ1 board is in the MUX mode (E13/M13
Function).
l 0x21: The R2PD1 board is in the MUX mode (E13/M13
Function).
the LP_RFI alarm is reported from path 1 of the board.
Note: For the N2PQ1 or R2PD1 board in the MUX mode, the path
number is reported from 0x40, which indicates the first VC3 path.
653
When the LP_RFI alarm occurs, the services at the local station are not affected. This alarm just
shows that the lower order path at opposite station fails to receive signals.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the LP_RFI alarm is as follows:
The LP_RFI alarm is an accompanying alarm. When a tributary board at the opposite station
has detected the BIP_EXC alarm, it returns an LP_RFI alarm to the local station.
Procedure
Step 1 After you clear the BIP_EXC alarm that occurs at the opposite end, the LP_RFI alarm is
----End
Related Information
None.
9.120 LP_SIZE_ERR
Description
The LP_SIZE_ERR is a TU specification error alarm. When the mapping structure of the TU
services received at the board is inconsistent with that specified for the board, the LP_SIZE_ERR
alarm is reported.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
654
Name Meaning
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates the number of the path on which the alarm occurs.
3 = 0x01. In this case, the LP_SIZE_ERR alarm is reported from
When the LP_SIZE_ERR alarm occurs, the services in the lower order path are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the LP_SIZE_ERR alarm is as follows:
The mapping structure of the lower order services is incorrectly configured.
Procedure
Step 1 View the LP_SIZE_ERR alarm on the U2000, and then confirm the path number according to
Step 2 After you configure the correct mapping structure of services in the lower order path, the
LP_SIZE_ERR alarm is automatically cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.121 LP_SLM
Description
The LP_SLM is a signal label mismatch alarm in the lower order path. If a board has detected
that the signal label mismatch event occurs in the V5 or C2 byte, the LP_SLM alarm is reported.
Attribute
Parameters
655
Name Meaning
M13 Function).
M13 Function).
(E13/M13 Function).
(E13/M13 Function).
For EoS and ATM boards, the value is always 0x01.
Note:
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the LP_SLM alarm are as follows:
l The signal label configuration for the lower order path at the local station is inconsistent
with that at the opposite station.
Procedure
Step 1 View the LP_SLM alarm on the U2000 to confirm the relevant board and path.
Step 2 Check whether the signal label byte for the relevant lower order path of the board at the opposite
station is consistent with that at the local station. If not, modify it, and then check whether the
LP_SLM alarm is cleared.
Step 3 If the alarm persists, check whether the service configuration of the board that reports the alarm
is correct. After modifying the incorrect configuration, check whether the LP_SLM alarm is
cleared.
656
Step 4 If the alarm persists, replace the board at the opposite station.
Step 5 If the alarm persists, replace the board at the local station.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.122 LP_SLM_VC12
Description
The LP_SLM_VC12 is a signal label mismatch alarm in the VC-12 lower order path. If a board
has detected that the signal label mismatch event occurs in the V5 byte, the LP_SLM_VC12
alarm is reported.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
path.
3 = 0x01, Parameter 4 = 0x01. In this case, the LP_SLM_VC12
657
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the LP_SLM_VC12 alarm are as follows:
l The type of the received signals does not match that of the signals to be received. That is,
the signal label byte V5 (b5-b7) in the lower order path at the local station is inconsistent
with the received V5 (b5-b7) byte.
Procedure
Step 1 View the LP_SLM_VC12 alarm on the U2000, and then confirm the path number according to
Step 2 Check whether the type of the received signals is consistent with that of the signals to be received.
If not, modify it, and then check whether the LP_SLM_VC12 alarm is cleared.
Step 3 If the alarm persists, check whether the service configuration is correct. After modifying the
incorrect configuration, check whether the LP_SLM_VC12 alarm is cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.123 LP_SLM_VC3
Description
The LP_SLM_VC3 is a signal label mismatch alarm in the VC-3 lower order path. If a board
has detected that the signal label mismatch event occurs in the C2 byte, the LP_SLM_VC3 alarm
is reported.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
658
Name Meaning
path.
3 = 0x01, Parameter 4 = 0x01. In this case, the LP_SLM_VC3 alarm
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the LP_SLM_VC3 alarm are as follows:
l The type of the received signals does not match that of the signals to be received. That is,
the signal label byte C2 in the lower order path is inconsistent with the received C2 byte.
Procedure
Step 1 View the LP_SLM_VC3 alarm on the U2000, and then confirm the path number according to
Step 2 Check whether the signal label byte in the lower order path of the tributary board at the opposite
station is consistent with that in the lower order path of the line board at the local station. If not,
modify it, and then check whether the LP_SLM_VC3 alarm is cleared.
Step 3 If the alarm persists, check whether the service configuration of the path is correct. After
modifying the incorrect configuration, check whether the LP_SLM_VC3 alarm is cleared.
Step 4 If the alarm persists, replace the line board at the local station.
Step 5 If the alarm persists, replace the tributary board at the opposite station.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.124 LP_T_FIFO
659
Description
The LP_T_FIFO is an alarm indicating that the FIFO messages on the transmit side of the lower
order path overflow.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
the LP_T_FIFO alarm is reported from path 1 of the board.
When the LP_T_FIFO alarm occurs, bit errors may occur in the path services of the board.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the LP_T_FIFO alarm are as follows:
l The accessed services are incorrect.
Procedure
Step 1 View the LP_T_FIFO alarm on the U2000. Then check whether the service configuration is
correct for both the board that generates the alarm and the relevant NE. After modifying the
incorrect configuration, check whether the alarm is cleared.
Step 2 If the alarm persists, check whether the services accessed to the board are correct. After making
sure that the accessed services are correct, check whether the alarm is cleared.
----End
660
Related Information
None.
9.125 LP_TIM
Description
The LP_TIM is a trace identifier mismatch alarm in the lower order path. If a board has detected
that the J2 or J1 byte does not match, the LP_TIM alarm is reported.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
M13 Function).
M13 Function).
(E13/M13 Function).
(E13/M13 Function).
For EoS and ATM boards, the value is always 0x01.
Note:
661
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the LP_TIM alarm are as follows:
l The trace identifier of the lower order path at the local station is inconsistent with that at
the opposite station.
l The service cross-connection configuration is incorrect.
Procedure
Step 1 View the LP_TIM alarm on the U2000, and then confirm the path number according to the alarm
parameters.
Step 2 View the LP_TIM alarm on the U2000, and then check whether the trace identifier of the relevant
lower order path of the tributary board at the opposite station is consistent with that of the lower
order path of the line board at the local station. If not, modify it, and then check whether the
LP_TIM alarm is cleared.
Step 3 If the alarm persists, check whether the service cross-connection configuration of the relevant
path of the tributary board that reports the alarm is correct. After modifying the incorrect
configuration, check whether the LP_TIM alarm is cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.126 LP_TIM_VC12
Description
The LP_TIM_VC12 is a trace identifier mismatch alarm in the VC-12 lower order path. If a
board has detected that the J2 byte does not match, the LP_TIM_VC12 alarm is reported.
Attribute
Parameters
662
Name Meaning
path.
3 = 0x01, Parameter 4 = 0x01. In this case, the LP_TIM_VC12
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the LP_TIM_VC12 alarm are as follows:
l The received J2 byte does not match that to be received.
Procedure
Step 1 View the LP_TIM_VC12 alarm on the U2000, and then confirm the path number according to
Step 2 Check whether the trace identifier configuration of the lower order path at the opposite station
is consistent with that of the lower order path of the line board at the local station. If not, modify
the configuration, and then check whether the LP_TIM_VC12 alarm is cleared.
Step 3 If the alarm persists, check whether the service cross-connection configuration is correct. After
modifying the incorrect configuration, check whether the LP_TIM_VC12 alarm is cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
663
9.127 LP_TIM_VC3
Description
The LP_TIM_VC3 is a trace identifier mismatch alarm in the VC-3 lower order path. If a board
has detected that the J1 byte does not match, the LP_TIM_VC3 alarm is reported.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
path.
Parameter 4 Indicates the number of the VC-3 lower order path. For example,
Parameter 1 = 0x01, Parameter 2 = 0x00, Parameter 3=0x01,
Parameter 4 = 0x01. In this case, the LP_TIM_VC3 alarm is
reported from VC-3 lower order path 1 of AU-4 path 1 for optical
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the LP_TIM_VC3 alarm are as follows:
l The received J1 byte does not match that to be received.
664
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the trace identifier configuration in the lower order path of the tributary board
at the opposite station is consistent with that in the lower order path of the line board at the local
station. If not, modify the configuration, and then check whether the LP_TIM_VC3 alarm is
cleared.
Step 2 Check whether the service cross-connection configuration is correct. After modifying the
incorrect configuration, check whether the LP_TIM_VC3 alarm is cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.128 LP_UNEQ_VC12
Description
The LP_UNEQ_VC12 is an alarm indicating no payload is equipped in the lower order path. If
a board has detected that the signal label in the V5 byte is 0, the LP_UNEQ_VC12 alarm is
reported.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
path.
665
Name Meaning
3 = 0x01, Parameter 4 = 0x01. In this case, the LP_UNEQ_VC12
The LP_UNEQ_VC12 alarm shows that no services are loaded in the VC-12 path. If the service
configuration is incorrect, the services may be interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the LP_UNEQ_VC12 alarm are as follows:
l The services on the PDH side are not accessed.
Procedure
Step 1 View the LP_UNEQ_VC12 alarm on the U2000, and then confirm the path number according
Step 2 Check whether the service type configuration is correct. After modifying the incorrect
configuration and making sure that the services are correctly accessed on the PDH side, check
whether the LP_UNEQ_VC12 alarm is cleared.
Step 3 If the alarm persists, check whether the property configuration of the relevant tributary board is
correct. After you modify the incorrect configuration, the LP_UNEQ_VC12 alarm is
----End
Related Information
None.
9.129 LP_UNEQ_VC3
Description
The LP_UNEQ_VC3 is an alarm indicating that no payload is equipped in the VC-3 lower order
path. If a board has detected that the signal label in the C2 byte is 0, the LP_UNEQ_VC3 alarm
is reported.
666
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
path.
3 = 0x01, Parameter 4 = 0x01. In this case, the LP_UNEQ_VC3
alarm is reported from VC-3 lower order path 1 of AU-4 path 1 for
The LP_UNEQ_VC3 alarm shows that no path services are loaded. If the service configuration
is incorrect, and if the services on the PDH side are not accessed, the services may be interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the LP_UNEQ_VC3 alarm are as follows:
l The services on the PDH side are not accessed.
Procedure
Step 1 View the LP_UNEQ_VC3 alarm on the U2000, and then confirm the path number according to
Step 2 Check whether the service type configuration is correct. After modifying the incorrect
configuration and making sure that the services are correctly accessed on the PDH side, check
whether the LP_UNEQ_VC3 alarm is cleared.
667
Step 3 If the alarm persists, check whether the property configuration of the relevant tributary board is
correct. After you modify the incorrect configuration, the LP_UNEQ_VC3 alarm is
----End
Related Information
None.
9.130 LPS_UNI_BI_M
Description
The LPS_UNI_BI_M is an alarm indicating the mismatch of the single-ended and dual-ended
modes in a linear MSP. This alarm is applicable to a linear MSP only. This alarm occurs, when
the opposite end single-ended/dual-ended mode indicated by the lower three bits of the K2 byte
is inconsistent with the local end single-ended/dual-ended mode, and when the inconsistency
lasts for a time period (2s by default).
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the linear MSP group ID.
When the LPS_UNI_BI_M alarm occurs, the MSP becomes unavailable. If a fiber cut or another
fault occurs at this time, the services are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the LPS_UNI_BI_M alarm are as follows:
l The MSP configuration is incorrect.
668
Procedure
Step 1 Make sure that the local and opposite NEs have consistent MSP configurations. After updating
the MSP configurations, check whether the LPS_UNI_BI_M alarm is cleared.
cleared.
----End
Related Information
Single-Ended/Dual-Ended mode
The single-ended/dual-ended mode refers to the revertive mode of the linear MSP switching.
This revertive mode can be either the single-ended mode or the dual-ended mode.
9.131 LSR_COOL_ALM
Description
The LSR_COOL_ALM is an alarm indicating that the cooling current of the laser crosses the
threshold.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
669
When the LSR_COOL_ALM alarm occurs, the laser is faulty. Consequently, the services are
interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the ALM_ALS alarm are as follows:
l The ambient temperature is extremely high.
l The laser is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the ambient temperature is extremely high. If yes, decrease it to a proper value
for the equipment to work well, and then check whether the LSR_COOL_ALM alarm is cleared.
Step 2 If the alarm persists, the laser may be faulty. If the board supports a pluggable optical module,
replace the pluggable optical module. Otherwise, replace the board that generates the alarm, and
then check whether the alarm is cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.132 LSR_INVALID
Description
The LSR_INVALID is an alarm indicating invalid optical module. It is generated when the
optical module cannot pass an authentication.
Attribute
Parameters
670
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the optical interface number of the alarm board. For
example, 0x01 indicates that the alarm is reported from optical
interface 1 of the board.
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates higher order path number. Parameter 2 is always 0x00,
and Parameter 3 is always 0x01.
Parameter 4 Indicates the reason that the optical is invalid.
l 0x01: The optical module has no license.
l 0x02: The license of the optical module is incorrect.
The optical interface of the board where the LSR_INVALID alarm is generated cannot receive
and transmit services. Services are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the LSR_INVALID alarm is as follows:
The optical module fails to be authenticated, because it is invalid.
Procedure
Step 1 Replace the optical module with another one with right license, and then re-check the license.
After successful check, the alarm is cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.133 LSR_NO_FITED
Description
The LSR_NO_FITED is an alarm indicating that the laser is not installed. This alarm occurs
when the optical interface is enabled but not installed with the optical module.
Attribute
671
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the optical interface number of the board that
Parameter 2 and Parameter 3 Parameter 2 is always 0x00, and Parameter 3 is always 0x01.
These parameters are meaningless.
Parameter 4 In the case of line boards, the meaning of Parameter 4 is as
follows:
l 0x01: The laser is not installed.
l 0x02: The EEPROM is null.
When the optical interface is not installed with the optical module, the data cannot be transmitted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the LSR_NO_FITED alarm are as follows:
l The enabled optical interface is not installed with the optical module.
Procedure
Step 1 View the LSR_NO_FITED alarm on the U2000 to confirm the relevant board.
Step 2 Check whether the optical module is installed on the board that reports the alarm.
l If the optical module is not installed on the board, check the type of the optical module.
If the board supports a pluggable optical module, install a pluggable optical module of
the correct type on the board.
If the board does not support a pluggable optical module, replace the board
l If the optical module is installed on the board, go to the next step.
Step 3 If the board supports a pluggable optical module, replace the pluggable optical module.
Otherwise, replace the board. Then, the alarm is cleared automatically.
----End
Related Information
None.
672
9.134 LTEMP_OVER
Description
The LTEMP_OVER is an alarm indicating that the laser temperature crosses the threshold. That
is, when the temperature of the laser on the board is higher than the upper threshold value or
lower than the lower threshold value, the LTEMP_OVER alarm occurs.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the number of the optical interface at which the alarm
occurs. For example, 0x01 indicates optical interface 1.
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates the number of the path in which the alarm occurs. This
number contains two bytes, which are always 0x00 0x01, indicating
path 1 of the optical interface shown in Parameter 1.
Parameter 4 Indicates the threshold crossing type. For example, 0x01 means that
the temperature is more than the upper threshold value.
0x02 means that the temperature is less than the lower threshold
value.
The transmission performance of the laser is affected. The launched optical signals become
abnormal. Consequently, the signals received at the downstream station are degraded, or the
signals are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the LTEMP_OVER alarm are as follows:
l The ambient temperature of the board is extremely high or low.
673
Procedure
Step 1 Check the ambient temperature of the board. For detail, refer to the "Product Description." If
the ambient temperature is improper, handle the LTEMP_OVER alarm according to the method
of handling the TEMP_ALARM alarm.
Step 2 If the alarm persists, the board may be faulty.
1. If the optical module is irremovable, replace the faulty board.
2. If the optical module is removable, replace the faulty board.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.135 MDL_ALARM
Description
The MDL_ALARM is an alarm of power module faults. The system reports this alarm when
the power module of the CAU board is faulty.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
674
Name Meaning
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates the type of the faulty power module. Parameter 2 is the
higher byte, and Parameter 3 is the lower byte.
3 are as follows:
l 0x01: Power module 1
l 0x02: Power module 2
Parameter 4, Parameter 5 Indicates the causes for the faults of the power module. Parameter
5 are as follows:
l 0x00: Communication failure
l 0x01: Power off
l 0x02: Fault
l 0x03: Protection
The MDL_ALARM alarm affects the power supply of the system. This can cause the NE to be
abnormal.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the MDL_ALARM alarm are as follows:
l The Power Module is not in position.
l The cable connecting the Power Module to the equipment is faulty.
l The Power Module is faulty.
l The standby module of the Power Module is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 View the MDL_ALARM alarm on the U2000. Confirm the cause for the fault of the power
module according to Parameter 5.
l In case of communication failure, detect the failure cause and troubleshoot it. Then, check
whether the MDL_ALARM alarm is cleared.
l In case of power off, power on the system. Then, check whether the MDL_ALARM alarm
is cleared.
l In case of hardware faults, replace the CAU board.
----End
Related Information
None.
675
9.136 MOD_TYPE_MISMATCH
Description
The MOD_TYPE_MISMATCH is an alarm indicating that a mismatched port module is
detected.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1
Indicates the ID of the port that reports the alarm. For example,
Parameter 1 = 0x01 indicates that the alarm is reported by port 1 of
the related board.
Parameter 2 is always 0x00, and Parameter 3 is always 0x01. These
The services carried over the port are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the MOD_TYPE_MISMATCH alarm are as follows:
The type defined by the customer for the SFP module is different from the actual module type.
Procedure
Step 1 Based on the alarm parameters, locate the port that reports the alarm.
Step 2 Verify the type of the SFP module that connects to the port.
676
If... Then...
The type defined for the SFP module is
correct
Contact the technical support engineers of
Huawei to replace the SFP module with an
appropriate one.
The type defined for the SFP module is
wrong
Step 3 Specify a correct type for the SFP module.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.137 MS_APS_INDI_EX
Description
The MS_APS_INDI_EX is an extended alarm of multiplex section protection (MSP) status
indication. This alarm is reported when MSP switching occurs, indicating that services are in
the switching state.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the type of the protection group where switching occurs.
l 0x01: linear MSP
l 0x02: ring MSP
Parameter 2 Indicates the MSP ID.
Parameter 3 Indicates the slot ID of the board where switching occurs.
Parameter 4 Indicates the optical port ID on the board where switching occurs.
677
Name Meaning
Parameter 5 Indicates the optical port ID of the MSP.
l 0x00: All VC4 channels of optical ports in the MSP use one set of K bytes.
l 0x01: The former 1/2 VC4 channels of optical ports in the MSP use one set
of K bytes.
l 0x02: The later 1/2 VC4 channels of optical ports in the MSP use one set of
K bytes.
l 0xFF: This parameter is invalid.
After this alarm occurs, fiber cuts and other faults will interrupt services.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the MS_APS_INDI_EX alarm are as follows:
l An external switching command is delivered.
l Conditions that can trigger MSP automatic switching, such as R_LOS, R_LOF, MS_AIS,
HARD_BAD, B2_EXC, B2_SD, and cold reset of the board, occur.
Procedure
Step 1 Query this alarm on the NMS and identify the slot ID and optical port ID of the board where
MSP switching occurs.
Step 2 Check whether the MSP is in the manual, forced, or locked switching state. If the MSP is in one
of these states, clear the switching. Then, the alarm is cleared.
Step 3 If the MSP is in the automatic switching state, perform the following operations.
1. Check whether conditions that can trigger MSP automatic switching, such as R_LOS,
R_LOF, MS_AIS, HARD_BAD, B2_EXC, B2_SD, and cold reset of the board, occur on
service boards of the MSP. If one of these conditions occur, process it and check whether
the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, proceed to the next step.
2. Check whether service boards in the MSP are faulty. If the service boards are faulty, replace
them and check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, proceed to the next step.
3. Check whether cross-connect boards are faulty. If the cross-connect boards are faulty,
replace them.
----End
Related Information
After 1+1 single-ended non-revertive linear MSP switching occurs, if optical paths are restored
successfully, services will not be switched back to working channels automatically and the
MS_APS_INDI_EX alarm persists. At this point, manually switch services from protection
channels to working channels. After the switching succeeds, the MS_APS_INDI_EX alarm will
be cleared.
678
9.138 MS_CROSSTR
Description
The MS_CROSSTR alarm indicates that a performance indicator of the multiplex section crosses
the threshold. This alarm is reported if a board detects that the multiplex section bit error
performance indicator crosses the preset threshold.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
board.
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicate the ID of the path that reports the alarm.
Parameter 4, Parameter 5 The two most significant bits of parameter 4 indicate the
performance monitoring period.
l 0x01: The monitoring period is 15 minutes.
l 0x02: The monitoring period is 24 hours.
The six least significant bits of parameter 4 and parameter 5
together indicate the ID of a performance event.
l If a few number of bit errors occur in the services, the service quality on the IF port is
degraded
l If a large number of bit errors occur in the services, the services on the IF port are
interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the MS_CROSSTR alarm are as follows:
679
l Cause 1: The other alarms are generated.
Determination method: Browse the alarms on the NMS.
l Cause 2: The performance threshold is set incorrectly.
Determination method: Query the bit error threshold on the NMS.
Procedure
l Check the MS_CROSSTR alarm on the U2000 to determine the board that reports the
1. Check whether the following alarms are generated on the board that reports the
MS_CROSSTR alarm on the NMS.
If... Then...
The B2_EXC or B2_SD alarm is
generated
Ensure that the alarm is cleared
immediately. If the MS_CROSSTR alarm
persists, perform the operations that are
required for clearing the alarm generated
due to cause 2.
None of the above Perform the operations required when the
alarm is generated due to cause 2.
1. See Table 9-6. Check whether the performance threshold is set properly on the NMS.
For details, see Setting the Threshold for the SDH Performance Event in the
Supporting Tasks.
----End
Related Information
If the MSBBE, MSES, MSSES, MSCSES, or MSUAS performance events exceed the preset
threshold, the MS_CROSSTR alarm is generated.
Table 9-6 Default threshold of the MS performance events
Performance
Event
15-Minute
Highest
Threshold
15-Minute Lowest
Threshold
24-Hour
Threshold
MSBBE 1500 300 15000
MSES 50 20 100
MSSES 20 0 50
MSCSES 4 (number of consecutive SESs)
MSUAS 20 0 50

680
9.139 MSAD_CROSSTR
Description
The MSAD_CROSSTR alarm indicates that the adaptation performance indicator of the
multiplex section crosses the threshold. This alarm is reported if a board detects that an AU
pointer adaptation performance indicator crosses the preset threshold.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
board.
l If a few number of bit errors occur in the services, the service quality at the IF port is
degraded.
interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the MSAD_CROSSTR alarm are as follows:
681
l Cause 1: Bit errors occur at the section layer.
l Cause 2: The clock on the ring deteriorates.
Procedure
l Check the MSAD_CROSSTR alarm on the U2000 to determine the board that reports the
l Cause 1: Bit errors occur at the section layer.
1. Check whether any of the following alarms are generated on the board that reports the
MSAD_CROSSTR alarm on the NMS.
If... Then...
Any of the following alarms are
generated at the section layer
l B1_EXC
l B1_SD
l B2_EXC
l B2_SD
Ensure that the alarms are cleared
immediately. If the MSAD_CROSSTR
alarm persists, perform the operations that
are required for clearing the alarm generated
due to cause 2.
None of the preceding occur Perform the operations required when the
l Cause 2: The clock on the ring deteriorates.
MSAD_CROSSTR alarm on the NMS.
If... Then...
Any of the following alarms are
generated at the clock
l SYN_BAD
l EXT_SYNC_LOS
l S1_SYN_CHANGE
l LTI
immediately. If the
MSAD_CROSSTR alarm persists,
perform the operations that are
required for clearing the alarm
None of the preceding occur Perform the operations required when
Supporting Tasks.
----End
682
Related Information
The MSAD_CROSSTR alarm may be generated when the AUPJCHIGH, AUPJCLOW, or
AUPJCNEW performance events exceed the preset threshold.
Table 9-7 Default Threshold of the MS Performance Events
Performance
Event
15-Minute
Highest
Threshold
15-Minute Lowest
Threshold
24-Hour
Threshold
AUPJCHIGH 1500 0 30000
AUPJCLOW 1500 0 30000
AUPJCNEW 1500 0 30000

9.140 MS_REI
Description
The MS_REI is an indication alarm that indicates bit errors occur at the remote end of the
multiplex section. When the receive side of the local optical station receives the M1 byte, which
shows that the number of block bit errors detected by BIP-Nx24 (B2) at the opposite station, the
MS_REI alarm is reported.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the actual interface number of the board.
683
When the MS_REI alarm occurs, the number of B2 bit errors received at the opposite station is
beyond the specified value range. The services at the local station are not affected, but the service
quality at the opposite station is degraded.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the MS_REI alarm is as follows:
The number of B2 bit errors received at the opposite station is beyond the specified value range.
Procedure
Step 1 After you clear the B2_EXC or B2_SD alarm that occurs at the opposite station, the MS_REI
----End
Related Information
None.
9.141 MSSW_DIFFERENT
Description
The alarm indicates that the NE software versions on the working and protection SCC boards
are inconsistent.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1
l 0x01: Files in the FLASH
l 0x02: Software that is running currently
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates the number of the inconsistent file on the SCC boards.
684
Name Meaning
Parameter 4 Indicates the alarm causes.
l 0x04: The versions of the files in the working and the protection
areas of a single SCC board are inconsistent.
l 0x08: The file versions of the working SCC and those of the
protection SCC are inconsistent.
l 0x0C: The file versions in the working and the protection areas
of a single SCC board are inconsistent. At the same time, the
file versions of the working and those of the protection SCC
boards are inconsistent.
Parameter 5 0xFF: This parameter is currently not used.
The alarm has the following impacts on the system:
l If the software versions of the working SCC and the protection SCC are inconsistent, the
active/standby switching of the system is affected.
l If no NE software exists on the FLASH, the system cannot reboot after the system is
powered off or reset.
Possible Causes
The causes for the alarm are as follows:
l The version of the software that is currently running on the working SCC is inconsistent
with hat on the protection SCC.
l The software versions in the working and the protection areas (OFS1 and OFS2) are
inconsistent.
l On the working and protection SCC boards, no file named after the board exists under the
peer board directory.
Procedure
Step 1 Contact Huawei engineers to reload the mapping software.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.142 MUT_LOS
685
Description
The MUT_LOS is an alarm indicating that the coupled signals are lost. This alarm occurs when
the input coupled optical signals on a board are lost.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the number of the optical interface at which the
MUT_LOS alarm occurs. For example, 0x01 indicates optical
interface 1.
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates the number of the path in which the alarm occurs. The
path number consists of two bytes, which are always 0x00 0x01,
indicating path 1 of the optical interface shown in Parameter 1.
All the services that travel through this board are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the MUT_LOS alarm are as follows:
l No fiber is connected to the transmit optical port of the local board or the fiber is damaged.
l The signals undergo too much attenuation during the transmission.
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the fibers are properly connected according to the engineering fiber connection
drawing. Each input optical signal with a different wavelength must be accessed to the specified
input optical interface. If not, correct the fiber connection according to the drawing.
Step 2 If the MUT_LOS alarm persists, use the optical power meter to measure the received optical
power at the local station. Check whether the received optical power is within the normal range.
For the specifications of board optical power, refer to the Product Description.
686
Step 3 If the optical power received at the local board is too low, follow the way of clearing the
SUM_INPWR_LOW alarm to troubleshoot it.
Step 4 If the MUT_LOS alarm still persists, check whether the optical power transmitted at the opposite
station is normal. If not, the opposite board or the optical module on it is damaged. In this case,
replace the faulty board.
Step 5 If the MUT_LOS alarm still persists, the local board may be faulty. In this case, replace the
faulty board.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.143 NE_CFG_CONFLICT
Description
The NE_CFG_CONFLICT is an alarm indicating that NE configurations conflict. This alarm is
reported when the current NE configurations conflict.
Attribute
Parameters
None.
When the NE configurations conflict, service management functions (including the ASON
related functions) deteriorate.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the NE_CFG_CONFLIC alarm is as follows:
Cause 1: NE configurations (for example, sink ends of cross-connections) conflict.
Procedure
Step 1 Cause 1: NE configurations (for example, sink ends of cross-connections) conflict.
1. Check whether the ASON feature is enabled.
687
If... Then...
The ASON feature is enabled Query the ASON services that traverse the NE. Then
The ASON feature is disabled Go to step Step 1.3.
2. Downgrade the NE to an ordinary NE, and downgrade the ASON services that traverse the
NE to static services.
3. Upload the NE configuration data to the NMS, clear the databases on the SCC board,
perform a warm reset on the SCC board, and then download the configuration data from
the NMS to the NE.
4. According to service alarms (for example, HP_UNEQ and LP_UNEQ), determine the
cross-connect service in which a fault occurs, and then reconfigure the corresponding cross-
connect service.
5. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
If... Then...
The alarm persists Contact Huawei technical support engineers to handle the alarm.
The alarm is cleared Enable the ASON feature of the NE whose ASON feature is
previously enabled, and then upgrade the corresponding services
to ASON services.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.144 NE_POWER_OVER
Description
The NE_POWER_OVER is an alarm indicating that the power consumption of an NE is over
the threshold.
Attribute
Parameters
688
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the type of NE power consumption that crosses the associated
threshold.
l 0x01: The physical power consumption of the NE crosses the associated
threshold.
l 0x02: The logical power consumption of the NE crosses the associated
threshold.
If the NE constantly works with a power consumption that is over the threshold, it brings great
pressure on the power supply board.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the NE_POWER_OVER alarm are as follows:
l The power consumptions of all the logical boards of the NE are over the threshold.
l The total power consumption of the boards inserted on the NE is over the threshold.
Procedure
Step 1 Delete the unused logical boards on the U2000.
Step 2 Remove the unused physical board from the NE.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.145 NESF_LOST
Description
The NESF_LOST alarm indicates that the NE software is lost. This alarm is reported when the
NE software of the SCC board is not available.
Attribute
689
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1, parameter 2 Indicate the file types that are absent in the board software. The
value range of the parameters varies from board to board.
If the value of parameter 1 is 0xFF, this parameter is meaningless.
If the NE software of the working and protection SCC boards are not available, the boards do
not work normally in the following cases: the SCC boards are reset; the SCC boards are restarted
after they are powered off. As a result, the NMS fails to monitor the NEs.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the NESF_LOST alarm are as follows:
l The NE software is not loaded or the NE software is loaded incorrectly.
l The NE software is lost or damaged.
l The flash memory does not exist or is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 View the alarms on the U2000 and determine the board that generates the alarm.
Step 2 Reload the NE software and perform a warm reset on the faulty board on the U2000. Then, check
Step 3 If the NESF_LOST alarm persists, replace the board that generates the alarm.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.146 NESTATE_INSTALL
Description
The NESTATE_INSTALL is an alarm indicating that the NE is in the installing state. This alarm
occurs when the NE is just delivered from the factory or when the user issues the command to
initialize the NE.
690
Attribute
Parameters
None.
After the alarm occurs, no configuration exists at the NE side. Reload the configuration at the
NE side. Otherwise, the NE cannot be configured with services.
CAUTION
If this alarm occurs, the NE data cannot be uploaded but only downloaded.
If the upload operation is performed after the NESTATUS_INSTALL alarm occurs, empty NE
data is uploaded. If the data is downloaded, the NE data is cleared. As a result, services are
interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the NESTATE_INSTALL alarm are as follows:
l The user issues the command to initialize the NE. Verification, however, is not performed.
l The NE is in the initializing state, and thus is configured with no data.
l The database on the SCC is faulty.
l If only one SCC exists, replace the SCC.
Procedure
Step 1 Issue the configuration data again and perform the verification. Then, check whether the
NESTATE_INSTALL alarm is cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.147 NO_BD_PARA
691
Description
The NO_BD_PARA is an alarm indicating that the board parameters are not set. This alarm
occurs when the system cannot detect the parameter file of the board, that is, when the system
cannot detect the optical module parameters.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 In the case of the LWX board, Parameter 1 indicates the actual
number of the optical interface on a board where the alarm occurs.
In the case of OBU1 boards, the indications are as follows:
l 0x01: The DSP parameter file is lost.
l 0x02: The current configuration files are lost.
In the case of other boards, if the value of Parameter 1 is 0xFF, the
parameter is meaningless.
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 In the case of the LWX board, Parameter 2 is always 0x00, and
Parameter 3 is always 0x01. These parameters are meaningless.
After the NO_BD_PARA alarm occurs, the services are interrupted if the laser fails to be
initialized.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the NO_BD_PARA alarm are as follows:
l The laser parameter list is not downloaded.
l The board parameters are not set.
l The set board parameter is lost.
Procedure
Step 1 View the NO_BD_PARA alarm on the U2000 to confirm the relevant board.
692
Step 2 Perform a cold reset on the board. Then, check whether the NO_BD_PARA alarm is cleared.
CAUTION
----End
Related Information
None.
9.148 NO_BD_SOFT
Description
The NO_BD_SOFT alarm indicates that the board does not have the corresponding software.
This alarm is reported when the board does not have the required software or the board software
name is incorrect.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates the number of the lost file.
693
Name Meaning
Parameter 4 Indicates the cause of the alarm.
l 0x01: The file does not exist.
l 0x02: The file check fails.
l 0x04: The version of a file in the active area is different from
the version of the corresponding file in the standby area.
l 0x08: The version of a file on the active board is different from
the version of the corresponding file on the standby board.
l 0x0E: File verification fails. The version of a file in the active
area on the active board is different from the version of the
corresponding file in the standby area on the active board, and
from the version of the corresponding file on the standby board.
Parameter 5 Reserved.
The alarm affects the system as follows:
l If the board that reports the alarm is not reset, the services and functions of the board are
not affected.
l If the board that reports the alarm is reset, the board may fail to start. If the processing
boards are not configured with protection, the services are interrupted. If the processing
boards are configured with protection, the services are switched.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the NO_BD_SOFT alarm are as follows:
l The board software is not loaded.
l The board software is loaded incorrectly or is lost.
l The FPGA in the file system of the board is lost or incorrect.
Procedure
Step 1 View the NO_BD_SOFT alarm on the NMS to determine the board that reports the alarm.
Confirm the lost software type of the board.
Step 2 Reload the board software and perform a warm reset on the faulty board on the NMS. Then,
check whether the NO_BD_SOFT alarm is cleared.
Step 3 If the NO_BD_SOFT alarm persists, replace the faulty board.
----End
Related Information
None.
694
9.149 NO_ELABEL
Description
The NO_ELABEL is an alarm indicating that the electronic label is not loaded.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the carrier type of the electronic label.
l 0x01: Bottom plate
l 0x02: Pinch board
l 0x03: Optical module
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates the carrier number of the electronic label. Parameter 2 is
the higher byte, and Parameter 3 is the lower byte.
When the NO_ELABEL alarm occurs, the board is unusable.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the NO_ELABEL alarm is as follows:
The electronic label is not loaded or is lost.
Procedure
l View the NO_ELABEL alarm on the U2000 to confirm the relevant board.
l Replace the board.
----End
Related Information
None.
695
9.150 NO_LSR_PARA_FILE
Description
The NO_LSR_PARA_FILE is an alarm indicating that EEPROM is empty.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
When the NO_LSR_PARA_FILE alarm occurs, the optical module fails to work. Consequently,
the services are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the NO_LSR_PARA_FILE alarm is as follows:
An optical module with an EEPROM is used, but no laser parameter files are found in the
EEPROM after the board is started.
Procedure
Step 1 Perform a cold reset on the board. Then check whether the NO_LSR_PARA_FILE alarm is
cleared.
Step 2 If the alarm persists, replace the board that generates the NO_LSR_PARA_FILE alarm.
----End
Related Information
None.
696
9.151 OA_LOW_GAIN
Description
The OA_LOW_GAIN is an alarm indicating that the gain of the optical amplifier declines. This
alarm occurs when the gain of the optical amplifier board is 3 dB lower than the nominal gain.
Attribute
Critical Service alarm
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the number of the optical interface that generates the
OA_LOW_GAIN alarm. The value varies with the type of the
optical amplifier. The value is always 0x02 or 0x04.
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates the number of the path that generates the
OA_LOW_GAIN alarm. The path number consists of two bytes.
The value is always 0x00 0x01.
The impact of the OA_LOW_GAIN alarm on the system varies with the cause of the alarm.
l If the OA_LOW_GAIN alarm occurs due to the too high input optical power, the
redundancy of the system declines. Consequently, later capacity expansion is affected.
l If the OA_LOW_GAIN alarm occurs due to other causes, for example, too much insertion
loss that is brought to the OAU board by the TDC/RDC, the input power of the downstream
signal becomes too low. Consequently, the redundancy of the system declines. Bit errors
may even occur to the services and the services may even be interrupted.
Possible Causes
l The input optical power of the board is too high.
l The pump laser is aged or fails.
l For the OAU board, the insertion loss between the TDC optical interface and the RDC
optical interfaces is too much.
697
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the input optical power of the board is within the normal range on the U2000.
For the specifications of the board optical power, refer to Product Description. If the input optical
power exceeds the normal range, do as follows:
1. Adjust the optical attenuator in front of the optical interface until the input optical power
2. If no optical attenuator exists, add a fixed or adjustable attenuator to make the optical power
within the normal range.
Step 2 If the OA_LOW_GAIN alarm persists, replace the faulty board.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.152 OCD
Description
The OCD is an alarm indicating the out-of-cell delimitation. When the cell delimitation state
machine is in the HUNT or PRESYN state, the OCD alarm is reported.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
698
Name Meaning
When the OCD alarm occurs, all the services in the receive direction of the port become
abnormal. Consequently, the cells are lost.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the OCD alarm are as follows:
l The SDH path connected to the ATM port fails to receive signals. For example, the R_OOF
alarm occurs.
l A great number of bit errors occur in the relevant SDH receive path. That is, bit error alarms,
such as the B1_SD, B2_ SD or B3_ SD, occur in the relevant SDH path.
Procedure
Step 1 View the OCD alarm on the U2000, and then confirm the relevant optical interface according
Step 2 Check whether the R_OOF alarm occurs in the relevant SDH path of an upstream NE, which
connects to the ATM port. If yes, clear it, and then check whether the OCD alarm is cleared.
Step 3 If the alarm persists, check whether any bit error alarm, such as the B1_EXC, B2_EXC or
B3_EXC, is detected at the local station on the U2000. If yes, clear it, and then check whether
the OCD alarm is cleared.
a cold reset on the board. Then check whether the OCD alarm is cleared.
CAUTION
Step 5 If the alarm persists, replace the board that generates the OCD alarm.
----End
Related Information
Cell Delimitation State Machine
The cell delimitation state machine has three states: HUNT, PRESYNC and SYNC. In the HUNT
state, the state machine hunts the position of delimitating cells in the BYTE BY BYTE manner.
699
After finding a correct HCS, the state machine changes to the PRESYNC state. In the PRESYNC
state, the state machines locks the position of delimitating cells. After consecutively receiving
DELTA correct HCS cells, the state machine changes to the SYNC state. In this case, the cell
boundary is found. In the PRESYNC state, after receiving an incorrect HCS cell, the state
machine returns to the HUNT state. In the SYNC state, after consecutively receiving ALPHA
incorrect HCS cells, the state machine changes to the HUNT state. Otherwise, it keeps in the
SYNC state, as shown in the following figure.
9.153 ODU_AIS
Description
The ODU_AIS alarm is an ODU alarm indication signal.
Attribute
Parameters
700
Name Meaning
3 = 0x01. In this case, the ODU_AIS alarm is reported from ODU
When the ODU_AIS alarm occurs, the entire ODU path is unavailable.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the ODU_AIS alarm are as follows:
l Alarms of higher levels exist at the local station, such as the R_LOS, FEC_LOF, OTU_LOF
and OTU_AIS.
l The upstream services are damaged.
l This board is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 Check on the U2000 whether the alarms of higher levels such as the R_LOS, FEC_LOF,
OTU_LOF and OTU_AIS exist at the local station. If yes, clear these alarms and then check
whether the ODU_AIS alarm is cleared.
Step 2 If the ODU_AIS alarm persists, locate the fault in the upward direction. Find the station (FR
station) that is the first to receive the ODU_AIS alarm. Then follow step 1 to troubleshoot the
FR station.
Step 3 If the ODU_AIS alarm still persists, troubleshoot the upstream station (PR station) of the FR
station. Check whether any alarms of higher levels exist at the receive part of the PR station. If
yes, clear the alarms.
Step 4 If the ODU_AIS alarm still persists, perform loopback for the service output optical interfaces
of the stations from the FR station upward. Find the station (FL station) on which the ODU_AIS
or alarms of higher levels occur for the first time after the loopback. Troubleshoot the FL station
as follows:
1. Check the configuration at the FL station. If any fault exists, correct the connection and
configuration.
2. If the ODU_AIS alarm persists, replace the line boards at the FL station.
3. If the ODU_AIS alarm still persists, replace the cross-connect and timing board at the FL
station.
----End
Related Information
None.
701
9.154 ODU_LCK
Description
The ODU_LCK is an alarm indicating that the signals of the ODU path are locked.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
3 = 0x01. In this case, the SM_BDI alarm is reported from ODU
When the ODU_LCK alarm occurs, the entire ODU path is locked and thus cannot be equipped
with services of customers.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the ODU_LCK alarm are as follows:
l The ODU channel test is performed.
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the ODU channel test is performed. If yes, wait until the ODU channel test is
complete. Cancel the lockout. Then check whether the ODU_LCK alarm is cleared.
Step 2 If no ODU path test task exists, cancel the lockout and then check whether the ODU_LCK alarm
is cleared.
702
Step 3 If the alarm persists, the board hardware may be faulty. In this case, replace the board that reports
the alarm.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.155 ODU_OCI
Description
The ODU_OCI is the ODU open connection indication.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
3 = 0x01. In this case, the ODU_OCI alarm is reported from ODU
When the ODU_OCI alarm occurs, no connection source exists for the entire ODU path. At this
time, the service is unavailable.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the ODU_OCI alarm are as follows:
l Alarms of higher levels exist at the local station, such as the R_LOS, FEC_LOF, OTU_LOF
and OTU_AIS.
703
Procedure
Step 1 Check on the U2000 whether the alarms of higher levels such as the R_LOS, FEC_LOF,
OTU_LOF and OTU_AIS exist at the local station. If yes, clear these alarms and then check
whether the ODU_OCI alarm is cleared.
Step 2 If the alarm persists, the upstream services may be damaged. Check the upstream equipment. If
it is the OptiX OSN equipment, replace the line boards. If it is other equipment, add a cross-
connection to the downstream ODU channel that receives the ODU_OCI alarm according to the
corresponding alarm troubleshooting documents.
Step 3 If the alarm still persists, the board at the local station may be faulty. In this case, replace the
board at the local station.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.156 OH_LOOP
Description
The OH_LOOP is an alarm of overhead bus loopback. This alarm occurs when the overhead
bus of a line board is loopbacked.
Attribute
Minor Security alarm
Parameters
Name Meaning
704
Name Meaning
3 = 0x01. In this case, the OH_LOOP alarm is reported from AU-4
Parameter 4 Indicates the loopback mode.
l 0x01: Outloop
l 0x02: Loopback of the clock board
l 0x03: Loopback of the SCC board
When the OH_LOOP alarm occurs, the overhead signal is loopbacked. The services are not
affected but the ECC communication is interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the OH_LOOP alarm is as follows:
The overhead bus of the line board is loopbacked.
Procedure
Step 1 After the loopback is released, the OH_LOOP alarm is automatically cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.157 OTH_BD_STATUS
Description
The OTH_BD_STATUS is an alarm indicating that the board detects the out-of-position status
of its paired board.
Attribute
705
Parameters
None.
The OTH_BD_STATUS alarm affects the active/standby switching function of the board.
Possible Causes
The paired board of the alarmed board is not in position.
Procedure
Step 1 View the OTH_BD_STATUS alarm on the U2000 to confirm the slot of the paired board,
according to the alarm_board. Remove the paired board and insert it again, and then check
Step 2 If the alarm persists, replace the paired board.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.158 OTH_HARD_FAIL
Description
The OTH_HARD_FAIL is an alarm indicating that the board detects the failure of its paired
board.
Attribute
Parameters
None.
When the paired board of the alarmed board is faulty, the system uses the board that reports the
OTH_HARD_FAIL alarm. This alarm does not affect services. However, the 1+1 protection of
the board is affected, and the system stability is affected.
706
Possible Causes
The paired board of the alarmed board is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 Confirm the slot of the paired board, according to the alarm board.
Step 2 Check whether the ejector levers on the front panel of the paired board are open. If yes, close
the ejector levers, and check whether the alarm is cleared.
Step 3 If the alarm persists, contact Huawei technical support engineers to handle the problem.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.159 OTU_AIS
Description
The OTU_AIS alarm is an OTU alarm indication signal.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
3 = 0x01. In this case, the OTU_AIS alarm is reported from OTU
707
When the OTU-AIS alarm occurs, no connection source exists for the entire ODU path. At this
time, the service is unavailable.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the OTU_AIS alarm are as follows:
l Alarms of higher levels such as the R_LOS and FEC_LOF exist at the local station.
Procedure
Step 1 Check on the U2000 whether the alarms of higher levels such as the R_LOS and FEC_LOF exist
at the local station. If yes, clear these alarms and then check whether the OTU_AIS alarm is
cleared.
Step 2 If the OTU_AIS alarm persists, locate the fault in the upward direction. Find the station (FR
station) which is the first to receive the OTU_AIS alarm. Then follow step 1 to troubleshoot the
FR station.
Step 3 If the OTU_AIS alarm still persists, troubleshoot the upstream station (PR station) of the FR
station. Check whether any alarms of higher levels exist at the receive part of the PR station. If
yes, clear the alarms.
Step 4 If the OTU_AIS alarm persists, use fibers to perform loopbacks for the service output parts of
the upstream stations from the FR station upward. Find the station (FL point) at which the
OTU_AIS alarm occurs for the first time after the fiber loopback. Perform the following steps
to troubleshoot the FL station. Skip this step if the services cannot be interrupted. In this case,
directly replace the boards at the receive part of the FR station and the boards at the service
output part of the PR station.
1. Check the configuration at the FL station. If any fault exists, correct the connection and
configuration.
2. If the OTU_AIS alarm persists, replace the line boards at the FL station.
3. If the OTU_AIS alarm still persists, replace the cross-connect and timing board at the FL
station.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.160 OTU_LOF
Description
The OTU_LOF is an alarm indicating that the FAS frame of the OTU is lost.
708
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
3 = 0x01. In this case, the OTU_LOF alarm is reported from OTU
When the OTU_LOF alarm occurs, the FEC function is disabled. At the same time, the services
are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the OTU_LOF alarm are as follows:
l The fiber or the optical power is faulty.
l The services that are transmitted from the opposite station are faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 View the OTU_LOF alarm on the U2000 to confirm the relevant board.
proper, check whether the OTU_LOF alarm is cleared.
Step 3 If the OTU_LOF alarm persists, check the launched optical power at the opposite station. If the
launched optical power is extremely low, replace the board at the opposite station.
whether the OTU_LOF alarm is cleared.
709
Step 5 If the alarm still persists, check whether the fiber works well. If yes, replace the board that
Step 6 If the alarm persists, replace the cross-connect and timing board at the local station.
Step 7 If the alarm persists, replace the line board at the opposite station.
Step 8 If the alarm persists, replace the cross-connect and timing board at the opposite station.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.161 OTU_LOM
Description
The OTU_LOM is an alarm indicating that the FAS frame of the OTU is out of multiframe.
Attribute
Major Service alarm
Parameters
Name Meaning
3 = 0x01. In this case, the OTU_LOM alarm is reported from OTU
When the OTU_LOM alarm occurs, the multiframe is lost and the services are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the OTU_LOM alarm are as follows:
710
l The expected consecutive frames are not received.
l Too many bit errors exist during the transmission.
l The transmit part of the opposite station is faulty.
l The receive direction of this board is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 View the OTU_LOM alarm on the U2000 to confirm the relevant board.
proper, check whether the OTU_LOM alarm is cleared.
Step 3 If the alarm persists, check the launched optical power at the opposite station. If the launched
optical power is extremely low, replace the board at the opposite station.
whether the OTU_LOM alarm is cleared.
Step 5 If the alarm persists, check whether the fiber works well. If yes, replace the board that generates
the alarm.
Step 6 If the OTU_LOM alarm still persists, replace the source board of the OUT path (excluding the
stations that transparently transmit the ODU path).
----End
Related Information
None.
9.162 OUT_PWR_ABN
Description
The OUT_PWR_ABN is an alarm indicating that the output optical power is abnormal.
Attribute
Parameters
711
Name Meaning
When the OUT_PWR_ABN alarm occurs, the service transmission performance is affected. In
the case of severe alarm, the services are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the OUT_PWR_ABN alarm are as follows:
l The output optical power is extremely high or low.
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the wavelength of the input optical signals is within the specified wavelength
range of the input optical signal of the boards, or check whether the boards report the
PUM_BCM_ALM alarm simultaneously. If the wavelength of the input optical signals is
beyond the specified wavelength range, adjust it to a proper value. Then, check whether the
OUT_PWR_ABN alarm is cleared.
Step 2 If the alarm persists, replace the board that generates the OUT_PWR_ABN alarm.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.163 OUT_PWR_HIGH
Description
The OUT_PWR_HIGH is an alarm of too high output power. This alarm occurs when a board
detects that the actual output power is higher than the upper threshold of the output power
reference value.
Attribute
Parameters
712
Name Meaning
the alarm occurs.
For example, 0x01 indicates that the alarm is reported from optical
Too high output optical power causes damage to the laser or meters at the opposite end and bit
errors in the services.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the OUT_PWR_HIGH alarm is as follows:
The output module of the laser does not function well.
Procedure
Step 1 View the OUT_PWR_HIGH alarm on the U2000 to confirm the relevant board.
Step 2 Replace the board that generates the OUT_PWR_HIGH alarm.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.164 OUT_PWR_LOW
Description
The OUT_PWR_LOW is an alarm of too low output power. This alarm occurs when a board
detects that the actual output power is lower than the lower threshold of the output power
reference value.
Attribute
713
Parameters
Name Meaning
the alarm occurs.
Too low output optical power causes bit errors in the services.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the OUT_PWR_LOW alarm is as follows:
The output module of the laser does not function well.
Procedure
Step 1 View the OUT_PWR_LOW alarm on the U2000 to confirm the relevant board.
Step 2 Replace the board that generates the OUT_PWR_LOW alarm.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.165 P_AIS
Description
The P_AIS is an alarm indication signal of the E3/T3 service at the PDH interface. If a tributary
board has detected that the input PDH signals in the E3/T13 service are all "1"s or the detected
T3 service is 1010..., the P_AIS alarm is reported.
714
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Function).
Function).
the P_AIS alarm is reported from path 1 of the board.
Parameter 5 Indicates the upstream/downstream direction.
l 0x01: The AIS alarm occurs in the downstream payload.
l 0x02: The AIS alarm occurs in the upstream payload.
l 0x03: The AIS alarm occurs in both the downstream and
upstream payload.
When the P_AIS alarm occurs, the AIS alarm occurs in the payload of the PDH E3/T3 service.
Consequently, the E3/T3 service is unavailable.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the P_AIS alarm are as follows:
l The TU_AIS or TU_LOP alarm occurs in the relevant path of the board.
715
l The transmission line is faulty.
l The PDH equipment at the opposite station output the AIS signal.
Procedure
Step 1 View the P_AIS alarm on the U2000, and then confirm the path number according to the alarm
parameters.
Step 2 Check whether the TU_AIS or TU_LOP alarm is reported for the relevant path. If yes, clear the
it, and then check whether the P_AIS is cleared.
Step 3 If the alarm persists, perform service self-loop (namely, hardware inloop) to the alarm path at
the DDF.
CAUTION
l If the alarm is cleared, the equipment at the opposite station is faulty. After removing the
fault, check whether the P_AIS alarm is cleared.
CAUTION
connection, check whether the P_AIS alarm is cleared.
CAUTION
l If the alarm persists, the board is faulty. In this case, replace the board that reports the alarm.
----End
Related Information
None.
716
9.166 P_LOF
Description
The P_LOF is an alarm indicating the loss of frame in the E3/T3 service at the PDH interface.
If the PDH service fails to receive the frame alignment signal, the P_LOF alarm is reported.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Function).
Function).
the P_LOF alarm is reported from path 1 of the board.
When the P_LOF alarm occurs, the PDH services of the board are unavailable.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the P_LOF alarm are as follows:
717
Procedure
Step 1 View the P_LOF alarm in the U2000, and then check whether the frame format of the PDH
signals accessed to the board is consistent with that specified for the board. Make sure that the
service configuration is correct and that the frame format of the PDH signals accessed to the
board is consistent with that specified for the board. Then check whether the P_LOF alarm is
cleared.
Step 2 If the alarm persists, replace the board that reports the P_LOF alarm.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.167 P_RAI
Description
The P_RAI is a remote alarm indication of the signals at the PDH interface. If the RAI bit of the
E3 service is 1 or if the X bit of the T3 service is 1, the P_RAI alarm is reported.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Function).
Function).
718
Name Meaning
the P_RAI alarm is reported from path 1 of the board.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the P_RAI alarm is as follows:
The opposite station has received the P_AIS or P_LOF alarm.
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the P_AIS or P_LOF alarm at the opposite end is detected on the U2000. If yes,
clear it. Then the P_RAI alarm is automatically cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.168 PASSWORD_NEED_CHANGE
Description
The PASSWORD_NEED_CHANGE alarm indicates that the default username and password
used to log in to an NE have not been changed.
Examples of default usernames and passwords include:
l Username: szhw; password: nesoft
l Username: root; password: password
l Username: lct; password: password
l Username: LCD; password: LCD
719
Attribute
Major Service alarm
Parameters
None
None
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the alarm is as follows:
l The default username and password have not been changed.
Procedure
Step 1 Change the default username and password, or delete the default account.
----End
Related Information
None
9.169 PATCH_ACT_TIMEOUT
Description
The PATCH_ACT_TIMEOUT is an alarm indicating the patch package activation timeout. If
the activation of the patch times out, you need to process the patch.
Attribute
Parameters
None.
The activation of the patch is not in the stable status. If the board is reset in this case, the patch
does not take effect after the system restarts, and the patch is automatically restored to the
720
deactivated state. The functions of the patch do not exist or the bug corrected by the patch appears
again.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the PATCH_ACT_TIMEOUT alarm is as follows:
When the patch is in the activation status, if the duration exceeds the specified value, the alarm
is reported.
Procedure
Step 1 If the patch is running normally and you need it to continue functioning, immediately issue a
command of running the patch. If the running of the patch is abnormal, immediately issue a
deactivation command.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.170 PATCH_ERR
Description
The PATCH_ERR is an alarm indicating that the automatic patch loading fails.
Attribute
Parameters
None.
The functions of the patch does not exist or the bug corrected by the patch appears again.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the PATCH_ERR alarm is as follows:
If a patch is running before the system reboots, the NE automatically loads and runs this patch
after the reboot. If any anomaly occurs at this time and thus the loading is failed, the
PATCH_ERR alarm is reported.
721
Procedure
Step 1 Reload the patch file. If the PATCH_ERR alarm is still reported after the loading, download the
correct patch file and then load the patch.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.171 PATCH_DEACT_TIMEOUT
Description
The PATCH_ACT_TIMEOUT is an alarm indicating the patch package deactivation timeout.
If the deactivation of the patch times out, you need to process the patch.
Attribute
Parameters
None.
The deactivation status indicates that the patch is loaded but the patch is not running. If the board
is reset in this case, the patch is automatically restored to the idle status after the system restarts.
The functions of the patch do not exist or the bug corrected by the patch appears again.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the PATCH_DEACT_TIMEOUT alarm is as follows:
When the patch is in the deactivation status, if the duration exceeds the specified value, the alarm
is reported.
Procedure
Step 1 To enable the patch, you need to activate the patch. If the patch is not necessary, delete the
package.
----End
Related Information
None.
722
9.172 PATCH_PKGERR
Description
The PATCH_PKGERR is an alarm indicating that the patch package file is abnormal.
Attribute
Parameters
None.
If the patch package file is abnormal, the normal loading, activation and running of the patch
package are affected.
NOTE
When this alarm is generated, the services are not interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the PATCH_PKGERR alarm are as follows:
l The patch package file is incorrect.
l The patch package file is damaged.
l The patch package file is deleted.
Procedure
Step 1 Re-load the correct patch package file.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.173 PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM
Description
The PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM is an alarm indicating that a patch is not confirmed after it is
activated.
723
Attribute
Parameters
None.
The active state of the patch is unstable. The board reset may cause the patch to be invalid and
to be in the inactive state.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM alarm is as follows:
After a patch is activated, confirm whether to run or deactivate the patch after a certain period
of time. Otherwise, the PATCH_NOT_CONFIRM alarm is reported. In this case, the functions
of the patch disappear or the bug corrected by the patch appears again.
Procedure
Step 1 If you confirm that the patch runs normally, issue the command to run the patch in a timely
manner. After you confirm that the operation of the patch is abnormal, issue the command to
deactivate the patch in a timely manner.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.174 PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST
Description
The PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST is an alarm indicating that the patch file does not exist when the
patch is automatically loaded.
Attribute
724
Parameters
None.
When the PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST alarm occurs, the functions of the patch do not exist or the
bug corrected by the patch appears again.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST alarm is as follows:
If a patch is running before the NE reboots, the NE automatically loads and runs the patch after
the reboot. If any patch file is lost at this time, the PATCHFILE_NOTEXIST alarm is reported.
Procedure
Step 1 Download the patch file again and then load it to the NE.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.175 PLL_FAIL
Description
The PLL_FAIL is an alarm indicating the failure of the phase locked loop.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
725
Name Meaning
the PLL_FAIL alarm is reported from path 1 of the board.
When the PLL_FAIL occurs, the board is faulty, Consequently, the board fails to work normally,
and the services are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the PLL_FAIL alarm is as follows:
The phase locked loop of the service board fails.
Procedure
Step 1 View the PLL_FAIL alarm on the U2000 to confirm the relevant board.
Step 2 Perform a cold reset on the board that reports the alarm. Then check whether the PLL_FAIL
alarm is cleared.
Step 3 If the alarm persists, replace the board that reports the PLL_FAIL alarm.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.176 P_FFM
Description
The P_FFM is an alarm indicating the DS3 (T3) frame format mismatch. When the frame formats
of the received DS3 signal and the DS3 signal to be processed are inconsistent, this alarm is
reported.
Attribute
Parameters
726
Name Meaning
Parameter 4 The value is always 0x00, and this parameter is reserved.
Parameter 5 Indicates the upstream or downstream direction.
l 0x01: Upstream alarm.
l 0x02: Downstream alarm.
l 0x03: Upstream and downstream alarm.
When the alarm is reported, it indicates that the DS3 signals of the PDH service are unavailable,
and the services are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the P_FFM alarm is as follows:
The frame format of the received tributary DS3 signals and the frame format of the configured
tributary DS3 signals are inconsistent.
Procedure
Step 1 View the alarm on the U2000. Check whether the frame format of the received DS3 signals and
the frame format configured on the board are the same. If the frame formats are different, set
them to the same, and then the alarm is cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.177 PM_BDI
Description
The PM_BDI is a PM back defect indication in the PM overhead at the optical demultiplexer
unit (ODU) layer. This alarm shows that ODUs are provided at the remote end or severe alarms
occur at an upper layer.
727
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
3 = 0x01. In this case, the PM_BDI alarm is reported from ODU
The PM_BDI alarm occurs at the ODU termination station mapping the services in the transmit
direction. The services in the receive direction are not affected.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the PM_BDI alarm are as follows:
l Some alarms occur at the remote ODU termination station.
l The transmit unit at the local end is faulty.
l The receive unit at the remote end is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether any other higher-level ODU alarm occurs at the remote ODU termination station.
If yes, take priority to clear it, and then check whether the PM_BDI alarm is cleared.
Step 2 If the alarm at the remote end persists, perform an inloop to the local optical interface. If the
PM_BDI alarm occurs, check and modify the configuration.
CAUTION
728
Step 4 If the alarm at the remote end persists and if the inloop is normally performed to the local optical
station, replace the board at the remote end.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.178 PM_BEI
Description
The PM_BEI is a PM back error indication in the PM overhead at the optical demultiplexer unit
(ODU) layer. This alarm shows that PM-BIP check bit errors occur at the remote end.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
3 = 0x01. In this case, the PM_BEI alarm is reported from ODU
When the PM_BEI alarm occurs, PM-BIP bit errors occur at the ODU termination station, but
the FEC function and performance are not affected at the local station.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the PM_BEI alarm are as follows:
729
l Some bit errors occur at the remote ODU termination station.
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether any bit error occurs at the ODU termination station. After clearing the bit error,
check whether the PM_BEI alarm is cleared.
PM_BEI alarm occurs, check and modify the configuration.
CAUTION
----End
Related Information
None.
9.179 PM_BIP8_OVER
Description
The PM_BIP8_OVER is an alarm indicating that the number of bit errors in the ODU PM section
Attribute
Major Service alarm
Parameters
730
Name Meaning
3 = 0x01. In this case, the PM_BIP8_OVER alarm is reported from
ODU path 1 of optical interface 1 on the board.
When the PM_BIP8_OVER alarm occurs, the service transmission quality is affected.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the PM_BIP8_OVER alarm are as follows:
l The connector is incorrectly connected.
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether any higher-level alarm, such as the R_LOS or R_LOF, is detected on the
U2000. If yes, take priority to clear it, and then check whether the PM_BIP8_OVER alarm is
cleared.
Step 2 Check whether the received optical power of the alarm board is within the specified value range.
If yes, go to Step 9.
Step 3 Clean the fiber connector at the local station and the receive optical interface on the line board,
and then check whether the alarm is cleared.
Step 4 Check whether the flange is correctly connected to the optical attenuator at the local station, and
whether the attenuation value specified in the optical attenuator is proper. After making sure
that the flange and optical attenuator are used properly, check whether the alarm is cleared.
Step 5 Check whether the launched optical power at the opposite station is within the specified value
range. If not, replace the line board.
Step 6 If the launched optical power is within the specified value range, clean the fiber connector at the
opposite station, and then check whether the alarm is cleared.
Step 7 Check whether the flange is correctly connected to the optical attenuator at the opposite station,
and whether the attenuation value specified in the optical attenuator is proper. After making sure
Step 8 Check whether the fiber cable is faulty. If yes, remove the fault, and then check whether the
alarm is cleared.
731
Step 9 Replace the line board that reports the alarm at the local station, and then check whether the
alarm is cleared.
Step 10 Replace the cross-connect and timing board at the local station, and then check whether the alarm
is cleared.
Step 11 Replace the line board at the opposite station, and then check whether the alarm is cleared.
Step 12 Replace the cross-connect and timing board at the opposite station, and then check whether the
alarm is cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.180 PM_BIP8_SD
Description
The PM_BIP8_SD is a PM BIP error signal degrade alarm in the ODU PM section.
Attribute
Major Service alarm
Parameters
Name Meaning
3 = 0x01. In this case, the PM_BIP8_SD alarm is reported from
ODU path 1 of optical interface 1 on the board.
When the PM_BIP8_SD alarm occurs, the service transmission quality is affected.
732
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the PM_BIP8_SD alarm are as follows:
Procedure
U2000. If yes, take priority to clear it, and then check whether the PM_BIP8_SD alarm is cleared.
alarm is cleared.
alarm is cleared.
is cleared.
alarm is cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
733
9.181 PM_TIM
Description
The PM_TIM is a monitoring trail trace identifier (TTI) mismatch alarm in the ODU PM
overhead.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
3 = 0x01. In this case, the PM_TIM alarm is reported from ODU
When the PM_TIM alarm occurs, the FEC function and the services are not affected.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the PM_TIM alarm is as follows:
The PM_TTI byte to be received at the local station is incorrectly set.
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the SM-TTI byte to be received at the board is consistent with the received SM-
TTI byte. If not, modify it and make sure it is consistent with the received SM-TTI byte.
----End
734
Related Information
None.
9.182 PORT_MODULE_OFFLINE
Description
The PORT_MODULE_OFFLINE is an alarm indicating that the optical module is offline. This
alarm occurs when a board detects that the optical module of the board is offline.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
the alarm occurs.
After the PORT_MODULE_OFFLINE alarm occurs, the optical interface cannot carry any
services.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the PORT_MODULE_OFFLINE alarm is as follows:
The laser is not installed at the local station.
Procedure
Step 1 View the PORT_MODULE_OFFLINE alarm on the U2000 to confirm the relevant board.
735
Step 2 Replace the board that generates the PORT_MODULE_OFFLINE alarm.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.183 PORTMODE_MISMATCH
Description
The PORTMODE_MISMATCH is an alarm indicating that the working mode of the opposite
FE port does not match with that of the local FE port. When the local FE port is in the auto-
negotiation mode and the opposite FE port is in the non-auto-negotiation mode, the
PORTMODE_MISMATCH alarm is reported.
Attribute
Minor Service alarm
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Parameter 2 is the higher byte, whose value is always 0x00, and
thus this parameter is meaningless.
Parameter 3 is the lower byte, whose value is always 0x01, and thus
this parameter is meaningless.
736
Name Meaning
Parameter 4, Parameter 5 Indicate the current working mode of the port. Parameter 4 is the
l 0x01: 10M half-duplex.
l 0x02: 10M full-duplex.
l 0x03: 100M half-duplex.
l 0x04: 100M full-duplex.
l Indicate the FE port of the standby board. The values of
Parameter 4 and Parameter 5 are always 0xFF.
In the case of the PORTMODE_MISMATCH alarm, data packets are lost in links and the
network rate is reduced.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the PORTMODE_MISMATCH alarm is as follows:
The working mode of the local FE port is not consistent with that of opposite FE port. For
example, the local FE port is in the auto-negotiation mode, while the opposite FE port is in the
non-auto-negotiation mode.
Procedure
Step 1 View the PORTMODE_MISMATCH alarm on the U2000, and then confirm the number of the
MAC port where the PORTMODE_MISMATCH alarm is generated according to Parameter 1.
Step 2 Disable and then enable the opposite FE port, and start the auto-negotiation mode. Make sure
the working mode of the local FE port is consistent with that of the opposite FE port. Then check
whether the PORTMODE_MISMATCH alarm is cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.184 PRBS_TEST
Description
The PRBS_TEST is a PRBS test alarm. This alarm indicates that a PRBS test is in progress.
737
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates the number of the VC-4 path that is under test.
The PRBS_TEST alarm itself does not affect system. During the PRBS test, however, the
services in the tested path are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the PRBS_TEST alarm is as follows:
A PRBS test command is issued.
Procedure
Step 1 When the PRBS test ends, the PRBS_TEST alarm is automatically cleared.
Step 2 To clear the PRBS_TEST alarm, you can also cancel the PRBS test.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.185 PROTOCOL_MM
Description
The PROTOCOL_MM is an alarm indicating the encapsulation protocol mismatch.
738
Attribute
Parameters
None.
When the alarm is reported, the services are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the PROTOCOL_MM alarm is as follows:
The types of the data encapsulation protocols at two ends of the communication are different.
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the encapsulation protocols at the local station and the opposite station are the
same. For example, the local station uses the GFP but the opposite station uses the LAPS. If the
protocols are different, set them to the same. Then, the alarm is cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.186 PS
Description
The PS is an indication alarm of protection switching. This alarm occurs after protection
switching occurs on a service.
Attribute
Parameters
739
Name Meaning
During the switching, the service is transiently interrupted for less than 50 ms.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the PS alarm is as follows:
Protection switching occurs on a service
Procedure
Step 1 Query whether a switching command is manually issued to forcibly switch the service to the
protection path. Make sure that the service can be normal on the working path and switch the
service to the working patch. The PS alarm is automatically cleared.
Step 2 If no switching command is issued, determine the cause of working path failure. After repairing
the working path, restore the service. The PS alarm is automatically cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.187 PUM_BCM_ALM
Description
The PUM_BCM_ALM is an alarm indicating that the bias current of the pumping laser crosses
the threshold.
Attribute
740
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 In the case of RAMAN amplifier boards, BA2 boards, and BPA
boards, this parameter indicates the laser number.
In the case of OBU01 boards, this parameter indicates the actual
optical interface number of the board.
Parameter 2, parameter 3 In the case of OBU01 boards, these parameters indicate the pump
laser number.
Parameter 2 is in value 0x01, and Parameter 3 is in value 0x02.
Parameter 4 In the case of OBU01 boards, this parameter indicates the threshold-
crossing type.
l 0x01: The laser driving current temperature exceeds the upper
threshold.
l 0x02: The laser driving current temperature exceeds the lower
threshold.
l Extremely high working current may cause damage to the laser. Consequently, the services
are interrupted.
l Extremely low working current may cause insufficient gain. Consequently, the services are
interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the PUM_BCM_ALM alarm are as follows:
l The input wavelength is incorrect.
l The input optical power is extremely low.
l The laser is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the input wavelength is correct. If not, change it to the correct input wavelength,
and then check whether the PUM_BCM_ALM alarm is cleared.
Step 2 If the alarm persists, check whether the input optical power is extremely low. If yes, adjust it to
a proper value, and then check whether the PUM_BCM_ALM alarm is cleared.
Step 3 If the alarm persists, perform a cold reset on the board. Then check whether the
PUM_BCM_ALM alarm is cleared.
741
CAUTION
----End
Related Information
None.
9.188 PUM_TEM_ALM
Description
The PUM_TEM_ALM is an alarm indicating that the working temperature of the pump laser is
over the threshold. This alarm occurs when the working temperature of the pump laser on the
optical amplifier board crosses the threshold.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the number of the optical interface that generates the
PUM_TEM_ALM alarm. For example, 0x01 indicates optical
interface 1.
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates the PUMP number of the pump laser that generates the
PUM_TEM_ALM alarm. The pump number consists of two bytes.
For example, 0x00 0x01 indicates pump laser 1.
Parameter 4 Indicates the threshold crossing type. For example, 0x01 means that
the temperature is more than the upper threshold value and 0x02
means that the temperature is less than the lower threshold value.
742
The pump laser may be aging. When the PUM_TEM_ALM alarm occurs, the services are not
affected. But if no troubleshooting measure is taken, the output optical power of the board is
affected after a certain period. Consequently, the services are affected.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the PUM_TEM_ALM alarm are as follows:
l The ambient temperature is too high.
l The cooling system of the pump laser is damaged.
l The current of the pump laser is too heavy.
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the ambient temperature is normal. If not, change the ambient temperature to be
proper for the equipment operation.
Step 2 If the PUM_TEM_ALM alarm persists, use the U2000 warm reset the faulty board.
Step 3 If the PUM_TEM_ALM alarm still persists, perform a remove-and-insert operation to the faulty
board on the condition that the services are not affected.
Step 4 If the PUM_TEM_ALM alarm persists, replace the faulty board.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.189 PUMP_COOL_EXC
Description
The PUMP_COOL_EXC alarm is an alarm indicating the cool current of pump laser over
threshold. This alarm occurs when the laser cooling current crosses the upper threshold.
Attribute
Critical Equipment
Parameters
743
Name Meaning
Parameter 1
Indicates the optical port where the alarm occurs. For example, 0x01 indicates
optical port 1.
Parameter 2
Indicate the pump laser where the alarm occurs. For example, 0x01 indicates
pump laser 1.
Parameter 3
Indicates the threshold crossing type. For example: 0x01 indicates exceeds the
upper threshold. 0x02 indicates exceeds the lower threshold.
When this alarm is reported, the optical components sharply age and the performance of output
signals degrades.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the PUMP_COOL_EXC alarm are as follows:
l The pump laser temperature is too high or low.
l The ambient temperature is too high or low.
l The internal circuit of the board is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the ambient temperature is normal. If not so, improve it.
Step 2 If the alarm is not cleared, check whether the laser parameter table is correct; if not, reload the
parameter table file.
Step 3 If the alarm is not cleared, replace the faulty board.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.190 PWR_MAJ_ALM
Description
The PWR_MAJ_ALM is an alarm of CAU severe overvoltage or undervoltage.
Attribute
Critical Environment alarm
744
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates the voltage type. Parameter 2 is the higher byte, and
3 are as follows:
l 0x01: AC
l 0x02: DC
Parameter 4, Parameter 5 Indicates the type of the abnormal voltage. Parameter 4 is the higher
byte, and Parameter 5 is the lower byte.
5 are as follows:
l 0x00: Power cut
l 0x01: Overvoltage
l 0x02: Undervoltage
The PWR_MAJ_ALM alarm affects the power supply of the system. This can cause the NE to
be abnormal.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the PWR_MAJ_ALM alarm are as follows:
l The AC power is off.
l The DC power is undervoltaged or overvoltaged.
Procedure
Step 1 View the PWR_MAJ_ALM alarm on the U2000, and then confirm the alarm cause according
to Parameter 3 and Parameter 5.
l If the AC power is off, find the power off cause. Then restore the power supply in a timely
manner and check whether the alarm is cleared.
l If the DC power is overvoltaged or undervoltaged, the board hardware may be faulty. In
this case, replace the board.
----End
745
Related Information
None.
9.191 R_FIFO_E
Description
The R_FIFO_E is an alarm indicating that the received FIFO messages overflow.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
3 = 0x01. In this case, the R_FIFO_E alarm is reported from path
1 of the board.
When the R_FIFO_E alarm occurs, bit errors occur in the path services of the board.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the R_FIFO_E alarm are as follows:
l The level of accessed services is incorrect.
746
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the R_FIFO_E alarm on the U2000. Check whether the service cross-connections
are correctly configured for the NE at which the alarm occurs. After modifying the incorrect
configuration, check whether the alarm is cleared
Step 2 If the alarm persists, check whether the services accessed to the board are at correct level. After
making sure that the accessed services are correct, check whether the alarm is cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.192 R_LOC
Description
The R_LOC is an alarm indicating loss of clock. This alarm is reported if the line board fails to
extract clock signal from the line signal.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the actual interface number of the board.
For example, Parameter 1 = 0x01. In this case, the R_LOC alarm is reported from
optical interface 1 of the board.
When the R_LOC alarm occurs, the line board fails to extract the clock from the received optical
signals. Consequently, the services are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the R_LOC alarm are as follows:
747
l The clock extraction module on the line board is faulty.
l The cross-connect and timing board at the opposite station is faulty or is out of position.
Procedure
Step 1 Perform a cold reset on the line board that generates the alarm at the local station. Then check
whether the R_LOC alarm is cleared.
Step 2 If the alarm persists, the clock extraction module on the line board may be faulty. In this case,
replace the line board, and then check whether the R_LOC alarm is cleared.
Step 3 If the alarm persists, check whether the cross-connect and timing board at the opposite station
is faulty. If yes, replace the cross-connect and timing board, and then check whether the R_LOC
alarm is cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.193 R_LOSYNC
Description
The R_LOSYNC is an alarm indicating the loss of synchronization in the receive direction.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1
Indicates the internal optical interface number. The value is always
0x01.
Indicates the path number. The value of Parameter 2 is always 0x00,
and the value of Parameter 3 is always 0x01.
The value of both parameters is always 0xFF.
748
l If the clock of the standby cross-connect board is abnormal, there is little impact on the
system and services, because the clock signals are received from the active cross-connect
board.
l If the clock of the active cross-connect board is abnormal, the impact is described as follows.
If there is the SLAVE_WORKING alarm, the service board traces the clock of the
standby cross-connect board. In this case, a small quantity of bit errors may be generated
in the internal path, and hence the impact is slight.
If there is not the SLAVE_WORKING alarm, both active and standby cross-connect
boards are abnormal. In this case, the status of the service board is unknown, and the
services may be affected with a very high probability.
l If the clocks of both cross-connect boards are faulty, the status of the service board is
unknown, and the services may be affected with a very high probability.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the R_LOSYNC alarm are as follows:
l The high speed signal conversion chip of the line board or the cross-connect board is faulty.
l The ATM bus on the backplane is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 Confirm the abnormal cross-connect board and replace it.
Step 2 If the R_LOSYNC alarm persists, replace the ATM board.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.194 REG_MM
Description
The REG_MM is an alarm of REG mode mismatch. The boards with the REG attribute can
transmit the ECC and orderwire communication only if the REG attributes and the rates of the
corresponding optical interfaces on the two paired boards are the same. Otherwise, the REG_MM
alarm is reported to indicate that the current configuration affects the ECC and orderwire
communication.
749
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1
l Indicates the slot number of the paired board, when the logical
paired board is online and is not set to the REG attribute.
l Indicates the slot number of this board, when the logical paired
board is offline.
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates the actual optical interface number of the board.
When the alarm occurs, the relevant functions of an REG NE such as the ECC communication
are affected.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the REG_MM alarm are as follows:
l The REG attributes of the two paired boards are different.
l For the two paired boards, the REG attributes are the same but the board rates are different.
Procedure
Step 1 View the REG_MM alarm on the U2000. Confirm the slot number of the board which generates
the alarm according to Parameter 1.
Step 2 Check whether the rate levels of the paired boards are the same. If not, replace it with boards of
the same rate level. Then check whether the REG_MM alarm is cleared.
Step 3 If the REG_MM alarm persists, check whether the REG attributes of the two paired boards are
the same. If not, set the REG attributes to be the same on the U2000. Then the REG_MM alarm
is automatically cleared.
----End
750
Related Information
None.
9.195 RELAY_ALARM_CRITICAL
Description
The RELAY_ALARM_CRITICAL is an alarm of critical alarm inputs. This alarm occurs when
the user sets the severity of an available alarm input to critical.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the number of the alarm input/output.
The RELAY_ALARM_CRITICAL alarm does not affect the operation of the SCC or the
services on the NE.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the RELAY_ALARM_CRITICAL alarm is as follows:
There is a critical alarm input.
Procedure
Step 1 View the RELAY_ALARM_CRITICAL alarm on the U2000. Confirm the number of the alarm
input/output according to Parameter 1.
Step 2 Cut off the alarm input. Then the RELAY_ALARM_CRITICAL alarm is automatically cleared.
----End
751
Related Information
None.
9.196 RELAY_ALARM_IGNORE
Description
The RELAY_ALARM_IGNORE is an alarm of warning alarm inputs. This alarm occurs when
the user sets the severity of an available alarm input to warning.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
The RELAY_ALARM_IGNORE alarm does not affect the operation of the SCC or the services
on the NE.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the RELAY_ALARM_IGNORE alarm is as follows:
There is a warning alarm input.
Procedure
Step 1 View the RELAY_ALARM_IGNORE alarm on the U2000. Confirm the number of the alarm
Step 2 Cut off the alarm input. Then the RELAY_ALARM_IGNORE alarm is automatically cleared.
----End
752
Related Information
None.
9.197 RELAY_ALARM_MAJOR
Description
The RELAY_ALARM_MAJOR is an alarm of major alarm inputs. This alarm occurs when the
user sets the severity of an available alarm input to major.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
The RELAY_ALARM_MAJOR alarm does not affect the operation of the SCC or the services
on the NE.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the RELAY_ALARM_MAJOR alarm is as follows:
There is a major alarm input.
Procedure
Step 1 View the RELAY_ALARM_MAJOR alarm on the U2000. Confirm the number of the alarm
Step 2 Cut off the alarm input. Then the RELAY_ALARM_MAJOR alarm is automatically cleared.
----End
753
Related Information
None.
9.198 RELAY_ALARM_MINOR
Description
The RELAY_ALARM_MINOR is an alarm of minor alarm inputs. This alarm occurs when the
user sets the severity of an available alarm input to minor.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
The RELAY_ALARM_MINOR alarm does not affect the operation of the SCC or the services
on the NE.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the RELAY_ALARM_MINOR alarm is as follows:
There is a minor alarm input.
Procedure
Step 1 View the RELAY_ALARM_MINOR alarm on the U2000. Confirm the number of the alarm
Step 2 Cut off the alarm input. Then the RELAY_ALARM_MINOR alarm is automatically cleared.
----End
754
Related Information
None.
9.199 RELAY_FAIL
Description
The RELAY_FAIL is an alarm indicating that the relay is faulty. This alarm occurs when the
relay on the board is faulty.
Attribute
Parameters
None.
After the RELAY_FAIL alarm is generated, the services may be interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the RELAY_FAIL alarm is as follows:
The relay works abnormally, because the board is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 Replace the board on which the alarm is reported.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.200 RFA
Description
The RFA is an alarm indicating that the framing E1/T1 frame notification event occurs. If the
framing E1/T1 signals occur in consecutive Z (Z is from two through five) double-frame cycles,
the RFA alarm is reported when the RDI bit of the input signals is set to 1.
755
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 The value is always 1, and this parameter is meaningless.
3 = 0x01. In this case, the RFA alarm is reported from path 1 of the
board.
When the RFA alarm occurs, the services at the local station are not affected. This alarm just
shows that the LFA alarm occurs at the opposite end.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the RFA alarm is as follows:
The LFA alarm occurs at the remote end.
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the LFA alarm occurs at the opposite end of the path corresponding to the board
that reports the alarm. If yes, clear the LFA alarm at the opposite end. Then the RFA alarm at
the local end is cleared accordingly.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.201 RINGMAPM_MM
756
Description
The RINGMAPM_MM is an alarm indicating that the generation mode of the ring map at each
node differs.
Attribute
Minor Service alarm
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 0 Indicating the protection group ID.
If any services are misconnected, MS squelching fails or goes faulty.
Possible Causes
The causes for the RINGMAPM_MM alarm are as follows:
l An NE may be added. This NE may be added when the entire ring is in the manual mode.
The default setting of a new NE, however, is the automatic mode. If the default setting of
the new NE is not changed, it is different from those of other NEs on the ring.
l The mode of an NE is changed, and then the modes of all the other NEs on the entire ring
are automatically changed. After the mode change, all the NEs are stored to the database.
But if the SCC board is powered off before the updated database is backed up to the FLASH,
the mode of this NE is different with others after the SCC is reset.
l The fiber connection may be faulty during the mode change. In this case, the mode change
message cannot be set to a certain node. Thus, the modes of all the NEs cannot be
automatically changed. If the NE SCC is reset in this process, the mode of this NE is
different from those of other NEs on the ring. In this case, the RINGMAPM_MM alarm
occurs.
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the generation modes of the ring maps for all the nodes on the MS ring are the
same. If not, change the modes to be the same.
----End
757
Related Information
Ring Map Generation Mode
A ring map can be generated either in the automatic mode or in the manual mode. The modes
of all the NEs on the ring must be the same. In normal cases, change of an NE mode results in
automatic change of the modes of the other NEs.
9.202 RMFA
Description
The RMFA is an alarm that the framing E1/T1 multiframe notification event occurs. If the
framing E1/T1 signals occur in consecutive Z (Z is from two through five) CAS multiframe
cycles, the RMFA alarm is reported when all the CAS multiframe mutual-notification bits of
the input signals are set to 1.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates the path number. For example, Parameter 1 = 0x01,
Parameter 2 = 0x00, Parameter 3 = 0x01. In this case, the RMFA
alarm is reported from path 1 of the board.
When the RMFA alarm occurs, the services at the local station are not affected. This alarm just
shows that the LMFA alarm occurs at the opposite station.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the RMFA alarm is as follows:
The LMFA alarm occurs at the remote end.
758
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the LMFA alarm occurs at the opposite end of the path corresponding to the
board that reports the alarm. If yes, clear the LMFA alarm at the opposite end. Then the RMFA
alarm at the local end is cleared accordingly.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.203 RPR_DUPLICATE_MAC
Description
The RPR_DUPLICATE_MAC is an alarm of node ID conflict. This alarm indicates node ID
(MAC) duplicate in a resilient packet ring (RPR) network.
NOTE
The MAC address mentioned is different from the MAC address at the physical layer. In a RPR, the MAC
address is converted from the node ID. The last byte of the MAC address in a RPR indicates the node ID
and other bytes are filled with 0. Hence, the node ID conflict indicates MAC address conflict in a RPR.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
A service whose node ID duplicates may be interrupted.
759
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the RPR_DUPLICATE_MAC alarm are as follows:
This alarm occurs when several nodes are using the same node ID (or MAC address) in a RPR
network.
CAUTION
The protocol has some defects in the detection mechanism for this alarm. Hence, in certain
specific situations, the RPR board may incorrectly report the RPR_DUPLICATE_MAC alarm.
Procedure
Step 1 If the RPR_DUPLICATE_MAC alarm reported by a RPR board automatically ends in a short
time period (03 minutes), the alarm is incorrectly reported and it does not affect the services.
Hence, you need not handle the alarm.
Step 2 If the alarm does not end after a time period, the node ID conflict exists in the RPR ring. In this
case, query the node ID of each node in the RPR network and set the conflict node IDs to the
node IDs that do not have conflict. The alarm is automatically cleared.
----End
Related Information
The situations in which the RPR_DUPLICATE_MAC alarm may be incorrectly reported
The alarm may be incorrectly reported in the following three situations:
l If forced switching (FS) or manually switching (MS) is performed on a node, and the node
ID of the node is set to have conflict with the node ID of another node, the irrelevant node
may incorrectly report the alarm.
l In a RPR network that contains many nodes, if cold reset is performed on all cross-connect
boards, a node may incorrectly report the alarm.
l If many services are configured for a node, the node may incorrectly report the alarm when
cold reset is performed on the board or the NE is power off.
In the three situations mentioned, the alarm incorrectly reported by a node in a RPR network
automatically ends in a time period (03 minutes). When the RPR network topology changes,
for example, the switching status is changes, the node ID is changed, a node is added or deleted,
active and standby switching is performed on a cross-connect board, cold reset is performed on
a board, wait for 13 minutes. Then, query the alarm of the RPR board to check whether the
RPR_DUPLICATE_MAC alarm exists.
9.204 RPR_ECHO_DLOC
Description
The RPR_ECHO_DLOC is the indication alarm of loss of continuity failure defect (DLOC) for
the OAM function of the RPR module. It is a forecast alarm of an abnormal link and it indicates
760
that the link communication may be abnormal. The RPR_ECHO_DLOC cannot be automatically
reported. It is a status that the protocol uses for handling the RPR_ECHO_LOC alarm. During
alarm registration, the RPR_ECHO_LOC suppresses the RPR_ECHO_DLOC.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
0x01 - 0x10 indicates 1 - 16 ECHO paths respectively.
Services that pass the node may lose packet or be interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the RPR_ECHO_DLOC alarm are as follows:
l If the priority type of the ECHO packet is ClassX, and the ClassX bandwidth of the request
ring network segment or response ring network segment that the ECHO packet passes is
extremely insufficient, the alarm is reported.
l If the entire RPR network has the consistent protection mode and the ECHO packet is set
to unprotected, the alarm is reported when fiber cut exists in the ring network segment that
the ECHO packet passes.
l If the entire RPR network has the consistent protection mode, which is steering, and the
ECHO packet is set to protected, the alarm is reported when fiber cut exists in the ring
network segment that the ECHO packet passes.
l If the ECHO packet is not received and handled in time for any other reason or the received
ECHO packet is incorrect, the alarm may be reported.
761
Procedure
Step 1 Query the topology information of the RPR network to check whether the information is normal.
Clear the relevant alarm according to the switching conditions of the network. For details, refer
to the procedure for handling the RPR_PS_CHANGE alarm.
Step 2 If the priority type of the ECHO packet is Class X, check whether the Class X bandwidth of the
ring network that the request and response ECHO packets pass is sufficient. If there is no enough
bandwidth, re-allocate the bandwidth of the ring network. You can determine the bandwidth
sufficiency according to the bandwidth configuration and the service amount transmitted on the
ring. For example, if the bandwidth A is 50 M, the priority type of the ECHO packet is configured
to A, and other service amount on the ring occupies about 50 M bandwidth, the ECHO packet
cannot be transmitted in the ring network.
Step 3 When fiber cut exists in the ring network segment that the ECHO packet passes, check whether
the protection mode of the ring network is consistent and is not steering. If the protection mode
of the ring network is consistent and is not steering, check whether the ECHO packet is set to
protected. If yes, check whether the alarm is cleared.
Step 4 Check whether the ECHO packet is not received and handled in time because the RPR packet
receiving mailboxes of the request and response ECHO nodes are blocked. Check whether the
received ECHO packet is incorrect. You can view the printed information in Telnet or query the
ECHO information of the entire RPR port to check whether the ECHO packet is normal. If the
ECHO packet that the node receives is abnormal, perform cold reset or replace the board.
----End
Related Information
ECHO Path
In the ECHO, each node always has 16 paths. The paths are allocated according to the processing
capability of a board and can be used to check the status of links between one node and other
nodes. The ECHO packet is a request and response packet of the OAM packet. The ECHO packet
sends a request ECHO frame from the source to the destination address. After receiving the
request frame, the destination address parses the ECHO packet and sends a corresponding
response frame to the request node according to the response ring direction information in the
received ECHO packet header. The request node determines the connectivity of the link
according to the received response ECHO frame.
The ECHO packet is managed by path. Hence, the ECHO parameters, the reporting and clearing
of the RPR_ECHO_DLOC and RPR_ECHO_LOC alarms are handled by path. The
RPR_ECHO_DLOC alarm is reported from a path and lasts for 2s before the RPR_ECHO_LOC
alarm of the path is reported.
CLASS X
CLASS X is the priority type of a packet. It includes A, B, and C types of priority.
9.205 RPR_ECHO_LOC
Description
The RPR_ECHO_LOC is an indication alarm of loss of continuity failure (LOC) for the ECHO
function of the RPR module. It indicates that the communication of a link is severely abnormal.
762
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
0x01 - 0x10 indicates 1 - 16 ECHO paths respectively.
When the ECHO path reports the RPR_ECHO_LOC alarm, the communication of the link is
severely abnormal. Services that pass the node may receive incorrect packets or lose packets.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the RPR_ECHO_LOC alarm is as follows:
The RPR_ECHO_DLOC alarm is reported from a path and lasts for 2s before the
RPR_ECHO_LOC alarm of the path is reported. Hence, the causes of the RPR_ECHO_LOC
alarm are the same as the causes of the RPR_ECHO_DLOC alarm.
Procedure
Step 1 Refer to the procedure for handling the RPR_ECHO_DLOC alarm.
----End
Related Information
ECHO Path
In the ECHO, each node always has 16 paths. The paths are allocated according to the processing
capability of a board and can be used to check the status of links between one node and other
nodes. The ECHO packet is a request and response packet of the OAM packet. The ECHO packet
sends a request ECHO frame from the source to the destination address. After receiving the
request frame, the destination address parses the ECHO packet and sends a corresponding
response frame to the request node according to the response ring direction information in the
763
received ECHO packet header. The request node determines the connectivity of the link
according to the received response ECHO frame.
The ECHO packet is managed by path. Hence, the ECHO parameters, the reporting and clearing
of the RPR_ECHO_DLOC and RPR_ECHO_LOC alarms are handled by path. The
RPR_ECHO_DLOC alarm is reported from a path and lasts for 2s before the RPR_ECHO_LOC
alarm of the path is reported.
9.206 RPR_MISCONFIG
Description
The RPR_MISCONFIG is an alarm indicating that the ID of the ring does not match. The alarm
indicates that the ring direction of a RPR node is incorrectly set. The error may be about fiber
connection or cross-connection configuration.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates the path direction in which the alarm occurs. Parameter 2
is the higher byte, and Parameter 3 is the lower byte.
l 0x01: East direction
l 0x02: West direction
Services that pass the node may receive incorrect packets or may be interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the RPR_RPR_MISCONFIG alarm are as follows:
l Fiber connection error causes that ring 0 receives a packet of ring 1 or ring 1 receives a
packet of ring 0. The packet contains data packet and protocol packet.
764
l The incorrect cross-connections configured on a board causes that the VCTRUNK1
connects to VCTRUNK1 and VCTRUNK2 connects to VCTRUNK2. (If the cross-
connections are correctly configured, VCTRUNK1 should connect to VCTRUNK2.)
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the fiber connection on the line board is correct. The input and output interfaces
of the optical module should match. After the incorrect fiber connection is rectified, check
Step 2 If the alarm persists, query the cross-connection configuration on each board to check whether
the odd timeslots connect to the even timeslots on each RPR board. Rectify any incorrect cross-
connection configuration of the board. The alarm is automatically cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.207 RPR_NB_INCONSIS
Description
The RPR_NB_INCONSIS is an alarm indicating that the topology information of adjacent nodes
is not consistent with each other. This alarm occurs when the topology information queried from
two adjacent nodes is different.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
765
Name Meaning
Services that pass the node may receive incorrect packets or may be interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the RPR_NB_INCONSIS alarm are as follows:
l The ring network configuration is incorrect. For example, the incorrect cross-connection
configuration on the board causes different topology information of two adjacent nodes.
That is, the adjacent node of node A to the east is node B, but the adjacent node of node B
to the west is not node A.
l The fiber connection is incorrect on the line board.
Procedure
Step 1 Query the cross-connection configuration on each board to check whether the odd timeslots
connect to the even timeslots on the RPR boards and whether there are cross-connections that
are not completely configured on a board. After cross-connections are correctly configured,
Step 2 If the alarm persists, check whether the fiber connections on the line board are correct. Rectify
any incorrect fiber connections. The alarm is automatically cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.208 RPR_PM_INCONSIS
Description
The RPR_PM_INCONSIS is an alarm indicating that the protection modes do not match. It
indicates that the protection modes of nodes in one RPR network are not consistent.
766
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
l 0x02: West direction.
If switching does not occur in a RPR network, this alarm does not affect the services.
During the switching in a ring network, if the protection modes of nodes are inconsistent and
the protection mode is steering, the services may be interrupted for a short time, which is less
than 50 ms.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the RPR_PM_INCONSIS alarm is as follows:
If the protection modes configured for nodes in a RPR network are not consistent, this alarm is
reported.
Procedure
Step 1 Query the protection mode of each node. If the protection modes are not consistent, re-configure
the protection modes according to the compatibility and make sure that the protection modes of
all nodes are consistent. This alarm is automatically cleared.
----End
Related Information
Protection Mode Compatibility
The protection mode wrap is compatible with the wrap_steering. The protection modes wrap/
wrap_steering are not compatible with the steering. If steering is not configured for any node in
767
a ring network, the services are switched according to the wrap protection mode. If steering is
configured for some nodes and wrap or wrap_steering is configured for some other nodes, the
alarm of inconsistent protection modes occurs and protection switching is performed on the
services according to the steering protection mode.
9.209 RPR_PS_CHANGE
Description
The RPR_PS_CHANGE is an alarm of RPR protection status change. This alarm occurs when
the protection status of a node changes.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
During the switching in a RPR network, the services may be interrupted for a short time, which
is less than 50 ms.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the RPR_PS_CHANGE alarm are as follows:
l When the RPR board detects link failure or channel unavailability, including signal fail
(SF) and signal degrade (SD), the RPR protection switching occurs and this alarm is
reported.
768
l When forced switching is manually issued, including forced switching (FS) and manual
switch (MS), the RPR protection switching occur and this alarm is reported.
Procedure
Step 1 Query the topology information of the ring network to obtain the switching conditions of the
ring network.
Step 2 If the switching condition is FS or MS, manually issue a command of clearing the switching.
The alarm is automatically cleared.
Step 3 If the switching condition is SF,
1. Check whether there is fiber connection error or cross-connection configuration error.
Check whether the RPR_MISCONFIG alarm exists on the U2000. If yes, clear this alarm.
2. Check whether the VCTRUNK timeslot bindings of nodes in the ring network are
consistent. If not, re-configure the VCTRUNK timeslot bindings.
3. Check whether the laser on the line board is switched on. Make sure that the laser on the
line board is switched on.
4. Check whether there may be fiber cuts. Use loopback to check whether the fiber connections
in the switching area are normal and whether the optical power is too high or too low. If
there are any relevant problems, replace the fiber.
5. Replace the laser to check whether the laser is faulty.
6. Check whether the SF switching command has been issued from the Telnet. Disable the
RPR protocol on the node on which SF switching occurs and enable the protocol again to
check whether SF still exists.
7. If all the previous check results are normal, there may be hardware problems or logical
problems. Perform cold reset, replace a board, or replace the equipment.
Step 4 If the switching condition is SD switch, use the equipment test command or issue a command
from the Telnet to check whether incorrect packets are received. If a node frequently receives
incorrect packets, the loop is abnormal. Perform the following operations to clear the alarm:
1. Check whether there are manually inserted bit errors. If yes, cancel the insertion of bit
errors.
2. Check whether the optical power is too high or too low. Make sure that the optical power
is normal.
3. Replace the fiber to check whether the fiber is normal.
4. Check whether the SD switching command has been issued from the Telnet. Disable the
RPR protocol on the node on which SD switching occurs and enable the protocol again to
check whether SD still exists.
5. If all the previous check results are normal, there may be hardware problems or logical
problems. Perform cold reset, replace a board, or replace the equipment.
----End
Related Information
The RPR protocol defines some basic migration actions for switching conditions of different
priorities for effective network protection. These migration actions comprise the protection state
machine of ring network protection. During the switching of the protection state machine, the
RPR_PS_CHANGE alarm is reported if switching occurs on the loop and the alarm is not
769
reported if there is no switching on the loop. After the switching, the RPR_PS_CHANGE alarm
is automatically cleared. The alarm is not reported if there is no switching on the loop.
SF: signal failure, automatic switching. Switching is triggered by media signal failure or RPR
keep-alive failure.
SD: signal degrade, automatic switching. Switching is triggered by degrade of signal quality.
9.210 RPR_STATIONS_EXCEED
Description
The RPR_STATIONS_EXCEED is an alarm of threshold crossing of the total number of nodes
in a RPR network. It indicates that the number of nodes in a RPR network exceeds the number
of nodes that the protocol supports.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
When the number of nodes in a RPR network exceeds 255, the switching of the network may
take more than 50 ms and the services may be interrupted for long during the switching.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the RPR_STATIONS_EXCEED alarm is as follows:
The RPR protocol supports 255 nodes. This alarm occurs when the number of configured nodes
exceeds 255.
770
Procedure
Step 1 When you configure a RPR network, make sure that the total number of nodes in the network
is not more than 255. You can delete the extra nodes to clear the RPR_STATIONS_EXCEED
alarm.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.211 RPR_SUM_A0_EXCEED
Description
The RPR_SUM_A0_EXCEED is an alarm of threshold crossing of reserved A0 bandwidth in
a RPR network.
Attribute
Critical Service alarm
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates the number of the RPR network in which the alarm occurs.
l 0x01: Ring 0
l 0x02: Ring 1
When the RPR_SUM_A0_EXCEED alarm occurs, the normal transmitting and receiving of
services on the nodes in the RPR network cannot be ensured.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the RPR_SUM_A0_EXCEED alarm is as follows:
771
This alarm occurs when the sum of A0 service bandwidth configured for each node exceeds the
maximum bandwidth that the ring network supports.
Procedure
Step 1 View the RPR_SUM_A0_EXCEED alarm on the U2000, and then confirm the relevant RPR
network number according to the alarm parameters.
Step 2 Re-configure the network bandwidth. Make sure that the sum of A0 bandwidth of all nodes on
ring 0 or ring 1 is smaller than the total bandwidth of the network.
----End
Related Information
RPR Network Bandwidth
The bandwidth of a RPR network has several types of priorities, which are A0, A1, B_CIR,
B_EIR, and C. A0 is the reserved bandwidth for priority A and cannot be reused by other nodes.
Bandwidth of other priorities can be reused by any node. The services of B_EIR and C priorities
are applicable to the fair algorithm, in which fair weight is used to control the inserted traffic of
each node. The traffics of services of other priorities are controlled by the inserted bandwidth
that is configured for each service.
When the sum of A0 bandwidth exceeds the total bandwidth of the link in a RPR network, only
services of the A priority are transmitted, and services of B and C priorities cannot be transmitted.
If the total transmit traffic exceeds the total bandwidth of the loop, packet loss also occurs in
services of the high priority. To avoid packet loss, decrease the transmit rate.
NOTE
On the U2000, you can configure the using bandwidth for A services (which is A), the reserved bandwidth
of A services (which is A0), and the using bandwidth of B_CIR services. Other bandwidth can be calculated
according to the previous three values and needs not be set. A1 bandwidth = Using bandwidth of A services
- Reserved bandwidth of A service. B_EIR bandwidth = C bandwidth = Total loop bandwidth - Using
bandwidth of A services - Using bandwidth of B_CIR services.
9.212 RTC_FAIL
Description
The RTC_FAIL is an alarm of SCC real time clock (RTC) failure. This alarm occurs when the
clock of the SCC is faulty.
Attribute
Parameters
None.
772
When the RTC_FAIL alarm occurs, rerouting may fail and thus the services are interrupted in
ASON networks. The RTC_FAIL alarm may affect non-ASON networks, and thus needs to be
cleared as soon as possible.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the RTC_FAIL alarm is as follows:
The RTC chip of the SCC is damaged.
Procedure
Step 1 Replace the SCC board of the corresponding equipment.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.213 RTS
Description
The RTS is an alarm indicating that the Request To Send status of the DCE is abnormal.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
773
Name Meaning
the RTS alarm is reported from path 1 of the board.
When the RTS alarm occurs, the DCE fails to transmit services. Consequently, the services are
interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the RTS alarm is as follows:
The DTE at the opposite end works abnormally because the cable is improperly connected, or
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the DTE at the opposite end works well by following the actions:
After making sure that the DTE at the opposite end works well, the RTS alarm is
----End
Related Information
None.
9.214 RS_CROSSTR
Description
The RS_CROSSTR alarm indicates that a regenerator section performance indicator crosses the
threshold. This alarm is reported if a board detects that a regenerator section performance event
crosses the preset threshold.
Attribute
Minor Service alarm
774
Parameters
Name Meaning
board.
l If a few number of bit errors occur in the services, the service quality at the IF port is
degraded.
interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the RS_CROSSTR alarm are as follows:
Procedure
l Query the RS_CROSSTR alarm on the NMS and determine the board that reports the alarm.
RS_CROSSTR alarm on the NMS.
775
If... Then...
The B1_EXC or B1_SD alarm is
generated
immediately. If the RS_CROSSTR alarm
persists, perform the operations that are
required for clearing the alarm generated
due to cause 2.
None of the preceding occur Perform the operations required when the
Supporting Tasks.
----End
Related Information
If the RSBBE, RSES, RSSES, RSCSES, or RSUAS performance events exceed the preset
threshold, the RS_CROSSTR alarm is generated.
Table 9-8 Default threshold of the RS performance events
Performance
Event
15-Minute
Highest
Threshold
15-Minute Lowest
Threshold
24-Hour
Threshold
RSBBE 1500 300 15000
RSES 50 20 100
RSSES 20 0 50
RSCSES 4 (number of consecutive SESs)
RSUAS 20 0 50

9.215 S1_SYN_CHANGE
Description
The S1_SYN_CHANGE is an alarm indicating that, in the S1 byte mode, the clock source is
switched. This alarm occurs when, in the SSM mode, the traced clock source is switched.
Attribute
776
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1
l 0x01: The traced clock source of the system switches.
l 0x02: The first channel of 2 MHz phase-locked clock source switches.
l 0x03: The second channel of 2 MHz phase-locked clock source switches.
When the S1_SYN_CHANGE alarm occurs, the traced clock source is switched in the SSM
mode. If the new clock source has a lower quality, pointer justifications and bit errors are
generated, and as a result the quality of services is affected.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the S1_SYN_CHANGE alarm are as follows:
l The external BITS is interrupted.
l The S1_SYN_CHANGE alarm occurs at the upstream station.
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether there is any fiber cut and whether any service board reports the R_LOS alarm.
If yes, properly connect the fiber to clear the R_LOS alarm, and then check whether the
S1_SYN_CHANGE alarm is cleared.
Step 2 If fiber connections are normal, check the external BITS.
1. Check whether the input cable of the external BITS is damaged. If yes, connect a good
input cable, and then check whether the S1_SYN_CHANGE alarm is cleared.
2. Make sure that the 2 Mbit/s cable interface for the external BITS input is properly secured
on the front panel of the subrack. Check whether the S1_SYN_CHANGE alarm is cleared.
3. Check whether the 2 Mbit/s cable interface for the external BITS input is faulty. If yes,
replace the relevant interface board, and then check whether the S1_SYN_CHANGE alarm
is cleared.
Step 3 If the alarm persists, check whether the S1_SYN_CHANGE alarm occurs at the upstream station.
If yes, repeat steps 1 and 2 to clear the S1_SYN_CHANGE alarm at the upstream station. The
S1_SYN_CHANGE alarm at the local station is then automatically cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
777
9.216 SECU_ALM
Description
The SECU_ALM is an alarm indicating that an illegal user fails to log in to the NE.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the login terminal.
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates the login errors.
Parameter 4, Parameter 5 Indicates the first two characters of the user name that is locked
after the login verification fails.
The SECU_ALM alarm has the following impact on the system:
The SECU_ALM alarm is ended soon after it is reported.
Possible Causes
The cause for the SECU_ALM alarm is as follows:
An illegal user tries to log in to the EN.
Procedure
Step 1 Query the EN log to check the user name that is used for the login.
----End
778
Related Information
After three wrong login passwords are entered, the NM automatically locks the screen. Only the
administrator can unlock the screen.
9.217 SEC_RADIUS_FAIL
Description
The SEC_RADIUS_FAIL is an alarm indicating that the number of consecutive RADIUS
authentication failures is too great. This alarm occurs when the number of consecutive RADIUS
authentication failures reaches five. (If the interval between two RADIUS authentication failures
is less than 180 seconds, they are considered as consecutive RADIUS authentication failures.)
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the first five characters of the user name.
This alarm affects the login to the NE.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the alarm are as follows:
l Cause 1: The usage period of the account expires.
l Cause 2: The password, access policy, or shared key of the account is changed.
l Cause 3: There are unauthenticated login attempts on the RADIUS server.
Procedure
Step 1 Cause 1: The usage period of the account expires.
1. Check whether the usage period of the account expires. If yes, use an account that is still
in its usage period.
779
2. Check whether the alarm clears. If the alarm persists, go to step Step 2.
Step 2 Cause 2: The password, access policy, or shared key of the account is changed.
1. Check whether the password or access policy of the account is changed on the RADIUS
server. If the password or access policy of the account is changed to a wrong value, change
it to a correct value. Check whether the alarm clears. If the alarm persists, go to the next
step.
2. Check whether the shared key for the GNE and the RADIUS server is set correctly. If the
shared key is set incorrectly, set it correctly.
3. Check whether the alarm clears. If the alarm persists, go to step Step 3.
Step 3 Cause 3: There are unauthenticated login attempts on the RADIUS server.
1. Check whether there are unauthenticated login attempts on the RADIUS server. If yes,
remove the source that generates unauthenticated login attempts.
2. Check whether the alarm clears. If the alarm persists, contact Huawei technical support
engineers for handling the alarm.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.218 SERVCHIP_ABN
Description
The SERVCHIP_ABN alarm indicates that a service chip fault is detected. A cross-connect
board reports this alarm when detecting a fault in its service chip or in the service chip of a
service board.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the slot ID of a faulty board. If this parameter takes the
value of 0xFF, other faults occurred.
780
Name Meaning
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicate the cause of the fault. Parameter 2 always takes the value
of 0x00. Parameter 3 takes the following values.
When Parameter 1 indicates the slot ID of a service board;
l Parameter 3 takes the value of 0x01 to indicate that the service
chip in the receive direction of a service board is faulty.
l Parameter 3 takes the value of 0x02 to indicate that the service
chip in the transmit direction of a service board is faulty.
When Parameter 1 indicates the slot ID of a cross-connect board or
takes the value of 0xFF;
l Parameter 3 takes the value of 0x01 to indicate that the higher
order cross-connect chip is faulty.
order cross-connect chip between the service board processing
incoming traffic and the lower order cross-connect chip is
faulty.
order cross-connect chip between the lower order cross-connect
chip and the service board processing outgoing traffic is faulty.
l Parameter 3 takes the value of 0x08 to indicate that the lower
order cross-connect chip is faulty.
NOTE
Figure 9-2 shows the values of Parameter 3 and their indications.
l Services are interrupted when the service chip of a service board is faulty.
l When the service chip of a working cross-connect board is faulty, services are interrupted
if the switching between the working and protection cross-connect boards is not triggered
or fails.
l Services may be interrupted when the service chip of a protection cross-connect board is
faulty and therefore the switching between the working and protection cross-connect boards
is unavailable.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the SERVCHIP_ABN alarm are as follows.
l Cause 1: The service chip of a service board is faulty.
l Cause 2: The service chip of a cross-connect board is faulty.
l Cause 3: Other unknown fault occurred.
Procedure
Step 1 Query the SERVCHIP_ABN alarm on the NMS, and find the faulty board based on the value
of Parameter 1.
781
l When Parameter 1 indicates the slot ID of a service board, go to the next step.
l When Parameter 1 indicates the slot ID of a cross-connect board, go to Step 3.
l When Parameter 1 takes the value of 0xFF, go to Step 4.
Step 2 Cause 1: The service chip of a service board is faulty.
1. Replace the faulty service board.
2. Check whether the SERVCHIP_ABN alarm is cleared. If the SERVCHIP_ABN alarm
persists, contact Huawei technical support engineers to handle the alarm.
Step 3 Cause 2: The service chip of a cross-connect board is faulty.
1. Check whether Parameter 1 indicates a working or protection cross-connect board. If it is
a protection cross-connect board, replace the protection cross-connect board. If it is a
working cross-connect board, go to the next step.
2. Check whether the switching between the working and protection cross-connect boards is
triggered.
a. If yes, replace the working cross-connect board.
b. If no, manually perform the switching between the working and protection cross-
connect boards, and then replace the working cross-connect board. For details on how
to replace a working cross-connect board, see Replace a Cross-Connect and Timing
Board in the Parts Replacement manual.
3. Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the SERVCHIP_ABN alarm persists, contact Huawei
Step 4 Cause 3: Other unknown fault occurred.
1. When Parameter 1 takes the value of 0xFF, the automatic switching between the working
and protection cross-connect boards may fail. To further locate the fault, perform the
manual switching between the working and protection cross-connect boards.
2. Find the faulty board based on the parameters of the SERVCHIP_ABN alarm.
a. If Parameter 1 indicates the slot ID of a service board, go to Step 2.
b. If Parameter 1 indicates the slot ID of a cross-connect board, go to Step 3.
c. If Parameter 1 takes the value of 0xFF, query the services section by section. Find the
service interruption point, and replace the service board on which the service
interruption point resides.
3. Check whether the alarm is cleared. If the SERVCHIP_ABN alarm persists, contact Huawei
----End
Related Information
Service chip
A service chip can be the board chip on a board processing incoming traffic, cross-connect board,
or service board processing outgoing traffic.
Figure 9-2 shows the service chips of the line boards (service boards) and cross-connect board,
as well as the indications of the parameter values.
782
Figure 9-2 Diagram of service chips
Service flow
Line board
(service board
processing
incoming traffic)
Line board
(service board
processing
outgoing traffic)
Higher order cross-
connect chip
Higher order cross-
connect chip
Lower order cross-
connect chip
Higher order cross-
connect chip
Parameter 3 = 0x01
Chip fault in the receive
direction of a service board
(Parameter 3 = 0x01)
Cross-connect board
: lower order service flow
: higher order service flow
Parameter 3 = 0x08 Parameter 3 = 0x04 Parameter 3 = 0x02
Chip fault in the transmit
Chip fault in the receive
Chip fault in the transmit
9.219 SM_BDI
Description
The SM_BDI is an SM back defect indication at the optical transponder unit (OTU) layer. This
alarm shows that OTUs are provided at the remote end or severe alarms occur at an upper layer.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
3 = 0x01. In this case, the SM_BDI alarm is reported from OTU
The SM_BDI alarm just shows that some alarms occur at the OTU termination station mapping
the services in the transmit direction. The services in the receive direction are not affected.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the SM_BDI alarm are as follows:
783
l Some alarms occur at the remote OTU termination station.
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether any other higher-level OTU alarm occurs at the remote OTU termination station.
If yes, take priority to clear it, and then check whether the SM_BDI alarm is cleared.
SM_BDI occurs, check and modify the configuration.
CAUTION
----End
Related Information
None.
9.220 SM_BEI
Description
The SM_BEI is an SM back error indication alarm at the optical transponder unit (OTU) layer.
This alarm shows that SM-BIP errors occur at the remote end.
Attribute
Parameters
784
Name Meaning
Indicates the path number.
3 = 0x01. In this case, the SM_BEI alarm is reported from OTU
When the SM_BEI alarm occurs, SM_BIP errors occur at the remote OTU termination station,
but the FEC function and performance are not affected at the local station.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the SM_BEI alarm are as follows:
l Some bit errors occur at the remote OTU termination station.
Procedure
Step 1 Query the performance of the board at the remote OTU termination station, and clear the bit
errors at the remote end.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.221 SM_BIP8_OVER
Description
The SM_BIP8_OVER is an alarm indicating that the number of bit errors in the OTU SM section
Attribute
Major Service alarm
785
Parameters
Name Meaning
3 = 0x01. In this case, the SM_BIP8_OVER alarm is reported from
When the SM_BIP8_OVER alarm occurs, the service transmission quality is affected.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the SM_BIP8_OVER alarm are as follows:
Procedure
U2000. If yes, take priority to clear it, and then check whether the SM_BIP8_OVER alarm is
cleared.
If yes, go to step 9.
786
alarm is cleared.
alarm is cleared.
is cleared.
alarm is cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.222 SM_BIP8_SD
Description
The SM_BIP8_SD is an SM BIP error signal degrade alarm in the OTU SM section.
Attribute
Major Service alarm
Parameters
Name Meaning
787
Name Meaning
3 = 0x01. In this case, the SM_BIP8_SD alarm is reported from
When the SM_BIP8_SD alarm occurs, the service transmission quality is affected.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the SM_BIP8_SD alarm are as follows:
Procedure
U2000. If yes, take priority to clear it, and then check whether the SM_BIP8_SD alarm is cleared.
alarm is cleared.
alarm is cleared.
788
is cleared.
alarm is cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.223 SM_IAE
Description
The SM_IAE is an SM incoming alignment error (IAE) alarm in the OTU SM section. When
the ODU frame is synchronously mapped into the OTU frame, the IAE flag is set to true if the
frame alignment errors occur. When the IAE errors are detected at the sink, the sub-frame
alignment bit errors occur in the received services.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
3 = 0x01. In this case, the SM_IAE alarm is reported from OTU
When the SM_IAE alarm occurs, the service availability is affected.
789
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the SM_IAE alarm are as follows:
l The clock jitter event occurs in the transmit unit at the remote end (namely, the source of
the OTU/ODU adaptation function).
l The frame offset on the board termination side of the remote end (namely, the source of
the OTU/ODU adaptation function) is inaccurate.
l The board FEC processing chip at the remote end (namely, the source of the OTU/ODU
adaptation function) is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 Adjust the frame offset on the board system side of the remote end (namely, the source of the
OTU/ODU adaptation function).
Step 2 If the alarm persists, replace the board at the remote end (namely, the source of the OTU/ODU
adaptation function).
----End
Related Information
None.
9.224 SM_TIM
Description
The SM_TIM is a section monitoring TTI mismatch alarm in the OTU SM overhead.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
790
Name Meaning
3 = 0x01. In this case, the SM_TIM alarm is reported from path 1
of optical interface 1 on the board.
When the SM_TIM alarm occurs, the FEC function and the services are not affected.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the SM_TIM alarm are as follows:
l The expected SM_TIM byte at the local end is incorrectly set.
l The value of the SM_TTI byte transmitted at the remote end is incorrectly configured.
l The fiber is incorrectly connected.
Procedure
Step 1 According to the service network, decide the expected setting of the SM_TTI byte in the relevant
position.
Step 2 Check whether the SM-TTI byte to be received at the board is consistent with the received SM-
TTI byte. If not, modify the incorrect SM-TTI byte to be received.
Step 3 If the received SM-TTI byte is incorrect, check whether the fiber connection at the next local
station is correct. If not, modify the connection.
Step 4 Check whether the setting of the transmitted SM-TTI byte in the upstream services is correct.
If not, modify the transmitted SM-TTI byte in the upstream services.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.225 SPARE_PATH_ALM
Description
The SPARE_PATH_ALM is an alarm of the standby path. For a protection board, if the standby
path that is not configured with services is faulty, the SPARE_PATH_ALM alarm is reported.
791
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the actual optical interface number of the alarm board.
l For the tributary boards, the value is always 0x01.
l Indicates the actual optical interface number of the line board.
3 = 0x01. In this case, the SPARE_PATH_ALM alarm is reported
from path 1 of optical interface 1 on the board.
Parameter 4
l For the tributary boards, this parameter is meaningless.
l For the line boards, the meaning of this parameter is as follows:
l 0x01: The AU_LOP alarm occurs in the path.
l 0x02: The AU_AIS alarm occurs in the path.
l 0x04: The B3_EXC alarm occurs in the path.
l 0x08: The B3_SD alarm occurs in the path.
When the SPARE_PATH_ALM alarm occurs, the protection path of the board is unavailable.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the SPARE_PATH_ALM alarm is as follows:
The path is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 View the SPARE_PATH_ALM alarm on the U2000 to confirm the relevant board.
Step 2 Replace the board.
----End
792
Related Information
None.
9.226 SPEED_OVER
Description
The SPEED_OVER is an alarm indicating that the rate of the monitored optical interface exceeds
the rate threshold. This alarm occurs when a board detects that the received rate exceeds the set
rate alarm threshold.
Attribute
Minor Service alarm
Parameters
Name Meaning
the alarm occurs.
When the SPEED_OVER alarm occurs, the received service rate exceeds the threshold. The
board cannot carry the service and the service is interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the SPEED_OVER alarm is as follows:
The monitored rate exceeds the rate threshold.
Procedure
Step 1 View the SPEED_OVER alarm on the U2000, and then confirm the relevant optical interface
793
Step 2 Query the rate that the optical interface actually receives and the rate threshold. Set a larger rate
threshold according to the rate range that the board supports, and then check whether the alarm
is cleared.
Step 3 If the alarm persists, check the rate configured for the service. Re-configure the service rate to
a value that is within the threshold. The alarm is automatically cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.227 SQUTABM_MM
Description
The SQUTABM_MM is an alarm indicating that the squelch table generation mode at each node
on the MSP ring differs.
Attribute
Minor Service alarm
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicating the protection group ID.
If any services are misconnected, MS squelching fails or goes faulty.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the SQUTABM_MM alarm are as follows:
l An NE may be added. This NE may be added when the entire ring is in the manual mode.
The default setting of a new NE, however, is the automatic mode. If the default setting of
the new NE is not changed, it is different from those of other NEs on the ring.
l The mode of an NE is changed, and then the modes of all the other NEs on the entire ring
are automatically changed. After the mode change, all the NEs are stored to the database.
794
But if the SCC board is powered off before the updated database is backed up to the FLASH,
the mode of this NE is different with others after the SCC is reset.
l The fiber connection may be faulty during the mode change. In this case, the mode change
message cannot be set to a certain node. Thus, the modes of all the NEs cannot be
automatically changed. If the NE SCC is reset in this process, the mode of this NE is
different from those of other NEs on the ring. In this case, the RINGMAPM_MM alarm
occurs.
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the generation modes of the squelch tables for all the nodes on the MS ring are
the same. If not, change the modes to be the same.
----End
Related Information
Squelch Table Generation Mode
A squelch table can be generated either in the automatic mode or in the manual mode. The modes
of all the NEs on the ring must be the same. In normal cases, change of an NE mode results in
automatic change of the modes of the other NEs.
9.228 SSL_CERT_NOENC
Description
The SSL_CERT_NOENC alarm indicates that the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) certificate file
is not encrypted.
Attribute
Parameters
None
The private key information in the SSL certificate file is prone to interception.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the SSL_CERT_NOENC alarm is as follows:
The SSL certificate file is not encrypted.
795
Procedure
Step 1 Download and activate the SSL encryption certificate file.
----End
Related Information
None
9.229 STORM_CUR_QUENUM_OVER
Description
The STORM_CUR_QUENUM_OVER is an alarm indicating the storm. When the number of
current alarms on the NE reaches the value that is equal to the maximum number of alarms
supported by an alarm queue minus one, the alarm is reported. The alarm cannot be wrapped
around by other alarms on the NE.
Attribute
Parameters
None.
When the alarm is reported, the services are not affected. When the count of the current alarms
on the NE reaches a certain value, the alarm is reported to prompt the user that the alarm queue
is full. In this case, certain alarms in the SCC database are lost due to the processing mode of
alarm archiving.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the STORM_CUR_QUENUM_OVER alarm is as follows:
The count of the alarms is excessive and thus the alarm queue cannot contain all alarms.
Procedure
Step 1 Check the queue of the current alarms on the U2000. Identify and clear the frequently reported
alarms (STORM_CUR_QUENUM_OVER excluded). If the count of alarms in the alarm queue
is decreased to a certain value, the alarm is cleared automatically.
----End
796
Related Information
Alarm Storage
The NE register stores the alarm data by "Stopping" and "Wrapping". The NE uses the
"Wrapping" mode by default.
l When the storage mode is "Stopping", if the count of the alarms reaches the capacity
threshold of the register, the new alarm data is discarded.
l When the alarm storage mode is "Wrapping", if the count of the NE alarms reaches the
capacity threshold, the new alarms overwrite the earlier alarm information, and the new
alarms are stored from the start address of the register.
9.230 SUM_INPWR_HI
Description
The SUM_INPWR_HI is an alarm indicating that the combined input optical power of the laser
of the colored optical module is over high.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates the path number. The value depends on different board
types. Parameter 2 is the higher byte, and Parameter 3 is the lower
byte.
After the SUM_INPWR_HI alarm occurs, bit errors occur in the services at the optical interface .
Moreover, over high input optical power also causes damages to the laser.
797
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the SUM_INPWR_HI alarm are the same as those of the IN_PWR_HIGH
alarm.
Procedure
Step 1 Refer to the procedure for handling the IN_PWR_HIGH alarm.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.231 SUM_INPWR_LOW
Description
The SUM_INPWR_LOW is an alarm indicating that the combined input optical power of the
laser of the colored optical module is over low.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
reports the alarm.
byte.
798
After the SUM_INPWR_LOW alarm occurs, bit errors occur in the services at the optical
interface.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the SUM_INPWR_LOW alarm are the same as those of the
IN_PWR_LOW alarm.
Procedure
Step 1 Refer to the procedure for handling the IN_PWR_LOW alarm.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.232 SUM_OUTPWR_HI
Description
The SUM_OUTPWR_HI is an alarm indicating that the combined output power of the laser of
the colored optical module is over high.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
799
Name Meaning
byte.
Over high output optical power can cause damages to the laser or the meter at the opposite end
and bit errors in the services.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the SUM_OUTPWR_HI alarm are the same as those of the
OUT_PWR_HIGH alarm.
Procedure
Step 1 Refer to the procedure for handling the OUT_PWR_HIGH alarm.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.233 SUM_OUTPWR_LOW
Description
The SUM_OUTPWR_LOW is an alarm indicating that the combined output power of the laser
of the colored optical module is over low.
Attribute
Parameters
800
Name Meaning
byte.
After the SUM_OUTPWR_LOW alarm occurs, bit errors occur in the services at the optical
interface.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the SUM_OUTPWR_LOW alarm are the same as those of the
OUT_PWR_LOW alarm.
Procedure
Step 1 Refer to the procedure for handling the OUT_PWR_LOW alarm.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.234 SWDL_ACTIVATED_TIMEOUT
Description
The SWDL_ACTIVATED_TIMEOUT is an alarm indicating that during package loading, the
NE does not perform the commit operation in a certain time after the board is activated.
Attribute
Parameters
None.
801
The NE does not perform commit for a long time, which causes the software in the two areas of
the double-area boards on the NE inconsistent. Once a board becomes abnormal, rollback occurs
to the entire NE.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the SWDL_ACTIVATED_TIMEOUT alarm is as follows:
During the 30 minutes after the board is activated, the NE does not perform commit.
Procedure
Step 1 The package loading is not complete. Proceed with the commit operation.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.235 SWDL_AUTOMATCH_INH
Description
The SWDL_AUTOMATCH_INH is an alarm indicating that the automatic match function is
disabled.
Attribute
Parameters
None.
The board that reports the alarm cannot automatically match the software from the SCC board,
which affects the consistency of the software version on the entire NE. Some functions of the
NE may operate abnormally.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the SWDL_AUTOMATCH_INH alarm is as follows:
The automatic match function is disabled.
802
Procedure
Step 1 Enable the automatic match function.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.236 SWDL_CHGMNG_NOMATCH
Description
The SWDL_CHGMNG_NOMATCH is an alarm indicating that the software version of the SCC
board is inconsistent with the software version of the alarmed board. This alarm is reported if
the software version of the alarmed board is inconsistent with the software version of the SCC
board.
Attribute
Parameters
None.
The impact of the SWDL_CHGMNG_NOMATCH alarm on the system is as follows:
Some functions of the NE may operate abnormally. For example, the automatic match function
is disabled during packet loading.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the SWDL_CHGMNG_NOMATCH alarm is as follows:
The software version of the SCC board does not match the software version of any other boards.
Procedure
Step 1 Check the software version of the SCC board and the software version of the alarmed board and
find out which version is correct.
Step 2 If the software version of the SCC board is correct, perform package loading for other boards
using the software package on the SCC board.
803
Step 3 If the software version of the alarmed board is correct, contact Huawei engineers to upgrade the
NE software.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.237 SWDL_COMMIT_FAIL
Description
The SWDL_COMMIT_FAIL is an alarm indicating that the commit operation fails for some
boards.
Attribute
Parameters
None.
For a double-partition board, software versions in the two partitions of the board become
inconsistent and causes a package loading failure. As a result, the software upgrade fails.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the SWDL_COMMIT_FAIL is as follows:
Software copy from the standby partition to the active partition fails.
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the running software is the required software. If not, re-load the package.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.238 SWDL_INPROCESS
804
Description
The SWDL_INPROCESS is an alarm indicating that the NE is loading the package.
Attribute
Parameters
None.
The NE is loading the package. The operations including modifying configurations, uploading/
downloading files, and backing up the database are prohibited.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the SWDL_INPROCESS alarm is as follows:
The NE is loading the package.
Procedure
Step 1 The SWDL_INPROCESS alarm is automatically cleared after the loading is complete.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.239 SWDL_NEPKGCHECK
Description
The SWDL_NEPKGCHECK is an alarm indicating that a file in the package is lost or the
package loading fails to pass the check.
Attribute
805
Parameters
None.
The impact of the SWDL_NEPKGCHECK alarm on the system is as follows:
The package loading function of the NE will operate abnormally.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the SWDL_NEPKGCHECK alarm is as follows:
A file in the package is lost.
Procedure
Step 1 Re-load the package.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.240 SWDL_PKG_NOBDSOFT
Description
The SWDL_PKG_NOBDSOFT is an alarm indicating that the files of some boards are not in
the package for loading.
Attribute
Parameters
None.
As the software of the board is not contained in the package, the board cannot perform automatic
match. As a result, the software version of the board is inconsistent with that of the NE. Some
functions may operate abnormally.
806
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the SWDL_PKG_NOBDSOFT alarm is as follows:
The software of some boards are removed during loading the customized package.
Procedure
Step 1 Add the software of the board into the customized package.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.241 SWITCH_DISABLE
Description
The SWITCH_DISABLE is an alarm indicating that the protection switching function is
manually disabled for the board. This alarm is used for internal test purposes.
Attribute
Parameters
None.
The SWITCH_DISABLE alarm affects the active/standby switching function of the board.
Possible Causes
During the test, a command is issued to request the board software to disable the switching
function.
Procedure
Step 1 Log in to the NE to cancel the switching disabling command. The SWITCH_DISABLE alarm
is cleared.
----End
807
Related Information
None.
9.242 SWDL_ROLLBACK_FAIL
Description
The SWDL_ROLLBACK_FAIL is an alarm indicating that some board rollback fails when the
NE performs rollback.
Attribute
Parameters
None.
The board software version and the NE software version may mismatch. Some functions of the
NE may operate abnormally.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the SWDL_ROLLBACK_FAIL alarm is as follows:
Some board rollback fails when the NE performs rollback.
Procedure
----End
Related Information
None.
9.243 SYNC_C_LOS
Description
The SYNC_C_LOS is an alarm indicating the loss of synchronization source level. This alarm
occurs when the clock source of a service board is lost in the priority table.
808
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1, Parameter 2 Indicates the number of the faulty clock source. The ID of the time
source occupies two bytes.
l Parameter 1 indicates the slot ID where the board is housed. The
slot ID starts from 1. If the value of Parameter 1 is 0xF0, it
indicates the external clock source (external clock source 1 and
external clock source 2). If the value of Parameter 1 is 0xF1, it
indicates the internal clock source.
l Parameter 2 indicates the actual optical port ID on the board.
The optical port ID starts from 1. If the value of Parameter 2 is
0x01, it indicates external clock source 1 and the internal clock
source. If the value of Parameter 2 is 0x02, it indicates external
clock source 2.
If this alarm is generated, it indicates that the external clock is lost. The equipment cannot trace
this lost external clock. In this case, if only the internal clock source can be used, bit error occurs
to the services some time later.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the SYNC_C_LOS alarm are as follows:
l Input signals are lost at the optical or electrical interface that is connected to the clock
source.
l There is a fiber cut (when a line clock source is traced).
Procedure
Step 1 On the U2000, view the line or tributary clock source traced by the NE.
Step 2 If the NE traces a line clock source, do as follows:
1. On the U2000, check whether the R_LOS alarm occurs at the relevant line board. If yes,
take priority to clear the R_LOS alarm, and then check whether the SYNC_C_LOS alarm
is cleared.
809
2. If the alarm persists, perform a cold reset for the relevant line board. After a successful cold
reset, check whether the alarm is cleared.
CAUTION
3. If the alarm persists, replace the relevant line board, and then check whether the alarm is
cleared.
4. If the alarm persists, perform a cold reset for the cross-connect and timing board, and then
CAUTION
If there is not a standby cross-connect board that properly functions for protection, cold
reset of a cross-connect board may entirely interrupt the services.
5. If the alarm persists, replace the cross-connect and timing board.
Step 3 If the NE traces a tributary clock source, do as follows:
1. On the U2000, check whether the T_ALOS alarm occurs at the relevant tributary path. If
yes, take priority to clear the T_ALOS alarm, and then check whether the SYNC_C_LOS
alarm is cleared.
2. If the alarm persists, perform a cold reset for the relevant tributary board. After a successful
cold reset, check whether the SYNC_C_LOS alarm is cleared.
CAUTION
3. If the alarm persists, replace the relevant tributary board, and then check whether the
SYNC_C_LOS alarm is cleared.
4. If the alarm persists, perform a cold reset for the cross-connect and timing board, and then
CAUTION
If there is not a standby cross-connect board that properly functions for protection, cold
reset of a cross-connect board may entirely interrupt the services.
5. If the alarm persists, replace the cross-connect and timing board.
----End
810
Related Information
NOTE
When an external clock source is lost, the EXT_SYNC_LOS alarm is reported, instead of the
SYNC_C_LOS alarm.
9.244 SYNC_F_M_SWITCH
Description
The SYNC_F_M_SWITCH is an alarm indicating the forced or manual switching state of a
clock source.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1, Parameter 2 Indicates the number of the clock source that is in the forced or
manual switching state. The ID of the time source occupies two
bytes.
clock source 2.
When the SYNC_F_M_SWITCH alarm occurs, the NE clock works in the forced or manual
switching state. This alarm does not affect services.
811
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the SYNC_F_M_SWITCH alarm is as follows:
A manual or forced switching command is issued for the clock source.
Procedure
Step 1 View the SYNC_F_M_SWITCH alarm on the U2000, and then confirm the relevant clock
source according to the alarm parameters.
Step 2 Clear the manual or forced switching for the relevant clock source, and the alarm is automatically
cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.245 SYNC_FAIL
Description
The SYNC_FAIL is an alarm indicating that the batch backup of the databases of the active and
standby SCC boards fails.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the type of the error.
l 0x1F: The batch backup of the databases of the
active and standby SCC boards fails.
l 0x20: The check of the software version of the
active and standby SCC boards fails.
l 0x21: The communication between the active
and standby SCC boards fails.
812
Name Meaning
Parameter 2, Parameter 3, Parameter 4,
Parameter 5
The value is always 0xFF.
The data of the active and standby SCC boards is out of synchronization.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the SYNC_FAIL are as follows:
l The software versions of the active and standby SCC boards are inconsistent.
l The communication fails during the batch backup of the databases of the active and standby
SCC boards.
l Message sending fails or the database is detected damaged during the batch backup of the
databases of the active and standby SCC boards.
Procedure
Step 1 When Parameter 1 is 0x20, it indicates that the software versions of the active and standby SCC
boards are inconsistent. Replace the SCC boards or re-load the NE software to make the software
versions of the active and standby SCC boards consistent.
Step 2 When Parameter 1 is 0x21, it indicates that the communication fails during the batch backup. If
the communication fails for a short time, the system automatically initiates another batch backup.
If the communication fails for a long time, contact Huawei engineers.
Step 3 When Parameter 1 is 0x1F, contact Huawei engineers.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.246 SYN_LOCKOFF
Description
The SYNC_LOCKOFF is an alarm indicating that the clock source in the priority list is locked.
Attribute
813
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1, Parameter 2 Indicates the number of the locked clock source. The ID of the time
source occupies two bytes.
clock source 2.
When the SYNC_LOCKOFF alarm occurs, the relevant clock source is locked and cannot be
traced by the NE. This alarm itself does not affect services.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the SYNC_LOCKOFF alarm is as follows:
The NE software issues a command to lock the clock source.
Procedure
Step 1 After the lockout of the clock source is released on the U2000, the SYNC_LOCKOFF alarm is
----End
Related Information
None.
9.247 SYSLOG_COMM_FAIL
Description
The SYSLOG_COMM_FAIL is an alarm indicating that the communication between the NE
and the syslog server fails.
814
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1, Parameter 2, Parameter 3,
Parameter 4
Indicates the address of the syslog server.
Parameter 5 Indicates the type of the abnormal
communication.
l 0x01: The connection is interrupted.
l 0x02: The session is abnormal.
When this alarm is generated, it indicates that the connection between the NE and syslog server
is interrupted, or the session between the NE and server is abnormal.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the SYSLOG_COMM_FAIL alarm is as follows:
In the TCP mode, the connection between the NE and syslog server is interrupted, or the session
between the NE and server is abnormal.
Procedure
Step 1 Rectify the fault of the link between the NE and syslog server, or rectify the fault of the protocol.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.248 T_ALOS
815
Description
The T_ALOS is an alarm indicating the loss of analog signals at the E1 or T1 interfaces. If no
service signals are input at the 2 Mbit/s or 1.5 Mbit/s port, the T_ALOS alarm is reported.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
the T_ALOS alarm is reported from path 1 of the board.
When the T_ALOS alarm occurs, the PDH services are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the T_ALOS alarm are as follows:
l The E1 or T1 services are not accessed.
l The output port of the E1 or T1 interface on the DDF side is disconnected or loose.
l The interface board is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 View the T_ALOS alarm on the U2000 to confirm the relevant board.
Step 2 Check whether the E1 or T1 services in the relevant path of the board are accessed. After making
sure that the services are accessed, check whether the T_ALOS alarm is cleared. If the alarm
816
Step 3 If the alarm persists, perform service self-loop (namely, hardware inloop) to the path at the DDF.
CAUTION
l If the alarm is cleared, the equipment at the opposite end is faulty. After removing the fault,
check whether the T_ALOS alarm is cleared.
CAUTION
connection, check whether the T_ALOS alarm is cleared.
CAUTION
l If the alarm is cleared, the interface board is faulty. Remove the interface board and insert
it again, or replace the interface board. Then check whether the T_ALOS is cleared.
Step 6 If the alarm persists, replace the board that reports the alarm.
Step 7 If the alarm persists, check whether the equipment at the opposite station is faulty. If yes, replace
the faulty board of the opposite station.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.249 T_FIFO_E
Description
The T_FIFO_E is an alarm indicating that the transmitted FIFO messages overflow.
817
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
3 = 0x01. In this case, the T_FIFO_E alarm is reported from path
1 of the board.
When the T_FIFO_E alarm occurs, bit errors may occur in the path services of the board.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the T_FIFO_E alarm are as follows:
l The accessed services are incorrect.
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the service cross-connections are correctly configured for the NE at which the
alarm occurs. After modifying the incorrect configuration, check whether the alarm is cleared.
Step 2 If the alarm persists, check whether the services accessed to the board are correct. After making
sure that the accessed services are correct, check whether the alarm is cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.250 T_LOC
818
Description
The T_LOC is an alarm indicating that there is no clock on the transmit line side. This alarm
occurs if there is no clock on the line side of a board when a service is being transmitted.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
the alarm occurs.
When the T_LOC alarm occurs, the services are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the T_LOC alarm is as follows:
The cross-connect and timing board is faulty or offline, which causes no clock on the receive
line side.
Procedure
Step 1 View the T_LOC alarm on the U2000, and then confirm the relevant optical interface according
Step 2 Check the receive optical interface that corresponds to the transmit service of this optical
interface. Refer to the procedure for handling the R_LOC alarm to clear the T_LOC alarm.
----End
819
Related Information
None.
9.251 T_LOS
Description
The T_LOS is an alarm indicating the loss of input signal at the line side in the transmit direction.
This alarm occurs when no optical signal is detected at the line side in the transmit direction.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1
l For the EFS0 board, the value is always 0x01, and this parameter
is meaningless.
l For the EFS4 board, the value is always 0x01, and this parameter
is meaningless.
l For the EGS2 board, the value indicates the port number of the
board that generates the alarm. The value range is 0x01 - 0x02.
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates the port number of the board that generates the alarm.
Parameter 2 is always 0x00, and the value range of Parameter 3
depends on different board types.
l For the EFS0 board, the value range is 0x01 - 0x08 (1 - 8).
l For the EFS4 board, the value range is 0x01 - 0x04 (1 - 4).
l For the EGS2 board, it does not have this parameter.
When the T_LOS alarm occurs, no optical signal is received on the port. Accordingly, the
communication cannot be performed and the data cannot be transmitted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the T_LOS alarm are as follows:
820
l The service board is not installed well or is faulty.
l The line board is not installed well or is faulty.
l The cross-connect board is not installed well or is faulty.
l The clock source of the active and standby cross-connect boards fails or is of poor quality.
Procedure
Step 1 View the T_LOS alarm on the U2000 to confirm the relevant board. According to Parameter 1
or Parameter 2 together with Parameter 3, confirm the specific port number of the board.
Step 2 Check whether the cross-connect board is installed in the equipment or is loose. After you make
sure that the cross-connect board is installed well, check whether the alarm is cleared.
Step 3 If the alarm persists, check whether the corresponding line board is loose. After you make sure
that the line board is installed well, check whether the alarm is cleared.
Step 4 If the alarm persists, check whether the line board is faulty. If yes, replace the line board and
then check whether the alarm is cleared.
Step 5 If the alarm persists, check whether the service board is loose. After you make sure that the
service board is installed well, check whether the alarm is cleared.
Step 6 If the alarm persists, check whether the service board is faulty. If yes, replace the service board
Step 7 If the alarm persists, it is probable that the clock of the active and standby cross-connect boards
fails or is of poor quality. Replace the active and standby cross-connect boards.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.252 TC_DEG
Description
The TC_DEG is a degraded signal indication in the tandem connection. If the number of B3 bit
errors in the tandem connection monitoring section exceeds the specified TC_DEG threshold
value, the TC_DEG alarm is reported.
Attribute
Minor Service alarm
Parameters
821
Name Meaning
3 = 0x01. In this case, the TC_DEG alarm is reported from AU-4
l When the TC_DEG alarm occurs, bit errors are detected in the tadem connection monitoring
section and in the output services.
l After the TC_DEG alarm occurs, the TCM sink returns the N1 byte to the source, showing
the TC_REI alarm and TC_OEI alarm.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the TC_DEG alarm are as follows:
l A higher-level bit error alarm occurs at either the TCM source or the TCM sink.
l The receive unit at the sink end is faulty.
l The transmit unit at the source end is faulty.
Procedure
B1_SD, B2_SD or B3_SD alarm, is detected at the source and the sink. If yes, take priority to
clear it. Moreover, clean the fiber connector, and make sure the fiber connector is inserted firmly.
Then check whether the TC_DEG alarm at the local station is cleared.
Step 2 If the alarm persists, check whether the transmit board at the source is faulty. If yes, perform a
cold reset on the transmit board, and then check whether the alarm is cleared.
CAUTION
Step 3 If the alarm persists, replace the relevant line board at the source, and then check whether the
alarm is cleared.
822
Step 4 If the alarm persists, check whether the receive board at the sink is faulty. If yes, perform a cold
reset on the receive board, and then check whether the alarm is cleared.
CAUTION
Step 5 If the alarm persists, replace the line board that generates the alarm at the sink, and then check
Step 6 If the alarm persists, possibly the performance of other carrier networks is degraded. In this case,
ask the relevant carrier for the solution.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.253 TC_EXC
Description
The TC_EXC is an excessive error indication in the tandem connection. When the number of
B3 bit errors in the tadem connection monitoring section exceeds the specified threshold value,
the TC_EXC alarm is reported.
Attribute
Major Service alarm
Parameters
Name Meaning
823
Name Meaning
3 = 0x01. In this case, the TC_EXC alarm is reported from AU-4
When the TC_EXC alarm occurs, severe bit errors are detected in the tandem connection
monitoring section and in the output services.
After the TC_EXC alarm occurs, the TCM sink returns the N1 byte to the TCM source, showing
the TC_REI alarm and the TC_OEI alarm.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the TC_EXC alarm are as follows:
l A higher-level bit error alarm occurs at either the TCM source or the TCM sink.
l The receive unit at the sink is faulty.
l The transmit unit at the source is faulty.
l The performance of the other inevitable carrier networks is degraded.
Procedure
B1_SD, B2_SD or B3_SD alarm, is detected at the TCM source and the TCM sink. If yes, take
priority to clear it. Moreover, clean the fiber connector, and make sure the fiber connector is
inserted firmly. Then check whether the TC_EXC alarm at the local station is cleared.
reset on the board that reports the alarm at the sink, and then check whether the alarm is cleared.
CAUTION
Step 3 If the alarm persists, replace the line board that generates the alarm, and then check whether the
alarm is cleared.
cold reset on the relevant line board at the source end, and then check whether the alarm is
cleared.
824
CAUTION
alarm is cleared.
Step 6 If the alarm persists, possibly the performance of other inevitable carrier networks is degraded.
In this case, ask the relevant carrier for the solution.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.254 TC_INCAIS
Description
The TC_INCAIS is an incoming AIS indication in the tandem connection. When the four higher
significant IEC bits of the N1 byte in five frames consecutively received at the TCM sink are
1110, the TC_INCAIS alarm occurs.
Attribute
Major Service alarm
Parameters
Name Meaning
3 = 0x01. In this case, the TC_INCAIS alarm is reported from AU-4
825
When the TC_INCAIS alarm occurs, by default, the system inserts the AU-AIS alarm in the
downstream station. Moreover, the TCM sink returns the N1 byte to the TCM source, showing
the TC-ODI alarm.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the TC_INCAIS alarm are as follows:
l Some higher-level alarms are received at the TCM source.
l The services are incorrectly configured.
l The TCM source or sink employs the board that does not fully support the TCM Option2
function.
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether any alarm, such as the R_LOS, R_LOF, MS_AIS, AU_AIS or AU_LOP, occurs
at the TCM source. If yes, clear it, and then check whether the TC_INCAIS alarm is cleared.
Step 2 If the alarm persists, check whether the service configuration is correct. If the service level is
incorrectly configured, modify the incorrect configuration, and then check whether the
TC_INCAIS alarm is cleared.
Step 3 If the alarm persists, check whether the TCM source and sink fully support the TCM Option2
function. If not, replace the relevant board with a board that fully supports the TCM Option2
function.
cold reset on the transmit board, and then check whether the alarm is cleared.
CAUTION
alarm is cleared.
reset on the line board that reports the alarm at the sink, and then check whether the alarm is
cleared.
826
CAUTION
----End
Related Information
TCM Option2
TCM is provided with two protocols: TCM Option1 and TCM Option2. The products of Huawei
support the protocol TCM Option2. For details, refer to ITU-T G.707/Y.1322.
9.255 TC_LTC
Description
The TC_LTC is an alarm indicating loss of tandem connection. When the TCM sink fails to
locate the frame header of multiplex frame 76, the TC_LTC alarm is reported.
Attribute
Major Service alarm
Parameters
Name Meaning
3 = 0x01. In this case, the TC_LTC alarm is reported from AU-4
827
l When the TC_LTC alarm occurs, the TCM function is disabled.
l When the TC_LTC alarm occurs, the TCM sink returns the N1 byte to the TCM source,
showing the TC_ODI alarm and the TC_RDI alarm.
l When the TC_INCAIS alarm occurs, by default, the system inserts the AU-AIS alarm in
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the TC_LTC alarm are as follows:
l Some higher-level alarms are received at the TCM source or sink.
l The TCM source or sink employs the board that does not fully support the TCM Option2
function.
Procedure
Then check whether the TC_LTC alarm at the local station is cleared.
Step 2 If the alarm persists, check whether the service configuration is correct. If the service level is
incorrectly configured, modify the incorrect configuration, and then check whether the TC_LTC
alarm is cleared.
function.
cold reset on the relevant line board, and then check whether the alarm is cleared.
CAUTION
alarm is cleared.
reset on the line board that reports the alarm, and then check whether the alarm is cleared.
828
CAUTION
----End
Related Information
For boards with the TCM function, refer to the Hardware Description.
9.256 TC_ODI
Description
The TC_ODI is an outgoing defect indication in the tandem connection. When the TCM sink
consecutively receives five frames, which contain the N1 byte, showing the TC_ODI indication
(bit 7 of the 74th frame is 1), the TC_ODI alarm is reported.
Attribute
Minor Service alarm
Parameters
Name Meaning
3 = 0x01. In this case, the TC_ODI alarm is reported from AU-4
829
When the TC_ODI alarm occurs, the services at the local station are not affected. This alarm
just shows that some faults occur at the TCM sink.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the TC_ODI alarm is as follows:
The TC_ODI alarm is an accompanying alarm. When the TCM sink generates an alarm, such
as the TC_UNEQ, TC_TIM, TC_LTC or TC_INCAIS, it returns a TC_ODI alarm to the TCM
source.
Procedure
Step 1 After you clear the TC_UNEQ, TC_TIM, TC_LTC or TC_INCAIS alarm that occurs at the
TCM sink, the TC_ODI alarm is automatically cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.257 TC_OEI
Description
The TC_OEI is an outgoing error indication in the tandem connection. When the accumulated
number of tandem connection output errors received at the sink within one second is greater
than 0, the TC_OEI alarm is reported.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
830
Name Meaning
3 = 0x01. In this case, the TC_OEI alarm is reported from path 1
When the TC_OEI alarm occurs, the services at the local station are not affected. This alarm
just shows that some bit errors occur in the signals output from the TCM sink.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the TC_OEI alarm is as follows:
Some bit errors occur in the signals output from the TCM sink.
Procedure
Then check whether the TC_OEI alarm at the local station is cleared.
cold reset on the relevant line board, and then check whether the alarm is cleared.
CAUTION
alarm is cleared.
reset on the board that reports the alarm, and then check whether the alarm is cleared.
CAUTION
831
----End
Related Information
None.
9.258 TC_RDI
Description
The TC_RDI is a remote defect indication in the tandem connection. When the TCM sink
consecutively receives five frames, which contain the N1 byte, showing the TC_RDI indication
(bit 8 of the 73rd frame is 1), the TC_RDI alarm is reported.
Attribute
Minor Service alarm
Parameters
Name Meaning
3 = 0x01. In this case, the TC_RDI alarm is reported from path 1
When the TC_RDI alarm occurs, the services at the local station are not affected. This alarm
just shows that some faults occur at the TCM sink.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the TC_RDI alarm is as follows:
832
The TC_RDI alarm is an accompanying alarm. When a line board at the TCM sink reports the
TC_UNEQ, TC_TIM or TC_LTC alarm, it returns a TC_RDI alarm to the TCM source.
Procedure
Step 1 After you clear the TC_UNEQ, TC_TIM or TC_LTC alarm that occurs at the TCM sink, the
TC_RDI alarm is automatically cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.259 TC_REI
Description
The TC_REI is a remote error indication in the tandem connection. When the accumulated
number of tandem connection remote bit errors received at the sink within one second is greater
than 0, the TC_REI alarm is reported.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
3 = 0x01. In this case, the TC_REI alarm is reported from path 1
When the TC_REI alarm occurs, the services at the local station are not affected. This alarm just
shows that bit errors occur in the monitored tandem connection section. Consequently, the
transmission service quality is degraded.
833
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the TC_REI alarm is as follows:
Bit errors occur in the monitored tandem connection section.
Procedure
Then check whether the TC_REI alarm at the local station is cleared.
cold reset on the relevant board, and then check whether the alarm is cleared.
CAUTION
alarm is cleared.
reset on the line board that reports the alarm, and then check whether the alarm is cleared.
CAUTION
----End
Related Information
None.
9.260 TC_TIM
834
Description
The TC_TIM is a trace identifier mismatch alarm in the tandem connection. When the tandem
connection tracing byte received at the TCM sink does not match the expected byte, the TC_TIM
alarm occurs.
Attribute
Minor Service alarm
Parameters
Name Meaning
2 = 0x01. In this case, the TC_TIM alarm is reported from AU-4
When the TC_TIM alarm occurs, by default, the system inserts the AU-AIS alarm in the
downstream station. Moreover, the TCM sink returns the N1 byte to the TCM source, showing
the TC_ODI alarm and the TC_RDI alarm.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the TC_TIM alarm are as follows:
l Some higher-level alarms are received at the TCM source or sink.
l The expected tracing byte configured at the sink is inconsistent with the received tracing
byte.
l The source or sink employs the board that does not fully support the TCM Option2 function.
l The performance of other inevitable carrier networks is degraded.
835
Procedure
Then check whether the TC_TIM alarm at the local station is cleared.
Step 2 If the alarm persists, check whether the tandem tracing byte transmitted from the source line
board is consistent with the expected tandem tracing byte at the sink line board. If not, modify
it, and then check whether the alarm is cleared.
Step 3 If the alarm persists, check whether the service configuration is correct. After modifying the
incorrect configuration, check whether the TC_TIM alarm is cleared.
function.
cold reset on the relevant line board. Then check whether the alarm is cleared.
CAUTION
alarm is cleared.
reset on the line board that reports the alarm. Then check whether the alarm is cleared.
CAUTION
----End
Related Information
None.
836
9.261 TC_UNEQ
Description
The TC_UNEQ is an alarm indicating that no services are loaded to the tandem connection.
When the N1 byte is all "1"s in the five frames consecutively received at TCM sink, the
TC_UNEQ alarm is reported.
Attribute
Minor Service alarm
Parameters
Name Meaning
3 = 0x01. In this case, the TC_UNEQ alarm is reported from AU-4
l When the TC_UNEQ alarm occurs, the services are interrupted.
l When the TC_UNEQ alarm occurs, by default, the system inserts the AU-AIS alarm in the
downstream station, Moreover, the TCM sink returns the N1 byte to the TCM source,
showing the TC_ODI alarm and the TC_RDI alarm.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the TC_UNEQ alarm are as follows:
l The service configuration is incorrect.
837
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the service configuration is correct. If the service level is incorrectly configured,
modify the incorrect configuration, and then check whether the TC_UNEQ alarm is cleared.
cold reset on the relevant board, and then check whether the alarm is cleared.
CAUTION
alarm is cleared.
reset on the board that reports the alarm, and then check whether the alarm is cleared.
CAUTION
----End
Related Information
None.
9.262 TD
Description
The TD is an alarm of laser transmission degradation. This alarm occurs when a board detects
that the output optical power or the bias current of the laser exceeds the threshold of degradation
alarm.
Attribute
838
Parameters
Name Meaning
the alarm occurs.
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicate the cause of the alarm for WDM boards. Parameter 2 is the
l 0x01: The output optical power exceeds the specified threshold.
l 0x02: The laser bias current exceeds the specified threshold.
The value is always 0x01 for data boards.
l 0x01: The upper threshold is exceeded.
l 0x02: The lower threshold is exceeded.
Laser transmission degradation causes service interruption.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the TD alarm is as follows:
The laser is aged.
Procedure
Step 1 View the TD alarm on the NMS, and then confirm the relevant optical interface according to
Parameter 1.
Step 2 If the optical module on the board is swappable, replace the optical module and then check
Step 3 If the optical module cannot be directly replaced, replace the board.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.263 TEM_HA
839
Description
The TEM_HA is an alarm indicating that the temperature of the laser is extremely high.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 The value is always 0x01, and this parameter is meaningless.
When the TEM_HA alarm occurs, the laser is faulty. Consequently, the services are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the TEM_HA alarm are as follows:
l The ambient temperature is extremely high.
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the ambient temperature in the equipment room is extremely high. If yes,
decrease it to a proper value for the equipment to work well, and then check whether the
TEM_HA alarm is cleared.
Step 2 If the alarm persists, the optical module may be faulty. Replace the board that generates the
alarm, and then check whether the TEM_HA alarm is cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
840
9.264 TEM_LA
Description
The TEM_LA is an alarm indicating that the temperature of the laser is extremely low.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 The value is always 0x01, and this parameter is meaningless.
When the TEM_LA alarm occurs, the laser is faulty. Consequently, the services are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the TEM_LA alarm are as follows:
l The ambient temperature is extremely low.
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the ambient temperature in the equipment room is extremely low. If yes, increase
it to a proper value for the equipment to work well, and then check whether the TEM_LA alarm
is cleared.
Step 2 If the alarm persists, the optical module may be faulty. Replace the board that generates the
alarm, and then check whether the TEM_LA alarm is cleared.
----End
841
Related Information
None.
9.265 TEST_STATUS
Description
The TEST_STATUS is an alarm indicating that the board is in the test status.
Attribute
Warning Processing alarm
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the optical port ID. The value is always 0x01.
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates the path ID. The value is always 0x01.
The test commands, which can be issued only when the board is in the test status, may have
impact on the system.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the TEST_STATUS alarm is as follows:
A command is issued for the board to change to the test status.
Procedure
Step 1 View the TEST_STATUS alarm on the U2000 to confirm the relevant board.
Step 2 When a command is issued to end the test status, the TEST_STATUS alarm is automatically
cleared. However, this does not eliminate the system impact that arose during the test status of
the board. To ensure that the commands issued during the test status no longer affect the system,
perform a cold reset for the board.
----End
842
Related Information
None.
9.266 TIME_LOS
Description
The TIME_LOS alarm indicates that the line time source is not available. This alarm is reported
only when the IEEE 1588v2 Time function is enabled and no time source exists.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1, Parameter 2 Indicates the ID of the time source. The ID of the time source
occupies two bytes.
clock source 2.
If the alarm is reported, the upstream and downstream time of an NE cannot be synchronized
with each other.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the TIME_LOS alarm are as follows:
l The fiber is faulty or is connected incorrectly.
843
l The Ethernet cable is faulty.
l Certain board is offline.
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether any alarms such as R_LOS and R_LOF are generated on the optical interface of
the board. If any alarms are generated, ensure that they are cleared immediately. Then, check
whether the TIME_LOS alarm is cleared.
Step 2 If the TIME_LOS alarm persists, check whether the fiber connector is dirty. If the fiber connector
is dirty, clean it. Then, check whether the alarm is cleared.
Step 3 If the TIME_LOS alarm persists, check whether the Ethernet cable is damaged or pressed. If the
Ethernet cable is damaged or pressed, replace the Ethernet cable. Then, check whether the alarm
is cleared.
Step 4 If the TIME_LOS alarm persists, check whether the board is in place on the NMS.
l If the board is not in place, place the board properly. Then, check whether the alarm is
cleared.
l If the physical board is in place but in the offline status, perform a warm reset on the board.
Then, check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, perform a cold reset on the
board. Then, check whether the alarm is cleared.
Step 5 If the TIME_LOS alarm persists, replace the board.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.267 TIME_FORCE_SWITCH
Description
The TIME_FORCE_SWITCH alarm indicates that the time source is switched forcibly. This
alarm is reported when the IEEE 1588v2 Time function is enabled and an external switching
command is issued to switch the time source forcibly.
Attribute
Parameters
844
Name Meaning
Parameter 1, Parameter 2 Indicates the ID of the time source. The ID of the time source
occupies two bytes.
clock source 2.
with each other.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the TIME_FORCE_SWITCH alarm is as follows:
The forced switching command is issued.
Procedure
Step 1 Clear the forced switching status on the NMS.
----End
Related Information
1. When the TIME_FORCE_SWITCH alarm is generated, the clock source used for time
tracing of the entire NE may not be the optimal computed clock source to be traced.
2. Only the time source in the priority table can be traced forcibly.
9.268 TIME_NO_TRACE_MODE
Description
The TIME_NO_TRACE_MODE alarm indicates that the IEEE 1588v2 Time of the boards is
in the non-locked status. This alarm is reported when the IEEE 1588v2 Time function of a board
is enabled and when the current tracing source of the board is the internal time source.
845
Attribute
Parameters
None.
with each other.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the TIME_NO_TRACE_MODE alarm are as follows:
l The time source priority table is not configured with the external time source.
l The corresponding time source cannot be traced, because the parameter values of the
announce attribute of the local NE are smaller than the parameter values of the announce
attribute of the upstream NE.
l The time source priority table is configured but the internal time source is still traced. It
indicates that the other time sources do not meet the tracing conditions due to certain
reasons, for example, the fiber may be connected incorrectly, or the board may be offline.
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the time source priority table is configured with the external time source. If the
time source priority table is not configured with the external time source, configure the time
source priority table with the external time source. Then, check whether the alarm is cleared.
Step 2 If the alarm persists, view the announce attribute of the NE on the NMS. If the attribute value
of the NE is smaller than the attribute value of the external time source, change the value of the
announce attribute of the NE in one of the following manners:
l Change the value of the announce attribute of the local NE, and ensure that the value is
greater than the value of the announce attribute of the upstream NE. Then, check whether
l Change the value of the announce attribute of the upstream NE, and ensure that the value
is smaller than the value of the announce attribute of the local NE. Then, check whether
Step 3 If the TIME_NO_TRACE_MODE alarm persists, check whether the fibers are connected
properly. For example, if the fiber connector is loose, dirty, or damaged, tighten and clean the
fiber connector. Then, check whether the alarm is cleared.
Step 4 If the TIME_LOS alarm persists, check whether the board is in place on the NMS.
l If the board is not in place, place the board properly. Then, check whether the alarm is
cleared.
846
l If the physical board is in place but in the offline status, perform a warm reset on the board.
Then, check whether the alarm is cleared. If the TIME_NO_TRACE_MODE alarm
persists, perform a cold reset on the board. Then, check whether the alarm is cleared.
Step 5 If the TIME_LOS alarm persists, replace the board.
----End
Related Information
The time source priority table specifies the range of the time source. Only the time source in the
priority table can be selected as the tracing source. By default, the priority table contains the
internal time source only. The optimal time source computed according to the source selection
algorithm specified in IEEE 1588 can be used as the tracing source. The source selection
algorithm compares the values of the announce attribute.
The announce attribute refers to the quality attribute of the time source at an NE. The announce
attribute contains the parameters such as NE ID, priority 1, priority 2, and clock quality. The
parameter values of the announce attribute determine the quality of the time source. If the
parameter values are small, the clock quality is high. If the clock quality is high, the tracing
probability is high.
The parameter values of the announce attribute are compared in the order of priority 1, clock
quality, priority 2, and NE ID. If the values of priority 1, clock quality, and priority 2 are the
same for different time sources, the source selection algorithm compares the NE IDs. If the NE
IDs of different time sources are different from each other, the clock source with a smaller NE
ID is traced. If an NE is required to trace the time source of the other NEs, the parameter values
of the announce attribute of the other NEs are a bit smaller than the parameter values of the
announce attribute of the local NE.
9.269 TIME_NOT_SUPPORT
Description
The TIME_NOT_SUPPORT alarm indicates that the board does not support the IEEE 1588v2
Time function. This alarm is reported if a user enables the IEEE 1588v2 Time function of the
board that does not support the function.
Attribute
Parameters
None.
When the TIME_NOT_SUPPORT alarm is generated, the services are not affected, but the IEEE
1588v2 Time function may be affected.
847
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the TIME_NOT_SUPPORT alarm is as follows:
The board does not support the IEEE 1588v2 Time function but is configured in the priority
table of the time source.
Procedure
Step 1 Query the TIME_NOT_SUPPOR alarm on the NMS and determine the board that reports the
l If the IEEE 1588v2 Time function is not required, delete the time source of the board that
reports the alarm from the time source priority table.
l If the IEEE 1588v2 Time function is required, replace the board with a board that supports
the IEEE 1588v2 Time function.
----End
Related Information
For the boards that support the IEEE 1588v2 Time function, see the Hardware Description.
9.270 TPS_ALM
Description
The TPS_ALM is an alarm of TPS protection switching. This alarm occurs when the board is
in the TPS switching state. The TPS protection has three states: automatic switching state, forced
switching state, and manual switching state.
NOTE
For the data boards that generate the TPS_ALM alarm, there are no alarm parameters. For the tributary
boards that generate the TPS_ALM alarm, the parameters are described as follows.
Attribute
Parameters
848
Name Meaning
Parameter 4 Indicates the page number that performs the switching.
For example, 0x01 indicates that the board with page number 1
performs the TPS switching.
During the service data transmission, if the TPS protection groups are configured and they work
normally, the system performs the automatic switching when the HARD_BAD alarm is reported
due to the hardware fault of the working board or the working board is performed the hard reset.
When the TPS protection groups are in the automatic switching state, the services are transiently
interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the TPS_ALM alarm are as follows:
l The hardware of the working board is faulty, and the TPS automatic switching occurs.
l The hardware of the working board is not faulty. The TPS switching command is issued,
however, and services are switched from the working board to the protection board.
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the TPS switching command is manually issued.
l If yes, issue the command to clear the TPS switching. Accordingly, services are switched
from the protection board to the working board and the TPS_ALM alarm is automatically
cleared.
l If not, check whether there is the HARD_BAD alarm reported from the working board. If
yes, it indicates that the hardware of the working board is faulty. After the HARD_BAD
alarm is cleared, the services are switched from the protection board to the working board
and then the TPS_ALM alarm is cleared.
Step 2 For the tributary boards, decide the slot number of the working board that performs the switching
according to Parameter 4. (The command line is required.) Replace the faulty board and perform
the service switching to the working board. The TPS_ALM alarm is automatically cleared.
----End
Related Information
Page Number
The page number refers to the number of each board in the 1:N (N8) TPS protection groups.
The page number of the protection board is always 0, and the page number of the working board
can be any value within 1 - N. When the TPS occurs to the board, the working board that performs
849
the switching can be confirmed according to the parameters of the TPS_ALM alarm for fast
fault location.
9.271 TR_LOC
Description
The TR_LOC is an alarm indicating that the clock of the cross-connect board is faulty. If a board
has detected loss of the clock signal of the cross-connect board, loss of the frame header, or
damage to the cross-connect board, the TR_LOC alarm is reported.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
the TR_LOC alarm is reported from path 1 of the board.
850
Name Meaning
Parameter 4 For the SDH board, auxiliary board, IF board, and Ethernet SAN
service board, the parameter indicates the following faults:
l 0x01: Failure of clock signal of the cross-connect board in the
slot with a smaller ID.
l 0x02: Failure of clock signal of the cross-connect board in the
slot with a greater ID.
l 0x03: Failure of clock signal of the active/standby cross-connect
boards.
For PDH boards (excluding DDN boards), the parameter indicates
the following faults:
l bit[0]: Faulty bus on the cross-connect board in the slot with a
smaller ID.
l bit[1]: Faulty bus on the cross-connect board in the slot with a
greater ID.
For DDN boards, the parameter indicates the following faults:
l Bit[0]: Loss of the clock signal of the cross-connect board in the
l Bit[1]: Loss of the frame header of the cross-connect board in
the slot with a smaller ID.
l Bit[2]: Damage to the status indication line of the cross-connect
board in the slot with a smaller ID.
the slot with a greater ID.
board in the slot with a greater ID.
851
Name Meaning
Parameter 4, Parameter 5 For Ethernet boards for transparent transmission, switch, the
parameter indicates the following faults:
the slot with a smaller ID.
board in the slot with a smaller ID.
the slot with a greater ID.
board in the slot with a greater ID.
NOTE
If the bit corresponding to the parameter is 1, the alarm exists. If the bit
corresponding to the parameter is 0, the alarm does not exist.
When the TR_LOC occurs, the board fails to work normally. If the protection cross-connect
board is faulty, the services are not affected. If the working cross-connect board is faulty, the
services are switched. Consequently, the transient service interruption event occurs.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the TR_LOC alarm are as follows:
l The clock line of the cross-connect board is faulty.
l The hardware of the local board is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 View the TR_LOC alarm at the local station, and check whether the alarm occurs at the service
boards.
l If the TR_LOC alarm occurs at most service boards, the cross-connect board is faulty. In
this case, replace the faulty cross-connect board.
l If only the local board reports the alarm, replace the board.
----End
Related Information
None.
852
9.272 TS16_AIS
Description
The TS16_AIS is an alarm in timeslot 16 of the PCM30 frame in the 2 Mbit/s signals. In two
consecutive multiframe cycles of the PCM30 frame in the services at the 2 Mbit/s interface on
the PDH board, if the number of 0s contained in timeslot 16 of each multiframe is not more than
three, the TS16_AIS alarm is reported.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
3 = 0x01. In this case, the TS16_AIS alarm is reported from path 1
of the board.
When the TS16_AIS alarm occurs, the 2 Mbit/s services may be interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the TS16_AIS alarm is as follows:
A hardware fault alarm, such as the PLL_FAIL or CHIP_FAIL, occurs on the board at the
opposite station.
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether any hardware fault alarm, such as the PLL_FAIL or CHIP_FAIL, occurs on the
board at the opposite and upstream station. If yes, clear it, and then check whether the TS16_AIS
alarm is cleared.
853
----End
Related Information
None.
9.273 TU_AIS_VC12
Description
The TU_AIS_VC12 is a TU alarm indication signal in the VC-12 lower order path. TU alarm
indication is the VC-12 path AIS. If a board has detected that the TU path is all "1"s, the
TU_AIS_VC12 alarm is reported.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
path.
3 = 0x01, Parameter 4 = 0x01. In this case, the TU_AIS_VC12
When the TU_AIS_VC12 alarm occurs, the VC-12 path services are interrupted.
854
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the TU_AIS_VC12 alarm are as follows:
l Some higher-level alarms, such as the R_LOS, R_LOF, HP_SLM or AU_AIS, occur in the
system.
l A hardware fault alarm, such as the PLL_FAIL or CHIP_FAIL, occurs at the upstream
station.
l The relevant path at the opposite station is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether any higher-level alarm, such as the R_LOS, R_LOF, HP_SLM or AU_AIS, is
detected on the U2000. If yes, take priority to clear it, and then check whether the TU_AIS_VC12
alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, go to the next step.
Step 2 Check whether any hardware fault alarm, such as the PLL_FAIL or CHIP_FAIL, occurs at the
upstream station. If yes, clear it, and then check whether the TU_AIS_VC12 alarm is cleared.
If the alarm persists, go to the next step.
Step 3 Perform a cold reset on the board that reports the alarm. Then check whether the TU_AIS_VC12
CAUTION
Step 4 Replace the board that reports the alarm, and then check whether the TU_AIS_VC12 alarm is
Step 5 Check whether the cross-connect and timing board is faulty. If yes, replace it, and then check
whether the TU_AIS_VC12 alarm is cleared.
Step 6 Check whether the board at the opposite station is faulty. If yes, replace it, and then check whether
the TU_AIS_VC12 alarm is cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.274 TU_AIS_VC3
Description
The TU_AIS_VC3 is a TU alarm indication signal in the VC-3 lower order path. TU alarm
indication is the AIS at the level of the VC-3 lower order path. If a board has detected that the
TU path is all "1"s, the TU_AIS_VC3 alarm is reported.
855
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
path.
3 = 0x01, Parameter 4 = 0x01. In this case, the TU_AIS_VC3 alarm
When the TU_AIS_VC3 alarm occurs, the VC-3 path services are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the TU_AIS_VC3 alarm are as follows:
system.
station.
Procedure
detected on the U2000. If yes, take priority to clear it, and then check whether the TU_AIS_VC3
856
upstream station. If yes, clear it, and then check whether the TU_AIS_VC3 alarm is cleared. If
Step 3 Perform a cold reset on the board that reports the alarm. Then check whether the TU_AIS_VC3
CAUTION
Step 4 Replace the board that reports the alarm, and then check whether the TU_AIS_VC3 alarm is
whether the TU_AIS_VC3 alarm is cleared.
the TU_AIS_VC3 alarm is cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.275 TU_LOP_VC12
Description
The TU_LOP_VC12 is an alarm indicating the loss of pointer in the TU of the VC-12 lower
order path. If a board has detected that the TU-PTR value is an invalid pointer or NDF reversion
in eight consecutive frames, the TU_LOP_VC12 alarm is reported.
Attribute
Parameters
857
Name Meaning
path.
3 = 0x01, Parameter 4 = 0x01. In this case, the TU_LOP_VC12
When the TU_LOP_VC12 alarm occurs, the VC-12 lower path services are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the TU_LOP_VC12 alarm are as follows:
system.
station.
Procedure
detected on the U2000. If yes, take priority to clear it, and then check whether the
TU_LOP_VC12 alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, go to the next step.
upstream station. If yes, clear it, and then check whether the TU_LOP_VC12 alarm is cleared.
If the alarm persists, go to the next step.
Step 3 Perform a cold reset on the board that reports the alarm. Then check whether the TU_LOP_VC12
CAUTION
858
Step 4 Replace the board that reports the alarm, and then check whether the TU_LOP_VC12 alarm is
whether the TU_LOP_VC12 alarm is cleared.
the TU_LOP_VC12 alarm is cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.276 TU_LOP_VC3
Description
The TU_LOP_VC3 is an alarm indicating the loss of pointer in the VC-3 lower order path. If a
board has detected that the TU-PTR value is an invalid pointer or NDF reversion in eight
consecutive frames, the TU_LOP_VC3 alarm is reported.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
path.
859
Name Meaning
3 = 0x01, Parameter 4 = 0x01. In this case, the TU_LOP_VC3 alarm
When the TU_LOP_VC3 alarm occurs, the VC-3 path services are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the TU_LOP_VC3 alarm are as follows:
system.
l The service cross-connection is incorrectly configured.
station.
Procedure
detected on the NMS. If yes, take priority to clear it, and then check whether the TU_LOP_VC3
Step 2 Along the signal flow, check whether the cross-connect configuration of the service is correct.
If the bound timeslot and the cross-connected timeslot are different, for example, if VC-3 of the
first VC-4 is the bound timeslot, whereas VC-3 of the third VC-4 is the cross-connected timeslot,
the TU_LOP_VC3 alarm is reported. After modifying the incorrect cross-connect configuration,
check whether the alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, go to the next step.
upstream station. If yes, clear it, and then check whether the TU_LOP_VC3 alarm is cleared. If
Step 4 Perform a cold reset on the board that reports the alarm. Then check whether the TU_LOP_VC3
CAUTION
860
Step 5 Replace the board that reports the alarm, and then check whether the TU_LOP_VC3 alarm is
whether the TU_LOP_VC3 alarm is cleared.
the TU_LOP_VC3 alarm is cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.277 UHCS
Description
The UHCS is an alarm indicating the uncorrectable cell errors. This alarm shows that multiple
uncorrectable bit errors occur in the cell header.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
861
When the UHCS alarm occurs, some cells with multiple bit errors are found during cell
delimitation process at the port. Consequently, the user cells are lost.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the UHCS alarm are as follows:
l Some bit errors occur in the relevant SDH receive path of the ATM port. That is, some bit
error alarms, such as the B1_SD, B2_ SD or B3_ SD, occur in the relevant SDH path of
the port.
Procedure
Step 1 View the UHCS alarm on the U2000, and then confirm the relevant port according to the alarm
parameters.
Step 2 On the U2000, check whether any bit error alarm, such as the B1_SD, B2_ SD or B3_ SD, occurs
at the local station. If yes, clear it, and then check whether the UHCS alarm is cleared.
a cold reset on the board. Then check whether the UHCS alarm is cleared.
CAUTION
Step 4 If the alarm persists, replace the board that generates the UHCS alarm.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.278 UP_T1AIS
Description
The UP_T1AIS is an alarm indication of the upstream 1.5 Mbit/s signals. If a tributary board
has detected that the upstream T1 signals are all "1"s, the UP_T1AIS alarm is reported.
862
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
l 0x0d: The N2PQ3 board transmits is in the DEMUX or
(E13/M13 Function).
the UP_T1AIS alarm is reported from path 1 of the board.
When the UP_T1AIS alarm occurs, the 1.5 Mbit/s services are interrupted. Consequently, the
1.5 Mbit/s services are unavailable.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the UP_T1AIS alarm are as follows:
l The TU_LOP, TU_AIS, or DOWN_T1_AIS alarm occurs on the tributary board that
interconnects with the tributary board at the local station.
l An alarm such as T_ALOS or UP_T1AIS occurs on the tributary board that is located at
the opposite station and that accesses the 1.5 Mbit/s signals.
l A hardware fault alarm, such as the PLL_FAIL or CHIP_FAIL, occurs at the opposite
station.
l The local board is faulty.
863
Procedure
Step 1 On the U2000, check whether the TU_LOP, TU_AIS, or DOWN_T1_AIS alarm occurs on the
tributary board that interconnects with the tributary board of the local station. If yes, clear it, and
then check whether the UP_T1AIS alarm is cleared.
Step 2 If the alarm persists, check whether any alarm such as T_ALOS or UP_T1AIS occurs on the
tributary board that is located at the opposite station and that accesses the 1.5 Mbit/s signals. If
yes, clear it, and then check whether the UP_T1AIS alarm is cleared.
Step 3 If the alarm persists, check whether any hardware fault alarm, such as the PLL_FAIL or
CHIP_FAIL, occurs on the board of the opposite station. If yes, clear it, and then check whether
the UP_T1AIS alarm is cleared.
Step 4 If the alarm persists, replace the relevant board of the opposite station.
Step 5 Replace the board that reports the UP_T1AIS alarm.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.279 V5_VCAIS
Description
The V5_VCAIS is an alarm indicating that bits 5-7 of the V5 byte in the lower order VC-12 path
are all "1"s.
Attribute
Parameters
864
Name Meaning
l 0x40: The N2PQ1 board is in the SERVER mode (E13/M13
Function).
l 0x21: The R2PD1 board is in the SERVER mode (E13/M13
Function).
(E13/M13 Function).
(E13/M13 Function).
the V5_VCAIS alarm is reported from path 1 of the board.
Note: For the N2PQ1 or R2PD1 board in the SEVER mode, the
path number is reported from 0x40, which indicates the first VC3
path.
When the V5_VCAIS alarm occurs, the TU path service transmission on the board is abnormal.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the V5_VCAIS alarm are as follows:
l A hardware fault alarm, such as the PLL_FAIL or CHIP_FAIL, occurs on the upstream
board of the service.
l The tributary board hardware is faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether any hardware fault alarm, such as the PLL_FAIL or CHIP_FAIL, occurs on the
upstream board of the service. If yes, clear it, and then check whether the V5_VCAIS alarm is
cleared.
Step 2 If the alarm persists, the tributary board hardware is faulty. In this case, perform a cold reset on
the board. Then check whether the V5_VCAIS alarm is cleared. If the alarm persists, go to the
next step.
865
CAUTION
Step 3 Replace the board that generates the V5_VCAIS alarm.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.280 VC_AIS
Description
VC_AIS is the alarm indication signal of a virtual channel (VC) connection. When a forward or
backward VC connection that is set with the segment and end attribute receives AIS cells, the
VC_AIS alarm is reported to indicate that the upstream service is abnormal.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 This parameter has a fixed value of 0x01 and is meaningless.
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicate the connection ID and the connection direction. The value
ConnDir]/2048. ConnDir indicates the connection direction, and
ConnId indicates the connection ID. An odd value means that
ConnDir is 1 (forward direction). An even value means that
ConnDir is 2 (backward direction).
866
Name Meaning
Parameter 4 Indicates the group number. The parameter value is an integer
derived by rounding off the result of the following formula:
((ConnId - 1) x 2 + ConnDir)/2048. The unidirectional connections
that report VC_AIS alarms are divided into groups of 2048.
Parameter 5 Indicates the number of the source ATM port of the unidirectional
connection based on the connection ID and the connection
direction.
l For N1IDQ1 and N1IDL4 boards, the value range is 0x01 -
optical port, and 0x05 - 0x4A (5 - 74) is the number of an internal
VCTRUNK port.
l For N1ADQ1 and N1ADL4 boards, the value range is 0x01 -
0x14. 0x01 - 0x04 (1 - 4) is the number of an external optical
port, and 0x05 - 0x14 (5 - 20) is the number of an internal
VCTRUNK port.
Note: The number of an internal VCTRUNK port is computed by
the following formula: (VCTRUNK port ID - 0x8001 + 0x0005).
Wherein, the VCTRUNK port ID is the configured ID of the
VCTRUNK port.
l The VC connection is not interrupted if the VC_AIS alarm occurs due to the following
reasons:
The continuity check (CC) sink is activated on an upstream NE, but the relevant CC
source is not activated.
No user cells are received on the connection because the current bandwidth utilization
is zero.
In this case, the upstream NE reports the CC_LOC alarm and inserts AIS cells downstream,
resulting in the VC_AIS alarm on the local NE.
l In other cases, the VC connection has been interrupted when the VC_AIS alarm is reported.
AIS cells are continuously inserted downstream and RDI cells are sent upstream.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the VC_AIS alarm are as follows:
l On the ATM connection, the SDH path of an upstream NE is faulty in the receive direction.
For example, an SDH alarm, such as the R_LOS, R_LOF, MS_AIS, AU_AIS, AU_LOP,
TU_AIS or TU_LOP, occurs at the NE.
l The LCD alarm occurs at an upstream ATM port.
l The CC sink is activated on an upstream NE, but the relevant CC source is not activated.
Moreover, no user cells are received because the current bandwidth utilization is zero. In
this case, the upstream NE reports the CC_LOC alarm and inserts AIS cells downstream,
resulting in the VC_AIS alarm on the local NE.
867
Procedure
Step 1 View the VC_AIS alarm on the U2000, and determine the relevant connection according to
Parameters 2 and 3.
port. If yes, clear it, and check whether the VC_AIS alarm is cleared.
of the upstream NE. If yes, clear it, and check whether the VC_AIS alarm at the local NE is
cleared.
Step 4 If the alarm persists, check whether the CC sink is activated on an upstream NE, and the relevant
CC source is not activated. Meanwhile, check whether the CC_LOC alarm occurs. If yes,
deactivate the CC sink and clear the CC_LOC alarm at the upstream NE, and then check whether
the VC_AIS alarm at the local NE is cleared.
a cold reset on the board. Then check whether the VC_AIS alarm is cleared.
CAUTION
If the service on the board is not protected, a cold reset on the board causes service interruptions.
Step 6 If the alarm persists, replace the board that reports the VC_AIS alarm.
----End
Related Information
Unidirectional Connection
A complete bidirectional connection is divided into a forward unidirectional connection and a
backward unidirectional connection. The direction of the forward and backward connections is
based on the same node. As shown in Figure 9-3, the forward and backward directions for node
B are respectively:
Figure 9-3 Forward and backward connections
A B C
Forward Backward

Segment and End
As shown in Figure 9-4, the endpoint is the termination point in the chain network. It monitors
the whole virtual connection. The segment endpoint generally monitors a segment of the whole
connection.
868
Figure 9-4 Segments and ends
A B C D E
Segment Segment
End
point
Segment and end
point

Segment and End Attribute
The segment and end attributes include segment endpoint, endpoint, segment and endpoint, non
segment and endpoint.
l If an NE is set with the segment endpoint attribute, it captures alarms of only segment
endpoints.
l If an NE is set with the endpoint attribute, it captures alarms of only endpoints.
l If an NE is set with the segment and endpoint attribute, it captures alarms of both endpoints
and segment endpoints.
l If an NE is set with the non segment and endpoint attribute, it fails to capture alarms of
endpoints or segment endpoints.
9.281 VC_RDI
Description
VC_RDI is the remote defect indication of a virtual channel (VC) connection. When a forward
or backward VC connection that is set with the segment and end attribute receives RDI cells,
the VC_RDI alarm is reported to indicate that the downstream service is abnormal.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
869
Name Meaning
direction.
VCTRUNK port.
VCTRUNK port.
VCTRUNK port.
Services are not affected. This alarm indicates that the downstream services are abnormal in the
receive direction. RDI cells are sent upstream after the affected endpoint receives AIS cells.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the VC_RDI alarm are as follows:
l The downstream services are abnormal in the receive direction.
Procedure
Step 1 View the VC_RDI alarm on the U2000, and determine the relevant connection according to
Parameters 2 and 3.
Step 2 Check whether the VC_AIS alarm occurs in the receive direction of the downstream VC
connection. If yes, clear it, and check whether the VC_RDI alarm is cleared.
870
a cold reset on the board. Then check whether the VC_RDI alarm is cleared.
CAUTION
Step 4 If the alarm persists, replace the board that reports the VC_RDI alarm.
----End
Related Information
B are respectively:
A B C
Forward Backward

Segment and End
connection.
A B C D E
Segment Segment
End
point
Segment and end
point

871
endpoints.
9.282 VC3_CROSSTR
Description
The VC3_CROSSTR is an alarm indicating that the VC-3 performance crosses the threshold.
Attribute
Minor Service alarm
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the number of the optical interface where the VC-3
performance threshold-crossing occurs.
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates the number of the path where the VC-3 performance
threshold-crossing occurs.
The impacts of the VC3_CROSSTR alarm on the system are as follows:
872
l The service quality of the board that reports the alarm is degraded.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the VC3_CROSSTR alarm are as follows:
l the received optical power at the local station is over high or over low.
Procedure
Step 1 Perform an inloop on the board that reports the VC3_CROSSTR alarm at the local station.
CAUTION
CAUTION
1. If the alarm is cleared, it indicates that the fault occurs to the opposite station. Go to Step
3.
Step 4 Replace the board that reports the VC3_CROSSTR alarm at the local station.
873
----End
Related Information
None.
9.283 VCAT_LOA
Description
The VCAT_LOA is an alarm indicating that the delay of the virtual concatenation is over long.
This alarm occurs when the delay time of the timeslots bound to a VC trunk exceeds the time
allowed by the virtual concatenation delay. The time allowed by the virtual concatenation delay
depends on different board types. For details, refer to Virtual Concatenation Delay.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates the VC trunk number that generates the alarm. Parameter
During the service data transmission, when the alignment time of the virtual concatenation delay
is over long, the timeslots cannot form a data frame. Accordingly, it causes the packet loss.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the VCAT_LOA alarm is as follows:
The configured VC trunk timeslots pass physical links of different distances.
874
Procedure
Step 1 View the VCAT_LOA alarm on the NMS to confirm the relevant board. According to Parameter
2 and Parameter 3, confirm the specific VC trunk number of the board.
Step 2 Configure the timeslots of the VC trunk again, so that they pass the same fiber. If they need to
pass different fibers, make sure that the distance difference of the fibers is the shortest.
----End
Related Information
Virtual Concatenation Delay
l For the EFS0/EFS4/EGS2 board, the virtual concatenation delay time of the VC-12 timeslot
is 30 ms, and the virtual concatenation delay time of the VC-3 timeslot is 15 ms.
l For the EGT2 board, the virtual concatenation delay time is 6 ms.
l For the EFT8/EFT8A/EFT4 board, the virtual concatenation delay time of the VC-12
timeslot is 16 ms, and the virtual concatenation delay time of the VC-3 timeslot is 32 ms.
l For the EGR2/EMR0 board, the virtual concatenation delay time of the VC-3 timeslot is
30 ms, and the virtual concatenation delay time of the VC-4 timeslot is 7.5 ms.
9.284 VCAT_LOM_VC12
Description
The VCAT_LOM_VC12 is an alarm indicating the loss of the virtual concatenation multiframe
in the VC-12 path. This alarm occurs when the system detects that the multiframe indicator
(MFI) field in the K4 byte of the VC-12 timeslot is illegal.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates the VC-12 path number that generates the alarm.
875
l During the data transmission, if the LCAS is enabled, the LCAS performs the automatic
switching. Accordingly, the services are transiently interrupted.
l During the data transmission, if the LCAS is disabled, the services are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the VCAT_LOM_VC12 alarm are as follows:
l There are bit error alarms BIP_EXC and BIP_SD in the line.
l The virtual concatenation delay is over long.
l The MFI field in the K4 byte transmitted from the opposite end is incorrect.
Procedure
Step 1 View the VCAT_LOM_VC12 alarm on the U2000 to confirm the relevant board.
Step 2 Check on the U2000 whether there are bit error alarms BIP_EXC and BIP_SD reported from
the board. If yes, clear them and check whether the VCAT_LOM_VC12 alarm is cleared.
Step 3 If the alarm persists, check on the U2000 whether there is the VCAT_LOA alarm. If yes, it
indicates that the virtual concatenation delay is over long. Refer to the procedure for handling
the VCAT_LOA alarm to clear it. After that, check whether the VCAT_LOM_VC12 alarm is
cleared.
Step 4 If the alarm persists, check whether the board that reports the VCAT_LOM_VC12 alarm at the
local end is faulty. Replace the board that reports the alarm at the local station, and then check
whether the VCAT_LOM_VC12 alarm is cleared.
Step 5 If the alarm persists, it indicates that the MFI domain transmitted from the SDH opposite end is
incorrect. Replace the corresponding board at the opposite station, and then check whether the
VCAT_LOM_VC12 alarm is cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.285 VCAT_LOM_VC3
Description
in the VC-3 path. This alarm occurs when the system detects that the multiframe indicator (MFI)
field in the H4 byte of the VC-3 timeslot is illegal.
876
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates the VC-3 path number that generates the alarm. Parameter
Possible Causes
Procedure
cleared.
877
----End
Related Information
None.
9.286 VCAT_LOM_VC4
Description
in the VC-4 path. This alarm occurs when the system detects that the multiframe indicator (MFI)
field in the H4 byte of the VC-4 timeslot is illegal.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Possible Causes
878
Procedure
cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.287 VCAT_SQM_VC12
Description
The VCAT_SQM_VC3 is an alarm indicating the sequence mismatch of the virtual
concatenation in the VC-12 path. This alarm occurs when the serial numbers of members in the
virtual concatenation at the VC-12 level mismatch.
Attribute
Parameters
879
Name Meaning
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates the VC-12 path number that generates the alarm.
During the data transmission, the error occurs to the reassembly of the received serial numbers
and the framing fails. Accordingly, the services are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the VCAT_SQM_VC12 alarm are as follows:
l The serial numbers transmitted from the opposite end are incorrect.
Procedure
Step 1 View the VCAT_SQM_VC12 alarm on the U2000 to confirm the relevant board.
the board. If yes, clear them and check whether the VCAT_SQM_VC12 alarm is cleared.
Step 3 If the alarm persists, check whether the board that reports the VCAT_SQM_VC12 alarm at the
whether the VCAT_SQM_VC12 alarm is cleared.
Step 4 If the alarm persists, it indicates that the serial numbers transmitted from the SDH opposite end
is incorrect. Replace the corresponding board at the opposite station, and then check whether
the VCAT_SQM_VC12 alarm is cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.288 VCAT_SQM_VC3
Description
880
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Possible Causes
Procedure
----End
Related Information
None.
881
9.289 VCAT_SQM_VC4
Description
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Possible Causes
l There are bit errors alarms BIP_EXC and BIP_SD in the line.
Procedure
882
----End
Related Information
None.
9.290 VCTRUNK_NO_FLOW
Description
The VCTRUNK_NO_FLOW is an alarm indicating that the VCTRUNK port has no traffic. If
the VCTRUNK port has no traffic, the VCTRUNK_NO_FLOW alarm is reported.
Attribute
Major Service alarm
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the number of the logical port. The value of this parameter
is always 0x01.
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicate the number of the VCTRUNK where the
VCTRUNK_NO_FLOW alarm is generated. Parameter 2 is the
Parameter 4, Parameter 5 Indicate the direction in which the traffic stops.
l 0x00: the RX direction.
l 0x01: the TX direction.
883
In the case of the VCTRUNK_NO_FLOW alarm, services are not affected.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the VCTRUNK_NO_FLOW alarm are as follows:
l No services are configured at the local end.
l The local end has abnormal alarms, or does not transmit packets.
l The opposite end has abnormal services, or no packets arrive at the local end.
Procedure
Step 1 View the VCTRUNK_NO_FLOW alarm on the U2000 to confirm the board where the
VCTRUNK_NO_FLOW alarm is generated. According to Parameter 2 and Parameter 3,
confirm the number of the specific VCTRUNK port of the board.
Step 2 Check whether any service is configured at the port. If not, check whether carelessness causes
the missing of service configuration.
Step 3 If yes, confirm the direction in which the traffic stops according to Parameter 4.
l If the traffic stops in the TX direction, check whether the local services are abnormal.
l If the traffic stops in the RX direction, check whether the local cross-connections are
correctly configured.
1. If not, rectify the incorrect configuration, and then check whether the
VCTRUNK_NO_FLOW alarm is cleared.
2. If not, check whether the fiber in the RX direction is damaged. If the fiber is damaged,
replace the fiber and then check whether the VCTRUNK_NO_FLOW alarm is
cleared.
3. If not, check whether the cross-connect board and line board involved in the RX
direction work normally. If not, replace the faulty board.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.291 VCG_MM
Description
The VCG_MM is a mismatch alarm of the VC ring protection group. This alarm shows that the
attributes of the two ATM protection groups (namely, VC_Ring) do not match.
884
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the direction of the protection group. Only two values are
provided. The value 0x01 refers to the source end, and the value
0x10 refers to the sink end.
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates the protection group ID. The value range is 1-4096. That
is, Parameter 2 is in the value range of 0x00-0x01, and Parameter
3 is in the value range of 0x00-0xFF.
Parameter 4, Parameter 5 The value is always 0xFF, and this parameter is meaningless.
When the VCG_MM alarm occurs, the VCRING protection group fails, but the services are not
affected. At this time, the services may fail to be protected if they become abnormal.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the VCG_MM alarm is as follows:
The protection mode at the two ends are different. For example, the 1+1 protection is set at one
end, but the 1:1 protection is set at another end.
Procedure
Step 1 View the VCG_MM alarm on the U2000, and then confirm the relevant protection group
Step 2 Check whether the protection mode of the VCTRUNK protection group at one end matches that
at another end. If the protection mode of the VCTRUNK protection group at one end does not
match that at another end, modify it on the U2000, and then check whether the VCG_MM alarm
is cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
885
9.292 VP_AIS
Description
VP_AIS is the alarm indication signal of a virtual path (VP) connection. When a forward or
backward VP connection that is set with the segment and end attribute receives AIS cells, the
VP_AIS alarm is reported to indicate that the upstream service is abnormal.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
886
Name Meaning
direction.
VCTRUNK port.
VCTRUNK port.
VCTRUNK port.
l The VP connection is not interrupted if the VC_AIS alarm occurs due to the following
reasons:
The continuity check (CC) sink is activated on an upstream NE, but the relevant CC
source is not activated.
No user cells are received on the connection because the current bandwidth utilization
is zero.
In this case, the upstream NE reports the CC_LOC alarm and inserts AIS cells downstream,
resulting in the VP_AIS alarm on the local NE.
l In other cases, the VP connection has been interrupted when the VP_AIS alarm is reported.
AIS cells are continuously inserted downstream and RDI cells are sent upstream.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the VP_AIS alarm are as follows:
l On the ATM connection, the SDH path of an upstream NE is faulty in the receive direction.
For example, an SDH alarm, such as the R_LOS, R_LOF, MS_AIS, AU_AIS, AU_LOP,
TU_AIS or TU_LOP, occurs at the NE.
l The LCD alarm occurs at an upstream ATM port.
l The CC sink is activated on an upstream NE, but the relevant CC source is not activated.
Moreover, no user cells are received because the current bandwidth utilization is zero. In
this case, the upstream NE reports the CC_LOC alarm and inserts AIS cells downstream,
resulting in the VP_AIS alarm on the local NE.
887
Procedure
Step 1 View the VP_AIS alarm on the U2000, and determine the relevant connection according to
Parameters 2 and 3.
port. If yes, clear it, and check whether the VP_AIS alarm is cleared.
of the upstream NE. If yes, clear it, and check whether the VP_AIS alarm is cleared.
Step 4 If the alarm persists, check whether the CC sink is activated on an upstream NE, and the relevant
CC source is not activated. Meanwhile, check whether the CC_LOC alarm occurs. If yes,
deactivate the CC sink and clear the CC_LOC alarm at the upstream NE, and then check whether
the VP_AIS alarm is cleared.
Step 5 If the alarm persists, the ATM processing chip may be faulty. In this case, perform a cold reset
on the board that generates the alarm, and then check whether the VP_AIS alarm is cleared.
CAUTION
Step 6 If the alarm persists, replace the board that reports the VP_AIS alarm.
----End
Related Information
B are respectively:
A B C
Forward Backward

Segment and End
connection.
888
A B C D E
Segment Segment
End
point
Segment and end
point

endpoints.
9.293 VP_RDI
Description
VP_RDI is the remote defect indication of a virtual path (VP) connection. When a forward or
backward VP connection that is set with the segment and end attribute receives RDI cells, the
VP_RDI alarm is reported to indicate that the downstream service is abnormal.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
889
Name Meaning
direction.
VCTRUNK port.
VCTRUNK port.
VCTRUNK port.
Services are not affected. This alarm indicates that the downstream services are abnormal in the
receive direction. RDI cells are sent upstream after the affected endpoint receives AIS cells.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the VP_RDI alarm are as follows:
l The downstream services are abnormal in the receive direction.
Procedure
Step 1 View the VP_RDI alarm on the U2000, and determine the relevant connection according to
Parameters 2 and 3.
Step 2 Check whether the VP_AIS alarm occurs in the receive direction of the downstream VP
connection. If yes, clear it, and check whether the VP_RDI alarm is cleared.
890
a cold reset on the board. Then check whether the VP_RDI alarm is cleared.
CAUTION
Step 4 If the alarm persists, replace the board that reports the VP_RDI alarm.
----End
Related Information
B are respectively:
A B C
Forward Backward

Segment and End
connection.
A B C D E
Segment Segment
End
point
Segment and end
point

Segment and end point
891
endpoints.
9.294 VPG_MM
Description
The VPG_MM is a mismatch alarm of the VP ring protection group. This alarm shows that the
attributes of the two ATM protection groups (namely, VP_Ring) do not match.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the direction of the protection group. Only two values are
provided. The value 0x01 refers to the source, and the value 0x10
refers to the sink.
Parameter 2, Parameter 3 Indicates the protection group ID. The value range is 1-4096. That
is, Parameter 2 is in the value range of 0x00-0x01, and Parameter
3 is in the value range of 0x00-0xFF.
Parameter 4, Parameter 5 The value is always 0xFF, and this parameter is meaningless.
When the VPG_MM alarm occurs, the VPRING protection group fails, but the services are not
affected. At this time, the services may fail to be protected if they become abnormal.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the VPG_MM alarm is as follows:
892
The protection mode at the two ends are different. For example, the 1+1 protection is set at one
end, but the 1:1 protection is set at another end.
Procedure
Step 1 View the VPG_MM alarm on the U2000, and then confirm the relevant protection group
Step 2 Check whether the protection mode of the VP ring protection group at one end matches that at
another end. If the protection mode of the VP ring protection group at one end does not match
that at another end, modify it on the U2000, and then check whether the VPG_MM alarm is
cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.295 W_OFFLINE
Description
The W_OFFLINE is an alarm indicating that the front panel of a board is out of position.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1
l 0x01: The upper ejector level is out of position.
l 0x02: The lower ejector level is out of position.
If the value is always 0xFF, it indicates that the system does not check whether
the upper/lower ejector level is out of position.
When the W_OFFLINE alarm occurs, the NE is in a highly dangerous status. This alarm must
be handled in time, because a series of severe faults can be caused due to the unsecured
893
connection between the board and the backplane. If an active/standby protection is configured,
the protection switching may also be triggered.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the W_OFFLINE alarm are as follows:
l The front panel is pulled open.
l The ejector levers on the front panel are faulty.
Procedure
Step 1 View the W_OFFLINE alarm on the U2000 to confirm the relevant board.
Step 2 Check whether the front panel of the board is pulled open. If yes, properly secure the front panel
back in position. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.296 WORK_CUR_OVER
Description
The WORK_CUR_OVER is an alarm indicating that the working current is over the threshold.
The COA board reports this alarm when the working current crosses the threshold.
Attribute
Parameters
None.
The WORK_CUR_OVER alarm affects the services on the COA board.
Possible Causes
The possible cause of the WORK_CUR_OVER alarm is as follows:
The EDFA module is aged.
894
Procedure
Step 1 Replace the COA board. Then check whether the WORK_CUR_OVER alarm is cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
9.297 WRG_BD_TYPE
Description
The WRG_BD_TYPE is an alarm of wrong board type. This alarm occurs when the types of the
logical board and the physical board are different.
Attribute
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the number of the slot that generates this alarm.
The WRG_BD_TYPE alarm does not affect the existing services and the operation of the system.
The slot that generates this alarm, however, cannot be configured with services.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the WRG_BD_TYPE alarm are as follows:
l The original board is replaced by one that supports the board version replacement function.
l The types of the logical board and the physical board are different.
895
Procedure
Step 1 View the WRG_BD_TYPE alarm on the U2000, and then confirm the slot number according
to Parameter 1.
Step 2 Check whether the physical board in this slot supports the board version replacement function
and whether the physical board can alternate with one of the logical board type. If yes, wait for
several minutes. Then the WRG_BD_TYPE alarm is automatically cleared.
Step 3 If the WRG_BD_TYPE alarm persists, check whether the logical board in this slot is correct. If
yes, replace the corresponding physical boards. Then check whether this alarm is cleared.
Step 4 If the logical board is wrong, create a correct logical board on the U2000 according to the physical
board type. Then check whether the WRG_BD_TYPE alarm is cleared.
----End
Related Information
None.
896
10 Performance Event List
About This Chapter
The chapter lists all the performance events supported by the products.
NOTE
The names of RMON performance entries may vary with the version of the NMS.
10.1 Performance Events by Type
Performance events show the key parameters of the working performance of the equipment.
This topic lists the performance events of the equipment based on the service type.
10.2 Board Performance Event List
This section uses a table to list the performance events corresponding to the boards supported
by the equipment.
Alarms and Performance Events Reference 10 Performance Event List
897
10.1 Performance Events by Type
Performance events show the key parameters of the working performance of the equipment.
This topic lists the performance events of the equipment based on the service type.
As shown in Table 10-1, based on the functions monitored by the performance events, the
performance events are classified into pointer justification performance events, check and error
correction performance events, equipment function performance events, , and Ethernet
performance events.
Table 10-1 Classification of performance events
Type Definition
Pointer justification
performance events
Indicates the performance events of positive justification count
and negative justification count of the pointers in the SDH frames.
Check and error
correction performance
events
Indicates the performance events regarding service check and bit
error correction of a board, including:
l Bit error performance events in the multiplex section
l Bit error performance events in the regeneration section
l Bit error performance events of the higher order paths
l Bit error performance events of the lower order paths
l Service performance events on the line side
l FEC service performance events
l TCM performance events
l ATM service performance events
Equipment function
performance events
Indicates the performance events such as the operating
environment of the boards on the equipment, the board status,
optical power cross-threshold of the laser, working current cross-
threshold of the laser, receive signal level cross-threshold of a
board, transmit signal level cross-threshold of a board, including
the laser performance events, microwave power performance
events and board status performance events.
Ethernet performance
events
Indicates the performance events such as the package loss count
of the receive or transmit data of a board, collision detection, and
quality.

10.1.1 Pointer Justification Performance Event List
This topic lists the performance events for pointer justifications.
898
Table 10-2 Pointer justification performance event list
Abbreviation Description Unit
AUPJCHIGH Count of positive AU pointer
justifications
Block
AUPJCLOW Count of negative AU pointer
justifications
AUPJCNEW Count of new AU pointer
justifications
TUPJCHIGH Count of negative TU pointer
justifications
TUPJCLOW Count of positive TU pointer
justifications
TUPJCNEW Count of new TU pointer
justifications

10.1.2 Regenerator Section Performance Event List
This topic lists the performance events for bit errors in the regeneration sections.
Table 10-3 Regenerator section bit error performance event list
RSBBE Regenerator section block of
background error
second
RSES Regenerator section errored
second
RSSES Regenerator section severely
errored second
RSUAS Regenerator section unavailable
second
RSCSES Regenerator section consecutive
severely errored second
RSOFS Regenerator section out-of-frame
second
RSOOF Regenerator section of OOF
perferance seconds

899
10.1.3 Multiplex Section Bit Error Performance Event List
This topic lists the performance events for the bit errors in the multiplex sections.
Table 10-4 Multiplex section performance event list
MSBBE Multiplex section block of
background error
second
MSES Multiplex section errored second
MSSES Multiplex section severely
errored second
MSCSES Multiplex section consecutive
MSUAS Multiplex section unavailable
second
MSFEES Multiplex section far end errored
second
MSFESES Multiplex section far end severely
errored second
MSFEBBE Multiplex section far end block of
background error
MSFECSES Multiplex section far end
consecutive severely errored
second
MSFEUAS
a
Multiplex section far end
unavailable second

10.1.4 Higher Order Path Bit Error Performance Event List
This topic lists the performance events for the bit errors in the higher order paths.
Table 10-5 Higher order path performance event list
HPBBE Higher order path block of
background error
Block
HPFEBBE Higher order path far end block of
background error
HPES Higher order path errored second second
900
HPFEES Higher order path far end errored
second
HPSES Higher order path severely errored
second
HPFESES Higher order path far end severely
errored second
HPCSES Higher order path consecutive
HPFEUAS
a
Higher order path far end
second
HPFECSES Higher order path unavailable
second
HPUAS Higher order path far end
unavailable second

10.1.5 Lower Order Path Bit Error Performance Event List
This topic lists the performance events for the bit errors in the lower order paths.
Table 10-6 Lower order path performance event list
LPBBE Lower order path block of
background error
Block
LPFEBBE Lower order path far end block
of background error
LPES Lower order path errored
second
second
LPFEES Lower order path far end
errored second
LPSES Lower order path severely
errored second
LPFESES Lower order path far end
LPCSES Lower order path far end
second
901
LPFECSES Lower order path consecutive
LPUAS Lower order path unavailable
second
LPFEUAS Lower order path far end
unavailable second
CRC6_ERR CRC6 check errors Block
CRC4_ERR CRC4 check errors
DDN_CRC4_ERR DDN CRC4 error
VC3BBE VC3 block of background error second
VC3ES VC3 errored second
VC3SES VC3 severely errored second
VC3FEBBE VC3 far end block of
background error
VC3FEES VC3 far end errored second
VC3FESES VC3 far end severely errored
second
VC3UAS VC3 unavailable second
VC3CSES VC3 consecutive severely
errored second
VC3FECSES VC3 far end consecutive
VC3FEUAS VC3 far end unavailable second

10.1.6 Line-Side Performance Event List
This topic lists the performance events on the line side.
Table 10-7 Line-side performance event list
T3_LCV_SDH T3 line side code violation count Block
T3_LES_SDH T3 line side code violation errored
second
T3_LSES_SDH T3 line side code violation severely
errored second
902
E3_LCV_SDH E3 line side code violation count
E3_LES_SDH E3 line side code violation errored
second
E3_LSES_SDH E3 line side code violation severely
errored second
T1_LCV_SDH T1 line side code violation count
T1_LES_SDH T1 line side code violation errored
second
T1_LSES_SDH T1 line side code violation severely
errored second
E1_LCV_SDH E1 line side code violation count
E1_LES_SDH E1 line side code violation errored
second
E1_LSES_SDH E1 line side code violation severely
errored second
E1_LLOSS_SD
H
E1 line side code violation signal
lossed second

10.1.7 FEC Service Performance Event List
This topic lists the FEC service performance events.
Table 10-8 EFC service performance event list
FEC_COR_0BIT_CNT FEC corrected 0 bit count -
FEC_COR_1BIT_CNT FEC corrected 1 bit count
FEC_COR_BYTE_CNT FEC corrected byte count
FEC_UNCOR_BLOCK_
CNT
FEC uncorrected frames
FEC_BEF_COR_ER Bit error rate before FEC
correction
FEC_AFT_COR_ER Bit error rate after FEC
correction
ODU2PMBIP8 Number of bit errors in the
optical channel data unit
903
OTU2SMBIP8 Number of bit errors in the
optical channel transport unit

10.1.8 TCM Performance Event List
TCM performance events are used to monitor the transmission performance in the tandem
connection.
Table 10-9 TCM performance event list
Abbreviatio
n
Description Unit
TCBBE Tandem Connection Background
Block Error
-
TCFEBBE Tandem Connection Far End
Background Block Error
TCOBBE Tandem Connection Outgoing

10.1.9 ATM Service Performance Event List
ATM service performance events convey the transmission quality of ATM services.
Table 10-10 ATM service performance event list
ATM_INGCELL Number of input cells in ATM
link
-
ATM_EGCELL Number of output cells in ATM
link
ATM_CORRECTED_
HCSERR
Number of corrected cells with
HCS error at ATM interface
ATM_UNCORRECT
ED_HCSERR
Number of uncorrected cells
with HCS error at ATM
interface
ATM_RECV_CELL Number of cells ATM interface
received
ATM_RECV_IDLE-
CELL
Number of idle cells ATM
interface received
904
ATM_TRAN_CELL Number of cells ATM interface
transmitted

10.1.10 Laser Performance Event List
This topic lists the performance events for a laser.
Table 10-11 Laser performance event list
BCVCUR Current value of pump laser back
facet current
0.1mA
BCVMAX Maximum value of pump laser back
facet current
BCVMIN Minimum value of pump laser back
facet current
CCVCUR Current value of laser cooling
current of erbium-doped fibre
amplifier
CCVMAX Maximum value of laser cooling
amplifier
CCVMIN Minimum value of laser cooling
amplifier
EDTMPCUR Current value of environment
temperature of erbium-doped fibre
amplifier
0.1C
EDTMPMAX Maximum value of environment
amplifier
EDTMPMIN Minimum value of environment
amplifier
EDRPLCUR Current value of input optical power
of erbium-doped fibre amplifier
0.1dBm
EDRPLMAX Maximum value of input optical
power of erbium-doped fibre
amplifier
905
EDRPLMIN Minimum value of input optical
amplifier
EDTPLCUR Current value of output optical
amplifier
EDTPLMAX Maximum value of output optical
amplifier
EDTPLMIN Minimum value of output optical
amplifier
EDWCSCUR Current value of pump laser
working current setting
0.1mA
EDWCSMAX Maximum value of working current
setting
EDWCSMIN Minimum value of pump laser
working current setting
OSPICCVMA
X
Maximum value of laser cooling
current
OSPICCVMIN Minimum value of laser cooling
current
OSPICCVCUR Average value of laser cooling
current
OSPITMPMA
X
Maximum value of laser working
temperature
0.1C
OSPITMPMIN Minimum value of laser working
temperature
OSPITMPCUR Current value of laser working
temperature
RPLCUR Current value of input optical power 0.1dBm
RPLMAX Maximum value of input optical
power
RPLMIN Minimum value of input optical
power
TLBCUR Current value of laser bias current 0.1mA
TLBMAX Maximum value of laser bias
current
906
TLBMIN Minimum value of laser bias current
TPLCUR Current value of output optical
power
0.1dBm
TPLMAX Maximum value of output optical
power
TPLMIN Minimum value of output optical
power
SUMIOPMAX Maximum value of the total input
optical power
SUMIOPMIN Minimum value of the total input
optical power
SUMIOPCUR Current value of the total input
optical power
SUMOOPMA
X
Maximum value of the total output
optical power
SUMOOPMIN Minimum value of the total output
optical power
SUMOOPCUR Current value of the total output
optical power
WCVCUR Current value of pump laser
working current
0.1mA
WCVMAX Maximum value of pump laser
working current
WCVMIN Minimum value of pump laser
working current
LSOOPMAX Maximum value of laser output
optical power
0.1dBm
LSOOPMIN Minimum value of laser output
optical power
LSOOPCUR Current value of laser output optical
power
LSIOPMAX Maximum value of laser input
optical power
LSIOPMIN Minimum value of laser input
optical power
LSIOPCUR Current value of laser input optical
power
907
LSTMPMAX Maximum value of laser working
temperature
0.1C
LSTMPMIN Minimum value of laser working
temperature
LSTMPCUR Current value of laser working
temperature
LSBISAMAX Maximum value of laser bias
current
0.1mA
LSBISAMIN Minimum value of laser bias current
LSBISACUR Current value of laser bias current
LSCLCMAX Maximum value of laser cooling
current
LSCLCMIN Minimum value of laser cooling
current
LSCLCCUR Current value of laser cooling
current

10.1.11 Board Status Performance Event List
This topic lists the board status performance events.
Table 10-12 Board status performance event list
CPUUSAGEMA
X
Maximum CPU usage %
CPUUSAGEMIN Minimum CPU usage %
CPUUSAGECU
R
Current CPU usage %
ENVTMPMAX Maximum value of the ambient
temperature of a board
0.1C
ENVTMPMIN Minimum value of the ambient
0.1C
ENVTMPCUR Current value of the ambient
0.1C
INVOLTMAX Maximum value of the input
voltage
0.1V
908
INVOLTMIN Minimum value of the input
voltage
0.1V
INVOLTCUR Current value of the input voltage 0.1V
MEMUSAGEM
AX
Maximum memory usage %
MEMUSAGEMI
N
Minimum memory usage %
MEMUSAGECU
R
Current memory usage %
XCSTMPMAX Maximum value of a board
temperature
0.1C
XCSTMPMIN Minimum value of a board
temperature
0.1C
XCSTMPCUR Current value of a board
temperature
0.1C

10.1.12 Ethernet Service Threshold-Crossing Performance Event
List
Ethernet service performance events indicate the transmission quality of the Ethernet services.
Ethernet performance events (namely, RMON events) are classified into RMON alarms (RMON
performance threshold-crossing events) and RMON events. This topic lists the main RMON
performance threshold-crossing events.
Table 10-13 Ethernet service performance threshold-crossing event list
Abbreviation Description
DropEvent DropOv Number of lost packets more than
the upper-threshold
DropUd Number of lost packets less than
the lower-threshold
InBadOcts InBadOctsOv Number of bytes of the received
bad packets more than the upper-
threshold
InBadOctsUd Number of bytes of the received
bad packets less than the lower-
threshold
909
OutBadOcts OutBadOctsOv Number of bytes of the
transmitted bad packets more than
the upper-threshold
OutBadOctsUd Number of bytes of the
transmitted bad packets less than
the lower-threshold
Collisions ColOv Number of detected conflicts
more than the upper-threshold
ColUd Number of detected conflicts less
than the lower-threshold
AlignmentErrors AligErrOv Number of align errors more than
the upper-threshold
AligErrUd Number of align errors less than
the lower-threshold
FCSErrors FCSErrOv Number of check errors more than
the upper-threshold
FCSErrUd Number of check errors less than
the lower-threshold
Late Collisions LateColOv Number of collisions detected in a
monitoring period more than the
upper-threshold
LateColUd Number of collisions detected in a
monitoring period less than the
lower-threshold
Deferred Transmissions DefTxOv Number of frames delayed in
transmitting more than the upper-
threshold
DefTxUd Number of frames delayed in
transmitting less than the lower-
threshold
Fragments Number of received fragmented
packets more than the upper-
threshold or less than the lower-
threshold
Jabbers Number of received fuzzy packets
more than the upper-threshold or
less than the lower-threshold
OversizePkts Number of received ultra long
threshold
910
UndersizePkts Number of received ultra short
threshold
SperTtlExppkt (rprSpanErrorTtlExpFrames) Number of frames with failed
TTL
Spertlpkt (rprSpanErrorTooLongFrames) Number of ultra long frames on
the RPR side
Spertspkt (rprSpanErrorTooShortFrames) Number of ultra short frames on
the RPR side
SperbadHecpkt (rprSpanErrorBadHecFrames) Number of frames with HEC error
SperbadFcspkt (rprSpanErrorBadFcsFrames) Number of frames with FCS error
SperSelfSrcupkt (rprSpanErrorSelfSrcUcastFrames) Number of unicast frames with
source address being local node
SperPmdabortpkt (rprSpanErrorPmdAbortFrames) Number of frames discarded due
to failed PMD
Sperbadaddrpkt (rprSpanErrorBadAddrFrames) Number of frames with incorrect
address
SperbadParitypkt (rprSpanErrorBadParityFrames) Number of frames with incorrect
parity bit
Spercontainedpkt (rprSpanErrorContainedFrames) Number of frames discarded in the
case of context containment
SperbadDataFcspkt (rprSpanErrorBadDataFcsFrames) Number of data frames with FCS
error
SperbadctlFcspkt (rprSpanErrorBadCtrlFcsFrames) Number of control frames with
FCS error
SperScffers (rprSpanErrorScffErrors) Number of SCFF frames with
incorrect priority or FCS error
Spereredsnds (rprSpanErrorErroredSeconds) Errored seconds
SperSvlrdsnds (rprSpanErrorSeverelyErroredSeconds) Severely errored seconds
SperUasnds (rprSpanErrorUnavailableSeconds) Unavailable seconds

10.1.13 RMON Event of the Ethernet Service List
Ethernet service performance events indicate the transmission quality of the Ethernet services.
This topic lists the main RMON events.
911
10.1.13.1 Statistics of RMON basic performance
Name of a Performance
Entry
Description Unit
Collisions/ETHCOL The best estimate of the total
number of collisions on this
Ethernet segment.
times(times/s)
Drop Events/ETHDROP The total number of events in
which packets were dropped
by the probe due to lack of
resources. Note that this
number is not necessarily the
number of packets dropped;
it is just the number of times
this condition has been
detected.
times(times/s)
Packets Received(64 Octets
in Length)/RXPKT64
The total number of packets
(including bad packets)
received that were 64 octets
in length (excluding framing
bits but including FCS
octets).
packets(packets/s)
Packets Received(65~127
Octets in Length)/
RXPKT65
received that were between
65 and 127 octets in length
inclusive (excluding
framing bits but including
FCS octets).
packets(packets/s)
Octets in Length)/
RXPKT128
FCS octets).
packets(packets/s)
Octets in Length)/
RXPKT256
FCS octets).
packets(packets/s)
912
Entry
Description Unit
Octets in Length)/
RXPKT512
FCS octets).
packets(packets/s)
Packets Received
(1024~1518 Octets in
Length)/RXPKT1024
1024 and 1518 octets in
length inclusive (excluding
FCS octets).
packets(packets/s)
Packets Received/RXPKTS The total number of packets
(including bad packets,
broadcast packets, and
multicast packets) received.
packets(packets/s)
Oversize Packets Received/
ETHOVER
received that were longer
than 1518 octets (excluding
framing bits, but including
FCS octets) and were
otherwise well formed.
packets(packets/s)
Undersize Packets
Received/ETHUNDER
received that were less than
64 octets long (excluding
packets(packets/s)
Jabbers/ETHJAB The total number of packets
received that were longer
FCS octets), and had either a
bad Frame Check Sequence
(FCS) with an integral
number of octets (FCS
Error) or a bad FCS with a
non-integral number of
octets (Alignment Error).
packets(packets/s)
913
Entry
Description Unit
Broadcast Packets
Received/RXBRDCAST
The total number of good
packets received that were
directed to the broadcast
address. Note that this does
not include multicast
packets.
packets(packets/s)
Multicast Packets Received/
RXMULCAST
The total number of good
packets received that were
directed to a multicast
address. Note that this
number does not include
packets directed to the
broadcast address.
packets(packets/s)
Fragments/ETHFRG The total number of packets
received that were less than
64 octets in length
(excluding framing bits but
including FCS octets) and
had either a bad Frame
Check Sequence (FCS)with
an integral number of octets
(FCS Error) or a bad FCS
with a non-integral number
of octets (Alignment Error).
packets(packets/s)
Octets Received/
RXOCTETS
The total number of octets of
data (including those in bad
packets) received on the
network (excluding framing
octets).
Byte(Byte/s)

10.1.13.2 Statistics of RMON extended performance
Entry
Description Unit
FCS Errors/ETHFCS A count of frames received
on a particular interface that
are an integral number of
octets in length but do not
pass the FCS check. This
count does not include
frames received with frame-
too-long or frame-too-short
error.
frames(frames/s)
914
Entry
Description Unit
Pause Frames Received/
RXPAUSE
A count of MAC Control
frames received on this
interface with an opcode
indicating the PAUSE
operation.
frames(frames/s)
Pause Frames Transmitted/
TXPAUSE
frames transmitted on this
indicating the PAUSE
operation.
frames(frames/s)
Alignment Errors/ETHALI A count of frames received
on a particular interface that
are not an integral number of
octets in length and do not
pass the FCS check.
frames(frames/s)
Packets Transmitted/
TXPKTS
multicast packets)
transmitted.
packets(packets/s)
Octets Transmitted/
TXOCTETS
packets) transmitted on the
octets).
Byte(Byte/s)
Oversize Packets
Transmitted/TXETHOVER
transmitted that were longer
packets(packets/s)
Packets Transmitted(64
Octets in Length)/TXPKT64
transmitted that were 64
octets in length (excluding
FCS octets).
packets(packets/s)
Packets Transmitted(65~127
Octets in Length)/TXPKT65
transmitted that were
between 65 and 127 octets in
length inclusive (excluding
FCS octets).
packets(packets/s)
915
Entry
Description Unit
Packets Transmitted
(128~255 Octets in Length)/
TXPKT128
between 128 and 255 octets
in length inclusive
including FCS octets).
packets(packets/s)
Packets Transmitted
(256~511 Octets in Length)/
TXPKT256
in length inclusive
packets(packets/s)
Packets Transmitted
(512~1023 Octets in
Length)/TXPKT512
in length inclusive
packets(packets/s)
Packets Transmitted
Length)/TXPKT1024
between 1024 and 1518
octets in length inclusive
packets(packets/s)
Broadcast Packets
Transmitted/TXBRDCAST
that higher-level protocols
requested be transmitted, and
which were addressed to a
broadcast address at this sub-
layer, including those that
were discarded or not sent.
packets(packets/s)
Good Octets Transmitted/
TXBGOOD (TXBOK)
good packets transmitted on
the network (excluding
FCS octets).
Byte(Byte/s)
Bad Octets Transmitted/
TXBBAD
bad packets transmitted on
the network (excluding
FCS octets).
Byte(Byte/s)
916
Entry
Description Unit
Multicast Packets
Transmitted/TXMULCAST
that higher-level protocols
requested be transmitted, and
which were addressed to a
multicast address at this sub-
layer, including those that
were discarded or not sent.
For a MAC layer protocol,
this includes both Group and
Functional addresses.
packets(packets/s)
Good Full Frame Octets
Transmitted/
TXFULLBGOOD
The total number of
transmited octets of good
packets(including framing
bits and FCS octets).
Byte(Byte/s)
Good Full Frame Speed
Transmitted/
TXGOODFULLFRAME-
SPEED
The rate of transmitted octets
of good packets(including
framing bits and FCS octets).
Byte(Byte/s)
Control Frames Transmitted/
TXCTLPKTS
frames transmitted on this
indicating the special
operation.
frames(frames/s)
Control Frames Received/
RXCTLPKTS
frames received on this
indicating the special
operation.
frames(frames/s)
Received/RXFULLBGOOD
The total number of received
octets of good packets
(including framing bits and
FCS octets).
Byte(Byte/s)
Received/
RXGOODFULLFRAME-
SPEED
The rate of received octets of
good packets(including
framing bits and FCS octets).
Byte(Byte/s)
Good Octets Received/
RXBGOOD (RXBOK)
good packets received on the
octets).
Byte(Byte/s)
917
Entry
Description Unit
Bad Octets Received/
RXBBAD
bad packets received on the
octets).
Byte(Byte/s)
Packets Received and
Transmitted(64 Octets in
Length)/PKT64
received and transmitted that
were 64 octets in length
packets(packets/s)
Transmitted(65~127 Octets
in Length)/PKT65
reveived and transmitted that
were between 65 and 127
packets(packets/s)
in Length)/PKT128
packets(packets/s)
in Length)/PKT256
packets(packets/s)
Transmitted(512~1023
Octets in Length)/PKT512
packets(packets/s)
918
Entry
Description Unit
Octets in Length)/PKT1024
packets(packets/s)

10.1.13.3 Statistics of RMON VCG performance
Entry
Description Unit
Octets Received/
VCG_RXOCTETS
VCG port (excluding
FCS octets).
Byte(Byte/s)
Octets Transmitted/
VCG_TXOCTETS
VCG port (excluding
FCS octets).
Byte(Byte/s)
Packets Received/
VCG_RXPACKETS
multicast packets) received
on the VCG port.
packets(packets/s)
Packets Transmitted/
VCG_TXPACKETS
multicast packets)
transmitted on the VCG port.
packets(packets/s)
Good Packets Received/
VCG_RXGOODPACKETS
The total number of received
octets of good packets on the
VCG port.
packets(packets/s)
Good Packets Transmitted/
VCG_TXGOODPACKETS
The total number of
transmitted octets of good
packets on the VCG port.
packets(packets/s)
919
Entry
Description Unit
Full Frame Speed Received/
VCG_RXSPEED
The rate of octets of data
(including those in bad
VCG port (excluding
FCS octets).
Byte(Byte/s)
Full Frame Speed
Transmitted/
VCG_TXSPEED
The rate of octets of data
(including those in bad
VCG port (excluding
FCS octets).
Byte(Byte/s)

10.1.13.4 Statistics of RPR events of RMON VCG performance
Name of a
Performance Entry
Description Unit
rprSpanRxUcastClas-
sAFrames
-
frames/s
rprSpanRxUcastClas-
sABytes
Byte/s
rprSpanRxUcast-
ClassBCirFrames
frames/s
rprSpanRxUcast-
ClassBCirBytes
packets/s
rprSpanRxUcastClass-
BEirFrames
frames/s
rprSpanRxUcastClass-
BEirBytes
packets/s
rprSpanRxUcast-
ClassCFrames
frames/s
rprSpanRxUcast-
ClassCBytes
packets/s
rprSpanRxMcastClas-
sAFrames
frames/s
rprSpanRxMcastClas-
sABytes
packets/s
rprSpanRxMcast-
ClassBCirFrames
frames/s
920
Name of a
Performance Entry
Description Unit
rprSpanRxMcast-
ClassBCirBytes
packets/s
rprSpanRxMcastClass-
BEirFrames
frames/s
rprSpanRxMcastClass-
BEirBytes
packets/s
rprSpanRxMcast-
ClassCFrames
frames/s
rprSpanRxMcast-
ClassCBytes
packets/s
rprSpanTxUcastClas-
sAFrames
frames/s
rprSpanTxUcastClas-
sABytes
packets/s
rprSpanTxUcast-
ClassBCirFrames
frames/s
rprSpanTxUcast-
ClassBCirBytes
packets/s
rprSpanTxUcastClass-
BEirFrames
frames/s
rprSpanTxUcastClass-
BEirBytes
packets/s
rprSpanTxUcast-
ClassCFrames
frames/s
rprSpanTxUcast-
ClassCBytes
packets/s
rprSpanTxMcastClas-
sAFrames
frames/s
rprSpanTxMcastClas-
sABytes
packets/s
rprSpanTxMcast-
ClassBCirFrames frames/s
rprSpanTxMcast-
ClassBCirBytes packets/s
rprSpanTxMcastClass-
BEirFrames frames/s
921
Name of a
Performance Entry
Description Unit
rprSpanTxMcastClass-
BEirBytes
packets/s
rprSpanTxMcast-
ClassCFrames
frames/s
rprSpanTxMcast-
ClassCBytes
packets/s
rprSpanTxCtrlFrames frames/s
rprSpanTxOamEcho-
Frames
frames/s
rprSpanTxOamFlush-
Frames
frames/s
rprSpanTxOamOrg-
Frames
frames/s
rprSpanTxTopoAtd-
Frames
frames/s
rprSpanTxTopoChk-
SumFrames
frames/s
rprSpanTxTopoTp-
Frames
frames/s
rprSpanRxCtrlFrames frames/s
rprSpanRxOamEcho-
Frames frames/s
rprSpanRxOamFlush-
Frames frames/s
rprSpanRxOamOrg-
Frames frames/s
rprSpanRxTopoAtd-
Frames frames/s
rprSpanRxTopoChk-
SumFrames
frames/s
rprSpanRxTopoTp-
Frames
frames/s
rprClientTxUcastClas-
sAFrames
frames/s
rprClientTxUcastClas-
sABytes
packets/s
922
Name of a
Performance Entry
Description Unit
rprClientTxUcast-
ClassBCirFrames
frames/s
rprClientTxUcast-
ClassBCirBytes
packets/s
rprClientTxUcast-
ClassBEirFrames
frames/s
rprClientTxUcast-
ClassBEirBytes
packets/s
rprClientTxUcast-
ClassCFrames
frames/s
rprClientTxUcast-
ClassCBytes
packets/s
rprClientTxMcastClas-
sAFrames
frames/s
rprClientTxMcastClas-
sABytes
packets/s
rprClientTxMcast-
ClassBCirFrames
frames/s
rprClientTxMcast-
ClassBCirBytes
packets/s
rprClientTxMcast-
ClassBEirFrames
frames/s
rprClientTxMcast-
ClassBEirBytes
packets/s
rprClientTxMcast-
ClassCFrames
frames/s
rprClientTxMcast-
ClassCBytes
packets/s
rprClientTxBcast-
Frames
frames/s
rprClientRxUcastClas-
sAFrames
frames/s
rprClientRxUcastClas-
sABytes
packets/s
rprClientRxUcast-
ClassBCirFrames
frames/s
923
Name of a
Performance Entry
Description Unit
rprClientRxUcast-
ClassBCirBytes
packets/s
rprClientRxUcast-
ClassBEirFrames
frames/s
rprClientRxUcast-
ClassBEirBytes
packets/s
rprClientRxUcast-
ClassCFrames
frames/s
rprClientRxUcast-
ClassCBytes
packets/s
rprClientRxMcastClas-
sAFrames
frames/s
rprClientRxMcastClas-
sABytes
packets/s
rprClientRxMcast-
ClassBCirFrames
frames/s
rprClientRxMcast-
ClassBCirBytes
packets/s
rprClientRxMcast-
ClassBEirFrames
frames/s
rprClientRxMcast-
ClassBEirBytes
frames/s
rprClientRxMcast-
ClassCFrames
frames/s
rprClientRxMcast-
ClassCBytes
packets/s
rprClientRxBcast-
Frames
frames/s
rprSpanErrorTtlExp-
Frames
frames/s
rprSpanErrorTooLong-
Frames
frames/s
rprSpanErrorTooShort-
Frames
frames/s
rprSpanErrorBadHec-
Frames
frames/s
924
Name of a
Performance Entry
Description Unit
rprSpanErrorBadFcs-
Frames
frames/s
rprSpanErrorSelfSrcU-
castFrames
frames/s
rprSpanErrorPmdA-
bortFrames
frames/s
rprSpanErrorBadAddr-
Frames
frames/s
rprSpanErrorBadPari-
tyFrames
frames/s
rprSpanErrorContai-
nedFrames
frames/s
rprSpanErrorBadDa-
taFcsFrames
frames/s
rprSpanError-
BadCtrlFcsFrames
frames/s
rprSpanErrorScffErrors frames/s
rprSpanErrorErrored-
Seconds
seconds/s
rprSpanErrorSevere-
lyErroredSeconds
seconds/s
rprSpanErrorUnavaila-
bleSeconds
seconds/s

10.1.14 Microwave Power Performance Event List
This topic lists the microwave power performance events.
Table 10-14 Microwave power performance event list
RSLMAX Maximum value of microwave
receive signal level
0.1dBm
RSLMIN Maximum value of microwave
receive signal level
RSLCUR Current value of microwave
receive power
925
TSLMAX Maximum value of microwave
transmit signal level
TSLMIN Minimum value of microwave
TSLCUR Current value of microwave

10.2 Board Performance Event List
This section uses a table to list the performance events corresponding to the boards supported
by the equipment.
10.2.1 BA2
WCVMAX WCVMIN WCVCUR
CCVMAX CCVMIN CCVCUR
BCVMAX BCVMIN BCVCUR
EDTPLMAX EDTPLMIN EDTPLCUR
EDRPLMAX EDRPLMIN EDRPLCUR
EDWCSMAX EDWCSMIN EDWCSCUR
EDTMPMAX EDTMPMIN EDTMPCUR

10.2.2 N1BPA

926
10.2.3 N2BPA

10.2.4 COA
XCSTMPMAX XCSTMPMIN XCSTMPCUR

10.2.5 N1ADL4
Table 10-15 SDH
AUPJCHIGH AUPJCLOW AUPJCNEW
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPFEBBE HPFECSES HPFEES
HPFESES HPSES HPUAS
MSBBE MSCSES MSES
MSFEBBE MSFECSES MSFEES
MSFESES MSSES MSUAS
RSBBE RSCSES RSES
927
RSSES RSUAS TUPJCHIGH
TUPJCLOW VC3BBE VC3CSES
VC3ES VC3FEBBE VC3FECSES
VC3FEES VC3FESES VC3SES
VC3UAS

Table 10-16 ATM
ATM_INGCELL ATM_EGCELL ATM_CORRECTED_HC
SERR
ATM_UNCORRECTED_HC
SERR
ATM_RECV_CELL ATM_RECV_IDLECELL
ATM_TRAN_CELL

10.2.6 N1ADQ1
Table 10-17 SDH
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPFESES HPSES HPUAS
MSBBE MSCSES MSES
MSFESES MSSES MSUAS
RSBBE RSCSES RSES
RSSES RSUAS TUPJCHIGH
TUPJCLOW VC3BBE VC3CSES
VC3FEES VC3FESES VC3SES
VC3UAS

928
Table 10-18 ATM
SERR
ATM_UNCORRECTED_HC
SERR
ATM_TRAN_CELL

10.2.7 N1DX1
LPBBE LPCSES LPFECSES
LPFEUAS LPES LPSES
LPUAS LPFEBBE LPFEES
LPFESES TUPJCHIGH TUPJCLOW
CRC4_ERR DDN_CRC4_ERR

10.2.8 N1DXA
LPBBE LPCSES LPFECSES
LPFEUAS LPES LPSES
LPUAS LPFEBBE LPFEES
LPFESES TUPJCHIGH TUPJCLOW
CRC4_ERR

10.2.9 N1EFS0
Table 10-19 SDH
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPFESES HPFEUAS HPSES
HPUAS LPBBE LPCSES
LPES LPFEBBE LPFECSES
LPFEES LPFESES LPFEUAS
929
LPSES LPUAS

Table 10-20 RMON alarm
DropEvent UndersizePkts OversizePkts
Fragments Jabbers Collisions
AlignmentErrors FCSErrors

Table 10-21 Statistics of RMON basic performance
Packets Received(64
Octets in Length)
(packets)
Octets in Length)(packets)
Packets Received
(256~511 Octets in
Length)(packets)
Multicast Packets
Received(packets)
Broadcast Packets Received
(packets) Drop Events(times)
Undersize Packets
Received(packets)
Oversize Packets Received
(packets) Fragments(packets)
Jabbers(packets) Collisions(times) Octets Received(Byte)
Packets Received
(packets)

Table 10-22 Statistics of RMON extended performance
Packets Transmitted
(256~511 Octets in
Length)(packets)
Packets Transmitted
(512~1023 Octets in Length)
(packets)
Packets Transmitted
(packets)
Unicast Packets Received
(packets)
Unicast Packets Transmitted
(packets)
Multicast Packets Transmitted
(packets)
Broadcast Packets
Transmitted(packets)
Good Octets Transmitted
(Byte) Alignment Errors(frames)
FCS Errors(frames)
Received(Byte/s)
Transmitted(Byte)
930
Received(Byte)
Transmitted(Byte/s)

10.2.10 N1EFS0A
Table 10-23 SDH
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPUAS LPBBE LPCSES
LPSES LPUAS OSPITMPCUR
OSPITMPMAX OSPITMPMIN RPLCUR
RPLMAX RPLMIN TLBCUR
TLBMAX TLBMIN TPLCUR
TPLMAX TPLMIN XCSTMPCUR
XCSTMPMAX XCSTMPMIN


Packets Received(64
Multicast Packets Received
(packets)
931
Undersize Packets
Received(packets)
Packets Received(packets)

Packets Transmitted
(packets)
Packets Transmitted
(packets)
Packets Transmitted
(512~1023 Octets in
Length)(packets)
Packets Transmitted
(packets)
(packets)
Unicast Packets
(packets)
Broadcast Packets
FCS Errors(frames)
Received(Byte/s)
Transmitted(Byte/s)
Received(Byte)
Transmitted(Byte)

Table 10-27 Statistics of RMON VCG performance
VCG_TXGOODPACKETS VCG_TXPACKETS VCG_TXOCTETS
VCG_RXGOODPACKETS VCG_RXPACKETS VCG_RXOCTETS
VCG_TXSPEED VCG_RXSPEED

10.2.11 N1EFS4
Table 10-28 SDH
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPUAS LPBBE LPCSES
932
LPSES LPUAS


Packets Received(64
Octets in Length)
(packets)
Packets Received
(256~511 Octets in
Length)(packets)
Multicast Packets
Received(packets)
Undersize Packets
Received(packets)
Packets Received
(packets)

Packets Transmitted
(256~511 Octets in
Length)(packets)
Packets Transmitted
(packets)
Packets Transmitted
(packets)
(packets)
(packets)
(packets)
Broadcast Packets
FCS Errors(frames)
Received(Byte/s)
Transmitted(Byte)
933
Received(Byte)
Transmitted(Byte/s)

10.2.12 N1EFT8
Table 10-32 SDH
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPFESES HPSES HPUAS
LPBBE LPCSES LPES
LPFEBBE LPFECSES LPFEES
LPFESES LPSES LPUAS


(packets)
(packets)
Undersize Packets
Received(packets)
Length)(packets)
Packets Received
(512~1023 Octets in
Length)(packets)

934
Packets Transmitted
(packets)
Packets Transmitted
(packets)
Packets Transmitted
(packets)
Packets Transmitted
Length)(packets)
Length)(packets)
Transmitted(65~127 Octets in
Length)(packets)
Transmitted(128~255
Transmitted(256~511
in Length)(packets)
(packets)
(packets)
Pause Frames Received
(frames)
Pause Frames Transmitted
(frames)
(packets)
Broadcast Packets
Good Octets Received
(Byte)
(Byte) Bad Octets Received(Byte)
Bad Octets Transmitted
(Byte) FCS Errors(frames)

10.2.13 N1EFT8A
Table 10-36 SDH
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPFESES HPSES HPUAS
LPBBE LPCSES LPES
LPFESES LPSES LPUAS

Table 10-37 SDH
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
935
HPFESES HPSES HPUAS
LPBBE LPCSES LPES
LPFESES LPSES LPUAS


(packets)
(packets)
Undersize Packets
Received(packets)
Length)(packets)
Packets Received
(512~1023 Octets in
Length)(packets)

Packets Transmitted
(packets)
Packets Transmitted
(packets)
Packets Transmitted
(packets)
Packets Transmitted
Length)(packets)
Length)(packets)
Length)(packets)
Transmitted(128~255
Transmitted(256~511
in Length)(packets)
936
(packets)
(packets)
(frames)
(frames)
(packets)
Broadcast Packets
(Byte)

10.2.14 N1EGS4
Table 10-41 SDH
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPUAS LPBBE LPCSES
LPSES LPUAS TLBMAX
TLBMIN TLBCUR TPLMAX
TPLMIN RPLMAX RPLMIN
RPLCUR TPLCUR OSPITMPMAX
OSPITMPMIN OSPITMPCUR VC3BBE
VC3CSES VC3ES VC3FEBBE
VC3FECSES VC3FEES VC3FESES
VC3FEUAS VC3SES VC3UAS
XCSTMPCUR XCSTMPMAX XCSTMPMIN

UndersizePkts OversizePkts FCSErrors
LateCollisions DeferredTransmissions

937
Broadcast Packets
Received(packets)
(packets)
Undersize Packets Received
(packets)
(packets)

(packets)
Unicast Packets
Transmitted(packets) Pause Frames Received(frames)
(frames)
Multicast Packets
Broadcast Packets Transmitted
(packets)
(Byte)
Received(Byte/s)
Transmitted(Byte/s)

Octets Received(Byte) Octets Transmitted(Byte) Packets Received(packets)
Packets Transmitted
(packets)
Good Packets Received
(packets)
Good Packets Transmitted
(packets)
Full Frame Speed
Received(Byte/s)
Full Frame Speed
Transmitted(Byte/s)

10.2.15 N1EGT2
Table 10-46 SDH
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPFESES HPSES HPUAS
LPBBE LPCSES LPES
LPFEBBE LPFECSES LPFECSES
LPFEES LPFESES LPSES
LPUAS

938
Fragments Jabbers FCSErrors

Packets Received(64
Octets in Length)
(packets/s)
Octets in Length)(packets/
s)
Packets Received(128~255 Octets
in Length)(packets/s)
Packets Received
(256~511 Octets in
Length)(packets/s)
Packets Received
(512~1023 Octets in
Length)(packets/s)
Octets in Length)(packets/s)
Multicast Packets
Received(packets/s)
Broadcast Packets
Received(packets/s) Drop Events(times/s)
Undersize Packets
Received(packets/s)
(packets/s) Fragments(packets/s)
Jabbers(packets/s) Octets Received(Byte/s) Packets Received(packets/s)

Packets Transmitted
(packets/s)
Packets Transmitted
(packets/s)
Packets Transmitted
(512~1023 Octets in
Length)(packets/s)
Packets Transmitted
(packets/s)
(packets/s)
Unicast Packets
Transmitted(packets/s)
(packets/s)
Broadcast Packets
(frames/s)
(frames/s)
FCS Errors(frames/s)
Length)(packets/s)
Length)(packets/s)
Transmitted(256~511
s)

939
10.2.16 N1EMS2
Table 10-50 SDH
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPUAS LPBBE LPCSES
XCSTMPMAX XCSTMPMIN


Packets Received(64
(packets)
Undersize Packets
Received(packets)

940
Packets Transmitted
(packets)
Packets Transmitted
(packets)
Packets Transmitted
(512~1023 Octets in
Length)(packets)
Packets Transmitted
(packets)
(packets)
Unicast Packets
(packets)
Broadcast Packets
FCS Errors(frames)
Received(Byte/s)
Transmitted(Byte/s)
Received(Byte)
Transmitted(Byte)


10.2.17 N1EMS4
Table 10-55 SDH
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPUAS LPBBE LPCSES
LPSES LPUAS TLBMAX
TPLMIN TPLCUR RPLMAX
RPLMIN RPLCUR OSPITMPMAX
941


Broadcast Packets
Received(packets)
(packets)
(packets)
(packets)

(packets)
Unicast Packets
(frames)
Multicast Packets
(packets)
(Byte)
Received(Byte/s)
Transmitted(Byte/s)

Packets Transmitted
(packets)
(packets)
(packets)
Full Frame Speed
Received(Byte/s)
Full Frame Speed
Transmitted(Byte/s)

942
10.2.18 N1EFP0
Table 10-60 SDH
LPBBE LPES LPSES
LPUAS LPCSES LPFEUAS
LPFEBBE LPFEES LPFESES
LPFECSES OSPITMPMAX OSPITMPMIN
OSPITMPCUR RPLMAX RPLMIN
RPLCUR TPLMAX TPLMIN
TPLCUR TLBMAX TLBMIN
TLBCUR XCSTMPMAX XCSTMPMIN
XCSTMPCUR

FCSErrors UndersizePkts OversizePkts
Fragments Jabbers AlignmentErrors

Packets Received(64
Octets in Length)
(packets)
Packets Received
(256~511 Octets in
Length)(packets)
Multicast Packets
Received(packets)
Undersize Packets
Received(packets)
Packets Received
(packets)

943
Packets Transmitted
(packets)
Packets Transmitted
(packets)
Packets Transmitted
(512~1023 Octets in
Length)(packets)
Packets Transmitted
(packets)
(packets)
Unicast Packets
(packets)
Broadcast Packets
(frames)
(frames)
Alignment Errors(frames) FCS Errors(frames)
Length)(packets)
in Length)(packets)
Transmitted(128~255
Length)(packets)
Received(Byte/s)
Transmitted(Byte/s)
Received(Byte)
Transmitted(Byte)
Oversize Packets
Packets Transmitted
(packets) Octets Transmitted(Byte)

Packets Transmitted
(packets)
(packets)
(packets)
Full Frame Speed Received
(Byte/s)
Full Frame Speed
Transmitted(Byte/s)

10.2.19 N1IDL4
Table 10-65 SDH
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
944
HPFESES HPSES HPUAS
LPBBE LPCSES LPES
LPFESES LPSES LPUAS
MSBBE MSCSES MSES
MSFESES MSSES MSUAS
OSPITMPCUR OSPITMPMAX OSPITMPMIN
RPLCUR RPLMAX RPLMIN
RSBBE RSCSES RSES
RSSES RSUAS TLBCUR
TPLMAX TPLMIN

Table 10-66 ATM
SERR
ATM_UNCORRECTED_HC
SERR
ATM_TRAN_CELL

10.2.20 N1IDL4A
Table 10-67 SDH
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPFESES HPSES HPUAS
LPBBE LPCSES LPES
945
LPFESES LPSES LPUAS
MSBBE MSCSES MSES
MSFESES MSSES MSUAS
RSBBE RSCSES RSES
RSSES RSUAS TLBCUR
TPLMAX TPLMIN

Table 10-68 ATM
SERR
ATM_UNCORRECTED_HC
SERR
ATM_TRAN_CELL

10.2.21 N1IDQ1
Table 10-69 SDH
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPFESES HPSES HPUAS
LPBBE LPCSES LPES
LPFESES LPSES LPUAS
MSBBE MSCSES MSES
MSFESES MSSES MSUAS
946
RSBBE RSCSES RSES
RSSES RSUAS TLBCUR
TPLMAX TPLMIN

Table 10-70 ATM
SERR
ATM_UNCORRECTED_HC
SERR
ATM_TRAN_CELL

10.2.22 N1IDQ1A
Table 10-71 SDH
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPFESES HPSES HPUAS
LPBBE LPCSES LPES
LPFESES LPSES LPUAS
MSBBE MSCSES MSES
MSFESES MSSES MSUAS
RSBBE RSCSES RSES
RSSES RSUAS TLBCUR
947
TPLMAX TPLMIN

Table 10-72 ATM
SERR
ATM_UNCORRECTED_HC
SERR
ATM_TRAN_CELL

10.2.23 N1IFSD1
FEC_BEF_COR_ER FEC_COR_BYTE_CNT HPBBE
HPCSES HPES HPFEBBE
HPFECSES HPFEES HPFESES
HPFEUAS HPSES HPUAS
MSBBE MSCSES MSES
MSFESES MSFEUAS MSSES
MSUAS RSBBE RSCSES
RSES RSOFS RSOOF
RSSES RSUAS XCSTMPMAX
XCSTMPMIN XCSTMPCUR

10.2.24 N1LWX
LSBISACUR LSBISAMAX LSBISAMIN
LSCLCCUR LSCLCMAX LSCLCMIN
LSIOPCUR LSIOPMAX LSIOPMIN
LSOOPCUR LSOOPMAX LSOOPMIN
948
LSTMPCUR LSTMPMAX LSTMPMIN

10.2.25 N1MST4
AUPJCHIGH AUPJCLOW HPBBE
HPCSES HPES HPFEBBE
HPFECSES HPFEES HPFESES
HPSES HPUAS OSPICCVCUR
OSPICCVMAX OSPICCVMIN OSPITMPCUR
TPLMAX TPLMIN

10.2.26 N1PD3
E3_LCV_SDH E3_LES_SDH E3_LSES_SDH
T3_LCV_SDH T3_LES_SDH T3_LSES_SDH
TUPJCHIGH TUPJCLOW VC3BBE

10.2.27 N1PL3

949
10.2.28 N1PL3A
TUPJCNEW

10.2.29 N1PQ1
LPBBE LPCSES LPES
LPFESES LPFEUAS LPSES
LPUAS TUPJCHIGH TUPJCLOW

10.2.30 N1PQM
CRC4_ERR CRC6_ERR E1_LCV_SDH
E1_LES_SDH E1_LSES_SDH LPBBE
LPCSES LPES LPFEBBE
LPFECSES LPFEES LPFESES
LPFEUAS LPSES LPUAS
TUPJCHIGH TUPJCLOW

10.2.31 N1RPC01
LSOOPMAX LSOOPMIN LSOOPCUR
950
BCVMAX BCVCUR BCVMIN

10.2.32 N1RPC02
LSOOPMAX LSOOPMIN LSOOPCUR
BCVMAX BCVCUR BCVMIN

10.2.33 N1SEP
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPUAS MSBBE MSCSES
MSES MSFEBBE MSFECSES
MSFEES MSFESES MSFEUAS
MSSES MSUAS OSPICCVCUR
RPLMAX RPLMIN RSBBE
RSCSES RSES RSOFS
RSOOF RSSES RSUAS
TLBCUR TLBMAX TLBMIN
TPLCUR TPLMAX TPLMIN
INVOLTMAX INVOLTMIN INVOLTCUR

951
10.2.34 N1SEP1
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPUAS MSBBE MSCSES
MSSES MSUAS RSBBE
RSCSES RSES RSOFS
RSOOF RSSES RSUAS

10.2.35 N1SF16
FEC_AFT_COR_ER FEC_BEF_COR_ER FEC_COR_0BIT_CNT
FEC_COR_1BIT_CNT FEC_COR_BYTE_CNT FEC_UNCOR_BLOCK_CNT
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPUAS MSBBE MSCSES
MSSES MSUAS ODU2PMBIP8
OSPICCVCUR OSPICCVMAX OSPICCVMIN
OTU2SMBIP8 RPLCUR RPLMAX
RPLMIN RSBBE RSCSES
RSES RSOFS RSOOF
RSSES RSUAS TCBBE
952
TCFEBBE TCOBBE TLBCUR
TPLMAX TPLMIN

10.2.36 N1SL1
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPUAS MSBBE MSCSES
RPLMAX RPLMIN RSBBE
RSCSES RSES RSOFS
RSOOF RSSES RSUAS

10.2.37 N1SL1A
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPUAS MSBBE MSCSES
953
RPLMAX RPLMIN RSBBE
RSCSES RSES RSOFS
RSOOF RSSES RSUAS

10.2.38 N1SL4
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPUAS MSBBE MSCSES
RPLMAX RPLMIN RSBBE
RSCSES RSES RSOFS
RSOOF RSSES RSUAS

954
10.2.39 N1SL4A
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPUAS MSBBE MSCSES
RPLMAX RPLMIN RSBBE
RSCSES RSES RSOFS
RSOOF RSSES RSUAS

10.2.40 N1SL16
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPUAS MSBBE MSCSES
RPLMAX RPLMIN RSBBE
955
RSCSES RSES RSOFS
RSOOF RSSES RSUAS

10.2.41 N1SL16A
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPUAS MSBBE MSCSES
RPLMAX RPLMIN RSBBE
RSCSES RSES RSOFS
RSOOF RSSES RSUAS

10.2.42 N1SLD4
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPUAS MSBBE MSCSES
956
RPLMAX RPLMIN RSBBE
RSCSES RSES RSOFS
RSOOF RSSES RSUAS

10.2.43 N1SLD4A
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPUAS MSBBE MSCSES
RPLMAX RPLMIN RSBBE
RSCSES RSES RSOFS
RSOOF RSSES RSUAS

957
10.2.44 N1SLQ1
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPUAS MSBBE MSCSES
RPLMAX RPLMIN RSBBE
RSCSES RSES RSOFS
RSOOF RSSES RSUAS

10.2.45 N1SLQ1A
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPUAS MSBBE MSCSES
RPLMAX RPLMIN RSBBE
958
RSCSES RSES RSOFS
RSOOF RSSES RSUAS

10.2.46 N1SLQ4
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPUAS MSBBE MSCSES
RPLMAX RPLMIN RSBBE
RSCSES RSES RSOFS
RSOOF RSSES RSUAS

10.2.47 N1SLQ4A
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
959
HPUAS MSBBE MSCSES
RPLMAX RPLMIN RSBBE
RSCSES RSES RSOFS
RSOOF RSSES RSUAS

10.2.48 N1SLT1
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPUAS MSBBE MSCSES
RPLMAX RPLMIN RSBBE
RSCSES RSES RSOFS
RSOOF RSSES RSUAS

960
10.2.49 N1SPQ4
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPUAS MSBBE MSCSES
MSSES MSUAS RSBBE
RSCSES RSES RSOFS
RSSES RSUAS

10.2.50 N2EFS0
Table 10-73 SDH
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPUAS LPBBE LPCSES
LPSES LPUAS


961
Packets Received(64
Octets in Length)
(packets)
Packets Received
(256~511 Octets in
Length)(packets)
Multicast Packets
Received(packets)
Undersize Packets
Received(packets)
Packets Received
(packets)

Packets Transmitted
(256~511 Octets in
Length)(packets)
Packets Transmitted
(packets)
Packets Transmitted
(packets)
(packets)
(packets)
(packets)
Broadcast Packets
FCS Errors(frames)
Received(Byte/s)
Transmitted(Byte)
Received(Byte)
Transmitted(Byte/s)

10.2.51 N2EFS4
Table 10-77 SDH
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
962
HPUAS LPBBE LPCSES
LPSES LPUAS


Packets Received(64
Octets in Length)
(packets)
Packets Received
(256~511 Octets in
Length)(packets)
Multicast Packets
Received(packets)
Undersize Packets
Received(packets)
Packets Received
(packets)

Packets Transmitted
(256~511 Octets in
Length)(packets)
Packets Transmitted
(packets)
Packets Transmitted
(packets)
(packets)
(packets)
(packets)
963
Broadcast Packets
FCS Errors(frames)
Received(Byte/s)
Transmitted(Byte)
Received(Byte)
Transmitted(Byte/s)

10.2.52 N2EFT8
Table 10-81 SDH
LPBBE LPES LPUAS
LPCSES LPSES LPFEBBE
LPFEES LPFESES LPFECSES
HPBBE HPES HPSES
HPUAS HPCSES HPFEBBE
HPFEES HPFESES HPFECSES

UndersizePkts OversizePkts Fragments

RXBRDCAST RXMULCAST ETHUNDER
ETHOVER ETHFRG RXPKT64
RXPKT65 RXPKT128 RXPKT256
RXPKT512 RXPKT1024

TXBRDCAST TXMULCAST TXPKT64
TXPKT65 TXPKT128 TXPKT256
TXPKT512 TXPKT1024

964
Table 10-85 Statistics of specific events of RMON performance
RXUNICAST TXUNICAST RXPAUSE
TXPAUSE ETHFCS PKT64
PKT65 PKT128 PKT256
PKT512 PKT1024 RXBGOOD
RXBBAD TXBGOOD TXBBAD

10.2.53 N2EFT8A
Table 10-86 SDH
HPBBE HPES HPSES
LPBBE LPES LPSES
LPUAS LPCSES LPFEBBE

UndersizePkts OversizePkts Fragments

RXBRDCAST RXMULCAST ETHUNDER
ETHOVER ETHFRG RXPKT64
RXPKT65 RXPKT128 RXPKT256
RXPKT512 RXPKT1024

TXBRDCAST TXMULCAST TXPKT64
TXPKT65 TXPKT128 TXPKT256
TXPKT512 TXPKT1024
965

Table 10-90 Statistics of specific events of RMON performance
RXUNICAST TXUNICAST RXPAUSE
TXPAUSE ETHFCS PKT64
PKT65 PKT128 PKT256
PKT512 PKT1024 RXBGOOD
RXBBAD TXBGOOD TXBBAD

10.2.54 N2EGR2
Table 10-91 SDH
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPFESES HPSES HPUAS

AlignmentErrors FCSErrors rprSpanErrorUnavailableSeconds
rprSpanErrorTtlExp-
Frames
Frames
rprSpanErrorTooShortFrames
rprSpanErrorBadHec-
Frames
rprSpanErrorBadFcs-
Frames
rprSpanErrorSelfSrcUcastFrames
rprSpanErrorPmdAbort-
Frames
Frames
rprSpanErrorBadParityFrames
rprSpanErrorContained-
Frames
rprSpanErrorBadDa-
taFcsFrames
rprSpanErrorBadCtrlFcsFrames
rprSpanErrorScffErrors rprSpanErrorErrored-
Seconds
rprSpanErrorSeverelyErroredSec-
onds

966
Packets Received
Length)(packets/s)
(packets/s)
(packets/s)
Drop Events(times/s)
(packets/s)
(packets/s)
Fragments(packets/s)
Jabbers(packets/s) Collisions(times/s) Octets Received(Byte/s)
Packets Received(packets/
s)

Packets Transmitted
(packets/s)
Packets Transmitted
(packets/s)
Packets Transmitted
(packets/s)
Packets Transmitted
(packets/s)
(packets/s)
(packets/s)
Multicast Packets
Broadcast Packets
(Byte/s)
Alignment Errors(frames/s)

Table 10-95 Statistics of RMON VCG performance (receive frame count at Span side)
rprSpanRxUcastClassA-
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)
rprSpanRxUcastClassBCir-
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)
rprSpanRxUcastClassBEir-
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)
rprSpanRxUcastClassC-
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)
rprSpanRxMcastClassA-
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)
rprSpanRxMcastClassBCir-
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)
967
rprSpanRxMcastClassBEir-
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)
rprSpanRxMcastClassC-
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)

Table 10-96 Statistics of RMON VCG performance (transmit frame count at Span side)
rprSpanTxUcastClassA-
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)
rprSpanTxUcastClassBCir-
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)
rprSpanTxUcastClassBEir-
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)
rprSpanTxUcastClassC-
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)
rprSpanTxMcastClassA-
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)
rprSpanTxMcastClassBCir-
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)
rprSpanTxMcastClassBEir-
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)
rprSpanTxMcastClassC-
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)

Table 10-97 Statistics of RMON VCG performance (count of control layer frames)
rprSpanTxCtrlFrames
(frames/s)
rprSpanTxOamEchoFrames
(frames/s)
rprSpanTxOamFlushFrames
(frames/s)
rprSpanTxOamOrgFrames
(frames/s)
rprSpanTxTopoAtdFrames
(frames/s)
rprSpanTxTopoChkSum-
Frames(frames/s)
rprSpanTxTopoTpFrames
(frames/s)
rprSpanRxCtrlFrames
(frames/s)
rprSpanRxOamEchoFrames
(frames/s)
rprSpanRxOamFlushFrames
(frames/s)
rprSpanRxOamOrgFrames
(frames/s)
rprSpanRxTopoAtdFrames
(frames/s)
rprSpanRxTopoChkSum-
Frames(frames/s)
rprSpanRxTopoTpFrames
(frames/s)

Table 10-98 Statistics of RMON VCG performance (frames received by Client)
rprClientTxUcastClassA-
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)
rprClientTxUcastClassBCir-
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)
rprClientTxUcastClass-
BEirFrames(frames/s)
rprClientTxUcastClassBEir-
Bytes(Byte/s)
968
rprClientTxUcastClassC-
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)
rprClientTxMcastClassA-
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)
rprClientTxMcastClassB-
CirFrames(frames/s)
rprClientTxMcastClassBCir-
Bytes(Byte/s)
rprClientTxMcastClassBEir-
Frames(frames/s)
rprClientTxMcastClass-
BEirBytes(Byte/s)
rprClientTxMcastClassC-
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)
rprClientTxBcastFrames
(frames/s)

Table 10-99 Statistics of RMON VCG performance (frames transmitted by client)
rprClientRxUcastClassA-
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)
rprClientRxUcastClassBCir-
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)
rprClientRxUcastClass-
rprClientRxUcastClassBEir-
Bytes(Byte/s)
rprClientRxUcastClassC-
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)
rprClientRxMcastClassA-
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)
rprClientRxMcastClassB-
CirFrames(frames/s)
rprClientRxMcastClassBCir-
Bytes(Byte/s)
rprClientRxMcastClass-
BEirBytes(Byte/s)
rprClientRxMcastClassC-
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)
rprClientRxBcastFrames
(frames/s)

Table 10-100 Statistics of RMON VCG performance (count of error frames)
rprSpanErrorTtlExpFrames
(frames/s)
Frames(frames/s)
Frames(frames/s)
rprSpanErrorBadHecFrames
(frames/s)
rprSpanErrorBadFcsFrames
(frames/s)
rprSpanErrorSelfSrcUcast-
Frames(frames/s)
Frames(frames/s)
Frames(frames/s)
rprSpanErrorBadParity-
Frames(frames/s)
Frames(frames/s)
rprSpanErrorBadDataFcs-
Frames(frames/s)
rprSpanErrorBadCtrlFcs-
Frames(frames/s)
rprSpanErrorScffErrors
(frames/s)
rprSpanErrorErroredSec-
onds(seconds/s)
rprSpanErrorSeverelyError-
edSeconds(seconds/s)
rprSpanErrorUnavailable-
Seconds(seconds/s)

969
10.2.55 N2EGS2
Table 10-101 SDH
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPUAS LPBBE LPCSES
LPSES LPUAS

Fragments Jabbers AlignmentErrors FCSErrors
AlignmentErrors

s)
s)
Packets Received
(512~1023 Octets in
Length)(packets/s)
(packets/s)
Broadcast Packets
Undersize Packets
Received(packets/s)

970
s)
Packets Transmitted
(packets/s)
Packets Transmitted
(packets/s)
Packets Transmitted
(512~1023 Octets in
Length)(packets/s)
Packets Transmitted
(packets/s)
(packets/s)
Unicast Packets
(packets/s)
Broadcast Packets
(Byte/s) Alignment Errors(frames/s)

10.2.56 N2EGT2
Table 10-105 SDH
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPUAS OSPITMPCUR OSPITMPMAX
OSPITMPMIN RPLCUR RPLMAX
RPLMIN TLBCUR TLBMAX
TLBMIN TPLCUR TPLMAX
TPLMIN VC3BBE VC3CSES
VC3FEES VC3FESES VC3FEUAS
VC3SES VC3UAS XCSTMPCUR
XCSTMPMAX XCSTMPMIN

Fragments Jabbers FCSErrors

971
Packets Received(64
Octets in Length)
(packets/s)
s)
Packets Received(128~255 Octets
Packets Received
(256~511 Octets in
Length)(packets/s)
Packets Received
(512~1023 Octets in
Length)(packets/s)
Multicast Packets
Received(packets/s)
Broadcast Packets
Undersize Packets
Received(packets/s)

Packets Transmitted
(packets/s)
Packets Transmitted
(packets/s)
Packets Transmitted
(512~1023 Octets in
Length)(packets/s)
Packets Transmitted
(packets/s)
(packets/s)
Unicast Packets
(packets/s)
Broadcast Packets
(frames/s)
(frames/s)
Length)(packets/s)
Length)(packets/s)
Transmitted(256~511
s)

972
10.2.57 N2EMR0
Table 10-109 SDH
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPFESES HPSES HPUAS

AlignmentErrors FCSErrors rprSpanErrorUnavailableSeconds
rprSpanErrorTtlExp-
Frames
Frames
rprSpanErrorTooShortFrames
rprSpanErrorBadHec-
Frames
rprSpanErrorBadFcs-
Frames
rprSpanErrorSelfSrcUcastFrames
Frames
Frames
rprSpanErrorBadParityFrames
Frames
rprSpanErrorBadDa-
taFcsFrames
rprSpanErrorBadCtrlFcsFrames
rprSpanErrorScffErrors rprSpanErrorErrored-
Seconds
rprSpanErrorSeverelyErroredSec-
onds

Packets Received
Length)(packets/s)
(packets/s)
(packets/s)
Drop Events(times/s)
(packets/s)
(packets/s)
Fragments(packets/s)
Jabbers(packets/s) Collisions(times/s) Octets Received(Byte/s)
Packets Received(packets/
s)

973
Packets Transmitted
(packets/s)
Packets Transmitted
(packets/s)
Packets Transmitted
(packets/s)
Packets Transmitted
(packets/s)
(packets/s)
(packets/s)
Multicast Packets
Broadcast Packets
(Byte/s)
Alignment Errors(frames/s)

Table 10-113 Statistics of RMON VCG performance (receive frame count at Span side)
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)

Table 10-114 Statistics of RMON VCG performance (transmit frame count at Span side)
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)
974
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)

Table 10-115 Statistics of RMON VCG performance (count of control layer frames)
rprSpanTxCtrlFrames
(frames/s)
rprSpanTxOamEchoFrames
(frames/s)
rprSpanTxOamFlushFrames
(frames/s)
rprSpanTxOamOrgFrames
(frames/s)
rprSpanTxTopoAtdFrames
(frames/s)
rprSpanTxTopoChkSum-
Frames(frames/s)
rprSpanTxTopoTpFrames
(frames/s)
rprSpanRxCtrlFrames
(frames/s)
rprSpanRxOamEchoFrames
(frames/s)
rprSpanRxOamFlushFrames
(frames/s)
rprSpanRxOamOrgFrames
(frames/s)
rprSpanRxTopoAtdFrames
(frames/s)
rprSpanRxTopoChkSum-
Frames(frames/s)
rprSpanRxTopoTpFrames
(frames/s)

Table 10-116 Statistics of RMON VCG performance (frames received by Client)
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)
rprClientTxUcastClass-
rprClientTxUcastClassBEir-
Bytes(Byte/s)
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)
rprClientTxMcastClassB-
CirFrames(frames/s)
rprClientTxMcastClassBCir-
Bytes(Byte/s)
rprClientTxMcastClassBEir-
Frames(frames/s)
rprClientTxMcastClass-
BEirBytes(Byte/s)
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)
rprClientTxBcastFrames
(frames/s)

Table 10-117 Statistics of RMON VCG performance (frames transmitted by client)
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)
rprClientRxUcastClass-
rprClientRxUcastClassBEir-
Bytes(Byte/s)
975
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)
rprClientRxMcastClassB-
CirFrames(frames/s)
rprClientRxMcastClassBCir-
Bytes(Byte/s)
BEirBytes(Byte/s)
Frames(frames/s)
Bytes(Byte/s)
rprClientRxBcastFrames
(frames/s)

Table 10-118 Statistics of RMON VCG performance (count of error frames)
rprSpanErrorTtlExpFrames
(frames/s)
Frames(frames/s)
Frames(frames/s)
rprSpanErrorBadHecFrames
(frames/s)
rprSpanErrorBadFcsFrames
(frames/s)
rprSpanErrorSelfSrcUcast-
Frames(frames/s)
Frames(frames/s)
Frames(frames/s)
rprSpanErrorBadParity-
Frames(frames/s)
Frames(frames/s)
rprSpanErrorBadDataFcs-
Frames(frames/s)
rprSpanErrorBadCtrlFcs-
Frames(frames/s)
rprSpanErrorScffErrors
(frames/s)
rprSpanErrorErroredSec-
onds(seconds/s)
rprSpanErrorSeverelyError-
edSeconds(seconds/s)
rprSpanErrorUnavailable-
Seconds(seconds/s)

10.2.58 N2PD3
LPES LPFEBBE LPFEES
LPUAS T3_LCV_SDH T3_LES_SDH
T3_LSES_SDH TUPJCHIGH TUPJCLOW
TUPJCNEW VC3BBE VC3CSES
VC3ES VC3FEBBE VC3FEES
VC3FESES VC3FEUAS VC3SES
VC3UAS VC3FECSES LPCSES
976
LPFECSES

10.2.59 N2PL3
LPES LPFEBBE LPFEES
LPFECSES

10.2.60 N2PL3A
LPES LPFEBBE LPFEES
LPFECSES

977
10.2.61 N2PQ1
CRC4_ERR E1_LCV_SDH E1_LES_SDH
E1_LLOSS_SDH E1_LSES_SDH LPBBE
LPCSES LPES LPFEBBE
LPFEUAS LPSES LPUAS

10.2.62 N2PQ3
LPES LPFEBBE LPFEES
LPFECSES

10.2.63 N2SL1
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
978
HPUAS MSBBE MSCSES
RPLMAX RPLMIN RSBBE
RSCSES RSES RSOFS
RSOOF RSSES RSUAS
TCBBE TCFEBBE TCOBBE

10.2.64 N2SL4
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPUAS MSBBE MSCSES
RPLMAX RPLMIN RSBBE
RSCSES RSES RSOFS
RSOOF RSSES RSUAS

979
10.2.65 N2SL16
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPUAS MSBBE MSCSES
RPLMAX RPLMIN RSBBE
RSCSES RSES RSOFS
RSOOF RSSES RSUAS

10.2.66 N2SL16A
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPUAS MSBBE MSCSES
RPLMAX RPLMIN RSBBE
980
RSCSES RSES RSOFS
RSOOF RSSES RSUAS

10.2.67 N2SLD4
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPUAS MSBBE MSCSES
RPLMAX RPLMIN RSBBE
RSCSES RSES RSOFS
RSOOF RSSES RSUAS

10.2.68 N2SLO1
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
981
HPUAS MSBBE MSCSES
RPLMAX RPLMIN RSBBE
RSCSES RSES RSOFS
RSOOF RSSES RSUAS

10.2.69 N2SLQ1
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPUAS MSBBE MSCSES
RPLMAX RPLMIN RSBBE
RSCSES RSES RSOFS
RSOOF RSSES RSUAS

982
10.2.70 N2SLQ4
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPUAS MSBBE MSCSES
RPLMAX RPLMIN RSBBE
RSCSES RSES RSOFS
RSOOF RSSES RSUAS

10.2.71 N2SPQ4
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPUAS MSBBE MSCSES
MSSES MSUAS RSBBE
RSCSES RSES RSOFS
RSSES RSUAS

983
10.2.72 N3EFS4
Table 10-119 SDH
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPUAS LPBBE LPCSES
LPSES LPUAS XCSTMPCUR
XCSTMPMAX XCSTMPMIN


Packets Received(64
(packets)
Undersize Packets
Received(packets)

Packets Transmitted
(packets)
984
Packets Transmitted
(packets)
Packets Transmitted
(512~1023 Octets in
Length)(packets)
Packets Transmitted
(packets)
(packets)
Unicast Packets
(packets)
Broadcast Packets
FCS Errors(frames)
Received(Byte/s)
Transmitted(Byte/s)
Received(Byte)
Transmitted(Byte)


10.2.73 N3EGS2
Table 10-124 SDH
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPUAS LPBBE LPCSES
LPSES LPUAS OSPITMPMAX
OSPITMPMIN OSPITMPCUR RPLMAX
RPLMIN RPLCUR TPLMAX
TPLMIN TPLCUR TLBMAX
TLBMIN TLBCUR XCSTMPMAX
XCSTMPMIN XCSTMPCUR

985
Fragments Jabbers AlignmentErrors
FCSErrors

s)
s)
Packets Received
(512~1023 Octets in
Length)(packets/s)
(packets/s)
Broadcast Packets
Undersize Packets
Received(packets/s)

s)
Packets Transmitted
(packets/s)
Packets Transmitted
(packets/s)
Packets Transmitted
(512~1023 Octets in
Length)(packets/s)
Packets Transmitted
(packets/s)
(packets/s)
Unicast Packets
(packets/s)
Broadcast Packets
(Byte/s) Alignment Errors(frames/s)

986

10.2.74 N3EGS4
Table 10-129 SDH
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPUAS LPBBE LPCSES
LPSES LPUAS TLBMAX
TPLMIN RPLMAX RPLMIN
RPLCUR TPLCUR OSPITMPMAX


Broadcast Packets
Received(packets)
(packets)
(packets)
(packets)

987
(packets)
Unicast Packets
(frames)
Multicast Packets
(packets)
(Byte)
Received(Byte/s)
Transmitted(Byte/s)

Packets Transmitted
(packets)
(packets)
(packets)
Full Frame Speed
Received(Byte/s)
Full Frame Speed
Transmitted(Byte/s)

10.2.75 N3SL16
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPUAS MSBBE MSCSES
RPLMAX RPLMIN RSBBE
RSCSES RSES RSOFS
RSOOF RSSES RSUAS
988

10.2.76 N3SL16A
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPUAS MSBBE MSCSES
RPLMAX RPLMIN RSBBE
RSCSES RSES RSOFS
RSOOF RSSES RSUAS

10.2.77 N3SLQ41
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPUAS MSBBE MSCSES
989
RPLMAX RPLMIN RSBBE
RSCSES RSES RSOFS
RSOOF RSSES RSUAS

10.2.78 N4EFS0
Table 10-134 SDH
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPUAS LPBBE LPCSES
LPSES LPUAS


Packets Received(64
Octets in Length)
(packets)
990
Packets Received
(256~511 Octets in
Length)(packets)
Multicast Packets
Received(packets)
Undersize Packets
Received(packets)
Packets Received
(packets)

Packets Transmitted
(256~511 Octets in
Length)(packets)
Packets Transmitted
(packets)
Packets Transmitted
(packets)
(packets)
(packets)
(packets)
Broadcast Packets
FCS Errors(frames)
Received(Byte/s)
Transmitted(Byte)
Received(Byte)
Transmitted(Byte/s)

10.2.79 N4EGS4
Table 10-138 SDH
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPUAS LPBBE LPCSES
991
TPLMAX TPLMIN VC3BBE


Broadcast Packets
Received(packets)
(packets)
(packets)
(packets) Drop Events(times/s)

(packets)
Unicast Packets
(frames)
Multicast Packets
(packets)
(Byte)
Received(Byte/s)
Transmitted(Byte/s)

992
Packets Transmitted
(packets)
(packets)
(packets)
Full Frame Speed
Received(Byte/s)
Full Frame Speed
Transmitted(Byte/s)

10.2.80 N5EFS0
Table 10-143 SDH
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPUAS LPBBE LPCSES
XCSTMPMAX XCSTMPMIN


Packets Received(64
993
(packets)
Undersize Packets
Received(packets)

Packets Transmitted
(packets)
Packets Transmitted
(packets)
Packets Transmitted
(512~1023 Octets in
Length)(packets)
Packets Transmitted
(packets)
(packets)
Unicast Packets
(packets)
Broadcast Packets
FCS Errors(frames)
Received(Byte/s)
Transmitted(Byte/s)
Received(Byte)
Transmitted(Byte)


10.2.81 ODU
ENVTMPMAX ENVTMPMIN ENVTMPCUR
RSLMAX RSLMIN RSLCUR
TSLMAX TSLMIN TSLCUR

994
10.2.82 Q2CXL1
GSCC
CPUUSAGEMAX CPUUSAGEMIN CPUUSAGECUR
MEMUSAGEMAX MEMUSAGEMIN MEMUSAGECUR

Q1SL1
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPUAS MSBBE MSCSES
RPLMAX RPLMIN RSBBE
RSCSES RSES RSOFS
RSSES RSUAS TLBCUR
TPLMAX TPLMIN

10.2.83 Q2CXL4
GSCC

995
Q1SL4
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPUAS MSBBE MSCSES
RPLMAX RPLMIN RSBBE
RSCSES RSES RSOFS
RSSES RSUAS TLBCUR
TPLMAX TPLMIN

10.2.84 Q2CXL16
GSCC

Q1SL16
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPUAS MSBBE MSCSES
996
RPLMAX RPLMIN RSBBE
RSCSES RSES RSOFS
RSSES RSUAS TLBCUR
TPLMAX TPLMIN

10.2.85 Q3CXL1
GSCC

Q1SL1
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPUAS MSBBE MSCSES
RPLMAX RPLMIN RSBBE
997
RSCSES RSES RSOFS
RSSES RSUAS TLBCUR
TPLMAX TPLMIN

10.2.86 Q3CXL4
GSCC

Q1SL4
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPUAS MSBBE MSCSES
RPLMAX RPLMIN RSBBE
RSCSES RSES RSOFS
RSSES RSUAS TLBCUR
TPLMAX TPLMIN

998
10.2.87 Q3CXL16
GSCC

Q1SL16
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPUAS MSBBE MSCSES
RPLMAX RPLMIN RSBBE
RSCSES RSES RSOFS
RSSES RSUAS TLBCUR
TPLMAX TPLMIN

10.2.88 Q5CXLLN
GSCC

999
Q2SLN
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPUAS MSBBE MSCSES
RPLMAX RPLMIN RSBBE
RSCSES RSES RSOFS
RSOOF RSSES RSUAS

10.2.89 Q5CXLQ41
GSCC

Q2SLQ41
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
1000
HPUAS MSBBE MSCSES
RPLMAX RPLMIN RSBBE
RSCSES RSES RSOFS
RSOOF RSSES RSUAS

10.2.90 R1EFT4
Table 10-148 SDH
LPBBE LPES LPUAS
LPCSES LPSES LPFEBBE
HPBBE HPES HPSES

Table 10-149 SDH
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPFESES HPSES HPUAS
LPBBE LPCSES LPES
LPFESES LPSES LPUAS

1001
(packets)
(packets)
Undersize Packets
Received(packets)
Length)(packets)
Packets Received
(512~1023 Octets in
Length)(packets)

Packets Transmitted
(packets)
Packets Transmitted
(packets)
Packets Transmitted
(packets)
Packets Transmitted
Length)(packets)
Length)(packets)
Length)(packets)
Transmitted(128~255
Transmitted(256~511
in Length)(packets)
(packets)
(packets)
(frames)
(frames)
(packets)
Broadcast Packets
(Byte)

10.2.91 R1PD1
LPBBE LPCSES LPES
1002
TUPJCNEW

10.2.92 R1PL1
LPBBE LPCSES LPES
TUPJCNEW

10.2.93 R1SL1
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPUAS MSBBE MSCSES
RPLMAX RPLMIN RSBBE
RSCSES RSES RSOFS
RSSES RSUAS TLBCUR
TPLMAX TPLMIN

1003
10.2.94 R1SL4
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPUAS MSBBE MSCSES
RPLMAX RPLMIN RSBBE
RSCSES RSES RSOFS
RSSES RSUAS TLBCUR
TPLMAX TPLMIN

10.2.95 R1SLD4
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPUAS MSBBE MSCSES
RPLMAX RPLMIN RSBBE
RSCSES RSES RSOFS
1004
RSSES RSUAS TLBCUR
TPLMAX TPLMIN

10.2.96 R1SLQ1
HPBBE HPCSES HPES
HPUAS MSBBE MSCSES
RPLMAX RPLMIN RSBBE
RSCSES RSES RSOFS
RSSES RSUAS TLBCUR
TPLMAX TPLMIN

10.2.97 R2PD1
CRC4_ERR E1_LCV_SDH E1_LES_SDH
E1_LLOSS_SDH E1_LSES_SDH LPBBE
LPCSES LPES LPFEBBE
LPFEUAS LPSES LPUAS
1005

10.2.98 TN11OBU1
BCVCUR BCVMAX BCVMIN
CCVCUR CCVMAX CCVMIN
EDTMPCUR EDTMPMAX EDTMPMIN
SUMIOPCUR SUMIOPMAX SUMIOPMIN
SUMOOPCUR SUMOOPMAX SUMOOPMIN
WCVCUR WCVMAX WCVMIN
1006
11 Performance Event Clearing
About This Chapter
This chapter describes the method and steps of clearing the performance events.
NOTE
For bit error clearing, see "Troubleshooting Bit Errors" of the Troubleshooting.
11.1 Performance Event Clearing of ATM
This section describes the method and steps of clearing the performance events of ATM.
11.2 Performance Event Clearing of SDH
This section describes the method and steps of clearing the performance events of SDH.
11.3 Performance Threshold-Crossing Event Clearing of RMON
This section describes the method of clearing the performance threshold-crossing events of
RMON.
11.4 Performance Event Clearing of Microwave
This topic describes how to handle the microwave performance events that are related to the
equipment.
Alarms and Performance Events Reference 11 Performance Event Clearing
1007
11.1 Performance Event Clearing of ATM
This section describes the method and steps of clearing the performance events of ATM.
11.1.1 ATM_CORRECTED_HCSERR
Description
The ATM_CORRECTED_HCSERR indicates the number of cells that are received by an ATM
port and contain correctable header check sequence (HCS) errors. When a correctable HCS error
cell is received, it indicates that there is a correctable single-bit error in the cell header. According
to this single-bit error, you can determine the quality of the service received by the port.
Attribute
Performance Event ID Performance Event Type
0x1042 Check and correction

Impact on System
None.
Generation Principle and Possible Causes
There are bit errors at the SDH layer of the cross-connect side and the external optical interface
side.
Correctable HCS error cells are generated as a result of errors in the processing chip of the ATM
layer.
Related Alarms
Alarm Name Correlation
CHCS If there is an ATM_CORRECTED_HCSERR count, this
alarm is reported.

Procedure
Step 1 Check whether any bit error alarms such as B1 and B2 occur in the SDH services on the cross-
connect side and on the external optical interface side. If yes, see the method of handling bit
error alarms to eliminate the bit errors.
1008
Step 2 If there are not B1, B2, B3, or BIP2 bit error alarms in SDH paths but there is a CHCS count,
you can determine that there are bit errors at the internal physical layer. In this case, perform a
cold reset for the board.
Step 3 If the alarm and the performance event persist, the board may be faulty. In this case, replace the
board.
----End
Related Information
None.
11.1.2 ATM_EGCELL
Description
The ATM_EGCELL indicates the count of cells transmitted over the ATM connection. It is
adopted to check whether the service is normally transmitted over the ATM connection.
Attribute
0x1041 Service statistics

Impact on System
None.
The correct service cells are transmitted over the ATM connection.
Related Alarms
None.
Procedure
Step 1 If there is no count of cells:
1. Check whether any LCD alarm is generated at the ATM port of the connection, which
results in the failure of the service. If yes, clear it according to the method of clearing the
LCD alarm.
2. Check whether the start time of monitoring the ATM performance is set in the Monitor
Period field. Make sure it is set correctly.
3. Check whether the function of monitoring the ATM performance at the port is enabled.
Make sure it is enabled.
1009
4. Check whether the time of the SCC (service control and communication unit) is consistent
with that displayed on the U2000. If not, set it to be consistent with the time displayed on
the U2000.
5. Check whether the ATM connection is set up. If not, set it up correctly.
6. Check whether the ATM connection is for multicast service, and whether the performance
event is generated at the sink of the multicast service.
7. Check whether the ATM_INGCELL shows the count at another end of the ATM
connection. If yes, the ATM processing chip on the board is faulty. In this case, perform a
cold reset on the board or replace the board.
8. If the ATM_INGCELL still does not show the count, the ATM processing chip on the board
for a upstream connection is faulty. In this case, perform a cold reset on the board or replace
the board.
Step 2 If the count of transmitted cells is inconsistent with the expected value:
1. Check whether the count is shown by the ATM_UNCORRECTED_HCSERR at the ATM
port at another end of the ATM connection or at the higher-level upstream ATM port. If
yes, clear it.
2. Check whether the count shown by the ATM_INGCELL at another end of the ATM
connection is consistent with the expected value. If yes, the ATM processing chip on the
board is faulty. In this case, perform a cold reset on the board or replace the board.
3. If the count is inconsistent with the expected value, the ATM processing chip on the board
the board.
----End
Related Information
None.
11.1.3 ATM_INGCELL
Description
The ATM_INCELL indicates the count of correct cells received over the ATM connection. It
is adopted to check whether the service is normally received over the ATM connection.
Attribute

Impact on System
None.
1010
The correct service cells are received over the ATM connection.
Related Alarms
None.
Procedure
LCD alarm.
4. Check whether the time of the SCC is consistent with that displayed on the U2000. If not,
set it to be consistent with the time displayed on the U2000.
5. Check whether the ATM connection is set up. If not, set it up correctly.
event is generated at the source of the multicast service.
7. Check whether the ATM_EGCELL at another end of the ATM connection shows the count.
If yes, the ATM processing chip on the board is faulty. In this case, perform a cold reset
on the board or replace the board.
8. If the ATM_EGCELL still does not show the count, the ATM processing chip on the board
the board.
Step 2 If the count of received cells is inconsistent with the expected value:
yes, clear it.
2. Check whether the count shown by the ATM_EGCELL at another end of the ATM
connection is consistent with the expected value. If yes, the ATM processing chip on the
3. If the count is inconsistent with the expected value, the ATM processing chip on the board
the board.
----End
Related Information
Monitor Period: It includes 15-Minute, 24-Hour, and Custom Period (variable period, which can
be set by the user). The option 15-Minute, 24-Hour or Custom Period is adopted as a period to
accumulate the count of performance events. After the period is reached, the count of
performance events is exported from the Current Performance Data database to the History
Performance Data database. In this case, you can query the count of history performance events
on the U2000.
1011
To monitor the performance event, you need to select the VPI and VCI values for a connection,
but you do not need to select them for a port.
11.1.4 ATM_RECV_CELL
Description
The ATM_RECV_CELL indicates the count of cells received at the ATM port. It is adopted to
check whether the service is normally received at the ATM port.
Attribute

Impact on System
None.
The correct service cells are received at the ATM port and are counted.
Related Alarms
None.
Procedure
LCD alarm.
5. Check whether the count is shown by the ATM_TRAN_CELL at the upstream ATM port,
which is directly connected to the ATM port. If yes, the ATM processing chip on the board
is faulty. In this case, perform a cold reset on the board or replace the board.
6. If the ATM_TRAN_CELL still does not show the count, the ATM processing chip on the
board connected to a upstream port is faulty. In this case, perform a cold reset on the board
or replace the board.
Step 2 If the count of received cells is inconsistent with the expected value:
1012
port of the connection or at the upstream ATM port. If yes, clear it.
2. Check whether the count shown by the ATM_TRAN_CELL at the upstream ATM port,
which is directly connected to the ATM port, is consistent with the expected value. If yes,
the ATM processing chip on the board is faulty. In this case, perform a cold reset on the
board or replace the board.
3. If the count is still inconsistent with the expected value, the ATM processing chip on the
board for a upstream connection is faulty. In this case, perform a cold reset on the board or
replace the board.
----End
Related Information
None.
11.1.5 ATM_RECV_IDLECELL
Description
The ATM_RECV_IDLECELL indicates the count of empty cells received at the ATM port. It
is adopted to check whether the service is normally received at the ATM physical layer.
Attribute

Impact on System
None.
The empty cells are received at the ATM port and are counted.
Related Alarms
None.
Procedure
Step 1 If no count of empty cells is shown, handle the event according to the method described in the
"If there is no count of cells" item of the ATM_RECV_CELL.
Step 2 If the count of empty cells is inconsistent with the expected value, generally, the ATM physical-
layer chip of a upstream ATM board is faulty. In the case, perform a cold reset on the board or
replace the board.
----End
1013
Related Information
None.
11.1.6 ATM_TRAN_CELL
Description
The ATM_TRAN_CELL indicates the count of cells transmitted at the ATM port. It is adopted
to check whether the service is normally transmitted at the ATM port.
Attribute

Impact on System
None.
The service cells are transmitted at the ATM port and are counted.
Related Alarms
None.
Procedure
LCD alarm.
event is generated at the sink of the multicast service.
6. If the ATM_TRAN_CELL still does not show the count, the ATM processing chip on the
Step 2 If the count of transmitted cells is inconsistent with the expected value:
1014
yes, clear it.
2. If the count of transmitted cells is inconsistent with the expected value, the ATM processing
chip on the board is faulty. In this case, perform a cold reset on the board or replace the
board.
----End
Related Information
None.
11.1.7 ATM_UNCORRECTED_HCSERR
Description
The ATM_UNCORRECTED_HCSERR indicates the number of cells that are received by an
ATM port and contain uncorrectable header check sequence (HCS) errors. When an
uncorrectable HCS error cell is received, it indicates that there are uncorrectable multi-bit errors
in the cell header. According to the multi-bit errors, you can determine whether there is any cell
loss in the received service.
Attribute

Impact on System
When this performance event is generated, cell loss already occurs. The number of lost cells
depends on the count value of this performance event.
When multi-bit errors occur in the cell header, there is a count of uncorrectable error cells.
Uncorrectable cell header errors occur as a result of bit errors at the SDH layer or in the ATM
chip.
Related Alarms
UHCS If there is an ATM_UNCORRECTED_HCSERR count, this
alarm is reported.

1015
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether any bit error alarms such as B1 and B2 SDH occur in the SDH services on the
cross-connect side and on the external optical interface side. If yes, see the method of handling
bit error alarms to eliminate the bit errors.
Step 2 If there are not B1, B2, B3, or BIP2 bit error alarms in SDH paths but there is a UHCS count,
you can determine that there are bit errors at the internal physical layer. In this case, perform a
cold reset for the board.
Step 3 If the alarm and the performance event persist, the board may be faulty. In this case, replace the
board.
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2 Performance Event Clearing of SDH
This section describes the method and steps of clearing the performance events of SDH.
11.2.1 AUPJCHIGH
Description
The AUPJCHIGH indicates the positive justification count of the administrative unit pointer.
Attribute
0x2A Pointer justification

Impact on System
A small count of positive justification events of the AU pointer occur in the data segment. The
system is not affected. If the pointer justification event occurs frequently, you need to find out
the causes and take proper measures to ensure that the system runs stably.
The root cause of the AU pointer justification is that the clocks of NEs in the SDH network are
not synchronous. The possible causes of the event are as follows:
l The performance of the external clock is degraded.
l The clocks in two NEs trace each other because the optical fibers are connected incorrectly.
l The equipment performance is degraded due to high temperature.
1016
l The clocks are configured incorrectly. If the extended SSM protocol is enabled but the
clock IDs are not set, the loss of the primary clock source causes the network-wide pointer
justification event.
l The clock quality is degraded because the SSM clock protection is disabled.
l The performance of the line board is degraded.
l The performance of the clock board is degraded.
Related Alarms
None.
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether clock alarms, such as the SYN_BAD, LTI, S1_SYN_CHANGE, and
EXT_SYNC_LOS, are generated in the whole network. If yes, take priority to clear them.
Step 2 For the network-wide pointer justification, check whether the clock configurations are consistent
with those specified in the plan, including clock ID, SSM protocol, and clock tracing level.
Step 3 For the non-network-wide pointer justification, check whether the optical fibers are connected
correctly, and whether the ambient temperature of the equipment is within the specified value
range. If the AU pointer justification event occurs continuously, contact the technical support
engineers from Huawei.
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.2 AUPJCLOW
Description
The AUPJCLOW indicates the negative justification count of the administrative unit pointer.
Attribute
0x2B Pointer justification

Impact on System
A small count of negative justification events of the AU pointer occur in the data segment. The
system is not affected. If the pointer justification event occurs frequently, you need to find out
the causes and take proper measures to ensure that the system runs stably.
1017
The root cause of the AU pointer justification is that the clocks of NEs in the SDH network are
not synchronous. The possible causes are as follows:
Related Alarms
None.
Procedure
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.3 AUPJCNEW
Description
The AUPJCNEW indicates the new count of administrative unit pointer.
Attribute
0x2C Pointer justification

1018
Impact on System
A new count of AU pointers is generated. The system is not affected. If a new count of AU
pointers is generated frequently, you need to find out the causes and take proper measures to
ensure that the system runs stably.
The root cause of generating new data flag (pointer) for the AU pointer justification event is that
the clocks of NEs in the SDH network are not synchronous. As a result, the new AU data flag
(pointer) event is generated. The possible causes are as follows:
Related Alarms
None.
Procedure
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.4 BCV
Description
Pump Laser Back Facet Current
It includes:
1019
l BCVMAX: stand for the maximum value during a period of time.
l BCVMIN: stand for the minimum value during a period of time.
l BCVCUR: stand for the current value.
Attribute
BCVMAX: 0x76 Equipment function
BCVMIN: 0x77
BCVCUR: 0x78

Impact on System
None.
Back facet current is current O/E converted from part of light reflected from the resonant cavity
of a laser. The back facet current reflects the laser output optical power value. If the BCVCUR
is 0, the laser is faulty; replace the board where this faulty laser resides in.
Related Alarms
None.
Procedure
Step 1 None
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.5 CCV
Description
Pump Laser Cooling Current
It includes:
l CCVMAX: the maximum value during a period of time.
l CCVMIN: the minimum value during a period of time.
l CCVCUR: the current value.
1020
Attribute
Performance
Event ID
Performance Event Type
CCVMAX: 0x73 Equipment function
CCVMIN: 0x74
CCVCUR: 0x75

Impact on System
None.
Use an A/D converter to sample the voltage corresponding to the cooling current of each laser,
and convert the voltage into cooling current. This value shows the working status of the cooling
circuit in a certain laser.
Related Alarms
PUMP_COOL_EXC It is generated when the cooling current of
laser exceeds the normal range.

Procedure
Step 1 If any alarm occurs, use the method of the related alarm to clear it.
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.6 CRC4_ERR
Description
The CRC4_ERR is a performance event indicating the CRC4 check errors.
1021
Attribute
Performance
Event ID
0xB9 Check and correction

Impact on System
If bit errors occur in the tributary services on an NE but no related alarms are reported on the
NE, the system will not be affected. However, you need to find out the causes and troubleshoot
the problem in a timely manner. Otherwise, alarms will be generated and the signal transmission
quality will be affected.
When the NE service is the PCM30-CRC or PCM31-CRC multiframe 2M service, there is a
CRC4 check error.
External causes:
l The cable of the NE is loose or the attenuation is high.
l The NE connector is dirty or incorrect.
l The NE equipment is poorly grounded.
l A strong interference source is present near the NE equipment.
l The working temperature is extremely high or extremely low, and the equipment cannot
tolerate such temperature.
Equipment problems:
l The signal attenuation at the receiving side of the NE tributary board is excessive, the
transmitting circuit of the opposite end is faulty, or the receiving circuit of the local end is
faulty.
l The performance of the NE clock synchronization is poor.
l The cross-connect unit and the line board or the tributary board poorly match.
l The NE tributary board is faulty.
l Fans of the NE fail;
l The board fails or the board performance degrades.
l The CRC settings of the interconnected equipment and the local equipment are different.
Related Alarms
None.
Procedure
Step 1 First, eliminate external causes, such as poor grounding and too high operating temperature. If
possible, perform a loopback to locate the fault.
1022
Step 2 Troubleshoot the problems caused by the inconsistency between the CRC setting of the
interconnected equipment and that of the local equipment.
Step 3 If only the tributary reports bit errors, the problem may lie in the cooperation of the cross-connect
unit and tributary board at the local station. Replace the tributary board and SCB board to verify
the faulty point and remove the fault.
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.7 DDN_CRC4_ERR
Description
The DDN_CRC4_ERR is a performance event indicating the CRC4 error on DDN side.
Attribute
Performance
Event ID
0xBA Check and correction

Impact on System
If bit errors occur in the services on an NE but no related alarms are reported on the NE, the
system will not be affected. However, you need to find out the causes and troubleshoot the
problem in a timely manner. Otherwise, alarms will be generated and the signal transmission
When the NE service is the PCM30-CRC or PCM31-CRC multiframe DDN service, there is a
CRC4 check error.
External causes:
l The cable of the NE is loose or the attenuation is high.
l The NE connector is dirty or incorrect.
l The NE equipment is poorly grounded.
l A strong interference source is present near the equipment.
l The working temperature is extremely high or extremely low, and the opposite equipment
cannot tolerate such temperature.
Equipment problems:
l The signal attenuation at the receiving side of the line board is excessive, the transmitting
circuit of the opposite end is faulty, or the receiving circuit of the local end is faulty.
1023
l The performance of the clock synchronization is poor.
l The cross-connect unit and the line board or the cross-connect unit and the tributary board
poorly match.
l The NE tributary board is faulty.
l Fans of the NE fail;
l The board fails or the board performance degrades.
Related Alarms
None.
Procedure
Step 1 Refer to the 11.2.6 CRC4_ERR.
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.8 E1_LCV_SDH
Description
The E1_LCV_SDH is a performance event indicating the E1 line side code violation count.
Attribute
Performance
Event ID
0x0c Check and correction

Impact on System
If bit errors occur in the services, you need to find out the causes and troubleshoot the problem
in a timely manner. Otherwise, alarms will be generated and the signal transmission quality will
be affected.
External causes:
l The fiber performance is degraded, and the fiber has extremely high attenuation.
l The fiber connector is dirty or incorrect.
1024
l The equipment is poorly grounded.
l There is a strong interference source around the equipment.
Equipment problems:
l Wrong service code types.
l Board failure or performance deterioration
Related Alarms
None.
Procedure
Step 1 First eliminate external causes, such as poor grounding, too high operating temperature, too low
or too high the receiving optical power of the line board.
Step 2 Check whether the correct E1 service code is selected. If not, modify the code of the servces
received by a board by setting the code type of the board.
Step 3 The port of the tributary board may be faulty. Replace the board.
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.9 E1_LES_SDH
Description
The E1_LES_SDH is a performance event indicating the E1 line side code violation errored
second.
Attribute
Performance
Event ID
0x0d Check and correction

Impact on System
be affected.
1025
second.
External causes:
Equipment problems:
l Board failure or performance deterioration.
Related Alarms
None.
Procedure
Step 1 Refer to the 11.2.8 E1_LCV_SDH.
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.10 E1_LSES_SDH
Description
The E1_LSES_SDH is a performance event indicating the E1 line side code violation severely
errored second.
Attribute
Performance
Event ID
0x0E Check and correction

1026
Impact on System
be affected.
errored second.
External causes:
Equipment problems:
Related Alarms
None.
Procedure
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.11 E3_LCV_SDH
Description
Attribute
Performance
Event ID
0xa4 Check and correction

1027
Impact on System
be affected.
External causes:
Equipment problems:
Related Alarms
None.
Procedure
Step 2 Check whether the correct E3 service code is selected. If not, modify the code of the servces
received by a board by setting the code type of the board.
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.12 E3_LES_SDH
Description
second.
1028
Attribute
Performance
Event ID

Impact on System
be affected.
second.
External causes:
Equipment problems:
Related Alarms
None.
Procedure
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.13 E3_LSES_SDH
1029
Description
errored second.
Attribute
Performance
Event ID

Impact on System
be affected.
errored second.
External causes:
Equipment problems:
Related Alarms
None.
Procedure
----End
Related Information
None.
1030
11.2.14 EDTMP
Description
The EDTMP is a performance event indicating the laser temperature. It contains the
EDTMPMAX, EDTMPMIN, and EDTMPCUR, which respectively indicates the maximum
value, minimum value, and current value during a period of time.
Attribute
Performance
Event ID
EDTMPMAX: 0x82 Equipment function
EDTMPMIN: 0x83
EDTMPCUR: 0x84

Impact on System
None.
This performance event is detected by hardware detecting circuit and then the result is calculated
by the software for conversion. If the performance is not in the normal range, the laser module
might be faulty.
Related Alarms
PUM_TEM_ALM Working temperature of the pump laser exceeds the
threshold. This alarm is generated when the pump laser
operating temperature of the optical amplifier unit exceeds
the threshold.

Procedure
----End
Related Information
None.
1031
11.2.15 EDRPL
Description
The EDRPL is a performance event indicating the output optical power. It contains the
EDRPLMAX, EDRPLMIN, and EDRPLCUR, which respectively indicates the maximum
value, minimum value, and current value during a period of time.
Attribute
Performance
Event ID
EDRPLMAX: 0x7C Equipment function
EDRPLMIN: 0x7D
EDRPLCUR: 0x7E

Impact on System
Bit errors may be generated in the services and the services may be interrupted.
might be faulty.
Related Alarms
IN_PWR_ABN It is generated when the optical power input by the laser is
abnormal.
IN_PWR_HIGH It is generated when the optical power input by the laser is
higher than the upper threshold.
IN_PWR_LOW It is generated when the optical power input by the laser is
lower than the lower threshold.

Procedure
----End
Related Information
None.
1032
11.2.16 EDTPL
Description
The EDTPL is a performance event indicating the output optical power. It contains the
EDTPLMAX, EDTPLMIN, and EDTPLCUR, which respectively indicates the maximum value,
minimum value, and current value during a period of time.
Attribute
Performance
Event ID
EDTPLMAX: 0x79 Equipment function
EDTPLMIN: 0x7A
EDTPLCUR: 0x7B

Impact on System
Bit errors may be generated in the services and the services may be interrupted.
might be faulty.
Related Alarms
OUT_PWR_ABN It is generated when the optical power output by the laser is
abnormal.
OUT_PWR_HIGH It is generated when the optical power output by the laser is
higher than the upper threshold.
OUT_PWR_LOW It is generated when the optical power output by the laser is
lower than the lower threshold.

Procedure
----End
Related Information
None.
1033
11.2.17 ENVTMP
Description
The ENVTMP is a performance event indicating the ambient temperature of a board. It contains
the ENVTMPMAX, ENVTMPMIN, and ENVTMPCUR, which respectively indicates the
maximum value, minimum value, and current value of the ambient temperature of a board.
Attribute
Performance
Event ID
ENVTMPMAX:
0xDE
Equipment function
ENVTMPMIN:
0xDF
ENVTMPCUR:
0xE0

Impact on System
If the ambient temperature of a board is very high or low, the working performance of a board
may be degraded. Consequently, bit errors or other faults occur.
The ambient temperature of a board is detected by the hardware, and the temperature refers to
the ambient temperature of the current working environment of the board.
Related Alarms
TEMP_ALARM This alarm is reported if the ambient temperature of the
board exceeds the specified threshold.
LTEMP_OVER

Procedure
----End
Related Information
None.
1034
11.2.18 FEC_AFT_COR_ER
Description
After FEC Correct Errored Rate
Attribute
Performance
Event ID
0xFD Check and correction

Impact on System
After the error correction, the value should be 0 normally. If the value is not 0, it indicates that
the bit errors in the services bring impact on the transmission quality. In this case, determine the
cause in a timely manner.
This performance event shows there are still errors at the receiver after FEC. This performance
event is caused by low OSNR at the receiving end. Normally, it should be zero.
In this case, there must be FEC_BEF_COR_ER accompanied. You can adjust the optical power
to increase the OSNR.
Related Alarms
BEFFEC_EXC Signal degraded before FEC alarm. Signals sent from WDM sides of
the opposite-end OTU have the FEC function. As a result, before
performing signal FEC in the receive direction of WDM side of the
local-end OTU, the local-end OTU counts the bit error rate. This alarm
occurs when the counted bit error rate crosses the threshold.
MW_FEC_UNCO
R
This alarm is generated when there is any byte that cannot be used for
correcting errors.

Procedure
----End
Related Information
None.
1035
11.2.19 FEC_BEF_COR_ER
Description
Before FEC Correct Errored Rate
Attribute
Performance
Event ID
0xFC Check and correction

Impact on System
There are bit errors in the line. The services, however, may not be affected. If the bit error rate
(BER) is low, the system operates normally. If the BER is high, determine the cause and resolve
the problem in a timely manner to avoid the occurrence of any alarm, and thus to ensure the
signal transmission quality.
This performance event shows errors are detected at the receiver, which is caused by low OSNR
at the receiving end.
Related Alarms
BEFFEC_EXC Signal degraded before FEC alarm. Signals sent from WDM sides of
the opposite-end OTU have the FEC function. As a result, before
performing signal FEC in the receive direction of WDM side of the
local-end OTU, the local-end OTU counts the bit error rate. This alarm
occurs when the counted bit error rate crosses the threshold.
MW_FEC_UNCO
R
This alarm is generated when there is any byte that cannot be used for
correcting errors.

Procedure
----End
Related Information
None.
1036
11.2.20 FEC_COR_0BIT_CNT
Description
Forward Error Correction - Corrected 0 Bit Count
Attribute
Performance
Event ID

Impact on System
None.
This performance event shows the number of 0bit corrected by FEC function of the board, and
indicates the FEC capability to signals of low OSNR.
Related Alarms
None.
Procedure
Step 1 None
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.21 FEC_COR_1BIT_CNT
Description
Forward Error Correction - Corrected 1 Bit Count
Attribute
Performance
Event ID

1037
Impact on System
None.
This performance event shows the number of 1bit corrected by FEC function of the board, and
indicates the FEC capability to signals of low OSNR.
Related Alarms
None.
Procedure
Step 1 None
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.22 FEC_COR_BYTE_CNT
Description
Forward Error CorrectionCorrected Byte Count
Attribute
Performance
Event ID

Impact on System
None.
This performance event shows the number of byte corrected by FEC function of the board, and
indicates the FEC capability to signals of low OSNR. Normally, it should be zero.
Related Alarms
None.
1038
Procedure
Step 1 None.
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.23 FEC_UNCOR_BLOCK_CNT
Description
Forward Error Correction - uncorrected Block Count
Attribute
Performance
Event ID

Impact on System
There are bit errors in the services and the signal transmission quality is affected.
This performance event shows the number of received error frames that cannot be corrected by
FEC, and indicates that bit errors are beyond the correction capability of FEC. Normally, the
performance value should be zero.
Related Alarms
BEFFEC_EXC The bit errors cross the specified threshold before they are corrected.
If the signals transmitted by the opposite station have the FEC
function, the bit error ratio (BER) is counted before the bit errors are
corrected in FEC mode in the receive direction of the board at the
local station. This alarm is generated when the BER exceeds the
specified threshold.

Procedure
----End
1039
Related Information
None.
11.2.24 HPBBE
Description
The HPBBE stands for higher order path background block error.
Attribute

Impact on System
A small number of bit errors occur in the higher order path. If no related alarms are generated,
the system is not affected. You need to, however, find out the causes and take proper measures
in time to avoid generating alarms, which affect the quality of the signals transmitted in the
higher order path.
The HPBBEs are detected by the means of detecting the B3 byte. The possible causes of the
event are as follows:
l There is interference from the external environment.
l A fault occurs in the switch that interworks with the SDH equipment.
l The signal cable is faulty.
l The line board is faulty.
l The cross-connection unit is faulty.
l The clock unit is faulty.
l The tributary unit is faulty.
Related Alarms
B3_SD When the count of B3 bit errors in the alarm path exceeds the threshold (1
x 10
-6
), the alarm is reported.
B3_EXC When the count of B3 bit errors in the alarm path exceeds the threshold (1
x 10
-3

1040
Procedure
Step 1 Refer to the method of handling the B3_EXC and B3_SD alarms.
----End
Related Information
The background block error means that one or more bit errors occur in the data block during
transmission.
11.2.25 HPCSES
Description
The HPCSES stands for higher order path consecutive severely errored second.
Attribute

Impact on System
A great number of bit errors occur in the higher order path. If no related alarms are generated,
higher order path.
Bit errors in the higher order path are detected by the means of detecting the B3 byte. The SES
(severely errored second) refers to the second in which more than 30% errored blocks occur or
at least one SDP (serious disturbance period) occurs. Generally, the CSES (consecutive severely
errored second) is accompanied by the B3_EXC alarm. Consequently, the services are
interrupted. The possible causes of the event are as follows:
1041
Related Alarms
B3_SD When the count of B3 bit errors in the alarm path is close to
the threshold (1 x 10
-6
B3_EXC When the count of B3 bit errors in the alarm path exceeds the
threshold (1 x 10
-3

Procedure
Step 1 Refer to the method of handling the B3_SD and B3_EXC alarm.
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.26 HPES
Description
The HPES stands for higher order path errored second.
Attribute

Impact on System
A small number of bit errors occur in the higher order path. If no related alarms are generated,
higher order path.
Bit errors in the higher order path are detected by the means of detecting the B3 byte. The possible
causes of the event are as follows:
1042
Related Alarms
B3_SD When the count of B3 bit errors in the alarm path exceeds the
threshold (1 x 10
-6
B3_EXC When the count of B3 bit errors in the alarm path is exceeds
the threshold (1 x 10
-3

Procedure
Step 1 Refer to the method of handling the B3_SD and B3_EXC alarm.
----End
Related Information
The ES (errored second) refers to the second in which one or more errored blocks are detected.
11.2.27 HPFEBBE
Description
The HPFEBBE stands for higher order path far end background block error.
Attribute

Impact on System
A small number of bit errors occur at the far end of the higher order path. If no related alarms
are generated, the system is not affected. You need to, however, find out the causes and take
proper measures in time to avoid generating alarms, which affect the quality of the signals
transmitted in the higher order path.
The HPFEBBE refers to the higher order path block error that is detected at the opposite station.
The possible causes of the event are as follows:
1043
Related Alarms
HP_REI If the board has detected that the value is 1-8 for bits 1-4 of the G1 byte
in the higher order path, the alarm is reported.

Procedure
Step 1 Refer to the method of handling the HP_REI alarm.
----End
Related Information
transmission.
11.2.28 HPFEES
Description
The HPFEES stands for higher order path far end errored second.
Attribute

Impact on System
A small number of bit errors occur at the far end of the higher order path. If no related alarms
1044
Related Alarms
HP_REI If the board has detected that the value is 1-8 for bits 1-4 of the G1
byte in the higher order path, the alarm is reported.

Procedure
----End
Related Information
Remote Errored Second
The remote errored second refers to the errored second that is detected at the peer end.
11.2.29 HPFECSES
Description
The HPFECSES stands for higher order path far end consecutive severely errored second.
Attribute

Impact on System
A great number of bit errors occur at the far end of the higher order path. If no related alarms
1045
The consecutive severely errored bits at the far end of the higher order path are detected by the
means of detecting the G1 byte. The possible causes of the event are as follows:
Related Alarms

Procedure
----End
Related Information
Severely Errored Second
The SES (severely errored second) refers to the second in which more than 30% errored blocks
occur or at least one SDP (serious disturbance period) occurs.
Consecutive Severely Errored Second
The CSES (consecutive severely errored second) refers to the SES (severely errored second)
event that occurs consecutively.
Remote Bit Error
The remote bit error refers to the bit error that is detected at the opposite station.
11.2.30 HPFESES
Description
The HPFESES stands for higher order path far end severely errored second.
1046
Attribute

Impact on System
A great number of bit errors occur at the far end of the higher order path. If no related alarms
Related Alarms

Procedure
----End
Related Information
11.2.31 HPFEUAS
1047
Description
The HPFEUAS is a performance event indicating the higher order path far end unavailable
second.
Attribute
Performance
Event ID
0x4C Check and correction

Impact on System
If bit errors occur in the services on a remote NE, detect the causes and troubleshoot the problem
be affected.
HPFEUAS indicates the period of time that the UAT state lasts.
External causes:
l The fiber performance degrades and the attenuation is excessive at the opposite station.
l The fiber connector is dirty or incorrect at the opposite station.
l The equipment is poorly grounded at the opposite station.
l There is a strong interference source around the equipment at the opposite station.
Equipment problems:
l The signal attenuation at the receiving side of the line board at the opposite station is
excessive, the transmitting circuit of the opposite station is faulty, or the receiving circuit
of the local station is faulty.
l The synchronization performance of the clock is poor at the opposite station.
l The cross-connect unit and the line board poorly match at the opposite station.
l The fan of the opposite equipment becomes faulty.
l The board fails or the board performance degrades at the opposite station.
Related Alarms
HP_REI Higher order path remote error indication
HP_RDI Remote defect indication in higher order paths

1048
Procedure
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.32 HPSES
Description
The HPSES stands for higher order path severely errored second.
Attribute

Impact on System
A great number of bit errors occur in the higher order path. If no related alarms are generated,
higher order path.
Related Alarms
B3_SD When the count of B3 bit errors in the alarm path exceeds the
threshold (1 x 10
-6
1049
B3_EXC When the count of B3 bit errors in the alarm path exceeds the
threshold (1 x 10
-3

Procedure
Step 1 Refer to the method of handling the B3_EXC and B3_SDalarms.
----End
Related Information
The SES (severely errored second) refers to the second in more than 30% errored blocks occur
or at least one SDP (serious disturbance period) occurs.
11.2.33 HPUAS
Description
The HPUAS stands for higher order path unavailable second.
Attribute

Impact on System
l A great number of bit errors occur in the higher order path. If no related alarms are
generated, the system is not affected. You need to, however, find out the causes and take
l If the performance event is generated, check whether the AU_AIS, B3_EXC and
HP_UNEQ alarms are generated. If yes, the services may be interrupted.
Bit errors in the higher order path are detected by the means of detecting the B3 byte. When
signals are consecutively received for 10 seconds, and if the bit error ratio per second is more
than 10
-3
, the period from the first second is called the period of UAS (unavailable second).
When signals are consecutively received for 10 seconds, and if the bit error ratio per second is
less than 10
-3
, the period from the first second is called the period of available second. The ES
(errored second) refers to the second in which one or more errored blocks occur. The possible
1050
Related Alarms
B3_SD When the count of B3 bit errors in the alarm path exceeds the threshold (1
x 10
-6
B3_EXC When the count of B3 bit errors in the alarm path exceeds the threshold (1
x 10
-3
AU_AIS When the alarm is generated, the HPUAS value is increased.
HP_TIM When the alarm is generated, the HPUAS value is increased.
HP_UNEQ When the alarm is generated, the HPUAS value is increased.

Procedure
Step 1 Refer to the method of handling the B3_SD, B3_EXC, AU_AIS, HP_TIM, and
HP_UNEQalarms.
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.34 LPBBE
Description
The LPBBE is a performance event indicating the lower order path block of background error.
Attribute
Performance
Event ID

1051
Impact on System
be affected. If bit errors exceed the BIP bit error threshold-crossing threshold and degrade
threshold, the BIP_EXC and BIP_SD alarms will be generated.
LPBBE is an errored block not occurring as part of lower order path unavailable time and lower
order path severely errored second. When the service is of the VC-12 level, the first two bits of
the V5 byte are verified. When the service is of the VC-3 level, the B3 byte is verified.
External causes:
l The fiber performance degrades and the attenuation is excessive.
Equipment problems:
l The synchronization performance of the clock is poor.
poorly match.
l The faulty TU.
l The fan fails.
Related Alarms
BIP_EXC Indicates the BIP bit errors when the service level is VC-12.
BIP_SD Indicates that the BIP signal degraded when the service level is VC-12.
B3_EXC Indicates BIP excessive errors when the service level is VC-3.
B3_SD Indicates that the higher order path (B3) signal degraded when the
service level is VC-3.

1052
Procedure
Step 1 Eliminate external causes, such as poor grounding, too high operating temperature, too low or
too high the received optical power of the line board. Then, check whether bit errors occur on
the line boards.
Step 2 If bit errors occur in all the line boards of an NE, the clock unit may be faulty. In this case,
replace the boards.
Step 3 If only a line board reports that bit errors exist, it indicates that the local line board might be
faulty or that the opposite NE or fibers are faulty. Locate the faulty board and replace it.
Step 4 If possible, perform a loopback to locate the fault.
Step 5 If only the tributary reports bit errors, the cross-connect board may work with the tributary board
improperly at the local NE. In this case, replace the tributary board and cross-connect board to
verify the faulty point and clear the fault.
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.35 LPCSES
Description
Lower order path continuous severe bit error second
Attribute
Performance
Event ID

Impact on System
When a consecutive LPSES sequence is detected, the LPCSES performance event occurs. When
unavailable time comes or LPSES is absent in one second, the LPCSES sequence ends. When
the service is of the VC-12 level, the first two bits of the V5 byte are verified. When the service
is of the VC-3 level, the B3 byte is verified.
External causes:
1053
Equipment problems:
poorly match.
l The faulty TU.
l The fan fails.
Related Alarms
LP_UNEQ The lower order path is not equipped.
LP_TIM VC-12 level path tracking identifier mismatch
TU_AIS Indicates the TU alarm indication signal.
TU_LOP Indicates the TU loss of pointer.

Procedure
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.36 LPES
1054
Description
Lower order path errored second
Attribute
Performance
Event ID

Impact on System
The LPES performance event occurs when one of the following requirements is met: 1. One or
multiple bit error blocks are detected in one second. 2. The LP_UNEQ, LP_TIM, TU_AIS, and
TU_LOP alarms are detected on the path. When the service is of the VC-12 level, the first two
bits of the V5 byte are verified. When the service is of the VC-3 level, the B3 byte is verified.
External causes:
Equipment problems:
poorly match.
l Faulty TU.
l The fan fails.
1055
Related Alarms

Procedure
Step 2 For other cases, see the 11.2.34 LPBBE.
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.37 LPFEBBE
Description
The LPFEBBE is a performance event indicating the lower order path far end block of
background error.
Attribute

Impact on System
If bit errors occur in the services on a remote NE but no related alarms are reported on the remote
1056
LPFEBBE is an errored block not occurring as part of lower order path far end unavailable time
and lower order path far end severely errored second. When the service is of the VC-12 level,
the third bit of the V5 byte is verified. When the service is of the VC-3 level, the G1 byte is
verified.
External causes:
Equipment problems:
l The cross-connect unit and the line board, or the cross-connect and the tributary board
poorly match at the opposite station.
l The opposite NE tributary board is faulty.
Related Alarms
LP_REI Bit errors occur on the lower order path at the remote end.

Procedure
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.38 LPFECSES
Description
Lower order path far end consecutive severely errored second
1057
Attribute
Performance
Event ID

Impact on System
When a consecutive LPFESES sequence is detected, the LPFECSES performance event occurs.
When unavailable time comes or LPFESES is absent in one second, the LPFECSES sequence
ends.
External causes:
Equipment problems:
Related Alarms
LP_RDI Lower order path remote defect indication

1058
Procedure
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.39 LPFEES
Description
Lower order path far end errored second
Attribute
Performance
Event ID

Impact on System
The LPFEES performance event occurs when one or multiple bit errors are returned in one
second or when the LP_RDI alarm is detected. When the service is of the VC-12 level, the third
bit of the V5 byte is verified. When the service is of the VC-3 level, the G1 byte is verified.
External causes:
Equipment problems:
1059
Related Alarms

Procedure
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.40 LPFESES
Description
Lower order path far end severely errored second
Attribute
Performance
Event ID

Impact on System
1060
The LPFESES performance event occurs when one of the following requirement is met: 1. Not
less than 30% bit errors are contained in the message returned in one second. 2. At least one
severely disturbed period (SDP) occurs.
SDP occurs when the BER of all the continuous blocks in a period of at least four continuous
blocks or 1 ms (select the shorter period) is lower than 10
-2
, or when the LP_RDI alarm occurs.
When the service is of the VC-12 level, the third bit of the V5 byte is verified. When the service
is of the VC-3 level, the G1 byte is verified.
External causes:
Equipment problems:
Related Alarms

Procedure
----End
Related Information
None.
1061
11.2.41 LPFEUAS
Description
The LPFEUAS is a performance event indicating the lower order far end unavailable second.
Attribute
Performance
Event ID

Impact on System
LPFEUAS indicates the period of time that the UAT state lasts.
External causes:
Equipment problems:
1062
Related Alarms

Procedure
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.42 LPSES
Description
Lower order path severely errored second
Attribute
Performance
Event ID

Impact on System
The LPSES performance event occurs when one of the following requirement is met: 1. Not less
than 30% bit errors are detected in one second. 2. At least one severely disturbed period (SDP)
occurs.
SDP occurs when the BER of all the continuous blocks in a period of at least four continuous
blocks or 1 ms (select the shorter period) is lower than 10
-2
, or when the LP_UNEQ, LP_TIM,
TU_AIS or TU_LOP alarm occurs on the path. When the service is of the VC-12 level, the first
two bits of the V5 byte are verified. When the service is of the VC-3 level, the B3 byte is verified.
External causes:
1063
Equipment problems:
poorly match.
l Faulty TU.
l The fan fails.
Related Alarms

Procedure
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.43 LSBISA
1064
Description
Laser Bias Current
It includes:
l LSBIASMAX: the maximum value during a period of time.
l LSBIASMIN: the minimum value during a period of time.
l LSBIASCUR: the current value.
Attribute
LSBISAMAX: 0xCF Equipment function
LSBISAMIN: 0xD0
LSBISACUR: 0xD1

Impact on System
None.
The LSBIAS performance value is obtained by hardware check and software conversion.
Related Alarms
TD It is generated when the working current of
laser exceeds the threshold or the multiple of
threshold.
LSR_WILL_DIE It is generated when the working current of
laser exceeds the threshold or the multiple of
threshold.

Procedure
----End
Related Information
None.
1065
11.2.44 LPUAS
Description
Lower order path unavailable second
Attribute
Performance
Event ID

Impact on System
LPUAS indicates the period of time that the unavailable time (UAT) state lasts.
External causes:
Equipment problems:
poorly match.
l The Faulty TU.
l The fan fails.
1066
Related Alarms

Procedure
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.45 LSCLC
Description
Laser Cooling Current
It includes:
l LSCLCMAX: stand for the maximum value during a period of time.
l LSCLCMIN: stand for the minimum value during a period of time.
l LSCLCCUR: stand for the current value.
Attribute
Performance
Event ID
LSCLCMAX: 0xE1 Equipment function
LSCLCMIN: 0xE2
LSCLCCUR: 0xE3
1067

Impact on System
When the cooling current of a laser exceeds the threshold, the optical module of the board works
abnormally. As a result, services cannot be transmitted or received normally.
External cooling or warming equipment should be provided to keep the temperature stable for
a laser to work. The laser cooling current shows the working status of cooling equipment or
circuit.
Related Alarms
LSR_COOL_ALM It is generated when the laser cooling current
exceeds the pre-set threshold.

Procedure
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.46 LSIOP
Description
Input Optical Power
It includes:
l LSIOPMAX: stand for the maximum value during a period of time.
l LSIOPMIN: stand for the minimum value during a period of time.
l LSIOPCUR: stand for the current value.
Attribute
LSIOPMAX: 0xC9 Equipment function
LSIOPMIN: 0xCA
1068
LSIOPCUR: 0xCB

Impact on System
When the input optical power is very high or very low, bit errors and the LOF alarm may be
generated in the received signals, which brings impact on the services.
The hardware checks the optical module and then the software converts the check result into
LSIOP to show the input optical power performance of a board.
Related Alarms
IN_PWR_HIGH It is generated when the optical power input by board is higher than
the upper threshold.
IN_PWR_LOW It is generated when the optical power input by board is lower than
the lower threshold.

Procedure
Step 1 If no alarm is generated when the current performance value is at least 2 dB higher than the
history performance value and the change in optical power is not caused by normal operations
(such as expansion or upgrade), refer to the procedure for handling the IN_PWR_HIGH alarm.
Step 2 If no alarm is generated when the current performance value is at least 2 dB lower than the
(such as expansion or upgrade), refer to the procedure for handling the IN_PWR_LOW alarm.
Step 3 If an alarm is generated, refer to the proper handling procedure.
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.47 LSOOP
Description
Output Optical Power
It includes:
1069
l LSOOPMAX: stand for the maximum value during a period of time.
l LSOOPMIN: stand for the minimum value during a period of time.
l LSOOPCUR: stand for the current value.
Attribute
Performance
Event ID
LSOOPMAX: 0xC6 Equipment function
LSOOPMIN: 0xC7
LSOOPCUR: 0xC8

Impact on System
If the output optical power of the laser is abnormal, there is impact on the normal transmission
of services.
The hardware checks the optical module and then the software converts the check result into
LSOOP value to show the output optical power performance of the laser in a board.
Related Alarms
OUT_PWR_HIGH It is generated when the optical power output by board is higher than
the upper threshold.
OUT_PWR_LOW It is generated when the optical power output by board is lower than
TF It is generated when the optical power output by board is 1dB lower
than the lower threshold.

Procedure
Step 1 If no alarm is generated when the current performance value is at least 2 dB higher than the
(such as expansion or upgrade), refer to the procedure for handling the OUT_PWR_HIGH
alarm.
Step 2 If no alarm is generated when the current performance value is at least 2 dB lower than the
(such as expansion or upgrade), refer to the procedure for handling the OUT_PWR_LOW
alarm.
1070
Step 3 If an alarm is generated, refer to the proper handling procedure.
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.48 LSTMP
Description
Laser Temperature
It includes:
l LSTMPMAX: the maximum value during a period of time.
l LSTMPMIN: the minimum value during a period of time.
l LSTMPCUR: the current value.
Attribute
LSTMPMAX: 0xCC Equipment function
LSTMPMIN: 0xCD
LSTMPCUR: 0xCE

Impact on System
None.
Normally, the laser temperature is a stable value obtained by software through calculating the
result outputted by the temperature detecting circuit in the laser.
Related Alarms
LTEMP_OVER It is generated when the laser temperature exceeds the pre-set
threshold.

1071
Procedure
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.49 MSBBE
Description
The MSBBE stands for multiplex section background block error.
Attribute

Impact on System
A small number of bit errors occur in the signals of the multiplex section. If no related alarms
Bit errors in the multiplex section are detected by the means of detecting the B2 byte. Possible
l The performance of the optical fiber is degraded.
Related Alarms
B2_SD If the board has detected that the count of B2 bit errors exceeds the
specified B2_SD alarm threshold (default value: 10
-6
), the alarm is
reported.
1072
B2_EXC If the board has detected that the count of B2 bit errors exceeds the
specified B2_EXC alarm threshold (default value: 10
-3
), the alarm is
reported.

Procedure
Step 1 Refer to the method of handling the B2_EXCand B2_SDalarms.
----End
Related Information
transmission.
11.2.50 MSCSES
Description
The MSCSES stands for multiplex section consecutive severely errored second.
Attribute

Impact on System
When the performance event occurs, the services are unavailable.
Bit errors in the signals of the multiplex section are detected by the means of detecting the B2
byte. The SES (severely errored second) refers to the second, in which more than 30% errored
blocks (15% for STM-1 signals, and 25% for STM-4 signals) occur or at least one SDP (serious
disturbance period) occurs. Generally, the CSES (consecutive severely errored second) is
accompanied by the B2_EXC alarm. Consequently, the services are interrupted. The possible
1073
Related Alarms
-6
), the alarm is
reported.
-3
), the alarm is
reported.

Procedure
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.51 MSES
Description
The MSES stands for multiplex section errored second.
Attribute

Impact on System
A small number of bit errors occur in the signals of the multiplex section. If no related alarms
transmitted in the multiplex section.
Bit errors in the multiplex section are detected by the means of detecting the B2 byte. The possible
1074
Related Alarms
B2_SD If the board has detected that the count of B2 bit errors exceeds the specified
B2_SD alarm threshold (default value: 10
-6
B2_EXC If the board has detected that the count of B2 bit errors exceeds the specified
B2_EXC alarm threshold (default value: 10
-

Procedure
----End
Related Information
Errored Second
The ES (errored second) refers to the second in which one or more errored blocks occur.
11.2.52 MSFEBBE
Description
The MSFEBBE stands for multiplex section far end background block error.
Attribute

Impact on System
A small number of bit errors occur at the far end of the multiplex section. If no related alarms
are generated, the services at the local end and the peer end are not affected. You need to,
however, find out the causes and take proper measures in time to avoid generating alarms, which
affect the quality of the signals transmitted in the multiplex section.
1075
transmission. The MSFEBBE means that the local station discovers the multiplex section bit
error detected at the opposite station. The possible causes of the event are as follows:
Related Alarms
MS_REI If the board has detected that the value is 1 - 24 for the M1 overhead
byte in the multiplex section, the alarm is reported.

Procedure
Step 1 Refer to the method of handling the MS_REIalarm.
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.53 MSFECSES
Description
The MSFECSES stands for multiplex section far end consecutive severely errored second.
Attribute

Impact on System
A great number of bit errors occur at the far end of the multiplex section. If no related alarms
1076
Bit errors in the multiplex section are detected by the means of detecting the B2 byte. The SES
(severely errored second) refers to the second in which more than 30% errored blocks (15% for
STM-1 signals, and 25% for STM-4 signals) occur or at least one SDP (serious disturbance
period) occurs. Generally, the CSES (consecutive severely errored second) is accompanied by
the B2_EXC alarm. Consequently, the services are interrupted. The remote bit error refers to
the bit error that is detected at the opposite station. The possible causes of the event are as follows:
Related Alarms

Procedure
Step 1 Refer to the method of handling the MS_REI alarm.
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.54 MSFEES
Description
The MSFEES stands for multiplex section far end errored second.
Attribute

Impact on System
A small number of bit errors occur at the far end of the multiplex section. If no related alarms
1077
Related Alarms

Procedure
----End
Related Information
Errored Second
The ES (errored second) refers to the second in which one or more errored blocks occur.
11.2.55 MSFESES
Description
The MSFESES stands for multiplex section far end severely errored second.
Attribute

Impact on System
A great number of bit errors occur at the far end of the multiplex section. If no related alarms
1078
Related Alarms

Procedure
----End
Related Information
(15% for STM-1 signals, and 25% for STM-4 signals) occur or at least one SDP (serious
disturbance period) occurs.
11.2.56 MSFEUAS
Description
The MSFEUAS is a performance event indicating the multiplex section far end unavailable
second.
Attribute
Performance
Event ID

Impact on System
1079
MSFEUAS indicates the period of time that the UAT state lasts.
External causes:
Equipment problems:
l The cross-connect unit and the line board poorly match at the opposite station.
Related Alarms
MS_REI Multiplex section remote error indication
MS_RDI A defect occurs at the remote end of the multiplex section.

Procedure
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.57 MSSES
Description
The MSSES stands for multiplex section severely errored second.
1080
Attribute

Impact on System
A great number of bit errors occur in the signals of the multiplex section. If no related alarms
Bit errors in the multiplex section are detected by the means of detecting the B2 byte. The SES
period) occurs. The possible causes of the event are as follows:
Related Alarms
-6
), the alarm is
reported.
-3
), the alarm is
reported.

Procedure
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.58 MSUAS
1081
Description
The MSUAS stands for multiplex section unavailable second.
Attribute

Impact on System
When the performance event occurs, the services in the multiplex section are unavailable.
Bit errors in the multiplex section are detected by the means of detecting the B2 byte. The UAS
(unavailable second) refers to the period of unavailable time when the SES event occurs for
more than 10 seconds consecutively. When the SES event does not occur for 10 seconds
consecutively, the available time begins from the eleventh second, including the previous 10
seconds. The possible causes of the event are as follows:
Related Alarms
-6
), the alarm is
reported.
-3
), the alarm is
reported.
R_LOS When the alarm is generated, the performance event of unavailable second
in the multiplex section is generated.
R_LOF When the alarm is generated, the performance event of unavailable second
in the multiplex section is generated.

Procedure
Step 1 Refer to the method of handling the B2_EXC, B2_SD, R_LOS, and R_LOF alarms.
----End
1082
Related Information
None.
11.2.59 ODU2PMBIP8
Description
ODU PM Section BIP8
Attribute
Performance
Event ID
0x104B Check and correction

Impact on System
There are bit errors in the services. If the number of bit errors increases, determine the cause and
resolve the problem in a timely manner to avoid the occurrence of any alarm, and thus to ensure
the signal transmission quality.
This performance event shows the number of errors that a board with an OTN interface detects
in path monitoring through the BIP8 check. Normally, the performance value should be zero.
Related Alarms
PM_BIP8_OVER ODU layer PM section BIP (Bit Interleaved Parity) exceed the upper
threshold. The alarm occurs when the number of BIP8 bit errors of
the PM section in the optical channel data unit layer crosses the upper
threshold.
PM_BIP8_SD Optical channel data unit layer, path monitoring section bit
interleaved parity signal degraded. The alarm occurs when the number
of BIP8 bit errors of the PM section in the optical channel data unit
layer crosses the degraded threshold.

Procedure
----End
1083
Related Information
None.
11.2.60 OSPITMPMIN
Description
The OSPITMPMIN indicates the minimum value of the temperature in the tube core of the laser.
Attribute
0x6D Check and correction

Impact on System
The performance event does not affect the equipment and the system. If the temperature in the
tube core of the laser is extremely low, however, the laser may work abnormally. If the
temperature is within the specified value range, you do not need to take any action.
The performance event is adopted to monitor the temperature in the tube core of the laser, and
to know the minimum value in the temperature history of the laser.
Related Alarms
TEM_HA When the temperature of the laser is higher than the upper
threshold, the alarm is reported.
TEM_LA When the temperature of the laser is less than the lower

Procedure
Step 1 Refer to the method of handling the TEM_HA and TEM_LA alarms.
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.61 OSPITMPMAX
1084
Description
The OSPITMPMAX indicates the maximum value of the temperature in the tube core of the
laser.
Attribute
0x6C Check and correction

Impact on System
tube core of the laser is extremely high, however, the laser may work abnormally. If the
temperature is within the specified value range, you do not need to take any action.
The performance event is adopted to monitor the temperature in the tube core of the laser, and
to know the maximum value in the temperature history of the laser.
Related Alarms

Procedure
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.62 OSPITMPCUR
Description
The OSPITMPCUR indicates the current value of the temperature in the tube core of the laser.
1085
Attribute

Impact on System
tube core of the laser is extremely high or low, however, the laser may work abnormally.
Consequently, the services may be interrupted. If the temperature is within the specified value
range, you do not need to take any action.
The performance event is adopted to monitor the current temperature in the tube core of the
laser, and to know the current temperature of the laser.
Related Alarms

Procedure
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.63 OSPICCVMIN
Description
The OSPICCVMIN indicates the minimum value of the cooling current of the laser.
1086
Attribute

Impact on System
The performance event does not affect the equipment and the system. If the cooling current of
the laser is extremely low, however, the laser may work abnormally. Consequently, the services
may be interrupted. If the cooling current is within the specified value range, you do not need
to take any action.
l The performance event records the minimum value in the cooling current history of the
laser.
l The cooling current is applied to control the temperature of the optical module. In the case
of extremely low temperature, the cooling current is increased to make the temperature
higher. In the case of extremely high temperature, the cooling current is decreased to make
the temperature lower.
Related Alarms
LSR_COOL_ALM When the cooling current of the laser is beyond the specified
value range, this alarm is generated.

Procedure
Step 1 Refer to the method of handling the LSR_COOL_ALM.
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.64 OSPICCVMAX
Description
The OSPICCVMAX indicates the maximum value in the cooling current history of the laser.
1087
Attribute

Impact on System
the laser is extremely high, however, the laser may work abnormally. If the cooling current is
within the specified value range, you do not need to take any action.
l The performance event records the maximum value in the cooling current history of the
laser.
Related Alarms

Procedure
Step 1 Refer to the method of handling the LSR_COOL_ALM alarm.
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.65 OSPICCVCUR
Description
The OSPICCVCUR indicates the current value of the cooling current of the laser.
1088
Attribute

Impact on System
the laser is extremely high or low, however, the laser may work abnormally. If the cooling current
is within the specified value range, you do not need to take any action.
l The performance event records the current value of the cooling current.
Related Alarms

Procedure
Step 1 Refer to the method of handling the LSR_COOL_ALM alarm.
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.66 OTU2SMBIP8
Description
OTU SM Section BIP8
1089
Attribute
Performance
Event ID
0x104A Check and correction

Impact on System
There are bit errors in the services. If the number of bit errors increases, determine the cause and
resolve the problem in a timely manner to avoid the occurrence of any alarm, and thus to ensure
the signal transmission quality.
This performance event shows the number of errors that a board with an OTN interface detects
in section monitoring through the BIP8 check. Normally, it should be zero.
Related Alarms
SM_BIP8_OVER OTU SM section bit interleaved parity exceeds threshold. The alarm
occurs when the number of BIP8 bit errors of the SM section in the
optical channel data unit layer crosses the threshold.
SM_BIP8_SD OTU SM section bit interleaved parity deterioration. The alarm occurs
when the number of BIP8 bit errors of the SM section in the optical
channel data unit layer crosses the degraded threshold.

Procedure
Step 1 If any alarm occurs, use the method of the relevant alarm to clear it.
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.67 RSBBE
Description
The RSBBE stands for regenerator section background block error.
1090
Attribute

Impact on System
A small number of bit errors occur in the regenerator section of the line. If no related alarms are
generated, the system is not affected. You need to, however, find out the causes and take proper
measures in time to avoid generating alarms, which affect the quality of the signals transmitted
in the regenerator section of the line.
Bit errors in the regenerator section are detected by the means of detecting the B1 byte. The
possible causes of the event are as follows:
Related Alarms
-6
), the alarm is
reported.
-3
), the alarm is
reported.

Procedure
Step 1 Refer to the method of handling the B1_SD and B1_EXC alarms.
----End
Related Information
transmission.
11.2.68 RSCSES
1091
Description
The RSCSES stands for regenerator section consecutive severely errored second.
Attribute

Impact on System
The services are interrupted within the period in which errored seconds occur.
Bit errors in the regenerator section are detected by the means of detecting the B1 byte. The SES
period) occurs. Generally, the CSES (consecutive severely errored second) is accompanied by
the B1_EXC alarm. Consequently, the services are interrupted. The possible causes of the event
are as follows:
Related Alarms
B1_SD If the board has detected that the count of B1 bit errors
exceeds the specified B1_SD alarm threshold (default value:
10
-6
B1_EXC If the board has detected that the count of B1 bit errors
exceeds the specified B1_EXC alarm threshold (default
value: 10
-3

Procedure
----End
Related Information
None.
1092
11.2.69 RSES
Description
The RSES stands for regenerator section errored second.
Attribute

Impact on System
A small number of bit errors occur in the regenerator section of the line. If no related alarms are
Related Alarms
10
-6
exceeds the specified B1_EXC alarm threshold (default
value: 10
-3

Procedure
----End
1093
Related Information
Errored Second
The ES (errored second) refers to the second in which one or more errored blocks are detected.
11.2.70 RSOFS
Description
The RSOFS indicates the out-of-frame second of the regenerator section.
Attribute

Impact on System
When the performance event occurs, the frame alignment bytes are lost. Consequently, the
The out-of-frame event means that the frame alignment bytes are lost. The out-of-frame second
refers to the second in which at least one out-of-frame event occurs. When the OOF (out-of-
frame) event lasts for three milliseconds, the LOF (loss of frame) event occurs. The possible
Related Alarms
R_OOF If more than five frames cannot be correctly aligned with the
SDH frame header consecutively, the alarm is reported.
R_LOF When the R_OOF alarm lasts for three milliseconds, the
alarm is reported.

1094
Procedure
Step 1 Refer to the method of handling the R_OOF and R_LOF alarms.
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.71 RSOOF
Description
The RSOOF indicates the count of out-of-frame events in the regenerator section.
Attribute

Impact on System
When the performance event occurs, the frame alignment bytes are lost. Consequently, the
The out-of-frame event means that the frame alignment bytes are lost. The RSOOF means that
one or more out-of-frame events occur during transmission. The possible causes of the event are
as follows:
Related Alarms
R_OOF If more than five frames cannot be correctly aligned with the
SDH frame header consecutively, the alarm is reported.
R_LOF When the R_OOF alarm lasts for three milliseconds, the
alarm is reported.

1095
Procedure
Step 1 Refer to the method of handling the R_OOF and R_LOF alarms.
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.72 RSSES
Description
The RSSES stands for regenerator section severely errored second.
Attribute

Impact on System
A great number of bit errors occur in the regenerator section of the line. If no related alarms are
Related Alarms
-6
), the alarm is
reported.
1096
-3
), the alarm is
reported.

Procedure
----End
Related Information
11.2.73 RSUAS
Description
The RSUAS stands for regenerator section unavailable second. It indicates the count of seconds
in which the services are interrupted.
Attribute

Impact on System
When the performance event occurs, the services are interrupted.
1097
Related Alarms
10
-6
exceeds specified the B1_EXC alarm threshold (default
value: 10
-3

Procedure
----End
Related Information
The UAS (unavailable second) refers to the period of unavailable time when the SES event
occurs for more than 10 seconds consecutively. When the SES event does not occur for 10
seconds consecutively, the available time begins from the eleventh second, including the
previous 10 seconds.
11.2.74 RPLMIN
Description
The RPLMIN indicates the minimum value of the input optical power.
Attribute
0x6A Check and correction

Impact on System
The performance event does not affect the equipment and the system. If the input optical power
is extremely low, however, the laser may fail to detect the signals.
The performance event is adopted to monitor the value of the input optical power of the laser,
and to know the minimum value in the input optical power history of the laser.
1098
Related Alarms
IN_PWR_ABN When the input optical power is higher than the upper
threshold or is less than the lower threshold, the alarm is
reported.

Procedure
Step 1 Refer to the method of handling the IN_PWR_ABN alarm.
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.75 RPLMAX
Description
The RPLMAX indicates the maximum value of the input optical power.
Attribute

Impact on System
is extremely high, however, the laser may be damaged.
The performance event is adopted to monitor the current value of the input optical power of the
laser, and to know the maximum value in the input optical power history of the laser.
Related Alarms
reported.

1099
Procedure
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.76 RPLCUR
Description
The RPLCUR indicates the current value of the input optical power.
Attribute
0x6B Check and correction

Impact on System
is extremely high, the laser may be damaged. If the input optical power is extremely low, the
laser may fail to detect the signals. You can know the normal range of the input optical power
by querying the specifications for related optical interfaces.
The performance event is adopted to monitor the current value of the input optical power of the
laser, and to know the current value of the input optical power.
Related Alarms
reported.

Procedure
----End
1100
Related Information
None.
11.2.77 SUMIOP
Description
The SUMIOP indicates the total input optical power. This performance event includes three
items: SUMIOPMAX, SUMIOPMIN, and SUMIOPCUR. The SUMIOPMAX item indicates
the maximum value of the total input optical power. The SUMIOPMIN item indicates the
minimum value of the total input optical power. The SUMIOPCUR item indicates the current
value of the total input optical power.
Attribute
SUMIOPMAX: 0xD2 Equipment function
SUMIOPMIN: 0xD3
SUMIOPCUR: 0xD4

Impact on System
l If the total input optical power is too high, the optical modules on the boards of both the
local end and the downstream station may be damaged. Consequently, the services may
encounter bit errors or even be interrupted.
l If the total input optical power is too low, the single-channel optical signals output from
the board may be lost. Consequently, the services may encounter certain bit errors or even
be interrupted.
The total input optical power is detected by the hardware circuits. After the board software reads
the input power value that is detected by the hardware circuits, the AD module computes the
actual input power value that is reported.
Related Alarms
IN_PWR_HIGH The input optical power is too high. The value of the detected
input optical power is more than the upper-threshold and the board
reports the alarm in the following cases:
l The value of the input optical power is more than the upper-
threshold.
l The optical power fails to be detected correctly.
1101
SUM_INPWR_HI The total input optical power is too high. When the total value of
the detected total input optical power is more than the upper-
threshold, the board reports the alarm.
IN_PWR_LOW The input optical power is too low. The value of the detected input
optical power is less than the lower-threshold and the board
l The value of the input optical power is less than the lower-
threshold.
SUM_INPWR_LOW The total input optical power is too low. When the total value of
the detected input optical power is less than the lower-threshold,
the board reports the alarm.

Procedure
Step 1 If the current performance value is 2 dB or more than the history performance value but no alarm
is reported, and if the power change is not caused by normal operations (such as capacity
expansion or upgrading), see the method of handling the IN_PWR_HIGH alarm to handle the
performance event.
Step 2 If the current performance value is 2 dB or more less than the history performance value but no
alarm is reported, and if the power change is not caused by normal operations (such as capacity
expansion or upgrading), see the method of handling the IN_PWR_LOW alarm to handle the
performance event.
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.78 SUMOOP
Description
The SUMOOP indicates the total output optical power. This performance event includes three
items: SUMOOPMAX, SUMOOPMIN, and SUMOOPCUR. The SUMOOPMAX item
indicates the maximum value of the total output optical power. The SUMOOPMIN item
indicates the minimum value of the total output optical power. The SUMOOPCUR item indicates
the current value of the total output optical power.
1102
Attribute
SUMOOPMAX: 0xD5 Equipment function
SUMOOPMIN: 0xD6
SUMOOPCUR: 0xD7

Impact on System
l If the total output power is excessively high, the input optical power of the downstream
board may be excessively high. As a result, bit errors are generated in the services or even
the services are interrupted. In addition, the receiver module of the board at the downstream
station may be damaged.
l If the total output power is excessively low, the input optical power of the downstream
board may be excessively low. As a result, bit errors are generated in the services or even
the services are interrupted.
To obtain this performance event, perform a check using the check circuit, and then calculate
the result with software for conversion.
Related Alarms
OUT_PWR_HIGH The output optical power is too high. The value of the detected
output optical power is more than the upper-threshold and the
board reports the alarm in the following cases:
l The value of the output optical power is more than the upper-
threshold.
SUM_OUTPWR_HI The total output optical power is too high. When the total value
of the detected total output optical power is more than the upper-
threshold, the board reports the alarm.
OUT_PWR_LOW The output optical power is too low. The value of the detected
output optical power is less than the lower-threshold and the board
l The value of the output optical power is less than the lower-
threshold.
1103
SUM_OUTPWR_LO
W
The total output optical power is too low. When the total value of
the detected output optical power is less than the lower-threshold,
the board reports the alarm.

Procedure
Step 1 If the current performance value is 2 dB or more than the history performance value but no alarm
is reported, and if the power change is not caused by normal operations (such as capacity
expansion or upgrading), see the method of handling the OUT_PWR_HIGH alarm to handle
the performance event.
Step 2 If the current performance value is 2 dB or more less than the history performance value but no
alarm is reported, and if the power change is not caused by normal operations (such as capacity
expansion or upgrading), see the method of handling the OUT_PWR_LOW alarm to handle
the performance event.
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.79 T1_LCV_SDH
Description
The T1_LCV_SDH is a performance event indicating the T1 line side code violation count.
Attribute
Performance
Event ID
0xA4 Check and correction

Impact on System
be affected.
T1_LCV_SDH is the count of detected code violations at the line side of T1 services.
External causes:
1104
Equipment problems:
Related Alarms
None.
Procedure
Step 2 Check if the T1 service pattern is correct. If it is incorrect, set the pattern of the board to modify
the service pattern that the board receives.
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.80 T1_LES_SDH
Description
The T1_LES_SDH is a performance event indicating the T1 line side code violation errored
second.
Attribute
Performance
Event ID

Impact on System
be affected.
1105
T1_LES_SDH is the count of errored seconds with code violations at the line side of T1 services.
External causes:
Equipment problems:
Related Alarms
None.
Procedure
Step 1 Refer to the 11.2.79 T1_LCV_SDH.
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.81 T1_LSES_SDH
Description
The T1_LSES_SDH is a performance event indicating the T1 line side code violation severely
errored second.
Attribute
Performance
Event ID

Impact on System
be affected.
1106
T1_LSES_SDH is the count of severely errored seconds with code violations at the line side of
T1 services.
External causes:
Equipment problems:
Related Alarms
None.
Procedure
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.82 T3_LCV_SDH
Description
The T3_LCV_SDH is a performance event indicating the T3 line side code violation count.
Attribute
Performance
Event ID

Impact on System
be affected.
1107
T3_LCV_SDH is the count of detected code violations at the line side of T3 services.
External causes:
Equipment problems:
Related Alarms
None.
Procedure
Step 2 Check if the T3 service pattern is correct. If it is incorrect, set the pattern of the board to modify
the service pattern that the board receives.
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.83 T3_LES_SDH
Description
The T3_LES_SDH is a performance event indicating the T3 line side code violation errored
second.
Attribute
Performance
Event ID

1108
Impact on System
be affected.
T3_LES_SDH is the count of errored seconds with code violations at the line side of T3 services.
External causes:
Equipment problems:
Related Alarms
None.
Procedure
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.84 T3_LSES_SDH
Description
The T3_LSES_SDH is a performance event indicating the T3 line side code violation severely
errored second.
Attribute
Performance
Event ID
0xaA6 Check and correction

1109
Impact on System
be affected.
T3_LSES_SDH is the count of severely errored seconds with code violations at the line side of
T3 services.
External causes:
Equipment problems:
Related Alarms
None.
Procedure
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.85 TPLMIN
Description
The TPLMIN indicates the minimum value of the output optical power.
Attribute

1110
Impact on System
The performance event does not affect the equipment and the system. If the output optical power
of the laser is beyond the specified value range, however, the laser fails to work or is going to
the end of its life. If the output optical power is within the specified value range, you do not need
to take any action.
The performance event is adopted to monitor the value of the output optical power of the laser,
and to know the minimum value in the output optical power history of the laser.
Related Alarms
TF When the output optical power is beyond the specified value
range and causes transmission failure of the laser, the alarm
is reported.
LSR_WILL_DIE When the output optical power is greatly beyond the
specified value range, the alarm is reported, showing that the
life of the laser is going to the end.

Procedure
Step 1 Refer to the method of handling the TF and LSR_WILL_DIE alarms.
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.86 TPLMAX
Description
The TPLMAX indicates the maximum value of the output optical power.
Attribute

Impact on System
1111
the end of its life. Consequently, the services are interrupted. If the output optical power is within
the specified value range, you do not need to take any action.
and to know the maximum value in the output optical power history of the laser.
Related Alarms
is reported.

Procedure
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.87 TPLCUR
Description
The TPLCUR indicates the current value of the output optical power.
Attribute

Impact on System
the end of its life. Consequently, the services are interrupted. If the output optical power is within
the specified value range, you do not need to take any action.
1112
and to know the current value of the output optical power.
Related Alarms
is reported.

Procedure
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.88 TLBMIN
Description
The TLBMIN indicates the minimum value of the bias current of the laser.
Attribute

Impact on System
The performance event does not affect the equipment and the system. If the bias current of the
laser is beyond the specified value range, however, the laser fails to work or is going to the end
of its life. Consequently, the services are interrupted. If the bias current is within the specified
value range, you do not need to take any action.
The performance event is adopted to monitor the bias current of the laser, and to know the
minimum value in the bias current history of the laser.
1113
Related Alarms
TF When the bias current of the laser is beyond the specified
value range, the alarm is reported, showing transmission
failure of the laser.
LSR_WILL_DIE When the bias current of the laser is less than the TF value,
the alarm is reported, showing that the life of the laser is
going to the end.

Procedure
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.89 TLBMAX
Description
The TLBMAX indicates the maximum value of the bias current of the laser.
Attribute

Impact on System
The performance event is adopted to monitor the bias current of the laser, and to the maximum
value in the bias current history of the laser.
1114
Related Alarms
going to the end.

Procedure
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.90 TLBCUR
Description
The TLBCUR indicates the current value of the bias current of the laser.
Attribute

Impact on System
The performance event is adopted to monitor the bias current of the laser, and to know the current
value of the bias current of the laser.
1115
Related Alarms
going to the end.

Procedure
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.91 TUPJCHIGH
Description
The TUPJCHIGH is a performance event indicating the count of positive TU pointer
justifications.
Attribute
Performance
Event ID
0xAA Check and correction

Impact on System
A small amount of pointer justification does not affect the services, whereas a large amount of
pointer justification causes bit errors in the services. In this case, detect the causes and
troubleshoot the problem in a timely manner. Otherwise, alarms will be generated and the signal
transmission quality will be affected.
External causes:
l The fibers are incorrectly connected, resulting in the mutual clock tracing of the two NEs.
l If the NEs trace the external clock, check the quality of the external clock.
1116
Human factors:
l The configuration of the clock source is incorrect. There are two clock sources in one
network.
l The configuration of the clock source tracing priority is incorrect. The clocks of the two
NEs trace each other.
Equipment problems:
l The LU is faulty, providing bad clock.
l The tributary board is faulty. As a result, the clock is of a bad quality.
l The timing unit is faulty, providing bad timing source or being unable to lock the traced
timing source.
Related Alarms
LP_CROSSTR Lower order path performance crossing the threshold

Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the fibers are incorrectly connected. In the case of the MSP ring, the service is
interrupted if the fibers are incorrectly connected.
Step 2 If the NE traces the external clock, check the quality of the external clock.
Step 3 Check the configuration of the clock and ensure that the configuration is correct.
Step 4 Analyze the pointer justification performance events, and locate the faulty point by changing
the position of the clock source and clock tracing direction.
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.92 TUPJCLOW
Description
The TUPJCLOW is a performance event indicating the count of negative TU pointer
justifications.
Attribute
Performance
Event ID
0xAB Check and correction

1117
Impact on System
External causes:
Human factors:
network.
Equipment problems:
l The timing unit is faulty, proving bad timing source or being unable to lock the traced
timing source.
Related Alarms
Alarm name Correlation
LP_CROSSTR Lower order path performance crossing the threshold

Procedure
Step 1 Refer to the 11.2.91 TUPJCHIGH.
----End
Related Information
None.
11.2.93 TUPJCNEW
Description
The TUPJCNEW is a performance event indicating the count of new TU pointer justifications.
1118
Attribute
Performance
Event ID
0xAC Pointer justification

Impact on System
External causes:
Human factors:
network.
Equipment problems:
l The timing unit is faulty, proving bad timing source or being unable to lock the traced
timing source.
Related Alarms
Alarm name Correlation
LP_CROSSTR Performance threshold-crossing of the lower order path

Procedure
Step 1 Refer to the 11.2.91 TUPJCHIGH.
----End
Related Information
None.
1119
11.2.94 WCV
Description
Pump Laser Working Current, also called Pump Laser Driver Current or Pump Laser Bias
Current.
It includes:
l WCVMAX: stand for the maximum value during a period of time (in 1mA).
l WCVMIN: stand for the minimum value during a period of time (in 1mA).
l WCVCUR: stand for the current value (in 1mA).
Attribute
Performance
Event ID
WCVMAX: 0x70 Equipment function
WCVMIN: 0x71
WCVCUR: 0x72

Impact on System
When the pump laser works normally, there is no impact on the services. If an alarm is generated,
determine the cause.
WCV indicates the pump laser driver current of an optical amplifier board. The optical amplifier
board amplifies the input signal using the pump laser driven by pump laser working current.
Related Alarms
PUM_BCM_ALM The board reports this alarm when the detected pump laser driver
current is higher than the threshold due to laser exceptions caused by
laser aging, or over-high/low environment temperature.
LSR_WILL_DIE The board reports this alarm when the pump laser driver current is
higher than the termination threshold due to laser aging.

Procedure
----End
1120
Related Information
None.
11.2.95 XCSTMP
Description
The XCSTMP is a performance event indicating the temperature of a board. It contains the
XCSTMPMAX, XCSTMPMIN, and XCSTMPCUR, which respectively indicates the
maximum value, minimum value, and current value of the temperature of a board.
Attribute
Performance
Event ID
XCSTMPMAX:
0xBC
Equipment function
XCSTMPMIN:
0xBD
XCSTMPCUR:
0xBE

Impact on System
Excessively high or low board temperature might cause faults such as degradation of the board
working performance and bit errors.
When the ambient temperature is abnormal, or when the heat-sinking and ventilation measures
are improper, the XCSTEMP event occurs.
Related Alarms
TEMP_OVER This alarm is reported if the temperature of the board
exceeds the specified threshold.
TEMP_ALARM This alarm is reported if the ambient temperature of the
board exceeds the specified threshold.
LTEMP_OVER

1121
Procedure
----End
Related Information
None.
11.3 Performance Threshold-Crossing Event Clearing of
RMON
This section describes the method of clearing the performance threshold-crossing events of
RMON.
11.3.1 AlignmentErrors
Description
The AlignmentErrors event indicates the number of received frames with an alignment error,
involving AligErrOv and AligErrUd performance events. The AligErrOv performance event
indicates that the received frames with alignment error exceed the upper threshold. The
AligErrUd performance event indicates that the received frames with alignment error are lower
than the lower threshold.
Attribute
AligErrOv: 0x0131 Ethernet performance event
AligErrUd: 0x0132

Impact on System
When an alignment error occurs to a packet, the cyclic redundancy check (CRC) error is usually
accompanied. When a CRC error occurs, the packet is usually discarded and thus system services
are affected.
Possible causes for this performance event are as follows:
l Cause 1: The external line is faulty.
l Cause 2: The board is internally faulty.
1122
Related Alarms
None.
Procedure
l Cause 1: A transmission fault exists at the peer end.
1. If the AligErrOv performance event is reported, connect the Smartbits and the Ethernet
board to check whether bit errors exist in the packets transmitted from the peer end.
If yes, rectify the peer fault first.
1. If the AligErrOv performance event is reported, check whether the local end reports
ETH_LOS and B3_EXC_VC3 alarms caused by damaged external lines and too
large attenuation. If yes, see relevant alarm handling methods.
l Cause 3: The board is internally faulty.
1. If the AligErrOv performance event is reported, check whether the board reports
alarms indicating a board or chip fault, such as the HARD_BAD alarm. If yes, see
relevant alarm handling methods.
l If the AligErrUd performance event is reported, you can infer that the performance indicator
has restored to normal. You can check whether the local end can receive services normally.
If the services are normally received, check whether the lower threshold is set to 0. If not,
set the lower threshold to a lower value to eliminate the performance event.
----End
Related Information
For the 4.0 platform, an alarm is reported after the RMON statistical value exceeds the threshold.
For the 5.0 platform, an event is reported after the RMON statistical value exceeds the threshold.
Performance events are classified into two types: events indicating that the performance
statistical value exceeds the upper threshold and events indicating that the performance statistical
value is lower than the lower threshold.
RMON performance items are threshold-crossing events. Hence, the RMON performance events
can be used to determine whether the statistical value within a sampling period exceeds the
threshold. The sampling period is set to 10 s by default and is changeable.
Table 11-1 Default thresholds in a 10 s sampling period
Performance
Event
Upper Threshold
AligErrOv GE: 9
100 Mbit/s: 1
10 Mbit/s: 1

NOTE
The lower threshold of the AligErrUd performance event is 0 by default. You can set the lower threshold
according to actual situations. A proper lower threshold can prompt you that the performance item is
restored to normal.
1123
11.3.2 InBadOcts
Description
The InBadOcts event indicates the total number of bytes in bad packets received, excluding the
framing bit but including the FCS byte. The InBadOcts event involves InBadOctsOv and
InBadOctsUd performance events. The InBadOctsOv performance event indicates that the total
number of bytes in bad packets received exceeds the upper threshold. The InBadOctsUd
performance event indicates that the total number of bytes in bad packets received is lower than
Attribute
InBadOctsOv: 0x012B Ethernet performance event
InBadOctsUd: 0x012C

Impact on System
Boards discard bad packets. This may even interrupt system services.
l Cause 1: An error occurs when the peer end transmits packets.
l Cause 2: The transmission line is in poor quality and bit errors exist.
l Cause 3: The board hardware at the local end is faulty.
Related Alarms
None.
Procedure
l Cause 1: An error occurs when the peer end transmits packets.
1. If the InBadOctsOv performance event is reported, connect the Smartbits and the
Ethernet board to check whether bit errors exist in the packets transmitted from the
peer end. If yes, rectify the peer fault first.
1. If the InBadOctsOv performance event is reported, check whether the local end reports
ETH_LOS alarms and BER-related alarms such as the B3_EXC_VC3 alarm caused
by damaged external lines and too large attenuation. If yes, see relevant alarm handling
methods.
1124
1. If the InBadOctsOv performance event is reported, check whether the board reports
l If the InBadOctsUd performance event is reported, you can infer that the performance
indicator has restored to normal. You can check whether the local end can receive services
normally. If the services are normal, check whether the lower threshold is set to 0. If not,
----End
Related Information
Performance
Event
Upper Threshold
InBadOctsOv GE: 7590
100 Mbit/s: 759
10 Mbit/s: 759

NOTE
The lower threshold of the InBadOctsUd performance event is 0 by default. You can set the lower threshold
restored to normal.
11.3.3 OutBadOcts
Description
The OutBadOcts event indicates the total number of bytes in bad packets transmitted, excluding
the framing bit but including the FCS byte. The OutBadOcts event involves OutBadOctsOv and
OutBadOctsUd performance events. The OutBadOctsOv performance event indicates that the
total number of bytes in bad packets transmitted exceeds the upper threshold. The
OutBadOctsUd performance event indicates that the total number of bytes in bad packets
transmitted is lower than the lower threshold.
1125
Attribute
OutBadOctsOv: 0x012D Ethernet performance event
OutBadOctsUd: 0x012E

Impact on System
The services of the connected equipment are affected, including data services and changes of
the protocol-related state machine.
This performance event results from local equipment hardware faults.
Related Alarms
None.
Procedure
l If the OutBadOctsOv performance event is reported, check whether the board reports
alarms indicating a board or chip fault, such as the HARD_BAD alarm. If yes, see relevant
alarm handling methods.
l If the OutBadOctsUd performance event is reported, you can infer that the performance
indicator has restored to normal. You can check whether the local end can transmit services
normally. For example, query whether the send-back alarm indicating that the peer end
receives services abnormally disappears. If the services are normal, check whether the
lower threshold is set to 0. If not, set the lower threshold to a lower value to eliminate the
performance event.
----End
Related Information
RMON statistical value
1126
Performance
Event
Upper Threshold
OutBadOctsOv GE: 7590
100 Mbit/s: 759
10 Mbit/s: 759

NOTE
The lower threshold of the OutBadOctsUd performance event is 0 by default. You can set the lower
threshold according to actual situations. A proper lower threshold can prompt you that the performance
item is restored to normal.
State machine
Protocol implementation can be described by state machines. Each state machine stands for a
functional domain. The functional domain contains a group of absolute states that are mutually
associated and converted.
11.3.4 Collisions
Description
The Collisions event indicates the number of detected packet collisions, involving ColOv and
ColUd performance events. The ColOv performance event indicates that the detected collisions
exceed the upper threshold. The ColUd performance event indicates that the detected collisions
are lower than the lower threshold.
Attribute
ColOv: 0x012F Ethernet performance event
ColUd: 0x0130

Impact on System
The port collision event causes delay or packet losses during data transmission.
The cause for this performance event is that the external port at the local end is connected to too
many half-duplex devices.
Related Alarms
None.
1127
Procedure
Step 1 If the ColOv performance event is reported, query the working modes of the associated ports
through the U2000. If most ports work in half-duplex mode, adjust them to be in full-duplex or
auto-negotiation mode.
Step 2 If the ColUd performance event is reported, you can infer that the performance indicator has
restored to normal. In this case, check whether the lower threshold is set to 0. If not, set the lower
threshold to a lower value to eliminate the performance event.
Step 3 If the performance event persists, check whether the board reports alarms indicating a board or
chip fault, such as the HARD_BAD alarm. If yes, see relevant alarm handling methods.
----End
Related Information
Performance
Event
Upper Threshold
ColOv GE: 1000
100 Mbit/s: 1000
10 Mbit/s: 1000

NOTE
The lower threshold of the ColUd performance event is 0 by default. You can set the lower threshold
restored to normal.
11.3.5 Deferred Transmissions
Description
The Deferred Transmissions event indicates the number of frames deferred due to transmission
medium congestion when they are transmitted for the first time. Note that the counting value
does not include the frames related to packet collisions. The event involves DefTxOv and
DefTxUd performance events. The DefTxOv performance event indicates that the frames
transmitted unsuccessfully exceed the upper threshold. The DefTxUd performance event
indicates that the frames transmitted unsuccessfully are lower than the lower threshold.
1128
Attribute
DefTxOv: 0x0139 Ethernet performance event
DefTxUd: 0x013A

Impact on System
This event decreases the rate of frame transmission and thus leads to packet congestion within
a board. This finally decreases the throughput capability of the board.
The cause for this performance event is that the external port at the local end is connected to too
many half-duplex devices.
Related Alarms
None.
Procedure
Step 1 If the DefTxOv performance event is reported, query the working modes of the associated ports
through the U2000. If most ports work in half-duplex mode, adjust them to be in full-duplex or
auto-negotiation mode.
Step 2 If the DefTxUd performance event is reported, you can infer that the performance indicator has
restored to normal. In this case, check whether the lower threshold is set to 0. If not, set the lower
threshold to a lower value to eliminate the performance event.
----End
Related Information
1129
Performance
Event
Upper Threshold
DefTxOv GE: 9
100 Mbit/s: 1
10 Mbit/s: 1

NOTE
The lower threshold value of the DefTxUd performance event is 0 by default. You can set the lower
threshold according to actual situations. A proper lower threshold can prompt you that the performance
item is restored to normal.
11.3.6 DropEvent
Description
The DropEvent indicates the number of packet drop events due to the lack of resources, involving
DropOv and DropUd performance events. The DropOv performance event indicates that the
number of packet drop events exceeds the upper threshold. The DropUd performance event
indicates that the number of packet drop events is lower than the lower threshold.
NOTE
The counting value does not mean the number of dropped packets but means the number of packet drop
events.
Attribute
DropOv: 0x0129 Ethernet performance event
DropUd: 0x012A

Impact on System
Too many packet drops affect services directly and have serious impacts on the system.
Therefore, you need to check packet drops in time.
This performance event indicates packet drops due to the full MAC buffer, FIFO overflow, flow
control, or back pressure.
Related Alarms
None.
1130
Procedure
Step 1 If the DropOv performance event is reported, enable the flow control through the U2000. You
can configure data traffic according to actual services and manually reduce port traffic.
Step 2 If the DropUd performance event is reported, you can infer that the performance indicator has
restored to normal. You can check whether the local end can receive services normally. If the
services are normal, check whether the lower threshold is set to 0. If not, set the lower threshold
to a lower value to eliminate the performance event.
----End
Related Information
Performance
Event
Upper Threshold
DropOv GE: 9
100 Mbit/s: 1
10 Mbit/s: 1

NOTE
The lower threshold of the DropUd performance event is 0 by default. You can set the lower threshold
restored to normal.
11.3.7 FCSErrors
Description
The FCSErrors event indicates the number of the Ethernet data frames with an FCS error,
excluding ultra long frames and ultra short frames. The FCS Errors event involves FCSErrOv
and FCSErrUd performance events, indicating that the frames with an FCS error exceed the
upper threshold and are lower than the lower threshold respectively.
1131
Attribute
FCSErrOv: 0x0133 Ethernet performance event
FCSErrUd: 0x0134

Impact on System
Most boards discard packets with an FCS error. This may even interrupt system services.
l Cause 1: The working modes of the ports are mismatched at both ends. For example, the
full-duplex mode is used at one end and the half-duplex mode is used at the other end.
Related Alarms
None.
Procedure
l Cause 1: The working modes of the ports are mismatched at both ends.
1. If the FCSErrOv performance event is reported, query whether the working modes of
the ports at both ends are matched through the U2000. If mismatched, adjust the
working modes of the ports according to actual situations.
1. If the FCSErrOv performance event is reported, check whether the local end reports
ETH_LOS alarms and BER-related alarms such as the B3_EXC_VC3 alarm caused
by damaged external lines and too large attenuation. If yes, see relevant alarm handling
methods.
1. If the FCSErrOv performance event is reported, check whether the board reports
l If the FCSErrUd performance event is reported, you can infer that the performance indicator
has restored to normal. In this case, check whether the lower threshold is set to 0. If not,
----End
Related Information
1132
Performance
Event
Upper Threshold
FCSErrOv GE: 9
100 Mbit/s: 1
10 Mbit/s: 1

NOTE
The lower threshold of the FCSErrUd performance event is 0 by default. You can set the lower threshold
restored to normal.
11.3.8 Fragments
Description
The Fragments is a performance event indicating the number of packets that contain less than
64 bytes and have FCS or alignment errors. This performance event is reported when the number
of received fragmented packets is more than the upper-threshold or less than the lower-threshold.
Attribute
0x007C Ethernet performance event

Impact on System
Most boards discard the packets that have FCS errors, hence resulting in data transmission delay
or packet loss.
1133
Related Alarms
None.
Procedure
1. If the number of received fragmented packets is more than the upper-threshold, query
whether the working modes of the ports at both ends are matched through the
U2000. If mismatched, adjust the working modes of the ports according to actual
situations.
1. If the number of received fragmented packets is more than the upper-threshold, check
whether the board at the local end or oppossite end reports alarms indicating a board
or chip fault, such as the HARD_BAD alarm. If yes, see relevant alarm handling
methods.
----End
Related Information
Performance
Event
Upper Threshold
Fragments GE: 9
100 Mbit/s: 1
10 Mbit/s: 1

NOTE
The lower threshold of the Fragments performance event is 0 by default. You can set the lower threshold
restored to normal.
11.3.9 Jabbers
Description
The Jabbers is a performance event indicating the number of packets that contain more than
1518 bytes and have FCS or alignment errors. This performance event is reported when the
1134
number of received fuzzy packets is more than the upper-threshold or less than the lower-
threshold.
Attribute
0x007D Ethernet performance event

Impact on System
Most boards discard the packets that have FCS errors, hence resulting in data transmission delay
or packet loss.
Related Alarms
None.
Procedure
1. If the number of received fuzzy packets is more than the upper-threshold, query
whether the working modes of the ports at both ends are matched through the
U2000. If mismatched, adjust the working modes of the ports according to actual
situations.
1. If the number of received fuzzy packets is less than the lower-threshold, check whether
the board at the local end or oppossite end reports alarms indicating a board or chip
fault, such as the HARD_BAD alarm. If yes, see relevant alarm handling methods.
----End
Related Information
1135
Performance
Event
Upper Threshold
Jabbers GE: 10
100 Mbit/s: 1
10 Mbit/s: 1

NOTE
The lower threshold of the Jabbers performance event is 0 by default. You can set the lower threshold
restored to normal.
11.3.10 Late Collisions
Description
The Late Collisions event indicates the number of collisions detected within a timeslot period
after a packet is transmitted, involving LateColOv and ColUd performance events. The
LateColOv performance event indicates that the detected collisions exceed the upper threshold.
The LateColUd performance event indicates that the detected collisions are lower than the lower
threshold.
Attribute
LateColOv: 0x0135 Ethernet performance event
LateColUd: 0x0136

Impact on System
Based on the implementation principles of boards, the impacts of this performance event on the
system are as follows:
l If a board neglects the reported performance event and does not stop transmitting packets
until the packets are transmitted normally, the delay is caused when the peer end receives
services.
l If a board records the reported performance event and stops transmitting packets, the peer
end fails to receive services normally.
The main cause for this performance event is that the network diameter is too large.
1136
Related Alarms
None.
Procedure
l If the LateColOv performance event is reported, check whether the network diameter of
an LAN is too large. If yes, divide the network and deploy equipment to different buses or
physically shared equipment (such as the hub).
NOTE
For the port rate of 10 Mbit/s, the maximum Ethernet diameter is 2000 m. For the port rate of 100
Mbit/s, the maximum Ethernet diameter is 200 m.
l If the LateColUd performance event is reported, you can infer that the performance
indicator has restored to normal. In this case, check whether the lower threshold is set to
0. If not, set the lower threshold to a lower value to eliminate the performance event.
----End
Related Information
Performance
Event
Upper Threshold
LateColOv GE: 100
100 Mbit/s: 100
10 Mbit/s: 100

NOTE
The lower threshold of the LateColUd performance event is 0 by default. You can set the lower threshold
restored to normal.
11.3.11 OversizePkts
Description
The OversizePkts is a performance event indicating the number of packets that are received on
the Ethernet MAC port side, contain more than 1518 octets (excluding framing bits, but including
1137
FCS octets) and are otherwise well formed. This performance event is reported when the number
of received ultra long packets is more than the upper-threshold or less than the lower-threshold.
Attribute
0x007B Ethernet performance event

Impact on System
During data transmission, this performance event affects the system to a certain extent depending
on the preset maximum frame length of the port and the actual received frame length of the port.
l If the length of a data frame received by the port is longer than the preset maximum length,
the data frame is discarded, and thus the system services are affected.
l If the length of a data frame received by the port is shorter than the preset maximum length,
the system and services are not affected. The user is only prompted that the data frame
received by the port contains more than 1518 octets.
l Cause 1: The frame received by the board contains more than 1518 octets.
Related Alarms
None.
Procedure
l Cause 1: The frame received by the board contains more than 1518 octets.
1. Check the preset maximum frame length of the local port.
If the length of the data frame received by the port is longer than the preset
maximum frame length, change the preset maximum frame length to the frame
length that is supported by the board to ensure that the data frame is not discarded.
If the length of the data frame received by the port is longer than 1518 bytes but
shorter than the preset maximum frame length, the data frame is not discarded. The
performance event is, however, reported continuously.
1. Check whether the board at the opposite end or local end reports alarms indicating a
board or chip fault, such as the HARD_BAD alarm. If yes, see relevant alarm handling
methods.
----End
Related Information
RMON Performance Threshold
1138
Performance
Event
Upper Threshold
OversizePkts GE: 9
100 Mbit/s: 1
10 Mbit/s: 1

NOTE
The lower threshold of the OversizePkts performance event is 0 by default. You can set the lower threshold
restored to normal.
Ultra Long Frames
l The length range of data frames a board can process is different. The data frames transmitted
from the peer end are in the normal range but may exceed the range of data frames the local
end can process.
l Ultra long frames are independent of services. The operations such as encapsulation on the
peer equipment may change the length of a data frame. As a result, the data frame is regarded
as an ultra long frame by downstream nodes.
11.3.12 UndersizePkts
Description
The UndersizePkts is a performance event indicating the number of packets that are received on
the Ethernet MAC port side, contain less than 64 octets (excluding framing bits, but including
FCS octets) and are otherwise well formed. This performance event is reported when the number
of received ultra long packets is more than the upper-threshold or less than the lower-threshold.
Attribute
0x007A Ethernet performance event

1139
Impact on System
Boards discard the received data frames that contain less than 64 octets, thus affecting system
services.
Related Alarms
None.
Procedure
1. Check whether the board at the opposite end or local end reports alarms indicating a
board or chip fault, such as the HARD_BAD alarm. If yes, see relevant alarm handling
methods.
----End
Related Information
RMON Performance Threshold
Performance
Event
Upper Threshold
UndersizePkts GE: 9
100 Mbit/s: 1
10 Mbit/s: 1

NOTE
The lower threshold of the UndersizePkts performance event is 0 by default. You can set the lower threshold
restored to normal.
Ultra Short Frames
1140
end can process.
l Ultra short frames are independent of services. The operations such as encapsulation on
the peer equipment may change the length of a data frame. As a result, the data frame is
regarded as an ultra short frame by downstream nodes.
11.3.13 Sperbadaddrpkt
Description
The Sperbadaddrpkt event indicates the number of frames with an destination address error and
received by the RPR port.
Attribute
Performance
Event ID
0x123 Ethernet performance event

Impact on System
This performance event may interrupt services.
l Cause 1: The RPR network runs abnormally.
l Cause 3: The equipment hardware at the local end is faulty.
Related Alarms
None.
Procedure
l Cause 1: The RPR network runs abnormally.
1. Check whether the network runs normally. If not, perform a warm reset on the board,
or enable the RPR protocol again. For the operations of performing a warm reset on
the board, refer to Resetting Boards. For the operations of enabling the RPR protocol,
refer to Configuring RPR Topology Information.
1. Check whether the local end reports ETH_LOS alarms and BER-related alarms such
as the B3_EXC_VC3 alarm caused by damaged external lines and too large
attenuation. If yes, see relevant alarm handling methods.
1141
1. Check whether the board reports alarms indicating a board or chip fault, such as the
HARD_BAD alarm. If yes, see relevant alarm handling methods.
----End
Related Information
None.
11.3.14 SperbadctlFcspkt
Description
The SperbadctlFcspkt event indicates the number of Ethernet control frames with an FCS error
and received by the RPR port, that is, the number of frames that are not copied to the MAC
control sublayer because of the inconsistency between the actual and expected FCS values.
Attribute

Impact on System
This performance event affects the topology structure of the RPR network and even interrupts
services.
A 32-bit field is available in a packet to check frames. Specifically, the field is used to perform
CRC from the byte behind the HEC field to the last byte of the payload. This performance event
is generated when the checked FCS value is inconsistent with the expected one.
Related Alarms
None.
Procedure
1142
----End
Related Information
None.
11.3.15 SperbadDataFcspkt
Description
The SperbadDataFcspkt event indicates the number of Ethernet data frames with an FCS error
and received by the RPR port.
Attribute

Impact on System
The RPR chip discards packets with an FCS error. This may even interrupt system services.
A 32-bit field is available in a packet to check frames. Specifically, the field is used to perform
CRC from the byte behind the HEC field to the last byte of the payload. This performance event
is generated when the detected FCS value is inconsistent with the expected one.
Related Alarms
None.
Procedure
1143
----End
Related Information
None.
11.3.16 SperbadFcspkt
Description
The SperbadFcspkt event indicates the number of Ethernet data frames with an FCS error and
received on the line side.
Attribute

Impact on System
The RPR board discards packets with an FCS error. This may even interrupt system services.
Related Alarms
None.
Procedure
----End
1144
Related Information
In Ethernet frames, FCS is a 32-bit frame check field and is behind the end of the frame. In this
way, the receiving end can detect whether bit errors exist in information payload.
11.3.17 SperbadHecpkt
Description
The SperbadHecpkt event indicates the number of Ethernet data frames with a header error
control (HEC) error on the line side.
Attribute
0x11F Ethernet performance event

Impact on System
If an HEC error occurs, the corresponding frame is deleted. This may even affect system services.
An HEC error indicates that the service packets in the RPR network are abnormal.
l Cause 1: The RPR topology structure is abnormal or the cross-connect service is incorrectly
configured.
Related Alarms
None.
Procedure
l Cause 1: The RPR topology structure is abnormal or the cross-connect service is incorrectly
configured.
1. Check whether the topology structure of the RPR network is abnormal. In addition,
query whether there are alarms causing ring network switchover through the U2000,
such as the RPR_MISCONFIG alarm. If yes, see relevant alarm handling methods.
----End
1145
Related Information
The HEC field contains 16 bits and is used to detect and optionally correct frame header errors
in transmission.
11.3.18 SperbadParitypkt
Description
The SperbadParitypkt event indicates the number of the frames with an odd parity check error
on the line side, that is, the number of the frames whose actual parity values are different from
the expected ones.
Attribute

Impact on System
The frames whose actual parity values are different from the expected ones are discarded. This
may invalidate the fair algorithm. In the case of network congestion, the ring network fails to
enable the fair algorithm to adjust node traffic.
Related Alarms
None.
Procedure
----End
1146
Related Information
The Parity field contains one bit. Because fairness frames contain no HEC field to protect frame
headers, the SperbadHecpkt event is used to protect TTL and Base Control fields in RPR data
frames.
The format of RPR data frames complies with IEEE 802.17.
11.3.19 Spercontainedpkt
Description
The Spercontainedpkt event indicates the number of frames with a sequence error and received
by the RPR port.
Attribute

Impact on System
This performance event may even interrupt services.
l Cause 1: Fiber connections of the RPR network are incorrect.
l Cause 2: Node numbers in the RPR network are incorrectly configured.
Related Alarms
None.
Procedure
l Cause 1: Fiber connections of the RPR network are incorrect.
1. Check whether the fibers of the line boards in the RPR network are correctly
connected. In addition, query whether relevant alarms such as the
RPR_MISCONFIG alarm are generated. If yes, see relevant alarm handling methods.
l Cause 2: Node numbers in the RPR network are incorrectly configured.
1. Check whether the node numbers in the RPR network conflict. In addition, query
whether relevant alarms such as the RPR_DUPLICATE_MAC alarm are generated.
If yes, see relevant alarm handling methods.
1147
----End
Related Information
None.
11.3.20 Spereredsnds
Description
The Spereredsnds event indicates the errored seconds (ESs) of the RPR port.
Attribute

Impact on System
This performance event causes wrong packets in services.
Related Alarms
None.
Procedure
----End
Related Information
None.
1148
11.3.21 SperPmdabortpkt
Description
The SperPmdabortpkt event indicates the number of frames received by the RPR port but
discarded by the physical medium dependent (PMD) sublayer.
Attribute

Impact on System
This performance event may even interrupt services.
This performance event may result from hardware faults of the local equipment.
Related Alarms
None.
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the board reports alarms indicating a board or chip fault, such as the
----End
Related Information
The PMD sublayer defines bottom-layer parameters, such as the bit rate on the medium.
11.3.22 SperScffers
Description
The SperScffers event indicates the frames with a single-choke fairness frame (SCFF)error and
received by the RPR port.
Attribute

1149
Impact on System
This performance event may invalidate the fair algorithm of the RPR. In the case of network
congestion, the ring network fails to enable the fair algorithm to adjust node traffic.
Related Alarms
None.
Procedure
----End
Related Information
The SCFF is to notify upstream nodes of the calculated fair-rate fairness frames of the local
node.
11.3.23 SperSelfSrcupkt
Description
The SperSelfSrcupkt event indicates the number of unicast frames with their source addresses
removed. The event is used to count the data frames transmitted and received by the same station.
Attribute

Impact on System
None.
1150
l Cause 1: The RPR topology structure is abnormal.
Related Alarms
None.
Procedure
l Cause 1: The RPR topology structure is abnormal.
----End
Related Information
In normal cases, the frames transmitted from a source station must not be received by the same
source station in the ring network.
11.3.24 SperSvlrdsnds
Description
The SperSvlrdsnds event indicates the severely errored seconds (SESs) of the RPR port.
Attribute
0x12A Ethernet performance event

Impact on System
This performance event causes substantive wrong packets in services. You need to find out
causes and handle the performance event in time to prevent an alarm. Otherwise, the signal
transmission quality is affected and services are even interrupted.
1151
Related Alarms
None.
Procedure
----End
Related Information
The ES indicates the second containing more than one bit error block. The SES indicates the
second containing 30% bit error blocks or the second in which one defect occurs.
11.3.25 Spertlpkt
Description
The Spertlpkt event indicates the number of ultra long frames received on the line side, that is,
the number of ultra long frames received by the RPR side from the SDH side.
Attribute
0x11D Ethernet performance event

Impact on System
If the length of the data frame received by a board exceeds the preset length, the data frame is
discarded, thus affecting system services.
l Cause 1: The length configured by a board for ultra long frames is less than the length of
the frame actually received by the board.
1152
Related Alarms
None.
Procedure
l Cause 1: The length configured by a board for ultra long frames is less than the length of
the frame actually received by the board.
1. Check whether the peer equipment transmits data frames that are ultra long frames
for the local equipment.
If the data to be transmitted is too long due to peer service configurations, re-
configure the length of data frames.
If the ranges of the data frames processed by the transmitting and receiving nodes
are different, modify the ranges.
----End
Related Information
end can process.
l Ultra long frames are independent of services. The operations such as encapsulation on the
peer equipment may change the length of a data frame. As a result, the data frame is regarded
as an ultra long frame by downstream nodes.
11.3.26 Spertspkt
Description
The Spertlpkt event indicates the number of ultra short frames received on the line side, that is,
the number of ultra short frames received by the RPR side from the SDH side.
Attribute
0x11E Ethernet performance event

Impact on System
Based on board implementation principles, the RPR chip has different length requirements for
received data frames. Boards discard the received data frames exceeding the frame length range,
thus affecting system services.
1153
l Cause 1: The length of the frame actually received by a board is less than the length
configured by the board for ultra short frames.
Related Alarms
None.
Procedure
l Cause 1: The length of the frame actually received by a board is less than the length
configured by the board for ultra short frames.
1. Check whether the peer equipment transmits data frames that are ultra short frames
for the local equipment.
If the data to be transmitted is too short due to peer service configurations, re-
configure the length of data frames.
If the ranges of the data frames processed by the transmitting and receiving nodes
are different, modify the ranges.
----End
Related Information
end can process.
l Ultra short frames are independent of services. The operations such as encapsulation on
the peer equipment may change the length of a data frame. As a result, the data frame is
regarded as an ultra short frame by downstream nodes.
11.3.27 SperTtlExppkt
Description
The SperTtlExppkt event indicates the number of stripped packets with TTL set to 0 on the local
node.
Attribute
0x11C Ethernet performance event

1154
Impact on System
Boards discard the packets with TTL set to 0. Before substantive packets arrive at the destination
node, their TTL values decrease to 0 due to abnormal factors. This seriously affects system
services.
l Cause 1: The system topology is abnormal.
Related Alarms
None.
Procedure
l Cause 1: The system topology is abnormal.
----End
Related Information
The TTL indicates the maximum time for a packet to live in a network. Its value should be equal
to or greater than the number of nodes the packet passes through.
Before a packet arrives at the destination node, the TTL value decreases by 1 every time the
packet passes through a node. When the TTL value decreases to 0, the packet is discarded.
11.3.28 SperUasnds
Description
The SperUasnds event indicates the unavailable seconds (UASs) of the PRP port path.
Attribute
0x12B Ethernet performance event

1155
Impact on System
This performance event indicates that bit errors exist in services. You need to find out causes
and handle the performance event in time to ensure signal transmission quality.
Related Alarms
None.
Procedure
----End
Related Information
UAS
The UAS indicates that the time from second 11 when the SESs last over then seconds. The ten-
second time with SESs is also included in the unavailable time. When the SESs disappear for
over ten seconds, the available time from second 11 arrives. The ten-second time without SESs
is also included in the available time.
When the RPR network is interrupted, UASs starts to be counted.
11.4 Performance Event Clearing of Microwave
This topic describes how to handle the microwave performance events that are related to the
equipment.
11.4.1 RSL
Description
The RSL is a performance event indicating the microwave receive signal level. It contains the
RSLMAX, RSLMIN, and RSLCUR, which respectively indicates the maximum value,
minimum value, and current value of the microwave receive signal level.
1156
Attribute
Performance Event
ID
RSLMAX: 0x219E Equipment function
RSLMIN: 0x219F
RSLCUR: 0x21A0

Impact on System
When the microwave receive power is overly low or overly high, bit errors might occur and the
service might be interrupted.
When the attenuation of the signals on the radio link is very high, or when any interference
occurs in the nearby environment, the microwave RSL performance event occurs.
Related Alarms
RADIO_RSL_HIGH This alarm is reported when the receive signal level exceeds
the specified upper threshold.
RADIO_RSL_LOW This alarm is reported when the receive signal level is less
than the specified lower threshold.

Procedure
----End
Related Information
None.
11.4.2 TSL
Description
The TSL is a performance event indicating the microwave transmit signal level. It contains the
TSLMAX, TSLMIN, and TSLCUR, which respectively indicates the maximum value, minimum
value, and current value of the microwave transmit signal level.
1157
Attribute
Performance
Event ID
TSLMAX: 0x21A1 Equipment function
TSLMIN: 0x21A2
TSLCUR: 0x21A3

Impact on System
When the microwave transmit power is too low or too high, the receive power at the opposite
station will be too low or too high. Moreover, bit errors might occur and services might be
interrupted.
When the radio frequency (RF) module of the ODU works in abnormal state, the TSL
performance event occurs.
Related Alarms
RADIO_TSL_HIGH This alarm is reported when the transmit signal level
exceeds the specified upper threshold.
RADIO_TSL_LOW This alarm is reported when the transmit signal level is less
than the specified lower threshold.

Procedure
----End
Related Information
None.
1158
12 Abnormal Event List
This topic describes the abnormal events that are provided for the OSN products.
Abnormal events, such as board resetting and various switching operations, indicate the current
operating status of the network. Abnormal events may also notify the user of certain operations
on a real-time basis.
Table 12-1 List of abnormal events
Name Severity
TU Protect Switching Major
SNCP Switching Major
SNCMP Switching Major
SNCTP Switching Major
Linearity Multiplex Section Switching Major
TPS Switching Major
Clock Switching Major
Clock's Quality Change Major
TPS Protect Board State Change Major
No Response from Remote Multiplex
Section Protection Ring
Major
No Response from Remote Linear
Multiplex Section Protection
Major
1+1 Equipment Level Protection
Switching Event Report
Major
PRBS - Pseudo Random Binary
Sequence Payload Test
Minor
Alarms and Performance Events Reference 12 Abnormal Event List
1159
13 Abnormal Event Clearing
About This Chapter
This topic describes how to handle the abnormal events.
CAUTION
The board removal, board installation, and cold resetting operations mentioned in the document
interrupt services. Therefore, you need to take precautions before you perform such operations
if the services that pass the relevant boards are not provided with protection.
NOTE
The event names and parameter values may vary according to the version of the NMS.
13.1 Linear Multiplex Section Protection Switching
13.2 SNCP Switching
13.3 SNCMP Switching
13.4 SNCTP Switching
13.5 TPS Switching
13.6 1+1 Equipment-Level Protection Switching
Alarms and Performance Events Reference 13 Abnormal Event Clearing
1160
13.1 Linear Multiplex Section Protection Switching
Description
The linear Multiplex Section Protection (MSP) switching event is triggered and then reported
to the U2000 when the current working path or protection path detects an alarm associated with
Signal Failed (SF) or Signal Degraded (SD).
Attribute
Abnormal Event Severity Abnormal Event Type
Major Service alarm

Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the ID of a linear MSP protection group.
Parameter 2 Indicates the current path where the linear MSP operates.
l "1" indicates the working path.
l "0" indicates the protection path.
Parameter 3 Indicates the type of linear MSP switching request.
l LPS_LP
l LPS_FS
l LPS_MS
l LPS_SF
l LPS_SD
l LPS_WTR
l LPS_EXER
l LPS_DNR
l LPS_NR
l STOP
Parameter 4 Indicates the current state of the linear MSP.
l Idle
l Switch

1161
Impact on System
This event prompts users to identify the cause of MSP switching. If a link fails, you should repair
it promptly and ensure that the working path and protection path of the linear MSP are in the
idle state.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the linear MSP switching are as follows:
l Cause 1: This event is automatically triggered.
The cross-connect board triggers linear MSP switching when the working path or protection
path detects an SF/SD alarm. Table 13-1 lists the common SF/SD alarms.
Table 13-1 List of SD/SF alarms
SF R_LOS
R_LOF
MS_AIS
B2_EXC
SD B2_SD

l Cause 2: This event is manually triggered.
This event is triggered by the system maintenance personnel or the user.
Procedure
l Check the abnormal event on the NMS.
1. Identify the cause of the linear MSP switching according to Parameter 3 of this event.
If the switching request is of the LPS_SF or LPS_SD type, go to the next step.
If the switching request is of the LPS_MS type, go to the handling procedure
associated with cause 2.
If the switching request is of the LPS_WTR (the service is normal in the working
path), LPS_NR (the service is normal in the working path), or LPS_DNR type
(the protection path is carrying services), you can ignore this event.
If the switching request is of the LPS_LP type, check whether the switching is
caused by human intervention or by protection failures.
If the switching is caused by human intervention, you need to clear the lockout
state. For details, refer to Querying and Clearing the Switching Status in the
Supporting Tasks.
If the switching is caused by protection failure, go to the next step.
If the switching request is of the STOP type, choose Configuration > Linear
MS from the Function Tree. Click Start Protocol.
1162
2. Query current alarms on the NMS. For details, refer to Viewing the Current Alarms
in the Supporting Tasks. Then check whether the working path or the protection path
has any of the alarms listed in Table 13-1. If yes, handle the alarms before you proceed.
3. Check the status of the current linear MS. For details, refer to Querying and Clearing
the Switching Status in the Supporting Tasks. If the working path and protection path
of the current linear MS are in the idle state, you can infer that the fault has been
rectified.
1. Identify the cause of the linear MSP switching according to Parameter 3 of this event.
If the switching request is of the LPS_FS, or LPS_MS, or LPS_EXER type, go
to the next step.
If the switching is automatically triggered, go to the handling procedure associated
with cause 1.
2. Based on the occurrence time of the switching event, query the event logs through the
NMS, and check whether the switching is triggered manually. For details, refer to
Querying the Operation Log of the NMS in Supporting Tasks. If it is triggered
manually, go to the next step.
3. Check the status of the current linear MS. For details, refer to Querying and Clearing
the Switching Status in the Supporting Tasks.
If the working path and protection path of the current linear MS are in the idle
state, go to the next step.
If either the working path or the protection path of the current linear MS, or both
of them, are not in the idle state, take step 2 of cause 1.
4. Clear the manual switching state. For details, refer to Querying and Clearing the
Switching Status in the Supporting Tasks.
----End
Related Information
For details about how to handle the problems associated with MSP switching, see
"Troubleshooting Multiplex Section Protection Switching Faults" in Troubleshooting.
13.2 SNCP Switching
Description
The Sub-Network Connection Protection (SNCP) switching event is triggered and then reported
to the U2000 when the current working path or protection path of the SNCP detects an alarm
associated with Signal Failed (SF) or Signal Degraded (SD).
Attribute
Major Service alarm

1163
Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the source of the SNCP, consisting of the slot number,
optical interface number, higher order path number, and lower order
path number.
Parameter 2 Indicates the sink of the SNCP, consisting of the slot number, optical
interface number, higher order path number, and lower order path
number.
Parameter 3 Indicates the current path where the SNCP operates.
Parameter 4 Indicates the type of SNCP switching request.
l SNCP_LOCKED
l SNCP_FS
l SNCP_MS
l SNCP_SF
l SNCP_SD
l SNCP_WTR
l SNCP_IDLE
Parameter 5 Indicates the current state of the working path in the SNCP.
l SF
l SD
l NORMAL
Parameter 6 Indicates the current state of the protection path in the SNCP.
l SF
l SD
l NORMAL

Impact on System
This event prompts users to identify the cause of SNCP switching. If a link fails, you should
repair it promptly and ensure that the working path and protection path of the SNCP are in the
normal state.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the SNCP switching are as follows:
The cross-connect board triggers SNCP switching when the working path or protection
path detects an alarm associated with SF or SD. Table 13-2 lists the SD/SD alarms that
may trigger SNCP switching.
1164
SF Conditions for higher order SNCP: R_LOS, R_LOF, R_LOC,
MS_AIS, AU_AIS, AU_LOP, and B2_EXC
Conditions for lower order SNCP: HP_LOM, TU_AIS, and TU_LOP
The service processing board where the higher order monitoring points
operate is offline.
SD Conditions for higher order SNCP: B3_SD, B3_EXC, HP_UNEQ, and
HP_TIM
Conditions for lower order SNCP: BIP_SD, BIP_EXC, B3_SD_VC3,
and B3_EXC_VC3

Procedure
1. Identify the cause of the SNCP switching according to Parameter 4 of this event.
If the switching request is of the SNCP_SF or SNCP_SD type, go to the next step.
If the switching request is of the SNCP_MS type, go to the handling procedure
If the switching request is of the SNCP_WTR or SNCP_IDLE type, you can infer
that the service is normal in the working path. In this case, you can ignore this
event.
If the switching request is of the SNCP_LOCKED type, you need to clear the
lockout state. For details, refer to Querying and Clearing the Switching Status in
of the SNCP has any of the alarms listed in Table 13-2. If yes, handle the alarms before
you proceed.
3. Check the current state of the SNCP. For details, refer to Querying and Clearing the
Switching Status in the Supporting Tasks. If the working path and protection path of
the current SNCP are in the idle state, you can infer that the fault has been rectified.
1. Identify the cause of the SNCP switching according to Parameter 4 of this event.
If the switching request is of the SNCP_FS or SNCP_MS type, go to the next step.
with cause 1.
1165
3. Check the current state of the SNCP. For details, refer to Querying and Clearing the
If the working path and protection path of the current SNCP are in the normal state,
If either the working path or the protection path of the current SNCP, or both of
them, are not in the normal state, take step 2 of cause 1.
4. Release the manual switching. For details, refer to Querying and Clearing the
----End
Related Information
For details about how to handle the problems associated with SNCP switching, see
"Troubleshooting SNCP Switching Faults" in Troubleshooting.
13.3 SNCMP Switching
Description
The Subnetwork Connection Multiple Protection (SNCMP) switching event is triggered and
then reported to the U2000 when the current working path or protection path of the SNCMP
detects an alarm associated with Signal Failed (SF) or Signal Degraded (SD).
Attribute
Major Service alarm

Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the ID of an SNCMP protection group.
Parameter 2 Indicates the current path where the SNCMP operates.
1166
Name Meaning
Parameter 3 Indicates the type of SNCMP switching request.
l SNCMP_LOCKED
l SNCMP_FS
l SNCMP_MS
l SNCMP_SF
l SNCMP_SD
l SNCMP_WTR
l SNCMP_IDLE
Parameter 4 Indicates the current state of the working path in the SNCMP.
l SF
l SD
l NORMAL
Parameter 5 Indicates the current state of protection path 1 in the SNCMP.
l SF
l SD
l NORMAL
l SF
l SD
l NORMAL
l SF
l SD
l NORMAL

Impact on System
This event prompts users to identify the cause of SNCMP switching. If a link fails, you should
repair it promptly and ensure that the working path and protection path of the SNCMP are in the
normal state.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the SNCMP switching are as follows:
The cross-connect board initializes SNCMP switching when the working path or protection
path detects an alarm associated with SF or SD. Table 13-2 lists the SD and SF alarms that
trigger SNCMP switching.
1167
Procedure
1. Identify the cause of the SNCMP switching according to Parameter 3 of this event.
If the switching request is of the SNCMP_SF or SNCMP_SD type, go to the next
step.
If the switching request is of the SNCMP_MS type, go to the handling procedure
If the switching request is of the SNCMP_WTR or SNCMP_IDLE type, you can
infer that the service is normal in the working path. In this case, you can ignore
this event.
If the switching request is of the SNCMP_LOCKED type, you need to clear the
of the SNCMP has any of the alarms listed in Table 13-2. If yes, handle the alarms
before you proceed.
3. Check the current state of the SNCMP. For details, refer to Querying and Clearing the
the current linear MS are in the idle state, you can infer that the fault has been rectified.
1. Identify the cause of the SNCMP switching according to Parameter 3 of this event.
If the switching request is of the SNCMP_FS or SNCMP_MS type, go to the next
step.
with cause 1.
3. Click the NE in the NE Explorer, and then choose Configuration > SNCMP Service
Control from the Function Tree.
4. Check the current state of the SNCMP. For details, refer to Querying and Clearing the
If the working path and protection path of the current linear MS are in the normal
state, go to the next step.
If either the working path or the protection path of the current SNCMP, or both of
them, are not in the normal state, take step 2 of cause 1.
----End
1168
Related Information
None.
13.4 SNCTP Switching
Description
The Subnetwork Connection Tunnel Protection (SNCTP) switching event is triggered and then
reported to the U2000 when the current working path or protection path of the SNCTP detects
an alarm associated with Signal Failed (SF) or Signal Degraded (SD).
Attribute
Major Service alarm

Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the ID of an SNCTP protection group.
Parameter 2 Indicates the current path where the SNCTP operates.
Parameter 3 Indicates the current state of the working path in the SNCTP.
l SF
l SD
l VALID
Parameter 4 Indicates the current state of the protection path in the SNCTP.
l SF
l SD
l VALID
1169
Name Meaning
Parameter 5 Indicates the type of SNCTP switching request.
l SNCTP_LOCKED
l SNCTP_FS
l SNCTP_MS
l SNCTP_SF
l SNCTP_SD
l SNCTP_WTR
l SNCTP_IDLE

Impact on System
This event prompts users to identify the cause of SNCTP switching. If a link fails, you should
repair it promptly and ensure that the working path and protection path of the SNCTP are in the
valid state.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the SNCTP switching are as follows:
The cross-connect board triggers SNCTP switching when the working path or protection
path detects an alarm associated with SF or SD. Table 13-3 lists the SD and SF alarms that
may trigger SNCTP switching.
SF R_LOS, R_LOF
AU_LOP
MS_AIS, AU_AIS
HP_UNEQ
HP_LOM
B3_EXC
SD B3_SD

Procedure
1170
1. Identify the cause of the SNCTP switching according to Parameter 5 of this event.
If the switching request is of the SNCTP_SF or SNCTP_SD type, go to the next
step.
If the switching request is of the SNCTP_MS type, go to the handling procedure
If the switching request is of the SNCTP_WTR or SNCTP_IDLE type, you can
infer that the service is normal in the working path. In this case, you can neglect
this event.
If the switching request is of the SNCTP_LOCKED type, you need to clear the
of the SNCTP has any of the alarms listed in Table 13-3. If yes, handle the alarms
before you proceed.
3. Check the current state of the SNCTP. For details, refer to Querying and Clearing the
the current SNCTP are in the valid state, you can infer that the fault has been rectified.
1. Identify the cause of the SNCTP switching according to Parameter 5 of this event.
If the switching request is of the SNCTP_FS or SNCTP_MS type, go to the next
step.
with cause 1.
3. Check the current state of the SNCTP. For details, refer to Querying and Clearing the
If the working path and protection path of the current SNCTP are in the valid state,
If either the working path or the protection path of the current SNCTP, or both of
them, are not in the valid state, take step 2 of cause 1.
----End
Related Information
None.
1171
13.5 TPS Switching
Description
Tributary Protection Switching (TPS) is a protection scheme designed to protect N tributary
boards by using a standby tributary board. The TPS switching event is triggered and reported to
the U2000 when the working tributary board fails.
Attribute
Major Service alarm

Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 Indicates the ID of a TPS protection group.
Parameter 2 Indicates the information about the current protection board,
including the slot number and board type.
Parameter 3 Indicates the information about the current working board, including
the slot number and board type.
Parameter 4 Indicates the board where the switching arises.
l "0" indicates the protection board.
l A value other "0" indicates the working board.
Parameter 5 Indicates the type of TPS switching request.
l TPS_FORCE
l TPS_MANUAL
l TPS_AUTO
l TPS_WTR
l TPS_IDLE

Impact on System
This event prompts users to identify the cause of TPS switching. If a board is faulty or fails, you
need to repair it promptly and ensure that the working board and protection board work normally.
Possible Causes
The possible causes of the TPS switching are as follows:
1172
The possible causes are listed in Table 13-4, Table 13-5, Table 13-6, and Table 13-7.
Procedure
in the Supporting Tasks. Then check whether any alarm listed in Table 13-4, Table
13-5, Table 13-6, and Table 13-7 is reported. If yes, handle the alarms before you
proceed.
1. Identify the cause of the TPS switching according to Parameter 5 of this event.
If the switching request is of the TPS_FORCE or TPS_MANUAL type, go to the
next step.
If the switching request is of the TPS_WTR or TPS_IDLE type, you can infer
that the service is normal in the working path. In this case, you can neglect this
event.
3. Release the manual switching. For details, refer to Querying the Operation Log of the
NMS in Supporting Tasks.
----End
Related Information
For details about how to handle the problems associated with TPS switching, see
"Troubleshooting Tributary Protection Switching Faults" in Troubleshooting.
The possible causes of TPS switching are listed in the table below.
Table 13-4 Trigger conditions of TPS switching on the N1PD3 and N1PL3
Trigger Condition Alarm Reporting
l A board is installed or removed.
l Cold resetting is performed for a board.
The BD_STATUS alarm is reported.
A chip abnormality, such as the absence of
the 45 MHz clock oscillator, is detected.
The CHIP_FAIL alarm is reported.
The FPGA detects that the 38 MHz active
and standby clocks transmitted on the cross-
connect board are lost.
The TR_LOC alarm is reported.
1173
Trigger Condition Alarm Reporting
The FPGA detects that the 155 MHz phase-
locked loop is unlocked.
The PLL_FAIL alarm is reported.
A board ID verification error arises. The BDID_ERROR alarm is reported.

Table 13-5 Trigger conditions of TPS switching on the SPQ4
Trigger Condition Remarks
the 34 MHz clock oscillator, is detected.
The FPGA detects that certain clock signals
transmitted on the cross-connect board, such
as the 38 MHz active and standby clocks, are
lost.
The FPGA detects that the 155 MHz phase-
locked loop is unlocked.
Service abnormalities arise simultaneously
on both the active and standby cross-connect
boards.
The T_LOSEX alarm is reported.

Table 13-6 Trigger conditions of TPS switching on the N2PD3, N2PL3, and N2PQ3
l A chip abnormality, such as the absence
of the 155 MHz clock, is detected.
l A board ID verification error arises.
lost.

1174
Table 13-7 Trigger conditions of TPS switching on the DX1
the 16 MHz clock or the failure of the 2 MHz
oscillator, is detected.
l The FPGA detects that the 32 MHz
phase-locked loop is unlocked.
l The FPGA detects that the 155 MHz
phase-locked loop is unlocked.
lost.

13.6 1+1 Equipment-Level Protection Switching
Description
The 1+1 equipment-level protection switching event is triggered and then reported when a
protection switching is performed between the working and protection cross-connect boards or
SCC boards.
Attribute

Parameters
Name Meaning
Parameter 1 l If the parameter value is "1", a protection
switching is performed between the working and
protection cross-connect boards.
l If the parameter value is "2", a protection
switching is performed between the working and
protection SCC boards.
1175
Name Meaning
Parameter 2 Indicates the ID of the slot where the current
working board is seated, for example, "9".
Parameter 3 Indicates the ID of the slot where the current
protection board is seated, for example, "10".

When 1+1 equipment-level protection switching is performed between the working and
protection cross-connect boards, services may be transiently interrupted.
Possible Causes
l An external switching command (for example, forced switching and clear switching) is
run. As a result, an active/standby protection switching is performed from the working unit
to the protection unit or from the protection unit to the working unit.
l The working unit or protection unit of the protection group becomes faulty and then is
automatically switched to the peer unit.
Procedure
Step 1 Query the type of the 1+1 protection switching event on the NMS.
Step 2 Rectify the fault according to the switching request type.
If... Then...
The switching is caused by an external
switching
Find the cause of the external switching, and
then clear manual switching immediately.
The working unit or protection unit of the
protection group is faulty
Replace the board where the faulty unit is
located.
----End
Relevant Information
None.
1176
A Glossary
Numerics
1+1 backup A backup method in which two components mirror each other. If the active component
goes down, the standby component takes over services from the active component to
ensure that the system service is not interrupted.
1:N protection An architecture that has N normal service signals, N working SNCs/trails, and one
protection SNC/trail. It may have one extra service signal.
3G See 3rd generation.
3R reshaping, retiming, regenerating
3rd generation (3G) The third generation of digital wireless technology, as defined by the International
Telecommunications Union (ITU). Third generation technology is expected to deliver
data transmission speeds between 144 kbit/s and 2 Mbit/s, compared to the 9.6 kbit/s to
19.2 kbit/s offered by second generation technology.
A
A/D analog/digit
AAA See Authentication, Authorization and Accounting.
AAL See ATM Adaptation Layer.
AAL2 ATM Adaptation Layer Type 2
AAL5 ATM Adaptation Layer Type 5
ABR See available bit rate.
ACAP See adjacent channel alternate polarization.
ACH associated channel header
ACL See access control list.
ACL rule A rule for controlling the access of users.
ADM add/drop multiplexer
AF See assured forwarding.
AGC automatic gain control
Alarms and Performance Events Reference A Glossary
1177
AIO asynchronous input/output
AIS alarm indication signal
AIS insertion Insertion of AIS in a channel with excessive errors to indicate that it is unavailable. For
a line board, it can be set whether to insert AIS when there are excessive errors in the
B1, B2 and B3 bytes. For tributary board at the E1/T1 level, it can be set whether to
insert AIS when there are excessive errors in BIP-2. For tributary board at the E3 level
or higher, it can be set whether to insert AIS when there are excessive errors in the B3
byte.
ALS See automatic laser shutdown.
AM See adaptive modulation.
AMI See alternate mark inversion.
ANSI See American National Standards Institute.
APD See avalanche photodiode.
APID access point identifier
APS automatic protection switching
APS 1+1 protection A protection architecture that comprises one protection facility and one working facility
and performs switchover by using the Automatic Protection Switching (APS) protocol.
Normally, signals are sent only over the working facility. If an APS switchover event is
detected by the working facility, services are switched over to the protection facility.
ARP See Address Resolution Protocol.
AS See autonomous system.
ASCII American Standard Code for Information Interchange
ASK amplitude shift keying
ATM asynchronous transfer mode
ATM Adaptation
Layer (AAL)
An interface between higher-layer protocols and Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM).
The AAL provides a conversion function to and from ATM for various types of
information, including voice, video, and data.
ATM protection group Logically bound ATM VP network/subnetwork connections that share the same physical
transmission channel. In the VP Group (VPG), a pair of VP connections (working
connection and its protective connection) is used for monitoring the automatic protection
switching, called monitoring connections (APS VPCs). If the monitoring connections
switch over, the whole VPG will switch over to quicken the ATM protection switching
(as quick as the protection switching of the SDH layer).
ATPC See automatic transmit power control.
AU See administrative unit.
AUG See administrative unit group.
AWG arrayed waveguide grating
Address Resolution
Protocol (ARP)
An Internet Protocol used to map IP addresses to MAC addresses. It allows hosts and
routers to determine the link layer addresses through ARP requests and ARP responses.
1178
American National
Standards Institute
(ANSI)
An organization that defines U.S standards for the information processing industry.
ANSI participates in defining network protocol standards.
Authentication,
Authorization and
Accounting (AAA)
A mechanism for configuring authentication, authorization, and accounting security
services. Authentication refers to the verification of user identities and the related
network services; authorization refers to the granting of network services to users
according to authentication results; and accounting refers to the tracking of the
consumption of network services by users.
access A link between the customer and the telecommunication network. Many technologies,
such as the copper wire, optical fiber, mobile, microwave and satellite, are used for
access.
access control list
(ACL)
A list of entities, together with their access rights, which are authorized to have access
to a resource.
access layer A layer that connects the end users (or last mile) to the ISP network. The access layer
devices are cost-effective and have high-density interfaces. In an actual network, the
access layer includes the devices and cables between the access points and the UPEs.
access point Any entity that has station functionality and provides access to the distribution services,
via the wireless medium (WM) for associated stations.
accumulation The sum of the service usage, consumption, and recharge fees of a subscriber.
active link A link in the link aggregation group, which is connected to the active interface.
active mode A working mode of EFM OAM. The discovery and remote loopback can only be initiated
by the interface in the active mode.
adaptive modulation
(AM)
A technology that is used to automatically adjust the modulation mode according to the
channel quality. When the channel quality is favorable, the equipment uses a high-
efficiency modulation mode to improve the transmission efficiency and the spectrum
utilization of the system. When the channel quality is degraded, the equipment uses the
low-efficiency modulation mode to improve the anti-interference capability of the link
that carries high-priority services.
adjacency A portion of the local routing information which pertains to the reachability of a single
neighbor ES or IS over a single circuit. Adjacencies are used as input to the Decision
Process for forming paths through the routing domain. A separate adjacency is created
for each neighbor on a circuit, and for each level of routing (i.e. level 1 and level 2) on
a broadcast circuit.
adjacent channel
alternate polarization
(ACAP)
A channel configuration method, which uses two adjacent channels (a horizontal
polarization wave and a vertical polarization wave) to transmit two signals.
adjacent concatenation A situation where the virtual containers (VC) to carry concatenated services in SDH are
consecutive in terms of their service in the frame structures, so that they use the same
path overhead (POH).
administrative unit
(AU)
The information structure which provides adaptation between the higher order path layer
and the multiplex section layer. It consists of an information payload (the higher order
VC) and an AU pointer which indicates the offset of the payload frame start relative to
the multiplex section frame start.
administrative unit
group (AUG)
One or more administrative units occupying fixed, defined positions in an STM payload.
An AUG consists of AU-4s.
1179
advanced ACL An ACL that defines ACL rules based on the source addresses, target addresses, protocol
type, such as TCP source or target port, the type of the ICMP protocol, and message
codes.
aggregated link Multiple signaling link sets between two nodes.
aging time The time to live before an object becomes invalid.
air interface The interface between the cellular phone set or wireless modem (usually portable or
mobile) and the active base station.
alarm A message reported when a fault is detected by a device or by the network management
system during the process of polling devices. Each alarm corresponds to a recovery
alarm. After a recovery alarm is received, the status of the corresponding alarm changes
to cleared.
alarm box A device that reflects the status of an alarm in visual-audio mode. The alarm box notifies
you of the alarm generation and alarm severity after it is connected to the Signaling
Network Manager server or client and the related parameters are set.
alarm cascading The shunt-wound output of the alarm signals of several subracks or cabinets.
alarm correlation
analysis
A process to analyze correlated alarms. For example, if alarm 2 is generated within five
seconds after alarm 1 is generated, and it complies with the conditions defined in the
alarm correlation analysis rule, you can either mask the alarm or raise the level of alarm
2 according to the behavior defined in the alarm correlation rule.
alarm filtering An alarm management method. Alarms are detected and reported to the NMS system,
and whether the alarm information is displayed and saved is decided by the alarm filtering
status. An alarm with the filtering status set to "Filter" is not displayed and saved on the
NMS, but is monitored on the NE.
alarm indication A function that indicates the alarm status of an NE. On the cabinet of an NE, there are
four indicators in different colors indicating the current alarm status of the NE. When
the green indicator is on, the NE is powered on. When the red indicator is on, a critical
alarm is generated. When the orange indicator is on, a major alarm is generated. When
the yellow indicator is on, a minor alarm is generated. The ALM alarm indicator on the
front panel of a board indicates the current status of the board.
alarm inversion mode A mode for an NE that indicates whether the port is automatically restored to the normal
status after the service is accessed or the fault is removed. There are three alarm inversion
modes: normal, revertible and non-revertible.
alarm notification When an error occurs, the performance measurement system sends performance alarms
to the destination (for example, a file and/or fault management system) designated by
users.
alarm suppression An alarm management method. Alarms that are set to be suppressed are not reported
from NEs any more.
alternate mark
inversion (AMI)
A synchronous clock encoding technique which uses bipolar pulses to represent logical
1 values.
analog signal A signal in which information is represented with a continuously variable physical
quantity, such as voltage. Because of this constant changing of the wave shape with
regard to its passing a given point in time or space, an analog signal might have a virtually
indefinite number of states or values. This contrasts with a digital signal that is expressed
as a square wave and therefore has a very limited number of discrete states. Analog
signals, with complicated structures and narrow bandwidth, are vulnerable to external
interference.
1180
assured forwarding
(AF)
One of the four per-hop behaviors (PHB) defined by the Diff-Serv workgroup of IETF.
It is suitable for certain key data services that require assured bandwidth and short delay.
For traffic within the bandwidth limit, AF assures quality in forwarding. For traffic that
exceeds the bandwidth limit, AF degrades the service class and continues to forward the
traffic instead of discarding the packets.
attack An attempt to bypass security controls in a system with the mission of using that system
or compromising it. An attack is usually accomplished by exploiting a current
vulnerability.
attenuation Reduction of signal magnitude or signal loss, usually expressed in decibels.
attenuator A device used to increase the attenuation of an Optical Fiber Link. Generally used to
ensure that the signal at the receive end is not too strong.
automatic laser
shutdown (ALS)
A technique (procedure) to automatically shutdown the output power of laser transmitters
and optical amplifiers to avoid exposure to hazardous levels.
automatic transmit
power control (ATPC)
A method of adjusting the transmit power based on fading of the transmit signal detected
at the receiver
autonomous system
(AS)
A network set that uses the same routing policy and is managed by the same technology
administration department. Each AS has a unique identifier that is an integer ranging
from 1 to 65535. The identifier is assigned by IANA. An AS can be divided into areas.
availability A capability of providing services at any time. The probability of this capability is called
availability.
available bit rate (ABR) A kind of service categories defined by the ATM forum. ABR only provides possible
forwarding service and applies to the connections that does not require the real-time
quality. It does not provide any guarantee in terms of cell loss or delay.
avalanche photodiode
(APD)
A semiconductor photodetector with integral detection and amplification stages.
Electrons generated at a p/n junction are accelerated in a region where they free an
avalanche of other electrons. APDs can detect faint signals but require higher voltages
than other semiconductor electronics.
average delay A performance indicator indicating the average RTT of multiple ping operations or other
probe operations. It is expressed in milliseconds.
B
B-ISDN See broadband integrated services digital network.
BA booster amplifier
BBE background block error
BC boundary clock
BCD binary coded decimal
BDI See backward defect indication.
BDI packet A packet used to notify the upstream LSR of the failure event which has occurred on the
downstream LSR through the reverse LSP. The BDI packet can be used in the 1:1/N
protective switchover service.
BE See best effort.
BER bit error rate
1181
BFD See Bidirectional Forwarding Detection.
BGP Border Gateway Protocol
BIP See bit interleaved parity.
BIP-8 See bit interleaved parity-8.
BIP-X bit interleaved parity-X
BITS See building integrated timing supply.
BMC best master clock
BNC See bayonet-neill-concelman.
BOM bill of material
BPDU See bridge protocol data unit.
BPS board protection switching
BSC See base station controller.
BSS base station subsystem
BTS base transceiver station
BWS backbone wavelength division multiplexing system
Bidirectional
Forwarding Detection
(BFD)
A simple Hello protocol, similar to the adjacent detection in the route protocol. Two
systems periodically send BFD detection messages on the channel between the two
systems. If one system does not receive the detection message from the other system for
a long time, you can infer that the channel is faulty. Under some conditions, the TX and
RX rates between systems need to be negotiated to reduce traffic load.
backbone network A network that forms the central interconnection for a connected network. The
communication backbone for a country is WAN. The backbone network is an important
architectural element for building enterprise networks. It provides a path for the exchange
of information between different LANs or subnetworks. A backbone can tie together
diverse networks in the same building, in different buildings in a campus environment,
or over wide areas. Generally, the backbone network's capacity is greater than the
networks connected to it.
backplane An electronic circuit board containing circuits and sockets into which additional
electronic devices on other circuit boards or cards can be plugged.
backup A periodic operation performed on the data stored in the database for the purposes of
database recovery in case that the database is faulty. The backup also refers to data
synchronization between active and standby boards.
backward defect
indication (BDI)
A function that the sink node of a LSP, when detecting a defect, uses to inform the
upstream end of the LSP of a downstream defect along the return path.
bandwidth A range of transmission frequencies that a transmission line or channel can carry in a
network. In fact, it is the difference between the highest and lowest frequencies the
transmission line or channel. The greater the bandwidth, the faster the data transfer rate.
base station area An area of radio coverage consisting of cells served by one or more Base Transceiver
Stations (BTSs) in the same base station site.
1182
base station controller
(BSC)
A logical entity that connects the BTS with the MSC in a GSM/CDMA network. It
interworks with the BTS through the Abis interface, the MSC through the A interface.
It provides the following functions: radio resource management, base station
management, power control, handover control, and traffic measurement. One BSC
controls and manages one or more BTSs in an actual network.
baseband A form of modulation in which the information is applied directly onto the physical
transmission medium.
bayonet-neill-
concelman (BNC)
A connector used for connecting two coaxial cables.
bearer An information transmission path with defined capacity, delay and bit error rate.
bearer network A network used to carry the messages of a transport-layer protocol between physical
devices.
best effort (BE) A traditional IP packet transport service. In this service, the diagrams are forwarded
following the sequence of the time they reach. All diagrams share the bandwidth of the
network and routers. The amount of resource that a diagram can use depends of the time
it reaches. BE service does not ensure any improvement in delay time, jitter, packet loss
ratio, and high reliability.
best-effort service A unitary and simple service model. Without being approved, but after notifying the
network, the application can send any number of packets at any time. The network tries
its best to send the packets, but delay and reliability cannot be ensured. Best-Effort is
the default service model of the Internet. It can be applied to various networks, such as
FTP and E-Mail. It is implemented through the First In First-Out (FIFO) queue.
bit error An incompatibility between a bit in a transmitted digital signal and the corresponding
bit in the received digital signal.
bit interleaved parity
(BIP)
A method of error monitoring. With even parity an X-bit code is generated by equipment
at the transmit end over a specified portion of the signal in such a manner that the first
bit of the code provides even parity over the first bit of all X-bit sequences in the covered
portion of the signal, the second bit provides even parity over the second bit of all X-bit
sequences within the specified portion, and so on. Even parity is generated by setting the
BIP-X bits so that there is an even number of 1s in each monitored partition of the signal.
A monitored partition comprises all bits which are in the same bit position within the X-
bit sequences in the covered portion of the signal. The covered portion includes the BIP-
X.
bit interleaved parity-8
(BIP-8)
Consists of a parity byte calculated bit-wise across a large number of bytes in a
transmission transport frame. Divide a frame is into several blocks with 8 bits (one byte)
in a parity unit and then arrange the blocks in matrix. Compute the number of "1" or "0"
over each column. Then fill a 1 in the corresponding bit for the result if the number is
odd, otherwise fill a 0.
blacklist A method of filtering packets based on their source IP addresses. Compared with ACL,
the match condition for the black list is much simpler. Therefore, the black list can filter
packets at a higher speed and can effectively screen the packet sent from the specific IP
address.
bound path A parallel path with several serial paths bundled together. It improves the data throughput
capacity.
1183
bridge A device that connects two or more networks and forwards packets among them. Bridges
operate at the physical network level. Bridges differ from repeaters because bridges store
and forward complete packets, while repeaters forward all electrical signals. Bridges
differ from routers because bridges use physical addresses, while routers use IP
addresses.
bridge protocol data
unit (BPDU)
The data messages that are exchanged across the switches within an extended LAN that
uses a spanning tree protocol (STP) topology. BPDU packets contain information on
ports, addresses, priorities and costs and ensure that the data ends up where it was
intended to go. BPDU messages are exchanged across bridges to detect loops in a
network topology. The loops are then removed by shutting down selected bridges
interfaces and placing redundant switch ports in a backup, or blocked, state.
bridging The action of transmitting identical traffic on the working and protection channels
simultaneously.
broadband integrated
services digital network
(B-ISDN)
A standard defined by the ITU-T to handle high-bandwidth applications, such as voice.
It currently uses the ATM technology to transmit data over SONNET-based circuits at
155 to 622 Mbit/s or higher speed.
broadcast A means of delivering information to all members in a network. The broadcast range is
determined by the broadcast address.
broadcast address A network address in computer networking that allows information to be sent to all nodes
on a network, rather than to a specific network host.
broadcast domain A group of network stations that receives broadcast packets originating from any device
within the group. The broadcast domain also refers to the set of ports between which a
device forwards a multicast, broadcast, or unknown destination frame.
building integrated
timing supply (BITS)
In the situation of multiple synchronous nodes or communication devices, one can use
a device to set up a clock system on the hinge of telecom network to connect the
synchronous network as a whole, and provide satisfactory synchronous base signals to
the building integrated device. This device is called BITS.
built-in WDM A function which integrates some simple WDM systems into products that belong to the
OSN series. That is, the OSN products can add or drop several wavelengths directly.
burst A process of forming data into a block of the proper size, uninterruptedly sending the
block in a fast operation, waiting for a long time, and preparing for the next fast sending.
C
CAC See connection admission control.
CAR committed access rate
CAS multiframe A multiframe set up based on timeslot 16. Each CAS multiframe contains 16 E1 PCM
frames. Among the 8 bits of timeslot 16 in the first frame, the first 4 bits are used for
multiframe synchronization. The multiframe alignment signal (MFAS) for
synchronization is 0000. The last 4 bits are used as the not multiframe alignment signal
(NMFAS). The NMFAS is XYXX. For the other 15 frames, timeslot 16 is used to
transmit exchange and multiplexing (E&M) signaling corresponding to each timeslot.
CBR See constant bit rate.
CBS See committed burst size.
CC See continuity check.
1184
CCDP See co-channel dual polarization.
CCS See Common Channel Signaling.
CDVT cell delay variation tolerance
CE See customer edge.
CES See circuit emulation service.
CFM connectivity fault management
CFR cell fill rate
CIR committed information rate
CIST See Common and Internal Spanning Tree.
CLEI common language equipment identification
CLK clock card
CLNP connectionless network protocol
CLP See cell loss priority.
CMI coded mark inversion
CO central office
CPU See central processing unit.
CR connection request
CRC See cyclic redundancy check.
CRC-4 multiframe A multiframe recommended by ITU-T G.704 and set up based on the first bit of timeslot
0. The CRC-4 multiframe is different from the CAS multiframe in principle and
implementation. Each CRC-4 multiframe contains 16 PCM frames. Each CRC-4
multiframe consists of two CRC-4 sub-multiframes. Each CRC-4 sub-multiframe is a
CRC-4 check block that contains 2048 (256 x 8) bits. Bits C1 to C4 of a check block can
check the previous check block.
CSA Canadian Standards Association
CSES consecutive severely errored second
CSF Client Signal Fail
CSMA/CD See carrier sense multiple access with collision detection.
CST See common spanning tree.
CTC common transmit clock
CV connectivity verification
CV packet A type of packet that is generated at the frequency of 1/s on the source end LSR of an
LSP, and is terminated on the destination end LSR of the LSP. A CV packet is transmitted
from the source end LSR to the destination LSR along the LSP. A CV packet contains
the unique identifier (TTSI) of the LSP so that all types of abnormalities on the path can
be detected.
CW control word
CWDM See coarse wavelength division multiplexing.
1185
Common Channel
Signaling (CCS)
A signaling system used in telephone networks that separates signaling information from
user data. A specified channel is exclusively designated to carry signaling information
for all other channels in the system.
Common and Internal
Spanning Tree (CIST)
The single spanning tree jointly calculated by STP and RSTP, the logical connectivity
using MST bridges and regions, and MSTP. The CIST ensures that all LANs in the
bridged local area network are simply and fully connected.
Coordinated Universal
Time (UTC)
The world-wide scientific standard of timekeeping. It is based upon carefully maintained
atomic clocks and is kept accurate to within microseconds worldwide.
cabinet Free-standing and self-supporting enclosure for housing electrical and/or electronic
equipment. It is usually fitted with doors and/or side panels which may or may not be
removable.
cable distribution plate A component, which is used to arrange cables in order.
cable tie A tape used to bind cables.
carrier An organization that has telecom network resources and can provide communications
service.
carrier sense multiple
access with collision
detection (CSMA/CD)
Carrier sense multiple access with collision detection (CSMA/CD) is a computer
networking access method in which:
l A carrier sensing scheme is used.
l A transmitting data station that detects another signal while transmitting a frame,
stops transmitting that frame, transmits a jam signal, and then waits for a random
time interval before trying to send that frame again.
cell loss priority (CLP) A field in the ATM cell header that determines the probability of a cell being dropped
if the network becomes congested. Cells with CLP = 0 are insured traffic, which is
unlikely to be dropped. Cells with CLP = 1 are best-effort traffic, which might be
dropped.
central processing unit
(CPU)
The computational and control unit of a computer. The CPU is the device that interprets
and executes instructions. The CPU has the ability to fetch, decode, and execute
instructions and to transfer information to and from other resources over the computer's
main data-transfer path, the bus.
centralized alarm The alarms of all the hosts connecting to the Operation and Maintenance Unit (OMU).
channel A telecommunication path of a specific capacity and/or at a specific speed between two
or more locations in a network. Channels can be established through wire, radio
(microwave), fiber or a combination of the three. The amount of information transmitted
per second in a channel is the information transmission speed, expressed in bits per
second. For example, b/s, kb/s, Mb/s, Gb/s, and Tb/s.
channel spacing The center-to-center difference in frequency or wavelength between adjacent channels
in a WDM device.
check criteria A set of rules for checking and analyzing device echo information. The check criteria
for an alarm collection item need to be set through the configuration file.
1186
circuit emulation
service (CES)
A function with which the E1/T1 data can be transmitted through ATM networks. At the
transmission end, the interface module packs timeslot data into ATM cells. These ATM
cells are sent to the reception end through the ATM network. At the reception end, the
interface module re-assigns the data in these ATM cells to E1/T1 timeslots. The CES
technology guarantees that the data in E1/T1 timeslots can be recovered to the original
sequence at the reception end.
clock selection An algorithm used for selecting the best clock for clock synchronization. For different
peers (multiple servers or peers configured for a client), a peer sends clock
synchronization packets to each server or passive peer. After receiving the response
packets, it uses the clock selection algorithm to select the best clock.
clock source A device that provides standard time for the NTP configuration.
clock synchronization Also called frequency synchronization. The signal frequency traces the reference
frequency, but the start point does not need to be consistent.
clock tracing The method to keep the time on each node synchronized with a clock source in a network.
co-channel dual
polarization (CCDP)
A channel configuration method, which uses a horizontal polarization wave and a vertical
polarization wave to transmit two signals. The Co-Channel Dual Polarization has twice
the transmission capacity of the single polarization.
coarse wavelength
division multiplexing
(CWDM)
A signal transmission technology that multiplexes widely-spaced optical channels into
the same fiber. CWDM widely spaces wavelengths at a spacing of several nm. CWDM
does not support optical amplifiers and is applied in short-distance chain networking.
collision A condition in which two packets are being transmitted over a medium at the same time.
Their interference makes both unintelligible.
committed burst size
(CBS)
A parameter used to define the capacity of token bucket C, that is, the maximum burst
IP packet size when the information is transferred at the committed information rate.
This parameter must be larger than 0. It is recommended that this parameter should be
not less than the maximum length of the IP packet that might be forwarded.
common spanning tree
(CST)
A single spanning tree that connects all the MST regions in a network. Every MST region
is considered as a switch; therefore, the CST can be considered as their spanning tree
generated with STP/RSTP.
composite service An aggregation of a series of services relevant to each other.
conference An IP multimedia session that have two or more participants. Each conference has a
focus and can be identified uniquely.
congestion An extra intra-network or inter-network traffic that results in a decrease in network
service efficiency.
congestion
management
A flow control measure to solve the problem of network resource competition. When
the network congestion occurs, it places packets into the queue for buffer and determines
the packet forwarding order.
connection An association of transmission channels or telecommunication circuits, switching and
other functional units set up to provide for the transfer of signals between two or more
network points, to support a single communication.
connection admission
control (CAC)
A control process in which the network takes actions in the call set-up phase (or call re-
negotiation phase) to determine which connection request is admitted.
1187
connection point A reference point where the output of a trail termination source or a connection is bound
to the input of another connection, or where the output of a connection is bound to the
input of a trail termination sink or another connection. The connection point is
characterized by the information which passes across it. A bidirectional connection point
is formed by the association of a contradirectional pair.
connectionless Pertaining to a method of data presentation. The data has a complete destination address
and is delivered by the network on a best-effort basis, independent of other data being
exchanged between the same pair of users.
constant bit rate (CBR) A kind of service categories defined by the ATM forum. CBR transfers cells based on
the constant bandwidth. It is applicable to service connections that depend on precise
clocking to ensure undistorted transmission.
container A set of hardware or software devices. In software domain, it refers to the environment
variables and processes. In hardware domain, it refers to a type of topology node that
contains nodes, usually refers to one device with multiple frames; each node stands for
a frame.
continuity check (CC) Ethernet CFM can detect the connectivity between MEPs. The detection is achieved after
MEPs transmit Continuity Check Messages (CCMs) periodically.
control VLAN A VLAN that transmits only protocol packets.
control channel The channel used to transmit digital control information from the base station to a cell
phone or vice-versa.
convergence layer A "bridge" between the access layer and the core layer. The convergence layer provides
the convergence and forwarding functions for the access layer. It processes all the traffic
from the access layer devices, and provides the uplinks to the core layer. Compared with
the access layer, the convergence layer devices should have higher performance, fewer
interfaces and higher switching rate. In the real network, the convergence layer refers to
the network between UPEs and PE-AGGs.
cooling system The system that controls or influences climate by decreasing the air temperature only.
core layer A layer that functions as the backbone of high speed switching for networks and provides
high speed forwarding communications. It has a backbone transmission structure that
provides high reliability, high throughput, and low delay. The core layer devices must
have a good redundancy, error tolerance, manageability, adaptability, and they support
dual-system hot backup or load balancing technologies. In a real network, the core layer
includes the IP/MPLS backbone network consisting of NPEs and backbone routers.
correlation The similarities when two random processes vary with time.
corruption The alteration of the information in IMS networks for the purpose of deception. For
example, attackers corrupt the correct charging information to evade being charged.
cross-connection The connection of channels between the tributary board and the line board, or between
line boards inside the NE. Network services are realized through the cross-connections
of NEs.
crossover cable A twisted pair patch cable wired in such a way as to route the transmit signals from one
piece of equipment to the receive signals of another piece of equipment, and vice versa.
crystal oscillator An oscillator that produces electrical oscillations at a frequency determined by the
physical characteristics of a piezoelectric quartz crystal.
customer edge (CE) A part of BGP/MPLS IP VPN model. It provides interfaces for direct connection to the
Service Provider (SP) network. A CE can be a router, switch, or host.
1188
cutover To migrate the data of an application system to another application system, which then
provides services.
cyclic redundancy
check (CRC)
A procedure used in checking for errors in data transmission. CRC error checking uses
a complex calculation to generate a number based on the data transmitted. The sending
device performs the calculation before transmission and includes it in the packet that it
sends to the receiving device. The receiving device repeats the same calculation after
transmission. If both devices obtain the same result, it is assumed that the transmission
was error free. The procedure is known as a redundancy check because each transmission
includes not only data but extra (redundant) error-checking values.
D
D/A digital-analog converter
DB database
DC direct current
DC-C See DC-return common (with ground).
DC-I See DC-return isolate (with ground).
DC-return common
(with ground) (DC-C)
A power system, in which the BGND of the DC return conductor is short-circuited with
the PGND on the output side of the power supply cabinet and also on the line between
the output of the power supply cabinet and the electric equipment.
DC-return isolate (with
ground) (DC-I)
A power system, in which the BGND of the DC return conductor is short-circuited with
the PGND on the output side of the power supply cabinet and is isolated from the PGND
on the line between the output of the power supply cabinet and the electric equipment.
DCC See data communications channel.
DCE See data circuit-terminating equipment.
DCF data communication function
DCM See dispersion compensation module.
DCN See data communication network.
DDF digital distribution frame
DDN See digital data network.
DHCP See Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol.
DLAG See distributed link aggregation group.
DM See delay measurement.
DNI dual node interconnection
DRDB dynamic random database
DS interior node A DS node located at the center of a DS domain. It is a non-DS boundary node.
DS node A DS-compliant node, which is subdivided into DS boundary node and ID interior node.
DSCP differentiated services code point
DSL See digital subscriber line.
DSLAM See digital subscriber line access multiplexer.
1189
DSP digital signal processing
DTE See data terminal equipment.
DTR data terminal ready
DVB digital video broadcasting
DVB-ASI digital video broadcast-asynchronous serial interface
DVMRP See Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol.
DWDM See dense wavelength division multiplexing.
Distance Vector
Multicast Routing
Protocol (DVMRP)
An Internet gateway protocol mainly based on the RIP. The protocol implements a typical
dense mode IP multicast solution. The DVMRP protocol uses IGMP to exchange routing
datagrams with its neighbors.
Dynamic Host
Configuration Protocol
(DHCP)
A client-server networking protocol. A DHCP server provides configuration parameters
specific to the DHCP client host requesting, generally, information required by the host
to participate on the Internet network. DHCP also provides a mechanism for allocation
of IP addresses to hosts.
data backup A method that is used to copy key data to the standby storage area, to prevent data loss
in the case of damage or failure in the original storage area.
data circuit-
terminating equipment
(DCE)
The equipment that provides the signal conversion and coding between the data terminal
equipment (DTE) and the line. A DCE is located at a data station. The DCE may be
separate equipment, or an integral part of the DTE or intermediate equipment. The DCE
may perform other functions that are normally performed at the network end of the line.
data communication
network (DCN)
A communication network used in a TMN or between TMNs to support the data
communication function.
data communications
channel (DCC)
The data channel that uses the D1D12 bytes in the overhead of an STM-N signal to
transmit information about operation, management, maintenance and provision
(OAM&P) between NEs. The DCC channels that are composed of bytes D1D3 are
referred to as the 192 kbit/s DCC-R channel. The other DCC channels that are composed
of bytes D4D12 are referred to as the 576 kbit/s DCC-M channel.
data flow A process that involves processing the data extracted from the source system, such as
filtering, integration, calculation, and summary, finding and solving data inconsistency,
and deleting invalid data so that the processed data meets the requirements of the
destination system for the input data.
data mapping An algorithm that is used to convert the data between heterogeneous data models.
data restoration A method for retrieving data that is lost due to damage or misoperations.
data terminal
equipment (DTE)
A user device composing the UNI. The DTE accesses the data network through the DCE
equipment (for example, a modem) and usually uses the clock signals produced by DCE.
datagram A kind of protocol data unit (PDU) which is used in Connectionless Network Protocol
(CLNP), such as IP datagram, UDP datagram.
defect A limited interruption in the ability of an item to perform a required function.
delay measurement
(DM)
The time elapsed since the start of transmission of the first bit of the frame by a source
node until the reception of the last bit of the loopbacked frame by the same source node,
when the loopback is performed at the frame's destination node.
1190
demodulation In communications, the means by which a modem converts data from modulated carrier
frequencies (waves that have been modified in such a way that variations in amplitude
and frequency represent meaningful information) over a telephone line. Data is converted
to the digital form needed by a computer to which the modem is attached, with as little
distortion as possible.
dense wavelength
division multiplexing
(DWDM)
The technology that utilizes the characteristics of broad bandwidth and low attenuation
of single mode optical fiber, employs multiple wavelengths with specific frequency
spacing as carriers, and allows multiple channels to transmit simultaneously in the same
fiber.
designated port A port defined in the STP protocol. On each switch that runs the STP protocol, the traffic
from the root bridge is forwarded to the designated port. The subnet connected to the
STP switch receives the data traffic from the root bridge. All the ports on the root bridge
are designated ports. On each subnet, there is only one designated port. When a network
topology is stable, only the root port and the designated port forward traffic. Other non-
designated ports are in the blocking state, and they receive STP packets, but does not
forward user traffic.
destruction A process during which the information and resources in a network are changed
unexpectedly and the meanings of the information and resources are deleted or changed.
digital data network
(DDN)
A high-quality data transport tunnel that combines the digital channel (such as fiber
channel, digital microwave channel, or satellite channel) and the cross multiplex
technology.
digital modulation A method that controls the changes in amplitude, phase, and frequency of the carrier
based on the changes in the baseband digital signal. In this manner, the information can
be transmitted by the carrier.
digital network A telecommunication network where information is first converted into distinct
electronic pulses and then transmitted to a digital bit stream.
digital signal A signal in which information is represented by a limited number of discrete states
number of discrete states (for example, high and low voltages) rather than by fluctuating
levels in a continuous stream, as in an analog signal. In the pulse code modulation (PCM)
technology, the 8 kHz sampling frequency is used and a byte contains 8 bits in length.
Therefore, a digital signal is also referred to as a byte-based code stream. Digital signals,
with simple structures and broad bandwidth, are easy to shape or regenerate, and are not
easily affected by external interference.
digital subscriber line
(DSL)
A technology for providing digital connections over the copper wire or the local
telephone network. DSL performs data communication over the POTS lines without
affecting the POTS service.
access multiplexer
(DSLAM)
A network device, usually situated in the main office of a telephone company that
receives signals from multiple customer Digital Subscriber Line (DSL) connections and
puts the signals on a high-speed backbone line using multiplexing techniques.
dispersion The dependence of refraction on the wavelength of light. Different wavelengths are
transmitted in an optical medium at different speeds. Wavelengths reach the end of the
medium at different times. As a result, the light pulse spreads and the dispersion occurs.
dispersion
compensation module
(DCM)
A module, which contains dispersion compensation fibers to compensate for the
dispersion of transmitting fiber.
1191
distributed link
aggregation group
(DLAG)
A board-level port protection technology used to detect unidirectional fiber cuts and to
negotiate with the opposite end. Once a link down failure occurs on a port or a hardware
failure occurs on a board, the services can automatically be switched to the slave board,
achieving 1+1 protection for the inter-board ports.
domain A logical subscriber group based on which the subscriber rights are controlled.
dotted decimal notation A format of IP address. IP addresses in this format are separated into four parts by a dot
"." with each part is in the decimal numeral.
download To obtain data from an upper-layer device or the server.
downstream In an access network, the direction of transmission toward the subscriber end of the link.
dual-ended switching A protection operation method which takes switching action at both ends of the protected
entity (for example, "connection", "path"), even in the case of a unidirectional failure.
dual-polarized antenna An antenna intended to simultaneously radiate or receive two independent radio waves
orthogonally polarized.
E
E-Aggr See Ethernet aggregation.
E-LAN See Ethernet local area network.
E-Line See Ethernet line.
EA encryption algorithm
EBS See excess burst size.
ECC See embedded control channel.
EDFA See erbium-doped fiber amplifier.
EEPROM See electrically erasable programable read-only memory.
EF See expedited forwarding.
EFCI explicit forward congestion indication
EFM Ethernet in the First Mile
EFM OAM Ethernet in the first mile OAM
EIA See Electronic Industries Alliance.
EIR See excess information rate.
EMC See electromagnetic compatibility.
EMI See electromagnetic interference.
EMS element management system
EPD early packet discard
EPL See Ethernet private line.
EPLAN See Ethernet private LAN service.
ERPS Ethernet ring protection switching
ESC See electric supervisory channel.
ESCON See enterprise system connection.
1192
ESD electrostatic discharge
ESN See equipment serial number.
ETS European Telecommunication Standards
ETSI See European Telecommunications Standards Institute.
EVC Ethernet virtual connection
EVPL See Ethernet virtual private line.
EVPLAN See Ethernet virtual private LAN service.
EXP See experimental bits.
Electronic Industries
Alliance (EIA)
An association based in Washington, D.C., with members from various electronics
manufacturers. It sets standards for electronic components. RS-232-C, for example, is
the EIA standard for connecting serial components.
EoD See Ethernet over dual domains.
Ethernet A LAN technology that uses Carrier Sense Multiple Access/Collision Detection. The
speed of an Ethernet interface can be 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 1000 Mbit/s or 10000 Mbit/
s. An Ethernet network features high reliability and is easy to maintain.
Ethernet aggregation
(E-Aggr)
A type of Ethernet service that is based on a multipoint-to-point EVC (Ethernet virtual
connection).
Ethernet line (E-Line) A type of Ethernet service that is based on a point-to-point EVC (Ethernet virtual
connection).
Ethernet local area
network (E-LAN)
A type of Ethernet service that is based on a multipoint-to-multipoint EVC (Ethernet
virtual connection).
Ethernet over dual
domains (EoD)
A type of boards. EoD boards bridge the PSN and TDM networks, enabling Ethernet
service transmission across PSN and TDM networks.
Ethernet private LAN
service (EPLAN)
A type of Ethernet service provided by SDH, PDH, ATM, or MPLS networks. This
service is carried over a dedicated bridge and point-to-multipoint connections.
Ethernet private line
(EPL)
A type of Ethernet service that is provided with dedicated bandwidth and point-to-point
connections on an SDH, PDH, ATM, or MPLS server layer network.
Ethernet virtual
private LAN service
(EVPLAN)
service is carried over a shared bridge and point-to-multipoint connections.
Ethernet virtual
private line (EVPL)
service is carried over a shared bridge and point-to-point connections.
European
Telecommunications
Standards Institute
(ETSI)
A standards-setting body in Europe. Also the standards body responsible for GSM.
eSFP enhanced small form-factor pluggable
egress The egress LER. The group is transferred along the LSP consisting of a series of LSRs
after the group is labeled.
electric supervisory
channel (ESC)
A technology that implements communication among all the nodes and transmission of
monitoring data in an optical transmission network. The monitoring data of ESC is
introduced into DCC service overhead and is transmitted with service signals.
1193
electrically erasable
programable read-only
memory (EEPROM)
A type of EPROM that can be erased with an electrical signal. It is useful for stable
storage for long periods without electricity while still allowing reprograming. EEPROMs
contain less memory than RAM, take longer to reprogram, and can be reprogramed only
a limited number of times before wearing out.
electromagnetic
compatibility (EMC)
A condition which prevails when telecommunications equipment is performing its
individually designed function in a common electromagnetic environment without
causing or suffering unacceptable degradation due to unintentional electromagnetic
interference to or from other equipment in the same environment.
electromagnetic
interference (EMI)
Any electromagnetic disturbance that interrupts, obstructs, or otherwise degrades or
limits the effective performance of electronics/electrical equipment.
embedded control
channel (ECC)
A logical channel that uses a data communications channel (DCC) as its physical layer,
to enable transmission of operation, administration, and maintenance (OAM)
information between NEs.
emergency
maintenance
A type of measure taken to quickly rectify an emergency fault to recover the proper
running of the related system or device and to reduce losses.
encapsulation A technology for layered protocols, in which a lower-level protocol accepts a message
from a higher-level protocol and places it in the data portion of the lower-level frame.
Protocol A's packets have complete header information, and are carried by protocol B
as data. Packets that encapsulate protocol A have a B header, an A header, followed by
the information that protocol A is carrying. Note that A could equal to B, as in IP inside
IP.
engineering label A mark on a cable, a subrack, or a cabinet for identification.
enterprise system
connection (ESCON)
A path protocol which connects the host with various control units in a storage system.
It is a serial bit stream transmission protocol. The transmission rate is 200 Mbit/s.
entity A part, device, subsystem, functional unit, equipment, or system that can be considered
individually.
equalization A method of avoiding selective fading of frequencies. Equalization can compensate for
the changes of amplitude frequency caused by frequency selective fading.
equipment serial
number (ESN)
A string of characters that identify a piece of equipment and ensures correct allocation
of a license file to the specified equipment. It is also called "equipment fingerprint".
erbium-doped fiber
amplifier (EDFA)
An optical device that amplifies the optical signals. The device uses a short length of
optical fiber doped with the rare-earth element Erbium and the energy level jump of
Erbium ions activated by pump sources. When the amplifier passes the external light
source pump, it amplifies the optical signals in a specific wavelength range.
error tolerance The ability of a system or component to continue normal operation despite the presence
of erroneous inputs.
event Anything that takes place on the managed object. For example, the managed object is
added, deleted, or modified.
excess burst size (EBS) A parameter related to traffic. In the single rate three color marker (srTCM) mode, the
traffic control is achieved by the token buckets C and E. Excess burst size is a parameter
used to define the capacity of token bucket E, that is, the maximum burst IP packet size
when the information is transferred at the committed information rate. This parameter
must be larger than 0. It is recommended that this parameter should be not less than the
maximum length of the IP packet that might be forwarded.
1194
excess information rate
(EIR)
The bandwidth for excessive or burst traffic above the CIR; it equals the result of the
actual transmission rate without the safety rate.
exercise switching An operation to check whether the protection switching protocol functions properly. The
protection switching is not really performed.
expedited forwarding
(EF)
The highest order QoS in the Diff-Serv network. EF PHB is suitable for services that
demand low packet loss ratio, short delay, and broad bandwidth. In all the cases, EF
traffic can guarantee a transmission rate equal to or faster than the set rate. The DSCP
value of EF PHB is "101110".
experimental bits
(EXP)
A field in the MPLS packet header, three bits long. This field is always used to identify
the CoS of the MPLS packet.
extended ID The number of the subnet that an NE belongs to, for identifying different network
segments in a WAN. The physical ID of an NE is comprised of the NE ID and extended
ID.
external cable The cables and optical fibers which are used for connecting electrical interfaces and
optical interfaces of one cabinet to interfaces of other cabinets or peripherals.
external links The links between the current Web site and other Web sites. Generally, external links
refer to links from other Web sites to the current Web site.
extract To read the data required by the destination system from the source system.
F
F1 byte The user path byte, which is reserved for the user, but is typically special for network
providers. The F1 byte is mainly used to provide the temporary data or voice path for
special maintenance objectives. It belongs to the regenerator section overhead byte.
FAQ frequently asked question
FC See fiber channel.
FDB flash database
FDD See frequency division duplex.
FDDI See fiber distributed data interface.
FDI See forward defect indication.
FDI packet See forward defect indication packet.
FDV See frame delay variation.
FE See fast Ethernet.
FE port See fast Ethernet port.
FEC See forward error correction.
FFD fast failure detection
FFD packet A path failure detection method independent from CV. Different from a CV packet, the
frequency for generating FFD packets is configurable to satisfy different service
requirements. By default, the frequency is 20/s. An FFD packet contains information the
same as that in a CV packet. The destination end LSR processes FFD packets in the same
way for processing CV packets.
FICON See Fiber Connect.
1195
FIFO first in first out queuing
FLR See frame loss ratio.
FPGA See field programmable gate array.
FPS See fast protection switching.
FR See frame relay.
FRU field replaceable unit
FTN FEC to NHLFE
FTP File Transfer Protocol
Fiber Connect
(FICON)
A new generation connection protocol which connects the host to various control units.
It carries single byte command protocol through the physical path of fiber channel, and
provides higher rate and better performance than ESCON.
fairness A feature in which for any link specified in a ring network, the source node is provided
with certain bandwidth capacities if the data packets transmitted by the source node are
constrained by the fairness algorithm.
fast Ethernet (FE) Any network that supports transmission rate of 100 Mbit/s. The Fast Ethernet is 10 times
faster than 10BaseT, and inherits frame format, MAC addressing scheme, MTU, and so
on. Fast Ethernet is extended based on the IEEE802.3 standard, and it uses the following
three types of transmission media: 100BASE-T4 (4 pairs of phone twisted-pair cables),
100BASE-TX (2 pairs of data twisted-pair cables), and 100BASE-FX (2-core optical
fibers).
fast Ethernet port (FE
port)
The port that provides a rate of 100 Mbit/s.
fast protection
switching (FPS)
A type of pseudo wire automatic protection switching (PW APS). When the working
PW is faulty, the source transmits services to the protection PW and the sink receives
the services from the protection PW. FPS generally works with the interworking function
(IWF) to provide end-to-end protection for services.
fault A failure to implement the function while the specified operations are performed. A fault
does not involve the failure caused by preventive maintenance, insufficiency of external
resources or intentional settings.
fault alarm A type of alarm caused by hardware and/or software faults, for example, board failure,
or by the exception that occurs in major functions. After handling, a fault alarm can be
cleared, upon which the NE reports a recovery alarm. Fault alarms are of higher severity
than event alarms.
fault detection The process of determining that a fault has occurred.
fault notification A process wherein a fault is notified. For example, when a fault occurs on the local
interface, the local interface notifies the peer of the fault through OAMPDUs. The local
interface then records the fault in the log, and reports it to the NMS.
feeder 1. A radio frequency transmission line interconnecting an antenna and a transmitter or
receiver. 2. For an antenna comprising more than one driven element, a radio frequency
transmission Line interconnecting the antenna input and a driven element.
1196
fiber channel (FC) A high-speed transport technology used to build storage area networks (SANs). Fiber
channel can be on the networks carrying ATM and IP traffic. It is primarily used for
transporting SCSI traffic from servers to disk arrays. Fiber channel supports single-mode
and multi-mode fiber connections. Fiber channel signaling can run on both twisted pair
copper wires and coaxial cables. Fiber channel provides both connection-oriented and
connectionless services.
fiber distributed data
interface (FDDI)
A standard developed by the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) for high-
speed fiber-optic local area networks (LANs). FDDI provides specifications for
transmission rates of 100 megabits (100 million bits) per second on networks based on
the token ring network.
fiber trough A trough that is used for routing fibers.
fiber/cable General name of optical fiber and cable. It refers to the physical entities that connect the
transmission equipment, carry transmission objects (user information and network
management information) and perform the transmission function in the transmission
network. The optical fiber transmits optical signal, while the cable transmits electrical
signal. The fiber/cable between NEs represents the optical fiber connection or cable
connection between NEs. The fiber/cable between SDH NEs represents the connection
relationship between NEs. At this time, the fiber/cable is of optical fiber type.
field programmable
gate array (FPGA)
A type of semi-customized circuit used in the application specific integrated circuit
(ASIC) field. It is developed on the basis of the programmable components, such as the
PAL, GAL, and EPLD. It not only remedies the defects of customized circuits but also
overcomes the disadvantage of the original programmable components in terms of the
limited number of gate arrays.
firewall A combination of a series of components set between different networks or network
security domains. By monitoring, limiting, and changing the data traffic across the
firewall, it masks the interior information, structure and running state of the network as
much as possible to protect the network security.
fixed bandwidth The bandwidth that is fully reserved and is allocated periodically in a GPON system to
ensure the quality of cell transmission. If a T-CONT is provided with a fixed bandwidth
and does not transmit cells, the OLT can still allocate/assign the fixed bandwidth.
Therefore, idle cells are transmitted to the upstream OLT from the ONU/ONT.
flash memory A type of special electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM) and
can be erased and rewritten in blocks at a time instead of only one byte. The data stored
in flash memory will not be lost if the flash memory is powered off.
flooding A type of incident, such as insertion of a large volume of data, that results in denial of
service.
flow An aggregation of packets that have the same characteristics. On the network
management system or NE software, flow is a group of classification rules. On boards,
it is a group of packets that have the same quality of service (QoS) operation.
flow queue The same type of services of a user is considered one service flow. HQoS performs queue
scheduling according to the services of each user. The service flows of each user are
classified into four FQs, namely, CS, EF, AF, and BE. CS is assigned a traffic shaping
percentage for Priority Queuing (PQ); EF, AF, and BE are assigned weights for Weighted
Fair Queuing (WFQ). The preceding two scheduling modes occupy a certain bandwidth
each; they can act at the same time without interfering each other.
1197
forward defect
indication (FDI)
A packet generated and traced forward to the sink node of the LSP by the node that first
detects defects. It includes fields to indicate the nature of the defect and its location. Its
primary purpose is to suppress alarms being raised at affected higher level client LSPs
and (in turn) their client layers.
forward defect
indication packet (FDI
packet)
A packet that responds to the detected failure event. It is used to suppress alarms of the
upper layer network where failure has occurred.
forward error
correction (FEC)
A bit error correction technology that adds the correction information to the payload at
the transmit end. Based on the correction information, the bit errors generated during
transmission are corrected at the receive end.
fragmentation A process of breaking a packet into smaller units when transmitting over a network node
that does not support the original size of the packet.
frame delay variation
(FDV)
A measurement of the variations in the frame delay between a pair of service frames,
where the service frames belong to the same CoS instance on a point to point ETH
connection.
frame loss ratio (FLR) A ratio, is expressed as a percentage, of the number of service frames not delivered
divided by the total number of service frames during time interval T, where the number
of service frames not delivered is the difference between the number of service frames
arriving at the ingress ETH flow point and the number of service frames delivered at the
egress ETH flow point in a point-to-point ETH connection.
frame relay (FR) A packet-switching protocol used for WANs. Frame relay transmits variable-length
packets at up to 2 Mbit/s over predetermined, set paths known as PVCs (permanent
virtual circuits). It is a variant of X.25 but sacrifices X.25's error detection for the sake
of speed.
free-run mode An operating condition of a clock, the output signal of which is strongly influenced by
the oscillating element and not controlled by servo phase-locking techniques. In this
mode the clock has never had a network reference input, or the clock has lost external
reference and has no access to stored data, that could be acquired from a previously
connected external reference. Free-run begins when the clock output no longer reflects
the influence of a connected external reference, or transition from it. Free-run terminates
when the clock output has achieved lock to an external reference.
frequency division
duplex (FDD)
An application in which channels are divided by frequency. In an FDD system, the uplink
and downlink use different frequencies. Downlink data is sent through bursts. Both
uplink and downlink transmission use frames with fixed time length.
full rate A type of data transmission rate. The service bandwidth can be 9.6 kbit/s, 4.8 kbit/s, or
2.4 kbit/s.
fully loaded A state that indicates that all slots of a piece of equipment are in use, that is, the equipment
has no vacant slots.
fuse A safety device that protects an electric circuit from excessive current, consisting of or
containing a metal element that melts when current exceeds a specific amperage, thereby
opening the circuit.
G
G-ACH generic associated channel header
GAL generic associated channel header label
1198
GCC general communication channel
GCRA generic cell rate algorithm
GE See gigabit Ethernet.
GFC generic flow control
GFP See Generic Framing Procedure.
GNE See gateway network element.
GPS See Global Positioning System.
GRE See Generic Routing Encapsulation.
GSM See Global System for Mobile Communications.
GTS See generic traffic shaping.
GUI graphical user interface
Generic Framing
Procedure (GFP)
A framing and encapsulation method which can be applied to any data type. It has been
standardized by ITU-T SG15.
Generic Routing
Encapsulation (GRE)
A mechanism for encapsulating any network layer protocol over any other network. GRE
is used for encapsulating IP datagrams tunneled through the Internet. GRE serves as a
Layer 3 tunneling protocol and provides a tunnel for transparently transmitting data
packets.
Global Positioning
System (GPS)
A global navigation satellite system. It provides reliable positioning, navigation, and
timing services to worldwide users.
Global System for
Mobile
Communications
(GSM)
The second-generation mobile networking standard defined by European
Telecommunications Standards Institute (ETSI). It is aimed at designing a standard for
global mobile phone networks. The standard allows a subscriber to use a phone globally.
GSM consists of three main parts: mobile switching subsystem (MSS), base station
subsystem (BSS), and mobile station (MS).
gain The difference between the optical power from the input optical interface of the optical
amplifier and the optical power from the output optical interface of the jumper fiber,
which expressed in dB.
gateway A device that connects two network segments using different protocols. It is used to
translate the data in the two network segments.
gateway network
element (GNE)
A network element that is used for communication between the NE application layer and
the NM application layer.
general flow control A flow control that is applicable to the A interface, C/D interface, and trunks and can be
achieved by integrating multiple function modules. It is adopted when the traffic is heavy,
or location update and authentication of multiple subscribers are performed after the
system restarts. It can efficiently prevent system breakdown caused by link congestion
or CPU overload.
generic traffic shaping
(GTS)
A traffic control measure that proactively adjusts the output speed of the traffic. This is
to adapt the traffic to network resources that can be provided by the downstream router
to avoid packet discarding and congestion.
1199
gigabit Ethernet (GE) A collection of technologies for transmitting Ethernet frames at a rate of a gigabit per
second, as defined by the IEEE 802.3z standard. GE is compatible with 10 Mbit/s and
100 Mbit/s Ethernet. It runs at 1000 Mbit/s. Gigabit Ethernet uses a private medium, and
it does not support coaxial cables or other cables. It also supports the channels in the
bandwidth mode. If Gigabit Ethernet is, however, deployed to be the private bandwidth
system with a bridge (switch) or a router as the center, it gives full play to the performance
and the bandwidth. In the network structure, Gigabit Ethernet uses full duplex links that
are private, causing the length of the links to be sufficient for backbone applications in
a building and campus.
ground terminal A connection terminal on a communication device. It is used to connect the device with
ground cables, maintaining a tight connection between the device and the grounding
electrode.
H
HCS higher order connection supervision
HD-SDI See high definition-serial digital interface signal.
HDB3 high density bipolar of order 3 code
HDLC High-Level Data Link Control
HDTV See high definition television.
HEC See header error control.
HPA high order path adaptation
HPT higher order path termination
HQoS See hierarchical quality of service.
HSDPA See High Speed Downlink Packet Access.
HSI high-speed Internet
High Speed Downlink
Packet Access
(HSDPA)
A modulating-demodulating algorithm put forward in 3GPP R5 to meet the requirement
for asymmetric uplink and downlink transmission of data services. It enables the
maximum downlink data service rate to reach 14.4 Mbit/s without changing the
WCDMA network topology.
hang up A call processing mode used by an attendant to end the conversation with a user.
hardware loopback A connection mode in which a fiber jumper is used to connect the input optical interface
to the output optical interface of a board to achieve signal loopback.
header error control
(HEC)
A field within the ATM frame whose purpose is to correct any single bit error in the cell
Header and also to detect any multi-bit errors. It actually performs a CRC check in the
first four header bits and also at the receiving end.
hello packet The commonest packet which is periodically sent by a router to its neighbors. It contains
information about the DR, Backup Designated Router (BDR), known neighbors and
timer values.
hierarchical quality of
service (HQoS)
A type of QoS that controls the traffic of users and performs the scheduling according
to the priority of user services. HQoS has an advanced traffic statistics function, and the
administrator can monitor the usage of bandwidth of each service. Hence, the bandwidth
can be allocated reasonably through traffic analysis.
1200
high definition
television (HDTV)
A type of TV that is capable of displaying at least 720 progressive or 1080 interlaced
active scan lines. It must be capable of displaying a 16:9 image using at least 540
progressive or 810 interlaced active scan lines.
high definition-serial
digital interface signal
(HD-SDI)
High definition video signal transported by serial digital interface.
historical performance
data
The performance data that is stored in the history register or that is automatically reported
and stored on the NMS.
hop A network connection between two distant nodes. For Internet operation a hop represents
a small step on the route from one main computer to another.
hot patch A patch that is used to repair a deficiency in the software or add a new feature to a program
without restarting the software and interrupting the service. For the equipment using the
built-in system, a hot patch can be loaded, activated, confirmed, deactivated, deleted, or
queried.
I
IANA See Internet Assigned Numbers Authority.
IC See integrated circuit.
ICC ITU carrier code
ICMP See Internet Control Message Protocol.
ICP IMA Control Protocol
IDU See indoor unit.
IEEE See Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers.
IETF See Internet Engineering Task Force.
IF See intermediate frequency.
IGMP See Internet Group Management Protocol.
IGMP snooping A multicast constraint mechanism running on a layer 2 device. This protocol manages
and controls the multicast group by listening to and analyzing Internet Group
Management Protocol (IGMP) packets between hosts and Layer 3 devices. In this
manner, the spread of the multicast data on layer 2 network can be prevented efficiently.
IGP See Interior Gateway Protocol.
ILM incoming label map
IMA See inverse multiplexing over ATM.
IMA frame A control unit in the IMA protocol. It is a logical frame defined as M consecutive cells,
numbered 0 to M-l, transmitted on each of the N links in an IMA group.
IP Internet Protocol
IP address A 32-bit (4-byte) binary digit that uniquely identifies a host (computer) connected to the
Internet for communication with other hosts in the Internet by transferring packets. An
IP address is expressed in dotted decimal notation, consisting of decimal values of its 4
bytes, separated by periods (,), for example, 127.0.0.1. The first three bytes of an IP
address identify the network to which the host is connected, and the last byte identifies
the host itself.
1201
IPA See intelligent power adjustment.
IPTV See Internet Protocol television.
IPv4 See Internet Protocol version 4.
IPv6 See Internet Protocol version 6.
IS-IS See Intermediate System to Intermediate System.
ISDN integrated services digital network
ISO International Organization for Standardization
ISP See Internet service provider.
IST internal spanning tree
ITC independent transmit clock
ITU See International Telecommunication Union.
ITU-T See International Telecommunication Union-Telecommunication Standardization
Sector.
IWF Interworking Function
Institute of Electrical
and Electronics
Engineers (IEEE)
A society of engineering and electronics professionals based in the United States but
boasting membership from numerous other countries. The IEEE focuses on electrical,
electronics, computer engineering, and science-related matters.
Interior Gateway
Protocol (IGP)
A routing protocol that is used within an autonomous system. The IGP runs in small-
sized and medium-sized networks. The commonly used IGPs are the routing information
protocol (RIP), the interior gateway routing protocol (IGRP), the enhanced IGRP
(EIGRP), and the open shortest path first (OSPF).
Intermediate System to
Intermediate System
(IS-IS)
A protocol used by network devices (routers) to determine the best way to forward
datagram or packets through a packet-based network.
International
Telecommunication
Union (ITU)
A United Nations agency, one of the most important and influential recommendation
bodies, responsible for recommending standards for telecommunication (ITU-T) and
radio networks (ITU-R).
International
Telecommunication
Union-
Telecommunication
Standardization Sector
(ITU-T)
An international body that develops worldwide standards for telecommunications
technologies. These standards are grouped together in series which are prefixed with a
letter indicating the general subject and a number specifying the particular standard. For
example, X.25 comes from the "X" series which deals with data networks and open
system communications and number "25" deals with packet switched networks.
Internet Assigned
Numbers Authority
(IANA)
A department operated by the IAB. IANA delegates authority for IP address-space
allocation and domain-name assignment to the NIC and other organizations. IANA also
maintains a database of assigned protocol identifiers used in the TCP/IP suite, including
autonomous system numbers.
Internet Control
Message Protocol
(ICMP)
A network-layer (ISO/OSI level 3) Internet protocol that provides error correction and
other information relevant to IP packet processing. For example, it can let the IP software
on one machine inform another machine about an unreachable destination. See also
communications protocol, IP, ISO/OSI reference model, packet (definition 1).
1202
Internet Engineering
Task Force (IETF)
A worldwide organization of individuals interested in networking and the Internet.
Managed by the Internet Engineering Steering Group (IESG), the IETF is charged with
studying technical problems facing the Internet and proposing solutions to the Internet
Architecture Board (IAB). The work of the IETF is carried out by various working groups
that concentrate on specific topics such as routing and security. The IETF is the publisher
of the specifications that led to the TCP/IP protocol standard.
Internet Group
Management Protocol
(IGMP)
One of the TCP/IP protocols for managing the membership of Internet Protocol multicast
groups. It is used by IP hosts and adjacent multicast routers to establish and maintain
multicast group memberships.
Internet Protocol
television (IPTV)
A system in which video is transmitted in IP packets. Also called "TV over IP", IPTV
uses streaming video techniques to deliver scheduled TV programs or video-on-demand
(VOD). Unlike transmitting over the air or through cable to a TV set, IPTV uses the
transport protocol of the Internet for delivery and requires either a computer and software
media player or an IPTV set-top box to decode the images in real time.
Internet Protocol
version 4 (IPv4)
The current version of the Internet Protocol (IP). IPv4 utilizes a 32bit address which is
assigned to hosts. An address belongs to one of five classes (A, B, C, D, or E) and is
written as 4 octets separated by periods and may range from 0.0.0.0 through to
255.255.255.255. Each IPv4 address consists of a network number, an optional
subnetwork number, and a host number. The network and subnetwork numbers together
are used for routing, and the host number is used to address an individual host within the
network or subnetwork.
Internet Protocol
version 6 (IPv6)
An update version of IPv4, which is designed by the Internet Engineering Task Force
(IETF) and is also called IP Next Generation (IPng). It is a new version of the Internet
Protocol. The difference between IPv6 and IPv4 is that an IPv4 address has 32 bits while
an IPv6 address has 128 bits.
Internet service
provider (ISP)
An organization that offers users access to the Internet and related services.
inbound Data transmission from the external link to the router for the routers that support the
NetStream feature.
indicator Description of a performance feature collected from the managed devices by the
performance collector.
indoor unit (IDU) The indoor unit of the split-structured radio equipment. It implements accessing,
multiplexing/demultiplexing, and intermediate frequency (IF) processing for services.
input jitter tolerance The maximum amplitude of sinusoidal jitter at a given jitter frequency, which, when
modulating the signal at an equipment input port, results in no more than two errored
seconds cumulative, where these errored seconds are integrated over successive 30-
second measurement intervals.
insertion loss The loss of power that results from inserting a component, such as a connector, coupler,
or splice, into a previously continuous path.
integrated circuit (IC) A combination of inseparable associated circuit elements that are formed in place and
interconnected on or within a single base material to perform a microcircuit function.
intelligent power
adjustment (IPA)
A mechanism used to reduce the optical power of all the amplifiers in an adjacent
regeneration section in the upstream to a safety level if the system detects the loss of
optical signals on the link. If the fiber is broken, the device performance degrades, or the
connector is not plugged well, the loss of optical signals may occur. With IPA,
maintenance engineers will not be hurt by the laser sent out from the slice of broken
fiber.
1203
interleaving A process of systematically changing the bit sequence of a digital signal, usually as part
of the channel coding, in order to reduce the influence of error bursts that may occur
during transmission.
intermediate frequency
(IF)
The transitional frequency between the frequencies of a modulated signal and an RF
signal.
inverse multiplexing
over ATM (IMA)
A technique that involves inverse multiplexing and de-multiplexing of ATM cells in a
cyclical fashion among links grouped to form a higher bandwidth logical link whose rate
is approximately the sum of the link rates.
J
jitter Short waveform variations caused by vibration, voltage fluctuations, and control system
instability.
jumper A connection wire for connecting two pins.
K
K byte A general designation of K1 byte and K2 byte in the SDH.
L
L2 switching The switching based on the data link layer.
L2VPN Layer 2 virtual private network
LACP See Link Aggregation Control Protocol.
LACPDU Link Aggregation Control Protocol data unit
LAG See link aggregation group.
LAN See local area network.
LAPS Link Access Protocol-SDH
LB See loopback.
LBM See loopback message.
LBR See loopback reply.
LC Lucent connector
LCAS See link capacity adjustment scheme.
LCN local communications network
LCT local craft terminal
LDP Label Distribution Protocol
LED See light emitting diode.
LER See label edge router.
LIFO See last in first out.
LIU logical interface unit
LL logical link
1204
LLC See logical link control.
LLID local loopback ID
LM See loss measurement.
LOC loss of continuity
LOM loss of multiframe
LOP loss of pointer
LOS See loss of signal.
LP lower order path
LPA low order path adaptation
LPT link-state pass through
LSP See label switched path.
LSR See label switching router.
LT linktrace
LTM See linktrace message.
LTR See linktrace reply.
LU line unit
Layer 2 switching A data forwarding method. In a LAN, a network bridge or 802.3 Ethernet switch
transmits and distributes packet data based on the MAC address. Since the MAC address
is at the second layer of the OSI model, this data forwarding method is called Layer 2
switching.
Link Aggregation
Control Protocol
(LACP)
A method of bundling a group of physical interfaces together as a logical interface to
increase bandwidth and reliability. For related protocols and standards, refer to IEEE
802.3ad.
label A short identifier that is of fixed length and local significance. It is used to uniquely
identify the FEC to which a packet belongs. It does not contain topology information. It
is carried in the header of a packet and does not contain topology information.
label distribution Packets with the same destination address belong to an FEC. A label out of an MPLS
label resource pool is allocated to the FEC. LSRs record the relationship of the label and
the FEC. Then, LSRs sends a message and advertises to upstream LSRs about the label
and FEC relationship in message. The process is called label distribution.
label edge router (LER) A device that sits at the edge of an MPLS domain, that uses routing information to assign
labels to datagrams and then forwards them into the MPLS domain.
label space Value range of the label allocated to peers.
label switched path
(LSP)
A sequence of hops (R0...Rn) in which a packet travels from R0 to Rn through label
switching mechanisms. A label-switched path can be chosen dynamically, based on
common routing mechanisms or through configuration.
label switching router
(LSR)
Basic element of an MPLS network. All LSRs support the MPLS protocol. The LSR is
composed of two parts: control unit and forwarding unit. The former is responsible for
allocating the label, selecting the route, creating the label forwarding table, creating and
removing the label switch path; the latter forwards the labels according to groups
received in the label forwarding table.
1205
laser A component that generates directional optical waves of narrow wavelengths. The laser
light has better coherence than ordinary light. The fiber system takes the semi-conductor
laser as the light source.
last in first out (LIFO) A play mode of the voice mails, the last voice mail is played firstly.
layer A concept used to allow the transport network functionality to be described hierarchically
as successive levels; each layer being solely concerned with the generation and transfer
of its characteristic information.
license A permission that the vendor provides for the user with a specific function, capacity, and
duration of a product. A license can be a file or a serial number. Usually the license
consists of encrypted codes. The operation authority granted varies with the level of the
license.
light emitting diode
(LED)
A display and lighting technology used in almost every electrical and electronic product
on the market, to from a tiny on/off light to digital readouts, flashlights, traffic lights and
perimeter lighting. LEDs are also used as the light source in multimode fibers, optical
mice and laser-class printers.
line rate The maximum packet forwarding capacity on a cable. The value of line rate equals the
maximum transmission rate capable on a given type of media.
linear MSP linear multiplex section protection
link aggregation group
(LAG)
An aggregation that allows one or more links to be aggregated together to form a link
aggregation group so that a MAC client can treat the link aggregation group as if it were
a single link.
link capacity
adjustment scheme
(LCAS)
LCAS in the virtual concatenation source and sink adaptation functions provides a
control mechanism to hitless increase or decrease the capacity of a link to meet the
bandwidth needs of the application. It also provides a means of removing member links
that have experienced failure. The LCAS assumes that in cases of capacity initiation,
increases or decreases, the construction or destruction of the end-to-end path is the
responsibility of the network and element management systems.
link monitoring A mechanism for an interface to notify the peer of the fault when the interface detects
that the number of errored frames, errored codes, or errored frame seconds reaches or
exceeds the specified threshold.
link protection Protection provided by the bypass tunnel for the link on the working tunnel. The link is
a downstream link adjacent to the point of local repair (PLR). When the PLR fails to
provide node protection, the link protection should be provided.
linktrace message
(LTM)
The message sent by the initiator MEP of 802.1ag MAC Trace to the destination MEP.
LTM includes the Time to Live (TTL) and the MAC address of the destination MEP2.
linktrace reply (LTR) For 802.1ag MAC Trace, the destination MEP replies with a response message to the
source MEP after the destination MEP receives the LTM, and the response message is
called LTR. LTR also includes the TTL that equals the result of the TTL of LTM minus
1.
load balancing The distribution of activity across two or more servers or components in order to avoid
overloading any one with too many requests or too much traffic.
load sharing A device running mode. Two or more hardware units can averagely share the system
load based on their processing capabilities when they are operating normally. When a
hardware unit fails, the other units fulfill the tasks of the faulty unit on the precondition
for guaranteeing system performance, for example, few call loss.
1206
loading A process of importing information from the storage device to the memory to facilitate
processing (when the information is data) or execution (when the information is
program).
local MEP An MEP of a device on a network enabled with Ethernet CFM.
local area network
(LAN)
A network formed by the computers and workstations within the coverage of a few square
kilometers or within a single building. It features high speed and low error rate. Ethernet,
FDDI, and Token Ring are three technologies used to implement a LAN. Current LANs
are generally based on switched Ethernet or Wi-Fi technology and running at 1,000 Mbit/
s (that is, 1 Gbit/s).
logical interface An interface that does not exist physically and comes into being through configuration.
It can also exchange data.
logical link control
(LLC)
According to the IEEE 802 family of standards, Logical Link Control (LLC) is the upper
sublayer of the OSI data link layer. The LLC is the same for the various physical media
(such as Ethernet, token ring, WLAN).
loopback (LB) A troubleshooting technique that returns a transmitted signal to its source so that the
signal or message can be analyzed for errors. The loopback can be a inloop or outloop.
loopback message
(LBM)
The loopback packet sent by the node that supports 802.2ag MAC Ping to the destination
node. LBM message carries its own sending time.
loopback reply (LBR) A response message involved in the 802.2ag MAC Ping function, with which the
destination MEP replies to the source MEP after the destination MEP receives the LBM.
The LBR carries the sending time of LBM, the receiving time of LBM and the sending
time of LBR.
loss measurement (LM) A method used to collect counter values applicable for ingress and egress service frames
where the counters maintain a count of transmitted and received data frames between a
pair of MEPs.
loss of signal (LOS) No transitions occurring in the received signal.
low-pass filter A filter designed to transmit electromagnetic frequencies below a certain value, while
excluding those of a higher frequency.
lower subrack The subrack close to the bottom of the cabinet that contains several subracks.
lower threshold A lower performance limit which when exceeded by a performance event counter will
trigger a threshold-crossing event.
M
MA maintenance association
MAC See Media Access Control.
MAC address A link layer address or physical address. It is six bytes long.
MAC address aging A function that deletes MAC address entries of a device when no packets are received
from this device within a specified time period.
MADM multiple add/drop multiplexer
MAN See metropolitan area network.
MBS maximum burst size
MCF message communication function
1207
MCR minimum cell rate
MD See maintenance domain.
MDP message dispatch process
ME See maintenance entity.
MEG maintenance entity group
MEL maintenance entity group level
MEP See maintenance entity group end point.
MFAS See multiframe alignment signal.
MIP See maintenance entity group intermediate point.
MLD See multicast listener discovery.
MP maintenance point
MPID maintenance point identification
MPLS See Multiprotocol Label Switching.
MPLS TE multiprotocol label switching traffic engineering
MPLS VPN See multiprotocol label switching virtual private network.
MPLS-TP See transport profile for multiprotocol label switching.
MS multiplex section
MSA multiplex section adaptation
MSB most significant bit
MSOH multiplex section overhead
MSP See multiplex section protection.
MST See multiplex section termination.
MST region See Multiple Spanning Tree region.
MSTI See multiple spanning tree instance.
MSTP See Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol.
MTBF See mean time between failures.
MTIE maximum time interval error
MTTR See mean time to repair.
MTU See maximum transmission unit.
MUX See multiplexer.
1208
Media Access Control
(MAC)
A protocol at the media access control sublayer. The protocol is at the lower part of the
data link layer in the OSI model and is mainly responsible for controlling and connecting
the physical media at the physical layer. When transmitting data, the MAC protocol
checks whether to be able to transmit data. If the data can be transmitted, certain control
information is added to the data, and then the data and the control information are
transmitted in a specified format to the physical layer. When receiving data, the MAC
protocol checks whether the information is correct and whether the data is transmitted
correctly. If the information is correct and the data is transmitted correctly, the control
information is removed from the data and then the data is transmitted to the LLC layer.
Multicast Routing
Protocol
A protocol used to set up and maintain multicast routes, and to correctly and effectively
forward multicast packets. The multicast route is used to set up a loop-free transmission
path from the source to multiple receivers, that is, the multicast distribution tree.
Multiple Spanning
Tree Protocol (MSTP)
A protocol that can be used in a loop network. Using an algorithm, the MSTP blocks
redundant paths so that the loop network can be trimmed as a tree network. In this case,
the proliferation and endless cycling of packets is avoided in the loop network. The
protocol that introduces the mapping between VLANs and multiple spanning trees. This
solves the problem that data cannot be normally forwarded in a VLAN because in STP/
RSTP, only one spanning tree corresponds to all the VLANs.
Multiple Spanning
Tree region (MST
region)
A region that consists of switches that support the MSTP in the LAN and links among
them. Switches physically and directly connected and configured with the same MST
region attributes belong to the same MST region.
Multiprotocol Label
Switching (MPLS)
A technology that uses short tags of fixed length to encapsulate packets in different link
layers, and provides connection-oriented switching for the network layer on the basis of
IP routing and control protocols. It improves the cost performance and expandability of
networks, and is beneficial to routing.
main topology A basic component of a human-machine interface. It is the default client interface of the
NMS and intuitively displays the structure of a network, NEs on the network, subnets in
the network as well as the NE communication and running status, reflecting the overall
network running status.
maintenance domain
(MD)
The network or the part of the network for which connectivity is managed by connectivity
fault management (CFM). The devices in a maintenance domain are managed by a single
Internet service provider (ISP).
maintenance entity
(ME)
An ME consists of a pair of maintenance entity group end points (MEPs), two ends of a
transport trail, and maintenance association intermediate points (MIPs) on the trail.
maintenance entity
group end point (MEP)
An end point of a MEG, which is able to initialize and stop the transmission of OAM
data packets for fault management and performance monitoring.
maintenance entity
group intermediate
point (MIP)
An intermediate point in a MEG, which is able to forward OAM packets and respond to
some OAM packets, but unable to initiate the transmission of OAM packets or perform
any operations on network connections.
management
information
The information that is used for network management in a transport network.
1209
maximum transmission
unit (MTU)
The largest packet of data that can be transmitted on a network. MTU size varies,
depending on the network576 bytes on X.25 networks, for example, 1500 bytes on
Ethernet, and 17,914 bytes on 16 Mbit/s token ring. Responsibility for determining the
size of the MTU lies with the link layer of the network. When packets are transmitted
across networks, the path MTU, or PMTU, represents the smallest packet size (the one
that all networks can transmit without breaking up the packet) among the networks
involved.
mean time between
failures (MTBF)
The average time between consecutive failures of a piece of equipment. It is a measure
of the reliability of the system.
mean time to repair
(MTTR)
The average time that a device will take to recover from a failure.
measurement period The interval for NEs to report measurement results to the Network Management System
(NMS).
medium A physical medium for storing computer information. A medium is used for data
duplication and keeping the data for some time. Original data can be obtained from a
medium.
member A basic element for forming a dimension according to the hierarchy of each level. Each
member represents a data element in a dimension. For example, January 1997 is a typical
member of the time dimension.
metropolitan area
network (MAN)
A network that interconnects users with computer resources in a geographic area or
region larger than that covered by even a large LAN but smaller than the area covered
by an WAN. The term is applied to the interconnection of networks in a city into a single
larger network (which may then also offer efficient connection to a wide area network).
It is also used to mean the interconnection of several local area networks by bridging
them with backbone lines. The latter usage is also sometimes referred to as a campus
network.
microwave The portion of the electromagnetic spectrum with much longer wavelengths than infrared
radiation, typically above about 1 mm.
mirroring The duplication of data for backup or to distribute network traffic among several
computers with identical data.
monitor link A port association solution developed as a supplementary to smart link.
monitoring A method that an inspector uses to inspect a service agent. By monitoring a service agent,
an inspector can check each detailed operation performed by the service agent during
the conversation and operate the GUI used by the service agent. The inspector helps the
service agent to provide better service.
mounting An auxiliary or associated condition or component of a device.
mounting ear A piece of angle plate with holes in it on a rack. It is used to fix network elements or
components.
multicast A process of transmitting data packets from one source to many destinations. The
destination address of the multicast packet uses Class D address, that is, the IP address
ranges from 224.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255. Each multicast address represents a multicast
group rather than a host.
1210
multicast listener
discovery (MLD)
A protocol used by an IPv6 router to discover the multicast listeners on their directly
connected network segments, and to set up and maintain member relationships. On IPv6
networks, after MLD is configured on the receiver hosts and the multicast router to which
the hosts are directly connected, the hosts can dynamically join related groups and the
multicast router can manage members on the local network.
multiframe alignment
signal (MFAS)
A distinctive signal inserted in every multiframe or once in every n multiframes, always
occupying the same relative position within the multiframe, and used to establish and
maintain multiframe alignment.
multiple spanning tree
instance (MSTI)
A type of spanning trees calculated by MSTP within an MST Region, to provide a simply
and fully connected active topology for frames classified as belonging to a VLAN that
is mapped to the MSTI by the MST Configuration. A VLAN cannot be assigned to
multiple MSTIs.
multiplex section
protection (MSP)
A function, which is performed to provide capability for switching a signal between and
including two multiplex section termination (MST) functions, from a "working" to a
"protection" channel.
multiplex section
termination (MST)
A function, which is performed to generate the MSOH during the process of forming an
SDH frame signal and terminates the MSOH in the reverse direction.
multiplexer (MUX) Equipment which combines a number of tributary channels onto a fewer number of
aggregate bearer channels, the relationship between the tributary and aggregate channels
being fixed.
multiplexing A procedure by which multiple lower order path layer signals are adapted into a higher
order path or the multiple higher order path layer signals are adapted into a multiplex
section.
multiprotocol label
switching virtual
private network
(MPLS VPN)
An Internet Protocol (IP) virtual private network (VPN) based on the multiprotocol label
switching (MPLS) technology. It applies the MPLS technology for network routers and
switches, simplifies the routing mode of core routers, and combines traditional routing
technology and label switching technology. It can be used to construct the broadband
Intranet and Extranet to meet various service requirements.
N
N+1 protection A radio link protection system composed of N working channels and one protection
channel.
NAS network access server
NC See NTP client.
NE ID An ID that indicates a managed device in the network. In the network, each NE has a
unique NE ID.
NGN See next generation network.
NHLFE next hop label forwarding entry
NLP normal link pulse
NM network management
NMC network management center
NNI network-to-network interface
NP See network processor.
1211
NPC See network parameter control.
NPE network provider edge
NRT-VBR non-real-time variable bit rate
NRZ non-return to zero
NRZ code non-return-to-zero code
NRZI non-return to zero inverted
NSAP See network service access point.
NSF non-stop forwarding
NTP Network Time Protocol
NTP client (NC) A bottom-level device in the time synchronization network. An NTP client obtains time
from its upper-level NTP server without providing the time synchronization service.
Compared with the top-level NTP server, the middle-level NTP server sometimes is
called an NTP client.
network layer Layer 3 of the seven-layer OSI model of computer networking. The network layer
provides routing and addressing so that two terminal systems are interconnected. In
addition, the network layer provides congestion control and traffic control. In the TCP/
IP protocol suite, the functions of the network layer are specified and implemented by
IP protocols. Therefore, the network layer is also called IP layer.
network parameter
control (NPC)
During communications, UPC is implemented to monitor the actual traffic on each virtual
circuit that is input to the network. Once the specified parameter is exceeded, measures
will be taken to control. NPC is similar to UPC in function. The difference is that the
incoming traffic monitoring function is divided into UPC and NPC according to their
positions. UPC locates at the user/network interface, while NPC at the network interface.
network processor (NP) An integrated circuit which has a feature set specifically targeted at the networking
application domain. Network Processors are typically software programmable devices
and would have generic characteristics similar to general purpose CPUs that are
commonly used in many different types of equipment and products.
network segment A part of an Ethernet or other network, on which all message traffic is common to all
nodes, that is, it is broadcast from one node on the segment and received by all others.
network service A service that needs to be enabled at the network layer and maintained as a basic service.
network service access
point (NSAP)
A network address defined by ISO, through which entities on the network layer can
access OSI network services.
network storm A phenomenon that occurs during data communication. To be specific, mass broadcast
packets are transmitted in a short time; the network is congested; transmission quality
and availability of the network decrease rapidly. The network storm is caused by network
connection or configuration problems.
next generation
network (NGN)
A packet-based network aimed to address requirement of various services. It adopts an
integrated and open network framework. In NGN, services are separated from call
control; call control is separated from bearer. In this way, services are independent of
network. NGN can provide various services, such as voice services, data services,
multimedia services or the integration of several services.
1212
noise figure A measure of degradation of the signal-to-noise ratio (SNR), caused by components in
a radio frequency (RF) signal chain. The noise figure is defined as the ratio of the output
noise power of a device to the portion thereof attributable to thermal noise in the input
termination at standard noise temperature T0 (usually 290 K). The noise figure is thus
the ratio of actual output noise to that which would remain if the device itself did not
introduce noise. It is a number by which the performance of a radio receiver can be
specified.
non-GNE See non-gateway network element.
non-gateway network
element (non-GNE)
A network element that communicates with the NM application layer through the
gateway NE application layer.
O
O&M operation and maintenance
OA optical amplifier
OADM See optical add/drop multiplexer.
OAM See operation, administration and maintenance.
OAMPDU operation, administration and maintenance protocol data unit
OAU See optical amplifier unit.
OC ordinary clock
OCP optical channel protection
OCS optical core switching
ODF optical distribution frame
ODU See outdoor unit.
OFS out-of-frame second
OHA overhead access
OHP overhead processing
OLT optical line terminal
ONU See optical network unit.
OPEX operating expense
OPU optical channel payload unit
OSC See optical supervisory channel.
OSI See open systems interconnection.
OSN optical switch node
OSNR See optical signal-to-noise ratio.
OSPF See Open Shortest Path First.
OTDR See optical time domain reflectometer.
OTM optical terminal multiplexer
OTN optical transport network
1213
OTU See optical transponder unit.
OTUk optical channel transport unit-k
Open Shortest Path
First (OSPF)
A link-state, hierarchical interior gateway protocol (IGP) for network routing. Dijkstra's
algorithm is used to calculate the shortest path tree. It uses cost as its routing metric. A
link state database is constructed with the network topology which is identical on all
routers in the area.
offline Pertaining to the disconnection between a device or a service unit and the system or the
network, or no running of a device and service unit.
online A state indicating that a computer device or program is activated and is ready for
operations, and can communicate with a computer or can be controlled by the computer.
open systems
interconnection (OSI)
A framework of ISO standards for communication between different systems made by
different vendors, in which the communications process is organized into seven different
categories that are placed in a layered sequence based on their relationship to the user.
Each layer uses the layer immediately below it and provides a service to the layer above.
Layers 7 through 4 deal with end-to-end communication between the message source
and destination, and layers 3 through 1 deal with network functions.
operation,
administration and
maintenance (OAM)
A group of network support functions that monitor and sustain segment operation,
activities that are concerned with, but not limited to, failure detection, notification,
location, and repairs that are intended to eliminate faults and keep a segment in an
operational state and support activities required to provide the services of a subscriber
access network to users/subscribers.
optical add/drop
multiplexer (OADM)
A device that can be used to add the optical signals of various wavelengths to one channel
and drop the optical signals of various wavelengths from one channel.
optical amplifier unit
(OAU)
A board that is mainly responsible for amplifying optical signals. The OAU can be used
in both the transmitting direction and the receiving direction.
optical attenuator A passive device that increases the attenuation in a fiber link. It is used to ensure that the
optical power of the signals received at the receive end is not extremely high. It is
available in two types: fixed attenuator and variable attenuator.
optical connector A component normally attached to an optical cable or a piece of apparatus to provide
frequent optical interconnection/disconnection of optical fibers or cables.
optical fiber A thin filament of glass or other transparent material, through which a signal-encoded
light beam may be transmitted using total internal reflection.
optical interface A component that connects several transmit or receive units.
optical network unit
(ONU)
A form of Access Node that converts optical signals transmitted via fiber to electrical
signals that can be transmitted via coaxial cable or twisted pair copper wiring to
individual subscribers.
optical signal-to-noise
ratio (OSNR)
The ratio of signal power and noise power in a transmission link. OSNR is the most
important index of measuring the performance of a DWDM system. OSNR = signal
power/noise power.
optical splitter A passive component, which is used for splitting and sending optical power to multiple
ONUs connected by an optical fiber. In a GPON system that consists of the OLT, ONU,
splitter, and optical fibers, according to the split ratio, the optical signal over the optical
fiber connected to the OLT is splitted into multiple channels of optical signals and send
each channel to each ONU. Split ratio determines how many channels of optical signals
an optical fiber can be split to.
1214
optical supervisory
channel (OSC)
A technology that uses specific optical wavelengths to realize communication among
nodes in optical transmission network and transmit the monitoring data in a certain
channel.
optical time domain
reflectometer (OTDR)
A device that sends a very short pulse of light down a fiber optic communication system
and measures the time history of the pulse reflection to measure the fiber length, the light
loss and locate the fiber fault.
optical transponder
unit (OTU)
A device or subsystem that converts the accessed client signals into the G.694.1/G.694.2-
compliant WDM wavelength.
orderwire A channel that provides voice communication between operation engineers or
maintenance engineers of different stations.
outdoor unit (ODU) The outdoor unit of the split-structured radio equipment. It implements frequency
conversion and amplification for radio frequency (RF) signals.
P
P2MP point-to-multipoint
P2P See point-to-point service.
PA power amplifier
PADR PPPoe active discovery request
PBS See peak burst size.
PCB See printed circuit board.
PCM See pulse code modulation.
PCR See peak cell rate.
PCS physical coding sublayer
PDH See plesiochronous digital hierarchy.
PDU See power distribution unit.
PE See provider edge.
PGND cable A cable which connects the equipment and the protection grounding bar. Usually, one
half of the cable is yellow, whereas the other half is green.
PHB See per-hop behavior.
PIM-DM Protocol Independent Multicast - Dense Mode
PIM-SM Protocol Independent Multicast - Sparse Mode
PKT partition knowledge table
PLL See phase-locked loop.
PM performance monitoring
PMD polarization mode dispersion
POH path overhead
POS See packet over SDH/SONET.
PPD partial packet discard
1215
PPI PDH physical interface
PPP Point-to-Point Protocol
PPPoE Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet
PPS port protection switching
PQ See priority queuing.
PRBS See pseudo random binary sequence.
PRC primary reference clock
PSD See power spectrum density.
PSN See packet switched network.
PSTN See public switched telephone network.
PSU power supply unit
PT payload type
PTI payload type indicator
PTN packet transport network
PTP Precision Time Protocol
PVC permanent virtual channel
PVID See port default VLAN ID.
PVP See permanent virtual path.
PW See pseudo wire.
PWE3 See pseudo wire emulation edge-to-edge.
packet discarding A function of discarding the packets from unknown VLAN domain or broadcast packets.
Packet Discarding is used to prevent the situation where unknown packets or broadcast
packets use the bandwidth on a link, improving the reliability of service transmission.
packet forwarding An action performed by a router to forward a received datagram, where the destination
IP address does not match the IP address of the router, to another router or destination
host on the router list.
packet loss The discarding of data packets in a network when a device is overloaded and cannot
accept any incoming data at a given moment.
packet over SDH/
SONET (POS)
A MAN and WAN technology that provides point-to-point data connections. The POS
interface uses SDH/SONET as the physical layer protocol, and supports the transport of
packet data (such as IP packets) in MAN and WAN.
packet rate The number of bits or bytes passed within a specified time. It is expressed in bits/s or
bytes/s.
packet switched
network (PSN)
A telecommunications network that works in packet switching mode.
packet switching A network technology in which information is transmitted by means of exchanging
packets and the bandwidth of a channel can be shared by multiple connections.
paired slots Two slots of which the overheads can be passed through by using the bus on the
backplane.
1216
parity bit A check bit appended to an array of binary digits to make the sum of all the binary digits,
including the check bit, always odd or always even.
parity check A method for character level error detection. An extra bit is added to a string of bits,
usually a 7-bit ASCII character, so that the total number of bits 1 is odd or even (odd or
even parity). Both ends of a data transmission must use the same parity. When the
transmitting device frames a character, it counts the numbers of 1s in the frame and
attaches the appropriate parity bit. The recipient counts the 1s and, if there is parity error,
may ask for the data to be retransmitted.
parts replacement A maintenance operation of removing a faulty part or a part to be examined from a
running device and then installing a new part.
passive mode A working mode of EFM OAM. An interface in the passive mode cannot initiate the
discovery and remote loopback.
patch An independent software unit used for fixing the bugs in software.
peak burst size (PBS) A parameter that is used to define the capacity of token bucket P, that is, the maximum
burst IP packet size when the information is transferred at the peak information rate. This
parameter must be larger than 0. It is recommended that PBS should be not less than the
maximum length of the IP packet that might be forwarded. See also CIR, CBS, and PIR.
peak cell rate (PCR) The maximum rate at which an ATM connection can accept cells.
peer BGP speakers that exchange information with each other.
per-hop behavior
(PHB)
IETF Diff-Serv workgroup defines forwarding behaviors of network nodes as per-hop
behaviors (PHB), such as, traffic scheduling and policing. A device in the network should
select the proper PHB behaviors, based on the value of DSCP. At present, the IETF
defines four types of PHB. They are class selector (CS), expedited forwarding (EF),
assured forwarding (AF), and best-effort (BE).
performance alarm An alarm generated when the actual result of a measurement entity equals the predefined
logical expression for threshold or exceeds the predefined threshold.
performance
parameters
The performance parameters identify some indexes to scale the general performance of
the system. The indexes include the number of managed nodes, number of supported
clients and log database capacity. The parameters are sorted into static parameters,
dynamic parameters and networking bandwidth parameters.
performance register The memory space for performance event counts, including 15-min current performance
register, 24-hour current performance register, 15-min historical performance register,
24-hour historical performance register, UAT register and CSES register. The object of
performance event monitoring is the board functional module, so every board functional
module has a performance register. A performance register is used to count the
performance events taking place within a period of operation time, so as to evaluate the
quality of operation from the angle of statistics.
performance threshold A limit for generating an alarm for a selected entity. When the measurement result
reaches or exceeds the preset alarm threshold, the performance management system
generates a performance alarm.
permanent virtual path
(PVP)
Virtual path that consists of PVCs.
phase The relative position in time within a single period of a signal.
1217
phase-locked loop
(PLL)
A circuit that consists essentially of a phase detector which compares the frequency of
a voltage-controlled oscillator with that of an incoming carrier signal or reference-
frequency generator; the output of the phase detector, after passing through a loop filter,
is fed back to the voltage-controlled oscillator to keep it exactly in phase with the
incoming or reference frequency.
physical layer Layer 1 in the Open System Interconnection (OSI) architecture; the layer that provides
services to transmit bits or groups of bits over a transmission link between open systems
and which entails electrical, mechanical and handshaking.
physical link The link between two physical network elements (NEs). When the user creates NEs or
refreshes the device status, the system automatically creates the physical link according
to the topology structure information on the device. The remark information of a physical
link can be modified, but the physical link cannot be deleted.
ping A method used to test whether a device in the IP network is reachable according to the
sent ICMP Echo messages and received response messages.
ping test A test that is performed to send a data packet to the target IP address (a unique IP address
on the device on the network) to check whether the target host exists according to the
data packet of the same size returned from the target host.
plesiochronous digital
hierarchy (PDH)
A multiplexing scheme of bit stuffing and byte interleaving. It multiplexes the minimum
rate 64 kit/s into the 2 Mbit/s, 34 Mbit/s, 140 Mbit/s, and 565 Mbit/s rates.
point-to-point service
(P2P)
A service between two terminal users. In P2P services, senders and recipients are
terminal users.
pointer An indicator whose value defines the frame offset of a virtual container with respect to
the frame reference of the transport entity on which this pointer is supported.
polarization A kind of electromagnetic wave, the direction of whose electric field vector is fixed or
rotates regularly. Specifically, if the electric field vector of the electromagnetic wave is
perpendicular to the plane of horizon, this electromagnetic wave is called vertically
polarized wave; if the electric field vector of the electromagnetic wave is parallel to the
plane of horizon, this electromagnetic wave is called horizontal polarized wave; if the
tip of the electric field vector, at a fixed point in space, describes a circle, this
electromagnetic wave is called circularly polarized wave.
policy A set of rules that are applied when the conditions for triggering an event are met.
policy template A template that is used to define the calculation rules of a charging event, for example,
rating, debiting and accumulating. A policy template may contain the parameters to be
instantiated. They can be used when the attributes of the condition judgment, calculation
method, and action functions are carried out.
polling A mechanism for the NMS to query the agent status and other data on a regular basis.
port default VLAN ID
(PVID)
A default VLAN ID of a port. It is allocated to a data frame if the data frame carries no
VLAN tag when reaching the port.
port priority The priority that is used when a port attaches tags to Layer 2 packets. Packets received
on ports with higher priorities are forwarded preferentially.
power adjustment A method for dynamically and properly assigning power according to the real-time status
of a wireless network. When an AP runs under an AC for the first time, the AP uses its
maximum transmit power. When getting reports from its neighbors (that is, other APs
that are detected by the AP and managed by the same AC), the AP determines to increase
or decrease its power according to the report conclusion.
1218
power box A direct current power distribution box at the upper part of a cabinet, which supplies
power for the subracks in the cabinet.
power control A process in which the MS or BS uses certain rules to adjust and control the transmit
power according to the change in the channel condition and the power of the received
signal.
power distribution unit
(PDU)
A unit that performs AC or DC power distribution.
power module A module that provides power supply to other boards or modules.
power off An operation that switches off devices during upgrade or expansion.
power on To start up a computer; to begin a cold boot procedure; to turn on the power
power spectrum
density (PSD)
The power layout of random signals in the frequency domain.
printed circuit board
(PCB)
A board used to mechanically support and electrically connect electronic components
using conductive pathways, tracks, or traces, etched from copper sheets laminated onto
a non-conductive substrate.
priority queuing (PQ) A queue scheduling algorithm based on the absolute priority. According to the PQ
algorithm, services of higher priorities are ensured with greater bandwidth, lower
latency, and less jitter. Packets of lower priorities must wait to be sent till all packets of
higher priorities are sent. In this manner, services of higher priorities are processed earlier
than others.
private line A line, such as a subscriber cable and trunk cable, which are leased by the
telecommunication carrier and are used to meet the special user requirements.
protection path A specific path that is part of a protection group and is labeled protection.
provider edge (PE) A device that is located in the backbone network of the MPLS VPN structure. A PE is
responsible for managing VPN users, establishing LSPs between PEs, and exchanging
routing information between sites of the same VPN. A PE performs the mapping and
forwarding of packets between the private network and the public channel. A PE can be
a UPE, an SPE, or an NPE.
pseudo random binary
sequence (PRBS)
A sequence that is random in a sense that the value of an element is independent of the
values of any of the other elements, similar to real random sequences.
pseudo wire (PW) An emulated connection between two PEs for transmitting frames. The PW is established
and maintained by PEs through signaling protocols. The status information of a PW is
maintained by the two end PEs of a PW.
pseudo wire emulation
edge-to-edge (PWE3)
An end-to-end Layer 2 transmission technology. It emulates the essential attributes of a
telecommunication service such as ATM, FR or Ethernet in a packet switched network
(PSN). PWE3 also emulates the essential attributes of low speed time division
multiplexing (TDM) circuit and SONET/SDH. The simulation approximates to the real
situation.
public switched
telephone network
(PSTN)
A telecommunications network established to perform telephone services for the public
subscribers. Sometimes it is called POTS.
pulse A variation above or below a normal level and a given duration in electrical energy.
1219
pulse code modulation
(PCM)
A method of encoding information in a signal by changing the amplitude of pulses.
Unlike pulse amplitude modulation (PAM), in which pulse amplitude can change
continuously, pulse code modulation limits pulse amplitudes to several predefined
values. Because the signal is discrete, or digital, rather than analog, pulse code
modulation is more immune to noise than PAM.
Q
QA Q adaptation
QAM See quadrature amplitude modulation.
QPSK See quadrature phase shift keying.
QinQ A layer 2 tunnel protocol based on IEEE 802.1Q encapsulation. It add a public VLAN
tag to a frame with a private VLAN tag to allow the frame with double VLAN tags to
be transmitted over the service provider's backbone network based on the public VLAN
tag. This provides a layer 2 VPN tunnel for customers and enables transparent
transmission of packets over private VLANs.
QoS See quality of service.
quadrature amplitude
modulation (QAM)
Both an analog and a digital modulation scheme. It conveys two analog message signals,
or two digital bit streams, by changing (modulating) the amplitudes of two carrier waves,
using the amplitude-shift keying (ASK) digital modulation scheme or amplitude
modulation (AM) analog modulation scheme. These two waves, usually sinusoids, are
out of phase with each other by 90 and are thus called quadrature carriers or quadrature
components hence the name of the scheme.
quadrature phase shift
keying (QPSK)
A modulation method of data transmission through the conversion or modulation and
the phase determination of the reference signals (carrier). It is also called the fourth period
or 4-phase PSK or 4-PSK. QPSK uses four dots in the star diagram. The four dots are
evenly distributed on a circle. On these phases, each QPSK character can perform two-
bit coding and display the codes in Gray code on graph with the minimum BER.
quality of service (QoS) A commonly-used performance indicator of a telecommunication system or channel.
Depending on the specific system and service, it may relate to jitter, delay, packet loss
ratio, bit error ratio, and signal-to-noise ratio. It functions to measure the quality of the
transmission system and the effectiveness of the services, as well as the capability of a
service provider to meet the demands of users.
R
RADIUS See Remote Authentication Dial-In User Service.
RAI remote alarm indication
RDI remote defect indication
RED See random early detection.
REG See regenerator.
REI remote error indication
RF See radio frequency.
RIP See Routing Information Protocol.
RMEP remote maintenance association end point
1220
RNC See radio network controller.
ROPA See remote optical pumping amplifier.
RP rendezvous point
RPR resilient packet ring
RS232 A asynchronous transfer mode that does not involve hand-shaking signal. It can
communicate with RS232 and RS422 of other stations in point-to-point mode and the
transmission is transparent. Its highest speed is 19.2kbit/s.
RS422 The specification that defines the electrical characteristics of balanced voltage digital
interface circuits. The interface can change to RS232 via the hardware jumper and others
are the same as RS232.
RSL See received signal level.
RSOH regenerator section overhead
RSSI See received signal strength indicator.
RST regenerator section termination
RSTP See Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol.
RTN radio transmission node
RTP See Real-Time Transport Protocol.
Rapid Spanning Tree
Protocol (RSTP)
An evolution of the Spanning Tree Protocol, providing for faster spanning tree
convergence after a topology change. The RSTP protocol is backward compatible with
the STP protocol.
Real-Time Transport
Protocol (RTP)
A type of host-to-host protocol used in real-time multimedia services such as Voice over
IP (VoIP) and video.
Remote Authentication
Dial-In User Service
(RADIUS)
A security service that authenticates and authorizes dial-up users and is a centralized
access control mechanism. RADIUS uses the User Datagram Protocol (UDP) as its
transmission protocol to ensure real-time quality. RADIUS also supports the
retransmission and multi-server mechanisms to ensure good reliability.
RoHS restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances
Routing Information
Protocol (RIP)
A simple routing protocol that is part of the TCP/IP protocol suite. It determines a route
based on the smallest hop count between source and destination. RIP is a distance vector
protocol that routinely broadcasts routing information to its neighboring routers and is
known to waste bandwidth.
radio frequency (RF) A type of electric current in the wireless network using AC antennas to create an
electromagnetic field. It is the abbreviation of high-frequency AC electromagnetic wave.
The AC with the frequency lower than 1 kHz is called low-frequency current. The AC
with frequency higher than 10 kHz is called high-frequency current. RF can be classified
into such high-frequency current.
radio network
controller (RNC)
A piece of equipment in the RNS which is in charge of controlling the use and the integrity
of the radio resources.
radio propagation
model
An empirical mathematical formulation for the characterization of radio wave
propagation as a function of frequency, distance and other conditions. A single model is
usually developed to predict the behavior of propagation for all similar links under
similar constraints.
1221
random early detection
(RED)
A packet loss algorithm used in congestion avoidance. It discards the packet according
to the specified higher limit and lower limit of a queue so that global TCP synchronization
resulting from traditional tail drop can be prevented.
rate limiting A traffic management technology used to limit the total rate of packet sending on a
physical interface or a Tunnel interface. Rate limiting is directly enabled on the interface
to control the traffic passing the interface.
real-time variable bit
rate (rt-VBR)
A parameter intended for real-time applications, such as compressed voice over IP
(VoIP) and video conferencing. The rt-VBR is characterized by a peak cell rate (PCR),
sustained cell rate (SCR), and maximum burst size (MBS). You can expect the source
device to transmit in bursts and at a rate that varies with time.
reboot To start the system again. Programs or data will be reloaded to all boards.
received signal level
(RSL)
The signal level at a receiver input terminal.
received signal strength
indicator (RSSI)
The received wide band power, including thermal noise and noise generated in the
receiver, within the bandwidth defined by the receiver pulse shaping filter, for TDD
within a specified timeslot. The reference point for the measurement shall be the antenna
receiver sensitivity The minimum acceptable value of average received power at point R to achieve a 1 x
10-12 BER (The FEC is open).
recognition Consumer awareness of having seen or heard an advertising message.
reference clock A kind of stable and high-precision autonous clock providing frequencies for other clocks
for reference.
reflectance The ratio of the reflected optical power to the incident optical power.
regeneration The process of receiving and reconstructing a digital signal so that the amplitudes,
waveforms and timing of its signal elements are constrained within specified limits.
regenerator (REG) A piece of equipment or device that regenerates electrical signals.
relay An electronic control device that has a control system and a system to be controlled. The
relay of the telepresence system is used to control the power of telepresence equipment
and is controlled by the telepresence host.
remote optical
pumping amplifier
(ROPA)
A remote optical amplifier subsystem designed for applications where power supply and
monitoring systems are unavailable. The ROPA subsystem is a power compensation
solution to the ultra-long distance long hop (LHP) transmission.
reservation An action that the charging module performs to freeze a subscriber's balance amount,
free resources, credits, or quotas before the subscriber uses services. This action ensures
that the subscriber has sufficient balance to pay for services.
resistance The ability to impede (resist) the flow of electric current. With the exception of
superconductors, all substances have a greater or lesser degree of resistance. Substances
with very low resistance, such as metals, conduct electricity well and are called
conductors. Substances with very high resistance, such as glass and rubber, conduct
electricity poorly and are called nonconductors or insulators.
resource sharing A physical resource belonging to two or more protection subnetworks.
response A message that is returned to the requester to notify the requester of the status of the
request packet.
robustness The ability of a system to maintain function even with changes in internal structure or
external environment.
1222
rollback A return to a previous condition through cancellation of a certain operation.
root alarm An alarm directly caused by anomaly events or faults in the network. Some lower-level
alarms always accompany a root alarm.
route The path that network traffic takes from its source to its destination. In a TCP/IP network,
each IP packet is routed independently. Routes can change dynamically.
router A device on the network layer that selects routes in the network. The router selects the
optimal route according to the destination address of the received packet through a
network and forwards the packet to the next router. The last router is responsible for
sending the packet to the destination host. Can be used to connect a LAN to a LAN, a
WAN to a WAN, or a LAN to the Internet.
routing The determination of a path that a data unit (frame, packet, message) traverses from
source to destination.
routing protocol A formula used by routers to determine the appropriate path onto which data should be
forwarded.
rt-VBR See real-time variable bit rate.
S
S1 byte A byte to transmit network synchronization status information. On an SDH network,
each NE traces hop by hop to the same clock reference source through a specific clock
synchronization path, realizing synchronization on the entire network. If a clock
reference source traced by an NE is missing, this NE will trace another clock reference
source of a lower level. To implement protection switching of clocks in the whole
network, the NE must learn about clock quality information of the clock reference source
it traces. Therefore, ITU-T defines S1 byte to transmit network synchronization status
information. It uses the lower four bits of the multiplex section overhead S1 byte to
indicate 16 types of synchronization quality grades. Auto protection switching of clocks
in a synchronous network can be implemented using S1 byte and a proper switching
protocol.
SAN storage area network
SAToP Structure-Agnostic Time Division Multiplexing over Packet
SC square connector
SCR sustainable cell rate
SD See signal degrade.
SD trigger flag A signal degrade trigger flag that determines whether to perform a switching when SD
occurs. The SD trigger flag can be set by using the network management system.
SD-SDI See standard definition-serial digital interface signal.
SDH See synchronous digital hierarchy.
SDP serious disturbance period
SDRAM See synchronous dynamic random access memory.
SELV safety extra-low voltage
SEMF synchronous equipment management function
SES severely errored second
1223
SETS SDH equipment timing source
SF See signal fail.
SFP small form-factor pluggable
SFTP See Secure File Transfer Protocol.
SHDSL See single-pair high-speed digital subscriber line.
SMSR side mode suppression ratio
SNC subnetwork connection
SNCMP subnetwork connection multipath protection
SNCP subnetwork connection protection
SNCTP subnetwork connection tunnel protection
SNMP See Simple Network Management Protocol.
SNR See signal-to-noise ratio.
SOH section overhead
SONET See synchronous optical network.
SPE See superstratum provider edge.
SSL See Secure Sockets Layer.
SSM See Synchronization Status Message.
SSMB synchronization status message byte
SSU synchronization supply unit
STD system target decoder
STP Spanning Tree Protocol
SVC switched virtual connection
Secure File Transfer
Protocol (SFTP)
A network protocol designed to provide secure file transfer over SSH.
Secure Sockets Layer
(SSL)
A security protocol that works at a socket level. This layer exists between the TCP layer
and the application layer to encrypt/decode data and authenticate concerned entities.
Simple Network
Management Protocol
(SNMP)
A network management protocol of TCP/IP. It enables remote users to view and modify
the management information of a network element. This protocol ensures the
transmission of management information between any two points. The polling
mechanism is adopted to provide basic function sets. According to SNMP, agents, which
can be hardware as well as software, can monitor the activities of various devices on the
network and report these activities to the network console workstation. Control
information about each device is maintained by a management information block.
Synchronization Status
Message (SSM)
A message that carries quality levels of timing signals on a synchronous timing link.
Nodes on an SDH network and a synchronization network acquire upstream clock
information through this message. Then the nodes can perform proper operations on their
clocks, such as tracing, switching, or converting to holdoff, and forward the
synchronization information to downstream nodes.
1224
security Protection of a computer system and its data from harm or loss. A major focus of
computer security, especially on systems accessed by many people or through
communication lines, is preventing system access by unauthorized individuals.
security service A service, provided by a layer of communicating open systems, which ensures adequate
security of the systems or of data transfer.
self-healing A function of establishing a replacement connection by network without the network
management connection function. When a connection failure occurs, the replacement
connection is found by the network elements and rerouted depending on network
resources available at that time.
serial port An input/output location (channel) that sends and receives data to and from a computer's
CPU or a communications device one bit at a time. Serial ports are used for serial data
communication and as interfaces with some peripheral devices, such as mice and printers.
service flow An MAC-layer-based unidirectional transmission service. It is used to transmit data
packets, and is characterized by a set of QoS parameters, such as latency, jitter, and
throughput.
service level The level of service quality of an evaluated party in a specified period, determined by
an evaluating party.
service protection A measure that ensures that services can be received at the receive end.
session A logical connection between two nodes on a network for the exchange of data. It
generally can apply to any link between any two data devices. A session is also used
simply to describe the connection time.
shaping A process of delaying packets within a traffic stream to cause it to conform to specific
defined traffic profile.
signal degrade (SD) A signal indicating that associated data has degraded in the sense that a degraded defect
condition is active.
signal fail (SF) A signal indicating that associated data has failed in the sense that a near-end defect
condition (non-degrade defect) is active.
signal-to-noise ratio
(SNR)
The ratio of the amplitude of the desired signal to the amplitude of noise signals at a
given point in time. SNR is expressed as 10 times the logarithm of the power ratio and
is usually expressed in dB (Decibel).
signaling The information exchange concerning the establishment and control of a
telecommunication circuit and the management of the network.
single-ended switching A protection operation method that takes switching action only at the affected end of the
protected entity (for example, trail, subnetwork connection), in the case of a
unidirectional failure.
single-pair high-speed
(SHDSL)
A symmetric digital subscriber line technology developed from HDSL, SDSL, and
HDSL2, which is defined in ITU-T G.991.2. The SHDSL port is connected to the user
terminal through the plain telephone subscriber line and uses trellis coded pulse
amplitude modulation (TC-PAM) technology to transmit high-speed data and provide
the broadband access service.
single-polarized
antenna
An antenna intended to radiate or receive radio waves with only one specified
polarization.
slicing Dividing data into the information units proper for transmission.
smooth upgrade Process of upgrading the system files without service interruption
1225
span The physical reach between two pieces of WDM equipment. The number of spans
determines the signal transmission distance supported by a piece of equipment and varies
according to transmission system type.
standard definition-
serial digital interface
signal (SD-SDI)
Standard definition video signal transported by serial digital interface.
static ARP A protocol that binds some IP addresses to a specified gateway. The packet of these IP
addresses must be forwarded through this gateway.
static route A route that cannot adapt to the change of network topology. Operators must configure
it manually. When a network topology is simple, the network can work in the normal
state if only the static route is configured. It can improve network performance and ensure
bandwidth for important applications. Its disadvantage is as follows: When a network is
faulty or the topology changes, the static route does not change automatically. It must
be changed by the operators.
statistical multiplexing A multiplexing technique whereby information from multiple logical channels can be
transmitted across a single physical channel. It dynamically allocates bandwidth only to
active input channels, to make better use of available bandwidth and allow more devices
to be connected than with other multiplexing techniques.
steering A protection switching mode defined in ITU-T G.8132, which is applicable to packet-
based T-MPLS ring networks and similar to SDH transoceanic multiplex section
protection (MSP). In this mode, the switching is triggered by the source and sink nodes
of a service.
stress The force, or combination of forces, which produces a strain; force exerted in any
direction or manner between contiguous bodies, or parts of bodies, and taking specific
names according to its direction, or mode of action, as thrust or pressure, pull or tension,
shear or tangential stress.
subnet A type of smaller networks that form a larger network according to a rule, for example,
according to different districts. This facilitates the management of the large network.
subnet mask The technique used by the IP protocol to determine which network segment packets are
destined for. The subnet mask is a binary pattern that is stored in the client machine,
server or router matches with the IP address.
superstratum provider
edge (SPE)
Core devices that are located within a VPLS full-meshed network. The UPE devices that
are connected with the SPE devices are similar to the CE devices. The PWs set up
between the UPE devices and the SPE devices serve as the ACs of the SPE devices. The
SPE devices must learn the MAC addresses of all the sites on UPE side and those of the
UPE interfaces that are connected with the SPE. SPE is sometimes called NPE.
suppress To forbid the printing of the paper bill of an account that meets certain conditions during
the bill run.
suspension A specific state in the life cycle of a subscriber. A subscriber in this state can neither
make calls nor receive calls.
switching capacity The backplane bandwidth or switching bandwidth. The switching capacity is the
maximum data that can be processed by the interface processor of a switch and the data
bus. The backplane bandwidth indicates the overall data switching capability of a switch,
in Gbit/s.
1226
switching priority A priority of a board that is defined for protection switching. When several protected
boards need to be switched, a switching priority should be set for each board. If the
switching priorities of the boards are the same, services on the board that fails later cannot
be switched. Services on the board with higher priority can preempt the switching
resources of that with lower priority.
synchronous digital
hierarchy (SDH)
A transmission scheme that follows ITU-T G.707, G.708, and G.709. It defines the
transmission features of digital signals such as frame structure, multiplexing mode,
transmission rate level, and interface code. SDH is an important part of ISDN and B-
ISDN. It interleaves the bytes of low-speed signals to multiplex the signals to high-speed
counterparts, and the line coding of scrambling is used only for signals. SDH is suitable
for the fiber communication system with high speed and a large capacity since it uses
synchronous multiplexing and flexible mapping structure.
synchronous dynamic
random access memory
(SDRAM)
A new type of DRAM that can run at much higher clock speeds than conventional
memory. SDRAM actually synchronizes itself with the CPU's bus and is capable of
running at 100 MHz, about three times faster than conventional FPM RAM, and about
twice as fast as EDO DRAM or BEDO DRAM. SDRAM is replacing EDO DRAM in
computers.
synchronous optical
network (SONET)
A high-speed network that provides a standard interface for communications carriers to
connect networks based on fiber optical cable. SONET is designed to handle multiple
data types (voice, video, and so on). It transmits at a base rate of 51.84 Mbit/s, but
multiples of this base rate go as high as 2.488 Gbit/s.
T
TCI tag control information
TCM tandem connection monitor
TCN topology change notification
TCP See Transmission Control Protocol.
TCP/IP Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol
TDC tunable dispersion compensator
TDM See time division multiplexing.
TE terminal equipment
TFTP See Trivial File Transfer Protocol.
TIM trace identifier mismatch
TLV See type-length-value.
TM See terminal multiplexer.
TMN See telecommunications management network.
TOD time of day
TPID tag protocol identifier
TPS See tributary protection switching.
1227
TPS protection The equipment level protection that uses one standby tributary board to protect N
tributary boards. When a fault occurs on the working board, the SCC issues the switching
command, and the payload of the working board can be automatically switched over to
the specified protection board and the protection board takes over as the working board.
After the fault is rectified, the service is automatically switched to the original board.
TSD trail signal degrade
TTI trail trace identifier
TTL See time to live.
TTSI See trail termination source identifier.
TU tributary unit
TU-LOP tributary unit loss of pointer
TUG tributary unit group
Tc committed rate measurement interval
Telnet A standard terminal emulation protocol in the TCP/IP protocol stack. Telnet allows users
to log in to remote systems and use resources as if they were connected to a local system.
Telnet is defined in RFC 854.
ToS type of service
Transmission Control
Protocol (TCP)
The protocol within TCP/IP that governs the breakup of data messages into packets to
be sent using Internet Protocol (IP), and the reassembly and verification of the complete
messages from packets received by IP. A connection-oriented, reliable protocol (reliable
in the sense of ensuring error-free delivery), TCP corresponds to the transport layer in
the ISO/OSI reference model.
Trivial File Transfer
Protocol (TFTP)
A small and simple alternative to FTP for transferring files. TFTP is intended for
applications that do not need complex interactions between the client and server. TFTP
restricts operations to simple file transfers and does not provide authentication. TFTP is
small enough to be contained in ROM to be used for bootstrapping diskless machines.
tail drop A congestion management mechanism, in which packets arrive later are discarded when
the queue is full. This policy of discarding packets may result in network-wide
synchronization due to the TCP slow startup mechanism.
tangent ring A concept borrowed from geometry. Two tangent rings have a common node between
them. The common node often leads to single-point failures.
telecommunications
management network
(TMN)
A protocol model defined by ITU-T for managing open systems in a communications
network. An architecture for management, including planning, provisioning, installation,
maintenance, operation and administration of telecommunications equipment, networks
and services.
terminal multiplexer
(TM)
A device used at a network terminal to multiplex multiple channels of low rate signals
into one channel of high rate signals, or to demultiplex one channel of high rate signals
into multiple channels of low rate signals.
threshold An amount, limit or level on a scale. Changes will occur with a threshold reached.
threshold alarm The alarm occurs when the monitored value exceeds the threshold.
threshold crossing
alarm
An alarm generated when a threshold is crossed.
1228
throughput The maximum transmission rate of the tested object (system, equipment, connection,
service type) when no packet is discarded. Throughput can be measured with bandwidth.
throughput capability The data input/output capability of the data transmission interface.
time division
multiplexing (TDM)
A multiplexing technology. TDM divides the sampling cycle of a channel into time slots
(TSn, n=0, 1, 2, 3), and the sampling value codes of multiple signals engross time slots
in a certain order, forming multiple multiplexing digital signals to be transmitted over
one channel.
time to live (TTL) A technique used in best-effort delivery systems to prevent packets that loop endlessly.
The TTL is set by the sender to the maximum time the packet is allowed to be in the
network. Each router in the network decrements the TTL value when the packet arrives,
and discards any packet if the TTL counter reaches zero.
timer Symbolic representation for a timer object (for example, a timer object may have a
primitive designated as T-Start Request). Various MAC entities utilize timer entities that
provide triggers for certain MAC state transitions.
timestamp The current time of an event that is recorded by a computer. By using mechanisms such
as the Network Time Protocol (NTP), a computer maintains accurate current time,
calibrated to minute fractions of a second.
token bucket algorithm The token bucket is a container for tokens. The capacity of a token bucket is limited, and
the number of tokens determines the traffic rate of permitted packets. The token bucket
polices the traffic. Users place the tokens into the bucket regularly according to the preset
rate. If the tokens in the bucket exceed the capacity, no tokens can be put in. Packets can
be forwarded when the bucket has tokens, otherwise they cannot be transferred till there
are new tokens in the bucket. This scheme adjusts the rate of packet input.
topology The configuration or layout of a network formed by the connections between devices on
a local area network (LAN) or between two or more LANs.
topology discovery A technique to accurately determine the exact layout of a network using a few
assumptions about the network architecture and simple tools.
trTCM See two rate three color marker.
traceroute A program that prints the path to a destination. Traceroute sends a sequence of datagrams
with the time-to-live (TTL) set to 1,2, and so on, and uses ICMP time exceeded messages
that return to determine routers along the path.
traffic The product of the number of calls made and received and the average duration of each
call in a measurement period.
traffic classification A function that enables you to classify traffic into different classes with different
priorities according to some criteria. Each class of traffic has a specified QoS in the entire
network. In this way, different traffic packets can be treated differently.
traffic policy A full set of QoS policies formed by association of traffic classification and QoS actions.
traffic shaping A way of controlling the network traffic from a computer to optimize or guarantee the
performance and minimize the delay. It actively adjusts the output speed of traffic in the
scenario that the traffic matches network resources provided by the lower layer devices,
avoiding packet loss and congestion.
1229
traffic statistics An activity of measuring and collecting statistics of various data on devices and
telecommunications networks. With the statistics, operators can be aware of the
operating status, signaling, users, system resource usage of the devices or networks. The
statistics also help the operators manage the device operating, locate problems, monitor
and maintain the networks, and plan the networks.
trail management
function
A network level management function of the network management system. This function
enables you to configure end-to-end services, view graphic interface and visual routes
of a trail, query detailed information of a trail, filter, search and locate a trail quickly,
manage and maintain trails in a centralized manner, manage alarms and performance
data by trail, and print a trail report.
trail termination source
identifier (TTSI)
A TTSI uniquely identifies an LSP in the network. A TTSI is carried in the connectivity
verification (CV) packet for checking the connectivity of a trail. If it matches the TTSI
received by the sink point, the trail has no connectivity defect.
transaction A business between a carrier and customer, such as payment and account adjustment.
transfer A process of transferring the account balance of an account to another account.
transit A packet is transmitted along an LSP consisting of a series of LSRs after the packet is
labeled. The intermediate nodes are named transits.
transit node All the nodes except the master node on an RRPP ring.
transmission delay The period from the time when a site starts to transmit a data frame to the time when the
site finishes the data frame transmission. It consists of the transmission latency and the
equipment forwarding latency.
transmit power control A technical mechanism used within some networking devices in order to prevent too
much unwanted interference between different wireless networks.
transparent
transmission
A process during which the signaling protocol or data is not processed in the content but
encapsulated in the format for the processing of the next phase.
transport profile for
multiprotocol label
switching (MPLS-TP)
MPLS-TP is an extension to MPLS in terms of forwarding, OAM, reliability, NMS and
control plane protocol standardized by IETF to provide sufficient transport functionality.
tray A component that can be installed in the cabinet for holding chassis or other devices.
tributary loopback A fault can be located for each service path by performing loopback to each path of the
tributary board. There are three kinds of loopback modes: no loopback, outloop, and
inloop.
tributary protection
switching (TPS)
A function that uses a standby tributary processing board to protect N tributary
processing boards.
trunk Physical communications line between two offices. It transports media signals such as
speech, data and video signals.
trunk link A link used to transport VLAN communication between two switches.
trunk port A switch port used to connect to other switches. The trunk port can connect to only the
trunk link. Only VLANs allowed to pass through a trunk port can be configured on the
trunk port.
tunnel A channel on the packet switching network that transmits service traffic between PEs.
In VPN, a tunnel is an information transmission channel between two entities. The tunnel
ensures secure and transparent transmission of VPN information. In most cases, a tunnel
is an MPLS tunnel.
1230
tunnel ID A group of information, including the token, slot number of an outgoing interface, tunnel
type, and location method.
twisted pair cable A type of cable that consists of two independently insulated wires twisted around one
another for the purposes of canceling out electromagnetic interference which can cause
crosstalk. The number of twists per meter makes up part of the specifications for a given
type of cable. The greater the number of twists is, the more crosstalk is reduced.
two rate three color
marker (trTCM)
An algorithm that meters an IP packet stream and marks its packets based on two rates,
Peak Information Rate (PIR) and Committed Information Rate (CIR), and their
associated burst sizes to be either green, yellow, or red. A packet is marked red if it
exceeds the PIR. Otherwise it is marked either yellow or green depending on whether it
exceeds or does not exceed the CIR.
type-length-value
(TLV)
An encoding type that features high efficiency and expansibility. It is also called Code-
Length-Value (CLV). T indicates that different types can be defined through different
values. L indicates the total length of the value field. V indicates the actual data of the
TLV and is most important. TLV encoding features high expansibility. New TLVs can
be added to support new features, which is flexible in describing information loaded in
packets.
U
UART universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter
UAS unavailable second
UAT See unavailable time event.
UBR unspecified bit rate
UBR+ Unspecified Bit Rate Plus
UDP See User Datagram Protocol.
UNI See user-to-network interface.
UPC See usage parameter control.
UPE user-end provider edge
UPI user payload identifier
UPM uninterruptible power module
UPS uninterruptible power supply
UTC See Coordinated Universal Time.
User Datagram
Protocol (UDP)
A TCP/IP standard protocol that allows an application program on one device to send a
datagram to an application program on another. User Datagram Protocol (UDP) uses IP
to deliver datagram. UDP provides application programs with the unreliable
connectionless packet delivery service. There is a possibility that UDP messages will be
lost, duplicated, delayed, or delivered out of order. The destination device does not
confirm whether a data packet is received.
unavailable time event
(UAT)
An event that is reported when the monitored object generates 10 consecutive severely
errored seconds (SES) and the SESs begin to be included in the unavailable time. The
event will end when the bit error ratio per second is better than 10-3 within 10 consecutive
seconds.
unicast The process of sending data from a source to a single recipient.
1231
unknown multicast
packet
A packet for which no forwarding entry is found in the multicast forwarding table.
uplink A transmission channel through which radio signals or other signals are transmitted to
the central office.
uplink tunnel GTP Tunnel from the Mobile Node to the SGSN.
upload An operation to report some or all configuration data of an NE to the NMS. The
configuration data then covers the configuration data stored at the NMS side.
upper limit The maximum consumption amount that a carrier sets for a subscriber in a bill cycle. If
the consumption amount if a subscriber exceeds the maximum consumption amount that
the carrier sets, the OCS still deducts the maximum consumption amount that the carrier
sets.
upstream In an access network, the direction that is far from the subscriber end of the link.
upstream board A board that provides the upstream transmission function. Through an upstream board,
services can be transmitted upstream to the upper-layer device.
usage parameter
control (UPC)
During communications, UPC is implemented to monitor the actual traffic on each virtual
circuit that is input to the network. Once the specified parameter is exceeded, measures
will be taken to control. NPC is similar to UPC in function. The difference is that the
incoming traffic monitoring function is divided into UPC and NPC according to their
positions. UPC locates at the user/network interface, while NPC at the network interface.
user-to-network
interface (UNI)
The interface between user equipment and private or public network equipment (for
example, ATM switches).
V
V-NNI virtual network-network interface
V-UNI See virtual user-network interface.
V.24 The physical layer interface specification between DTE and DCE defined by the ITU-
T. It complies with EIA/TIA-232.
VAS See value-added service.
VB virtual bridge
VBR See variable bit rate.
VC trunk See virtual container trunk.
VCC See virtual channel connection.
VCCV virtual circuit connectivity verification
VCG See virtual concatenation group.
VCI virtual channel identifier
VCTRUNK A virtual concatenation group applied in data service mapping, also called the internal
port of a data service processing board.
VIP very important person
VLAN virtual local area network
1232
VLAN mapping A technology that enables user packets to be transmitted over the public network by
translating private VLAN tags into public VLAN tags. When user packets arrive at the
destination private network, VLAN mapping translates public VLAN tags back into
private VLAN tags. In this manner, user packets are correctly transmitted to the
destination.
VLAN mapping table One of the properties of the MST region, which describes mappings between VLANs
and spanning tree instances.
VLAN stacking A technology that adds a VLAN tag to each incoming packet. The VLAN stacking
technology implements transparent transmission of C-VLANs in the ISP network to
realize the application of Layer 2 Virtual Private Network (VPN).
VP See virtual path.
VPI See virtual path identifier.
VPLS See virtual private LAN service.
VPN virtual private network
VRRP See Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol.
VSI virtual switch interface
Virtual Router
Redundancy Protocol
(VRRP)
A protocol used for multicast or multicast LANs such as an Ethernet. A group of routers
(including an active router and several backup routers) in a LAN is regarded as a virtual
router, which is called a backup group. The virtual router has its own IP address. The
host in the network communicates with other networks through this virtual router. If the
active router in the backup group fails, one of the backup routers in this backup group
becomes active and provides routing service for the host in the network.
VoIP See voice over IP.
value-added service
(VAS)
A service provided by carriers and service providers (SPs) together for subscribers based
on voice, data, images, SMS messages, and so on. Communication network technologies,
computer technologies, and Internet technologies are used to provide value-added
services.
variable bit rate (VBR) One of the traffic classes used by ATM (Asynchronous Transfer Mode). Unlike a
permanent CBR (Constant Bit Rate) channel, a VBR data stream varies in bandwidth
and is better suited to non real time transfers than to real-time streams such as voice calls.
virtual channel
connection (VCC)
A VC logical trail that carries data between two end points in an ATM network. A point-
to-multipoint VCC is a set of ATM virtual connections between two or multiple end
points.
virtual circuit A channel or circuit established between two points on a data communications network
with packet switching. Virtual circuits can be permanent virtual circuits (PVCs) or
switched virtual circuits (SVCs) .
virtual concatenation
group (VCG)
A group of co-located member trail termination functions that are connected to the same
virtual concatenation link
virtual container trunk
(VC trunk)
The logical path formed by some cascaded VCs.
virtual fiber The fiber that is created between different devices. A virtual fiber represents the optical
path that bears SDH services in a WDM system.
virtual path (VP) A bundle of virtual channels, all of which are switched transparently across an ATM
network based on a common VPI.
1233
virtual path identifier
(VPI)
The field in the Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) cell header that identifies to which
virtual path the cell belongs.
virtual private LAN
service (VPLS)
A type of point-to-multipoint L2VPN service provided over the public network. VPLS
enables geographically isolated user sites to communicate with each other through the
MAN/WAN as if they are on the same LAN.
virtual user-network
interface (V-UNI)
A virtual user-network interface, works as an action point to perform service
classification and traffic control in HQoS.
voice over IP (VoIP) An IP telephony term for a set of facilities used to manage the delivery of voice
information over the Internet. VoIP involves sending voice information in a digital form
in discrete packets rather than by using the traditional circuit-committed protocols of the
public switched telephone network (PSTN).
voltage drop The voltage developed across a component or conductor by the flow of current through
the resistance or impedance of that component or conductor.
W
WAN See wide area network.
WCDMA See Wideband Code Division Multiple Access.
WDM wavelength division multiplexing
WFQ See weighted fair queuing.
WLAN See wireless local area network.
WRED See weighted random early detection.
WRR weighted round robin
WTR See wait to restore.
Web LCT The local maintenance terminal of a transport network, which is located at the NE
management layer of the transport network.
Wideband Code
Division Multiple
Access (WCDMA)
A standard defined by the ITU-T for the third-generation wireless technology derived
from the Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) technology.
wait to restore (WTR) The number of minutes to wait before services are switched back to the working line.
wavelength The distance between successive peaks or troughs in a traveling wave, that is, the distance
over which a wave is transmitted within a vibration period.
wavelength protection
group
Data for describing the wavelength protection structure. Its function is similar to that of
the protection subnet for SDH NEs. The wavelength path protection can work only with
the correct configuration of the wavelength protection group.
weighted fair queuing
(WFQ)
A fair queue scheduling algorithm based on bandwidth allocation weights. This
scheduling algorithm allocates the total bandwidth of an interface to queues, according
to their weights and schedules the queues cyclically. In this manner, packets of all priority
queues can be scheduled.
weighted random early
detection (WRED)
A packet loss algorithm used for congestion avoidance. It can prevent the global TCP
synchronization caused by traditional tail-drop. WRED is favorable for the high-priority
packet when calculating the packet loss ratio.
1234
wide area network
(WAN)
A network composed of computers which are far away from each other which are
physically connected through specific protocols. WAN covers a broad area, such as a
province, a state or even a country.
wireless local area
network (WLAN)
A hybrid of the computer network and the wireless communication technology. It uses
wireless multiple address channels as transmission media and carriers out data interaction
through electromagnetic wave to implement the functions of the traditional LAN.
working path A path allocated to transport the normal traffic.
working service A specific service that is part of a protection group and is labeled working.
wrapping A protection switching mode defined in ITU-T G.8132, which is applicable to packet-
based T-MPLS ring networks and similar to SDH two-fiber bidirectional multiplex
section protection (MSP). In this mode, the switching is triggered by the node that detects
a failure. For details, see ITU-T G.841.
X
X.21 ITU-T standard for serial communications over synchronous digital lines. It is mainly
used in Europe and Japan.
X.25 A data link layer protocol. It defines the communication in the Public Data Network
(PDN) between a host and a remote terminal.
Y
Y.1731 The OAM protocol introduced by the ITU-T. Besides the contents defined by
IEEE802.1ag, ITU-T Recommendation Y.173 also defines the following combined
OAM messages: Alarm Indication Signal (AIS), Remote Defect Indication (RDI),
Locked Signal (LCK), Test Signal, Automatic Protection Switching (APS), Maintenance
Communication Channel (MCC), Experimental (EXP), and Vendor Specific (VSP) for
fault management and performance monitoring, such as frame loss measurement (LM),
and delay measurement (DM).
1235

OptiX OSN 2500 Alarms and Performance Events Reference (V100R010)

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

OptiX OSN 2500 Alarms and Performance Events Reference (V100R010)

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

OptiX OSN 2500 Intelligent Optical Transmission

Вам также может понравиться